Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2018

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Zuora, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   20-5530976

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

3050 South Delaware Street, Suite 301

San Mateo, California 94403

(800) 425-1281

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Tien Tzuo

Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

Zuora, Inc.

3050 South Delaware Street, Suite 301

San Mateo, California 94403

(800) 425-1281

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Gordon K. Davidson, Esq.

Jeffrey R. Vetter, Esq.

Faisal Rashid, Esq.

Ran D. Ben-Tzur, Esq.

Fenwick & West LLP

801 California Street

Mountain View, California 94041

(650) 988-8500

 

Jennifer Pileggi, Esq.

Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary

Zuora, Inc.

3050 South Delaware Street, Suite 301

San Mateo, California 94403

(800) 425-1281

 

Steven E. Bochner, Esq.

Robert G. Day, Esq.

Andrew D. Hoffman, Esq.

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer        Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  
       Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered   Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)(2)
 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $100,000,000   $12,450

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated March 16, 2018.

             Shares

 

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Zuora, Inc.

We are offering                 shares of our Class A common stock.

We have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion rights. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share and is convertible into one share of Class A common stock. Outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately                 % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following the completion of this offering, with our directors, executive officers, and 5% stockholders, and their respective affiliates, holding approximately                %, assuming in each case no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $                 and $                . We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ZUO.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

 

See the section titled “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 13 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $               $           

Underwriting discounts (1)

   $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to Zuora

   $      $  

 

(1) See the section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                  shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                  shares from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                 , 2018.

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   Morgan Stanley  

Allen & Company LLC

      Jefferies

 

Canaccord Genuity

   Needham & Company

 

 

Prospectus dated                 , 2018.


Table of Contents

LOGO

WELCOME TO THE SUBSCRIPTION ECONOMY zuora


Table of Contents

LOGO

THIS IS THE 21ST CENTURY. WE’RE ALL IN THE RELATIONSHIP BUSINESS. zuora


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     13  

Letter From Zuora CEO and Co-Founder Tien Tzuo

     51  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     54  

Industry and Market Data

     56  

Use of Proceeds

     58  

Dividend Policy

     58  

Capitalization

     59  

Dilution

     62  

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     65  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     67  

Business

     98  

Management

     120  

Executive Compensation

     130  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     141  

Principal Stockholders

     142  

Description of Capital Stock

     145  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     153  

Material U.S. Federal Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     156  

Underwriting

     161  

Legal Matters

     169  

Experts

     169  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     169  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

Through and including                      , 2018 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the Class A common stock.

For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourself about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before deciding to invest in shares of our Class A common stock, you should read this summary together with the more detailed information, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes, provided elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms “Zuora,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Zuora, Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise noted. See the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our fiscal year end is January 31, and our fiscal quarters end on April 30, July 31, October 31, and January 31. Our fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018 are referred to herein as fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018, respectively.

ZUORA, INC.

Zuora’s Vision and Mission

We provide cloud-based software on a subscription basis that enables any company in any industry to successfully launch, manage, and transform into a subscription business.

Our vision is simple. We call it “The World Subscribed,” and it’s the idea that one day every company will be a part of the Subscription Economy.

Our mission is to enable all companies to be successful in the Subscription Economy.

Overview

For at least the last hundred years, companies have operated primarily under a product-centric business model, where the goal was to make, ship, and sell more units—more cars, more clothes, more computers.

Today, consumers and businesses are realizing that they no longer have to always buy products. Why buy a DVD, CD, movie, or song when you can subscribe to streaming video and music services? Why buy software or hardware when you can subscribe to software-as-a-service or cloud computing services? Why buy a car when you can subscribe to ride-sharing services?

Ten years ago, we coined the term “Subscription Economy” to describe this new world. We foresaw a new business landscape in which traditional product or service companies shift toward subscription business models. Our vision redefines subscriptions in a broader context than a simple monthly fee. Our vision reflects the wide range of business models in the Subscription Economy, where products and services can be priced based on usage, consumption, and outcomes, and the value of a company’s relationships with its customers is critical. Forrester Research has defined this as “The Age of the Customer,” a 20-year business cycle in which the most successful enterprises will reinvent themselves to systematically understand and serve increasingly powerful customers. This shift started with software, but it is spreading to many other industries that affect our lives, including media and entertainment, transportation, publishing, industrial goods, and retail.



 

1


Table of Contents

This shift in business models is creating a unique opportunity to disrupt the current enterprise software landscape. Traditional enterprise resource planning, or ERP, systems were built in the 1970s for product-based businesses, and these product-centric architectures do not adequately support the new requirements that companies face in the Subscription Economy. This new Subscription Economy requires different systems for managing the dynamic nature of ongoing relationships with subscribers.

We believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on this shift in business models and have spent the last ten years building and selling a leading and differentiated solution, and enhancing our proprietary deployment methodology and business model.

Architected specifically for dynamic, recurring subscription business models, our solution functions as an intelligent subscription management hub that automates and orchestrates the entire subscription order-to-cash process, including billing and revenue recognition. Our cloud-based software solution is the new system of record for subscription businesses.

We currently serve more than 950 customers in over 30 different countries across most industries, including 15 of the Fortune 100 as of January 31, 2018. Unsurprisingly, customers pay for our platform under a subscription-based model, and this model allows us to grow as the Subscription Economy grows. For fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018, our total revenue was $92.2 million, $113.0 million, and $167.9 million, respectively. We have made significant investments to grow our business, including in sales and marketing, infrastructure, operations, and headcount. As a result, we incurred net losses for fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018 of $48.2 million, $39.1 million, and $47.2 million, respectively.

Industry Background

Digital Technologies Have Changed the Consumption Preferences of Both Consumers and Businesses

Today, consumers and businesses function in a digital world, a world of cloud and mobile technologies, internet-enabled commerce, big data, and connected devices comprising the “Internet of Things,” or IoT. This new world has irreversibly changed consumer expectations. They want freedom: freedom to access products and services on their own terms—where, when, and how they want. They increasingly value access over ownership and care more about outcomes and experiences as opposed to simply product specifications or features.

Businesses are Realizing the Benefits of Subscription Business Models

These expectations and the proliferation of new digital services and markets are leading to increased demand in “as-a-service,” or subscription, business models. Businesses can benefit from the many strategic advantages in adopting subscription business models, including:

 

    New revenue streams and new growth opportunities;

 

    Better data-driven decisions;

 

    Improved revenue predictability; and

 

    Increased customer lifetime value.

This New Subscription Economy is Transforming Major Industries

In industry after industry, new disruptors are using subscription business models to upend traditional industry dynamics. Established businesses are realizing they need to innovate or risk being



 

2


Table of Contents

disrupted. As incumbents discover new ways of generating revenue from their existing assets and customers, it is becoming increasingly clear that much of their future growth can come from subscriptions.

The Subscription Economy Index, or SEI, our study of long-term Zuora customers, indicates that total amounts invoiced for subscription-based products and services by customers that were invoicing through our platform for at least ten quarters grew at an average annual rate of 17.6% for the period from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2017. The SEI includes customers that have been invoicing through our Zuora Central Platform for at least ten quarters, except customers that are in the process of importing data from another billing system or migrating off of our platform. As of October 1, 2017, 304 customers had been invoicing through our Zuora Central Platform for at least ten quarters and were not in the process of importing data from another billing system or migrating off of our platform, and 300 of those customers were included in the November 2017 SEI. We excluded four customers that were otherwise eligible for inclusion in the SEI for various reasons including non-standard implementations or due to unusual billing or usage patterns. The SEI does not include Zuora RevPro customers. For a discussion of the methodology used in preparing the SEI, see the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”

The Subscription Economy Represents a Once-in-a-Century Shift in How Businesses Operate

We believe we are still in the early stages of the Subscription Economy, with an inevitable multi-industry and multi-decade global shift toward subscription business models.

To be successful in the Subscription Economy, businesses need to change their mindsets from one-time product sales to earning and maintaining long-term customer relationships. To deliver on the promise of the Subscription Economy, businesses need freedom from old technologies and business models of the product-centric era.

New Requirements and the Limitations of Traditional Approaches

Requirements for Success in the Subscription Economy

Orienting businesses around the subscriber and maintaining an ongoing relationship with subscribers are prerequisites for success with subscription business models. To succeed in this new environment, businesses must:

 

    Offer recurring or consumption-based pricing models;

 

    Offer seamless customer experiences;

 

    Quickly adapt operations;

 

    Track subscriber lifecycles; and

 

    Access and react to subscription metrics.

Limitations of Traditional ERP Systems and In-House Custom Built Systems

Traditional ERP systems were not specifically designed to meet the needs of successful subscription business models in the digital era. They were built for the product era and designed to support linear, order-based, sequential, and one-time transactions that focus on selling and shipping products to customers and accounting for those transactions.

To meet the needs of the Subscription Economy, ERP systems would need to be completely re-architected. Simply adding customizations to ERP systems does not adequately solve for the growing complexities of the Subscription Economy.



 

3


Table of Contents

Similarly, in-house custom built systems usually require a significant amount of engineering and IT resources to build and maintain and frequently prove to be inadequate as companies seek to expand their offerings and operations.

Market Opportunity

We believe the global, multi-decade shift across industries toward the Subscription Economy is creating a significant opportunity for subscription management systems.

The market size for our current core cloud-based billing and revenue recognition products was nearly $2.0 billion in 2017 and is expected to be $9.1 billion by 2022, growing at a 35% CAGR, according to MGI Research. Additionally, Gartner estimates that spending on ERP software is expected to reach $40.6 billion by 2021. As ERP systems cannot fully address the needs of companies in the Subscription Economy, we believe we are well-positioned to take a share of this spend as the Subscription Economy continues to grow.

Solution

Our solution functions as an intelligent subscription management hub that automates and orchestrates the entire subscription order-to-cash process. Our cloud-based software solution is the new system of record for subscription businesses. Zuora offers businesses the ability to meet the constantly-evolving needs of their subscribers, capitalize on new revenue opportunities, and accelerate business growth.

We have developed a deployment methodology designed to ensure that our customers can successfully acquire and nurture their subscribers by offering a flexible pricing model and automated billing, streamlined collection, and efficient accounting features.

Benefits

 

    Reduce Time to Market.     Our solution significantly reduces the time required to go-to-market with new subscription offerings and to iterate on the pricing and packaging of existing offerings, enabling businesses to quickly react without having to re-code or re-engineer back office systems.

 

    Increase Operational Efficiencies.     In the Subscription Economy, customers regularly make changes to their subscriptions. Zuora automates these processes and reduces the impact of such changes on businesses.

 

    Free Up IT and Engineering Resources.     Our cloud-based solution reduces both system complexity and costs. With Zuora, engineering and IT departments no longer need to build in-house custom systems or customizations for their ERP systems to keep up with market changes, ongoing customer demands, and new order-to-cash processes.

 

    Establish a Single System of Record.     Zuora captures financial and operational data, enabling subscription businesses to have a single system of record rather than having to reconcile data from multiple systems.

 

    Make Customer Data-Driven Decisions.     Because our solution serves as a single source of data and information for subscribers, companies use Zuora to gain insights into customer behavior. This helps them understand their subscribers better, predict upsell opportunities, and increase customer retention.


 

4


Table of Contents
    Access Growing Ecosystem of Order-to-Cash Partners.     Our solution has over 50 pre-built connectors to various order-to-cash partners, including payment gateways, tax vendors, general ledgers, and customer relationship management, or CRM, systems.

 

    Support Rapid International Expansion.      With over 26 pre-built payment gateways, over 150 supported currencies, and over 20 supported payment methods, our solution enables companies to quickly expand internationally.

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive advantages enable us to maintain and extend our leadership as the system of record for companies in the Subscription Economy:

 

    Proven track record with more than 950 customers as of January 31, 2018 and 99.95% average annual uptime, which includes scheduled downtime, over the last several years;

 

    Comprehensive solution built specifically to handle the complexities of subscription business models;

 

    Flexible technology with a broad range of customers and use cases;

 

    Mission-critical system that is difficult to replace;

 

    Accelerated pace of innovation with ten years of development experience;

 

    Deep domain expertise across a broad range of subscription business models;

 

    Proprietary deployment methodology; and

 

    Growing subscription economy ecosystem with more than 80 applications and a broad network of partners and integrators.

Growth Strategies

Key elements of our growth strategies include:

 

    New Customer Acquisition.     As the Subscription Economy evolves, we intend to capitalize on our leadership and acquire new customers in current and future markets.

 

    Expand Relationships with Existing Customers.     Once we acquire a customer, we intend to expand our footprint and drive sustainable growth in multiple ways, such as increasing transaction volume and upsells and cross-sells with additional products.

 

    Enter New Vertical Markets.     We currently have a strong position in four key markets—technology, media and telecommunications, manufacturing, and industrial and consumer IoT—and intend to expand to additional vertical markets.

 

    Expand our Global Footprint.     As adoption of the Subscription Economy evolves throughout the world, we intend to expand into new geographies where we see future expansion opportunities.

 

    Leverage Global Systems Integrators to Accelerate our Growth.     We intend to work with large global systems integrators, or GSIs, and leverage their role in advocating for transformation to subscription business models.

 

    Launch New Products and Extend our Technology Lead.     As we grow and evolve with our customers, we intend to continue to develop additional products and enhance our current offerings.


 

5


Table of Contents
    Optimize Pricing and Packaging.     We intend to optimize and enhance pricing and packaging to align the value customers realize from our products with the revenue we receive.

Selected Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks include:

 

    We have a history of net losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability;

 

    If the shift by companies to subscription business models develops slower than we expect, our growth may slow or stall, and our operating results could be adversely affected;

 

    We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods and we may not be able to sustain or manage any future growth effectively;

 

    If our security measures are breached or if our products are perceived as not being secure, customers may reduce the use of or stop using our products, and we may incur significant liabilities;

 

    Our success depends in large part on a limited number of products, and our business will suffer if these products fail to gain, or lose, market acceptance;

 

    If we are unable to attract new customers and expand sales to existing customers, our revenue growth could be slower than we expect and our business may be adversely affected;

 

    Our operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which makes our future results difficult to predict;

 

    A customer’s failure to deploy our solution after it enters into a subscription agreement with us, or the incorrect or improper deployment or use of our solution, could result in customer dissatisfaction and negatively affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and growth prospects;

 

    If we are not able to develop and release new products and services, our business could be adversely affected;

 

    Our business depends largely on our ability to attract and retain talented employees, including senior management;

 

    The market in which we participate is competitive, and if we do not compete effectively our operating results could be harmed; and

 

    The dual class structure of our common stock will have the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering, including our directors, executive officers, and 5% stockholders.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in September 2006. Our principal executive offices are located at 3050 South Delaware Street, Suite 301, San Mateo, California 94403 and our telephone number is (800) 425-1281. Our website address is www.zuora.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into, and is not a part of, this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our Class A common stock.



 

6


Table of Contents

Zuora, the Zuora logo, Subscription Economy, The World Subscribed, Zuora Central Platform , Zuora Billing , Zuora RevPro , Zuora CPQ , Zuora Insights , Zuora Collect , Zuora Connect Marketplace , and other registered or common law trade names, trademarks, or service marks of Zuora appearing in this prospectus are the property of Zuora. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks, and service marks of other companies that are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks, or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and ™ symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensor, to these trademarks and tradenames.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our most recently completed fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable, in general, to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include:

 

    an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

    an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

    exemptions from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or a stockholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements; and

 

    extended transition periods for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. Further, pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result, our operating results and financial statements may not be comparable to the operating results and financial statements of other companies who have adopted the new or revised accounting standards. It is possible that some investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, which may result in a less active trading market for our common stock and higher volatility in our stock price.



 

7


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Class A common stock offered

                    shares

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock offered

  


                 shares

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  


                 shares (         shares if the option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full)

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  


                 shares

Total Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  


                 shares (         shares if the option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full)

Use of proceeds

  

We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to make strategic acquisitions or investments.

See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Voting rights

  

Shares of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Shares of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share.

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our restated certificate of incorporation. Following the completion of this offering, each share of our Class B common stock will be convertible into one share of our Class A common stock at any time and will convert automatically upon certain transfers and upon the earlier of (i) the date specified by a vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, (ii) ten years from the closing of this offering, and (iii) the date the shares of Class B common stock cease to represent at least 5% of all outstanding shares of our common stock.

 

The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering, with our directors, executive officers, and 5% stockholders and their respective affiliates holding         % in the aggregate. These holders will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change of control



 

8


Table of Contents
   transaction. See the sections titled “Principal Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

   “ZUO”

The number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based upon no shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and 185,016,846 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, in each case, as of January 31, 2018, and does not include:

 

    30,802,965 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2018, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.78 per share;

 

    1,668,203 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units, or RSUs, outstanding as of January 31, 2018;

 

    7,099,533 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after January 31, 2018, with an exercise price of $3.97 per share; and

 

    15,221,242 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (i) 121,242 shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, as of January 31, 2018 (which number of shares is prior to the options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after January 31, 2018 and an increase of 13,900,000 shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan after January 31, 2018), (ii) 10,300,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and (iii) 4,800,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2018 ESPP, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus.

On the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2015 Plan will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2018 Plan, and we will cease granting awards under the 2015 Plan. Our 2018 Plan and 2018 ESPP also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans” for additional information.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    the amendment to our restated certificate of incorporation to redesignate our outstanding common stock as Class B common stock and create a new class of Class A common stock to be offered and sold in this offering;

 

    the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2018 into 123,968,054 shares of our Class B common stock in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

    a      -to-1 reverse stock split of our outstanding capital stock, that was effected in                      2018;

 

    the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;


 

9


Table of Contents
    no exercise of outstanding stock options or settlement of outstanding RSUs after January 31, 2018; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                      shares of our Class A common stock in this offering.


 

10


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. We derived our summary consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018 and our summary consolidated balance sheet data as of January 31, 2018 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. You should read the following summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, the accompanying notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our fiscal year end is January 31, and our fiscal quarters end on April 30, July 31, October 31, and January 31. Our fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018 are referred to herein as fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018, respectively.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2016     2017     2018  
     (in thousands, except per
share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss:

      

Revenue:

      

Subscription

   $ 68,228     $ 89,836       $120,373  

Professional services

     23,956       23,172       47,553  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     92,184       113,008       167,926  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

      

Subscription (1)

     17,820       22,840       31,077  

Professional services (1)

     25,540       25,322       48,829  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     43,360       48,162       79,906  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     48,824       64,846       88,020  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development (1)

     20,485       26,355       38,639  

Sales and marketing (1)

     64,508       62,384       73,087  

General and administrative (1)

     11,979       15,140       22,572  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     96,972       103,879       134,298  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (48,148     (39,033     (46,278

Interest and other (expense) income, net

     (528     219       252  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (48,676     (38,814     (46,026

Income tax benefit (provision)

     469       (284     (1,129
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (48,207     (39,098     (47,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (191     (470     960  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (48,398   $ (39,568   $ (46,195
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

   $ (1.07   $ (0.82   $ (0.89
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

     44,853       47,686       53,099  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

       $ (0.27
      

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding used in calculating pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

         177,067  
      

 

 

 


 

11


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2016      2017      2018  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription

   $ 235      $ 326      $ 747  

Professional services

     566        583        2,121  

Research and development

     827        1,126        2,292  

Sales and marketing

     1,536        1,577        2,717  

General and administrative

     497        771        1,113  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,661      $ 4,383      $ 8,990  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(2) See notes 1 and 14 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.

 

     As of
January 31, 2018
 
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 48,208     $ 48,208     $                       

Working capital (deficit)

     (7,536     (7,536  

Total assets

     155,366       155,366    

Deferred revenue, current portion

     66,058       66,058    

Total debt

     14,969       14,969    

Convertible preferred stock

     12       —      

Total stockholders’ equity

     26,666       26,666    

 

(1) The pro forma column reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2018 into 123,968,054 shares of our Class B common stock in connection with this offering.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column reflects the items described in footnote (1) and the sale by us of        shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, working capital (deficit), total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by $        million, assuming that the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, working capital (deficit), total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $        million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.


 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before deciding whether to invest in shares of our Class A common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of or that we deem immaterial may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, operating results, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of net losses, anticipate increasing our operating expenses in the future, and may not achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred net losses in each fiscal year since inception, including net losses of $48.2 million, $39.1 million, and $47.2 million in fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018, respectively, and we expect to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. As of January 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $258.7 million. We expect to make significant future expenditures related to the development and expansion of our business, including increasing our overall customer base, expanding relationships with existing customers, entering new vertical markets, expanding our global footprint, leveraging GSIs to accelerate our growth, optimizing pricing and packaging, and expanding our operations and infrastructure, both domestically and internationally, and in connection with legal, accounting, and other administrative expenses related to operating as a public company. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently, or at all, to offset these higher expenses. While our revenue has grown in recent years, if our revenue declines or fails to grow at a rate faster than these increases in our operating expenses, we will not be able to achieve and maintain profitability in future periods. As a result, we may continue to generate losses. We cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will be able to sustain profitability.

If the shift by companies to subscription business models, including consumer adoption of products and services that are provided through such models, and, in particular, the market for subscription management software, develops slower than we expect, our growth may slow or stall, and our operating results could be adversely affected.

Our success depends on companies shifting to subscription business models and consumers choosing to consume products and services through such models. Many companies may be unwilling or unable to offer their solutions using a subscription business model, especially if they do not believe that the consumers of their products and services would be receptive to such offerings. Our success will also depend, to a large extent, on the willingness of medium and large businesses that have adopted subscription business models utilizing cloud-based products and services to manage billings and financial accounting relating to their subscriptions. The adoption of these models is still relatively new, and enterprises may not choose to shift their business model or, if they do, they may decide that they do not need a solution that offers the range of functionalities that we offer. Many companies have invested substantial effort and financial resources to develop custom-built applications or integrate traditional enterprise software into their businesses as they shift to subscription or subscription business models and may be reluctant or unwilling to switch to different applications. Accordingly, it is

 

13


Table of Contents

difficult to predict customer adoption rates and demand for our solution, the future growth rate and size of the market for subscription management software, or the entry of competitive solutions. Factors that may affect market acceptance of our solution include:

 

    the number of companies shifting to subscription business models;

 

    the number of consumers and businesses adopting new, flexible ways to consume products and services;

 

    the security capabilities, reliability, and availability of cloud-based services;

 

    customer concerns with entrusting a third party to store and manage their data, especially transaction-critical, confidential, or sensitive data;

 

    our ability to minimize the time and resources required to deploy our solution;

 

    our ability to maintain high levels of customer satisfaction;

 

    our ability to deploy upgrades and other changes to our solution without disruption to our customers;

 

    the level of customization or configuration we offer; and

 

    the price, performance, and availability of competing products and services.

The markets for subscription products and services and for subscription management software may not develop further or may develop slower than we expect. If companies do not shift to subscription business models and subscription management software does not achieve widespread adoption, or if there is a reduction in demand for subscription products and services or subscription management software caused by technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, security or privacy concerns, decreases in corporate spending, a lack of customer acceptance, or otherwise, our business could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, our subscription agreements with our customers generally provide for a minimum subscription platform fee and usage-based fees, which depend on the total dollar amount that is invoiced or managed on our solution. Because a portion of our revenue depends on the volume of transactions that our customers process through our solution, if our customers do not adopt our solution throughout their business, if their businesses decline or fail, or if they are unable to successfully shift to subscription business models, our revenue could decline and our operation results could be adversely impacted.

We have experienced rapid growth and expect to invest in our growth for the foreseeable future. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, then our business, operating results, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. For example, the number of our employees has grown from 583 as of January 31, 2017 to 933 as of January 31, 2018. In May 2017, we acquired Leeyo Software, Inc., or Leeyo, which had significant operations in the United States and India. The growth and expansion of our business has placed and continues to place a significant strain on our management, operations, financial infrastructure, and corporate culture. In the event of further growth of our operations or in the number of our third-party relationships, our information technology systems and our internal controls and procedures may not be adequate to support our operations.

To manage growth in our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial, and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures. Failure to manage growth effectively could result in difficulty or delays in deploying customers, declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs, difficulties in introducing new products and services or enhancing existing products and services, loss of customers, or other operational difficulties, any of which could adversely affect our business performance and operating results.

 

14


Table of Contents

If our security measures are breached, if unauthorized access to customer data, our data, or our solution is otherwise obtained, or if our solution is perceived as not being secure, customers may reduce the use of or stop using our solution, and we may incur significant liabilities.

Security breaches and other security incidents could result in the loss of information, litigation, indemnity obligations, penalties, and other liability. If our security measures or those of our service providers are breached, or are perceived to have been breached, as a result of third-party action, including cyber-attacks or other intentional misconduct by computer hackers, employee error, malfeasance, or otherwise, and someone obtains unauthorized access to our data or other data we or our service providers maintain, including sensitive customer data, personal information, intellectual property, and other confidential business information, we could face loss of business, regulatory investigations, or orders, and our reputation could be severely damaged. We could be required to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate the problem, as well as incur significant costs and liabilities, including due to litigation, indemnity obligations, damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations, and costs for remediation and other incentives offered to customers or other business partners in an effort to maintain business relationships after a breach or other incident. Moreover, if our solution is perceived as not being secure, regardless of whether our security measures are actually breached, we could suffer harm to our reputation, and our operating results could be negatively impacted.

We cannot assure you that any limitations of liability provisions in our contracts would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim relating to a security breach or other security-related matters. We also cannot be sure that our existing insurance coverage will continue to be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims related to a security incident or breach, or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our financial condition, operating results, and reputation.

Cyber-attacks and other malicious Internet-based activities continue to increase generally. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we and our service providers may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. In addition, third parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees, contractors, or users to disclose information to gain access to our data or our customers’ data. We could suffer significant damage to our brand and reputation if a cyber-attack or other security incident were to allow unauthorized access to or modification of our customers’ data, other external data, or our own data or our IT systems or if the services we provide to our customers were disrupted, or if our solution is perceived as having security vulnerabilities. Customers could lose confidence in the security and reliability of our solution and perceive them to be not secure. This could lead to fewer customers using our products and services and result in reduced revenue and earnings. The costs we would incur to address and respond to these security incidents, and to prevent them thereafter, would increase our expenses. These types of security incidents could also lead to lawsuits, regulatory investigations and claims, and increased legal liability, including in some cases costs related to notification of the incident and fraud monitoring.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our success depends in large part on a limited number of products. If these products fail to gain or lose market acceptance, our business will suffer.

We derive substantially all of our revenue and cash flows from sales of subscriptions and associated deployment of our Zuora Central Platform and our Zuora Billing and Zuora RevPro products. As such, the continued growth in market demand for these products is critical to our success. Demand for our solution is affected by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including the growth or contraction of the Subscription Economy, continued market acceptance of our solution by customers for existing and new use cases, the timing of development and release of new products and services, features, and functionality introduced by our competitors, changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations, or principles that would impact the functionality and use of our solution, and technological change. We expect that an increasing transition to disaggregated solutions that focus on addressing specific customer use cases would continue to disrupt the enterprise software space, enabling new competitors to emerge. We cannot assure you that our solutions and future enhancements to our solution will be able to address future advances in technology or the requirements of enterprise customers. If we are unable to meet customer demands in creating a flexible solution designed to address all these needs or otherwise achieve more widespread market acceptance of our solution, our business, operating results, financial condition, and growth prospects would be adversely affected.

If we are unable to attract new customers and expand sales to existing customers our revenue growth could be slower than we expect, and our business may be adversely affected.

Our ability to achieve significant growth in revenue in the future will depend, in large part, upon our ability to attract new customers. This may be particularly challenging where an organization has already invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate billings and other business and financial management tools, including custom-built solutions, into its business, as such an organization may be reluctant or unwilling to invest in new products and services. If we fail to attract new customers and fail to maintain and expand new customer relationships, our revenue may grow more slowly than we expect and our business may be adversely affected.

Our future revenue growth also depends upon expanding sales and renewals of subscriptions to our solution with existing customers. If our existing customers do not expand their use of our solution over time or do not renew their subscriptions, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected, may not grow at all, or may decline. Additionally, increasing incremental sales to our current customer base requires increasingly sophisticated and costly sales efforts that are targeted at senior management. During fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018, sales and marketing expenses represented approximately 70%, 55%, and 43% of our total revenue, respectively. We plan to continue expanding our sales efforts, both domestically and internationally, but we may be unable to hire qualified sales personnel, may be unable to successfully train those sales personnel that we are able to hire, and sales personnel may not become fully productive on the timelines that we have projected or at all. Additionally, although we dedicate significant resources to sales and marketing programs, including our Subscribed events, these sales and marketing programs may not have the desired effect and may not expand sales. We cannot assure you that our efforts would result in increased sales to existing customers, and additional revenue. If our efforts to expand sales and renewals to existing customers are not successful, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our customers generally enter into subscription agreements with one- to three-year subscription terms and have no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the expiration of their initial subscription period. Moreover, our customers that do renew their subscriptions may renew for lower subscription or usage amounts or for shorter subscription periods. In addition, in the first year of a subscription, customers often purchase a higher level of professional services (such as training and deployment

 

16


Table of Contents

services) than they do in renewal years. Costs associated with maintaining a professional services department are relatively fixed in the short-term, while professional services revenue is dependent on the amount of billable work actually performed for customers in a period, the combination of which may result in variability in, and have a negative impact on, our gross profit. Customer renewals may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including the breadth of early deployment, reductions in our customers’ spending levels, higher volumes of usage purchased upfront relative to actual usage during the subscription term, changes in customers’ business models and use cases, our customers’ satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our solution, our pricing or pricing structure, the pricing or capabilities of products or services offered by our competitors, or the effects of economic conditions. If our customers do not renew their agreements with us, or renew on terms less favorable to us, our revenue may decline.

Our operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which makes our future results difficult to predict.

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future. Additionally, we have a limited operating history with the current scale of our business, which makes it difficult to forecast our future results and subjects us to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to plan for and anticipate future growth. As a result, you should not rely upon our past quarterly operating results as indicators of future performance. We have encountered, and will continue to encounter, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly evolving markets, such as the risks and uncertainties described herein. Our operating results in any given quarter can be influenced by numerous factors, many of which are unpredictable or are outside of our control, including:

 

    our ability to maintain and grow our customer base;

 

    our ability to retain and increase revenue from existing customers;

 

    our ability to introduce new products and services and enhance existing products and services;

 

    the transaction volume that our customers processes through our system;

 

    our ability to respond to competitive developments, including pricing changes and the introduction of new products and services by our competitors;

 

    the productivity of our sales force;

 

    changes in the mix of products and services that our customers use;

 

    the length and complexity of our sales cycles;

 

    cost to develop and upgrade our solution to incorporate new technologies;

 

    seasonal purchasing patterns of our customers;

 

    impact of outages of our solution and reputational harm;

 

    costs related to the acquisition of businesses, talent, technologies, or intellectual property, including potentially significant amortization costs and possible write-downs;

 

    failures or breaches of security or privacy, and the costs associated with responding to and addressing any such failures or breaches;

 

    foreign exchange fluctuations;

 

    changes to financial accounting standards and the interpretation of those standards that may affect the way we recognize and report our financial results, including changes in accounting rules governing recognition of revenue;

 

17


Table of Contents
    the impact of changes to financial accounting standards, such as ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , or ASC 606, and the interpretation of those standards on customer adoption and use of our products and services and our ability to service our customers’ needs, including through Zuora RevPro ;

 

    general economic and political conditions and government regulations in the countries where we currently operate or plan to expand;

 

    decisions by us to incur additional expenses, such as increases in sales and marketing or research and development;

 

    the timing of stock-based compensation expense; and

 

    potential costs to attract, onboard, retain, and motivate qualified personnel.

The impact of one or more of the foregoing and other factors may cause our operating results to vary significantly. As such, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. If we fail to meet or exceed the expectations of investors or securities analysts, then the trading price of our Class A common stock could fall substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

A customer’s failure to deploy our solution after it enters into a subscription agreement with us, or the incorrect or improper deployment or use of our solution could result in customer dissatisfaction and negatively affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and growth prospects.

Our solution is deployed in a wide variety of technology environments and into a broad range of complex workflows. We believe our future success will depend in part on our ability to increase both the speed and success of our deployments, by improving our deployment methodology, hiring and training qualified professionals, deepening relationships with deployment partners, and increasing our ability to integrate into large-scale, complex technology environments. We often assist our customers in deploying our solution. In other cases, customers rely on third-party partners to complete the deployment. In some cases, customers initially engage us to deploy our solution, but, for a variety of potential reasons, including strategic decisions not to utilize subscription business models, fail to ultimately deploy our solution. If we or our third-party partners are unable to deploy our solution successfully, or unable to do so in a timely manner and, as a result, customers do not utilize our solution, we would not be able to generate future revenue from such customers based on transaction or revenue volume and the upsell of additional products and services, and our future operating results could be adversely impacted. In addition, customers may also seek refunds of their initial subscription fee. Moreover, customer perceptions of our solution may be impaired, our reputation and brand may suffer, and customers may choose not to renew or expand their use of our solution.

If we are not able to develop and release new products and services, or successful enhancements, new features, and modifications to our existing products and services, our business could be adversely affected.

The market for our solution is characterized by rapid technological change, frequent new product and service introductions and enhancements, changing customer demands, and evolving industry standards. The introduction of products and services embodying new technologies can quickly make existing products and services obsolete and unmarketable. Additionally, because we provide billing and finance solutions to help our customers with compliance and financial reporting, changes in law, regulations, and accounting standards could impact the usefulness of our products and services and could necessitate changes or modifications to our products and services to accommodate such changes. Subscription management products and services are inherently complex, and it can take a

 

18


Table of Contents

services depends on several factors, including timely completion, competitive pricing, adequate quality testing, integration with new and existing technologies and our solution, and overall market acceptance. We cannot be sure that we will succeed in developing, marketing, and delivering on a timely and cost-effective basis enhancements or improvements to our platform or any new products and services that respond to continued changes in subscription management practices or new customer requirements, nor can we be sure that any enhancements or improvements to our platform or any new products and services will achieve market acceptance. Since developing our solution is complex, the timetable for the release of new products and enhancements to existing products is difficult to predict, and we may not offer new products and updates as rapidly as our customers require or expect. Any new products or services that we develop may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner, may contain errors or defects, or may not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to generate sufficient revenue. Moreover, even if we introduce new products and services, we may experience a decline in revenue of our existing products and services that is not offset by revenue from the new products or services. For example, customers may delay making purchases of new products and services to permit them to make a more thorough evaluation of these products and services or until industry and marketplace reviews become widely available. Some customers may hesitate to migrate to a new product or service due to concerns regarding the complexity of migration or performance of the new product or service. In addition, we may lose existing customers who choose a competitor’s products and services or choose to utilize internally developed applications instead of our products and services. This could result in a temporary or permanent revenue shortfall and adversely affect our business.

In addition, because our products and services are designed to interoperate with a variety of other business systems applications, we will need to continuously modify and enhance our products and services to keep pace with changes in application programming interfaces, or APIs, and other software and database technologies. We may not be successful in either developing these new products and services, modifications, and enhancements or in bringing them to market in a timely fashion. Furthermore, modifications to existing platforms or technologies, including any APIs with which we interoperate, will increase our research and development expenses. Any failure of our products and services to operate effectively with future network platforms and technologies could reduce the demand for our products and services, result in customer dissatisfaction, and adversely affect our business.

Our business depends largely on our ability to attract and retain talented employees, including senior management. If we lose the services of Tien Tzuo, our founder, Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer, or other members of our senior management team, we may not be able to execute on our business strategy.

Our future success depends on our continuing ability to attract, train, assimilate, and retain highly skilled personnel, including software engineers, sales personnel, and professional services personnel. We face intense competition for qualified individuals from numerous software and other technology companies. In addition, competition for qualified personnel, particularly software engineers, is particularly intense in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our headquarters are located. We may not be able to retain our current key employees or attract, train, assimilate, or retain other highly skilled personnel in the future. We may incur significant costs to attract and retain highly skilled personnel, and we may lose new employees to our competitors or other technology companies before we realize the benefit of our investment in recruiting and training them. As we move into new geographies, we will need to attract and recruit skilled personnel in those areas. If we are unable to attract and retain suitably qualified individuals who are capable of meeting our growing technical, operational, and managerial requirements, on a timely basis or at all, our business may be adversely affected.

Our future success also depends in large part on the continued services of senior management and other key personnel. In particular, we are highly dependent on the services of Tien Tzuo, our

 

19


Table of Contents

founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who is critical to the development of our technology, platform, future vision, and strategic direction. We rely on our leadership team in the areas of operations, security, marketing, sales, support, and general and administrative functions, and on individual contributors on our research and development team. Our senior management and other key personnel are all employed on an at-will basis, which means that they could terminate their employment with us at any time, for any reason, and without notice. We do not currently maintain key-person life insurance policies on any of our officers or employees. If we lose the services of senior management or other key personnel, or if we are unable to attract, train, assimilate, and retain the highly skilled personnel we need, our business, operating results, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Volatility or lack of appreciation in our stock price may also affect our ability to attract and retain our key employees. Many of our senior personnel and other key employees have become, or will soon become, vested in a substantial amount of stock or stock options. Employees may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own or the shares underlying their vested options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase price of the shares or the exercise price of the options, or conversely, if the exercise price of the options that they hold are significantly above the market price of our common stock. If we are unable to retain our employees, or if we need to increase our compensation expenses to retain our employees, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows could be adversely affected.

The market in which we participate is competitive, and if we do not compete effectively our operating results could be harmed.

The market for subscription management products and services is highly competitive, rapidly evolving, and fragmented, and subject to changing technology, shifting customer needs, and frequent introductions of new products and services. Our main competitors fall into the following categories:

 

    providers of traditional ERP software, such as Oracle Corporation and SAP AG;

 

    traditional order-to-cash solutions that address individual elements of the subscription order-to-cash process such as traditional Configure Price Quote, or CPQ, management, billing, collections, revenue recognition, or e-commerce software;

 

    telecommunications billing systems and other niche systems, such as Amdocs Limited; and

 

    in-house custom systems.

Many of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution or professional services experience, or other resources or greater name recognition than we do. In addition, many of our current and potential competitors supply a wide variety of products to, and have strong and well-established relationships with, current and potential customers. As a result, our current and potential competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, or customer requirements or devote greater resources than we can to the development, promotion, and sale of their products and services. In addition, some current and potential competitors may offer products or services that address one or a limited number of functions at lower prices or with greater depth than our solution, or integrate or bundle such products and services with their other product offerings. Potential customers may prefer to purchase from their existing suppliers rather than from a new supplier. Our current and potential competitors may develop and market new technologies with comparable functionality to our solution. In addition, because our products and services are integral to our customers’ ability to accurately maintain books and records and prepare financial statements, our potential customers may prefer to purchase applications that are critical to their business from one of our larger, more established competitors, or leverage the software that they have

 

20


Table of Contents

already purchased from our competitors for their billing and accounting needs, or control such infrastructure internally. We may experience fewer customer orders, reduced gross margins, longer sales cycles, and loss of market share. This could lead us to decrease prices, implement alternative pricing structures, or introduce products and services available for free or a nominal price in order to remain competitive. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors, and our business, operating results, and financial condition will be adversely impacted if we fail to meet these competitive pressures.

Our ability to compete successfully in our market depends on a number of factors, both within and outside of our control. Some of these factors include: ease of use; subscription-based product features and functionality; ability to support the specific needs of companies with subscription business models; ability to integrate with other technology infrastructures and third-party applications; enterprise-grade performance and features such as system scalability, security, performance, and resiliency; vision for the market and product innovation; relationships with GSIs, management consulting firms, and resellers; total cost of ownership; strength of sales and marketing efforts; brand awareness and reputation; and customer experience, including support and professional services. Any failure by us to compete successfully in any one of these or other areas may reduce the demand for our solution, as well as adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Moreover, current and future competitors may also make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with others, including our current or future technology partners. By doing so, these competitors may increase their ability to meet the needs of our customers or potential customers. These developments could limit our ability to obtain revenue from existing and new customers. If we are unable to compete successfully against current and future competitors, our business, operating results, and financial condition could be adversely impacted.

Because we recognize subscription revenue over the term of the applicable agreement, a lack of subscription renewals or new subscription agreements may not be reflected immediately in our operating results and may be difficult to discern.

We generally recognize subscription revenue from customers ratably over the terms of their contracts, which typically vary between one and three years. As a result, most of the subscription revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of unearned revenue relating to subscriptions entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any particular quarter would likely have a minor impact on our revenue results for that quarter, but would negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our solution, and potential changes in our pricing policies or rate of renewals, may not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods. Moreover, our subscription model makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers must be recognized over the applicable subscription term.

As a substantial portion of our sales efforts are increasingly targeted at large enterprise customers, our sales cycle may become increasingly lengthy and more expensive, we may encounter still greater pricing pressure and deployment and customization challenges, and we may have to delay revenue recognition for more complicated transactions, all of which could adversely impact our business and operating results.

As a substantial portion of our sales efforts are increasingly targeted at large enterprise customers, we face greater costs, longer sales cycles, and less predictability in the completion of some of our sales. In this market segment, the customer’s decision to use our solution may be an enterprise-wide decision, in which case these types of sales frequently require approvals by multiple departments and executive-level personnel and require us to provide greater levels of customer education regarding

 

21


Table of Contents

the uses and benefits of our solution, as well as education regarding security, privacy, and scalability of our solution, especially for those large “business to consumer” customers or those with extensive international operations. These large enterprise transactions might also be part of a customer’s broader business model or business systems transformation project, which are frequently subject to budget constraints, multiple approvals, and unplanned administrative, processing, security review, and other delays that could further lengthen the sales cycle. Larger enterprises typically have longer decision-making and deployment cycles, may have greater resources to develop and maintain customized tools and applications, demand more customization, require greater functionality and scalability, expect a broader range of services, demand that vendors take on a larger share of risks, demand higher levels of customer service and support, require acceptance provisions that can lead to a delay in revenue recognition, and expect greater payment flexibility from vendors. We are often required to spend time and resources to better familiarize potential customers with the value proposition of our solution. Additionally, while we currently offer and sell our solution in the cloud, large enterprise customers could require us to provide our solution on-premises to give them more control over data security and software infrastructure. Deploying our solution on-premises would cause us to incur significant additional research and development expense, and, even if we were to make these investments, we may be unsuccessful in implementing a competitive on-premises offering. As a result of these factors, sales opportunities with large enterprises may require us to devote greater sales and administrative support and professional services resources to individual customers, which could increase our costs, lengthen our sales cycle, and divert our own sales and professional services resources to a smaller number of larger customers. We may spend substantial time, effort, and money in our sales efforts without being successful in producing any sales. All these factors can add further risk to business conducted with these customers. In addition, if sales expected from a large customer for a particular quarter are not realized in that quarter or at all, our business, operating results, and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

The market for our revenue recognition automation software product, Zuora RevPro, is rapidly evolving as a result of the effectiveness of ASC 606, which makes it difficult to forecast adoption rates and demand for this product, and could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

We began selling Zuora RevPro following our acquisition of Leeyo in May 2017. We have less experience marketing, determining pricing for, and selling Zuora RevPro , and we are still determining how to best market, price, and support adoption of this offering. We have directed, and intend to continue to direct, a significant portion of our financial and operating resources to develop and grow Zuora RevPro . The market for Zuora RevPro is rapidly evolving as a result of the effectiveness of ASC 606, the revenue recognition accounting standard that will take effect for most public companies in January 2018. While we have seen a significant number of Zuora RevPro deployments, particularly in the second half of fiscal 2018, associated with the effectiveness of ASC 606, it is uncertain whether Zuora RevPro will achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance. Accordingly, our future success depends in part upon growth in this market and the ability of our Zuora RevPro product to meet the demand for revenue recognition automation solutions. We have limited experience with respect to determining the optimal prices for this solution. Companies may choose to purchase our Zuora RevPro product to comply with ASC 606 in the short-term but may develop proprietary solutions in-house or migrate toward other solutions developed by our competitors in the future. Customers may purchase Zuora RevPro as a standalone product and not purchase other core Zuora products. The rapidly evolving nature of this market, as well as other factors that are beyond our control, reduces our ability to accurately evaluate our long-term outlook and forecast annual performance. A reduction or slowdown in demand for revenue recognition automation software, caused by shifts in the marketplace, regulatory requirements, accounting standards, lack of acceptance, technological challenges, and competing solutions, could have a material adverse effect on our business, future growth, operating results, and financial condition.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our revenue growth and ability to achieve and sustain profitability will depend, in part on being able to expand our direct sales force and increase the productivity of our sales force.

To date, most of our revenue has been attributable to the efforts of our direct sales force. In order to increase our revenue and achieve and sustain profitability, we must increase the size of our direct sales force, both in the United States and internationally, to generate additional revenue from new and existing customers.

We believe that there is significant competition for sales personnel with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. Because our solution is often sold to large enterprises and involves long sales cycle and complex customer requirements, it is more difficult to find sales personnel with the specific skills and technical knowledge needed to sell our solution and, even if we are able to hire qualified personnel, doing so may be expensive. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training, and retaining sufficient numbers of direct sales personnel to support our growth. New sales personnel require significant training and can take a number of months to achieve full productivity. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become productive as quickly as we expect and if our new sales employees do not become fully productive on the timelines that we have projected or at all, our revenue will not increase at anticipated levels and our ability to achieve long-term projections may be negatively impacted. We may also be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets where we do business or plan to do business. Furthermore, hiring sales personnel in new countries requires additional set up and upfront costs that we may not recover if the sales personnel fail to achieve full productivity. In addition, as we continue to grow, a larger percentage of our sales force will be new to our company and our solution, which may adversely affect our sales if we cannot train our sales force quickly or effectively. Attrition rates may increase, and we may face integration challenges as we continue to seek to expand our sales force. If we are unable to hire and train sufficient numbers of effective sales personnel, or if the sales personnel are not successful in obtaining new customers or increasing sales to our existing customer base, our business will be adversely affected.

We periodically change and make adjustments to our sales organization in response to market opportunities, competitive threats, management changes, product and service introductions or enhancements, acquisitions, sales performance, increases in sales headcount, cost levels, and other internal and external considerations. Any future sales organization changes may result in a temporary reduction of productivity, which could negatively affect our rate of growth. In addition, any significant change to the way we structure our compensation of our sales organization may be disruptive and may affect our revenue growth.

If we are unable to grow our sales channels and our relationships with strategic partners, such as GSIs, management consulting firms, and resellers, sales of our products and services may suffer and our growth could be slower than we project.

In addition to our direct sales force, we use strategic partners, such as GSIs, management consulting firms, and resellers, to market and sell our solution. Historically, we have used these strategic partners to a limited degree, but we anticipate that these partners will become an increasingly important aspect of our business, particularly with regard to enterprise and international sales where these partners may have more expertise and established business relationships than we do. Our relationships with these strategic partners are at an early stage of development. We have generated limited revenue through these relationships to date, and we cannot assure you that these partners will be successful in marketing and selling our solution. Identifying these partners, negotiating and supporting relationships with them, and maintaining these relationships requires significant commitment of time and resources that may not yield a significant return on our investment in these relationships. Our future growth in revenue and ability to achieve and sustain profitability depends in

 

23


Table of Contents

part on our ability to identify, establish, and retain successful strategic partner relationships in the United States and internationally, which will take significant time and resources and involve significant risk. If we are unable to establish and maintain our relationships with these partners, or otherwise develop and expand our indirect distribution channel, our business, operating results, financial condition, or cash flows could be adversely affected.

We also cannot be certain that we will be able to maintain successful relationships with any strategic partners and, to the extent that our strategic partners are unsuccessful in marketing our solution, our ability to sell our solution and our business, operating results, and financial condition could be adversely affected. Our strategic partners may market our customers the products and services of several different companies, including products and services that compete with our solution. Because our strategic partners do not have an exclusive relationship with us, we cannot be certain that they will prioritize or provide adequate resources to marketing our solution. Moreover, divergence in strategy by any of these partners may materially adversely affect our ability to develop, market, sell, or support our solution. We cannot assure you that our strategic partners will continue to cooperate with us. In addition, actions taken or omitted to be taken by such parties may adversely affect us. We are unable to control the quantity or quality of resources that our systems integrator partners commit to deploying our products and services, or the quality or timeliness of such deployment. If our partners do not commit sufficient or qualified resources to these activities, our customers will be less satisfied, be less supportive with references, or may require the investment of our resources at discounted rates. These, and other failures by our partners to successfully deploy our products and services, may have an adverse effect on our business and our operating results.

Our long-term success depends, in part, on our ability to expand the sales of our solution to customers located outside of the United States and our current, and any further, expansion of our international operations exposes us to risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

We have been recognizing increased revenue from international sales, and we conduct our business activities in various foreign countries. We currently have operations in North America, Europe, Asia (including India), and Australia. In fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018, we derived approximately 27%, 26%, and 25% of our total revenue, respectively, from customers located outside the United States. Our ability to manage our business and conduct our operations internationally requires considerable management attention and resources and is subject to the particular challenges of supporting a rapidly growing business in an environment of multiple cultures, customs, legal systems, regulatory systems, and commercial infrastructures. International expansion will require us to invest significant funds and other resources. Our operations in international markets may not develop at a rate that supports our level of investment. Expanding internationally may subject us to new risks that we have not faced before or increase risks that we currently face, including risks associated with:

 

    recruiting and retaining talented and capable employees in foreign countries;

 

    providing our solution to customers from different cultures, which may require us to adapt to sales practices, modify our solution, and provide features necessary to effectively serve the local market;

 

    the burden of complying with a wide variety of laws, including those relating to labor matters, consumer protection, privacy, data protection, information security, and encryption;

 

    compliance with privacy, data protection and information security laws, such as the European Union Data Protection Directive and the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR (which will supersede the Data Protection Directive in May 2018), and the Cybersecurity Law of the People’s Republic of China;

 

    longer sales cycles in some countries;

 

24


Table of Contents
    increased third-party costs relating to data centers outside of the United States;

 

    generally longer payment cycles and greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;

 

    credit risk and higher levels of payment fraud;

 

    weaker intellectual property protection in some countries;

 

    compliance with anti-bribery laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or FCPA, and the UK Bribery Act 2010, or UK Bribery Act;

 

    currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

    tariffs, export and import restrictions, restrictions on foreign investments, sanctions, and other trade barriers or protection measures;

 

    foreign exchange controls that might prevent us from repatriating cash earned outside the United States;

 

    economic or political instability in countries where we may operate;

 

    corporate espionage;

 

    compliance with the laws of numerous taxing jurisdictions, both foreign and domestic, in which we conduct business, potential double taxation of our international earnings, and potentially adverse tax consequences due to changes in applicable U.S. and foreign tax laws;

 

    increased costs to establish and maintain effective controls at foreign locations; and

 

    overall higher costs of doing business internationally.

If we fail to offer high-quality customer support, our business and reputation will suffer.

Once our solution is deployed to our customers, our customers rely on our support services to resolve any related issues. High-quality customer education and customer support is important for the successful marketing and sale of our products and for the renewal of existing customers. The importance of high-quality customer support will increase as we expand our business and pursue new enterprises. If we do not help our customers quickly resolve post-deployment issues and provide effective ongoing customer support, our ability to upsell additional products to existing customers could suffer and our reputation with existing or potential customers could be harmed.

Any disruption of service at our third-party data centers or Amazon Web Services could interrupt or delay our ability to deliver our services to our customers.

We currently host our solution, serve our customers, and support our operations in the United States primarily from a third-party Las Vegas-based data center and using Amazon Web Services, or AWS, a provider of cloud infrastructure services. As part of our current disaster recovery arrangements, our customer data in the Las Vegas-based data center production environment is replicated to a third-party data center located in the San Francisco Bay Area. Additionally, in Europe, we host our solution using AWS. We are also in the process of transitioning the hosting of a portion of our U.S. solution infrastructure to AWS, which may be more expensive than our current data center providers. Despite precautions, we may also experience planned and unplanned costs, interruptions, delays, and outages in service or other performance problems in connection with such transition. We also do not have control over the operations of the facilities of our data center providers or AWS. These facilities are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, cyber security attacks, terrorist attacks, power losses, telecommunications failures, and similar events. The occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in our solution. In

 

25


Table of Contents

particular, the California-based data facilities are located in an area known for seismic activity, increasing our susceptibility to the risk that an earthquake could significantly harm the operations of these facilities. The facilities also could be subject to break-ins, computer viruses, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism, and other misconduct. Our solution’s continuing and uninterrupted performance is critical to our success. Because our products and services are used by our customers for billing and financial accounting purposes, it is critical that our solution be accessible without interruption or degradation of performance, and we typically provide our customers with service level commitments with respect to annual uptime. Customers may become dissatisfied by any system failure that interrupts our ability to provide our solution to them. Outages could lead to the triggering of our service level agreements and the issuance of credits to our customers, in which case, we may not be fully indemnified for such losses pursuant to our agreement with AWS. We may not be able to easily switch our AWS operations to another cloud provider if there are disruptions or interference with our use of AWS. Sustained or repeated system failures would reduce the attractiveness of our solution to customers and result in contract terminations, thereby reducing revenue. Moreover, negative publicity arising from these types of disruptions could damage our reputation and may adversely impact use of our solution. We may not carry sufficient business interruption insurance to compensate us for losses that may occur as a result of any events that cause interruptions in our service.

Neither our third-party data center providers nor AWS have an obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew our agreements with these providers on commercially reasonable terms, if our agreements with our providers are prematurely terminated, or if in the future we add additional data center providers, we may experience costs or downtime in connection with the transfer to, or the addition of, new data center providers. If these providers were to increase the cost of their services, we may have to increase the price of our solution, and our operating results may be adversely impacted.

Errors, defects, or disruptions in our solution could diminish demand, harm our financial results, and subject us to liability.

Our customers use our products for important aspects of their businesses, and any errors, defects, or disruptions to our solution, or other performance problems with our solution could harm our brand and reputation and may damage our customers’ businesses. We are also reliant on third-party software and infrastructure, including the infrastructure of the Internet, to provide our products and services. Any failure of or disruption to this software and infrastructure could also make our solution unavailable to our customers. Our solution is constantly changing with new software releases, which may contain undetected errors when first introduced or released. Any errors, defects, disruptions in service, or other performance problems with our solution could result in negative publicity, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our products, loss of competitive position, delay of payment to us, lower renewal rates, or claims by customers for losses sustained by them. In such an event, we may be required, or may choose, for customer relations or other reasons, to expend additional resources in order to help correct the problem. Accordingly, any errors, defects, or disruptions to our solution could adversely impact our brand and reputation, revenue, and operating results.

We typically provide service level commitments under our customer contracts. If we fail to meet these contractual commitments, we could be obligated to provide credits or refunds for prepaid amounts related to unused subscription services or face contract terminations, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Our customer contracts typically provide for service level commitments, which relate to annual uptime, response times, and escalation procedures. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments or suffer extended periods of unavailability for our solution, we may be contractually obligated to provide these customers with service credits, refunds for prepaid amounts related to

 

26


Table of Contents

unused subscription services, or other remedies, or we could face contract terminations. In addition, we could face legal claims for breach of contract, product liability, tort, or breach of warranty. Although we have contractual protections, such as warranty disclaimers and limitation of liability provisions, in our customer agreements, they may not fully or effectively protect us from claims by customers, commercial relationships, or other third parties. We may not be fully indemnified by our vendors for service interruptions beyond our control, and any insurance coverage we may have may not adequately cover all claims asserted against us, or cover only a portion of such claims. In addition, even claims that ultimately are unsuccessful could result in our expenditure of funds in litigation and divert management’s time and other resources. Thus, our revenue could be harmed if we fail to meet our service level commitments under our agreements with our customers, including, but not limited to, maintenance response times and service outages. Typically, we have not been required to provide customers with service credits that have been material to our operating results, but we cannot assure you that we will not incur material costs associated with providing service credits to our customers in the future.

Additionally, any failure to meet our service level commitments could adversely impact our reputation, business, operating results, and financial condition.

Our customers and third-party partners often need training in the proper use of our solution to maximize its potential. If our solution is not deployed or used correctly or as intended, inadequate performance may result.

Because our customers rely on our solution to manage a wide range of subscription management operations, the incorrect or improper deployment or use of our solution, our failure to train customers on how to efficiently and effectively use our solution, or our failure to provide adequate support to our customers, may result in customers not renewing their subscriptions, customers reducing their use of our solution, negative publicity, or legal claims against us. Also, as we continue to expand our customer base, any failure by us to properly provide these services will likely result in lost opportunities for additional subscriptions to our solution. Future changes in market conditions or customer demand could require changes to our prices or pricing model, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

We generally charge our customers a flat fee for their use of our platform and a variable fee based on the amount of transaction volume they process through our system. If our customers do not increase their transaction volume, or an economic downturn reduces their transaction volume, our revenue may be adversely impacted by customers reducing their contracted transaction volume. We have limited experience with respect to determining the optimal prices for our platform, and, as a result, we have in the past needed to and expect in the future to need to change our pricing model from time to time. As the market for our platform matures, or as new competitors introduce new products or services that compete with ours, we may be unable to attract new customers at the same price or based on the same pricing models as we have used historically. We may experience pressure to change our pricing model to defer fees until our customers have fully deployed our solution. Moreover, larger organizations, which comprise a large and growing component of our direct sales efforts, may demand substantial price concessions. As a result, in the future we may be required to reduce our prices or change our pricing model, which could adversely affect our revenue, gross margin, profitability, financial position, and cash flow.

If we fail to integrate our solution with a variety of operating systems, software applications, and hardware platforms that are developed by others, our solution may become less marketable, less competitive, or obsolete, and our operating results may be adversely affected.

Our solution must integrate with a variety of network, hardware, and software platforms, and we need to continuously modify and enhance our solution to adapt to changes in cloud-enabled hardware,

 

27


Table of Contents

software, networking, browser, and database technologies. We have developed our solution to be able to integrate with third-party software-as-a-service, or SaaS, applications, including the applications of software providers that compete with us, through the use of APIs. For example, Zuora CPQ integrates with certain capabilities of Salesforce using publicly available APIs. In general, we rely on the fact that the providers of such software systems, including Salesforce, continue to allow us access to their APIs to enable these integrations. To date, we have not relied on a long-term written contract to govern our integration relationship with Salesforce. Instead, we are subject to the standard terms and conditions for application developers of Salesforce, which govern the distribution, operation, and fees of applications on the Salesforce platform, and which are subject to change by Salesforce from time to time. We also integrate certain aspects of our solution with other platform providers. Any deterioration in our relationship with any platform provider may adversely impact our business and operating results.

Our business may be adversely impacted if any platform provider:

 

    discontinues or limits access to its APIs by us;

 

    terminates or does not allow us to renew or replace our contractual relationship;

 

    modifies its terms of service or other policies, including fees charged to, or other restrictions on, us or other application developers, or changes how customer information is accessed by us or our customers;

 

    establishes more favorable relationships with one or more of our competitors, or acquires one or more of our competitors and offers competing services to us; or

 

    otherwise develops its own competitive offerings.

In addition, we have benefited from these platform providers’ brand recognition, reputations, and customer bases. Any losses or shifts in the market position of these platform providers in general, in relation to one another or to new competitors or new technologies could lead to losses in our relationships or customers, or to our need to identify or transition to alternative channels for marketing our solutions. Such changes could consume substantial resources and may not be effective. If we are unable to respond to changes in a cost-effective manner, our solution may become less marketable, less competitive, or obsolete and our operating results may be negatively impacted.

If we fail to develop, maintain, and enhance our brand and reputation cost-effectively, our business and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We believe that developing, maintaining, and enhancing awareness and integrity of our brand and reputation in a cost-effective manner are important to achieving widespread acceptance of our solution and are important elements in attracting new customers and maintaining existing customers. We believe that the importance of our brand and reputation will increase as competition in our market further intensifies. Successful promotion of our brand and the Subscription Economy concept will depend on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, our ability to provide a reliable and useful solution at competitive prices, the perceived value of our solution, and our ability to provide quality customer support. In addition, the promotion of our brand requires us to make substantial expenditures, and we anticipate that the expenditures will increase as our market becomes more competitive, as we expand into new markets, and as more sales are generated through our strategic partners. Brand promotion activities may not yield increased revenue, and even if they do, the increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building and maintaining our brand and reputation. We also rely on our customer base and community of end-users in a variety of ways, including to give us feedback on our solution and to provide user-based support to our other customers. If we fail to promote and maintain our brand successfully or to maintain loyalty among our customers, or if we incur substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brand, we may fail to attract new customers

 

28


Table of Contents

and partners or retain our existing customers and partners and our business and financial condition may be adversely affected. Any negative publicity relating to our employees, partners, or others associated with these parties, may also tarnish our own reputation simply by association and may reduce the value of our brand. Damage to our brand and reputation may result in reduced demand for our solution and increased risk of losing market share to our competitors. Any efforts to restore the value of our brand and rebuild our reputation may be costly and may not be successful.

Failure to protect our intellectual property could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends in large part on our proprietary technology. We rely on various intellectual property rights, including patents, copyrights, trademarks, and trade secrets, as well as confidentiality provisions and contractual arrangements, to protect our proprietary rights. If we do not protect and enforce our intellectual property rights successfully, our competitive position may suffer, which could adversely impact our operating results.

Our pending patent or trademark applications may not be allowed, or competitors may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of our patents, copyrights, trademarks or the trade secret status of our proprietary information. There can be no assurance that additional patents will be issued or that any patents that are issued will provide significant protection for our intellectual property. In addition, our patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, and other intellectual property rights may not provide us a significant competitive advantage. There is no assurance that the particular forms of intellectual property protection that we seek, including business decisions about when to file patents and when to maintain trade secrets, will be adequate to protect our business.

Moreover, recent amendments to U.S. patent law, developing jurisprudence regarding U.S. patent law, and possible future changes to U.S. or foreign patent laws and regulations may affect our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights. In addition, the laws of some countries do not provide the same level of protection of our intellectual property as do the laws of the United States. As we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our solution and proprietary information will likely increase. Despite our precautions, our intellectual property is vulnerable to unauthorized access through employee error or actions, theft, and cybersecurity incidents, and other security breaches. It may be possible for third parties to infringe upon or misappropriate our intellectual property, to copy our solution, and to use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours. Effective intellectual property protection may not be available to us in every country in which our solution is available. For example, some foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against certain third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit. We may need to expend additional resources to defend our intellectual property rights domestically or internationally, which could impair our business or adversely affect our domestic or international expansion. Moreover, we may not pursue or file patent applications or apply for registration of copyrights or trademarks in the United States and foreign jurisdictions in which we operate with respect to our potentially patentable inventions, works of authorship, marks and logos for a variety of reasons, including the cost of procuring such rights and the uncertainty involved in obtaining adequate protection from such applications and registrations. If we cannot adequately protect and defend our intellectual property, we may not remain competitive, and our business, operating results, and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with other parties. We cannot assure you that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to, use of, and distribution of our proprietary information or in effectively securing exclusive ownership of intellectual property developed by our

 

29


Table of Contents

current or former employees and consultants. Further, these agreements may not prevent other parties from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our solution.

We may need to spend significant resources securing and monitoring our intellectual property rights, and we may or may not be able to detect infringement by third parties. Our competitive position may be harmed if we cannot detect infringement and enforce our intellectual property rights quickly or at all. In some circumstances, we may choose to not pursue enforcement because an infringer has a dominant intellectual property position or for other business reasons. In addition, competitors might avoid infringement by designing around our intellectual property rights or by developing non-infringing competing technologies. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming, and distracting to management, and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Further, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims attacking the scope, validity, and enforceability of our intellectual property rights, or with counterclaims and countersuits asserting infringement by our products and services of third-party intellectual property rights. Our failure to secure, protect, and enforce our intellectual property rights could seriously adversely affect our brand and our business.

Additionally, the United States Patent and Trademark Office and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment, and other similar provisions in order to complete the patent application process and to maintain issued patents. There are situations in which noncompliance or non-payment can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. If this occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on our business operations and financial condition.

We are vulnerable to intellectual property infringement claims brought against us by others.

There has been considerable activity in our industry to develop and enforce intellectual property rights. Successful intellectual property infringement claims against us or our resellers or customers could result in monetary liability or a material disruption in the conduct of our business. We cannot be certain that our products and services, content, and brand names do not or will not infringe valid patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights held by third parties. We may be subject to legal proceedings and claims from time to time relating to the intellectual property of others in the ordinary course of our business. Any intellectual property litigation to which we might become a party, or for which we are required to provide indemnification, may require us to cease selling or using solutions that incorporate the intellectual property that we allegedly infringe, make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement payments, or other costs or damages, obtain a license, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, to sell or use the relevant technology, or redesign the allegedly infringing solutions to avoid infringement, which could be costly, time-consuming, or impossible. Any claims or litigation, regardless of merit, could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our products and services, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. We do not have a significant patent portfolio, which could prevent us from deterring patent infringement claims through our own patent portfolio, and our competitors and others may now and in the future have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than we have. We may also be obligated to indemnify our customers or strategic partners in connection with such infringement claims, or to obtain licenses from third parties or modify our solution, and each such obligation could further exhaust our resources. Some of our IP infringement indemnification obligations are contractually capped at a very high amount or not capped at all.

 

30


Table of Contents

Even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business and operating results. We expect that the occurrence of infringement claims is likely to grow as the market for subscription management products and services grows. Accordingly, our exposure to damages resulting from infringement claims could increase and this could further exhaust our financial and management resources.

Adverse litigation judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we may be involved could expose us to monetary damages or limit our ability to operate our business.

We have in the past and may in the future become involved in private actions, collective actions, investigations, and various other legal proceedings by clients, employees, suppliers, competitors, government agencies, or others. The results of any such litigation, investigations, and other legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable and expensive. Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, damage our reputation, require significant amounts of management time, and divert significant resources. If any of these legal proceedings were to be determined adversely to us, or we were to enter into a settlement arrangement, we could be exposed to monetary damages or limits on our ability to operate our business, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We employ third-party licensed software for use in or with our software, and the inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license could result in increased costs or reduced service levels, which could adversely affect our business.

Our software incorporates certain third-party software obtained under licenses from other companies. We anticipate that we will continue to rely on such third-party software and development tools from third parties in the future. Although we believe that there are commercially reasonable alternatives to the third-party software we currently license, including open source software, this may not always be the case, or it may be difficult or costly to migrate to other third-party software. Our use of additional or alternative third-party software would require us to enter into license agreements with third parties. In addition, integration of our software with new third-party software may require significant work and require substantial investment of our time and resources. Also, any undetected errors or defects in third-party software could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our software, delay new updates or enhancements to our solution, result in a failure of our solution, and injure our reputation.

Our solution contains open source software components, and failure to comply with the terms of the underlying licenses could restrict our ability to sell our solution.

Our solution incorporates certain open source software. An open source license typically permits the use, modification, and distribution of software in source code form subject to certain conditions. Some open source licenses contain conditions that any person who distributes a modification or derivative work of software that was subject to an open source license make the modified version subject to the same open source license. Distributing software that is subject to this kind of open source license can lead to a requirement that certain aspects of our solution be distributed or made available in source code form. Although we do not believe that we have used open source software in a manner that might condition its use on our distribution of any portion of our solution in source code form, the interpretation of open source licenses is legally complex and, despite our efforts, it is possible that we may be liable for copyright infringement, breach of contract, or other claims if our use of open source software is adjudged to not comply with the applicable open source licenses.

Moreover, we cannot assure you that our processes for controlling our use of open source software in our solution will be effective. If we have not complied with the terms of an applicable open

 

31


Table of Contents

source software license, we may need to seek licenses from third parties to continue offering our solution on terms that are not economically feasible, to re-engineer our solution to remove or replace the open source software, to discontinue the sale of our solution if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis, to pay monetary damages, or to make available the source code for aspects of our proprietary technology, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

In addition to risks related to license requirements, use of open source software can involve greater risks than those associated with use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties, assurances of title, performance, non-infringement, or controls on the origin of the software. There is typically no support available for open source software, and we cannot assure you that the authors of such open source software will not abandon further development and maintenance. Many of the risks associated with the use of open source software, such as the lack of warranties or assurances of title or performance, cannot be eliminated, and could, if not properly addressed, negatively affect our business. We have established processes to help alleviate these risks, including a review process for screening requests from our development organizations for the use of open source software, but we cannot be sure that all open source software is identified or submitted for approval prior to use in our solution.

Our customers may fail to pay us in accordance with the terms of their agreements, necessitating action by us to compel payment.

We typically enter into non-cancelable agreements with a term of one to three years with our customers. If customers fail to pay us under the terms of our agreements, we may be adversely affected both from the inability to collect amounts due and the cost of enforcing the terms of our contracts, including litigation. The risk of such negative effects increases with the term length of our customer arrangements. Furthermore, some of our customers may seek bankruptcy protection or other similar relief and fail to pay amounts due to us, or pay those amounts more slowly, either of which could adversely affect our operating results, financial position, and cash flow.

We may be unable to integrate acquired businesses and technologies successfully or to achieve the expected benefits of such acquisitions. We may acquire or invest in additional companies, which may divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders, and consume resources that are necessary to sustain our business.

Our business strategy may, from time to time, include acquiring other complementary products, technologies, or businesses. In May 2015, we acquired Frontleaf, Inc., and in May 2017, we acquired Leeyo. We are still in the process of integrating Leeyo’s operations into our business. An acquisition, investment, or business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or integrating the businesses, technologies, products, personnel, or operations of the acquired companies, including Leeyo, particularly if the key personnel of the acquired companies choose not to work for us, if an acquired company’s software is not easily adapted to work with ours, or if we have difficulty retaining the customers of any acquired business due to changes in management or otherwise. Acquisitions may also disrupt our business, divert our resources, and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our business. Moreover, the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment, or business relationship may not be realized or we may be exposed to unknown liabilities.

We may in the future seek to acquire or invest in additional businesses, products, technologies, or other assets. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses to expand our products and services or our ability to provide our products and services in foreign jurisdictions, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of distribution, discount pricing, or

 

32


Table of Contents

investments in other companies. Negotiating these transactions can be time consuming, difficult, and expensive, and our ability to close these transactions may often be subject to approvals that are beyond our control. Consequently, these transactions, even if undertaken and announced, may not close. For one or more of those transactions, we may:

 

    issue additional equity securities that would dilute our stockholders;

 

    use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business;

 

    incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay;

 

    incur large charges or substantial liabilities;

 

    encounter difficulties retaining key employees of the acquired company or integrating diverse software codes or business cultures; and

 

    become subject to adverse tax consequences, substantial depreciation, or deferred compensation charges.

Any of these risks could adversely impact our business and operating results.

If we are not able to satisfy data protection, security, privacy, and other government- and industry-specific requirements, our growth could be harmed.

There are a number of data protection, security, privacy, and other government- and industry-specific requirements, including those that require companies to notify individuals of data security incidents involving certain types of personal data. Security compromises experienced by us or our service providers may lead to public disclosures, which could harm our reputation, erode customer confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures, negatively impact our ability to attract new customers, or cause existing customers to elect not to renew their subscriptions with us. In addition, some of the industries we serve have industry-specific requirements relating to compliance with certain security and regulatory standards, such as those required by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA. We also maintain compliance with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS, which is critical to the financial services and insurance industries. As we expand into new verticals and regions, we will likely need to comply with these and other requirements to compete effectively. If we cannot comply or if we incur a violation in one or more of these requirements, our growth could be adversely impacted, and we could incur significant liability.

Privacy concerns and laws, or other domestic or foreign regulations, may reduce the effectiveness of our solution and adversely affect our business.

Our customers can use our solution to collect, use, and store personal or identifying information regarding their customers. National and local governments and agencies in the countries in which we operate and in which our customers operate have adopted, are considering adopting, or may adopt laws and regulations regarding the collection, use, storage, processing, and disclosure of information obtained from consumers and other individuals, which could impact our ability to offer our products and services in certain jurisdictions or our customers’ ability to deploy our solution globally. Laws and regulations relating to the collection, use, disclosure, security, and other processing of individuals’ information can vary significantly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and are particularly stringent in Europe. We also may be bound by contractual obligations and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security that are more stringent than applicable laws and regulations. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security are significant. In addition, some companies, particularly larger enterprises, often will not contract with vendors that do not meet these rigorous standards. Accordingly, our failure, or perceived inability, to comply with these laws,

 

33


Table of Contents

regulations, standards, and other obligations may limit the use and adoption of our solution, reduce overall demand for our solution, lead to regulatory investigations, litigation, and significant fines, penalties, or liabilities for actual or alleged noncompliance, or slow the pace at which we close sales transactions, any of which could harm our business. Moreover, if we or any of our employees or contractors fail or are believed to fail to adhere to appropriate practices regarding our customers’ data, it may damage our reputation and brand.

Additionally, we expect that existing laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations may be interpreted in new and differing manners in the future, and may be inconsistent among jurisdictions. Future laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations, and changes in the interpretation of existing laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations could result in increased regulation, increased costs of compliance and penalties for non-compliance, and limitations on data collection, use, disclosure, and transfer for us and our customers. The European Union and United States agreed in 2016 to a framework for data transferred from the European Union to the United States, called the Privacy Shield, but this framework has been challenged by private parties and may face additional challenges by national regulators or additional private parties. Additionally, the European Union adopted the GDPR in 2016, and it will become effective in May 2018. The GDPR establishes new requirements applicable to the handling of personal data and imposes penalties for non-compliance of up to the greater of 20 million or 4% of worldwide revenue. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, the GDPR may limit the use and adoption of our products and services and could have an adverse impact on our business.

The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security that are applicable to the businesses of our customers may adversely affect our customers’ ability and willingness to process, handle, store, use, and transmit certain types of information, such as demographic and other personal information, of their customers using our solution, which could limit the use, effectiveness, and adoption of our solution and reduce overall demand. In addition, the other bases on which we and our customers rely for the transfer of personal data across national borders, such as the Standard Contractual Clauses promulgated by the EU Commission Decision 2010/87/EU, commonly referred to as the Model Clauses, continue to be subjected to regulatory and judicial scrutiny. If we or our customers are unable to transfer data between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could decrease demand for our solution, require us to modify or restrict our solution, products, services, or operations, and impair our ability to maintain and grow our customer base and increase our revenue. With respect to any changes we consider necessary or appropriate to make to our solution, products, services, or practices in an effort to comply, or allow our customers to comply, with laws, regulations, or other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, or information security, we may be unable to make those changes in a commercially reasonable manner, in a timely fashion, or at all. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit the adoption, effectiveness, or use of our solution.

In addition to government activity, privacy advocacy groups, the technology industry, and other industries have established or may establish various new, additional, or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on us. Our customers may expect us to meet voluntary certifications or adhere to other standards established by them or third parties, and we may be required or otherwise find it advisable to obtain these certifications or adhere to these standards. If we are unable to maintain these certifications or meet these standards, it could reduce demand for our solution and adversely affect our business.

 

34


Table of Contents

Failure to comply with anticorruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the FCPA and similar laws associated with our activities outside of the United States, could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We are subject to the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, the UK Bribery Act, and possibly other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities. We face significant risks if we fail to comply with the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws that prohibit companies and their employees and third-party intermediaries from promising, authorizing, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or benefits to foreign government officials, political parties, and private-sector recipients for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, directing business to any person, or securing any advantage. In many foreign countries, particularly in countries with developing economies, it may be a local custom that businesses engage in practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other applicable laws and regulations. In addition, we use various third parties to sell our solution and conduct our business abroad. We or our third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities and we can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities. We have implemented an anti-corruption compliance program but cannot assure you that all of our employees and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible.

Any violation of the FCPA, other applicable anti-corruption laws, and anti-money laundering laws could result in whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, loss of export privileges, or severe criminal or civil sanctions, which could have a materially adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results, and prospects. In addition, responding to any enforcement action may result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources, significant defense costs, and other professional fees.

We are required to comply with governmental export control laws and regulations. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Our solution is subject to governmental, including United States and European Union, export control laws and regulations, and as a U.S. company we are covered by the U.S. sanctions regulations. U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and regulations prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments, and persons, and complying with export control and sanctions regulations for a particular sale may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. While we take precautions to prevent our solution from being exported in violation of these laws or engaging in any other activities that are subject to these regulations, if we were to fail to comply with U.S. export laws, U.S. Customs regulations and import regulations, U.S. economic sanctions, and other countries’ import and export laws, we could be subject to substantial civil and criminal penalties, including fines for the company, incarceration for responsible employees and managers, and the possible loss of export or import privileges as well as incur reputational harm.

We incorporate encryption technology into certain of our products and certain encryption products may be exported outside of the United States only by a license or a license exception. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products or could limit our customers’ ability to deploy our products in those countries. Although we take

 

35


Table of Contents

precautions to prevent our products from being provided in violation of such laws, we cannot assure you that inadvertent violations of such laws have not occurred or will not occur in connection with the distribution of our products despite the precautions we take. Governmental regulation of encryption technology and regulation of imports or exports, or our failure to obtain required import or export approval for our products, could harm our international sales and adversely affect our operating results.

Further, if our partners fail to obtain required import, export, or re-export licenses or permits, we may also be harmed, become the subject of government investigations or penalties, and incur reputational harm. Changes in our solution or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our solution in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our solution globally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solution to certain countries, governments, or persons altogether. Any change in export or import laws or regulations, economic sanctions, or related legislation, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing laws and regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons, or technologies targeted by such laws and regulations, could result in decreased use of our solution by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our solution to, existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our solution or limitation on our ability to export or sell our solution would likely harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations which could subject our business to higher tax liability.

We may be limited in the portion of net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards that we can use in the future to offset taxable income for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes. As of January 31, 2018, we had U.S. federal NOL carryforwards of approximately $235.4 million and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $181.2 million, which if not utilized will begin to expire for federal and state tax purposes beginning in 2027 and 2028, respectively.

In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” under Section 382 of the Code is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. We have not commissioned a Section 382 study, and therefore, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our current NOLs, and any NOLs of companies we have acquired, may be subject to limitations, thereby increasing our overall tax liability. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, including as a result of this or future offerings of our capital stock, as well as other changes that may be outside of our control, could result in additional ownership changes under Section 382 of the Code. Our NOLs may also be impaired under similar provisions of state law. We have recorded a full valuation allowance related to our NOLs and other net deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets. Our NOLs may expire unutilized or underutilized, which could prevent us from offsetting future taxable income.

Furthermore, under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or Tax Reform Act, although the treatment of tax losses generated in taxable years ending before December 31, 2017 has generally not changed, tax losses generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 may be utilized to offset no more than 80% of taxable income annually. This change may require us to pay federal income taxes in future years despite generating a loss for federal income tax purposes in prior years.

 

36


Table of Contents

The applicability of sales, use and other tax laws or regulations on our business is uncertain. Adverse tax laws or regulations could be enacted or existing laws could be applied to us or our customers, which could subject us to additional tax liability and related interest and penalties, increase the costs of our services and adversely impact our business.

The application of federal, state, local, and international tax laws to services provided electronically is evolving. New income, sales, use, value-added, or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances could be enacted at any time (possibly with retroactive effect), and could be applied solely or disproportionately to services provided over the Internet or could otherwise materially affect our financial position and results of operations. Many countries in the European Union, as well as a number of other countries and organizations such as the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, have recently proposed or recommended changes to existing tax laws or have enacted new laws that could impact our tax obligations.

In addition, state, local, and foreign tax jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales, use, value-added, and other taxes, and these rules and regulations can be complex and are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. Existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances could be interpreted, changed, modified, or applied adversely to us (possibly with retroactive effect), which could require us or our customers to pay additional tax amounts on prior sales and going forward, as well as require us or our customers to pay fines or penalties and interest for past amounts. Although our customer contracts typically provide that our customers must pay all applicable sales and similar taxes, our customers may be reluctant to pay back taxes and associated interest or penalties, or we may determine that it would not be commercially feasible to seek reimbursement. If we are required to collect and pay back taxes and associated interest and penalties, or we are unsuccessful in collecting such amounts from our customers, we could incur potentially substantial unplanned expenses, thereby adversely impacting our operating results and cash flows. Imposition of such taxes on our services going forward could also adversely affect our sales activity and have a negative impact on our operating results and cash flows.

Our results of operations and financial condition could be materially affected by the enactment of legislation implementing changes in the U.S. or foreign taxation of international business activities or the adoption of other tax reform policies.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Reform Act was enacted, which contains significant changes to U.S. tax law, including, but not limited to, a reduction in the corporate tax rate and a transition to a new territorial system of taxation. The primary impact of the new legislation on our provision for income taxes was a reduction of the future tax benefits of our deferred tax assets as a result of the reduction in the corporate tax rate. However, since we have recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, we do not currently anticipate that these changes will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. The impact of the Tax Reform Act will likely be subject to ongoing technical guidance and accounting interpretation, which we will continue to monitor and assess. Provisional accounting impacts may change in future reporting periods until the accounting analysis is finalized, which will occur no later than one year from the date the Tax Reform Act was enacted. As we expand the scale of our international business activities, any changes in the U.S. or foreign taxation of such activities may increase our worldwide effective tax rate and harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Economic uncertainty or downturns, particularly as it impacts particular industries, could adversely affect our business and operating results.

In recent years, the United States and other significant markets have experienced cyclical downturns and worldwide economic conditions remain uncertain. Economic uncertainty and associated

 

37


Table of Contents

macroeconomic conditions make it extremely difficult for our customers and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and could cause our customers to slow spending on our solution, which could delay and lengthen sales cycles. Furthermore, during uncertain economic times our customers may face issues gaining timely access to sufficient credit, which could result in an impairment of their ability to make timely payments to us. If that were to occur, we may be required to increase our allowance for doubtful accounts and our results could be negatively impacted.

Furthermore, we have customers in a variety of different industries. A significant downturn in the economic activity attributable to any particular industry, including, but not limited to, the retail and financial industries, may cause organizations to react by reducing their capital and operating expenditures in general or by specifically reducing their spending on information technology. In addition, our customers may delay or cancel information technology projects or seek to lower their costs by renegotiating vendor contracts. To the extent purchases of our solution are perceived by customers and potential customers to be discretionary, our revenue may be disproportionately affected by delays or reductions in general information technology spending. Also, customers may choose to develop in-house software or modify their legacy business software as an alternative to using our solution. Moreover, competitors may respond to challenging market conditions by lowering prices and attempting to lure away our customers.

We cannot predict the timing, strength, or duration of any economic slowdown or any subsequent recovery generally, or any industry in particular. If the conditions in the general economy and the markets in which we operate worsen from present levels, our business, financial condition, and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

If currency exchange rates fluctuate substantially in the future, the results of our operations, which are reported in U.S. dollars, could be adversely affected.

As we continue to expand our international operations, we become more exposed to the effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Although we expect an increasing number of sales contracts to be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar in the future, the majority of our sales contracts have historically been denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore, most of our revenue has not been subject to foreign currency risk. However, a strengthening of the U.S. dollar could increase the real cost of our solution to our customers outside of the United States, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and cash flows. In addition, we incur expenses for employee compensation and other operating expenses at our non-U.S. locations in the local currency. Fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies could result in the dollar equivalent of such expenses being higher. This could have a negative impact on our operating results. Although we may in the future decide to undertake foreign exchange hedging transactions to cover a portion of our foreign currency exchange exposure, we currently do not hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange risks.

Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, the SEC, and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported financial results, and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of a change.

In particular, in May 2014, the FASB issued ASC 606, which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. The core principle of ASC 606 is that an entity should

 

38


Table of Contents

recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. As an “emerging growth company,” we are allowed under the JOBS Act to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of this extended transition period under the JOBS Act with respect to ASC 606, which will result in ASC 606 becoming effective for us beginning on February 1, 2019 unless we choose to adopt it earlier. Any difficulties in implementing these pronouncements could cause us to fail to meet our financial reporting obligations, which could result in regulatory discipline and harm investors’ confidence in us.

We are evaluating ASC 606 and have not determined the impact it may have on our financial reporting. If, for example, we were required to recognize revenue differently with respect to our subscriptions or professional services, the differential revenue recognition may cause variability in our reported operating results due to periodic or long-term changes in the mix among our subscription offerings.

The forecasts of market growth we have provided publicly, including those incorporated by reference in this prospectus, may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, we cannot assure you our business will grow at similar rates, if at all.

Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The forecasts we have provided publicly, including those incorporated by reference in this prospectus, relating to the expected growth in the subscription billing and revenue recognition industry and ERP software market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if these markets experience the forecasted growth, we may not grow our business at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in executing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth we have provided publicly, including those incorporated by reference in this prospectus, should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

Certain of our operating results and financial metrics may be difficult to predict as a result of seasonality.

Although we have not historically experienced significant seasonality with respect to our subscription revenue throughout the year, we have seen seasonality in our sales cycle as a large percentage of our customers make their purchases in the third month of any given quarter. In addition, our fourth quarter has historically been our strongest quarter. We believe that this results in part from the procurement, budgeting, and deployment cycles of many of our customers. We generally expect a relative increase in sales in the second half of each year as budgets of our customers for annual capital purchases are being fully utilized. We may be affected by seasonal trends in the future, particularly as our business matures. Such seasonality may result from a number of factors, including a slowdown in our customers’ procurement process during certain times of the year, both domestically and internationally, and customers choosing to spend remaining budgets shortly before the end of their fiscal years. These effects may become more pronounced as we target larger organizations and their larger budgets for sales of our solution. Additionally, this seasonality may be reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes may not be immediately apparent, in our revenue, due to the fact that we recognize subscription revenue over the term of the applicable subscription agreement. In addition, our ability to record professional services revenue can potentially vary based on the number of billable days in the given quarter, which is impacted by holidays and vacations. To the extent we experience this seasonality, it may cause fluctuations in our operating results and financial metrics and make forecasting our future operating results and financial metrics more difficult.

 

39


Table of Contents

We may need to raise additional capital required to grow our business, and we may not be able to raise capital on terms acceptable to us or at all.

In order to support our growth and respond to business challenges, such as developing new features or enhancements to our solution to stay competitive, acquiring new technologies, and improving our infrastructure, we have made significant financial investments in our business, and we intend to continue to make such investments. As a result, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to provide the funds required for these investments and other business endeavors. If we raise additional funds through equity or convertible debt issuances, our existing stockholders may suffer significant dilution, and these securities could have rights, preferences, and privileges that are superior to that of holders of our common stock. If we obtain additional funds through debt financing, we may not be able to obtain such financing on terms favorable to us. Such terms may involve restrictive covenants making it difficult to engage in capital raising activities and pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired and our business may be adversely affected, requiring us to delay, reduce, or eliminate some or all of our operations.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention, and affect our ability to attract and retain additional executive management and qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, or costly, and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which would increase our costs and expenses.

In addition, changing laws, regulations, and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs, and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations, and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations, and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us, and our business may be adversely affected.

 

40


Table of Contents

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business and operating results.

In addition, as a result of our disclosure obligations as a public company, we will have reduced flexibility and will be under pressure to focus on short-term results, which may adversely affect our ability to achieve long-term profitability.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to develop and maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting. For example, we have worked to improve the controls around our key accounting processes and our quarterly close process, we have implemented a number of new systems as part of our control environment, and we have hired additional accounting and finance personnel to help us implement these processes and controls. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight. If any of these new or improved controls and systems do not perform as expected, we may experience material weaknesses in our controls.

Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that are filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in

 

41


Table of Contents

our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the New York Stock Exchange. We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. As a public company, we will be required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report on Form 10-K.

Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed, or operating. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could adversely affect our business and operating results and could cause a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our corporate “ZEO” culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity, and teamwork fostered by our culture, and our business may be harmed.

We believe that Zuora’s entrepreneurial corporate culture has been a key contributor to our success. We have worked to develop what we call our “ZEO” culture, which is based on the idea that each employee is the CEO of their job and career, and we strive to empower every employee to make and own their decisions and contributions to the company. If we do not continue to develop our corporate culture as we grow and evolve, including maintaining a culture that encourages individual entrepreneurship by our employees, it could harm our ability to foster the innovation, creativity, and teamwork we believe that we need to support our growth. We expect to continue to hire as we expand. As our organization grows and we are required to implement more complex organizational structures, we may find it increasingly difficult to maintain the beneficial aspects of our corporate culture, which could negatively impact our future success. In addition, potential liquidity events could create disparities of wealth among our employees, which could adversely impact relations among employees and our corporate culture in general. Our anticipated headcount growth and our transition from a private company to a public company may result in a change to our corporate culture, which could harm our business.

 

42


Table of Contents

Our loan and security agreement provides our lender with a first-priority lien against substantially all of our assets, including our intellectual property, and contains financial covenants and other restrictions on our actions, which could limit our operational flexibility and otherwise adversely affect our financial condition.

Our loan and security agreement restricts our ability to, among other things:

 

    use our accounts receivable, inventory, trademarks, and most of our other assets as security in other borrowings or transactions;

 

    incur additional indebtedness;

 

    sell certain assets;

 

    declare dividends or make certain distributions; and

 

    undergo a merger or consolidation or other transactions.

Our loan and security agreement also prohibits us from exceeding an adjusted quick ratio. Our ability to comply with this and other covenants is dependent upon a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control.

Our failure to comply with the covenants or payment requirements, or the occurrence of other events specified in our loan and security agreement, could result in an event of default under the loan and security agreement, which would give our lender the right to terminate their commitments to provide additional loans under the loan and security agreement and to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, we have granted our lender first-priority liens against all of our assets, including our intellectual property, as collateral. Failure to comply with the covenants or other restrictions in the loan and security agreement could result in a default. If the debt under our loan and security agreement was to be accelerated, we may not have sufficient cash on hand or be able to sell sufficient collateral to repay it, which would have an immediate adverse effect on our business and operating results. This could potentially cause us to cease operations and result in a complete loss of your investment in our Class A common stock.

We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain that the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will not make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and, for so long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. If we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will no longer be able to take advantage of these exemptions or the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual

 

43


Table of Contents

gross revenue is $1.07 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities, or (iv) the last day of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the last day of our then most recently completed second fiscal quarter.

We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive or our company less comparable to certain other public companies because we will rely on these exemptions and elections. For example, if we do not adopt a new or revised accounting standard, our future operating results and financial statements may not be as comparable to the operating results and financial statements of certain other companies in our industry that adopted such standards. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We may be adversely affected by natural disasters and other catastrophic events, and by man-made problems such as terrorism, that could disrupt our business operations and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

Natural disasters or other catastrophic events may also cause damage or disruption to our operations, international commerce, and the global economy, and could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. Our business operations are subject to interruption by natural disasters, fire, power shortages, pandemics, and other events beyond our control. In addition, acts of terrorism and other geo-political unrest could cause disruptions in our business or the businesses of our partners or the economy as a whole. In the event of a natural disaster, including a major earthquake, blizzard, or hurricane, or a catastrophic event such as a fire, power loss, or telecommunications failure, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in development of our solution, lengthy interruptions in service, breaches of data security, and loss of critical data, all of which could have an adverse effect on our future operating results. For example, our corporate headquarters are located in California, a state that frequently experiences earthquakes. Additionally, all of the aforementioned risks may be further increased if we do not implement a disaster recovery plan or our partners’ disaster recovery plans prove to be inadequate.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

There has been no prior public market for our Class A common stock, the stock price of our Class A common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

There has been no public market for our Class A common stock prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our Class A common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our Class A common stock following this offering. The market prices of the securities of newly public companies such as us have historically been highly volatile. The market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

    overall performance of the equity markets;

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue and other operating results;

 

    changes in the financial projections we may provide to the public or our failure to meet these projections;

 

44


Table of Contents
    failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

    recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

    the economy as a whole and market conditions in our industry;

 

    negative publicity related to the real or perceived quality of our solution, as well as the failure to timely launch new products and services that gain market acceptance;

 

    growth of the Subscription Economy;

 

    rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of new products, commercial relationships, or significant technical innovations;

 

    acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;

 

    new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

    lawsuits threatened or filed against us, litigation involving our industry, or both;

 

    developments or disputes concerning our or other parties’ products, services, or intellectual property rights;

 

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations, or principles;

 

    other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events;

 

    the expiration of contractual lock-up or market stand-off agreements; and

 

    sales of shares of our Class A common stock by us or our stockholders.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. Stock prices of many companies, and technology companies in particular, have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers, and significant stockholders, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline and may make it more difficult for you to sell your Class A common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock into the public market, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders, or the perception that these sales might occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

All of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

45


Table of Contents

Subject to certain exceptions, we, all of our directors and executive officers, and all of the holders of our common stock, or securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, are subject to market stand-off agreements with us or have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions described in the section titled “Underwriting”, not to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock without the permission of each of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus; provided that such restricted period will end with respect to 25% of the shares subject to each lock-up agreement if at any time beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus (i) we have filed at least one quarterly report on Form 10-Q or annual report on Form 10-K, and (ii) the last reported closing price of our Class A common stock is at least 33% greater than the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock for 10 out of any 15 consecutive trading days ending on or after the 90th day after the date of this prospectus (which 15 trading day period may begin prior to such 90th day); provided further, that if such restricted period ends during a trading black-out period, the restricted period will end one business day following the date that we announce our earnings results for the previous quarter. When the lock-up period expires, we and our securityholders subject to a lock-up agreement or market stand-off agreement will be able to sell our shares in the public market. In addition, the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration of the lock-up and market stand-off agreements, or the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of these agreements, could cause our market price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your Class A common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

In addition, as of January 31, 2018, we had options outstanding that, if fully exercised, would result in the issuance of 30,802,965 shares of Class B common stock and RSUs that, if fully settled, would result in the issuance of 1,668,203 shares of Class B common stock. We also granted options to purchase 7,099,533 shares of our Class B common stock subsequent to January 31, 2018. All of the shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise or settlement of stock options and RSUs, and the shares reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans, will be registered for public resale under the Securities Act. Accordingly, these shares will be able to be freely sold in the public market upon issuance subject to existing lock-up or market stand-off agreements and applicable vesting requirements.

Immediately following this offering, the holders of 143,974,213 shares of our Class B common stock have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements for the public resale of the Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares or to include such shares in registration statements that we may file for us or other stockholders.

We may also issue our shares of common stock or securities convertible into shares of our common stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investments, or otherwise. We also expect to grant equity awards to employees, directors, and consultants under our equity incentive plans. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

 

46


Table of Contents

The dual class structure of our common stock will have the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering, including our directors, executive officers, and 5% stockholders who will hold in the aggregate         % of the voting power of our capital stock following the completion of this offering, which will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including the election of directors and the approval of any change of control transaction.

Our Class B common stock has ten votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this offering, has one vote per share. Following this offering, our directors, executive officers, and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, and their respective affiliates, will hold in the aggregate         % of the voting power of our capital stock. Because of the ten-to-one voting ratio between our Class B and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval until the earlier of (i) the date specified by a vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, (ii) ten years from the closing of this offering, and (iii) the date the shares of Class B common stock cease to represent at least 5% of all outstanding shares of our common stock. This concentrated control will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transaction requiring stockholder approval. In addition, this may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our capital stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for estate planning purposes. The conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions” for additional information.

The dual class structure of our common stock may adversely affect the trading market for our Class A common stock.

S&P Dow Jones and FTSE Russell have recently announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, including the S&P 500, namely, to exclude companies with multiple classes of shares of common stock from being added to such indices. In addition, several shareholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the dual class structure of our common stock may prevent the inclusion of our Class A common stock in such indices and may cause shareholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure. Any such exclusion from indices could result in a less active trading market for our Class A common stock. Any actions or publications by shareholder advisory firms critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of our Class A common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, the price of our Class A common stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If few securities analysts

 

47


Table of Contents

commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, the trading price for our common stock could be negatively affected. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our Class A common stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common stock could decrease, which might cause our Class A common stock price and trading volume to decline.

Even if our stock is actively covered by analysts, we do not have any control over the analysts or the measures that analysts or investors may rely upon to forecast our future results. For example, in order to assess our business activity in a given period, analysts and investors may look at the combination of revenue and changes in deferred revenue in a given period (sometimes referred to as “billings”). Over-reliance on billings or similar measures may result in analyst or investor forecasts that differ significantly from our own for a variety of reasons, including:

 

    a relatively large number of transactions occur at the end of the quarter. Invoicing of those transactions may or may not occur before the end of the quarter based on a number of factors including receipt of information from the customer, volume of transactions, and holidays. A shift of a few days has little economic impact on our business, but will shift deferred revenue from one period into the next;

 

    a shift in billing frequency (i.e. from monthly to quarterly or from quarterly to annually), which may distort trends;

 

    subscriptions that have deferred start dates; and

 

    services that are invoiced upon delivery.

In addition, the new revenue recognition standard, ASC 606, introduces new and significant disclosure requirements. These disclosure obligations will be prepared on the basis of estimates that can change over time and on the basis of events over which we have no control. Market practices surrounding the calculation of this measure are still evolving. It is possible that analysts and investor may misinterpret our disclosure or that our methods for estimating this disclosure differ significantly from others, which could lead to inaccurate or unfavorable forecasts by analysts and investors.                

An active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, however, an active trading market may not develop following the completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the market price of your shares of Class A common stock. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration. We cannot predict the prices at which our Class A common stock will trade. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our Class A common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of the value of our business and prospects.

Because the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock following this offering, new investors will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our

 

48


Table of Contents

tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the issuance of                shares of Class A common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of $                per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our Class A common stock and its pro forma net tangible book value per share as of January 31, 2018. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, if outstanding stock options and RSUs are exercised or settled, if we issue awards to our employees under our equity incentive plans, or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our Class A common stock, you could experience further dilution. See the section titled “Dilution” for additional information.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds to us from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, financial condition, operating results, and prospects could be harmed, and the market price of our Class A common stock could decline. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government that may not generate a high yield for our stockholders. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions under the terms of our loan and security agreement. We anticipate that for the foreseeable future we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the development of our business and for general corporate purposes. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees, and limit the market price of our Class A common stock.

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately following the completion of this offering may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws include provisions that:

 

    provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors with staggered three-year terms;

 

    permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly-created directorships;

 

49


Table of Contents
    require super-majority voting to amend some provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws;

 

    authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

 

    provide that only the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, lead independent director, or a majority of our board of directors will be authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders;

 

    provide for a dual class common stock structure in which holders of our Class B common stock may have the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets;

 

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

    provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws; and

 

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, our restated certificate of incorporation, or our restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Moreover, Section 203 of the DGCL may discourage, delay, or prevent a change of control of our company. Section 203 imposes certain restrictions on mergers, business combinations, and other transactions between us and holders of 15% or more of our common stock. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

 

50


Table of Contents

LETTER FROM ZUORA CEO AND CO-FOUNDER TIEN TZUO

This is not just a Silicon Valley story. This is a global business story.

Imagine a world where you receive any service that you want — when you want it, and how you want it. You use and pay for as much or as little as you need. And as your needs change, you can change your subscription plan instantly and effortlessly: upgrade or downgrade, suspend or delete. Today, in the early stages of the Subscription Economy, we enjoy these kinds of relationships with companies like Netflix, Lyft, Nest, Salesforce, and AWS. Tomorrow, we believe these relationships will extend to every customer, every business, and every industry.

The “Subscription Economy,” a term that we coined, refers to the worldwide economic shift over the last decade from products to services. It’s grounded in the idea that customers have changed and are looking for new ways to engage with businesses. They want the freedom to subscribe to outcomes , rather than deal with the hassles of ownership and obsolescence. These new customer expectations have led to a proliferation of “as-a-service” or subscription business models.

At the same time, around the globe, thousands of businesses are just beginning to take advantage of long-term customer relationships to fuel their growth. And they are realizing that the steady, predictable revenue generated from the subscription model is imperative to their future success. But perhaps more importantly, companies are starting to truly discover who their customers are.

My co-founders K.V. Rao, Cheng Zou, and I saw this once-in-a-century shift in business models back in 2007. I was the CMO and Chief Strategy Officer of Salesforce.com. I started out as employee number 11 and was part of the core team that deployed the subscription business model to disrupt the software industry.

At the time, the iPhone had just launched, the public cloud was in its infancy, and streaming media was still on the distant horizon. Netflix’s DVD business was disrupting Blockbuster and Zipcar was making people question traditional car ownership and rental. What we saw was the potential of the subscription business model to transform virtually every industry around the world.

We knew that what made the subscription business model unique was its mandate for businesses to build long-term relationships with their customers. This required a foundational transformation: orienting all your business operations around customers , not products. It was a radical shift from the way the world had been doing business for well over a century. We also knew that our companies, Salesforce.com and WebEx, were struggling with back-office billing systems, which were critical to the success of this business model.

Back then, the prevalent systems were traditional Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems and niche industry alternatives, both of which were clunky and expensive. More importantly, while they worked for companies that were shipping products; they weren’t agile enough to meet the needs of dynamic subscription-based businesses.

It was clear that ERP was past its prime. We were convinced that it wouldn’t be “business as usual” for long. There was a strong need and a large market for a fundamentally different solution. And that’s why we set out to build Zuora.

Today, Zuora is a cloud-based software platform that enables any company in any industry to successfully launch, manage, and transform into a subscription business.

 

51


Table of Contents

Our Vision And Mission

The vision we started off with stays true to this day: We believe that one day, every company will be part of the Subscription Economy.

Our mission at Zuora is to enable all our customers to be successful in the Subscription Economy. It drives everything we do – our technology, our community, our knowledge, and our people. We’ve been doing this every day for the past decade and will continue to remain steadfastly focused on our customers.

In the beginning, we sold to other SaaS companies like ourselves. Today, Zuora is powering subscription businesses in practically every industry—software, hardware, media, transportation, construction, healthcare, education, retail, IoT, and many others. We work with movie theaters in France, eyewear retailers in Sweden, maritime information services in the United Kingdom, and tractor companies in the United States. Our clients operate planes, trains, and automobiles. And we continue to welcome new entrants to the Subscription Economy every day.

Our Culture: The ZEO Way

While systems play an important role in growth and transformation, we believe that culture is far more important, and harder to build. To meet the needs of dynamic subscription businesses, we have built a dynamic company with innovation stamped into its DNA.

At one of our first off-sites, we asked our employees: What do you want our culture to be? The question triggered an avalanche of stories, but the common thread was a sense of being in control of one’s destiny. It gave rise to the concept of the “ZEO.”

At Zuora, we believe that every employee is the CEO of his or her Zuora career, i.e., a ZEO. This has fostered a culture centered around entrepreneurship, innovation, ownership, and responsibility. To be candid, I believe Zuora isn’t run by its CEO or executive team; it’s run by more than 900 passionate and innovative ZEOs, including me. The result is a company of empowered and invested employees who bring out the best in one other. And the rewards lie in our more than 950 customers and a consistently growing business across the world.

ZEO Culture isn’t an empty branding effort. We take it very seriously. We encourage our employees to be curious, creative, and stay focused on our shared mission of enabling our customers to be successful. We are building a company for the long-term—a place where people celebrate success but also know that they need to continue to innovate, lead, and evolve with the Subscription Economy.

Our Journey: The Path Ahead

When we started Zuora, we knew we were betting on an inevitable transformation that would take place over many decades. Although we all can now see the world moving to the Subscription Economy, we believe the shift is still in the early phases.

We also recognized that building and delivering the solutions that companies need in this new Subscription Economy would be an opportunity to build an enduring enterprise software company like Microsoft, Oracle, or Salesforce.com. And so we focused on, and will continue to focus on, building a business for the long-term.

 

52


Table of Contents

The past decade has been an exciting curtain-raiser for the way we believe the world will do business in the next century. While the industrial product era had a solid 100-year run, it’s time to bid it adieu. Today, we are at a pivotal moment in business history, with the entire global economy on the brink of change. Fortunately, change brings opportunities.

At Zuora, we’ve only just started our story and are excited for what the future holds. We invite you to join us on this journey, as we help business after business, industry after industry, succeed in the Subscription Economy.

 

LOGO

 

53


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future operating results and financial position, our business strategy and plans, market growth, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “potential,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan,” “target,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our total revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit or gross margin, operating expenses including changes in research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses (including any components of the foregoing) and our ability to achieve, and maintain, future profitability;

 

    our business plan and our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

    anticipated trends, growth rates, and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate;

 

    market acceptance of new technology and recently introduced solutions;

 

    beliefs and objectives for future operations;

 

    our ability to increase sales of our solution;

 

    the widespread adoption and adoption rates of subscription business models and decline in product-centric models;

 

    our ability to further penetrate our existing customer base;

 

    maintaining and expanding our customer base and our relationships with our third-party implementation and other partners;

 

    our ability to timely and effectively scale and adapt our existing solution;

 

    our ability to develop new products and bring them to market in a timely manner and make enhancements to our existing solution;

 

    the effects of seasonal trends on our results of operations;

 

    our expectations concerning relationships with third parties;

 

    our ability to maintain, protect, and enhance our intellectual property;

 

    our ability to continue to expand internationally;

 

    the effects of increased competition in our markets and our ability to compete effectively;

 

    our ability to stay in compliance with laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business both in the United States and internationally;

 

    economic and industry trends, projected growth, or trend analysis; and

 

    the estimates and estimate methodologies used in preparing our consolidated financial statements, including in determining option exercise prices.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, operating

 

54


Table of Contents

results, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, performance, or achievements. We undertake no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations, except as required by law.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, performance, and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

 

55


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations, market position, market opportunity, and market size, is based on information from various sources, including Forrester Research, Inc., or Forrester, Gartner, Inc., or Gartner, International Data Corporation, or IDC, McKinsey & Company, or McKinsey, MGI Research, LLC, or MGI, and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, or PwC. In presenting this information, we have also made assumptions based on such data and other similar sources, and on our knowledge of, and in our experience to date in, the market for our solution. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

The Forrester studies described herein represent data, research, opinions, or viewpoints prepared by Forrester and are not representations of fact. We have been advised by Forrester that its studies speak as of their original date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and any opinions expressed in the studies are subject to change without notice.

The Gartner reports described herein represents research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service by Gartner, and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner reports are subject to change without notice.

This prospectus contains statistical data, estimates, and forecasts that are based on industry publications or reports generated by third-party providers, or other publicly available information, as well as other information based on our internal sources.

The sources of certain statistical data, estimates, and forecasts contained in this prospectus are provided below:

 

    Forrester Research, Top Five Imperatives To Win In The Age Of The Customer , May 23, 2017.

 

    The Forrester Wave™: Recurring Customer And Billing Management, Q3 2017 .

 

    Gartner, Forecast: Enterprise Software Markets, Worldwide, 2014-2021, 4Q17 Update , December 2017.

 

    MGI Research, Agile Monetization Platforms (AMP)—Total Addressable Market (TAM) Forecast 2018-2022 , December 9, 2017.

In certain instances where reports are identified as the sources of market and industry data contained in this prospectus, the applicable report is identified by superscript notations. The sources of these data are provided below:

 

  (1) Evolve Or Crumble: Prepare For The Fate Of The Hardware Incumbents , Forrester Research, August 29, 2016.

 

  (2) Gartner, Forecast: Public Cloud Services, Worldwide, 2015-2021, 3Q17 Update , October 2017.

 

  (3) Gartner, Market Share Analysis: Enterprise Application Software as a Service, Worldwide, 2016 , October 2017.

 

  (4) IDC, Worldwide Public Cloud Services Revenue Growth Remains Strong through the First Half of 2017 , November 6, 2017.

 

56


Table of Contents
  (5) PwC, Perspectives from the Global Entertainment and Media Outlook 2017-2021 , https://www.pwc.com/outlook.

 

  (6) McKinsey & Company, Overwhelming OTT: Telcos’ growth strategy in a digital world , January 2017.

 

  (7) McKinsey & Company, Automotive revolution—perspective towards 2030 , January 2016.

 

  (8) PwC, 2017 Industrial Manufacturing Trends , https://www.strategyand.pwc.com/trend/2017-industrial-manufacturing-trends.

 

  (9) McKinsey & Company, The Internet of Things: Mapping the Value Beyond The Hype , June 2015.

The Subscription Economy Index, or SEI, measures the growth in the volume of business for the subscription-based products and services of our customers. Specifically, it measures the total dollar amount invoiced by our customers to their customers for subscriptions and recurring charges through our Zuora Central Platform . We refer to this as subscription invoice volume. Onetime charges that are not subscription-based are excluded from the calculation, as the SEI is intended to reflect the growth in subscription invoice volume. The constituents’ growth rate reflected in the SEI is the quarter-over-quarter percentage change in trailing twelve-month subscription invoice volume. To measure this growth, we use a weighted average of the growth rates of the constituents who have been on our platform for at least ten quarters, controlling for the effects of constituent attrition and account migration. The weighted average used in the SEI growth calculation is weighted by the total amount of subscription invoice volume each constituent has, so that companies with higher subscription invoice volume have more weight in the average. The SEI includes customers that have been invoicing through our Zuora Central Platform for at least ten quarters, and that are not in the process of importing data from another billing system or migrating off of our platform. The determination of when customers are importing data or migrating off the platform is made manually by analysis of system data combined with communication with affected customers. As of October 1, 2017, 304 customers had been invoicing through our Zuora Central Platform for at least ten quarters and were not in the process of importing data from another billing system or migrating off of our platform, and 300 of those customers were included in the November 2017 SEI. We excluded four customers that were otherwise eligible for inclusion in the SEI for various reasons including non-standard implementations or due to unusual billing or usage patterns. The SEI does not include Zuora RevPro customers. A constituent’s subscription invoice volume is calculated every quarter using a trailing twelve month period in order to remove the effect of seasonality, and the growth rate is calculated by comparing the quarter-over-quarter percentage change in trailing twelve-month subscription invoice volume. The growth rates of different customers in the SEI varies based on a number of factors, including size of customer, industry, and a customer’s specific subscription-based offerings. We do not intend for our disclosure of the SEI to suggest that the SEI reflects the growth rate of every company that uses our products or the Subscription Economy as a whole.

 

57


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, we estimate that the net proceeds would be approximately $             million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $            million, assuming that the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock, enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders, increase awareness of our company, and improve our competitive position. We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including research and development and sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters, and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to invest in or acquire complementary businesses, products, services, technologies, or other assets. However, we do not have any agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions or investments at this time.

We currently have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds. Pending their use, we plan to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for the operation and growth of our business, and do not expect to pay dividends on our capital stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends would be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and would depend upon various factors, including our operating results, financial condition, and capital requirements, restrictions that may be imposed by applicable law, and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement contain restrictions on our ability to declare and pay cash dividends on our capital stock.

 

58


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of January 31, 2018 on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the redesignation of our outstanding common stock as Class B common stock in                      2018, (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2018 into 123,968,054 shares of our Class B common stock, and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

    a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the adjustments described above and the sale by us of                      shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” each included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

59


Table of Contents
     As of January 31, 2018  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands,
except share and per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 48,208     $ 48,208     $                       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 14,969     $ 14,969     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share: no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ —       $ —       $  

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 123,968,054 shares authorized, 123,968,054 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     12       —      

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 223,700,000 shares authorized, 61,048,792 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     6       —      

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share: no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 500,000,000 shares authorized,                      shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —         —      

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share: no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized, 185,016,846 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 500,000,000 shares authorized, 185,016,846 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —         18    

Additional paid-in capital

     286,143       286,143    

Related party receivable

     (1,281     (1,281  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     471       471    

Accumulated deficit

     (258,685     (258,685  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     26,666       26,666    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 26,666     $ 26,666     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The pro forma as adjusted information presented is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization by approximately $            million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization by approximately $            million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization would increase by approximately $            million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, and we would have                     shares of our Class A common stock and                     shares of our Class B common stock issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted.

 

60


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based upon no shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and 185,016,846 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, in each case, as of January 31, 2018, and does not include:

 

    30,802,965 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2018, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.78 per share;

 

    1,668,203 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding as of January 31, 2018;

 

    7,099,533 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after January 31, 2018, with an exercise price of $3.97 per share; and

 

    15,221,242 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (i) 121,242 shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan as of January 31, 2018 (which number of shares is prior to the options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after January 31, 2018 and an increase of 13,900,000 shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan after January 31, 2018), (ii) 10,300,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and (iii) 4,800,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2018 ESPP, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus.

On the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2015 Plan will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2018 Plan, and we will cease granting awards under the 2015 Plan. Our 2018 Plan and 2018 ESPP also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans” for additional information.

 

61


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after the closing of this offering.

Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of January 31, 2018 was $(5.2) million, or $(0.03) per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2018, after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2018 into 123,968,054 shares of our Class B common stock and (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation.

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share reflects the pro forma adjustments described above and the sale of              shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of January 31, 2018 would have been $             million, or $             per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to investors in this offering:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $               

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of January 31, 2018

   $ (0.03  

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share attributable to new investors purchasing in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering

     $  
    

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             and would increase (decrease) dilution per share to investors in this offering by $            , assuming that the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             per share and would increase (decrease) dilution per share to investors in this offering by $             per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

62


Table of Contents

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $             per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $             per share of common stock.

The following table presents, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, as of January 31, 2018, the differences between our existing stockholders and the investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders or to be paid to us by investors purchasing shares in this offering at an assumed offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    
     (in thousands)  

Existing stockholders

     185,016,846                       $ 263,027                       $ 1.42  

Investors in this offering

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $             million and increase (decrease) the percent of total consideration paid by new investors by         %, assuming that the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us. After giving effect to sales of shares in this offering, assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, our existing stockholders would own         % and our new investors would own         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

In addition, to the extent we issue any additional stock options or RSUs or any stock options are exercised or RSUs settle, or we issue any other securities or convertible debt in the future, investors participating in this offering may experience further dilution.

The number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based upon no shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and 185,016,846 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, in each case, as of January 31, 2018, and does not include:

 

    30,802,965 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2018, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.78 per share;

 

    1,668,203 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding as of January 31, 2018;

 

    7,099,533 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after January 31, 2018, with an exercise price of $3.97 per share; and

 

   

15,221,242 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (i) 121,242 shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan as of January 31, 2018 (which number of shares is

 

63


Table of Contents
 

prior to the options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after January 31, 2018 and an increase of 13,900,000 shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan after January 31, 2018), (ii) 10,300,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and (iii) 4,800,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2018 ESPP, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus.

On the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2015 Plan will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2018 Plan, and we will cease granting awards under the 2015 Plan. Our 2018 Plan and 2018 ESPP also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans” for additional information.

 

64


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. We derived our selected consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018 and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of January 31, 2017 and 2018 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, the accompanying notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our fiscal year end is January 31, and our fiscal quarters end on April 30, July 31, October 31, and January 31. Our fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018 are referred to herein as fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018, respectively.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2016     2017     2018  
    

(in thousands, except per

share data)

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss:

      

Revenue:

      

Subscription

   $ 68,228     $ 89,836     $ 120,373  

Professional services

     23,956       23,172       47,553  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     92,184       113,008       167,926  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

      

Subscription (1)

     17,820       22,840       31,077  

Professional services (1)

     25,540       25,322       48,829  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     43,360       48,162       79,906  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     48,824       64,846       88,020  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development (1)

     20,485       26,355       38,639  

Sales and marketing (1)

     64,508       62,384       73,087  

General and administrative (1)

     11,979       15,140       22,572  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     96,972       103,879       134,298  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (48,148     (39,033     (46,278

Interest and other (expense) income, net

     (528     219       252  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (48,676     (38,814     (46,026

Income tax benefit (provision)

     469       (284     (1,129
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (48,207     (39,098     (47,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (191     (470     960  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (48,398   $ (39,568   $ (46,195
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

   $ (1.07   $ (0.82   $ (0.89
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

     44,853       47,686       53,099  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

       $ (0.27
      

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding used in calculating pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

         177,067  
      

 

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2016      2017      2018  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription

   $ 235      $ 326      $ 747  

Professional services

     566        583        2,121  

Research and development

     827        1,126        2,292  

Sales and marketing

     1,536        1,577        2,717  

General and administrative

     497        771        1,113  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,661      $ 4,383      $ 8,990  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See notes 1 and 14 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.

 

     As of
January 31,
 
     2017      2018  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 72,645      $ 48,208  

Working capital (deficit)

     39,663        (7,536

Total assets

     120,468        155,366  

Deferred revenue, current portion

     42,554        66,058  

Total debt

            14,969  

Convertible preferred stock

     12        12  

Total stockholders’ equity

     54,980        26,666  

 

66


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements, the accompanying notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those forward-looking statements below. Factors that could cause or contribute to those differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our fiscal year end is January 31, and our fiscal quarters end on April 30, July 31, October 31, and January 31. Our fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018 are referred to herein as fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018, respectively.

Overview

We provide cloud-based software on a subscription basis that enables any company in any industry to successfully launch, manage, and transform into a subscription business. Architected specifically for dynamic, recurring subscription business models, our solution functions as an intelligent subscription management hub that automates and orchestrates the subscription order-to-cash process, including quoting, billing, collections, analytics, and revenue recognition. We offer businesses the ability to meet the constantly-evolving needs of their subscribers, capitalize on new revenue opportunities, and accelerate business growth.

An increasing number of industries are undergoing a transformation in business models as part of a broader shift to the Subscription Economy. Success in the Subscription Economy requires companies with legacy product-centric businesses to undertake a large-scale systemic shift in how they operate, reorienting themselves around their subscribers.

This new business model is inherently dynamic, with multiple interactions and constantly-changing relationships and events. The capabilities to launch, price, and bill for products, facilitate and record cash receipts, process and recognize revenue, and produce the data required to close their books and drive key decisions are mission critical and particularly complex for companies with subscription business models. As a result, as companies launch or grow a subscription business, they often conclude that traditional ERP-centric systems are inadequate.

We began operations in 2007 with a vision of providing the cloud-based software necessary to bring about, and enable companies to succeed in, the Subscription Economy. Since our inception, we have continued to innovate and have made significant investments to deliver a comprehensive solution for a broad array of use cases in the Subscription Economy. Key milestones in our growth include:

 

    In fiscal 2008, we launched Zuora Billing , our first product to address the complex challenges of subscription management.

 

    In fiscal 2011, we expanded our operations into Europe with our first office in London.

 

    In fiscal 2013, we expanded our operations into Australia. We also held our first  Subscribed  conference.

 

    In fiscal 2015, we launched Zuora CPQ to address the unique needs of quoting, pricing and packaging for subscription businesses.

 

    In fiscal 2016, we acquired Frontleaf to add subscription analytics (now called Zuora Insights ) to our product portfolio. We also launched our Zuora Connect Marketplace of applications and expanded our operations into Japan.

 

67


Table of Contents
    In fiscal 2017, we crossed the threshold of $100.0 million in total revenue.

 

    In fiscal 2018, we acquired Leeyo, which added our revenue recognition product, Zuora RevPro .

We target companies of all sizes, ranging from small businesses to some of the world’s largest enterprises. We currently serve more than 950 customers, including 15 of the Fortune 100 as of January 31, 2018. As of January 31, 2016, January 31, 2017, and January 31, 2018, we had 728, 796, and 971 customers, respectively, including 242, 292, and 415 customers with annual contract value, or ACV, equal to or greater than $100,000, respectively. For a definition of ACV, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operational and Financial Metrics.” For a definition of customer, see the section titled “Business—Customers.” We have employees located throughout North America and Western Europe and in Australia, India, China, and Japan.

For fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018, our total revenue was $92.2 million, $113.0 million, and $167.9 million, respectively. We have made significant investments to grow our business, including in sales and marketing, infrastructure, operations, and headcount. As a result, we have incurred net losses for fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018 of $48.2 million, $39.1 million, and $47.2 million, respectively.

Our Business Model

Our business model is similar to many of our customers in the Subscription Economy—we seek to maximize the lifetime value of our customer relationships over time. We initially acquire customers through a sale of one or more of our products. Over time, as customers experience success with Zuora, they can renew their subscriptions and expand their usage of our solution.

We sell through our direct sales force and with our GSI partners, and in many cases do so in a combined and coordinated fashion. Customers initially subscribe to one or both of our two flagship products— Zuora Billing , our subscription billing product, or Zuora RevPro , our revenue recognition product. Because of the transformative nature of the shift to subscription business models, especially in larger organizations, the initial selling process can be lengthy and complex.

 

68


Table of Contents

Given the foundational nature of our solution, its deployment typically requires a professional services engagement with either us or one of our third-party deployment partners. Our partners include GSIs, which deploy the solution, often as part of a broader business transformation project. Professional services engagements typically last between three and twelve months with the goal of enabling our customers to utilize our solution as broadly and quickly as possible. These projects usually involve integrating our solution with the customers’ other business applications. Once deployed, our solution becomes a mission-critical system of record for our customers, often deeply entrenched into their core IT and operational infrastructure. Excluding customers acquired through our acquisitions of Leeyo and Frontleaf, we have only lost one customer from those customers who initially entered into a contract with us in fiscal 2016, 2017, and 2018 who had initial ACV of at least $100,000, had deployed our solution as of January 31, 2018 and, have had contracts up for renewal.

Our business is based on a recurring revenue model, with our subscriptions having fixed and variable pricing components. Our subscription agreements typically range from one to three years. We charge an annual fixed platform fee ranging from $25,000 to $500,000 or more, depending on the Zuora Central Platform edition and associated level of functionality. In addition to the base platform fee, we charge annual committed volume fees based on anticipated usage of our products. Volume fees are based on posted invoice volumes for Zuora Billing and on the customer’s annual revenue volume for Zuora RevPro . Our variable pricing components are designed to align our success with our customers’ success in the Subscription Economy as they expand usage and reliance on our products. Our customers’ increasing usage of our solution is evidenced by the growing amount of transaction volume processed by our customers on our platform. For the quarter ended January 31, 2018, our customers processed nearly $7.0 billion in invoice volume through Zuora Billing .

 

LOGO 1

Once customers are operating on our solution, we have multiple ways to expand our footprint and drive revenue growth from these customers, which we refer to as upsell:

 

    Customers can upgrade to a more robust edition of the Zuora Central Platform ;

 

 

1 Represents the quarterly posted invoice volume processed by our customers through Zuora Billing . Does not include revenue processed by our customers through Zuora RevPro .

 

69


Table of Contents
    Customers can subscribe to one or more of our additional products, such as Zuora CPQ , Zuora Insights , Zuora Collect , or one of the Connect Marketplace applications;

 

    Customers that started with Zuora Billing or Zuora RevPro can also subscribe to the other flagship product; or

 

    Customers can increase their committed volume amounts as they grow.

Customer expansion can be seen in the ACV growth in cohorts over the last three fiscal years. Our cohorts of customers from fiscal 2016, 2017, and 2018, that had greater than or equal to $100,000 in ACV, combined together, have grown their ACV, on a dollar-weighted average basis, by 4% by the end of the first year, 27% by the end of the second year, and 39% by the end of the third year.

 

LOGO 2

Given their significant potential lifetime value, we invest upfront in acquiring our customers and facilitating a successful deployment. Our ability to participate in our customers’ growth does not require the same investment as selling to a new customer, which we believe will result in increased margins over time.

 

2 Represents on a dollar weighted-average basis, ACV growth for our customers who initially contracted with us with greater than or equal to $100,000 in ACV during each of the quarters in fiscal 2016, 2017, and 2018, combined together, and that had deployed our solution as of January 31, 2018. Quarters 1 through 12 in the chart represent the number of quarters since the initial quarter in which the customer entered into a contract with us. This does not include customers acquired through our acquisition of Leeyo or Frontleaf.

 

70


Table of Contents

The strength of our installed base and our ability to expand sales to our installed base is demonstrated in the growth of our dollar-based retention rate and the increasing portion of our ACV from upsells. Our dollar-based retention rate has expanded from 100% to 110% since fiscal 2016, and the portion of our ACV attributed to upsell (excluding renewals) has continued to grow.

 

LOGO    LOGO

Factors Affecting Our Performance

The growth of our business and our future success will depend on many factors, including those described below. While each of these factors presents significant opportunities for us, they also pose important challenges that we must successfully address in order to grow our business and improve our financial results.

Continued Growth of the Subscription Economy.     We believe that we are in the early days of the Subscription Economy and that there is a large market opportunity for our solution. As companies from all industries continue to shift to subscription business models and consumers increasingly use products and services that are provided through such models, we believe demand for our solution will increase. Our success will continue to largely depend on the timing of the shift to the Subscription Economy and the willingness of businesses to adopt cloud-based software solutions to manage their subscription business models.

Expansion and Further Penetration of Our Customer Base.     We believe that our ability to expand our customer base will enable us to grow our business. We focus on acquiring new customers through our flagship products, Zuora Billing and Zuora RevPro , and growing our relationship with our customers over time through increased transaction or revenue volume. We also have the ability to expand revenue through the sale of additional products. As we grow and evolve with our customer base, we intend to continue to introduce additional products and capabilities and address new revenue opportunities.

 

3 See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operational and Financial Metrics—Dollar-Based Retention Rate” for an explanation of dollar-based retention rate.
4 Fiscal 2008 through fiscal 2015.

 

71


Table of Contents

International Expansion.     We generated total revenue outside of the United States of $24.6 million, $29.6 million, and $42.7 million for fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018, respectively. We believe that global demand for our platform will continue to increase as international customers continue to shift to the Subscription Economy. We believe that international expansion represents a significant opportunity, particularly in geographies where the Subscription Economy is becoming more important, such as Europe and Asia and we plan to continue to invest in growing our presence internationally.

Investment in Sales and Marketing.     We expect to continue to invest significantly in our sales and marketing organization to drive additional revenue by supporting our existing customer base and acquiring new customers. We intend to continue to add headcount to our sales and marketing teams to capitalize on our market opportunity, although this would increase our operating expenses in the near term. We believe that improving the efficiency of our investments in sales and marketing can contribute to our long-term operating results. We also intend to continue to invest in our brand awareness activities, including our global Subscribed events, as well as the content we create and publish across multiple channels.

Improving Subscription Gross Margins.     As our business grows, we intend to continue to invest in our cloud architecture to meet the needs of our current and future customers. In addition, we intend to evaluate the expansion of our data center locations to address new markets while also investing to support growth at our existing data centers. We will need to determine whether it would be more beneficial to rely on co-located datacenters with our own equipment or to utilize cloud hosting providers. The mix of these investments in any particular period may cause fluctuations to our cost of revenue, operating expenses, and capital expenditures, and we intend to optimize these investments with the goal of improving our long-term gross margins.

Ability to Increase our Deployment Efficiency.     Our ability to grow our relationships with our customers over the long term depends on the successful deployment of our solutions. There are several factors that can lead a customer to not ultimately deploy our solution, including unexpected complexities or delays associated with deployment, a change in a customer’s strategic direction, a customer’s decision not to launch its subscription business, or sale of the customer’s business. We strive to increase both the speed and success of our deployments, by improving our deployment methodology, hiring and training qualified professionals, and deepening relationships with deployment partners.

Ability to Expand Relationships with GSIs and Other Partners.     We have established relationships with GSIs and other third-party partners to deploy and market our solution and strengthen our go-to-market strategy. We hope to further leverage these relationships to improve deployment success, maintain our professional services margins, and to drive additional sales of our products, although investing in these relationships can be time consuming and costly.

Key Operational and Financial Metrics

We monitor the following key operational and financial metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions:

 

     As of or for the
Fiscal Year Ended

January 31,
 
     2016      2017      2018  

Recurring profit margin (non-GAAP)

     28%        30%        28%  

Customers with ACV equal to or greater than $100,000

     242        292        415  

Dollar-based retention rate

     100%        104%        110%  

 

72


Table of Contents

Recurring Profit Margin

Recurring profit margin, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, represents the percentage difference between subscription revenue and recurring expense. Recurring expense represents the costs we incur to service our existing customer base and run our corporate operations. We calculate our annualized recurring profit margin by subtracting (i) trailing twelve-month expenses for each of cost of subscription revenue, general and administrative expense, and research and development expense from (ii) trailing twelve month subscription revenue. We divide this result by the same trailing twelve month subscription revenue. For purposes of this calculation, we exclude stock-based compensation, amortization of acquired intangibles, and capitalization and amortization of internal-use software expenses from recurring expense. We calculate our recurring profit margin on a trailing twelve-month basis to normalize for quarterly fluctuations in expenses. Our recurring profit margin has remained relatively constant in recent periods. As we continue to invest in building out our product portfolio and invest to meet the needs of operating as a publicly traded company, our recurring profit margin may decrease in the near term.

Recurring profit margin is not prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation of, or as an alternative to, measures prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of this non-GAAP financial measure rather than operating margin, which is the nearest U.S. GAAP equivalent of recurring profit margin. Some of these limitations are that recurring profit margin excludes:

 

    professional services revenue and cost of professional services, which are not recurring in nature, but which are typically required in connection with the deployment of our solutions;

 

    sales and marketing expenses, which is a significant expense related to the acquisition of new customers but which is not generally related to maintaining our existing customer base;

 

    stock-based compensation expense, which is a non-cash charge, but which has been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy;

 

    capitalization and amortization of internal-use software, which is a non-cash charge, and is related to developing new functionality for our suite of products that are hosted by us and accessed by our customers on a subscription basis; and

 

    amortization of acquired intangible assets, which is a non-cash charge, and is associated with acquired assets being depreciated and amortized that may have to be replaced in the future.

Moreover, other companies, including companies in our industry may use recurring profit margin differently, or may use other financial measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of recurring profit margin as a comparative measure. Accordingly, recurring profit margin should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

73


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of the components of recurring profit margin to its most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2016     2017     2018  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Loss from operations (GAAP)

   $ (48,148   $ (39,033   $ (46,278

Professional service revenue

     (23,956     (23,172     (47,553

Cost of professional services (1)

     25,540       25,322       48,829  

Sales and marketing (2)

     64,508       62,384       73,087  

Stock-based compensation (3)

     1,559       2,223       4,152  

Capitalization of internal-use software

     (1,150     (2,287     (1,152

Amortization of internal-use software

     291       544       1,160  

Amortization of acquired intangibles

     476       715       2,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recurring profit (non-GAAP)

   $ 19,120     $ 26,696     $ 34,301  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating margin (GAAP)

     (52 )%      (35 )%      (28 )% 

Recurring profit margin (non-GAAP)

     28     30     28

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense from cost of professional services.
(2) Includes stock-based compensation expense from sales and marketing.
(3) Excludes stock-based compensation expense from professional services and sales and marketing. These stock-based compensations expenses are reflected in “Cost of professional services” and “Sales and marketing,” respectively, in the table above.

Customers with ACV Equal to or Greater than $100,000

We believe our ability to enter into larger contracts is indicative of broader adoption of our solution by larger organizations. It also reflects our ability to expand our revenue footprint within our current customer base. We define ACV as the subscription revenue we would contractually expect to recognize from that customer over the next twelve months, assuming no increases or reductions in their subscriptions. We define the number of customers at the end of any particular period as the number of parties or organizations that have entered into a distinct subscription contract with us for which the term has not ended. Each party with which we have entered into a distinct subscription contract is considered a unique customer, and in some cases, there may be more than one customer within a single organization. We have increased the number of customers with ACV equal to or greater than $100,000 from 242 as of January 31, 2016, to 292 as of January 31, 2017, and to 415 as of January 31, 2018.

Dollar-Based Retention Rate

We believe our dollar-based retention rate is a key measure of our ability to retain and expand revenue from our customer base over time. We calculate our dollar-based retention rate as of a period end by starting with the sum of the ACV from all customers as of twelve months prior to such period end, or prior period ACV. We then calculate the sum of the ACV from these same customers as of the current period end, or current period ACV. Current period ACV includes any upsells and also reflects contraction or attrition over the trailing twelve months but excludes revenue from new customers added in the current period. We then divide the current period ACV by the prior period ACV to arrive at our dollar-based retention rate. We have increased our dollar-based retention rate from 100% as of January 31, 2016, to 104% as of January 31, 2017, and to 110% as of January 31, 2018.

Leeyo Acquisition

In May 2017, we acquired Leeyo. We paid $29.2 million in cash and 2,307,782 shares of common stock, for total consideration of approximately $35.2 million. As a result of the acquisition, we

 

74


Table of Contents

introduced our Zuora RevPro product. The acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination under U.S. GAAP and ASC 805: Business Combinations.

The total cash portion of the consideration, which is considered to be purchase consideration, consists of two separate payments: (i) $16.7 million was paid out in the second fiscal quarter of 2018 and (ii) $12.6 million will be paid by May 31, 2018. We also issued 2,307,782 shares of common stock to former stockholders of Leeyo. This stock portion had a fair value upon issuance of approximately $6.0 million, and was issued at the closing. A portion of the purchase price totaling $3.0 million in cash and an additional 726,387 shares, was placed into escrow for one year to secure indemnification obligations. Acquisition-related costs of approximately $0.8 million were expensed as incurred and are included in operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss.

Under the terms of the acquisition, we agreed to pay cash of $3.1 million to certain former Leeyo employees, $2.5 million of which was paid and expensed upon closing, and the remainder of which will be disbursed to the employees within 24 months after the acquisition date, contingent upon continued employment with us. These payments are being recognized as compensation expense over the service period.

In connection with the Leeyo acquisition, we also issued 5,664,826 shares of restricted common stock with a total grant date fair value of $14.6 million, which shares have service-based vesting requirements and are therefore excluded from the purchase consideration. These restricted shares will vest monthly over three years following the acquisition date. We also issued 1,712,614 RSUs with a total fair value of $4.4 million, which also have service-based vesting requirements and are therefore also excluded from the purchase consideration. 439,114 of these RSUs vest over three years with a cliff vest in May 2018. The remaining 1,273,500 RSUs will vest over four years with a cliff-vest in May 2018.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

Subscription revenue.     Subscription revenue consists of fees for access to, and use of, our products, as well as customer support. We generate subscription fees pursuant to non-cancelable subscription agreements with terms that typically range from one to three years. Subscription revenue is primarily based on fees to access our services platform over the subscription term. We typically invoice customers in advance in either annual or quarterly installments. Customers can also elect to purchase additional volume blocks or products during the term of the contract. We recognize subscription revenue ratably over the term of the subscription period, beginning on the date that access to our platform is provided, which is generally on or about the date the subscription agreement is signed.

Professional services revenue.     Professional services revenue consists of fees for services related to helping our customers deploy, configure, and optimize the use of our solution. These services include system integration, data migration, process enhancement, and training. Professional services projects generally take three to twelve months to complete. Once the contract is signed, we generally invoice for professional services on a time and materials basis, although we occasionally engage in fixed-price service engagements and invoice for those based upon agreed milestone payments. We recognize revenue as services are performed for time and materials engagements and on a proportional performance method as the services are performed for fixed fee engagements.

Impact of ASC 606 Adoption.     In May 2014, the FASB issued ASC 606, and has modified the standard thereafter. This standard replaces existing revenue recognition rules with a comprehensive

 

75


Table of Contents

revenue measurement and recognition standard and expanded disclosure requirements. This new revenue standard becomes effective for public companies for the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within that year. Private companies have an additional year to adopt the standard. The two permitted transition methods under the new standard are the full retrospective method, under which ASC 606 would be applied to each prior reporting period presented and the cumulative effect of applying the standard would be recognized at the earliest period shown, or the modified retrospective method, under which the cumulative effect of applying ASC 606 would be recognized at the date of initial application. We plan to adopt ASC 606 when it becomes effective for us for the fiscal year ending January 31, 2020 (i.e., effective February 1, 2019). We are currently in the process of determining what method of adoption we plan to use. We are currently assessing the effect the guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists of customer billings in advance of revenue being recognized from our subscription and support services and professional services arrangements. We primarily invoice our customers for subscription services arrangements annually or quarterly in advance. Amounts anticipated to be recognized within one year of the balance sheet date are recorded as deferred revenue, current portion, and the remaining portion is recorded as deferred revenue, net of current portion in the consolidated balance sheets.

Overhead Allocation and Employee Compensation Costs

We allocate shared costs, such as facilities costs (including rent, utilities, and depreciation on capital expenditures related to facilities shared by multiple departments), information technology costs, and certain administrative personnel costs to all departments based on headcount and location. As such, allocated shared costs are reflected in each cost of revenue and operating expenses category. Employee compensation costs consist of salaries, bonuses, commissions, benefits, and stock-based compensation.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

Cost of subscription revenue.     Cost of subscription revenue consists primarily of costs related to hosting our platform and providing customer support. These costs include data center costs and third-party hosting fees, employee compensation costs for employees associated with our cloud-based infrastructure and our customer support organizations, amortization expense associated with capitalized internal-use software and purchased technology, allocated overhead, software and maintenance costs, and outside services associated with the delivery of our subscription services. We intend to continue to invest in our platform infrastructure, including third-party hosting capacity, and support organizations. However, the level and timing of investment in these areas could fluctuate and affect our cost of subscription revenue in the future.

Cost of professional services revenue.     Cost of professional services revenue consists primarily of costs related to the deployment of our platform. These costs include employee compensation costs for our professional services team, allocated overhead, travel costs, and costs of outside services associated with supplementing our internal staff. Cost of providing professional services has historically been similar to the associated professional services revenue, and we expect this to continue for the foreseeable future.

Gross profit and gross margin.     Our gross profit and gross margin may fluctuate from period to period as our revenue fluctuates, and as a result of the timing and amount of investments to expand

 

76


Table of Contents

hosting capacity, including through third party cloud providers, our continued efforts to build platform support and professional services teams, as well as the amortization expense associated with capitalized internal-use software and acquired technology.

Operating Expenses

Sales and marketing.     Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of employee compensation costs, including commissions for our sales personnel, allocated overhead, costs of general marketing and promotional activities, and travel costs. We currently expense sales commissions in the period of sale. Once adopted, under ASC 606, commissions will be amortized in sales and marketing expense over the period of benefit. Our sales and marketing expense as a percentage of total revenue has decreased in recent periods. We expect to continue to make significant investments as we expand our customer acquisition and retention efforts and, therefore, expect sales and marketing expense to increase in absolute dollars but may vary as a percentage of total revenue for the foreseeable future.

Research and development.     Research and development expense consists primarily of employee compensation costs, allocated overhead, and travel costs. We capitalize research and development costs associated with the development of internal-use software. As of January 31, 2018, capitalized costs for internal-use software were $3.4 million, and we expect to amortize these costs over a remaining period of approximately two to three years into cost of subscription revenue. All other research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We believe that continued investment in our platform is important for our growth, and as such, expect our research and development expense to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future but may vary as a percentage of revenue.

General and administrative.     General and administrative expense consists primarily of employee compensation costs, allocated overhead, and travel costs for finance, accounting, legal, human resources, and recruiting personnel. In addition, general and administrative expense includes non-personnel costs, such as accounting fees, legal fees, and all other supporting corporate expenses not allocated to other departments.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs as a result of operating as a public company, including costs related to compliance and reporting obligations of public companies, and increased costs for insurance, investor relations, and professional services. As a result, we expect our general and administrative expense to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future but may vary as a percentage of revenue.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), net

Interest and other income (expense), net primarily consists of interest income from our investment holdings, interest expense associated with our loan and security agreement, and foreign exchange fluctuations.

Income Tax Provision (Benefit)

Income tax provision (benefit) consists of U.S. federal and state income taxes and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. As of January 31, 2018, we had federal and state NOL carryforwards of $235.4 million and $181.2 million, respectively, which will begin to expire for federal and state tax purposes in 2027 and 2028, respectively. Our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes and, if we undergo an ownership change in connection with this offering or otherwise in the future, our ability to utilize our NOLs could

 

77


Table of Contents

be further limited by Section 382 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, many of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Our NOLs may also be impaired under similar provisions of state law. We have not performed any analyses under Section 382 and cannot forecast or otherwise determine our ability to derive benefit from our various federal or state tax attribute carryforwards. We maintain a full valuation allowance related to our U.S. federal and state NOLs and other deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets.

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our consolidated results of operations data for the fiscal years presented in dollars and as a percentage of our total revenue:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2016     2017     2018  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue:

      

Subscription

   $ 68,228     $ 89,836     $ 120,373  

Professional services

     23,956       23,172       47,553  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     92,184       113,008       167,926  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

      

Subscription (1)

     17,820       22,840       31,077  

Professional services (1)

     25,540       25,322       48,829  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     43,360       48,162       79,906  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     48,824       64,846       88,020  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development (1)

     20,485       26,355       38,639  

Sales and marketing (1)

     64,508       62,384       73,087  

General and administrative (1)

     11,979       15,140       22,572  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     96,972       103,879       134,298  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (48,148     (39,033     (46,278

Interest and other (expense) income, net

     (528     219       252  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (48,676     (38,814     (46,026

Income tax benefit (provision)

     469       (284     (1,129
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (48,207   $ (39,098   $ (47,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2016      2017      2018  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription

   $ 235      $ 326      $ 747  

Professional services

     566        583        2,121  

Research and development

     827        1,126        2,292  

Sales and marketing

     1,536        1,577        2,717  

General and administrative

     497        771        1,113  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,661      $ 4,383      $ 8,990  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2016     2017     2018  

Revenue:

      

Subscription

     74     79     72

Professional services

     26       21       28  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100       100       100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

      

Subscription

     19       20       19  

Professional services

     28       22       29  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     47       43       48  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     53       57       52  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     22       23       23  

Sales and marketing

     70       55       44  

General and administrative

     13       13       13  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     105       92       80  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (52     (34     (28

Interest and other (expense) income, net

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (52     (34     (27

Income tax benefit (provision)

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (52 )%      (34 )%      (28 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31, 2017 and 2018

Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
              
     2017     2018     $ Change      % Change  
           (dollars in thousands)         

Revenue:

         

Subscription

   $ 89,836     $ 120,373     $ 30,537        34

Professional services

     23,172       47,553       24,381        105  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 113,008     $ 167,926     $ 54,918        49  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Percentage of revenue:

         

Subscription

     79     72     

Professional services

     21       28       
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total

     100     100     
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Subscription revenue increased by $30.5 million, or 34%, for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. Approximately 29% of the increase in subscription revenue in fiscal 2018 was attributable to new customers acquired during the period, and the remainder was attributable to an increase in usage and sales of additional products to our existing customers. The expansion in usage and sale of additional products to our existing customers was reflected by our dollar-based retention rate of 110% for fiscal 2018. The number of customers with ACV equal to or greater than $100,000 increased by 42% from January 31, 2017 to January 31, 2018. Subscription revenue for fiscal 2018 included $3.9 million attributable to our Zuora RevPro product.

 

79


Table of Contents

Professional services revenue increased by $24.4 million, or 105%, for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017, due to $18.4 million in professional services revenue attributable to our Zuora RevPro product and $6.0 million due to higher revenue from customer deployment compared to fiscal 2017.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
              
     2017     2018     $ Change      % Change  
           (dollars in thousands)         

Cost of revenue:

         

Subscription

   $ 22,840     $ 31,077     $ 8,237        36

Professional services

     25,322       48,829       23,507        93  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue

   $ 48,162     $ 79,906     $ 31,744        66  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross profit

   $ 64,846     $ 88,020     $ 23,174        36  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross margin:

         

Subscription

     75     74     

Professional services

     (9     (3     

Total gross margin

     57       52       

Cost of subscription revenue increased by $8.2 million, or 36%, for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017, primarily due to an increase of $2.5 million in employee compensation costs related to higher headcount, an increase of $2.4 million in third-party data center costs, an increase of $2.0 million related to the amortization of purchased technology and amortization of internal-use software, an increase of $0.6 million in software license costs, and an increase of $0.4 million in allocated overhead. Cost of subscription revenue for fiscal 2018 included $3.1 million attributable to our Zuora RevPro product.

Our gross margin for subscription revenue decreased from 75% for fiscal 2017 to 74% for fiscal 2018 due to investments in international markets and the impact of our Zuora RevPro product, partially offset by higher efficiencies from greater scale.

Cost of professional services revenue increased by $23.5 million for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017, due to a greater number of customer deployments. Cost of professional services included $16.6 million for fiscal 2018 attributable to our Zuora RevPro product.

Our gross margin for professional services revenue increased from (9%) for fiscal 2017 to (3%) for fiscal 2018, primarily attributable to our Zuora RevPro product.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
              
     2017     2018     $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 62,384     $ 73,087     $ 10,703        17

Percentage of total revenue

     55     44     

 

80


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expense increased by $10.7 million, or 17%, for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017, primarily due to an increase of $9.2 million in employee compensation costs related to higher headcount, an increase of $0.7 million in allocated overhead costs, an increase of $0.4 million in travel costs, and an increase of $0.4 million in marketing and event costs. Sales and marketing expense for fiscal 2018 included $5.3 million attributable to our Zuora RevPro product.

Research and Development

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
              
             2017                     2018             $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 26,355     $ 38,639     $ 12,284        47

Percentage of total revenue

     23     23     

Research and development expense increased by $12.3 million, or 47%, for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017, primarily due to an increase of $7.4 million in employee compensation costs due to higher headcount, an increase of $2.4 million in allocated overhead, an increase of $1.1 million in costs related to lower capitalized internal-use software costs, an increase of $0.6 million in data center costs, and an increase of $0.4 million in travel costs. Research and development expense for fiscal 2018 included $4.9 million attributable to our Zuora RevPro product.

General and Administrative

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
              
             2017                     2018             $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 15,140     $ 22,572     $ 7,432        49

Percentage of total revenue

     13     13     

General and administrative expense increased by $7.4 million, or 49%, for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017, primarily due to an increase of $4.0 million in employee compensation costs related to higher headcount, an increase of $2.6 million in professional services, comprised primarily of legal, accounting, and consulting fees, an increase of $0.5 million in allocated overhead costs, and an increase of $0.3 million in software licenses. General and administrative expense for fiscal 2018 included $1.4 million attributable to our Zuora RevPro product.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
               
             2017                      2018              $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest and other income (expense), net

   $ 219      $ 252      $ 33        15

Interest and other income (expense), net increased by $33,000 for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $0.5 million in currency translation gains resulting from foreign operations, partially offset by an increase of $0.5 million in interest expense primarily from indebtedness incurred in June 2017.

 

81


Table of Contents

Income Tax Provision

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
             
             2017                     2018             $ Change     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Income tax provision

   $ (284   $ (1,129   $ (845     (297 )% 

Our provision for income tax increased $0.8 million in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 primarily due to taxes on foreign income.

Fiscal Years Ended January 31, 2016 and 2017

Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
             
     2016     2017     $ Change     % Change  
           (dollars in thousands)        

Revenue:

        

Subscription

   $ 68,228     $ 89,836     $ 21,608       32

Professional services

     23,956       23,172       (784     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue

   $ 92,184     $ 113,008     $ 20,824       23  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Percentage of revenue:

        

Subscription

     74     79    

Professional services

     26       21      
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

     100     100    
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subscription revenue increased by $21.6 million, or 32%, for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. Approximately 32% of the increase in subscription revenue in fiscal 2017 was attributable to new customers acquired during the period, and the remainder was attributable to an increase in usage and sales of additional products to our existing customers. The expansion in usage and sale of additional products to our existing customers was reflected by our dollar-based retention rate of 104% for fiscal 2017. The number of customers with ACV equal to or greater than $100,000 increased by 21% from January 31, 2016 to January 31, 2017.

Professional services revenue decreased by $0.8 million, or 3%, for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016, primarily due to a larger number of deployments provided by third-party providers.

 

82


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
             
     2016     2017     $ Change     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription

   $ 17,820     $ 22,840     $ 5,020       28

Professional services

     25,540       25,322       (218     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

   $ 43,360     $ 48,162     $ 4,802       11  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

   $ 48,824     $ 64,846     $ 16,022       33  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross margin:

        

Subscription

     74     75    

Professional services

     (7     (9    

Total gross margin

     53       57      

Cost of subscription revenue increased by $5.0 million, or 28%, for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016, primarily due to an increase of $1.9 million in employee compensation costs related to higher headcount, an increase of $1.0 million in allocated overhead, an increase of $0.9 million in third-party data center costs, an increase of $0.5 million in software license costs, an increase of $0.5 million related to the amortization of purchased technology and amortization of internal-use software, and an increase of $0.2 million in contractor costs.

Our gross margin for subscription revenue increased from 74% for fiscal 2016 to 75% for fiscal 2017, primarily due to efficiencies of our infrastructure investments and data center capacity.

Cost of professional services revenue decreased by $0.2 million for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016, primarily due to a larger number of deployments provided by third-party providers.

Our gross margin for professional services revenue decreased from (7%) for fiscal 2016 to (9%) for fiscal 2017, primarily due to the decrease in professional services revenue due to a larger number of deployments being provided by third-party providers.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
             
     2016     2017     $ Change     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 64,508     $ 62,384     $ (2,124     (3 )% 

Percentage of total revenue

     70     55    

Sales and marketing expense decreased by $2.1 million for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016, primarily due to a decrease of $1.5 million in travel costs, a decrease of $0.8 million in marketing and event costs, and a decrease of $0.5 million in employee compensation costs related to lower headcount. These costs were partially offset by an increase of $0.9 million in allocated overhead costs. The reduction in headcount and marketing, travel, and marketing and event costs was due to our focus on driving efficiencies across the organization.

 

83


Table of Contents

Research and Development

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
              
     2016     2017     $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 20,485     $ 26,355     $ 5,870        29

Percentage of total revenue

     22     23     

Research and development expense increased by $5.9 million, or 29%, for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016, primarily due to an increase of $5.6 million in employee compensation costs due to increased headcount, an increase of $1.0 million in allocated overhead, and an increase of $0.5 million in third-party contractor costs. This was partially offset by an increase of $1.1 million in costs capitalized as internal-use software, which had the effect of reducing research and development expense.

General and Administrative

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
              
     2016     2017     $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 11,979     $ 15,140     $ 3,161        26

Percentage of total revenue

     13     13     

General and administrative expense increased by $3.2 million, or 26%, for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016, primarily due to an increase of $3.6 million in employee compensation costs related to higher headcount and an increase of $0.9 million in allocated overhead costs, partially offset by a non-recurring expense for fiscal 2016 of $1.0 million and a decrease of $0.4 million in professional services fees, comprised primarily of legal, accounting, and consulting fees.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
               
     2016     2017      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest and other income (expense), net

   $ (528   $ 219      $ 747        141

Interest and other income (expense), net increased by $0.7 million for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. The increase was primarily due to $0.4 million in unrealized currency translation gains resulting from foreign operations and $0.2 million in interest income on invested cash balances.

Income Tax Benefit (Provision)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
             
     2016      2017     $ Change     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Income tax benefit (provision)

   $ 469      $ (284   $ (753     (161 )% 

We recorded a tax benefit of $0.5 million and a tax provision of $0.3 million for fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2017, respectively. The tax benefit for fiscal 2016 was primarily due to the release of a valuation allowance on a deferred tax liability associated with purchased intangible assets, partially offset by foreign tax expense. The tax provision for fiscal 2017 was primarily due to taxes on foreign income.

 

84


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for each of the eight quarters in the period ended January 31, 2018. The unaudited consolidated statement of operations data set forth below has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair presentation of such data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any other period. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Apr. 30,
2016
    Jul. 31,
2016
    Oct. 31,
2016
    Jan. 31,
2017
    Apr. 30,
2017
    Jul. 31,
2017
    Oct. 31,
2017
    Jan. 31,
2018
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenue:

               

Subscription

  $ 19,946     $ 21,814     $ 23,271     $ 24,805     $ 26,055     $ 28,797     $ 31,007     $ 34,514  

Professional services

    5,566       5,510       6,190       5,906       6,284       10,615       15,352       15,302  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    25,512       27,324       29,461       30,711       32,339       39,412       46,359       49,816  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

               

Subscription (1)

    5,466       5,393       5,874       6,107       6,035       8,071       8,195       8,776  

Professional services (1)

    6,772       6,054       6,277       6,219       6,774       12,552       13,912       15,591  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    12,238       11,447       12,151       12,326       12,809       20,623       22,107    

 

24,367

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    13,274       15,877       17,310       18,385       19,530       18,789       24,252    

 

25,449

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development (1)

    6,919       5,693       6,705       7,038       7,877       9,768       9,977       11,017  

Sales and marketing (1)

    17,426       14,198       15,188       15,572       14,952       18,479       18,625       21,031  

General and administrative (1)

    3,730       3,573       3,817       4,020       4,679       5,551       5,560       6,782  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    28,075       23,464       25,710       26,630       27,508       33,798       34,162       38,830  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (14,801     (7,587     (8,400     (8,245     (7,978     (15,009     (9,910     (13,381

Interest and other (expense) income,
net

    249       76       37       (143     (16     407       (421     282  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (14,552     (7,511     (8,363     (8,388     (7,994     (14,602     (10,331     (13,099

Income tax benefit (provision)

    (53     (402     (85     256       (132     (239     (34     (724
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (14,605   $ (7,913   $ (8,448   $ (8,132   $ (8,126   $ (14,841   $ (10,365   $ (13,823
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Apr. 30,
2016
     Jul. 31,
2016
     Oct. 31,
2016
     Jan. 31,
2017
     Apr. 30,
2017
     Jul. 31,
2017
     Oct. 31,
2017
     Jan. 31,
2018
 
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

                       

Subscription

   $ 79      $ 77      $ 92      $ 78      $ 88      $ 163      $ 239      $
 257
 

Professional services

     147        153        152        131        140        356        733        892  

Research and development

     224        367        293        242        329        479        729        755  

Sales and marketing

     413        397        386        381        406        557        1,012        742  

General and administrative

     153        195        234        189        191        244        329        349  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,016      $ 1,189      $ 1,157      $ 1,021      $ 1,154      $ 1,799      $ 3,042      $ 2,995  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations data for each of the periods indicated as a percentage of total revenue.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Apr. 30,
2016
    Jul. 31,
2016
    Oct. 31,
2016
    Jan. 31,
2017
    Apr. 30,
2017
    Jul. 31,
2017
    Oct. 31,
2017
    Jan. 31,
2018
 

Revenue:

                

Subscription

     78     80     79     81     81     73     67     69

Professional services

     22       20       21       19       19       27       33       31  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100       100       100       100       100       100       100       100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                

Subscription

     21       20       20       20       19       20       18       18  

Professional services

     27       22       21       20       21       32       30       31  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     48       42       41       40       40       52       48       49  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     52       58       59       60       60       48       52       51  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                

Research and development

     27       21       23       23       24       25       22       22  

Sales and marketing

     68       52       52       51       46       47       40       42  

General and administrative

     15       13       13       13       14       14       12       14  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses (1)

     110       86       87       87       85       86       74       78  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations (1)

     (58     (28     (29     (27     (25     (38     (21     (27

Interest and other (expense) income,
net

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes (1)

     (57     (27     (28     (27     (25     (37     (22     (26

Income tax benefit (provision)

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss (1)

     (57 )%      (29 )%      (29 )%      (26 )%      (25 )%      (38 )%      (22 )%      (28 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts may not sum due to rounding.

Quarterly Revenue Trends

Our quarterly subscription revenue increased sequentially in each of the periods presented due primarily to increases in the number of customers as well as expansion of transaction volume processed through our platform and sales of additional products. We have historically entered into more subscription agreements in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, though this seasonality is sometimes not apparent in our subscription revenue because we recognize subscription revenue over

 

86


Table of Contents

the term of the contract. The growth in quarterly professional services revenue in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total revenue in the last three quarters was primarily attributable to our Zuora RevPro product and our customers requiring additional services in connection with their adoption of ASC 606, as well as larger implementations of new customers acquired.

Quarterly Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin Trends

Our quarterly gross margin from subscription revenue has generally been consistent over the quarterly periods. This reflected our increased investment in data center operations and our support organization, which was offset by improved economies of scale. In the last three quarters, the increases in total cost of revenue were primarily attributable to our Zuora RevPro product.

Quarterly Operating Expenses Trends

Total operating expenses have generally increased sequentially for the fiscal quarters presented, primarily due to the addition of personnel in connection with the expansion of our business. Our sales and marketing expense has generally increased sequentially for the fiscal quarters presented, primarily due to continued investment in expanding our customer acquisition and retention efforts. The reduction in sales and marketing expense from the first quarter to the second quarter of both fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2018 was due to our focus on driving efficiencies across the organization. The increase in sales and marketing expense during the second quarter of fiscal 2018 included $1.5 million of expenses attributable to our Zuora RevPro product. Our sales and marketing expense can also fluctuate between quarters due to the timing of our annual conference, Subscribed , which was held in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 and the second quarter of fiscal 2018.

Our research and development expense has generally increased sequentially for the fiscal quarters presented, primarily due to continued investment in developing our solution. The reduction in research and development expense from the first quarter to the second quarter of fiscal 2017 was due to our focus on driving efficiencies across the organization. The increase in research and development expense during the second quarter of fiscal 2018 included $1.5 million attributable to our Zuora RevPro product.

Our general and administrative expense has generally increased sequentially for the fiscal quarters presented, primarily due to higher headcount to support our growth. General and administrative expense in fiscal 2018 included $0.7 million in legal fees in the second quarter attributable to our acquisition of Leeyo and in consulting fees in the fourth quarter related to our implementation of ASC 606.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of January 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $48.2 million. Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through the net proceeds we received through private sales of equity securities, payments received from customers for subscription and professional services, and borrowings from our loan and security agreement.

We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash balances, funds available under our loan and security agreement, and cash provided by subscriptions to our platform and related professional services will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the rate of our revenue growth, the timing and extent of spending on research and development efforts and other business initiatives, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and

 

87


Table of Contents

enhanced product offerings, and the continuing market adoption of our platform. We may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services, and technologies, including intellectual property rights. We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness may have rights that are senior to holders of our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict operations. Any additional equity or convertible debt financing may be dilutive to stockholders. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in new technologies, it could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our results of operations.

SVB Loan and Security Agreement

In June 2017, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement, or Debt Agreement, with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB. The Debt Agreement established a revolving loan and a term loan facility of $10.0 million and $30.0 million, respectively.

Revolving Loan.     The Debt Agreement allows us to borrow up to $10.0 million until June 2019 in revolving loans. Advances drawn down under the revolving loan incur interest at the prime rate as published by the Wall Street Journal, or WSJ Prime Rate, which is due monthly on any amounts drawn down, with the principal due at maturity. Any outstanding amounts must be fully repaid before June 14, 2019. We are required to pay an annual fee of $20,000 on this revolving loan, regardless of any amounts drawn down. As of January 31, 2018, we had not drawn down any amounts under this revolving loan.

Term Loan.     The Debt Agreement allows us to borrow up to $30.0 million in term loans. In June 2017, we drew down $15.0 million of the proceeds to partially finance the acquisition of Leeyo, and the remaining $15.0 million is available for draw-down until June 14, 2018. Any outstanding amounts drawn down under the term loan accrue interest at the WSJ Prime rate plus 1.00%. The interest rate was 5.5% as of January 31, 2018. We are required to make monthly payments of interest with respect to any amounts drawn down until June 2018 and subsequently must make equal monthly payments of principal and interest over the following 36 months. We may prepay all outstanding principal and accrued interest at any time without penalty. We will incur a facility fee of 1.5% upon the earlier to occur of prepayment or the termination of the facility. As of January 31, 2018, we had $15.0 million outstanding under the term loan.

Both the revolving loan and the term loan are subject to certain covenants, including a requirement to maintain an adjusted quick ratio of no less than 1.10:1.00. As of January 31, 2018, we were in compliance with the covenants under the Debt Agreement.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the fiscal years indicated:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2016     2017     2018  
    

(in thousands)

 

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (37,359   $ (24,975   $ (24,820

Cash used in investing activities

     (6,187     (4,835     (15,992

Cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     7,043       (428     15,415  

Effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (191     (470     960  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (36,694   $ (30,708   $ (24,437
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

Our largest source of operating cash is cash collections from our customers for subscription and professional services. Our primary uses of cash from operating activities are for employee-related expenditures, marketing expenses, third-party consulting expenses, and third-party hosting costs.

For fiscal 2018, cash used in operating activities was $24.8 million, which consisted of a net loss of $47.2 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $18.8 million and net cash inflows of $7.4 million provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of stock-based compensation and depreciation and amortization of property and equipment and intangible assets. The changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to a $21.3 million increase in deferred revenue, offset by a $21.0 million increase in accounts receivable, net, resulting primarily from increased subscription arrangements as a majority of our customers are invoiced in advance for annual subscriptions. Additionally, the change in operating assets and liabilities was due to an increase of $3.8 million in accounts payable and a decrease of $3.2 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets, offset by a decrease of $10.3 million in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

For fiscal 2017, cash used in operating activities was $25.0 million, which consisted of a net loss of $39.1 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $12.0 million and net cash inflows of $2.1 million provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment and intangible assets and provision for doubtful accounts. The changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to a $7.9 million increase in deferred revenue, offset by a $7.6 million increase in accounts receivable, net, resulting primarily from increased subscription arrangements as a majority of our customers are invoiced in advance for annual subscriptions. Additionally, the change in operating assets and liabilities was due to an increase of $3.3 million in accrued employee liabilities partially offset by an increase of $1.1 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

For fiscal 2016, cash used in operating activities was $37.4 million, which consisted of a net loss of $48.2 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $9.0 million and net cash inflows of $1.8 million provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of stock-based compensation and depreciation and amortization of property and equipment and intangible assets and provision for doubtful accounts. The changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to a $6.7 million increase in deferred revenue, offset by an $8.5 million increase in accounts receivable, net, resulting primarily from increased subscription arrangements as a majority of our customers are invoiced in advance for annual subscriptions. Additionally, the change in operating assets and liabilities was due to an increase of $1.1 million in accounts payable, an increase of $2.1 million in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and an increase of $1.2 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets, all due to increased activity.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2018 of $16.0 million was primarily due to $11.4 million of net cash used for our acquisition of Leeyo and $4.7 million in purchases of capital equipment and capitalized internal-use software.

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2017 of $4.8 million was primarily due to $3.8 million in purchases of capital equipment and the capitalization of internal-use software and an increase of $1.2 million in restricted cash.

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2016 of $6.2 million was primarily due to $2.5 million of cash used for our acquisition of a Frontleaf. In addition, net cash used in investing activities also was due to $3.2 million in purchases of capital equipment.

 

89


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities for fiscal 2018 of $15.4 million was primarily the result of $15.0 million drawn down under our Debt Agreement, and $4.5 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options, net of repurchases, offset by payments of $2.1 million related to capital leases, $1.3 million in payments under related party notes receivable, and payments of $0.6 million related to deferred offering costs.

Cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2017 of $0.4 million was primarily the result of payments of $2.0 million related to capital leases partially offset by $1.5 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants, net of repurchases.

Cash provided by financing activities for fiscal 2016 of $7.0 million was primarily due to $7.7 million in net proceeds from the sale of our convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs, and $1.4 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants, net of repurchases, partially offset by payments of $1.6 million related to capital leases.

Backlog

We generally enter into subscription agreements with our customers with one- to three-year terms. The timing of our invoices to the customer is a negotiated term and thus varies among our subscription contracts. We typically invoice customers in advance in either annual or quarterly installments. Due to this, at any point in the contract term, there can be amounts that we have not yet been contractually able to invoice. Until such time as these amounts are invoiced, they are not recorded in revenue, deferred revenue, or elsewhere in our consolidated financial statements, and are considered by us to be backlog. The amount of subscription contract backlog, which does not include deferred revenue, was approximately $128 million as of January 31, 2018. We have not tracked our backlog for periods prior to January 31, 2018 and doing so cannot be done without unreasonable efforts.

We expect that the amount of backlog relative to the total value of our contracts will change from year to year for several reasons, including the amount of cash collected early in the contract term, the specific timing and duration of large customer subscription agreements, varying invoicing cycles of subscription agreements, the specific timing of customer renewal, changes in customer financial circumstances, and foreign currency fluctuations. Moreover, customers may attempt to renegotiate the terms of their agreements to, among other things, change their committed volume during the term of the subscription agreements. Our customers also often make other alterations to their subscription agreements during the term of the agreement, including changing their platform edition or the products they subscribe to. All of these changes during the term of a customer’s subscription agreement may significantly impact the firm backlog as of any particular date. Accordingly, we believe that fluctuations in backlog are not necessarily a reliable indicator of future revenue and we do not utilize backlog as a key management metric internally.

 

90


Table of Contents

Obligations and Other Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our operating leases for office space and our Debt Agreement. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of January 31, 2018:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less
Than 1
Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     More
Than
5 Years
 
            (in thousands)         

Operating lease obligations (1)

   $ 11,998      $ 4,832      $ 6,091      $ 1,075      $ —    

Capital lease obligations (2)

     1,411        1,086        325        —          —    

Debt principal and interest (3)

    
16,637
 
     3,712        10,813        2,112        —    

Other contractual obligations (4)

     4,764       
4,764
 
     —          —              —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 34,810      $ 14,394      $ 17,229      $ 3,187      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) We lease our facilities under long-term operating leases which expire on varying dates through January 2023. The lease agreements often contain provisions which require us to pay taxes, insurance, and maintenance costs.
(2) Capital lease obligations include data center equipment under capital lease agreements which expire on varying dates through March 2020.
(3) Debt principal and interest includes borrowings under our Debt Agreement with SVB. Interest payments were calculated using the applicable rate as of January 31, 2018. See note 7 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(4) We have a contractual obligation to purchase $4.8 million in web hosting services from one of our vendors by September 30, 2018.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into agreements of varying scope and terms pursuant to which we agree to indemnify customers, vendors, lessors, business partners, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of the breach of such agreements, services to be provided by us, or from data breaches or intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and certain officers and employees that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers, or employees. No demands have been made upon us to provide indemnification under such agreements and there are no claims that we are aware of that could have a material effect on our consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, or consolidated statements of cash flows.

As of January 31, 2018, we had accrued liabilities related to uncertain tax positions, which are reflected on our consolidated balance sheet. These accrued liabilities are not reflected in the table above since it is unclear when these liabilities will be paid.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of January 31, 2018, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial

 

91


Table of Contents

market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

The functional currencies of our foreign subsidiaries are the respective local currencies. Our sales are typically denominated in the local currency of the country in which the sale was made. The majority of our sales are made in the United States and those sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. Therefore, our revenue is not currently subject to significant foreign currency risk. Our operating expenses are denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, which are primarily in the United States, Europe, China, India, Japan, and Australia. Our consolidated results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. To date, we have not entered into any hedging arrangements with respect to foreign currency risk or other derivative financial instruments. For fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018, a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash and cash equivalents of $48.2 million as of January 31, 2018. Our cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. We do not make investments for trading or speculative purposes.

Our cash equivalents are subject to market risk due to changes in interest rates. Fixed rate securities may have their market value adversely affected due to a rise in interest rates. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of our expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell securities that decline in market value due to changes in interest rates. However, because we classify our short-term investments as “available for sale,” no gains or losses are recognized due to changes in interest rates unless such securities are sold prior to maturity or declines in fair value are determined to be other-than-temporary.

Under our Debt Agreement, we pay interest on any outstanding balances under this agreement based on a variable market rate. A significant change in these market rates may adversely affect our operating results.

As of January 31, 2018, a hypothetical 10% relative change in interest rates would not have had a material impact on the value of our cash equivalents or investment portfolio. Fluctuations in the value of our cash equivalents and investment portfolio caused by a change in interest rates (gains or losses on the carrying value) are recorded in other comprehensive income, and are realized only if we sell the underlying securities prior to maturity.

In addition, a hypothetical one percentage point relative change in interest rates would not have had a material impact on our operating results for fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, or fiscal 2018.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires our management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of

 

92


Table of Contents

contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the applicable periods. We base our estimates, assumptions, and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Different assumptions and judgments would change the estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, which, in turn, could change the results from those reported. We evaluate our estimates, assumptions, and judgments on an ongoing basis.

The critical accounting estimates, assumptions, and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue primarily from two sources: (1) subscription services which is comprised of revenue from subscription fees from customers accessing our cloud-based software and (2) professional services and other revenue which consists primarily of fees from consultation services to support business process mapping, configuration, data migration, integration, and training. Subscription services revenue is recognized on a ratable basis over the related subscription period beginning on the date the customer is first given access to the system (i.e. provision date). We recognize professional services revenue once the revenue recognition criteria have been met based on a proportional performance method for fixed price engagements or as the service is being provided for time and material-based contracts. In most cases, the customers do not have the contractual right to take possession of our software. However, certain contracts assumed with our acquisition of Leeyo do give the customer the right to take possession of the software. See “Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies—Leeyo On-Premise Arrangements” in note 1 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for more information.

We commence revenue recognition when all of the following conditions are met:

 

    there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

    the service is being provided to the customer;

 

    the collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and

 

    the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

Revenue from new customer acquisitions is often generated under subscription agreements with multiple elements, comprised of subscription services fees from customers accessing our software and professional services associated with consultation services. We evaluate each element in a multiple-element arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has stand-alone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable and within our control. Subscription services have stand-alone value because they are routinely sold separately by us. Professional services have stand-alone value because we have sold professional services separately and there are several third-party vendors that routinely contract directly with the customer and provide these services to the customer on a stand-alone basis.

We allocate revenue to each element in an arrangement based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for an element is based on its vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, if available; third-party evidence, or TPE, if VSOE is not available; or estimated selling price, or ESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. We determine whether VSOE can be established for elements of our arrangements by reviewing the prices at which such elements are sold in stand-alone arrangements. Through January 31, 2018, we have established VSOE for the professional services related to our Zuora RevPro implementations, but we have not been able to establish VSOE or TPE for the other

 

93


Table of Contents

elements of our arrangements. Therefore, we establish the ESP for those other elements. We establish ESP for our professional services elements included in Zuora transactions primarily by considering the actual sales prices of the element when sold on a stand-alone basis and ESP for our subscription software when sold on a stand alone basis and when sold together with other elements. The consideration allocated to subscription services is recognized as revenue over the noncancelable contract period on a straight-line basis. The consideration allocated to professional services is recognized as revenue once the revenue recognition criteria have been met based on a proportional performance method for fixed price engagements or as the service is being provided for time and material-based contracts.

Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met. Arrangements with customers do not provide the customer with the right to take possession of the software supporting the on-demand application service. Sales and other taxes collected from customers to be remitted to government authorities are reported on a net basis and, therefore, excluded from revenue. We classify reimbursements received from clients for out-of-pocket expenses as professional services revenue as incurred.

Subscription agreements generally have terms ranging from one to three years and are generally invoiced annually or quarterly in advance over the term. The professional services component of the arrangements is generally earned during the first year of the subscription period depending on the size and complexity of the business utilizing the platform service.

The subscription agreements occasionally provide service-level uptime commitments per period, excluding scheduled maintenance. The failure to meet this level of service availability may require us to credit qualifying customers up to the value of an entire month of their platform fees. Based on our historical experience of meeting our service-level commitments, we do not currently have any reserves for these commitments.

Capitalized Internal-Use Software Costs

We capitalize costs related to developing new functionality for our suite of products that are hosted by us and accessed by our customers on a subscription basis. We also capitalize costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional functionality. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental, are capitalized until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Capitalized costs are recorded as part of property and equipment, net in our consolidated balance sheets. Maintenance and training costs are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, generally three years. We evaluate the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and test for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. There were no impairments to internal-use software during the fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018.

Stock-Based Compensation

We have granted stock-based awards, consisting of stock options, restricted stock, and RSUs, to our employees, certain consultants, and certain members of our board of directors. Stock-based compensation is measured based on the fair value of the awards on the grant date.

We estimate the fair value of our stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of our underlying common

 

94


Table of Contents

stock, the expected term of stock options, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent our best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. The resulting fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award.

These assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, other than the fair value of our common stock, are estimated as follows:

 

    Expected volatility .    Since a public market for our common stock has not existed and, therefore, we do not have a trading history of our common stock, we estimated the expected volatility based on the volatility of similar publicly-held entities (referred to as “guideline companies”) over a period equivalent to the expected term of the awards. In evaluating the similarity of guideline companies to us, we considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle, size, and financial leverage. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar guideline companies to estimate the expected volatility until sufficient historical information regarding the volatility of the share price of our Class A common stock becomes available.

 

    Expected term .    We determine the expected term of awards which contain only service conditions using the simplified approach, in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award, as we do not have sufficient historical data relating to stock-option exercises. For awards granted which contain performance conditions, we estimate the expected term based on the estimated dates that the performance conditions will be satisfied.

 

    Risk-free interest rate .    The risk-free interest rate is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect during the period the options were granted corresponding to the expected term of the awards.

 

    Estimated dividend yield .    The estimated dividend yield is zero, as we have not declared dividends in the past and do not currently intend to declare dividends in the foreseeable future.

The following table summarizes the assumptions, other than the fair value of our common stock, relating to stock options granted during the periods indicated:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
         2016             2017             2018      

Expected volatility

     46.86     43.48     41.28

Expected term (in years)

     5.98       6.00       5.80  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.69     1.43     2.06

Expected dividend yield

     —         —         —    

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover, and other factors. Changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than

 

95


Table of Contents

the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected term and estimated forfeiture rate utilized in our stock-based compensation expense calculations on a prospective basis.

As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may refine our estimates of expected volatility, expected term, and estimated forfeiture rates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

We estimate the fair value of its restricted stock and RSU grants based on the grant date fair value of our common stock. The resulting fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, which is generally three- to four years. Estimated forfeitures are based upon our historical experience and we revise our estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from initial estimates.

Common Stock Valuations

The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards was determined by our board of directors, with input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations.

Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or AICPA Guide, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock including:

 

    contemporaneous valuations performed at periodic intervals by unrelated third-party specialists;

 

    rights, preferences, and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

    our actual operating and financial performance;

 

    relevant precedent transactions involving our capital stock;

 

    likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company given prevailing market conditions and the nature and history of our business;

 

    market multiples of comparable companies in our industry;

 

    stage of development;

 

    industry information such as market size and growth;

 

    illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company; and

 

    macroeconomic conditions.

The enterprise value of our company was determined using both the income and the market approach valuation methods. The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future cash flows that a company will generate. These future cash flows are discounted to their present values using a discount rate based on the venture capital rates of return as recommended in the AICPA Guide for early stage companies and is adjusted to reflect the risks inherent in our cash flows. The market approach estimates value based on a comparison of the subject company to comparable

 

96


Table of Contents

public companies in a similar line of business. From the comparable companies, a representative market value multiple is determined and then applied to the subject company’s financial results to estimate the enterprise value of our company. The enterprise value was then adjusted to equity value based on cash and debt balances.

The resulting equity value was then allocated to the common stock using a probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM. The PWERM approach involves the estimation of multiple future potential outcomes for us, and estimates of the probability and expected timing of each respective potential outcome. The common stock per share value determined using this approach is ultimately based upon probability-weighted per share values resulting from the various future scenarios, which include an initial public offering, merger, or sale, or continued operation as a private company. Additionally, the Option Pricing Method, using the preferred stockholders’ liquidation preferences, participation rights, dividend rights, and conversion rights to determine the value of each share class in specific potential future outcomes, was considered in the PWERM approach.

After the equity value is determined and allocated to the various classes of shares, a discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, is applied to arrive at the fair value of the common stock. A DLOM is applied based on the theory that as a private company, an owner of the stock has limited opportunities to sell this stock and any such sale would involve significant transaction costs, thereby reducing overall fair market value. Our assessments of the fair value of the common stock for grant dates between the dates of the valuations were based in part on the current available financial and operational information and the common stock value provided in the most recent valuation as compared to the timing of each grant.

Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment, and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses and future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable companies, and the probability of possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between those assumptions impact our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of our common stock.

Following this offering, we will rely on the closing price of our Class A common stock as reported on the date of grant to determine the fair value of our Class A common stock, as shares of our Class A common stock will be traded in the public market.

Based on the assumed initial public offering price per share of $        , which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of our outstanding stock options as of January 31, 2018 was $                million, with $                million related to vested stock options. In addition, we granted 7,099,533 options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock subsequent to January 31, 2018 with a grant date fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, of $         million, which we expect to expense ratably over the four-year service period on a monthly basis.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See “Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies” in note 1 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for more information.

 

97


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Zuora’s Vision and Mission

We provide cloud-based software on a subscription basis that enables any company in any industry to successfully launch, manage, and transform into a subscription business.

Our vision is simple. We call it “The World Subscribed,” and it’s the idea that one day every company will be a part of the Subscription Economy.

Our mission is to enable all companies to be successful in the Subscription Economy.

Overview

For at least the last hundred years, companies have operated primarily under a product-centric business model, where the goal was to make, ship, and sell more units—more cars, more clothes, more computers.

Today, consumers and businesses are realizing that they no longer have to always buy products. Why buy a DVD, CD, movie, or song when you can subscribe to streaming video and music services? Why buy software or hardware when you can subscribe to software-as-a-service or cloud computing services? Why buy a car when you can subscribe to ride-sharing services?

Ten years ago, we coined the term the “Subscription Economy” to describe this new world. We foresaw a new business landscape in which traditional product or service companies shift toward subscription business models. Our vision redefines subscriptions in a broader context than a simple monthly fee. Our vision reflects the wide range of business models in the Subscription Economy, where products and services can be priced based on usage, consumption, and outcomes, and the value of a company’s relationships with its customers is critical. Forrester Research has defined this as “The Age of the Customer,” a 20-year business cycle in which the most successful enterprises will reinvent themselves to systematically understand and serve increasingly powerful customers. This shift started with software, but it is spreading to many other industries and sectors affecting our lives, including media and entertainment, transportation, publishing, industrial goods, and retail.

This shift in business models is creating a unique opportunity to disrupt the current enterprise software landscape. Today, many of the world’s largest companies use enterprise resource planning, or ERP, software for their operations. These systems were built in the 1970s for product-based businesses, and their product-centric architectures have largely remained unchanged. They were designed to automate mission-critical processes in a product-only era, such as inventory, distribution, and supply chain management, and they do not adequately support the new requirements that companies face in the Subscription Economy. This new Subscription Economy requires a different system for managing the dynamic nature of ongoing relationships with subscribers.

We believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on this shift in business models to capture an increasing portion of ERP spend. We have spent the last ten years building and selling a leading and differentiated solution, and enhancing our proprietary deployment methodology, and a business model that enables us to deliver on our mission and achieve sustainable growth.

Architected specifically for dynamic, recurring subscription business models, our solution functions as an intelligent subscription management hub that automates and orchestrates the entire subscription order-to-cash process, including billing and revenue recognition. Our cloud-based software solution is the new system of record for subscription businesses.

 

98


Table of Contents

We currently serve more than 950 customers in over 30 different countries across most industries, including 15 of the Fortune 100 as of January 31, 2018. Unsurprisingly, customers pay for our platform under a subscription-based model, and this model allows us to grow as the Subscription Economy grows. For fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018, our total revenue was $92.2 million, $113.0 million, and $167.9 million respectively. We have made significant investments to grow our business, including in sales and marketing, infrastructure, operations, and headcount. As a result, we incurred net losses for fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018 of $48.2 million, $39.1 million, and $47.2 million, respectively.

Industry Background

Digital Technologies Have Changed the Consumption Preferences of Both Consumers and Businesses

Today, consumers and businesses function in a digital world, a world of cloud and mobile technologies, internet-enabled commerce, big data, and connected devices comprising the “Internet of Things,” or IoT. This new digital world has irreversibly changed consumer expectations. They want freedom—freedom to access products and services on their own terms—where, when, and how they want. They increasingly value access over ownership and care more about outcomes and experiences as opposed to simply product specifications or features. They are becoming accustomed to “everything-as-a-service” subscriptions with the freedom to try, buy, upgrade, downgrade, pause, cancel, and rejoin at will.

While the change has largely been consumer-driven—for example, entertainment subscriptions from Apple or Amazon or Netflix—it has also expanded into the workplace through a variety of cloud-based tools such as Salesforce products, Zendesk, and Box. All of these new expectations, advancements in digital technologies, and “as-a-service” business models are converging collectively into what we call the Subscription Economy.

Businesses are Realizing the Benefits of Subscription Business Models

These expectations and the proliferation of new digital services and markets are leading to increased demand for “as-a-service,” or subscription business models. Businesses can benefit from the many strategic advantages in adopting subscription business models, including:

 

    New Revenue Streams and New Growth Opportunities.     With more opportunities to create and launch new services rather than simply selling products, companies have the opportunity to drive additional revenue streams and to expand and grow their businesses. For example, Apple offers music and entertainment services across its products; General Motors offers new vehicle security or emergency services for cars via OnStar; and Amazon offers infrastructure-as-a-service to business subscribers via AWS.

 

    Better Data-driven Decisions.     Businesses that embrace subscription models have the opportunity to gather more data and garner insights from customer usage patterns to make more informed decisions. For example, real customer usage data can significantly impact product design and go-to-market decisions. We believe that the Subscription Economy enables a virtuous cycle—the more effectively businesses serve their customers, the more feedback they can gather. This will allow them to innovate and make decisions around improving the customer experience, providing the opportunity for increased revenue, greater customer retention, increased lifetime customer value, and, potentially, a sustainable competitive advantage.

 

    Improved Revenue Predictability.     The recurring nature of subscription models helps businesses gain revenue predictability, and helps them plan for growth and scale. In addition, investors often value recurring revenue greater than one-time revenue, because of the predictability and continuing engagement with customers.

 

99


Table of Contents
    Increased Customer Lifetime Value.     In the Subscription Economy, it can be more efficient and profitable over the long-term to retain and grow relationships with existing customers than it is to continually acquire and re-acquire customers. For example, Amazon Prime offers a premium delivery service, special discounts, and entertainment services that makes the subscription valuable to Amazon customers, providing the opportunity for increased customer lifetime value.

This New Subscription Economy is Transforming Major Industries

In industry after industry, new disruptors are using subscription business models to upend traditional industry dynamics. Established businesses are realizing that they need to innovate not just what, but also how they sell or risk being disrupted. As incumbents discover new ways of generating revenue from their existing assets and customers, it is becoming increasingly clear that much of their future growth can come from subscriptions.

For example:

 

    In technology , on-premises infrastructure revenue has declined, with server revenue down 13% and storage revenue down 32%, respectively, between 2007 and 2015. 1 Infrastructure-as-a-service, or IaaS, is expected to grow revenues at a 30.2% CAGR between 2016 and 2021. 2 According to Gartner, SaaS is the growth engine for enterprise application software. SaaS revenue grew 28% to $44.3 billion in 2016, while new software license sales declined 5%. 3 SaaS subscription revenues are expected to grow to $159 billion by 2021 4 , up 25-27% annually over the past four years. 1

 

    In media , global revenue from the rental and sales of physical home video will decline at an 8.8% CAGR through 2021. 5 For the first time in 2017, the global streaming internet video market was projected to overtake the physical home video market, growing at an 11.6% CAGR by 2021 5 . According to PwC, digital music streaming was up 99.1% in 2016 and is expected to become the dominant revenue source for recorded music in 2017. 5

 

    In telecommunications , new growth is being driven by over-the-top, or OTT, services with growth in messaging, fixed voice, and mobile voice projected to be as high as 60%, 50%, and 25%, respectively, by 2018 in an all-IP environment. 6

 

    In transportation , automotive sales annual growth rates are expected to decline from 3.6% over the five years ended December 2015 to approximately 2% annually by 2030. However, driven by shared mobility, connectivity services, and feature upgrades, new business models could expand automotive revenue pools by about 30%, adding up to $1.5 trillion by 2030. 7

 

    In manufacturing , the global demand for manufactured products is experiencing only single digit growth at roughly 3.4% in 2017. 8 However, in factory settings, IoT applications could create value of up to $3.7 trillion per year in 2025. 9

The SEI, or study of long-term Zuora customers, indicates that total amounts invoiced for subscription-based products and services by customers that were invoicing through our platform for at

 

1   Forrester; see note (1) in the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”
2   Gartner; see note (2) in the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”
3   Gartner; see note (3) in the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”
4   IDC; see note (4) in the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”
5   PwC; see note (5) in the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”
6   McKinsey; see note (6) in the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”
7   McKinsey; see note (7) in the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”
8   PwC; see note (8) in the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”
9   McKinsey; see note (9) in the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”

 

100


Table of Contents

least ten quarters grew at an average annual rate of 17.6% for the period from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2017. The SEI includes customers that have been invoicing through our Zuora Central Platform for at least ten quarters, except customers that are in the process of importing data from another billing system or migrating off of our platform. As of October 1, 2017, 304 customers had been invoicing through our Zuora Central Platform for at least ten quarters and were not in the process of importing data from another billing system or migrating off of our platform, and 300 of those customers were included in the November 2017 SEI. We excluded four customers that were otherwise eligible for inclusion in the SEI for various reasons including non-standard implementations or due to unusual billing or usage patterns. The SEI does not include Zuora RevPro customers. For a discussion of the methodology used in preparing the SEI, see the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”

The Subscription Economy Represents a Once-in-a-Century Shift in How Businesses Operate

We believe we are in the early stages of the Subscription Economy, with an inevitable multi-industry and multi-decade global shift toward subscription business models.

This large-scale systemic shift to subscription business models is significantly changing the way companies operate. Companies with product-centric business models were once driven by the objective of shipping more units—more laptops, more cars, more clothes, more pens, more CDs, more phones, more computers. Products were largely standardized on an assembly line to be virtually identical.

Adopting subscription business models requires companies to reorient their operations around their subscribers, not only their products, thus shifting the focus of their business model. To be successful in the Subscription Economy, businesses need to change their mindsets from one-time sales to earning and maintaining long-term customer relationships. Everything changes, including how businesses build products, go to market, price and package, measure their health, and invest in research and development. To deliver on the promise of the Subscription Economy, businesses need freedom from the old technologies and business models of the product-centric era. They need the freedom to easily change products, services, and pricing; the freedom to grow and scale; and the freedom to build meaningful relationships with their subscribers.

New Requirements and the Limitations of Traditional Approaches

Requirements for Success in the Subscription Economy

Orienting businesses around the subscriber and maintaining an ongoing relationship with subscribers are prerequisites for success with subscription business models. Subscription business models are inherently dynamic, with multiple interactions and constantly changing relationships and events.

 

LOGO

 

101


Table of Contents

To succeed in this new environment, businesses must:

 

    Offer Recurring or Consumption-Based Pricing Models .     Pricing for subscription businesses is different because businesses must be able to price a service in various ways, such as usage-based, time-based, or outcome-based.

 

    Offer Seamless Customer Experiences.     The dynamic nature of subscriptions requires real-time and automated management of subscriber events such as plan upgrades, product usage, overage limits, payment changes, pauses, and cancellations to ensure a seamless customer experience without delays and errors.

 

    Quickly Adapt Operations.     To capitalize on opportunities, subscription businesses must be able to quickly create new offerings, scale their operations, enter new markets, and quickly offer product or service enhancements. They must also be able to react to changing customer needs by iterating and experimenting with a variety of pricing and packaging options in real-time.

 

    Track Subscriber Lifecycles.     Subscription businesses must be able to access and track the entire subscriber lifecycle in a single place as it changes over time in order to improve customer relationships, predict upsell opportunities, and guard against churn.

 

    Access Subscription Metrics.     Subscription businesses must be able to access and analyze up-to-date financial and operational metrics to report accurately, comply with regulations, and make important data-driven business decisions to understand the health of their business and plan for future growth.

Limitations of Traditional Order-to-Cash Systems

In traditional business models, order-to-cash was a linear process—a customer orders a product, is billed for that product, payment is collected, and the revenue recognized. ERP systems were not specifically designed to handle the complexities and ongoing customer events of recurring relationships and their impact on areas such as billing proration, revenue recognition, and reporting in real-time. Trying to use this legacy software to build a subscription business frequently results in prolonged and complex manual downstream work, hard-coded customizations, a proliferation of stock-keeping units, or SKUs, and inefficiency.

 

LOGO

In the Subscription Economy, order-to-cash processes are typically non-linear and managed dynamically in the context of an ongoing subscription or with a consumption- or outcome-based recurring business model. For example, a single customer event such as a subscription downgrade can have simultaneous impact on the quoting, order management, provisioning, invoicing, revenue recognition, and analytics systems.

 

102


Table of Contents

ERP systems were not specifically built as systems of record for subscriptions and ongoing customer relationships—they were built as systems of record for one-time sales of products. With every new product, service, or geography a new SKU would be created to replicate this linear process leading to multiple order-to-cash systems and processes. This means subscriber data is often housed in these multiple disparate systems across different teams or business lines, and companies are unable to track or have visibility into the entire subscriber lifecycle in one place. To meet the needs of subscription businesses, ERP systems would need to be completely re-architected. Simply adding customizations to ERP systems does not adequately address the growing complexities and the recurring nature of the Subscription Economy. As a result, these limitations may impede businesses’ ability to grow in the Subscription Economy.

Challenges of In-House Custom Built Systems

We believe the evolving nature of the Subscription Economy makes it extremely challenging to build and maintain an in-house custom subscription management system. To do this, a significant amount of engineering and IT resources are required to build and maintain them. These systems frequently prove to be inadequate as companies seek to expand their offerings and operations.

Companies are often challenged in their growth and expansion opportunities as a result of IT and engineering resource limitations. Evolving these systems as new customer needs emerge can require substantial additional resources and customizations, which may not be successful or prove to be insufficient and time-consuming. For example, the ability to support new payment gateways or new currencies for international expansion usually requires significant engineering effort and can divert valuable resources away from innovating in their own products and services.

To be successful in the Subscription Economy, companies need a subscription management hub that serves as the system of record for this new business model.

This system needs to enable a wide range of pricing models, respond to critical customer events, enable quick experimentation and iteration, track the entire subscriber lifecycle, and produce critical business metrics. Businesses also need to orient their order-to-cash processes around this hub and connect it to their CRM and financial systems.

Market Opportunity

We believe the global, multi-decade shift toward the Subscription Economy that is happening across industries is creating a significant opportunity for subscription management systems.

The market size for our current core cloud-based billing and revenue recognition products was nearly $2.0 billion in 2017 and is expected to be $9.1 billion by 2022, growing at a 35% CAGR, according to MGI Research. Additionally, Gartner estimates that spending on ERP software is expected to reach $40.6 billion by 2021. As ERP systems cannot fully address the needs of companies in the Subscription Economy, we believe we are well-positioned to take a share of this spend as the Subscription Economy continues to grow.

 

103


Table of Contents

Solution

Our solution functions as an intelligent subscription management hub that automates and orchestrates the entire subscription order-to-cash process and is architected specifically for dynamic subscription business models.

 

LOGO

Our cloud-based software solution is the new system of record for subscription businesses. Zuora offers businesses the ability to meet the constantly-evolving needs of their subscribers, capitalize on new revenue opportunities, and accelerate business growth.

Our solution has been designed to handle a wide range of use cases for any business in any industry in the Subscription Economy. Our solution enables customers to successfully:

 

    Price to meet diverse customer needs in the Subscription Economy, such as different consumption models, custom product or service bundles, and outcome-based or tiered pricing options.

 

    Acquire subscribers across multiple channels with flexible promotions, integrated quoting, multi-channel commerce, and automated customer acquisition workflows.

 

    Bill accurately with automated invoices that reflect everything from up-to-date proration and plan changes to usage-based billing.

 

    Collect payments globally and instantly through automated channels, while maximizing completed transactions and minimizing write-offs.

 

    Nurture customers through seamless customer experiences by automating and orchestrating rapid changes such as upgrades, conversions, renewals, and other orders across the subscriber lifecycle.

 

    Account for revenue, comply with the latest revenue recognition rules, close books faster, orchestrate subscription transactions, and process revenue in real-time.

 

    Measure and integrate subscriber and financial data, including data from third-party sources such as CRM and financial systems, so businesses can track the entire subscriber lifecycle and access subscription metrics in a single place.

 

    Iterate quickly on numerous pricing options to meet unique customer needs and dynamic market situations.

 

    Scale easily and capitalize on new growth opportunities such as global expansion, sudden growth in customers, and acquisitions of new businesses.

 

104


Table of Contents

Benefits

Key benefits of the Zuora solution include the following:

 

    Reduce Time to Market.     Zuora significantly reduces the time required to go-to-market with new subscription offerings and to iterate on the pricing and packaging of existing offerings, enabling businesses to quickly react to changing market and customer needs, launch new services, and enter new markets. Changes can be made in minutes without having to re-code or re-engineer back office systems.

 

    Increase Operational Efficiencies.      In the Subscription Economy, customers regularly make changes to their subscriptions. Zuora automates these processes and reduces the impact of changes, including proration for invoices, changes to revenue recognition, taxation, provisioning, and reporting. Automating these functions saves businesses valuable time and resources by eliminating manual processes and customizations, increasing operational efficiencies.

 

    Free Up IT and Engineering Resources.      Our cloud-based solution reduces both system complexity and costs. With Zuora, engineering and IT departments no longer need to build in-house custom systems or customizations for their ERP systems to keep up with market changes, ongoing customer demands, and new order-to-cash processes.

 

    Establish a Single System of Record.      Our solution captures financial and operational data and enables subscription businesses to have a single system of record rather than having to reconcile data from multiple systems. Key business metrics can be accessed at any point in time to make critical business decisions.

 

    Make Customer Data-Driven Decisions.      Because our solution serves as a single source of data and information for subscribers, companies can use Zuora to gain insights into customer behavior. This helps them understand their subscribers better, predict upsell opportunities, and increase customer retention.

 

    Access Growing Ecosystem of Order-to-Cash Partners.     Our solution has over 50 pre-built connectors to various order-to-cash partners, including payment gateways, tax vendors, general ledgers, and CRM systems. Rather than building integrations for each of these, our customers can take advantage of pre-built connectors to extend the capabilities of Zuora for specific industries.

 

    Support Rapid International Expansion.      With over 26 pre-built payment gateways, over 150 supported currencies, and over 20 supported payment methods, our solution enables companies to quickly expand internationally and acquire and support customers in new geographical regions.

Competitive Strengths

 

    Proven Track Record.      Our proven track record with over 950 customers around the world, including 15 of the Fortune 100 companies as of January 31, 2018, demonstrates the strength of our solution. Over the last several years, we have managed our systems successfully to 99.95% average annual uptime, which includes scheduled downtime. We have 77 million accounts in our system. In the twelve months ended January 31, 2018, we managed 95 million subscriptions on behalf of those customer accounts, sent out 172 million invoices on behalf of our customers, and processed 142 million payment transactions across more than 26 different payment gateways.

 

   

Comprehensive Solution.      Unlike many legacy ERP systems, Zuora was built specifically to handle the complexities of subscription business models from customer acquisition to financial

 

105


Table of Contents
 

records close, and it has become the system of record for managing subscriptions for our customers. Zuora was named a leader in The Forrester Wave™: Recurring Customer and Billing Management, Q3 2017, where it achieved the highest overall scores in the categories of strategy and current offering.

Since inception, we have invested significantly in research and development. We believe that this investment, combined with our ten years of experience across a broad range of use cases and the comprehensiveness of our solution, provides us with a competitive advantage.

 

    Flexible Technology with a Broad Range of Customers.      Zuora was purpose-built to broadly address all industries in the evolving Subscription Economy. Unlike software designed for limited vertical markets, our solutions are designed to handle the widest possible range of use cases for businesses of all sizes in any industry in the Subscription Economy. We believe the breadth and adaptability of our solution uniquely positions us to capture the opportunity presented by the continued shift to the Subscription Economy.

 

    Mission-Critical System that is Difficult to Replace.     The ability to process orders, send invoices, collect, and book revenue is mission-critical to any business and requires secure and trusted solutions. Because our solution addresses all of these mission-critical needs, our customers depend on our solutions for managing their subscription business models. Once deployed, our solution becomes a mission critical system of record for our customers, often deeply entrenched into their core IT and operational infrastructure. Excluding customers acquired through our acquisitions of Leeyo and Frontleaf, we have only lost one customer from those customers who initially entered into a contract with us in fiscal 2016, 2017, and 2018 who had initial ACV of at least $100,000, had deployed our solution as of January 31, 2018, and have had contracts up for renewal.

 

    Accelerated Pace of Innovation.     Our differentiated microservices architecture helps us achieve scale and enables us to accelerate our pace of innovation. Geographically-distributed teams working on independent components of our solution allows for rapid iterations with extremely complex, large-scale systems resulting in a continuous enhancement cycle and increased velocity of innovation. The combination of ten years of development and deployment experience with a broad array of use cases and rapid innovation cycles has resulted in a highly-capable platform and a rich portfolio of products, providing us a competitive advantage.

 

    Deep Domain Expertise.      We serve a broad range of subscription business models across industries. This has allowed us to develop deep institutional knowledge and expertise in subscription management, the financial complexities of subscription businesses, and what is necessary to achieve a successful customer deployment. This enables us to innovate and anticipate and address emerging customer needs as the Subscription Economy evolves. Our technology, knowledge of financial complexities, and deep understanding of the evolution of subscription business models across a wide variety of industries give us a distinct competitive advantage.

 

    Proprietary Deployment Methodology.      Based on our learnings over the years from hundreds of deployments across industries, we have developed a comprehensive deployment process, which we refer to as our “9 Keys” methodology, and series of workshops to help our customers and ensure a successful deployment with Zuora.

 

    Growing Subscription Economy Ecosystem.      We believe our ecosystem of GSI partners and more than 80 applications that connect with our solution enables us to scale and enter new vertical markets and geographies. This ecosystem facilitates our ability to cater to customer-specific requirements and also helps to reduce our costs and to scale sustainably.

 

106


Table of Contents

Growth Strategies

Key elements of our growth strategies include:

 

    New Customer Acquisition.      Our two leading products, Zuora Billing and Zuora RevPro , attract new customers for two very distinct needs in the Subscription Economy—flexible subscription billing and revenue recognition automation. Moreover, with many industries transitioning to subscription business models, we believe we are well-positioned to acquire customers, as businesses increasingly realize that their existing systems are insufficient. As the Subscription Economy evolves, we intend to continue to capitalize on our leadership and acquire new customers in our current and future markets.

 

    Expand Relationships with Existing Customers.      Once we acquire customers, we have multiple ways to expand our footprint and drive sustainable growth with them. These include increasing transaction volume and upsells and cross-sells with additional products and services. We intend to continue investing in expanding our relationships with existing customers in order to capitalize on opportunities within our installed base.

 

    Enter New Vertical Markets.      We currently have a strong position in the technology, media and telecommunications, manufacturing, and industrial and consumer IoT markets. While we have placed a strategic focus on the markets that we believe are most quickly transitioning to the Subscription Economy, we believe there are a wide range of vertical markets to pursue, and we intend to invest in targeting vertical markets as they shift to the Subscription Economy.

 

    Expand our Global Footprint.      We began expanding internationally in fiscal 2011 in Europe. In fiscal 2013, we expanded to Australia, and in fiscal 2016, we commenced operations in Japan. We continue to grow in these regions with both existing and new customers. As adoption of the Subscription Economy evolves throughout the world, we intend to invest in new geographies where we see future global expansion opportunities.

 

    Leverage Global Systems Integrators to Accelerate our Growth.      We believe there is a significant opportunity to work with large GSIs and leverage their role in advocating for business model transformation to subscription business models. GSIs can benefit from working with us as they can sell their portfolio of services from consulting to deployment, application support, and integration to our common prospects and customers. We intend to pursue additional GSI partners and strengthen our relationships with our existing GSI partners to drive engagement with large enterprises.

 

    Launch New Products and Extend our Technology Lead.     As we grow and evolve with our customers, we intend to continue to develop additional technologies and products and to enhance our current offerings, allowing us to unlock additional revenue streams. We intend to continue to invest in our solutions and monitor changing customer needs and requirements across emerging industries where we see the greatest opportunity for growth.

 

    Optimize Pricing and Packaging.      We intend to optimize and enhance pricing and packaging to align the value customers realize from the usage of our products with the revenue we receive from our customers.

 

107


Table of Contents

Products

Our solution is the system of record for our customers’ subscription business models and consists of three components: our Zuora Central Platform , order-to-cash products, and an application marketplace.

 

LOGO

Zuora Central Platform

Our Zuora Central Platform acts as an intelligent subscription management hub, allowing customers to orient order-to-cash products around it to create a dynamic order-to-cash process designed specifically for subscription business models. Our Zuora Central Platform is composed of six core engines.

 

    Pricing Engine allows customers to price and package in minutes without having to recode or re-engineer back-office systems. This includes mixing and matching one-time, recurring, or usage pricing models in order to design strategic and tailored pricing plans.

 

    Subscription Orders Engine automates the subscription management lifecycle and recalculates billing, payments, and revenue for events during the subscriber lifecycle.

 

    Rating Engine enables our customers to meter and rate any monetization or account model so their customers are charged accurately.

 

    Global Payments Engine simplifies worldwide payment operations by enabling our customers to charge using over 26 pre-built payment gateways, over 150 supported currencies, and over 20 supported payment methods.

 

    Subscription Metrics Engine provides insight into metrics required to run a subscription business.

 

    Subscription Accounting Engine increases business agility by helping our customers close their books with audit-ready, automated financial operations.

Products

We can deploy and configure our portfolio of order-to-cash products to meet a wide variety of use cases for subscription business models.

 

    Zuora Billing.     Designed specifically for subscription billing, Zuora Billing allows our customers to bill in multiple ways, calculate prorations when subscriptions change, and to group customers into batches for different billing and payment operations. The product also helps our customers set payment terms, manage hierarchical billing relationships, consolidate invoicing across multiple subscriptions, and collect revenue using a global network of payment gateways.

 

 

108


Table of Contents
    Zuora RevPro.      Zuora RevPro is a revenue recognition automation solution that enables our customers to group transactions of goods and services into revenue contracts and performance obligations in accordance with the new ASC 606 / IFRS 15 revenue standards. Zuora RevPro helps our customers automate revenue and deferred revenue management in accordance with their accounting policies, business rules, and pricing models.

 

    Zuora CPQ.     Designed specifically for configuring deals, pricing, and quoting in a subscription business, Zuora CPQ allows our customers to configure any type of deal, such as multi-year subscriptions, and price ramp deals and use the rules engine and guided selling workflows to scale their sales team.

 

    Zuora Insights.     Presented as an interactive dashboard, Zuora Insights integrates subscription data and metrics to give a single source of truth for subscription analytics. Zuora Insights helps our customers visualize trends of important subscription metrics. It allows them to monitor cohorts of subscribers, automate alerts, and take proactive action to increase customer retention.

 

    Zuora Collect.     Specifically designed to handle the complicated function of collections associated with dynamic subscription-based businesses, Zuora Collect helps our customers streamline their collections processes by configuring their own automated dunning workflow, orchestrating various retry rules for electronic payments, and targeting the root cause of a payment decline.

Zuora Connect Marketplace

The Zuora Connect Marketplace offers industry-specific tools and third-party applications that extend Zuora’s capabilities for our customers. The Zuora Connect Marketplace has over 80 applications and features from over 50 partners. Applications include a broad range of applications needed by subscription businesses, such as pre-built general ledger connectors, pre-built tax connectors, pre-built payment gateways connectors, pre-built lockbox connectors, developer applications, and collections applications.

Technology

We have a globally distributed technology organization comprised of engineering, technical operations, and security teams. Key features of our technology include:

 

    Enterprise-grade Product Operating at Web-scale.     Our solutions are designed to meet the requirements of the world’s largest enterprises in critical areas such as security, reliability, availability, ease of use, and scalability.

 

    Microservices Architecture.     Our microservices architecture helps us offer web-scale solutions. By deconstructing our applications into smaller microservices components, we create more flexible and scalable software capabilities that can support billions of transactions in real time. Our microservices architecture also allows our geographically-distributed teams to work on different parts of the same product.

 

    Reliability and Availability.      Over the last several years, we have managed our systems successfully to 99.95% average annual uptime, which includes scheduled downtime. We publish our uptime and latency metrics on our public trust website so our customers know how our systems are performing at any point in time.

 

 

109


Table of Contents
    Data Security.      Data security is a key area of focus for us because we store our customer’s most valuable assets—we are their system of record for customer payment, billing, and financial information. Our solution is designed to meet the rigorous privacy and security requirements of customers, including the world’s largest enterprises. To protect customer data, we have built a mature and world-class security program. We have data centers with data redundancy in third-party data centers located in the United States and Europe to protect our customers in the event of a natural disaster and allow us to provide low latency to our customers.

Important security and privacy certifications include:

 

    ISO 27001 certified;

 

    ISO 27018 certified;

 

    SSAE18 SOC 1 Type II and SOC 2 Type II;

 

    PCI DSS Level 1 certified;

 

    TrustArc certified;

 

    HIPAA compliant (Business Associate); and

 

    US-EU Privacy Shield and US-Swiss Privacy Shield certified.

We have also built a replicable data center model designed to meet privacy and compliance requirements in the countries in which we operate. We will continue to invest significantly in our security program to ensure we are advancing and staying current on emerging security and compliance requirements.

Customers

Organizations of all sizes and across a wide variety of industries have adopted our platform. We currently serve more than 950 customers, including 15 of the Fortune 100 companies as of January 31, 2018. As of January 31, 2016, January 31, 2017 and January 31, 2018, we had 728, 796, and 971 customers, respectively, including 242, 292, and 415 customers with ACV equal to or greater than $100,000, respectively. We define the number of customers at the end of any particular period as the number of parties or organizations that have entered into a distinct subscription contract with us for which the term has not ended. Each party with which we have entered into a distinct subscription contract is considered a unique customer, and in some cases, there may be more than one customer within a single organization. For a definition of ACV, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operational and Financial Metrics.”

No customer represented more than 10% of our total revenue for fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018.

 

110


Table of Contents

The following table provides a representative list of our customers as of January 31, 2018 by industry category:

 

 

Technology (Hardware )

 

Technology (Software )

 

Technology (SaaS )

CDW  

Micro Focus

  Box
NCR   OpenDNS   DocuSign
NetApp   PTC   GitHub
Nutanix   Sage   HubSpot
NVIDIA   Symantec   New Relic
vXchnge     Survey Monkey
    Vonage
    Yext
   

Zendesk

   

Zoom

Media &

Telecommunications

 

Transportation

 

Consumer & Commercial IoT

ALE International (operating under the Alcatel-Lucent Enterprise brand)

DAZN

HBO

News UK

Republic Wireless

S&P Global

The Seattle Times

Singapore Press Holdings

TEN: A Discovery Communications Company

Xplornet

 

Delta Air Lines

Ford Motor Company

General Motors

MAN Truck & Bus

SNCF

Surf Air

 

Caterpillar

Centrica Hive Limited

Keep Truckin

Komatsu

Schneider Electric

Vivint

Travel & Leisure

 

Business Services

 

Other

CLEAR   FedEx Supply Chain   CarGurus
Inspirato   Quench   Eleven James, Inc.
TripAdvisor   Servcorp   Fender
   

Engie

    Leafly
    Royal Canin
    Sensis
    Trupanion
    Zillow Group

Customer Case Studies

The following are examples of how certain customers have deployed and benefited from our solution.

Box

A Zuora customer since 2008, Box, Inc. is a leading cloud content management company that empowers enterprises to revolutionize how they work by securely connecting their people, information, and applications.

 

111


Table of Contents

Before

In 2008, Box was ready to scale from a consumer product to an enterprise business application. However, Box’s legacy billing infrastructure was not able to meet enterprise-scale needs such as quick pricing changes, the ability to handle millions of transactions on a single payment gateway, and managing upsells, add-ons, and change orders for its subscribers.

After

Zuora’s flexible subscription management solutions gave Box the freedom to execute its growth strategies and helped Box scale and grow into the enterprise market. With Zuora, Box has been able to scale from $3 million to more than $500 million in revenue without needing to change its underlying IT architecture.

Box uses Zuora Central to experiment with its pricing strategies to better target enterprise customers. Since it started using Zuora, Box has tested more than 125 offerings and hundreds of pricing strategies.

Zuora Central and Zuora Billing have reduced Box’s back-office burden by automating billing, payment, and finance operations for subscription changes. Box has used Zuora to process over 6 million different payments, and in 2017 alone, used Zuora to make more than 20,000 amendments for over 100,000 active subscriptions. As the single source of truth for the business, Zuora provides Box with relevant subscription metrics and reports and serves as the system of record for the business.

“Scaling our subscription business to what it is today simply would not have been possible without Zuora. For us, winning the enterprise market meant a multi-product business model with a lot of complexity and a need to scale quickly. We could not build the necessary systems ourselves and ERP did not provide the right solution for a SaaS company. Right after we implemented Zuora, we grew way faster. And Zuora has grown and evolved with us, so we never felt the need to change our infrastructure.”

Dylan Smith, CFO of Box

CLEAR

CLEAR uses biometrics to create a connected world that’s smarter and more secure. From airports to arenas, CLEAR’s platform powers secure, frictionless customer experiences.

Before

As CLEAR was rapidly growing, it needed a flexible subscription management system to help manage and support its customer experience. It needed a solution that would support multiple pricing models, integrate with both the physical and online aspects of its business, and be flexible enough to support significant growth and expansion.

After

Zuora helped CLEAR build a foundation for flexible pricing and streamlined its back-office processes, enabling it to focus on providing seamless customer experiences and customer acquisition. Today, CLEAR is able to create various pricing and packaging options to simplify their customers’ experience—including a recently introduced family plan.

 

 

112


Table of Contents

During implementation, CLEAR was able to move over its existing subscriber base without interrupting operations. Today, CLEAR uses Zuora’s API to allow customers to easily update payment methods and make payments both online and in-person which is an important part of the customer experience. Zuora also helps CLEAR easily manage subscription changes and amendments in real-time, ensuring its customers have a seamless customer experience.

With Zuora, CLEAR is able to easily scale and add more subscribers as well as expand its operations to include new verticals and geographies.

“CLEAR is obsessed with the customer experience. Being able to streamline our customer management processes is an important piece of the puzzle. And for that, we need to have a flexible back-end billing and revenue platform. If we hadn’t implemented Zuora,I think it would have been significantly more challenging to support the growth we have experienced and are planning for.”

Ken Cornick,
President and Co-Founder of CLEAR

Micro Focus

Micro Focus and the former Software business unit of Hewlett Packard Enterprise merged in 2017 to become the seventh largest pure-play software company in the world.

Before

As a result of several acquisitions over the years, the former Software business unit of Hewlett Packard Enterprise (now part of Micro Focus) had disparate ERP and CRM systems and as a result, data siloes. It used more than 600 IT applications to run the business which made it difficult to have a single source of truth for data. Specifically, for billing there were ten different systems, which made it difficult to have a single view of billing and invoicing for the customers.

After

Micro Focus now runs its business (for the former Software business unit of Hewlett Packard Enterprise) on a consolidated Hybrid IT and SaaS-based architecture with ~110 applications, including Zuora. This new architecture is intended to help onboard the acquisitions onto a single platform faster. As part of this digital transformation, Micro Focus consolidated ten billing systems to a single Zuora Central instance. It helped Micro Focus create subscription billing, manage amendments, and generate pro-forma invoices for global operations. Over time, Zuora is expected to help reduce manual processes and processing times, as well as streamline subscription accounting processes.

“We chose Zuora because we wanted to go with nothing but the best in subscription and invoicing applications. For subscription management, we wanted something that was cloud-based, flexible, and scalable. Zuora was a perfect fit with our architecture.”

Lalit Singh,
Vice President, FAST Program at Micro Focus

SNCF

SNCF is the Eurail service in France and operates the country’s national rail traffic including the TGV, France’s high-speed rail network.

 

 

113


Table of Contents

Before

In order to compete with disruptive mobility services such as ride-sharing and membership-based airlines, SNCF decided to launch TGVMax package, a subscription service for unlimited travel aimed at 16-27 year olds. SNCF wanted to offer personalized subscriptions to acquire and retain commuters and needed help with the launch of the service.

After

Zuora helped SNCF launch the TGVMax subscription package successfully. SNCF was able to go-to-market in just four months. SNCF hit their first month’s revenue target in just one day and won 90,000 subscribers in nine months. What started out as a pilot subscription quickly became a flagship service. SNCF was able to increase market share without cannibalizing its installed base.

SNCF uses Zuora to test and offer multiple products and more than 15 different pricing strategies to its customers. It uses Zuora to experiment with promotions while maintaining a simple product catalogue. For example, the initial launch was 1 the first month, and 79 the following months.

Using Zuora, SNCF has been able to easily manage over 100,000 subscriptions and process over a million payments and invoices. It uses Zuora to monitor payments, retry failed payments to increase collections and reduce churn. Zuora helps SNCF provide a seamless customer experience with easy sign-ups, pauses, renewals, and cancellations.

Zuora helped SNCF successfully adopt the subscription business model and acquire new customers.

“The mobility market is seeing a lot of disruption and changing the way people travel, especially among the youth. We knew we had to change. Zuora helped us understand the emergence and benefits of the Subscription Economy and realize it was the answer we were looking for. The project required internal business transformation to become more customer-centric and required a technological transformation to set up the digital platform. Zuora helped us launch TGVMax successfully and offer subscription packages to our commuters. As we continue to grow the business, it helps us access and understand metrics such as MRR and ARPU (Average revenue Per User) to make more data-driven decisions.”

— Pierre Matuchet, CMO & CIO of SNCF

Symantec

Symantec Corporation is the world’s leading cybersecurity company which helps organizations, governments, and individuals secure their most important data wherever it lives.

Before

Symantec’s vision to deliver an Integrated Cyber Defense platform meant that it needed to sell a plethora of products that span the entire infrastructure in various consumption models. One trend Symantec wanted to move aggressively on was building cloud products—basically transform into a security-as-a-service provider, but it did not have the required infrastructure in place. Symantec was struggling with multiple instances of legacy ERP systems and quote-to-cash systems that didn’t easily accommodate subscriptions and multiple ways to license its products. Several years ago, much of Symantec’s subscription order-to-cash processing was manual and it often took days to provision a new customer on a single product.

 

114


Table of Contents

After

Symantec has been bullish about moving its products and cloud services to the cloud and offering different consumption models that enable customers to buy in any consumption model (on premise, subscription, etc.).

Symantec consolidated its subscription order-to-cash process on to Zuora and was able to reduce manual processes, speed up innovation, and offer cloud products as a subscription.

Since it started using Zuora, Symantec has been able to offer five new products, offer and test trial to buy conversions, and easily manage subscription amendments. Symantec uses Zuora RevPro to automate its revenue recognition processes which allows for the complexity in many consumption models: on-premise, subscription, hardware sales, software sales, consulting services and maintenance/support. Zuora also helps Symantec easily manage complex subscription amendments (edit and cancel) and reduce the burden on its back-office. 98% of total orders are all provisioned end-to- end within five minutes. With its API-based backend and seamless integration with Salesforce, Zuora helped Symantec transition successfully to a security-as-a-service business model.

“We made a strategic bet on Zuora as part of our global subscription platform to run our digital order-to-cash system for our cloud product and services because it offers a unique frictionless experience for our customers and partners. Choosing Zuora has helped us eliminate SKUs, simplify our pricing, and allow our customers and partners to consume our products and services the way that makes the most sense for them. I call Zuora the heart of the platform because it holds all the intelligence around the billing and the subscriptions – it’s the heart that ties it all together.”

— Sheila Jordan, CIO of Symantec

TEN: A Discovery Communications Company

TEN: A Discovery Communications Company is the largest automotive media company in the world, bringing together Discovery Communication’s fast-growing Velocity network and TEN: The Enthusiast Network’s entire automotive digital, direct-to-consumer, social and live event portfolio, including Motor Trend , Hot Rod , Roadkill , Automobile , and more than 20 other industry-leading brands. With a cumulative reach of more than 131 million, the company encompasses Velocity’s #1 TV network for automotive superfans, Motor Trend’s #1 automotive YouTube Channel, and Motor Trend OnDemand, the only automotive-dedicated subscription video on demand service.

Before

In its shift from print to digital, TEN looked to stand up a subscription video-on-demand service and transition the company from a legacy print publisher to a digital and OTT media company. With more than a billion views and more than five million free subscribers on YouTube, TEN wanted to launch Motor Trend OnDemand, a subscription streaming platform that offered thousands of hours of exclusive content.

 

115


Table of Contents

After

Zuora’s flexible pricing and packaging features were key in the success of Motor Trend OnDemand. TEN is now able to bundle digital and print assets as well as experiment with more than 100 different pricing models and subscription plans. TEN also uses Zuora’s flexible solution to offer promotional codes to facilitate free trials to paid subscriptions, as well as a variety of custom landing pages and coupon codes.

Zuora also helps TEN retry failed payments using fully customized business rules which helps TEN increase collections and reduce churn.

Launching with Zoura has helped TEN scale to the point where it is recognized as one of the break-out success stories of a la carte subscription services. TEN has now partnered with Discovery Communications in a joint-venture to combine their respective popular automotive brands to create content across various channels.

“Our previous systems did not provide all the billing and subscription management options needed to meet our aggressive and sophisticated product needs. With Zuora, Motor Trend OnDemand can now effectively offer promotions across multiple channels based on user profiles to drive growth, as well as gain the insight we need into member activities so we can continue tailoring and improving our offerings, increase subscriber engagement, and reduce churn.”

— Scott Bailey, EVP Media of TEN: A Discovery Communications Company

Research and Development

We believe that our differentiated intellectual property and technical deployments will help us maintain a leading position in the market for subscription management solutions. Our ten-year head start and cumulative learning further strengthen our ability to grow our intellectual property and foster innovation.

Our research and development expense was $20.5 million, $26.4 million, and $38.6 million for fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2018, respectively.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell to organizations of all sizes across a broad range of industries. Our key focus areas are companies that are adopting, transforming, and expanding their subscription businesses.

We have a mature enterprise sales model and have built and trained a nimble, enterprise-scale sales and field organization. Because of the transformative nature of our solution, especially in larger organizations, the selling process is often complex and can involve agreement across multiple departments inside an organization, including the chief executive officer. Over the years, we have developed methodologies and best practices to enable our sales teams to be successful at navigating these challenges and have built these learnings into our sales enablement and training to ensure successful onboarding and productivity of new sales account executives. We believe our mature sales methodologies and processes offer us significant advantages, particularly in long enterprise sales-cycles. Our sales teams are organized by geographic territories, customer size, and customer verticals. We plan to continue to invest in our direct sales force to grow our enterprise customer base, both domestically and internationally.

 

 

116


Table of Contents

We conduct a wide range of marketing activities such as our annual Subscribed events around the world; partner marketing events with our GSIs, consultants, technology, and ecosystem partners; the Subscription Economy Index, our study of the collective health of subscription businesses and their impact on the overall economy; and educational content and best practices sharing for the Subscription Economy in a variety of formats such as digital, print, and video.

As newer markets emerge domestically and internationally, we plan to continue investing in our sales and marketing to grow our customer base.

Professional Services

We have a leading global services team that is responsible for scoping, integration, and successful deployment of Zuora for our customers. Deployment is often a complex process involving secure data migration and the establishment of new processes, requiring a dedicated team during deployment. Deployment times vary depending on the scale, complexity, and number of consolidated systems associated with the customer moving to our subscription management solutions.

Based on our learnings over the years from hundreds of deployments across industries, we have developed our “9 Keys” methodology and series of workshops to help our customers ensure successful deployment and utilization of our solution. We believe this differentiates us and provides us with a significant competitive advantage.

We also work closely with GSIs as well as regional partners on deployment. By working with these partners, we both augment our pipeline and our ability to scale globally by franchise, size, and complexity of deployment.

Customer Success and Support

Our Customer Success team is committed to delivering great customer experiences to drive high customer retention, growth, and strong customer advocacy.

 

    Customer Success.      Our Customer Success Managers help our customers benefit from their investment in Zuora. The team shares best practices, and work with customers to identify success metrics, conduct business and process optimization workshops, and provide recommendations for increasing the usage and adoption of Zuora.

 

    Zuora University.      We have a library of training courses where users can learn about the features and functions of our solution and how to apply them. We also offer a catalog of self-paced courses, weekly virtual instructor-led training, and certification tests.

 

    Zuora Community.      We created this moderated, online forum to foster global collaboration among our customers and Zuora experts. They can engage with each other in this community to find answers, share expertise, submit product feedback, and subscribe to product notifications and announcements.

 

    Customer Support.     We have six support centers located around the world—San Mateo and San Jose in the United States, London and Paris in Europe, and Chennai and Beijing in Asia. Our customer support team operates 24x7, 365 days a year ensuring our customers always have the help they need.

 

117


Table of Contents

Zuora.org

At the core of our culture is the philosophy that all of our employees have the opportunity and support to realize their greatest potential and be successful. This philosophy extends to how we approach our customers and also to how we engage with our communities. This is why our board of directors has authorized us to establish Zuora.org, which will be a part of our company and not a separate legal entity. We believe that the creation of Zuora.org will foster employee morale, strengthen our community presence and support the communities in which we operate, and provide increased brand visibility. While we have not yet determined how we would want to fund and support operations of Zuora.org, we have subscribed to the Pledge 1% movement and from time to time may fund the operations of Zuora.org in a variety of ways, including issuing shares of our capital stock, which, in the aggregate, we do not expect to exceed 1% of our outstanding capital stock. If we determine to issue shares of our capital stock to Zuora.org, we may incur a non-cash expense in the quarter that we issue such shares equal to the fair value of the shares of our common stock issued to Zuora.org. Depending on the structure, we may also incur additional operating expenses relating to the operations of the Zuora.org.

Competition

The market for subscription management products and services is highly competitive, rapidly evolving, fragmented, and subject to changing technology, shifting customer needs, and frequent introductions of new products and services. Our main competitors fall into the following categories:

 

    providers of traditional ERP software, such as Oracle Corporation and SAP AG;

 

    traditional order-to-cash solutions that address individual elements of the subscription order-to-cash process, such as traditional CPQ management, billing, collections, revenue recognition, or e-commerce software;

 

    telecommunications billing systems and other niche systems, such as Amdocs Limited; and

 

    in-house custom built systems.

The competitive factors that companies in our industry need to have are:

 

    subscription-based product features and functionality;

 

    ability to support the specific needs of companies with subscription business models;

 

    ease of use;

 

    vision for the market and product innovation;

 

    enterprise-grade performance and features such as system scalability, security, performance, and resiliency;

 

    customer experience, including support and professional services;

 

    strength of sales and marketing efforts;

 

    relationships with GSIs, management consulting firms, and resellers;

 

    ability to integrate with legacy and other enterprise infrastructures and third-party applications;

 

    brand awareness and reputation; and

 

    total cost of ownership.

We believe we compete favorably with respect to these factors.

 

118


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

Intellectual property is an important aspect of our business, and we seek protection for our intellectual property as appropriate. We currently rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures, contractual commitments, and other legal rights to protect our intellectual property. As of January 31, 2018, in the United States, we had eight patent applications pending. We also had one issued patent in Australia and six patent applications pending in other foreign jurisdictions. Our Australian patent expires in 2032 (absent any extensions). We continually review our development efforts to assess the existence and patentability of new intellectual property. We also pursue the registration of our domain names, trademarks, and service marks in the United States and in certain foreign jurisdictions. As of January 31, 2018, we had eleven registered trademarks in the United States, including Zuora and Subscription Economy. We also had nine registered trademarks in foreign jurisdictions.

Intellectual property laws, procedures, and restrictions provide only limited protection and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed, or misappropriated. Further, the laws of certain countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States and, therefore, in certain jurisdictions, we may be unable to protect our proprietary technology.

Employees

As of January 31, 2018, we had a total of 933 employees, including 346 outside of the United States. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe we have a good relationship with our employees and our unique, strong culture differentiates us and is a key driver of business success.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in San Mateo, California where we currently lease approximately 29,000 square feet under a lease agreement that expires in December 2019.

We also lease facilities in other areas of California, Colorado, Georgia, Massachusetts, New York, and Texas in the United States and Australia, China, France, Germany, India, Japan, and the United Kingdom.

We intend to procure additional space as we add employees and expand geographically. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion.

Legal Proceedings

We are not a party to any material pending legal proceedings. From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

119


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Non-Employee Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of January 31, 2018.

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position(s)

Executive Officers:

Tien Tzuo

  49   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

Tyler Sloat

  44   Chief Financial Officer

Marc Diouane

  49   President

Brent R. Cromley, Jr.

  48   Senior Vice President, Technology

Jennifer W. Pileggi

  53   Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Corporate Secretary
Non-Employee Directors:

Peter Fenton (1)

  45   Director

Kenneth A. Goldman (1)

  68   Director

Timothy Haley (2)(3)

  63   Director

Jason Pressman (2)

  44   Director

Michelangelo Volpi (1)

  51   Director

Magdalena Yesil (3) *

  59   Director

 

* Lead independent director.
(1) Member of the audit committee.
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Tien Tzuo  has served on our board of directors and as our Chief Executive Officer since November 2007 and as the Chairman of our board of directors since December 2017. Prior to joining us, Mr. Tzuo served as Chief Strategy Officer at salesforce.com, inc., a provider of customer relationship management software, from 2005 to 2008, and as Chief Marketing Officer from 2003 to 2005. Mr. Tzuo holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. We believe that Mr. Tzuo is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of the industry perspective and experience that he brings as our founder, Chairman of our board of directors, and Chief Executive Officer.

Tyler Sloat  has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Sloat served as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Obopay, Inc., a mobile payments technology company, from 2007 to 2010. From 2005 to 2007, Mr. Sloat served as the Controller of the Emerging Products Group at Network Appliance, Inc., a provider of networked storage solutions. Mr. Sloat is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive) and holds a B.A. in economics from Boston College and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

Marc Diouane has served as our President since February 2015. Prior to this, Mr. Diouane served as our Executive Vice President, Field Operations from March 2014 to February 2015. Prior to joining us, Mr. Diouane served as Executive Vice President, Global Services & Partners at PTC Inc., a product development software company, from October 2010 to March 2014, and as Senior Divisional Vice President—Europe, Middle East, Africa and Asia, from 2005 to 2010. Mr. Diouane holds a Masters from Bordeaux Business School, or ESICI.

 

120


Table of Contents

Brent R. Cromley, Jr. has served as our Senior Vice President of Engineering since September 2015. Prior to joining us, Mr. Cromley served as Chief Technology Officer at Zappos.com, Inc., an online retailer that was acquired by Amazon.com, Inc., from November 2013 to June 2015, as Vice President of Technology from October 2011 to November 2013, and as Senior Director of Engineering from January 2007 to October 2011. Mr. Cromley holds a B.A. in computer science from Dartmouth College.

Jennifer W. Pileggi  has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Corporate Secretary since June 2015. Prior to joining us, Ms. Pileggi served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer, and Corporate Secretary at Silicon Graphics International Corp., a high performance computing server manufacturer, from September 2011 to May 2015. From 2004 to 2011, Ms. Pileggi served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Privacy Officer, and Corporate Secretary at Con-way Inc., a transportation and supply chain solutions company, and from 1996 to 2004, as Vice President and Corporate Counsel for Menlo Worldwide, Con-way’s logistics division. Ms. Pileggi was previously a corporate associate at the law firms of Marron, Reid & Sheehy and Heller Ehrman LLP. Ms. Pileggi holds a B.A. in art history from Yale University and a J.D. from New York University.

Non-Employee Directors

Peter Fenton  has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2007. Since 2006, Mr. Fenton has served as a General Partner of Benchmark Capital Partners, a venture capital firm. From 1999 to 2006, Mr. Fenton served as a Managing Partner at Accel Partners, a venture capital firm. Mr. Fenton currently serves on the boards of directors of Hortonworks, Inc., New Relic, Inc., Yelp Inc., and several private companies. Mr. Fenton served on the board of directors of Twitter, Inc. from February 2009 to May 2017. Mr. Fenton holds a B.A. in philosophy and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. We believe Mr. Fenton is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the venture capital industry and his knowledge of technology companies.

Kenneth A. Goldman  has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2016. Mr. Goldman has served as the President of Hillspire LLC, the family office of Eric and Wendy Schmidt, since September 2017. From October 2012 to June 2017, Mr. Goldman served as the Chief Financial Officer of Yahoo! Inc. Prior to this, Mr. Goldman was the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Fortinet Inc., a provider of threat management technologies, from 2007 to 2012. From 2006 to 2007, Mr. Goldman served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Dexterra, Inc., a mobile enterprise software company. From 2000 until 2006, Mr. Goldman served as Senior Vice President of Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer of Siebel Systems, Inc. From January 2015 to December 2017, Mr. Goldman served as a member of the PCAOB, Standing Advisory Group. Mr. Goldman currently serves on the board of directors of GoPro, Inc., NXP Semiconductor N.V., TriNet Group, Inc. and RingCentral, Inc. Previously, Mr. Goldman served on the board of directors of Gigamon Inc. and Infinera Corporation. Mr. Goldman is also a Trustee Emeritus on the board of trustees of Cornell University. Mr. Goldman holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Goldman is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors based on his experience serving on the boards of directors of numerous companies, his extensive executive experience, and his experience as a member of the Financial Accounting Standards Advisory Council and the PCAOB’s Standing Advisory Group.

Timothy Haley has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2010. Mr. Haley is a Managing Director at Redpoint Ventures, a venture capital firm, which he co-founded in 1999. Mr. Haley has served as a Managing Director of Institutional Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, since 1998. From 1986 to 1998, Mr. Haley was the President of Haley Associates, an executive recruiting firm in the high technology industry. Mr. Haley currently serves on the board of directors of

 

121


Table of Contents

Netflix, Inc., 2U, Inc., and several private companies. Mr. Haley holds a B.A. in philosophy from Santa Clara University. We believe that Mr. Haley brings strategic and financial experience to the board of directors. He has evaluated, invested in, and served as a board member on numerous companies. His executive recruiting background also provides the board of directors with insight into talent selection and management.

Jason Pressman  has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2008. Mr. Pressman is a Managing Director at Shasta Ventures, a venture capital firm, where he has worked since 2005. Prior to Shasta Ventures, Mr. Pressman served as a Vice President of Strategy and Operations at Walmart.com, a subsidiary of Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., a worldwide retailer, from 2000 to 2004. Mr. Pressman is currently a member of the board of directors of several private companies. Mr. Pressman holds a B.S. in finance from the University of Maryland, College Park and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. We believe that Mr. Pressman is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his operations and strategy experience gained from the retail industry and for his corporate finance expertise gained in the venture capital industry serving on boards of directors of various technology companies.

Michelangelo Volpi  has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2011. Mr. Volpi is a Partner at Index Ventures, a venture capital firm, where he has worked since 2009. From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Volpi served as Chief Executive Officer of Joost N.V., an internet video services company. From 1994 to 2007, Mr. Volpi served in various executive roles at Cisco Systems, Inc., a technology company, including as Senior Vice President and General Manager, Routing and Service Provider Group and as Chief Strategy Officer. Mr. Volpi currently serves on the board of directors of Pure Storage, Inc., Hortonworks, Inc., Exor N.V., and Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V., and several private companies. From April 2010 to April 2013, Mr. Volpi served on the board of directors of Telefonaktiebolaget L. M. Ericsson. Mr. Volpi earned a B.S. in mechanical engineering, an M.S. in manufacturing systems engineering, and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. Mr. Volpi’s qualifications for board service include his leadership experience, expertise as a venture capital investor, and knowledge regarding the enterprise technology industry.

Magdalena Yesil  has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2017. Ms. Yesil is a co-founder of Broadway Angels, an angel investment group, since 2010. She is also the Executive Chair of Informed, Inc., d/b/a DriveInformed, a software company serving the auto lending industry, since 2017. Ms. Yesil was an early investor in salesforce.com, inc. and served on that company’s board of directors for more than five years. She was a General Partner at U.S. Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, from 1998 to 2006. Ms. Yesil founded MarketPay Associates, L.L.C., a software company, and served as its Chief Executive Officer and President from 1996 to 1997. Ms. Yesil co-founded and served as Vice President of Marketing and Technology of CYCH, Inc. f/k/a CyberCash, Inc., a secure electronic payment company. Ms. Yesil currently serves on the board of directors of RPX Corporation and several private companies. Ms. Yesil received a B.S. in industrial engineering and management science and an M.S. in electrical engineering from Stanford University. We believe Ms. Yesil is qualified to serve as a member on our board of directors based on her extensive experience as an investor in the technology industry, as a founder of multiple technology companies, as well as her public and private company board experience.

Election of Officers

Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

122


Table of Contents

Board of Directors Composition

Current Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members with no vacancies.

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as in effect prior to the completion of this offering and, amended and restated voting agreement, Messrs. Fenton, Goldman, Haley, Pressman, Tzuo, and Volpi, and Ms. Yesil have been designated to serve as members of our board of directors. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated voting agreement, Mr. Tzuo and Ms. Yesil were elected as the designee for the holders of our common stock, Mr. Fenton was elected by the holders as the designee for our Series A convertible preferred stock, Mr. Pressman was elected as the designee for the holders of our Series B convertible preferred stock, Mr. Haley was elected as the designee for the holders of our Series C convertible preferred stock, Mr. Volpi was elected as the designee for the holders of our Series D convertible preferred stock, and Mr. Goldman was elected as the designee for holders of a majority of our capital stock, voting together. The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated voting agreement by which the directors are currently elected will terminate in connection with this offering and there will be no contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors.

After this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our restated certificate and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Currently serving members of our board of directors will continue to serve as directors until their resignations or until their successors are duly elected by the holders of our common stock.

Classified Board of Directors

Our restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering provides that, immediately after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Each director’s term will continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    Class I directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019, will consist of Mr. Haley and Ms. Yesil;

 

    Class II directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020, will consist of Mr. Pressman and Mr. Volpi; and

 

    Class III directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021, will consist of Mr. Fenton, Mr. Goldman, and Mr. Tzuo.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that only our board of directors may fill vacancies on our board. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors.

 

123


Table of Contents

The classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws Provisions” for additional information.

Director Independence

We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange. Under New York Stock Exchange rules, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, New York Stock Exchange rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under New York Stock Exchange rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (i) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (ii) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. We intend to satisfy the audit committee independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 as of the closing of this offering.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Messrs. Fenton, Goldman, Haley, Pressman, and Volpi and Ms. Yesil are “independent directors” as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and current and prior relationships as they may relate to us and our management, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and the transactions involving them described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Lead Independent Director

Our board of directors will adopt, effective prior to the completion of this offering, corporate governance guidelines that provide that one of our independent directors will serve as our lead independent director. Our board of directors has appointed Ms. Yesil to serve as our lead independent director. As lead independent director, Ms. Yesil will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between the Chairperson of our board of directors and the independent directors and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below as of the closing of this offering. Members serve on these committees

 

124


Table of Contents

until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Each committee will operate under a written charter approved by our board of directors that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Following this offering, copies of each committee’s charter will be posted on the Investor Relations section of our website.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Goldman, Volpi, and Fenton. Mr. Goldman is the chairperson of our audit committee. Messrs. Goldman, Volpi, and Fenton each meet the requirements for independence under the current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee is financially literate. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Goldman is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. This designation does not impose any duties, obligations, or liabilities that are greater than are generally imposed on members of our audit committee and our board of directors. Our audit committee is directly responsible for, among other things:

 

    selecting a firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements;

 

    ensuring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing, with management and that firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

    establishing procedures for employees to anonymously submit concerns about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

    considering the adequacy of our internal controls and internal audit function;

 

    reviewing proposed waivers of the global code of conduct for directors, executive officers, and employees (with waivers for directors or executive officers to be approved by the board of directors);

 

    reviewing material related party transactions or those that require disclosure; and

 

    approving or, as permitted, pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Haley and Pressman. Mr. Haley is the chairperson of our compensation committee. The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of this committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    reviewing and approving the compensation of our executive officers, other than our chief executive officer;

 

    evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of our goals and objectives;

 

    reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

    administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

    reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

    reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

 

125


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Ms. Yesil and Mr. Haley. Ms. Yesil is the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    identifying and recommending candidates for membership on our board of directors;

 

    recommending directors to serve on board committees;

 

    reviewing and recommending our corporate governance guidelines and policies;

 

    reviewing succession plans for senior management positions, including the chief executive officer;

 

    evaluating, and overseeing the process of evaluating, the performance of our board of directors and individual directors; and

 

    assisting our board of directors on corporate governance matters.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers has served as a member of the board of directors, or as a member of the compensation or similar committee, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who served on our board of directors or compensation committee during fiscal 2018.

Global Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a global code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers, and directors. The full text of our global code of conduct will be posted on the Investor Relations section of our website. The reference to our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our global code of conduct, or waivers of these provisions, on our website or in public filings.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

The table below provides information regarding the total compensation of the non-employee members of our board of directors who served on our board of directors during fiscal 2018. All compensation that we paid to Mr. Tzuo, our only employee director, is set forth in the table below in “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table.” No compensation was paid to Mr. Tzuo in his capacity as a director during fiscal 2018. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, during fiscal 2018, we did not pay any fees to, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to the non-employee members of our board of directors.

 

Name

   Option
Awards ($) (1)(2)
     Total ($)  

Peter Fenton

   $      $  

Kenneth A. Goldman

             

Timothy Haley

             

Jason Pressman

             

Michelangelo Volpi

             

Craig Hanson (3)

             

Abhishek Agrawal (4)

             

Magdalena Yesil

     301,900        301,900  

 

126


Table of Contents

 

(1) The amounts reported in the Option Awards column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our non-employee directors during fiscal 2018 as computed in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in the Option Awards column are set forth in Note 1 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our non-employee directors from the stock options.
(2) The following table sets forth information on stock options granted to non-employee directors during fiscal 2018, the aggregate number of shares of our Class B common stock underlying outstanding stock options held by our non-employee directors as of January 31, 2018, and the aggregate number of unvested shares of our Class B common stock underlying outstanding stock options held by our non-employees directors as of January 31, 2018:

 

Name

   Number of Shares
Underlying Stock
Options Granted in
Fiscal 2018
     Number of Shares
Underlying Stock
Options Held at Fiscal
Year-End
     Number of Shares
Underlying Unvested
Stock Options Held at
Fiscal Year-End
 

Peter Fenton

                    

Kenneth A. Goldman (a)

            500,000        281,250  

Jason Pressman

                    

Michelangelo Volpi

                    

Craig Hanson

                    

Abhishek Agrawal

                    

Magdalena Yesil (b)

     250,000        250,000        218,750  

 

  (a) The stock option vests over a four-year period at the rate of 1/16th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option quarterly following the February 1, 2016 vesting commencement date and expires up to ten years after the date of grant. The stock option is early exercisable and also provides that, in the event of a change of control, all of the unvested shares subject to the stock option will become immediately vested and exercisable as of the date immediately prior to the change of control.
  (b) The stock option vests over a four-year period at the rate of 1/16th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option quarterly following the May 23, 2017 vesting commencement date and expires up to ten years after the date of grant. The stock option is early exercisable and also provides that, in the event of a change of control, all of the unvested shares subject to the stock option will become immediately vested and exercisable as of the date immediately prior to the change of control.
(3) Mr. Hanson resigned from our board of directors in May 2017.
(4) Mr. Agrawal resigned from our board of directors in May 2017.

Offer Letters

Mr. Goldman’s Offer

Mr. Goldman was appointed to our board of directors in February 2016. In connection with his appointment, we entered into an offer letter pursuant to which we granted Mr. Goldman an option to purchase 500,000 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $1.62 per share. The stock option vests over a four-year period at the rate of 1/16th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option quarterly following the February 1, 2016 vesting commencement date and expires up to ten years after the date of grant. As of January 31, 2018, 281,250 shares of our Class B common stock subject to the stock option remain unvested. The stock option contains an early-exercise provision and is exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right of repurchase. The stock option provides that, in the event of a change of control, all of the unvested shares subject to the stock option will become immediately vested and exercisable as of the date immediately prior to the change of control.

Ms. Yesil’s Offer Letter

Ms. Yesil was appointed to our board of directors in May 2017. In connection with her appointment, we entered into an offer letter pursuant to which we granted Ms. Yesil an option to purchase 250,000 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $2.58 per share. The stock option vests over a four-year period at the rate of 1/16th of the shares of our Class B common

 

127


Table of Contents

stock underlying the stock option quarterly following the May 23, 2017 vesting commencement date and expires up to ten years after the date of grant. As of January 31, 2018, 218,750 shares of our Class B common stock subject to the stock option remain unvested. The stock option contains an early-exercise provision and is exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right of repurchase. The stock option provides that, in the event of a change of control, all of the unvested shares subject to the stock option will become immediately vested and exercisable as of the date immediately prior to the change of control.

Prior to this offering, we did not have a formal policy to provide any cash or equity compensation to our non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors or committees of our board of directors.

In connection with this offering, in March 2018, our board of directors and stockholders approved the following cash and equity compensation for our non-employee directors:

Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation

Following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director will also be entitled to receive RSUs under our 2018 Plan as follows:

2018 RSU Grant . Following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director who is serving on our board of directors as of June 15, 2018 will be granted RSUs, or the 2018 RSUs, having an aggregate value of $150,000 based on the closing price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The 2018 RSUs shall fully vest on the earlier of (i) the date of our 2019 annual meeting of our stockholders and (ii) June 15, 2019, in each case so long as the non-employee director continues to serve on our board of directors through such date. In addition, the 2018 RSUs will fully vest upon the consummation of a corporate transaction (as defined in our 2018 Plan).

Initial Appointment RSU Grant . Following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director appointed to our board of directors following this offering will be granted RSUs, or the Initial Appointment RSUs, on the date of his or her appointment to our board of directors having an aggregate value of $275,000 based on the closing price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The aggregate value of the Initial Appointment RSUs may be increased, provided, that, the aggregate value of any such Initial Appointment RSUs shall not exceed $900,000 in the calendar year of initial appointment when combined with any other equity award or cash compensation received by such non-employee director appointed to our board of directors for such calendar year. Each Initial Appointment RSU award will vest with respect to 1/3rd of the total number of RSUs subject to such award each year beginning with the date that is one year following the date of grant, in each case, so long as such non-employee director continues to serve on our board of directors through such date. In addition, the Initial Appointment RSUs will fully vest upon the consummation of a corporate transaction.

Annual RSU Grant . On the date of each annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering, commencing with our 2019 annual meeting of stockholders, each non-employee director who is serving on our board of directors on, and will continue to serve on our board of directors following, the date of such annual meeting will automatically be granted RSUs, or the Annual RSUs, having an aggregate value of $150,000 based on the closing price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The Annual RSUs will fully vest on the earlier of (i) the date of the following year’s annual meeting of stockholders and (ii) the date that is one year following the date of grant. In addition, the Annual RSUs will fully vest upon the consummation of a corporate transaction.

Pursuant to the terms of our 2018 Plan, none of the equity awards described above may exceed $650,000 in a calendar year (or $900,000 in the calendar year of a non-employee director’s initial

 

128


Table of Contents

service on our board of directors), when combined with the cash compensation received by such non-employee director for service on our board of directors.

Non-Employee Director Cash Compensation

Following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director will also be entitled to receive an annual cash retainer of $30,000 for service on the board of directors and additional annual cash compensation for committee membership as follows:

 

    Audit committee chair: $20,000

 

    Audit committee member: $7,500

 

    Compensation committee chair: $10,500

 

    Compensation committee member: $5,000

 

    Nominating and corporate governance committee chair: $7,500

 

    Nominating and corporate governance committee member: $3,500

In addition, our lead independent director will be entitled to receive an additional annual cash retainer of $15,000.

Pursuant to the terms of our non-employee director compensation program, a non-employee director may annually elect to receive RSUs, or Cash Compensation RSUs, in lieu of cash compensation, by making an irrevocable election on or prior to January 31 of each calendar year. The number of the Cash Compensation RSUs receivable upon such election is calculated by dividing the total amount of cash compensation payable to such director for such fiscal year by the closing price of our Class A common stock on February 1 of such fiscal year.

The Cash Compensation RSUs will fully vest on January 31 following the year of grant, so long as the non-employee director continues to serve on our board of directors through such date. In addition, the Cash Compensation RSUs will fully vest upon the consummation of a corporate transaction.

Mr. Volpi has unconditionally waived all current and future cash and equity compensation payable to him for his service on our board of directors.

 

129


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following tables and accompanying narrative disclosure set forth information about the compensation provided to our executive officers during fiscal 2018. These executive officers, who include our principal executive officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers (other than our principal executive officer) who were serving as executive officers as of January 31, 2018, the end of our last completed fiscal year, were:

 

    Tien Tzuo, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Brent R. Cromley, Jr., Senior Vice President, Technology; and

 

    Marc Diouane, President.

We refer to these individuals in this section as our “Named Executive Officers.”

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation that was awarded to, earned by, or paid to our Named Executive Officers for services rendered in all capacities during fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017 for Messrs. Tzuo and Diouane who were also our named executive officers for such year.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary($)      Option
Awards ($) (1)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (2)
     Total($)  

Tien Tzuo
Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

     2018      $ 300,000      $      $ 102,060      $ 402,060  
     2017        300,000               116,274        416,274  

Brent R. Cromley, Jr.
Senior Vice President, Technology

     2018        300,000        1,282,797        102,060        1,684,857  

Marc Diouane
President

     2018        350,000        1,592,430        212,626        2,155,056  
     2017        350,000        166,590        206,092        722,682  

 

(1) The amounts reported in the Option Awards column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our Named Executive Officers during fiscal 2017, as applicable, and fiscal 2018 as computed in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in the Option Awards column are set forth in note 1 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our Named Executive Officers from the stock options.
(2) The amounts reported represent the amounts earned based upon achievement of certain performance goals under our executive bonus program. Payments for fiscal 2018 are described in greater detail in the section titled “—Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

In March 2018, we granted (i) Mr. Tzuo an option to purchase 750,000 shares of our Class B common stock and (ii) Mr. Diouane an option to purchase 250,000 shares of our Class B common stock, each at an exercise price of $3.97 per share. Each stock option vests at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the option vesting each month following the March 8, 2018 vesting commencement date.

Equity Compensation

From time to time, we have granted equity awards in the form of stock options to our Named Executive Officers, which are generally subject to vesting based on each of our Named Executive Officer’s continued service with us. Each of our Named Executive Officers currently holds outstanding stock options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock that were granted under our 2006 Stock Plan, or 2006 Plan, or 2015 Plan, as set forth in the “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table” below.

 

130


Table of Contents

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

Messrs. Tzuo, Cromley, and Diouane participated in our executive bonus program during fiscal 2018. Incentives under our executive bonus program were payable quarterly based on our achievement of certain company financial targets. For fiscal 2018, the performance metrics were based on revenue targets, sales and marketing efficiency, and margin targets. For fiscal 2018, the target bonus amounts were $120,000 for Messrs. Tzuo and Cromley and $250,000 for Mr. Diouane.

Offer Letters and Employment Arrangements

Mr. Tzuo’s Offer Letter

In March 2018, we entered into a new offer letter with Mr. Tzuo, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The offer letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. The offer letter provides for an annual base salary of $350,000, subject to periodic review. Under the offer letter, Mr. Tzuo is also eligible to participate in our executive bonus program and other employee benefits, including health insurance, as we establish for our other similarly situated employees from time to time.

Mr. Cromley’s Offer Letter

In March 2018, we entered into a new offer letter with Mr. Cromley, our Senior Vice President, Technology. The offer letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. The offer letter provides for an annual base salary of $300,000, subject to periodic review. Under the offer letter, Mr. Cromley is also eligible to participate in our executive bonus program and other employee benefits, including health insurance, as we establish for our other similarly situated employees from time to time.

Mr. Diouane’s Offer Letter

In March 2018, we entered into a new offer letter with Mr. Diouane, our President. The offer letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. The offer letter provides for an annual base salary of $350,000, subject to periodic review. Under the offer letter, Mr. Diouane is also eligible to participate in our executive bonus program and other employee benefits, including health insurance, as we establish for our other similarly situated employees from time to time.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

In May 2017, we entered into change in control and severance agreements, or severance agreements, with all of our executive officers, including our Named Executive Officers. The severance agreements provide for the following benefits upon a qualifying termination, which means a termination by us without cause or, for Mr. Tzuo only, a termination by the executive for good reason (as such terms are defined in the severance agreement), outside of a change in control (as such term is defined in the severance agreement) in exchange for a general release of claims: a (i) lump sum severance payment of six months of base salary and (ii) payment of premiums for continued medical benefits (or equivalent cash payment if applicable law so requires) for six months for the executive officer and his or her eligible dependents. If the executive officer is subject to a qualifying termination within the three months preceding a change in control (but after a legally binding and definitive agreement for a potential change of control has been executed) or within the twelve months following a change in control, the severance agreements provide the following benefits in exchange for a general release of claims: (i) a lump sum severance payment of twelve months of base salary, (ii) 100% acceleration of any then-unvested equity awards, and (iii) payment of premiums for continued medical benefits (or equivalent cash payment if applicable law so requires) for twelve months for the executive officer and his or her eligible dependents.

 

131


Table of Contents

The benefits under the severance agreements supersede all prior cash severance and vesting acceleration arrangements.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

 

            Option Awards (1)  

Name

   Grant Date      Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
     Options
Exercise
Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Tien Tzuo

     11/18/2014 (2)        3,832,570               1.52        11/17/2024  

Brent R. Cromley, Jr.

     10/14/2015 (3)        750,000               1.72        10/13/2025  
     2/4/2017 (4)        350,000               1.64        2/3/2027  
     12/27/2017 (5)        600,000               3.00        12/26/2027  

Marc Diouane

     11/18/2014 (6)        250,000               1.52        11/17/2024  
     5/24/2016 (7)        250,000               1.54        5/23/2026  
     2/4/2017 (8)        500,000               1.64        2/3/2027  
     8/10/2017 (9)        1,200,000               2.58        8/9/2027  

 

(1) Outstanding equity awards with a grant date of November 18, 2014 were granted under our 2006 Plan and the outstanding equity awards with grant dates of October 14, 2015, May 24, 2016, February 4, 2017, August 10, 2017, and December 27, 2017 were granted under our 2015 Plan.
(2) The stock option vests at a rate of 1/60th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option vesting each month following the November 18, 2014 vesting commencement date. The stock option contains an early-exercise provision and is exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right of repurchase. As of January 31, 2018, 1,405,277 shares of our Class B common stock subject to the stock option were unvested. The stock option is subject to acceleration upon certain events as described in the section titled “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”
(3) The stock option vests at a rate of 1/4th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option vesting on the one year anniversary of the September 14, 2015 vesting commencement date and 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option vesting each month following the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date. This stock option contains an early-exercise provision and is exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right of repurchase. As of January 31, 2018, 312,500 shares of our Class B common stock subject to the stock option remain unvested. The stock option is subject to acceleration upon certain events as described in the section titled “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”
(4) The stock option vests at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option vesting each month following the February 1, 2017 vesting commencement date. The stock option contains an early-exercise provision and is exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right of repurchase. As of January 31, 2018, 269,792 shares of our Class B common stock subject to the stock option remain unvested. The stock option is subject to acceleration upon certain events as described in the section titled “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”
(5) The stock option vests at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option vesting each month following the December 27, 2017 vesting commencement date. The stock option contains an early-exercise provision and is exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right of repurchase. As of January 31, 2018, 587,500 shares of our Class B common stock subject to the stock option remain unvested. The stock option is subject to acceleration upon certain events as described in the section titled “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”
(6) The stock option vests at a rate of 1/12th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option vesting each month following the January 1, 2018 vesting commencement date. The stock option contains an early-exercise provision and is exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right of repurchase. As of January 31, 2018, 250,000 shares of Class B common stock subject to the stock option remain unvested. The stock option is subject to acceleration upon certain events as described in the section titled “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”
(7) The stock option vests at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option vesting each month following May 24, 2016. The stock option contains an early-exercise provision and is exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right of repurchase. As of January 31, 2018, 145,834 shares of our Class B common stock subject to the stock option remain unvested. The stock option is subject to acceleration upon certain events as described in the section titled “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”
(8)

The stock option vests at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option vesting each month following the February 1, 2017 vesting commencement date. The stock option contains an early-exercise

 

132


Table of Contents
  provision and is exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right of repurchase. As of January 31, 2018, 385,417 shares of our Class B common stock subject to the stock option remain unvested. The stock option is subject to acceleration upon certain events as described in the section titled “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”
(9) The stock option vests with respect to 400,000 shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option upon the closing of this offering, with unvested shares subject to acceleration upon a change of control. The stock option vests with respect to the remaining 800,000 shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option upon the achievement of an applicable gross annual recurring revenue performance milestone, provided, however, if a change of control occurs prior to the achievement of this milestone, then such shares shall vest on a pro rata basis based on the actual gross annual recurring revenue as of the end of the calendar month preceding such change of control, as a percentage of the performance milestone, subject to the achievement of a gross annual recurring revenue threshold. The stock option contains an early-exercise provision and is exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right of repurchase. As of January 31, 2018, 1,200,000 shares of our Class B common stock subject to the stock option remain unvested.

Employee Benefit Plans

2006 Stock Plan

Our board of directors originally adopted our 2006 Plan, which was subsequently approved by our stockholders, in September 2006. Our 2006 Plan was most recently amended and restated in January 2015. Our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by our board of directors, administers the 2006 Plan and the awards granted under it.

The 2006 Plan provided for the grant of both incentive stock options, which qualify for favorable tax treatment to their recipients under Section 422 of the Code, and nonstatutory stock options, as well as for the issuance of stock purchase rights, also referred to as restricted stock awards, or RSAs.

In the event we are a party to a change in control (as defined in the 2006 Plan), our 2006 Plan provides that each outstanding award (whether vested or unvested or a portion thereof) may, without the consent of any award holders, be assumed, continued, or substituted for a substantially equivalent award by the surviving corporation or its parent. An award shall be deemed assumed if, following the change in control, the award confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of our 2006 Plan and the applicable award agreement, for each share subject to the award, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property, or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of stock was entitled. Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of any award holder, determine that in the event of a change in control, each or any award (or a portion thereof) outstanding immediately prior to the change in control will be canceled in exchange for a cash or stock payment or other property with respect to each vested (and unvested, if so determined by the board of directors) share subject to such canceled award, which shall be in an amount equal to the fair market value of the consideration to be paid per share in the change in control over the exercise price per share under such canceled award. Upon a change in control, all outstanding awards shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent such awards have been continued or assumed.

We ceased issuing awards under our 2006 Plan and our 2006 Plan terminated upon the effectiveness of our 2015 Plan, as described below. As a result, we will not grant any additional awards under our 2006 Plan. However, any outstanding stock options granted under our 2006 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2006 Plan and stock option agreements, until such outstanding stock options are exercised or settled or until they terminate or expire by their terms. Stock options granted under our 2006 Plan generally have terms similar to those described below with respect to stock options granted under our 2015 Plan. As of January 31, 2018, options to purchase 9,603,325 shares of Class B common stock remained outstanding under our 2006 Plan. The options granted under the 2006 Plan and outstanding as of January 31, 2018 had a weighted-average exercise price of $1.29 per share.

 

133


Table of Contents

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors originally adopted our 2015 Plan, which was subsequently approved by our stockholders, in May 2015. Our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by our board of directors, administers the 2015 Plan and the awards granted under it.

The 2015 Plan provides for the grant of both incentive stock options, which qualify for favorable tax treatment to their recipients under Section 422 of the Code, and nonqualified stock options, as well as for the issuance of stock appreciation rights, or SARs, and shares of RSUs and RSAs. We may grant incentive stock options only to our employees. We may grant nonqualified stock options, RSUs, SARs, and RSAs to our employees, directors, and consultants. We refer to such employees, directors, or consultants who receive an award under our 2015 Plan as a participant.

Unless expressly determined in writing by our board of directors, or a committee thereof, on the option’s date of grant, the exercise price of each stock option must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum permitted term of options granted under our 2015 Plan is ten years. Options generally vest over a four-year period. Options may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. Our compensation committee may provide for options to be exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable with any shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. After a participant’s termination of service, the participant generally may exercise his or her options, to the extent vested as of such date of termination at any time within three months following termination or such longer period of time as specified in the applicable option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable, to the extent vested as of such date of termination at any time within twelve months following such termination. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

RSUs are awards representing the right to receive shares of our Class B common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of that right because of a termination of employment or service or failure to achieve certain performance or liquidity-based conditions.

Our 2015 Plan provides that, in the event of an acquisition or other combination (as defined in the 2015 Plan), outstanding awards under our 2015 Plan shall be subject to the agreement evidencing the acquisition or other combination, which need not treat all outstanding awards in an identical manner, and may include one or more of the following: (i) the continuation of the outstanding awards; (ii) the assumption of the outstanding awards by the surviving corporation or its parent; (iii) the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of new options or equity awards for the outstanding awards; (iv) the settlement of the full value of the outstanding awards (whether or not then vested or exercisable) in cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the successor entity with a fair market value equal to the required amount, as determined in accordance with the 2015 Plan and which payments may be deferred until the date or dates the award would have become exercisable or vested; (v) the cancellation of vested stock options in exchange for a payment equal to the difference between the per share consideration payable to holders of our Class B common stock in the transaction and the option’s exercise price; (vi) the cancellation of the outstanding awards for no consideration; or (vii) the termination of early exercise rights so that outstanding awards may only be exercised for vested shares after the transaction. Upon a change of control, all outstanding awards shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent such awards have been continued or assumed.

As of January 31, 2018, we had reserved 25,365,666 shares of our Class B common stock for issuance under our 2015 Plan. As of January 31, 2018, options to purchase 21,199,640 of these shares and RSUs that may be settled for 1,668,203 of these shares remained outstanding and 121,242 of these shares remained available for future grant. The stock options outstanding as of January 31,

 

134


Table of Contents

2018 had a weighted-average exercise price of $2.00 per share. Subsequent to January 31, 2018, we increased the amount of shares reserved for issuance under our 2015 Plan by 13,900,000 shares. We also granted options to purchase 7,099,533 shares of our Class B common stock subsequent to January 31, 2018, with an exercise price of $3.97 per share. Our 2018 Plan (described below) will be effective upon the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus. As a result, we will not grant any additional equity awards under the 2015 Plan following that date, and the 2015 Plan will terminate at that time. However, any outstanding stock options and RSUs granted under the 2015 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2015 Plan and the applicable stock option and RSU agreements evidencing such awards, until such outstanding stock options and RSUs are exercised or settled or until they terminate or expire by their terms. Upon the effectiveness of our 2018 Plan, the shares reserved but not issued or subject to outstanding awards under our 2015 Plan on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus will become available for grant and issuance under our 2018 Plan as Class A common stock.

2018 Equity Incentive Plan

In March 2018, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2018 Plan. The 2018 Plan will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus and will serve as the successor to our 2015 Plan. We reserved 10,300,000 shares of our Class A common stock to be issued under our 2018 Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2018 Plan will increase automatically on the first day of February of each of 2019 through 2028 by the number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to 5% of the total outstanding shares of all of our classes of common stock and common stock equivalents (including options, RSUs, warrants, and preferred stock on an as converted basis) as of the immediately preceding January 31. However, our board of directors may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. In addition, the following shares will be available for grant and issuance under our 2018 Plan as shares of our Class A common stock (and any shares of our Class B common stock from our 2006 Plan and 2015 Plan that become available for grant under our 2018 Plan will be issued as Class A common stock):

 

    shares subject to issuance upon exercise of any stock option or SAR granted under our 2018 Plan but which cease to be subject to the stock option or SAR for any reason other than exercise of stock options or SARs;

 

    shares subject to awards granted under our 2018 Plan that are forfeited or are repurchased by us at the original issue price;

 

    shares subject to awards granted under our 2018 Plan that otherwise terminate without such shares being issued;

 

    shares surrendered, cancelled, or exchanged for cash or a different award (or combination thereof, but to the extent an award under the 2018 Plan is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of shares available for issuance under the 2018 Plan);

 

    any reserved shares not issued or subject to outstanding grants under our 2015 Plan on the effective date of our 2018 Plan;

 

    shares that are subject to stock options or other awards granted under our 2006 Plan and 2015 Plan that cease to be subject to such options or other awards by forfeiture or otherwise after the effective date of our 2018 Plan;

 

    shares issued under our 2006 Plan and 2015 Plan before or after the effective date of our 2018 Plan pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are, after the effective date of our 2018 Plan, forfeited;

 

    shares issued under our 2006 Plan and 2015 Plan that are repurchased by us at the original issue price; and

 

135


Table of Contents
    shares subject to stock options or other awards under our 2006 Plan and 2015 Plan that are used to pay the exercise price of a stock option or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award.

Our 2018 Plan authorizes the award of stock options, RSAs, SARs, RSUs, performance awards, and stock bonuses. No non-employee director may receive awards under our 2018 Plan that, when combined with cash compensation received for service as a non-employee director, exceeds $650,000 in a calendar year or $900,000 in the calendar year of his or her initial service as a non-employee director.

We anticipate that, in general, options will vest over a four-year period. Options may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. The maximum term of options granted under our 2018 Plan is ten years. No more than 30,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock will be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options under the 2018 Plan.

An RSA is an offer by us to sell shares of our Class A common stock subject to restrictions, which may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. The price, if any, of an RSA will be determined by the committee administering the 2018 Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the holder of the RSA no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us.

SARs provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of our Class A common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price at grant. SARs may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions; provided that no SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date the SAR is granted.

RSUs represent the right to receive shares of our Class A common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of that right because of termination of employment or service or failure to achieve certain performance conditions. If an RSU has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the RSU agreement, we will deliver to the holder of the RSU whole shares of our Class A common stock (which may be subject to additional restrictions), cash, or a combination of our Class A common stock and cash. We anticipate that, in general, RSUs will vest over a four-year period.

Performance awards cover a number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be settled upon achievement of the pre-established performance conditions as provided in the 2018 Plan in cash, by issuance of the underlying shares, other property, or any combination of the foregoing. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement due to termination of employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions.

Stock bonuses may be granted as additional compensation for service or performance, and may be settled in the form of cash, Class A common stock, or a combination thereof, and may be subject to restrictions, which may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions.

In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure without our receipt of consideration, such as a stock split, appropriate adjustments will be made as set forth in the 2018 Plan.

Awards granted under our 2018 Plan generally may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as determined by our compensation committee. Unless otherwise permitted by our compensation committee, stock options may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee’s guardian or legal representative. Stock options granted under the 2018 Plan generally may be exercised for a period of three months

 

136


Table of Contents

after the termination of the optionee’s service to us, for a period of twelve months in the case of death or disability, or such longer or shorter period as our compensation committee may provide, but in any event no later than the expiration date of the stock option. Stock options generally terminate immediately upon termination of employment for cause.

Our 2018 Plan provides that, in the event of a corporate transaction, outstanding awards under our 2018 Plan shall be subject to the agreement evidencing the corporate transaction, which need not treat all outstanding awards in an identical manner, and may include one or more of the following: (i) the continuation of the outstanding awards; (ii) the assumption of the outstanding awards by the surviving corporation or its parent; (iii) the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of new options or equity awards for the outstanding awards; (iv) the full or partial acceleration of exercisability or vesting or lapse of our right to repurchase or forfeiture rights and accelerated expiration of the award; (v) the settlement of the full value of the outstanding awards (whether or not then vested or exercisable) in cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the successor entity with a fair market value equal to the required amount, as determined in accordance with the 2018 Plan followed by the cancellation of such awards, and which payments may be deferred until the date or dates the award would have become exercisable or vested; or (vi) the cancellation of the outstanding awards for no consideration. The vesting of all awards granted to our non-employee directors will accelerate and such awards will become exercisable (to the extent applicable) in full prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction at such times and on such conditions as the committee determines.

A corporate transaction generally includes (a) a “person” becoming the “beneficial owner” of our securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of our total voting power; (b) the consummation of our sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets; (c) the consummation of our merger or consolidation with any other corporation, except where we retain at least fifty percent (50%) of our total voting power; (d) any other transaction which qualifies as a “corporate transaction” under Section 424(a) of the Code wherein our stockholders give up all of their equity interest in us (except for the acquisition, sale, or transfer of all or substantially all of our outstanding shares); or (e) a change in our effective control that occurs on the date that a majority of members of our board is replaced during any twelve month period by a member of our board of directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by as majority of the members of our board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election.

Our 2018 Plan will terminate ten years from the date our board of directors approves the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors. Our board of directors may amend or terminate our 2018 Plan at any time. If our board of directors amends our 2018 Plan, it does not need to ask for stockholder approval of the amendment unless required by applicable law or listing rules.

2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In March 2018, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2018 ESPP. The 2018 ESPP will become effective on the date of this prospectus. We have adopted the 2018 ESPP in order to enable eligible employees to purchase shares of our Class A common stock at a discount following the date of this offering. Purchases will be accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. Our 2018 ESPP is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code. We initially reserved 4,800,000 shares of our Class A common stock for issuance under our 2018 ESPP. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2018 ESPP will increase automatically on the first day of February of each of 2019 through 2028 by the number of shares equal to 1% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock and common stock equivalents as of the immediately preceding January 31 (rounded down to the nearest whole share), provided that no more than 50,000,000 shares may be issued over the term of the 2018 ESPP. However, our board of directors may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. The aggregate number of shares issued over the term of our 2018 ESPP will not exceed 50,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock.

 

137


Table of Contents

Our compensation committee will administer our 2018 ESPP. Our employees generally are eligible to participate in our 2018 ESPP if they are employed by us for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in a calendar year. Employees who are 5% stockholders, or would become 5% stockholders as a result of their participation in our 2018 ESPP, are ineligible to participate in our 2018 ESPP. We may impose additional restrictions on eligibility. Under our 2018 ESPP, eligible employees will be able to acquire shares of our Class A common stock by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Generally, our eligible employees will be able to select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and 15% of their base cash compensation. We will also have the right to amend or terminate our 2018 ESPP at any time. Our 2018 ESPP will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its effective date, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors.

When the initial offering period commences, our employees who meet the eligibility requirements for participation in that offering period will automatically be granted a nontransferable option to purchase shares in that offering period. For subsequent offering periods, new participants will be required to enroll in a timely manner. Once an employee is enrolled, participation will be automatic in subsequent offering periods. An employee’s participation automatically ends upon termination of employment for any reason.

The first offering period will begin on the date selected by our board of directors or the compensation committee and will end with the purchase date that occurs on a date selected by our compensation committee, which will be approximately 24 months, but no more than 27 months, after the commencement of the initial offering period. Subsequently, each offering period will run for 24 month periods, with purchases occurring every six months (with offering periods expected to begin in mid-June and mid-December of each year). The compensation committee may establish a different duration for an offering period to be effective after the next scheduled purchase date. Each participant may withdraw from an offering period at any time prior to the end of an offering period. To the extent applicable, if the fair market value on the first day of the current offering period in which a participant is enrolled is higher than the fair market value on the first day of any subsequent offering period, we will automatically enroll such participant in the subsequent offering period. Any funds accumulated in a participant’s account prior to the first day of such subsequent offering period will be applied to the purchase of shares on the purchase date immediately prior to the first day of such subsequent offering period, if any.

No participant will have the right to purchase shares of our Class A common stock in an amount, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our employee stock purchase plans that are also in effect in the same calendar year, in excess of the following limits: (i) in the case of shares of our Class A common stock purchased during an offering period that commenced in the current calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $25,000 minus (B) the fair market value of shares of our Class A common stock that the participant previously purchased in the current calendar year; (ii) in the case of shares of our Class A common stock purchased during an offering period that commenced in the immediately preceding calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $50,000 minus (B) the fair market value of shares of our Class A common stock that the participant previously purchased in the current calendar year and in the immediately preceding calendar year; (iii) in the case of shares of our Class A common stock purchased during an offering period that commenced two calendar years prior, the limit shall be equal to (A) $75,000 minus (B) the fair market value of shares of our Class A common stock that the participant previously purchased in the current calendar year and in the two immediately preceding calendar years; and the fair market value shall be determined in each case as of the beginning of the offering period in which such shares of our Class A common stock are purchased. In addition, no participant will be permitted to purchase more than 6,250 shares of our Class A common stock during any one purchase period or a lesser amount determined by our compensation committee. The purchase price for shares of our Class A common stock purchased under our 2018 ESPP will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on (i) the first business day of the

 

138


Table of Contents

applicable offering period and (ii) the last business day of each purchase period in the applicable offering period.

If we experience a change of control transaction, any offering period that commenced prior to the closing of the proposed change of control transaction will be shortened and terminated on a new purchase date. The new purchase date will occur on or prior to the closing of the proposed change of control transaction, and our 2018 ESPP will then terminate on the closing of the proposed change of control.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a 401(k) retirement plan for the benefit of our employees. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and contains a cash or deferred arrangement governed by Section 401(k) of the Code, so that contributions to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on such contributions, are not taxable to participants until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan (except in the case of any contributions under the 401(k) plan that may be designated as Roth contributions). Under the 401(k) plan, participating employees may defer 100% of their eligible pre-tax earnings up to the Code’s annual contribution limit. With certain exceptions, all full-time employees who are over the age of 21 are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan immediately. The 401(k) plan does not permit investment of participant contributions or employer contributions in our common stock. Employer contributions under the 401(k) plan are discretionary. Such employer contributions, if made, would vest according to a six-year graduated schedule. We have made no employer contributions to the plan to date.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws that will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent not prohibited by the DGCL and allow us to indemnify other employees and agents as set forth in the DGCL. Subject to certain limitations, our restated bylaws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, and certain of our other employees, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors, officers, and key employees for certain expenses,

 

139


Table of Contents

including attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties, fines, and settlement amounts actually incurred by these individuals in any action or proceeding arising out of their service to us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which these individuals provide services at our request. Subject to certain limitations, our indemnification agreements also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors, officers, and key employees for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.

We believe that provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws, and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors, officers, and key employees. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers, or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

140


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Except for the executive officer and director compensation arrangements discussed above under the sections titled “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation,” there have been no transactions since February 1, 2015 to which we have been or will be a participant, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeds or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements and our restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will require us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by Delaware law. Subject to certain limitations, our restated bylaws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

Review, Approval, or Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties

Our written related party transactions policy and the charters of our audit committee and nominating and corporate governance committee to be adopted by our board of directors and in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering require that any transaction with a related person that must be reported under applicable rules of the SEC must be reviewed and approved or ratified by our audit committee, unless the related party is, or is associated with, a member of that committee, in which event the transaction must be reviewed and approved by our nominating and corporate governance committee.

Prior to this offering we had no formal, written policy or procedure for the review and approval of related party transactions. However, our practice has been to have all related party transactions reviewed and approved by a majority of the disinterested members of our board of directors, including the transactions described above.

 

141


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of Class A common stock offered in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, by:

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of Class A or Class B common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, based on information furnished to us, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws. We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 2018 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the option for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but have not treated them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. No RSUs were releasable within 60 days of January 31, 2018.

We have based our calculation of the percentage ownership of our common stock before this offering on no shares of our Class A common stock and 185,016,846 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding on January 31, 2018, which includes 123,968,054 shares of our Class B common stock resulting from the conversion of an equivalent number of outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock in connection with this offering, as if this conversion had occurred as of January 31, 2018. Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering also assumes the sale of                      shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner in the table below is c/o Zuora, Inc., 3050 South Delaware Street, Suite 301, San Mateo, California 94403.

 

142


Table of Contents
    Shares Beneficially
Owned Before
this Offering
Class B
    % Total
Voting
Power
Before
this
Offering (1)
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After this Offering
    % Total
Voting
Power
After
this
Offering (1)
 
      Class A     Class B    

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares     %       Shares     %     Shares     %    

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

               

Tien Tzuo (2)

    19,287,281       10.2       10.2            

Brent R. Cromley, Jr. (3)

    1,700,000       *       *            

Marc Diouane (4)

    3,155,800       1.7       1.7            

Peter Fenton (5)

    20,515,454       11.1       11.1            

Kenneth A. Goldman (6)

    530,000       *       *            

Timothy Haley (7)

    11,945,738       6.5       6.5            

Jason Pressman (8)

    15,368,328       8.3       8.3            

Michelangelo Volpi (9)

    8,568,945       4.6       4.6            

Magdalena Yesil (10)

    314,408       *       *            

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons) (11)

    84,788,034       43.4       43.4            
Other 5% Stockholders:                                                

Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P. (5)

    20,515,454       11.1       11.1            

Entities affiliated with Redpoint Omega, L.P. (7)

    11,945,738       6.5       6.5            

Shasta Ventures II, L.P. (8)

    15,368,328       8.3       8.3            

Entities affiliated with Tenaya Capital V, LP (12)

    12,194,932       6.6       6.6            

Entities affiliated with Wellington Management Company LLP (13)

    17,424,983       9.4       9.4            

 

* Less than 1 percent.
(1) Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A and Class B common stock, as a single class. The holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share, and holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock” for more information about the voting rights of our Class A and Class B common stock.
(2) Consists of (i) 13,980,605 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Tien Tzuo, as Trustee of the 70 Thirty Trust, (ii) 737,053 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Tien Tzuo, as Trustee of the Tien Tzuo 2010 Annuity Trust, (iii) 737,053 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Renyan Tzuo, Mr. Tzuo’s spouse, as Trustee of the Renyan Tzuo 2010 Annuity Trust, and (iv) 3,832,570 shares of our Class B common stock subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 2018, of which 1,405,277 shares are unvested, but early exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 2018. Excludes options to purchase 750,000 shares of our Class B common stock granted on March 8, 2018.
(3) Consists of 1,700,000 shares of our Class B common stock subject to options held by Mr. Cromley that are exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 2018, of which 1,169,792 shares are unvested, but early exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 2018.
(4) Includes 2,200,000 shares of our Class B common stock subject to options held by Mr. Diouane that are exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 2018, of which 1,981,251 shares are unvested, but early exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 2018.
(5) Consists of 20,515,454 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P., or Benchmark V. Benchmark Capital Management Co. V, L.L.C. is the general partner of Benchmark V. Alexandre Balkanski, Bruce W. Dunlevie, Peter Fenton, a member of our board of directors, J. William Gurley, Kevin R. Harvey, Robert C Kagle, Mitch Lasky, and Steven M. Spurlock are the managing members of Benchmark Capital Management Co. V, L.L.C., and each of them may be deemed to hold shared voting and dispositive power held by Benchmark V. The address for the Benchmark entities is 2965 Woodside Road, Woodside, California 94062.
(6) Includes (i) 300,000 shares of our Class B common stock subject to options held by Mr. Goldman that are exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 2018, of which 281,250 shares are unvested, but early exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 2018 and (ii) 200,000 shares of our Class B common stock subject to options held by GV Partners L.P., or GV Partners, that are exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 2018. GV Partners is a family limited partnership of which Mr. Goldman is the managing member, and he may be deemed to hold voting and dispositive power over the shares held by GV Partners.
(7)

Consists of (i) 11,617,230 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Redpoint Omega, L.P. and (ii) 328,508 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Redpoint Omega Associates, LLC. Redpoint Omega, LLC is the general partner of Redpoint Omega, L.P. Jeffrey D. Brody, R. Thomas Dyal, Timothy M. Haley, a member of our board of

 

143


Table of Contents
  directors, John L. Walecka, Geoffrey Y. Yang, Christopher B. Moore, and W. Allen Beasley are the managing members of each of Redpoint Omega, LLC and Redpoint Omega Associates, LLC, and each of them may be deemed to hold shared voting and dispositive power over shares held by Redpoint Omega, L.P. and Redpoint Omega Associates, LLC. The address of the entities affiliated with Redpoint is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 2, Suite 290, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(8) Consists of shares 15,368,328 of Class B common stock held of record by Shasta Ventures II, L.P. Shasta Ventures II GP, LLC is the general partner of Shasta Ventures II, L.P. Robert Coneybeer, Tod Francis, Ravi Mohan, and Jason Pressman, a member of our board of directors, are the managing directors of Shasta Ventures II GP, LLC and each of them may be deemed to hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held of record by Shasta Ventures II, L.P. The address for these entities is 2440 Sand Hill Road, Suite 300, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(9) Consists of (i) 8,430,949 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Index Ventures Growth II (Jersey), L.P., (ii) 30,844 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Index Ventures Growth II Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey), L.P., and (iii) 107,112 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Yucca (Jersey) SLP, or Index Funds. Mr. Volpi is a general partner within the Index Ventures advisory group, which acts as an advisor to Index Funds. Advisors within the Index Ventures advisory group provide advice to Index Funds but do not have any voting, investment, and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by these entities and, therefore, Mr. Volpi is involved in making recommendations to Index Funds but does not hold voting or dispositive power over the shares held by Index Funds. The principal address of Index Ventures Growth II (Jersey), L.P. and Index Ventures Growth II Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey), L.P. is No. 1 Seaton Place, St Helier, Jersey JE4 8YJ, Channel Islands, and the principal address of Yucca (Jersey) SLP is 44 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE4 9WG, Channel Islands.
(10) Includes 250,000 shares of our Class B common stock subject to options held by Ms. Yesil that are exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 2018, of which 218,750 shares are unvested, but early exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 2018.
(11) Consists of (i) 74,216,188 shares of our Class B common stock and (ii) 10,571,846 shares of our Class B common stock subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 2018 held by all our executive officers and directors, as a group, of which 6,438,821 shares subject to stock options are unvested as of such date.
(12) Consists of (i) 9,557,352 shares of our Class B common stock held of record held by Tenaya Capital V, LP and (ii) 2,637,580 shares of our Class B common stock held of record held by Tenaya Capital V-P, LP. The general partner of each of Tenaya Capital V, LP and Tenaya Capital V-P, LP is Tenaya Capital V GP, LP whose general partner is Tenaya Capital V GP, LLC. Messrs. Tom Banahan, Ben Boyer, Stewart Gollmer, Brian Melton, and Brian Paul are the managing members of Tenaya Capital V GP, LLC and such managing members share voting and dispositive power over the shared held by Tenaya Capital V, LP and Tenaya Capital V-P, LP. The address of the entities affiliated with Tenaya is 3280 Alpine Road, Portola Valley, California 94208.
(13) Consists of 17,424,983 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by 21 investment advisory clients of Wellington Management Company LLP, or the Wellington Clients. Wellington Management Company LLP is the investment adviser to each of the Wellington Clients. Wellington Management Company LLP is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and is an indirect subsidiary of Wellington Management Group LLP. Wellington Management Company LLP and Wellington Management Group LLP may each be deemed share beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of the shares of our Class B common stock held of record by the Wellington Clients. The business address of each Wellington Client is c/o Wellington Management Company LLP, 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. The business address of Wellington Management Company LLP and Wellington Management Group LLP is 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.

 

144


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they will be in effect following this offering. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. We expect to adopt a restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes provisions that are expected to be included in these documents. For a complete description, you should refer to our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 500,000,000 shares of our Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

Assuming the conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 123,968,054 shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur in connection with the completion of this offering, as of January 31, 2018, there were outstanding:

 

    no shares of our Class A common stock;

 

    185,016,846 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, held by 562 stockholders of record; and

 

    30,802,965 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for additional information.

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes for each share of Class B common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by Delaware law or our restated certificate of incorporation. Delaware law could require either holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class in the following circumstances:

 

    if we were to seek to amend our restated certificate of incorporation to increase or decrease the par value of a class of our capital stock, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment; and

 

145


Table of Contents
    if we were to seek to amend our restated certificate of incorporation in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences, or special rights of a class of our capital stock in a manner that affected its holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment.

Our restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors. As a result, the holders of a majority of our voting shares can elect all of the directors then standing for election. Our restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors, to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Change of Control Transactions

In the case of any distribution or payment in respect of the shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock upon a merger or consolidation with or into any other entity, or other substantially similar transaction, the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be treated equally and identically with respect to shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock owned by them, unless the only difference in the per share distribution to the holders of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock is that any securities distributed to the holder of a share Class B common stock have ten times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class A common stock, or such merger, consolidation, or other transaction is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting as a separate class.

Subdivisions and Combinations

If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, the outstanding shares of the other class will be subdivided or combined in the same manner, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting as a separate class.

Conversion

Each outstanding share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, which occurs after the closing of this offering, except for certain permitted transfers described in

 

146


Table of Contents

our restated certificate of incorporation, including transfers to family members, trusts solely for the benefit of the stockholder or their family members, and partnerships, corporations, and other entities exclusively owned by the stockholder or their family members. Once converted or transferred and converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock will not be reissued.

All the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will convert automatically into shares of our Class A common stock upon the date that is the earlier of (i) the date specified by a vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock, (ii) ten years from the closing of this offering, and (iii) the date that the total number of shares of our Class B common stock outstanding cease to represent at least 5% of all outstanding shares of our common stock. Following such conversion, each share of Class A common stock will have one vote per share and the rights of the holders of all outstanding common stock will be identical. Once converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock may not be reissued.

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation, each currently-outstanding share of convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into one share of Class B common stock effective immediately upon the completion of this offering. Following this offering, no shares of convertible preferred stock will be outstanding.

Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations, or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of January 31, 2018, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 30,802,965 shares of our Class B common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.78 per share, pursuant to our 2006 Plan and our 2015 Plan. Since January 31, 2018, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 7,099,533 shares of our Class B common stock under the 2015 Plan, with an exercise price of $3.97 per share.

Restricted Stock Units

As of January 31, 2018, we had outstanding 1,668,203 RSUs under our 2015 Plan that may be settled for shares of our Class B common stock.

Registration Rights

We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described

 

147


Table of Contents

below. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. In connection with the completion of this offering, each stockholder that has registration rights agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information.

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of certain outstanding shares of our Class B common stock and the holders of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These shares are referred to as registrable securities. Immediately following this offering, there will be approximately 143,974,213 registrable securities outstanding. These rights are provided under the terms of an amended and restated investor rights agreement between us and the holders of these shares, which was entered into on January 16, 2015 in connection with our convertible preferred stock financings, and include requested registration rights, Form S-3 registration rights, and piggyback registration rights. In any registration made pursuant to such amended and restated investor rights agreement, all fees, costs, and expenses of underwritten registrations, including fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the selling stockholders, will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including the estimated underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered. However, we will not be required to bear the expenses in connection with the exercise of the requested and Form S-3 registration rights of a registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the selling stockholders holding a majority of registrable securities to be registered.

The registration rights terminate upon the earlier of (i) three years following the completion of this offering or (ii) as to any given holder of registration rights, at such time following this offering when such holder of registration rights can sell all of such holder’s registrable securities in any three-month period without registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act and without the requirement for us to be in compliance with the current public information requirement under Rule 144(c)(1).

Requested Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 123,968,054 shares of our Class B common stock following this offering (assuming automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock in connection with the completion of this offering), or their permitted transferees, are entitled to demand registration rights. Under the terms of the amended and restated investor rights agreement, if we receive a written request, at any time after the earlier of (i) four years from the date of the amended and restated investor rights agreement or (ii) six months following the effective date of this offering, from the holders of at least 50% of the registrable securities then outstanding that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of outstanding registrable securities, then we will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to register, as soon as practicable, all of the shares requested to be registered for public resale, if the amount of registrable securities to be registered will have aggregate gross proceeds (before underwriting discounts and commissions) of at least $10.0 million. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the amended and restated investor rights agreement. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement no more than twice during any twelve month period for up to 120 days if our board of directors determines that the filing would be detrimental to us and our stockholders. We are not required to effect a requested registration under certain additional circumstances specified in the amended and restated investor rights agreement.

 

148


Table of Contents

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 123,968,054 shares of our Class B common stock following this offering (assuming automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock in connection with the completion of this offering) or their permitted transferees are also entitled to Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of registrable securities then outstanding can request that we register all or part of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible and qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $2.0 million. The stockholders may require us to effect at most two registration statements on Form S-3 in any twelve month period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 no more than twice during any twelve month period for up to 120 days if our board of directors determines that the filing would be detrimental to us and our stockholders. We are not required to effect a registration on Form S-3 under certain additional circumstances specified in the amended and restated investor rights agreement.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we register any of our securities for public sale, the holders of an aggregate of 143,974,213 shares of our Class B common stock following this offering (assuming automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering) or their permitted transferees are entitled to piggyback registration rights. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating to sales of shares of participants in one of our stock plans, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, or a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right, in their sole discretion, to limit, because of marketing reasons, the number of shares registered by these holders, in which case the number of shares to be registered will be apportioned, first, to us, and second, pro rata among these holders, according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included by each holder, subject to additional circumstances specified in the amended and restated investor rights agreement.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, regulating corporate takeovers. In general, DGCL Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

149


Table of Contents
    the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (i) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66.67% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction or series of transactions together resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that DGCL Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws will include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our management team, including the following:

 

    Dual Class  Common Stock .    As described above in the section titled “—Common Stock—Voting Rights,” our restated certificate of incorporation will provide for a dual class common stock structure pursuant to which holders of our Class B common stock will have the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the shares of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. Current investors, executives, and employees will have the ability to exercise significant influence over those matters.

 

    Board of Directors Vacancies .    Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors is permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors but promotes continuity of management.

 

    Classified Board .    Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors. The existence of a classified board of directors could discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See the section titled “Management—Board of Directors Composition” for additional information.

 

    Directors Removed Only for Cause .    Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

 

150


Table of Contents
    Supermajority Requirements for Amendments of Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws .    Our restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock will be required to amend certain provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation, including provisions relating to the classified board, the size of the board, removal of directors, special meetings, actions by written consent, and designation of our preferred stock. In addition, the affirmative vote of holders of 75% of the voting power of each of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting separately by class, will be required to amend the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation relating to the terms of our Class B common stock. The affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock will be required to amend or repeal our restated bylaws, although our restated bylaws may be amended by a simple majority vote of our board of directors.

 

    Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders .    Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our lead independent director, or our chief executive officer. Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, holders of our capital stock would not be able to amend our restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our restated bylaws. Further, our restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our lead independent director, or our chief executive officer, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

    Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations .    Our restated bylaws provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our restated bylaws also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions might also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

    No Cumulative Voting .    The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will not provide for cumulative voting.

 

    Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock .    After the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock enables our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or other means.

 

   

Choice of Forum .    Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or

 

151


Table of Contents
 

proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our restated certificate of incorporation or our restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Listing

We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ZUO.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock and Class B common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and its telephone number is (800) 962-4284.

 

152


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our Class A common stock or the availability of shares of our Class A common stock for sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options or settlement of RSUs, in the public market following this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of January 31, 2018, we will have a total of                shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and                shares of our Class B common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the                shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering by us and the selling shareholders, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable. Shares of our Class B common stock are convertible into an equivalent number of shares of our Class A common stock and generally convert into shares of our Class A common stock upon transfer.

The remaining outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, all of our executive officers, directors, and all of our security holders have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our amended and restated investor rights agreement described above under the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    beginning on the date of this prospectus, all of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

    beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus,                  additional shares of Class A common stock may become eligible for sale in the public market upon the satisfaction of certain conditions as set forth under the section titled “—Lock-Up Agreements and Market Stand-Off Provisions,” of which                  shares would be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below;

 

    beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,                 additional shares of Class A common stock (or                shares if the conditions identified in the prior bullet are not satisfied) will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which                  shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below; and

 

    the remainder of the shares of Class A common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter upon subject to vesting and, in some cases, to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-Up Agreements and Market Stand-Off Provisions

All of our directors, officers, and all of our security holders are subject to lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions that, subject to exceptions described under the section titled “Underwriting”

 

153


Table of Contents

below, prohibit them from offering for sale, selling, contracting to sell, granting any option for the sale of, transferring or otherwise disposing of any shares of our common stock, stock options, or any security or instrument related to this common stock, or stock option for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC; provided that such restricted period will end with respect to 25% of the shares subject to each lock-up agreement if at any time beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus (i) we have filed at least one quarterly report on Form 10-Q or annual report on Form 10-K and (ii) the last reported closing price of our Class A common stock is at least 33% greater than the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock for 10 out of any 15 consecutive trading days, including the last day, ending on or after the 90th day after the date of this prospectus; provided, further that if such restricted period ends during a trading black-out period, the restricted period will end one business day following the date that we announce our earnings results for the previous quarter. These agreements are subject to certain customary exceptions. See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144 and the requirements of the lock-up and market stand-off agreements, as described above. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares (subject to the requirements of the lock-up and market stand-off agreements, as described above) without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up and market stand-off provisions described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares

 

154


Table of Contents

under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701. Moreover, all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements and or market stand-off agreements as described above and under “Underwriting” and will not become eligible for sale until the expiration of those agreements.

Registration Statements

In connection with this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our Class B common stock subject to outstanding stock options and RSUs and the shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 may be subject to the volume limitations and the manner of sale, notice, and public information requirements of Rule 144 and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up and market stand-off agreements to which they are subject.

Registration Rights

We have granted demand, Form S-3, and piggyback registration rights to certain of our stockholders to sell our common stock. Registration of the sale of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

155


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxes, does not discuss the potential application of the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare Contribution tax on net investment income, and does not deal with state or local taxes, U.S. federal gift, and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent provided below, or any non-U.S. tax consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances.

Special rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Code, such as:

 

    insurance companies, banks, and other financial institutions;

 

    tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations) and tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

    non-U.S. governments and international organizations;

 

    broker-dealers and traders in securities;

 

    U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our Class A common stock;

 

    “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

    persons that hold our Class A common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security,” or integrated investment or other risk reduction strategy;

 

    persons subject to the unearned income Medicare contribution tax;

 

    persons who do not hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, for investment purposes); and

 

    partnerships and other pass-through entities, and investors in such pass-through entities (regardless of their places of organization or formation).

Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them.

Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and Treasury regulations, rulings, and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked, or modified, possibly retroactively, and are subject to differing interpretations which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions or will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences described herein, or that any such contrary position would not be sustained by a court.

PERSONS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK PURSUANT TO THIS OFFERING SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION, INCLUDING ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OR ANY U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES, AND THE POSSIBLE APPLICATION OF TAX TREATIES.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of Class A common stock that is not a U.S. Holder or a partnership for U.S. federal

 

156


Table of Contents

income tax purposes. A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (b) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes), created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia, (c) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (d) a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If you are an individual non-U.S. citizen, you may, in some cases, be deemed to be a resident alien (as opposed to a nonresident alien) by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. Generally, for this purpose, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year, are counted.

Resident aliens are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Individuals who are uncertain of their status as resident or nonresident aliens for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our Class A common stock.

Distributions

We do not expect to make any distributions on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do make distributions on our Class A common stock, however, such distributions made to a Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our Class A common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or exchange of our Class A common stock as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock.”

Any distribution on our Class A common stock that is treated as a dividend paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is not effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will generally be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the Non-U.S. Holder’s country of residence. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. Such form must be provided prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent may then be required to provide certification to the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you should consult with your own tax advisor to determine if you are able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if

 

157


Table of Contents

required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment that the holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to us (or, if stock is held through a financial institution or other agent, to the applicable withholding agent). In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments.

See also the section below titled “—Foreign Accounts” for additional withholding rules that may apply to dividends paid to certain foreign financial institutions or non-financial foreign entities.

Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below under the sections titled “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “—Foreign Accounts,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless (a) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment that the holder maintains in the United States), (b) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (c) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or the holder’s holding period in the Class A common stock.

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (a) above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons. Corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (a) above may also be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in (b) above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States), provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. With respect to (c) above, in general, we would be a United States real property holding corporation if United States real property interests (as defined in the Code and the Treasury Regulations) comprised (by fair market value) at least half of our assets. We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation. However, there can be no assurance that we will not become a United States real property holding corporation in the future. Even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our Class A common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly, or constructively, no more than five percent of our Class A common stock at all times within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) the holder’s holding period and (2) our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our Class A common stock will qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market.

See the section titled “—Foreign Accounts” for additional information regarding withholding rules that may apply to proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock paid to foreign financial institutions or non-financial foreign entities.

 

158


Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our Class A common stock will be U.S. situs property and, therefore, will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence provides otherwise. The terms “resident” and “nonresident” are defined differently for U.S. federal estate tax purposes than for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal estate tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our Class A common stock.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we or certain financial middlemen must report information to the IRS with respect to any dividends we pay on our Class A common stock, including the amount of any such dividends, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder to whom any such dividends are paid. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Dividends paid by us (or our paying agents) to a Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding. U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person.

Under current U.S. federal income tax law, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or non-U.S., unless the Non-U.S. Holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing non-U.S. person status or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. Information reporting and backup withholding requirements may, however, apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is, in fact, a U.S. person. For information reporting purposes, certain brokers with substantial U.S. ownership or operations will generally be treated in a manner similar to U.S. brokers.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If backup withholding is applied to you, you should consult with your own tax advisor to determine whether you have overpaid your U.S. federal income tax, and whether you are able to obtain a tax refund or credit of the overpaid amount.

Foreign Accounts

In addition, U.S. federal withholding taxes may apply under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, on certain types of payments, including dividends and, on or after January 1, 2019, the gross proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock, made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or, on or after January 1, 2019, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our Class A common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution agrees to undertake certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial

 

159


Table of Contents

United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. The 30% federal withholding tax described in this paragraph cannot be reduced under an income tax treaty with the United States. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our Class A common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, AS WELL AS TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX LAWS SUCH AS ESTATE AND GIFT TAX.

 

160


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock being offered. Subject to certain conditions, the underwriters will severally agree to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Allen & Company LLC

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity LLC

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters will commit to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters will have an option to buy up to an additional                  shares of our Class A common stock to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                  additional shares.

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                   $               

Total

   $      $  

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our executive officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock have agreed or will agree with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC; provided that such restricted period will end with respect to 25% of the shares subject to each lock-up agreement if at any time beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus (i) we have filed at least one quarterly report on Form 10-Q or annual report on Form 10-K and (ii) the last reported closing price of our Class A common stock is at least 33% greater than the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock for ten out of any 15 consecutive trading days, including the last day, ending on

 

161


Table of Contents

or after the 90th day after the date of this prospectus; provided, further that if such restricted period ends during a trading black-out period, the restricted period will end one business day following the date that we announce our earnings results for the previous quarter. The consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is required to release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice, provided that, when and as required by FINRA Rule 5131, at least two business days before the release or waiver of any applicable lock-up, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will notify us of the impending release or waiver and announce the impending release or waiver through a major news service, except where the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of securities that is not for consideration and where the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same lock-up agreement terms in place for the transferor. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares of our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of the business potential, and earnings prospects of our company, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ZUO.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions, and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the

 

162


Table of Contents

market price of our Class A common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                  million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to $                  of expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage, and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, and employees may purchase, sell, or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps, and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities, and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise), and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color, or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities, or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities, and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:

 

  (i) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (ii) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for any such offer; or

 

  (iii) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

 

163


Table of Contents

provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended), including by Directive 2010/73/EU, and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

This European Economic Area selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (i) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act), or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of twelve months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation, or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any

 

164


Table of Contents

securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives, and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor. Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts, or NI 33-105, the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the  Autorité des Marchés Financiers  or of the competent authority of another Member State and notified to the  Autorité des Marchés Financiers . The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares has been or will be:

 

  (i) released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued, or distributed to the public in France; or

 

  (ii) used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares to the public in France.

 

165


Table of Contents

Such offers, sales, and distributions will be made in France only to qualified investors ( investisseurs qualifiés ) and/or to persons providing investment services relating to portfolio management for the account of third parties ( personnes fournissant le service d’investissement de gestion de portefeuille pour compte de tiers ) as defined in, and in accordance with, articles L.411-1, L.411-2 and D.411-1 of the French  Code monétaire et financier .

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation, or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

New Zealand

The shares offered hereby have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly in New Zealand and no offering materials or advertisements have been or will be distributed in relation to any offer of shares in New Zealand, in each case other than:

 

  (i) to persons whose principal business is the investment of money or who, in the course of and for the purposes of their business, habitually invest money; or

 

  (ii) to persons who in all the circumstances can properly be regarded as having been selected otherwise than as members of the public; or

 

  (iii) to persons who are each required to pay a minimum subscription price of at least NZ$500,000 for the shares before the allotment of those shares (disregarding any amounts payable, or paid, out of money lent by the issuer or any associated person of the issuer); or

 

  (iv) in other circumstances where there is no contravention of the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand (or any statutory modification or re-enactment of, or statutory substitution for, the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand).

 

166


Table of Contents

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore, or Regulation 32.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

167


Table of Contents

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

168


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the issuance of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California, is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of January 31, 2017 and 2018 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 31, 2018 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Leeyo Software, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2016 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP, independent auditors, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the Class A common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference section maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.zuora.com. Upon the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only. The information contained in or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and investors should not rely on such information in making a decision to purchase our Class A common stock in this offering.

 

169


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

ZUORA, INC.

  
     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC.

  

Report of Independent Auditor

     F-39  

Consolidated Balance Sheet

     F-40  

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-41  

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-42  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-43  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-44  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-61  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

Zuora, Inc. and subsidiaries:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Zuora, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of January 31, 2017 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of January 31, 2017 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2011.

San Francisco, California

March 16, 2018

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    As of January 31,     Pro Forma as of
January 31,
2018
 
    2017     2018    

Assets

        (unaudited

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 72,645     $ 48,208    

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,572 and $3,292 as of January 31, 2017 and January 31, 2018, respectively

    25,396       49,764    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    5,133       9,302    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    103,174       107,274    

Property and equipment, net

    9,172       10,204    

Restricted cash

    5,237       5,155    

Purchased intangibles, net

    953       11,292    

Goodwill

    1,521       20,614    

Other assets

    411       827    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 120,468     $ 155,366    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

  $ 2,290     $ 2,572    

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    6,549       24,496    

Accrued employee liabilities

    10,249       17,701    

Lease obligation, current portion

    1,869       1,066    

Debt, current portion

          2,917    

Deferred revenue, current portion

    42,554       66,058    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    63,511       114,810    

Debt, net of current portion

          12,052    

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    482       346    

Lease obligation, net of current portion

    958       324    

Other long-term liabilities

    537       1,168    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

    65,488       128,700    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (note 13)

     

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Convertible preferred stock - $0.0001 par value; 123,968,054 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding as of January 31, 2017 and 2018; Aggregate liquidation preference of $247,525 as of January 31, 2017 and 2018; no shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    12       12     $  

Common stock - $0.0001 par value; 214,000,000 shares authorized as of January 31, 2017 and 223,700,000 shares authorized as of January 31, 2018; 49,270,851 and 61,048,792 shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; 185,016,846 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    5       6       18  

Additional paid-in capital

    266,982       286,143       286,143  

Related party receivable

          (1,281     (1,281

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

    (489     471       471  

Accumulated deficit

    (211,530     (258,685     (258,685
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    54,980       26,666     $ 26,666  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 120,468     $ 155,366    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2016     2017     2018  

Revenue:

      

Subscription

   $ 68,228     $ 89,836     $ 120,373  

Professional services

     23,956       23,172       47,553  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     92,184       113,008       167,926  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

      

Subscription

     17,820       22,840       31,077  

Professional services

     25,540       25,322       48,829  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     43,360       48,162       79,906  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     48,824       64,846       88,020  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     20,485       26,355       38,639  

Sales and marketing

     64,508       62,384       73,087  

General and administrative

     11,979       15,140       22,572  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     96,972       103,879       134,298  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (48,148     (39,033     (46,278

Interest and other (expense) income, net

     (528     219       252  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (48,676     (38,814     (46,026

Income tax benefit (provision)

     469       (284     (1,129
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (48,207     (39,098     (47,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (191     (470     960  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (48,398   $ (39,568   $ (46,195
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (1.07   $ (0.82   $ (0.89
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in calculating net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     44,853       47,686       53,099  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       $ (0.27
      

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding used in calculating pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

         177,067  
      

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands)

 

    Convertible
preferred stock
    Common stock     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Related Party
Receivable
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
(loss) Income
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total
stockholders’
equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount            

Balance, January 31, 2015

    120,823     $ 12       45,521     $ 4     $ 243,014     $     $ 172     $ (124,225   $ 118,977  

Equity-based compensation

                            3,661                         3,661  

Issuance of Series F Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs of $505

    3,145                         11,445                         11,445  

Lapse of restrictions on common stock related to early exercise of stock options

                            887                         887  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants

                2,057       1       1,307                         1,308  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                        (191           (191

Net loss

                                              (48,207     (48,207
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, January 31, 2016

    123,968       12       47,578       5       260,314             (19     (172,432     87,880  

Equity-based compensation

                            4,383                         4,383  

Lapse of restrictions on common stock related to early exercise of stock options

                            731                         731  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants

                1,693             1,554                         1,554  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                        (470           (470

Net loss

                                              (39,098     (39,098
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, January 31, 2017

    123,968       12       49,271       5       266,982             (489     (211,530     54,980  

Equity-based compensation

                            8,990                         8,990  

Lapse of restrictions on common stock related to early exercise of stock options

                            734                         734  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                3,806             3,483                         3,483  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                        960             960  

Issuance of common stock in connection with the acquisition of Leeyo Software, Inc.

                7,972       1       5,954                         5,955  

Related party notes receivable

                                  (1,281                 (1,281

Net loss

                                              (47,155     (47,155
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, January 31, 2018

    123,968     $ 12       61,049     $ 6     $ 286,143     $ (1,281   $ 471     $ (258,685   $ 26,666  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2016     2017     2018  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (48,207   $ (39,098   $ (47,155

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     3,857       4,551       6,550  

Equity-based compensation

     3,661       4,383       8,990  

Provision for doubtful accounts

     2,421       3,095       3,306  

Deferred income taxes

     (864            

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (8,535     (7,562     (20,983

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (1,192     (1,099     (3,215

Other Assets

                 (166

Accounts payable

     1,060       (428     (3,774

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     2,146       (25     3,422  

Accrued employee liabilities

     1,639       3,304       6,371  

Deferred revenue

     6,655       7,904       21,290  

Other long-term liabilities

                 544  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (37,359     (24,975     (24,820
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchases of property and equipment

     (3,169     (3,776     (4,698

(Increase) decrease in restricted cash

     (204     (1,150     126  

(Payments for) releases of deposits, net

     (282     91        

Business combinations, net of cash acquired

     (2,532           (11,420
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (6,187     (4,835     (15,992
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Payments under capital leases

     (1,567     (1,982     (2,081

Proceeds from debt, net of issuance costs

                 14,969  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants

     1,650       1,621       4,453  

Repurchases of early exercised common stock options

     (296     (67     (2

Payments of offering costs

     (3,790           (643

Payments under related party notes receivables

                 (1,281

Repayments of payable

     (399            

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     11,445              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     7,043       (428     15,415  

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (191     (470     960  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (36,694     (30,708     (24,437

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     140,047       103,353       72,645  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 103,353     $ 72,645     $ 48,208  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 145     $ 160     $ 421  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for tax

   $ 97     $ 402     $ 952  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities:

      

Property and equipment acquired under capital leases

   $ 3,357     $ 1,264     $ 644  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lapse in restrictions on early exercised common stock options

   $ 887     $ 731     $ 734  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment purchases in accounts payable

   $ 73     $ 16     $ 171  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued acquisition-related payments

   $     $     $ 12,558  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued interest on related party notes receivable

   $     $     $ 5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs accrued but not paid

   $     $     $ 1,817  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Zuora, Inc., including its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), was incorporated in the state of Delaware in 2006 and began operations in 2007. The Company’s fiscal year ends on January 31. The Company is headquartered in San Mateo, California.

The Company provides cloud-based software on a subscription basis that enables any company in any industry to successfully launch, manage, and transform into, a subscription business. Architected specifically for dynamic, recurring subscription business models, Zuora functions as an intelligent hub that automates and orchestrates the entire subscription order-to-cash process. The Company’s cloud-based software solution is the new system of record for subscription businesses.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Foreign Currency

The functional currencies of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are the respective local currencies. Translation adjustments arising from the use of differing exchange rates from period to period are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss within the consolidated balance sheets. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss and were not material for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018. All assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate during the period, and equity balances are translated using historical exchange rates.

Segment Information

The Company operates as one operating segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer, who reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance, and allocating resources.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

The Company generates revenue primarily from two sources: (1) subscription services which is comprised of revenue from subscription fees from customers accessing the Company’s cloud-based software and (2) professional services and other revenue which consists primarily of fees from consultation services to support business process mapping, configuration, data migration, integration, and training. Subscription services revenue is recognized on a ratable basis over the related subscription period beginning on the date the customer is first given access to the system (i.e., provision date). The Company recognizes professional services revenue once the revenue recognition criteria have been met based on a proportional performance method for fixed price engagements or as the service is being provided for time and material based contracts. In most cases, the customers do not have the contractual right to take possession of the Company’s software. However, certain contracts inherited with the Company’s acquisition of Leeyo Software, Inc. (“Leeyo”) do give the customer the right to take possession of the software. These contracts are described below under “—Leeyo On-Premise Arrangements.”

The Company commences revenue recognition when all of the following conditions are met:

 

    there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

    the service is being provided to the customer;

 

    the collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and

 

    the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

Revenue from new customer acquisitions is often generated under subscription agreements with multiple elements, comprised of subscription services fees from customers accessing its on-demand application suite and professional services associated with consultation services. The Company evaluates each element in a multiple-element arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has stand-alone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable and within the Company’s control. Subscription services have stand-alone value because they are routinely sold separately by the Company. Professional services have stand-alone value because the Company has sold professional services separately and there are several third-party vendors that routinely contract directly with the customer and provide these services to the customer on a stand-alone basis.

The Company allocates revenue to each element in an arrangement based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for an element is based on its vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if available; third-party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available; or estimated selling price (“ESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The Company determines whether VSOE can be established for elements of its arrangements by reviewing the prices at which such elements are sold in stand-alone arrangements. Through January 31, 2018, the Company has established VSOE for professional services included in Leeyo transactions that are sold stand-alone and has not been able to establish VSOE or TPE for the other elements of its arrangements. Therefore, the Company establishes the ESP for those other elements. The Company establishes ESP for its professional services elements included in Zuora transactions primarily by considering the actual sales prices of the element when sold on a stand-alone basis and ESP for its subscription software when sold on a stand-alone basis and when sold together with other elements. The consideration allocated to subscription services is recognized as revenue over the noncancelable contract period on a straight-line basis. The consideration allocated to professional services is recognized as revenue once the revenue recognition criteria have been met based on a proportional performance method for fixed price engagements or as the service is being provided for time and material based contracts.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met. Arrangements with customers do not provide the customer with the right to take possession of the software supporting the on-demand application service. Sales and other taxes collected from customers to be remitted to government authorities are reported on a net basis and, therefore, excluded from revenue. The Company classifies reimbursements received from clients for out-of-pocket expenses as professional services revenue as incurred.

Subscription agreements generally have terms ranging from one to three years and are generally invoiced annually or quarterly in advance over the term. The professional services component of the arrangements is generally earned during the first year of the subscription period depending on the size and complexity of the business utilizing the platform service.

The subscription agreements occasionally provide service-level uptime commitments per period, excluding scheduled maintenance. The failure to meet this level of service availability may require the Company to credit qualifying customers up to the value of an entire month of their platform fees. Based on the Company’s historical experience of consistently meeting its service-level commitments, the Company does not currently have any reserves for these commitments.

Leeyo On-Premise Arrangements

The Company acquired Leeyo on May 31, 2017. Leeyo had previously entered into a few customer agreements where the customer was entitled to take possession of the software on its premises. These arrangements were typically sold through a term license (“term-based license”). Term-based license revenue contracts where the customer is entitled to take possession of the software are governed by ASC 985-605, Software — Revenue Recognition.

For term-based license arrangements, the Company sells the software license and related maintenance as a bundle and recognizes the total contracted amount ratably over the term of the arrangement beginning upon delivery of the software once the revenue recognition criteria have been met. The Company is not able to establish VSOE for the maintenance and support for those licenses as those elements are not sold separately. For term-based licenses sold with professional services, the entire arrangement consideration including professional services is recognized ratably over the term of the term-based license.

Term-based license revenue and related maintenance (PCS) are included in subscription revenue in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of subscription revenue primarily consists of costs relating to the hosting of the Company’s cloud-based software platform, including salaries and benefits of technical operations and support personnel, data communications costs, allocated overhead and property and equipment depreciation, and the amortization of internal-use software and purchased intangibles.

Cost of professional services revenue primarily consists of the costs of delivering implementation services to customers of the Company’s cloud-based software platform, including salaries and benefits of professional services personnel and fees for third party resources used in the delivery of implementation services.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Advertising Expense

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. For the periods presented, advertising expense was not material.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant Clients and Suppliers

The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and restricted cash. The Company deposits its cash and restricted cash primarily with one financial institution, and accordingly, such deposits regularly exceed federally insured limits.

No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenue or accounts receivable balance in any of the periods presented.

Geographical Information

Revenue by country from customers, based on the customer’s address at the time of sale, was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  

United States

   $ 67,575      $ 83,385      $ 125,275  

Others

     24,609        29,623        42,651  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 92,184      $ 113,008      $ 167,926  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other than the United States, no individual country exceeded 10% of total revenue for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018.

Property and equipment by geographic location is based on the location of the legal entity that owns the asset. As of January 31, 2017 and January 31, 2018, substantially all of the Company’s property and equipment was located in the United States.

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original or remaining maturities of three months or less on the purchase date to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents carrying value approximate fair value and consist primarily of bank deposits and money market funds.

Restricted cash consists of letters of credit held with the Company’s financial institution related to capital and operating lease agreements and are classified as current or long-term in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets based on the maturities of the underlying letters of credit.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, other accrued expense, and capital lease obligations, approximate their fair values due to their relatively short maturity, and in the case of leases, market interest rates.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements establishes a three-tier hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level input

  

Input definition

Level 1    Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets
Level 2    Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability through corroboration with market data at the measurement date
Level 3    Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date

In general, and where applicable, the Company uses quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities to determine fair value. If quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities are not available to determine fair value, then the Company uses quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities or inputs other than the quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly.

The Company does not have any significant assets or liabilities that utilize Level 2 or Level 3 (unobservable) inputs. As of January 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company held cash equivalents and restricted cash of approximately $74.6 million and $35.1 million, respectively, in money market funds measured at fair value using Level 1 inputs.

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable consists of client obligations due under normal trade terms, and are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts that is based upon historical loss patterns, the number of days that billings are past due, and an evaluation of the potential risk of loss related to problem accounts.

The allowance for doubtful accounts consists of the following activity (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2017     2018  

Allowance for doubtful accounts, beginning balance

   $ 3,130     $ 2,572  

Additions

    

Charged to Revenue

     3,095       3,306  

Charged to Deferred Revenue

     1,600       2,419  

Deductions

    

Write offs to Revenue

     (3,077     (2,686

Write offs to Deferred Revenue

     (2,176     (2,319
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts, ending balance

   $ 2,572     $ 3,292  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

are depreciated over the shorter of their remaining related lease term or estimated useful life. When assets are retired, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from their respective accounts, and any gain or loss on such sale or disposal is reflected in operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

Business Combinations

When the Company acquires a business, management allocates the purchase price to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Any residual purchase price is recorded as goodwill. The allocation of the purchase price requires management to make significant estimates in determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, especially with respect to intangible assets. These estimates can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future, the appropriate weighted average cost of capital, and the cost savings expected to be derived from acquiring an asset. These estimates are inherently uncertain and unpredictable.

Goodwill, Acquired Intangible Assets, and Impairment Assessment of Long-Lived Assets

Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess purchase consideration of an acquired business over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment annually on December 31, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. Triggering events that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate or a significant decrease in expected cash flows. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount and determine whether further action is needed. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. No impairment charges were recorded during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018.

Acquired Intangible Assets. Acquired intangible assets consist of developed technology, customer relationships, and a trade name, resulting from the Company’s acquisitions. Acquired intangible assets are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition and amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis.

Impairment of Long -Lived Assets. The carrying amounts of long-lived assets, including property and equipment, capitalized internal-use software, and acquired intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable or that the useful life is shorter than originally estimated. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows the asset is expected to generate over its remaining life. If the asset is determined to be impaired, the amount of any impairment recognized is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset. If the useful life is shorter than originally estimated, the Company amortizes the remaining carrying value over the new shorter useful life. There were no impairments recognized for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Internal-Use Software and Web Site Development Costs

The Company capitalizes costs related to developing new functionality for its suite of products that are hosted by the Company and accessed by its customers on a subscription basis. The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional functionality. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental, are capitalized until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Capitalized costs are recorded as part of property and equipment, net in our consolidated balance sheets. Maintenance and training costs are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, generally three years. There were no impairments to internal-use software during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018. The Company did not incur any significant website development costs during the periods presented. The Company capitalized $1.1 million, $2.3 million, and $1.2 million in internal-use software during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018, respectively. Amortization expense of internal-use software and website development costs for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018 was $0.4 million, $0.6 million, and $1.2 million, respectively, and is included in cost of subscription revenue in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset-and-liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, the Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the net amount that the Company believes is more likely than not to be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company has considered its historical levels of income, expectations of future taxable income and ongoing tax planning strategies. Because of the uncertainty of the realization of the deferred tax assets, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets. Realization of its deferred tax assets is dependent primarily upon future U.S. taxable income.

The Company recognizes and measures tax benefits from uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach.

The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained in an audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Significant judgment is required to evaluate uncertain tax positions.

Although the Company believes that it has adequately reserved for its uncertain tax positions, it can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. The Company evaluates its uncertain tax position on a regular basis and evaluations are based on a number of factors, including changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of an audit and effective settlement of audit issues.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any accruals that the Company believes are appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist primarily of accounting, legal, and other fees related to the Company’s proposed initial public offering (“IPO”). The deferred offering costs will be offset against IPO proceeds upon the consummation of the IPO. In the event the offering is aborted, deferred offering costs will be expensed. As January 31, 2018, there was $2.5 million in deferred offering costs in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheet. There were no deferred offering costs as of January 31, 2016 or 2017.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for its employee and director stock-based compensation awards including stock options, restricted stock, and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) based on the award’s estimated grant date fair value. Stock-based compensation expense associated with these awards is recorded in its consolidated statements of operations.

The Company estimates the fair value of its stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The resulting fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. Stock options generally vest over two to four years and have a contractual term of ten years.

The Company estimates the fair value of its restricted stock and RSU grants based on the grant date fair value of the Company’s common stock. The resulting fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, which is generally three to four years. Estimated forfeitures are based upon the Company’s historical experience and the Company revises its estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from initial estimates.

Determining the grant date fair value of options, restricted stock, and RSUs requires management to make assumptions and judgments. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and if different assumptions had been used, stock-based compensation expense could have been materially different from the amounts recorded.

The assumptions and estimates for valuing stock options are as follows:

Fair value per share of Company’s common stock.     Because there is no public market for the Company’s common stock, the Company’s Board of Directors, with the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist, determined the common stock fair value at the time of the grant of stock options by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including the Company’s actual operating and financial performance, market conditions and performance of comparable publicly traded companies, developments and milestones in the Company, the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, and transactions involving the Company’s common stock, among other factors. The fair value of the underlying common stock will be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors until such time as the

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Company’s common stock commences trading on an established stock exchange or national market system. The fair value of the Company’s common stock has been determined in accordance with applicable elements of the practice aid issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation .

Expected volatility.     The Company determines the expected volatility based on historical average volatilities of similar publicly traded companies corresponding to the expected term of the awards.

Expected term.     The Company determines the expected term of awards which contain only service conditions using the simplified approach, in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award, as the Company does not have sufficient historical data relating to stock-option exercises.

Risk-free interest rate.     The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect during the period the options were granted corresponding to the expected term of the awards.

Estimated dividend yield.     The estimated dividend yield is zero, as the Company does not currently intend to declare dividends in the foreseeable future.

The following information represents the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2016     2017     2018  

Fair value of common stock

   $ 1.65 - $1.74     $ 1.54 - $1.64     $ 1.64 - $3.74

Expected volatility

     46.86     43.48     41.28

Expected term (years)

     5.98       6.00       5.80  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.69     1.43     2.06

Expected dividend yield

                  

Net Loss per Share

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Options subject to early exercise that are exercised prior to vesting are excluded from the computation of weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding until such shares have vested. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period increased by giving effect to all potentially dilutive securities to the extent they are dilutive. The dilutive effect of potentially dilutive securities is reflected in diluted net loss per share by application of the treasury stock method.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

As an “emerging growth company,” the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”) allows the Company to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act. The adoption dates discussed below reflect this election.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In May 2014, the FASB (“Financial Accounting Standards Board”) issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”) and has modified the standard thereafter. These standards replace existing revenue recognition rules with a comprehensive revenue measurement and recognition standard and expanded disclosure requirements. ASU 2014-09, as amended, becomes effective for public companies for the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within that year. Private companies have an additional year to adopt the standard. The two permitted transition methods under the new standard are the full retrospective method, under which ASU 2014-09 would be applied to each prior reporting period presented and the cumulative effect of applying the standard would be recognized at the earliest period shown, or the modified retrospective method, under which the cumulative effect of applying ASU 2014-09 would be recognized at the date of initial application. The Company plans to adopt the new revenue standard when it becomes effective for the Company for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020 (i.e., effective February 1, 2019). The Company is currently in the process of determining what method of adoption it plans to use. The Company is currently assessing the effect the guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.

The adoption also affects the deferral of incremental commission costs of obtaining subscription contracts, which previously were expensed as incurred. Under the new standard, the Company will defer all incremental commission costs to obtain the contract and amortize them over the expected period of benefit. The Company is currently assessing the expected period of benefit.

In addition, the new standard will expand the disclosures to be made in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, including disaggregation of revenue, information on contract balances, deferred contract acquisition costs, performance obligations, and remaining performance obligations.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (“ASU 2015-17”), which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes. ASU 2015-17 provides presentation requirements to classify deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted for any interim and annual financial statements that have not yet been issued and may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. The Company has not yet adopted ASU 2015-17 and does not expect the adoption to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01 (Subtopic 825-10), Financial Instruments —Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”), which primarily affects the accounting for equity investments, financial liabilities under the fair value option and the presentation, and disclosure requirements for financial instruments. In addition, the FASB clarified guidance related to the valuation allowance assessment when recognizing deferred tax assets resulting from unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities. The accounting for other financial instruments, such as loans, investments in debt securities, and financial liabilities is largely unchanged. ASU 2016-01 is effective for fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has not yet adopted ASU 2016-01 and is currently evaluating the impact of adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 (Topic 842)— Leases (“ASU 2016-02”), which supersedes the guidance in topic ASC 840, Leases. The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than 12 months regardless of their classification. Leases with a term of 12 months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases today. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has not yet adopted ASU 2016-02 and is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09 (Topic 718), Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASU 2016-09”), which aligns with the FASB’s current simplification initiatives. The major areas for simplification in ASU 2016-09 involve several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. Specifically, ASU 2016-09 has introduced updates to minimum statutory tax withholding requirements, policy elections surrounding forfeitures, expected term, intrinsic values, and changes to the classification of certain share-based payment related transactions on the statement of cash flows. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. An entity that elects early adoption must adopt all of the aforementioned amendments in the same period and follow the specific transition methods as outlined in the ASU 2016-09. The Company has not yet adopted ASU 2016-09 and is currently evaluating the impact of adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18 (Topic 230)— Statement of Cash Flows, Restricted Cash (“ASU 2016-18”), which amends the guidance in ASC 230 Statement of Cash Flows and requires that entities show the changes in total of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and restricted cash equivalents in their statement of cash flows. As a result, entities will no longer present transfers between cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-18 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years, and is applied retrospectively when adopted. Early adoption is permitted. The Company plans to adopt ASU 2016-18 on February 1, 2018 and expects the adoption to have a significant impact on its statements of cash flows. Once adopted, the Company will present its cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash together as a single line item in its consolidated balance sheets and will no longer present the changes in restricted cash within cash provided by (used in) investing activities in its consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company had a total restricted cash balance of $5.2 million as of January 31, 2018.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01,  Business Combinations  (Topic 805) Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”), which amends the guidance of FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, “Business Combinations,” adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill, and consolidation. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and early adoption is permitted under certain circumstances. The Company adopted this guidance effective February 1, 2018 and does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04,  Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment  (“ASU 2017-04”), which removes the second step of the goodwill impairment test that requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. A goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and will be applied prospectively. The Company has not yet adopted ASU 2017-04 and does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09,  Compensation-Stock Compensation  (Topic 718)  Scope of Modification Accounting  (“ASU 2017-09”), which clarifies which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award are subject to the guidance on modification accounting. Entities would apply the modification accounting guidance unless the value, vesting requirements, and classification of a share-based payment award are the same immediately before and after a change to the terms or conditions of the award. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and would be applied prospectively to awards modified on or after the effective date. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is adopting this guidance in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2019 and is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

(2) Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of January 31,  
     2017      2018  

Prepaid software subscriptions

   $ 2,335      $ 3,239  

Capitalized offering costs

            2,460  

Prepaid rent

     435        657  

Taxes

     356        533  

Prepaid hosting costs

     450        486  

Short-term deposits

     200        480  

Prepaid insurance

     589        445  

Prepaid employee-related costs

     74        132  

Other

     694        870  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,133      $ 9,302  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(3) Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of January 31,  
     2017     2018  

Servers

   $ 10,290     $ 11,283  

Computer equipment

     4,901       6,885  

Software

     5,477       7,148  

Leasehold improvements

     1,121       1,968  

Furniture and fixtures

     714       1,446  

Vehicles

           25  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     22,503       28,755  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (13,331     (18,551
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,172     $ 10,204  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $3.9 million, $3.8 million, and $5.0 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018, respectively, and is included in operating expenses and cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Internal-use software amortization recorded to cost of subscription revenue was $0.3 million, $0.5 million, and $1.2 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018, respectively.

(4) Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes the other intangible asset balances (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2017  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
 

Developed technology

   $ 2,144      $ (1,191   $ 953  

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2018  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
 

Developed technology

   $ 7,697      $ (2,666   $ 5,031  

Customer relationships

     5,933        (494     5,439  

Trade name

     909        (87     822  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 14,539      $ (3,247   $ 11,292  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense related to other intangible assets was approximately $0.5 million, $0.7 million, and $2.1 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018, respectively, and is included in operating expenses and cost of subscription revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table presents the Company’s estimate of remaining amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years and thereafter for finite-lived intangible assets as of January 31, 2018 (in thousands):

 

2019

   $ 2,250  

2020

     1,979  

2021

     1,962  

2022

     1,962  

2023

     1,235  

Thereafter

     1,904  
  

 

 

 
   $ 11,292  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

On May 31, 2017, the Company acquired Leeyo in a business combination, which resulted in $19.1 million of additional goodwill and assembled workforce (see Note 10).

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill was as follows (in thousands):

 

Goodwill as of January 31, 2016

   $  1,521  

Activity during fiscal 2017

     —    
  

 

 

 

Goodwill as of January 31, 2017

     1,521  

Goodwill resulting from the acquisition of Leeyo

     19,093  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill as of January 31, 2018

   $ 20,614  
  

 

 

 

The Company, which has one reporting unit, performed an annual test for goodwill impairment on December 1 of the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018, and determined that goodwill was not impaired. In addition, there have been no significant events or circumstances affecting the valuation of goodwill subsequent to the Company’s annual assessment. Furthermore, no events or changes in circumstances have occurred to suggest that the carrying amounts for any of the Company’s long-lived assets or identifiable intangible assets may be non-recoverable. As such, the Company was not required to reevaluate the recoverability of its long-lived assets.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(5) Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of January 31,  
     2017      2018  

Accrued acquisition-related payments

   $ —        $ 12,558  

Accrued goods and services taxes

     2,488        2,488  

Accrued outside services

     —          1,835  

Accrued IPO-related costs

     —          1,120  

Accrued legal fees

     68        828  

Employee early exercised stock options

     397        556  

Accrued sales and use tax liability

     816        431  

Accrued foreign income taxes

     462        221  

Accrued other consulting services

     387        171  

Other accrued expenses

     1,931        4,288  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,549      $ 24,496  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(6) Other Long-Term Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of January 31,  
     2017        2018  

Long-term income taxes payable

   $ —          $ 472  

Deferred rent, net of current portion

     472          356  

Early exercised common stock options

     65          139  

Other

     —            201  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

   $   537        $ 1,168  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

(7) Debt

On June 14, 2017, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (“Debt Agreement”) with Silicon Valley Bank. The Debt Agreement established a revolving loan and a term loan facility in the amount of $10.0 million and $30.0 million, respectively.

Revolving Loan. The Debt Agreement allows the Company to borrow up to $10.0 million until June 2019 in revolving loans. The revolving loan is intended to support working capital and general corporate uses and is available to the Company to draw down upon anytime up to 24 months from the effective date of the agreement. Advances drawn down under the revolving loan incur interest at the prime rate as published by the Wall Street Journal (“WSJ Prime Rate”) which is due monthly on any amounts drawn down, with the principal due at maturity. Any outstanding amounts must be fully repaid before June 14, 2019. The Company is required to pay an annual fee of $20,000 on this revolving loan, regardless of any amounts drawn down. As of January 31, 2018, the Company had not drawn down any amounts under this revolving loan.

Term Loan. The Debt Agreement allows the Company to borrow up to $30.0 million in the form of term loans. In June 2017, the Company drew down $15.0 million to partially finance the acquisition of

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Leeyo, and the remaining $15.0 million is available for borrowing until June 14, 2018. Any outstanding amounts drawn down under the term loan accrue interest at the WSJ Prime rate plus 1.00%. The interest rate was 5.5% as of January 31, 2018. The Company is required to make monthly payments of interest with respect to any amounts borrowed until June 2018 and subsequently must make equal monthly payments of principal and interest over the following 36 months. The Company may prepay all outstanding principal and accrued interest at any time without penalty. The Company will incur a facility fee of 1.5% upon the earlier to occur of prepayment or the termination of the facility. As of January 31, 2018, the Company had $15.0 million outstanding under the term loan.

Both the revolving loan and the term loan are subject to a certain financial covenant to maintain an adjusted quick ratio of no less than 1.10:1.00. As of January 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with this financial covenant. The Debt Agreement also imposes certain limitations with respect to lines of business, mergers, investments and acquisitions, additional indebtedness, distributions, guarantees, liens, and encumbrances. The Company was also in compliance with these restrictions as of January 31, 2018.

The Company incurred transaction costs and fees payable to the lender related to the issuance of the Term Loan. The amount, net of amortization, is immaterial and is presented as a reduction to the carrying amount of the term loan and is presented under debt in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s indebtedness under the Debt Agreement is secured by a lien on substantially all of its assets, including its intellectual property.

The following table represents costs incurred related to the Debt Agreement (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year
Ended
January 31,
2018
 

Interest expense

   $ 510  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     8  

Bank fees

     20  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 538  
  

 

 

 

Expected future payments, including approximately $1.6 million in interest, for borrowings under the Debt Agreement, based on current rates, would be as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal years ending January 31:

      

2019

   $ 3,712  

2020

     5,545  

2021

     5,268  

2022

     2,112  

Thereafter

     —    
  

 

 

 
   $ 16,637  
  

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(8) Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

Components of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income were as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of January 31,  
     2017      2018  

Beginning accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ (19    $ (489

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (470      960  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (489    $ 471  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss during the periods presented.

(9) Income Taxes

The following table presents the loss before income taxes for domestic and foreign operations (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  

Domestic

   $ (50,970    $ (40,846    $ (49,489

Foreign

     2,294        2,032        3,463  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   $ (48,676    $ (38,814    $ (46,026
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The benefit (provision) for income taxes was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  

Current:

        

Federal

   $      $      $  

State

     (58      (46       

International

     (337      (238      (1,129
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (395      (284      (1,129
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

Federal

     709                

State

     155                

International

                    

Valuation allowance

                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     864                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (provision)

   $ 469      $ (284    $ (1,129
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of January 31,  
     2017     2018  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 75,064     $ 64,844  

Tax credit carryforwards

     5,373       6,413  

Allowances and other

     4,934       3,284  

Depreciation and amortization

     914       1,105  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 86,285     $ 75,646  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Allowances and other

   $ (6,651   $ (935

Intangibles

           (3,709
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (6,651     (4,644
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (79,634     (70,900
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $     $ 102  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has assessed, based on available evidence, both positive and negative, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be utilized, such that a valuation allowance has been recorded. The valuation allowance increased by $16.3 million and decreased by $8.7 million, respectively, for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2018.

As of January 31, 2017, the Company had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $184.4 million and $153.2 million, respectively, available to offset future taxable income. As of January 31, 2018, the Company had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $235.4 million and $181.2 million, respectively, available to offset future taxable income. If not utilized, these carryforward losses will expire in various amounts for federal and state tax purposes beginning in 2027 and 2028, respectively.

The Company had approximately $4.9 million and $5.8 million of federal and state research and development tax credits, respectively, available to offset future income taxes as of January 31, 2017, and approximately $5.5 million and $6.5 million of federal and state research and development tax credits, respectively, available to offset future income taxes as of January 31, 2018. If not utilized, the federal credits will begin to expire in 2029. California state research and development tax credits may be carried forward indefinitely.

Utilization of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and other similar state provisions. Any annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operation loss and tax credit carryforwards before utilization.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was signed into law. The Act changed many aspects of U.S. corporate income taxation and included reduction of the corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, implementation of a territorial tax system and imposition of a tax on

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

deemed repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. As of January 31, 2018, the Company had not completed its accounting for the tax effects of enactment of the Act; however, the Company has made a reasonable estimate of the effects on its existing deferred tax balances and the one-time transition tax. The Company will continue to assess its provision for income taxes as future guidance is issued, but does not currently anticipate significant revisions will be necessary. Any such revisions will be treated in accordance with the measurement period guidance outlined in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118.

Furthermore, under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“Tax Reform Act”), although the treatment of tax losses generated in taxable years ending before December 31, 2017 has generally not changed, tax losses generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 may be utilized to offset no more than 80% of taxable income annually. This change may require us to pay federal income taxes in future years despite generating a loss for federal income tax purposes in prior years.

As part of the transition to the new territorial tax system, the Act imposes a one-time tax on a deemed repatriation of historical earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Based on the current evaluation of the Company’s operations, a repatriation tax charge of $0.3 million is anticipated. The Company will continue to assess its provision for income taxes as future guidance is issued, but does not currently anticipate significant revisions will be necessary. Any such revisions will be treated in accordance with the measurement period guidance outlined in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118.

The amount of accumulated foreign earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries was immaterial as of January 31, 2018. If the Company’s foreign earnings were repatriated, additional tax expense might result. Any additional taxes associated with such repatriation would be immaterial.

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to the Company’s benefit (provision) for income tax was as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2016      2017     2018  
     Amount     Percent      Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  

Federal income tax benefit at statutory rates

   $ 16,550       34.0    $ 13,197       34.0   $ 15,556       33.8

State income taxes, net of effect of federal

     2,187       4.5        1,030       2.7       6,634       14.4  

Permanent differences

     (1,161     (2.4      (965     (2.5     (1,094     (2.4

Federal and state R&D credits

     1,028       2.1        1,649       4.2       1,221       2.7  

Foreign income tax

     (337     (0.7      (238     (0.6     (918     (2

Change in state rate

     (26     (0.1                         

Other

     1,146       2.4        1,325       3.4       (32,385     (70.4

Change in valuation allowance

     (18,918     (38.9      (16,282     (41.9     9,857       21.4  
  

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income tax benefit (provision)

   $ 469       1.0      $ (284     (0.7   $ (1,129     (2.5
  

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

   

The Company is required to inventory, evaluate, and measure all uncertain tax positions taken or to be taken on tax returns and to record liabilities for the amount of such positions that may not be sustained, or may only partially be sustained, upon examination by the relevant taxing authorities. As of January 31, 2017, the Company’s total gross unrecognized tax benefits were $5.4 million exclusive of interest and penalties described below. As of January 31, 2018, the Company’s total gross

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

unrecognized tax benefits were $5.9 million exclusive of interest and penalties described below. Because of the Company’s valuation allowance position, $0.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would reduce the effective tax rate in a future period. The Company does not expect that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within 12 months of the reporting date.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of uncertain tax position is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2017      2018  

Gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of the beginning of the period

   $ 3,723      $ 5,373  

Increase related to prior year tax provisions

            921  

Decrease related to prior year tax provisions

            (1,649

Increase related to current year tax provisions

     1,650        1,273  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of the end of the period

   $ 5,373      $ 5,918  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company files tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions, Australia, China, France, Japan, and the United Kingdom. All tax years remain subject to examination by tax authorities due to the carryforward of unutilized net operating losses and research and development credits.

During the 12 months ended January 31, 2017, the Company did not recognize interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits. During the 12 months ended January 31, 2018, the Company recognized interest and penalties of $0.1 million associated with unrecognized tax benefits.

(10) Business Combinations

Frontleaf, Inc.

The Company acquired Frontleaf, Inc. (“Frontleaf”), a provider of customer usage analytics, in May 2015 as part of its effort to build software services that enable companies to gather and analyze subscriber data. To estimate the value of purchased technology, the Company estimated the costs necessary to recreate the technology obtained in the acquisition. The residual purchase price was recorded as goodwill. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.

The Company acquired all of Frontleaf’s common stock on May 19, 2015, for total cash consideration of approximately $2.5 million, in order to obtain its developed technology and workforce. Additionally, the Company paid $0.7 million in cash compensation to certain former employees of Frontleaf with repayment to the Company contingent upon completing one year of service with the Company. For tax purposes, the $0.7 million cash compensation is treated as an additional basis in Frontleaf and a tax deduction will only be obtained upon disposition of Frontleaf.

The Company recorded $2.1 million of purchased intangibles on the acquisition date in its consolidated balance sheet dated January 31, 2016. Amortization of $0.5 million and $0.7 million was recognized within cost of subscription revenue in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The Company is recognizing

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

amortization on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of 36 months from the date of acquisition and expects to recognize expense in each fiscal year as follows (in thousands):

 

2018

   $ 715  

2019

     238  
  

 

 

 
   $ 953  
  

 

 

 

The Company recorded $1.5 million of goodwill, including a $0.9 million net deferred tax liability, in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2016 in connection with the acquisition of Frontleaf.

As part of the acquisition, $0.3 million of net liabilities were assumed.

The results of operations for the Frontleaf acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive loss since the date of acquisition. Actual and pro forma revenue and results of operations for the acquisition have not been presented because they do not have a material impact to the consolidated revenue and results of operations.

Leeyo Software, Inc.

On May 31, 2017, the Company acquired Leeyo. Under the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, the Company paid $29.2 million in cash and 2,307,782 shares of common stock, for total purchase consideration of approximately $35.2 million, in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of Leeyo’s capital stock. The acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination under U.S. GAAP.

The total cash portion of the consideration consisted of two separate payments: $16.7 million that was paid during fiscal 2018 and $12.6 million that will be paid by May 31, 2018.

In connection with the acquisition, the Company issued 2,307,782 shares of its common stock to Leeyo stockholders. This stock portion of the acquisition had a fair value upon issuance of approximately $6.0 million and the shares were issued upon the close of the transaction. $3.0 million of the purchase price and an additional 726,387 shares with a fair value upon issuance of $1.9 million, were placed into escrow for indemnification obligations. Any amounts remaining in escrow after satisfaction of any resolved claims will be released from escrow on May 31, 2018. Acquisition-related costs incurred by the Company of approximately $0.8 million were expensed as incurred and are included in operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss.

Under the terms of the acquisition, the Company also agreed to pay cash of $3.1 million to certain Leeyo employees, of which, $2.5 million was paid upon closing and was expensed on the acquisition date and the remaining $0.6 million of which will be disbursed to the employees upon the 12 and 24-month anniversaries of the acquisition, contingent upon continued employment with the Company. These payments are being recognized to expense on a straight-line basis over the service period in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. The Company also agreed to pay additional cash of $1.9 million to certain Leeyo employees who held vested options on the acquisition date, contingent upon continued employment with the Company. This payment was made in December 2017 and was recognized to expense on a straight-line basis over the service period in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company also issued 5,664,826 shares of the Company’s restricted common stock with a total grant date fair value of $14.6 million, which have service-based vesting requirements and are therefore excluded from the purchase consideration. These restricted shares will vest monthly over three years.

The Company also issued 1,712,614 RSUs with a total fair value of $4.4 million, which have service-based vesting requirements and are therefore also excluded from the purchase consideration. Of these RSUs, 439,114 vest over three years with 1/3rd of the RSUs vesting one year after the date of acquisition and 1/36th vesting monthly thereafter. The remaining 1,273,500 RSUs will vest over four years with 1/4th of the RSUs vesting one year after the acquisition date and 1/48th vesting monthly thereafter.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the acquisition (in thousands):

 

Total consideration to selling shareholders

     $ 35,199  

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,268    

Intangible assets

         12,395    

Other assets and liabilities, net

     (1,557  
  

 

 

   

Less net assets

       16,106  
    

 

 

 

Goodwill

     $   19,093  
    

 

 

 

The Company believes the amount of goodwill resulting from the acquisition is primarily attributable to expected synergies from assembled workforce, an increase in development capabilities, increased offerings to customers, and enhanced opportunities for growth and innovation.

To determine the estimated fair value of intangible assets acquired, the Company engaged a third-party valuation specialist to assist management. The fair value measurements of the intangible assets were based primarily on significant unobservable inputs and thus represent a Level 3 measurement as defined in ASC 820. The acquired intangible asset categories, fair value, and amortization periods, were as follows as of May 31, 2017:

 

     Amortization
Period
     Fair Value  
            (in thousands)  

Customer relationships

     8 years      $ 5,933  

Developed technology

     2-5 years        5,553  

Trade name

     7 years        909  
     

 

 

 
      $   12,395  
     

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Unaudited Pro forma information

The following table presents the Company’s unaudited pro forma information for the year ended January 31, 2018 as if the acquisition of Leeyo occurred on February 1, 2017 (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal
Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2018  

Pro forma total revenues

   $ 183,339  

Pro forma cost of revenues and operating expenses

     229,851  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma operating loss

   $ (46,512
  

 

 

 

The pro forma information reflects certain adjustments for the amortization of the fair values of the intangible assets acquired, acquisition-related costs, stock-based compensation, and the elimination of debt costs. Such pro forma amounts are not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have occurred had the acquisition been completed on the date indicated, nor is it indicative of the future operating results of the Company.

(11) Convertible Preferred Stock

The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock and liquidation preferences as of January 31, 2018 were as follows (dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts and par value):

 

Series

   Issuance
Price per
Share
     Authorized
Shares
     Issued and
Outstanding
Shares
     Liquidation
Preference
     Par Value  

Series A

   $ 0.2992        21,724,591        21,724,591      $ 6,500      $ 2,172  

Series B

     0.6259        23,965,489        23,965,489        15,000        2,397  

Series C

     1.5526        16,102,021        16,102,021        25,000        1,610  

Series D

     2.3358        15,422,973        15,422,973        36,025        1,542  

Series E

     3.0332        16,484,246        16,484,246        50,000        1,648  

Series F

     3.7993        30,268,734        30,268,734        115,000        3,027  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        123,968,054        123,968,054      $ 247,525      $ 12,396  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In February 2015, the Company issued 3,145,323 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock at a price of $3.7993 per share, raising an aggregate of approximately $12.0 million in gross proceeds.

(a) Conversion Rights

Each share of preferred stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, into a number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original preferred stock price by the conversion price for the respective preferred stock in effect at the time of conversion (“Conversion Rate”). The conversion price for the preferred stock shall initially be $0.2992 for the Series A preferred stock, $0.6259 for the Series B preferred stock, $1.5526 for the Series C preferred stock, $2.3358 for the Series D preferred stock, $3.0332 for the Series E preferred stock, and $3.7993 for the Series F preferred stock, and shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Automatic Conversion

Each share of preferred stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock, at the Conversion Rate effective for such series of preferred stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) (A) with respect to each series of preferred stock other than the Series D and Series F preferred stock, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least 55% of the outstanding shares of each such series of preferred stock, (B) with respect to the Series D preferred stock, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Series D preferred stock, and (C) with respect to the Series F preferred stock, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F preferred stock or (ii) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 (or a successor form) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $50.0 million.

Adjustment of Conversion Price for Dilutive Issuances

Subject to certain customary exceptions, in the event the Company issues additional shares of common stock after the preferred stock original issue date without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance, then and in each such event, the Conversion Price shall be reduced to a price equal to such Conversion Price multiplied by the following fraction:

 

  the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of common stock outstanding or deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of common stock, which the aggregate consideration received by the Company for the total number of additional shares of common stock so issued would purchase at the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance.

 

  the denominator of which is equal to the number of shares of common stock outstanding or deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of additional shares of common stock so issued.

(b) Dividends

The holders of the then outstanding preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari-passu basis, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of assets legally available, therefore, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock (payable other than in common stock or other securities or rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of common stock), dividends at the annual rate of $0.024 per share of Series A preferred stock, $0.050 per share of Series B preferred stock, $0.124 per share of Series C preferred stock, $0.187 per share of Series D preferred stock, $0.243 per share of Series E preferred stock, and $0.3039 per share of Series F preferred stock, each as adjusted for any stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, and similar recapitalization events (each a “Recapitalization Event”). No dividends shall be paid on any share of common stock unless a dividend (in addition to the amount of any dividends paid pursuant to the above provisions) is paid with respect to all outstanding shares of preferred stock in an amount for each such share of preferred stock equal to or greater than the aggregate amount of such dividends for all shares of common stock into which each such share of preferred stock could then be converted. The right to dividends on shares of preferred stock shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to holders of preferred stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared in any period, nor shall any undeclared or unpaid dividend bear or accrue interest. No dividends have been declared on the Company’s preferred stock through January 31, 2018.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(c) Liquidation Preference

In the event of a liquidation event or deemed liquidation event resulting from certain changes in control transactions, the assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed as follows:

First, upon any liquidation event that occurs on or before August 15, 2016, the holders of shares of Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, on a pari-passu basis, out of the assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, before any amounts are paid to the holders of any other series of preferred stock or to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to two times the original Series E price per share of Series E preferred stock and two times the original Series F price per share of Series F preferred stock, in each case plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for such distribution. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of the Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amounts, which they would be entitled to receive.

After the full preferential amounts due to the holders of Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock, if any, have been paid or set aside, the holders of shares of Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series D preferred stock and, only with respect to any liquidation event that occurs after August 15, 2016, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock, then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, on a pari-passu basis, out of the assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made in respect of the Company’s common stock, an amount equal to $0.2992 per share of Series A preferred stock, as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, $0.6259 per share of Series B preferred stock, as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, $1.5526 per share of Series C preferred stock, as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, $2.3358 per share of Series D preferred stock, as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, $3.0332 per share of Series E preferred stock, as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, and $3.7993 per share of Series F preferred stock, as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, in each case plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for such distribution. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series D preferred stock, and, if applicable, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of the Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series D preferred stock and, if applicable, Series E preferred stock and Series F preferred stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amounts that they would be entitled to receive.

After the full preferential amounts due the holders of preferred stock have been paid or set aside, any remaining assets or funds of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of common stock ratably in proportion to the number of shares of common stock then held by each holder.

(d) Voting Rights

Each holder of preferred stock shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which such holder’s shares of preferred stock could then be converted

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

and, except as otherwise required by law, shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the common stock.

At each election of directors of the Company, (i) the holders of Series A preferred stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director, (ii) the holders of Series B preferred stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director, (iii) the holders of Series C preferred stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director, (iv) the holders of Series D preferred stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director and, (v) the holders of Series E preferred stock, voting as a separate class, were entitled to elect two directors until a majority of the then serving members of the Board of Directors agreed to eliminate the Series E preferred directors, (vi) the holders of common stock, shall be entitled to elect two directors, and (vii) the holders of preferred stock and common stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one director.

(e) Redemption

The preferred stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

(12) Common Stock and Stock Plans

As of January 31, 2018, the Company was authorized to issue 223,700,000 shares of common stock. Shares of common stock reserved for future issuance were as follows:

 

     As of January 31,
2018
 

Convertible preferred stock

     123,968,054  

Stock options outstanding

     30,802,965  

Restricted stock units

    
1,668,203
 

Shares reserved for future award issuances

     121,242  
  

 

 

 

Total

     156,560,464  
  

 

 

 

2006 Stock Plan

In September 2006, the Company adopted the 2006 Stock Plan (“2006 Plan”) under which it could grant various forms of incentive compensation at the discretion of the board of directors to its employees, directors, and consultants. The 2006 Plan was terminated in May 2015. Accordingly, no shares are available for future issuance under the 2006 Plan. The 2006 Plan continues to govern outstanding equity awards granted thereunder.

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

As of January 31, 2018, the Company was authorized to grant up to 25,380,666 shares of common stock, respectively, to employees, directors, and consultants pursuant to incentive and non-statutory stock options under the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). Options issued to new employees under the 2015 Plan generally are exercisable for periods not to exceed ten years and generally vest over four years with 25% vesting after one year and with the remainder vesting monthly thereafter in equal installments. Options issued to existing employees generally vest ratably on a monthly basis over four years. As of January 31, 2018, 121,242 shares were reserved and available for future issuance under the 2015 Plan.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The exercise price of incentive stock options may not be less than the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted to individuals that own greater than 10% of the Company’s voting stock may not be less than 110% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant.

The following table summarizes stock option activity for the year ended January 31, 2018:

 

    Shares
Subject To
Outstanding
Stock Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
    Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Balance as of January 31, 2017

    23,740,015     $ 1.41       7.77     $ 5,754,660  

Granted

    12,592,499       2.26          

Exercised

    (3,806,791     1.17             4,030,376  

Forfeited

    (1,722,758     1.70          
 

 

 

       

Balance as of January 31, 2018

    30,802,965       1.78       7.91       67,507,036  
 

 

 

       

Exercisable as of January 31, 2018

    14,016,352       1.43       6.87       35,549,746  

Vested and expected to vest as of January 31, 2018

    26,739,666       1.73       7.78       59,839,770  

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018 was $0.80, $0.69, and $1.10 respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018 was $1.6 million, $1.2 million, and $4.0 million, respectively.

Options Subject to Early Exercise

At the discretion of the Board of Directors, certain options may be exercisable immediately at the date of grant but are subject to a repurchase right, under which the Company may buy back any unvested shares at the lower of their original exercise price or then current fair market value in the event of an employee’s termination prior to vesting. The consideration received for an exercise of an unvested option is considered to be a deposit of the exercise price and the related dollar amount is recorded as a liability. The liabilities are reclassified into equity as the awards vest. As of January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018, the Company had $1.2 million, $0.5 million, and $0.7 million, respectively, recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and other long-term liabilities, related to early exercises of options to acquire 1,004,265, 371,195, and 326,659 shares of common stock, respectively.

Common Stock Warrants

In connection with a bridge loan provided by the Series A preferred stock investors in 2006, the Company granted the investors detachable warrants to purchase 526,397 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The bridge loan was fully repaid upon the closing of the Series A preferred stock financing. These warrants were fully vested on the date of grant. As of January 31, 2017, all warrants have been exercised, with 250,655 being exercised in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2017 and 275,742 had been exercised in prior fiscal years.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Restricted Stock and RSU Activity

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s restricted stock and RSUs for the year ended January 31, 2018. There were no shares of restricted stock or RSUs outstanding as of January 31, 2016 and 2017.

 

     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(Per Share)
 

Awarded and unvested as of January 31, 2017

         $  

Granted

     7,377,440       2.68  

Exercised / Released

     (1,258,850     2.68  

Forfeited

     (44,409     2.77  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Awarded and unvested as of January 31, 2018

     6,074,181     $ 2.68  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense was recorded in the following cost and expense categories in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive loss (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2016      2017      2018  

Cost of Revenue

        

Subscription

   $ 235      $ 326      $ 747  

Professional services

     566        583        2,121  

Research and development

     827        1,126        2,292  

Sales and marketing

     1,536        1,577        2,717  

General and administrative

     497        771        1,113  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 3,661      $ 4,383      $ 8,990  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of January 31, 2018, the aggregate stock-based compensation remaining to be amortized to expense was $24.0 million. The Company expects this stock-based compensation balance to be amortized over a weighted average term of 2.71 years.

(13) Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Leases

The Company periodically leases facilities and equipment under noncancelable capital and operating leases. The terms of the lease agreements may provide for rental payments on a graduated basis, and accordingly, the Company recognizes related rent expense on a straight-line basis over the entire lease term, and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.

The Company has capital lease agreements with a lender to purchase data center equipment and related software. The lease agreements provide the Company the ability to finance its equipment purchases over an extended period of time. At the end of the term, the Company must return the equipment to the lender. In some cases, the Company has the ability to purchase the equipment at its then current fair market value. In connection with the equipment financing

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

agreement, the Company’s bank issued letters of credit of $4.4 million as of January 31, 2018, classified as restricted cash on its balance sheet. Property and equipment purchased under capital lease agreements was $4.7 million, $6.0 million, and $7.4 million as of January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018, respectively. Accumulated depreciation for these assets was $1.6 million, $3.4 million, and $5.6 million as of January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018, respectively.

As of January 31, 2018, the Company had operating leases for its offices in the United States in Atlanta, Georgia, Boston, Massachusetts, San Jose, California, San Mateo, California and San Francisco, California and internationally in Beijing, China, Chennai, India, Sydney, Australia, and Tokyo, Japan. The Company also had operating leases for facilities related to its U.S. data centers in Las Vegas, Nevada and Santa Clara, California. The initial lease term for these facilities ranged from three to seven years and includes approximately 96,000 square feet of space. In connection with these leased facilities, the Company’s bank issued irrevocable letters of credit on the leases of $0.8 million as of January 31, 2018, classified as restricted cash on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

Certain facility lease agreements contain allowances, rent holidays, and escalation provisions. For these leases, the Company recognizes the related rental expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period of the facility and records the difference between amounts charged to operations and amounts paid as deferred rent. Deferred rent was $0.9 million, $0.6 million, and $1.0 million as of January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018, respectively, and is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other liabilities, noncurrent in the consolidated balance sheets. Rent expense was $4.8 million, $5.7 million, and $6.0 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018, respectively.

As of January 31, 2018, the future minimum lease payments under capital and operating leases by fiscal year were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
 

2019

   $ 1,086     $ 4,832  

2020

     323       3,194  

2021

     2       1,502  

2022

           1,395  

2023

           1,075  

Thereafter

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 1,411     $ 11,998  
    

 

 

 

Less amount representing interest

     (21  
  

 

 

   

Present value of net minimum capital lease payments

     1,390    

Less current installments of obligations under capital leases

     (324  
  

 

 

   

Obligations under capital leases, excluding current installments

   $ 1,066    
  

 

 

   

(b) Legal Matters

From time to time, the Company may be involved in lawsuits, claims, investigations, and proceedings, consisting of intellectual property, commercial, employment, and other matters, which arise in the ordinary course of business. In accordance with ASC 450,  Contingencies , the Company makes a provision for a liability when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company is not currently a party to any material legal proceedings or claims, nor is the Company aware of any pending or threatened litigation or claims that could have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, cash flows, or financial condition. The Company has determined that the existence of a material loss is neither probable nor reasonably possible.

(c) Other Contractual Obligations

The Company has a contractual obligation to purchase $4.8 million in web hosting services from one of its vendors by September 30, 2018.

(14) Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The Company computes net loss per share of common stock in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. The Company considers all series of convertible preferred stock to be participating securities as the holders of the convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive a non-cumulative dividend on a pari passu basis in the event that a dividend is paid on the common stock. The holders of the convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. As such, the Company’s net losses for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018 were not allocated to these participating securities.

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Options subject to early exercise that are exercised prior to vesting are excluded from the computation of weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding until such shares have vested. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential shares of common stock, including common stock issuable upon conversion of the convertible preferred stock, outstanding stock options, warrants, restricted stock, and RSUs to the extent they are dilutive.

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for periods presented (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2016     2017     2018  

Numerator:

      

Net loss

   $ (48,207   $ (39,098   $ (47,155

Denominator:

      

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     44,853       47,686       53,099  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (1.07   $ (0.82   $ (0.89
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Since the Company was in a loss position for all periods presented, basic net loss per share is the same as diluted net loss per share as the inclusion of all potential common shares outstanding would have been anti-dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities that were not included in the diluted per share calculations because they would be anti-dilutive were as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of January 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  

Convertible preferred stock

     123,968        123,968        123,968  

Shares subject to outstanding common stock options, RSUs, restricted stock and warrants

     23,010        23,740        36,877  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     146,978        147,708        160,845  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, immediately prior to the completion of the IPO, all of outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will convert into 123,968,054 shares of common stock. Unaudited pro forma net loss per share for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2018 has been computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock (using the as-if-converted method) into common stock as of the beginning of the period.

The following table presents the calculation of pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2018
 
     (unaudited)  

Net loss / Pro forma net loss

   $ (47,155

Shares:

  

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     53,099  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect conversion of convertible preferred stock to occur in connection with the IPO

     123,968  
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

     177,067  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.27
  

 

 

 

(15) Related Party Transactions

Certain members of the Company’s Board of Directors serve or are closely affiliated with people who serve on the board of directors of companies that are customers or vendors of Zuora. Certain of the Company’s executive officers also serve on the board of directors of companies that are customers or vendors of the Company. Related party transactions were not material as of and for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018.

In November 2017, two of the Company’s employees filed 83(b) elections with the IRS to treat their unvested restricted common stock as taxable in the current year. The Company agreed to pay the $1.3 million of taxes owed in exchange for full-recourse promissory notes from the employees. The notes are secured by 1.1 million shares of restricted common stock. The notes accrue interest at a rate

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ZUORA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

of 1.85% and will become payable in full, including interest, upon the earlier of: (i) a change in control, (ii) nine months following an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock, or (iii) October 9, 2026. Consistent with ASC 505-10-45, the notes receivable balance is presented as a deduction from stockholders’ equity. This is also consistent with Rule 5-02.30 Regulation S-X of the Code of Federal Regulations. No principal or interest payments were made on the notes during fiscal year 2018.

(16) Subsequent Events

In March 2018, the Company increased the number of shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan by 13,900,000 shares and granted options to purchase 7,099,533 shares of common stock, with an exercise price of $3.97 per share, to its employees that vest over approximately four years under the 2015 Plan.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report

The Board of Directors

Leeyo Software, Inc.:

Report on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Leeyo Software, Inc. and its subsidiary, which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016 and the related consolidated statement of comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Leeyo Software, Inc. and its subsidiary as of December 31, 2016 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, CA

December 22, 2017

 

F-39


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except for shares and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017  
            (unaudited)  

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,014      $ 3,858  

Accounts receivable

     6,368        7,103  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     420        395  

Related party advances

     64        64  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     8,866        11,420  

Property and equipment, net

     304        253  

Other non-current assets

     168        174  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 9,338      $ 11,847  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 1,661      $ 1,730  

Accrued expenses

     2,565        2,781  

Capital lease obligations

     61        31  

Deferred revenue

     10,792        10,588  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     15,079        15,130  

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:

     

Long term deferred revenue

     845        1,219  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     15,924        16,349  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

     

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT:

     

Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017; with an aggregate liquidation preference of $9.9 million

             

Common Stock, $0.001 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 243,263 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017

             

Additional paid-in capital

     531        531  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (40      (41

Accumulated deficit

     (7,077      (4,992
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     (6,586      (4,502
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   $ 9,338      $ 11,847  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2016
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2016     2017  
           (unaudited)  

Revenues:

      

Subscription and support

   $ 7,641     $ 1,477     $ 2,808  

Professional services

     10,241       2,148       5,312  

License

                 1,066  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     17,882       3,625       9,186  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

      

Cost of subscription and support

     1,970       341       679  

Cost of professional services

     10,298       2,253       3,671  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     12,268       2,594       4,350  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     5,614       1,031       4,836  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     3,964       832       1,212  

Sales and marketing

     5,117       1,184       1,079  

General and administrative

     2,032       423       479  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     11,113       2,439       2,770  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (5,499     (1,408     2,066  

Other income (expense):

      

Other income

     137             22  

Interest expense

     (17     (5     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) from operations before income taxes

     (5,379     (1,413     2,085  

Income tax expense

     (64     (4      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit (loss)

     (5,443     (1,417     2,085  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (24     (5     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (5,467   $ (1,422   $ 2,084  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Deficit

December 31, 2016

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Series A Preferred
Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid in

Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balance — December 31, 2015

    30,000,000     $       156,585     $     $ 343     $ (16   $ (1,634   $ (1,307

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                86,678             14                   14  

Equity-based compensation expense

                            174                   174  

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

                                  (24           (24

Net loss

                                        (5,443     (5,443
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2016

    30,000,000     $     —       243,263     $     —     $ 531     $ (40   $ (7,077   $ (6,586
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2016
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
        2016      2017  
            (unaudited)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

        

Net income (loss)

   $ (5,443    $ (1,417    $ 2,085  

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in by operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

     191        42        77  

Gain on disposal of property and equipment

               (23

Equity-based compensation

     174        43         

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

     (1,269      2,066        (735

Related party advances

     (1              

Prepaid and other current assets

     (170      (42      19  

Accounts payable

     669        225        69  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,364        (20      216  

Deferred revenue

     5,164        343        170  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by continuing operating activities

     679        1,240        1,878  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

        

Purchase of property and equipment

     (117      (41      (38

Sale of property and equipment

                   35  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in continued investing activities

     (117      (41      (3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

        

Payments on capital lease obligations

     (118      (28      (30

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and purchase of shares in equity incentive plan

     14                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in continued financing activities

     (104      (28      (30
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents

     (24      (5      (1

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     434        1,166        1,844  

Cash and cash equivalents — beginning of period

     1,580        1,580        2,014  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents — end of period

   $ 2,014      $ 2,746      $ 3,858  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH PAID FOR:

        

Interest

   $ 17      $ 5      $ 3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income taxes

   $ 32      $ 4      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

        

Purchase of property and equipment in accrued liabilities and accounts payable

   $ 14      $      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1) Summary of Business

Leeyo Software, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary Leeyo Software Private Ltd. (collectively, the “Company”) provide a revenue recognition automation software, RevPro. Delivered primarily under a Software-As-A-Service (“SaaS”) business model, RevPro is delivered under a subscription business model. The software automates and manages most processes facing a revenue team, integrating with the quote-to-cash processes of any ERP system to deliver unparalleled visibility, functionality and configurability to the revenue recognition and reporting process. The Company’s headquarters are located in San Jose, California. The Company conducts its business worldwide, with an international location in India.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for interim financial information. In the opinion of the Company, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the information required to be set forth therein. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include allowances for doubtful accounts, deferred tax assets, the useful lives of property and equipment, income tax uncertainties, and other contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and also on assumptions that it believes are reasonable. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Functional Currency

The currency of the primary economic environment in which the operations of the Company and its subsidiary are conducted is the United States dollar.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant Clients and Suppliers

The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. The Company deposits its cash primarily with one financial institution, and accordingly, such deposits regularly exceed federally insured limits.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, and three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited), and 2017 (unaudited), customers A and B accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenue, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, no customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable. As of March 31, 2016 (unaudited) and 2017 (unaudited), customers C and D accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable, respectively. The Company’s revenue is predominantly generated from customers located in the United States of America. The majority of the Company’s assets are located in the United States of America.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original or remaining maturities of three months or less on the purchase date to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are recorded at fair value and consist primarily of bank deposits.

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable consists of client obligations due under normal trade terms, and are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts. As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017 (unaudited), there was not an allowance for doubtful accounts, as all outstanding accounts receivable balances were deemed collectible.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their remaining related lease term or estimated useful life. When assets are retired, the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from their respective accounts, and any gain or loss on such sale or disposal is reflected in operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Costs of repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

 

     Estimated
Useful Life (years)
 

Computer equipment

     3  

Software

     3  

Furniture and fixtures

     5  

Leasehold improvements

     5  

Vehicles

     8  

Impairment Assessment of Long-Lived Assets

The carrying amounts of long-lived assets, including property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable or that the useful life is shorter than originally estimated. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows the asset is expected to generate over its remaining life. If the asset is determined to be impaired, the amount of any impairment recognized is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset. If the useful life is shorter than originally estimated, the Company amortizes the remaining carrying value over the new shorter useful life. There were no impairments recognized for the year ended December 31, 2016 or three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited) and 2017 (unaudited).

 

F-45


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

The Company generates revenue from four sources: (1) subscription and support, (2) professional services, (3) time-based licenses, and (4) perpetual licenses and associated maintenance for those licenses. Subscription and support revenue includes platform fees from customers accessing the on-demand application. Subscription and support revenue is recognized on a ratable basis over the related subscription period beginning on the date the customer is first given access to the system (i.e., provision date). Professional services include fees from consultation services to support the business process mapping, configuration, data migration, integration, and training. The Company recognizes professional services revenue once the revenue recognition criteria have been met based on a proportional performance method for fixed price engagements or as the service is being provided for time and material based contracts. For time-based licenses sold with deployment professional services, the deployment professional services are recognized ratably over the term of the time-based license.

License revenue is comprised primarily of software licenses sold on a perpetual or on a term basis that are installed and run on computers on the premises of the customer, or in a hosted facility controlled by the customer. The Company recognizes term-based license revenue on a ratable basis over the related term license period beginning upon delivery of the software once the revenue recognition criteria have been met. The Company recognizes perpetual license revenue upon the delivery of the software once the revenue recognition criteria have been met. Maintenance (Post-contract Customer Support (“PCS”)) for perpetual licenses provides customers with rights to unspecified software product upgrades, maintenance releases and patches released during the term of the support period. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the maintenance term.

Term-based license revenue and maintenance (PCS) are included in subscription and support revenue in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Perpetual license revenue was inconsequential for fiscal 2016 and included in subscription and support revenue in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

The Company’s total deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017 (unaudited) is primarily comprised of subscription fees, deferred time-based license fees, as well as deferred balances associated with the support and maintenance fees on its perpetual licenses, which are recognized ratably over the support period.

Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Subscription and support agreements generally have terms ranging from 12 to 36 months. The professional services component of the arrangements is normally delivered within the first 6-12 months after contract signing.

The Company commences revenue recognition when all of the following conditions are met:

 

    There is persuasive evidence of an arrangement

 

    The service is being provided to the customer

 

    The collection of the fees is probable

 

    The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable

 

F-46


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Subscription and support-based arrangements are governed by ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . Revenue from new customer acquisition is often generated under sales agreements with multiple elements, comprised of subscription and support fees from customers accessing its on-demand application suite and professional services associated with consultation services. The Company applies the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2009-13,  Multiple -Deliverable Revenue Arrangements , to its multiple-element arrangements. The Company evaluates each element in a multiple-element arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has stand-alone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable and within the Company’s control. Subscriptions have stand-alone value because they are routinely sold separately by the Company. Professional services have stand-alone value because the Company has sold professional services separately and there are several third-party vendors that routinely contract directly with the customer and provide these services to the customer on a stand-alone basis.

In accordance with ASU 2009-13, the Company allocates revenue to each element in an arrangement based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for an element is based on its vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if available; third-party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available; or its best estimated selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The Company has established BESP for subscription and professional services elements of its arrangements based on prices at which such elements are sold by the Company in stand-alone arrangements. The consideration allocated to subscription and support is recognized as revenue over the noncancelable contract period on a straight-line basis beginning on the date the customer is first given access to the system (i.e., provision date). The consideration allocated to professional services is recognized as revenue once the revenue recognition criteria have been met based on a proportional performance method for fixed price engagements or as the service is being provided for time and material based contracts.

Perpetual and term based license revenue is governed by ASC 985-605, Software – Revenue Recognition . The vast majority of the Company’s perpetual and term based license arrangements include software license updates and product support contracts, which are entered into at the customer’s option. Software license updates provide customers with rights to unspecified software product upgrades, maintenance releases and patches released during the term of the support period. Product support includes internet access to technical content, as well as internet and telephone access to technical support personnel. Perpetual license updates and product support contracts are generally priced as a percentage of the net new software licenses fees and are generally invoiced in full at the beginning of the maintenance term.

The Company often enters into arrangements with customers that purchase perpetual licenses, software support and software related services at the same time, or within close proximity of one another (referred to as software related multiple-element arrangements). Such perpetual license related multiple-element arrangements include the sale of the Company’s software products, software license updates and product support contracts and other software related services whereby perpetual license delivery is followed by the subsequent or contemporaneous delivery of the other elements. For those software related multiple-element arrangements, the Company applies the residual method to determine the amount of new perpetual license revenues to be recognized pursuant to ASC 985-605. Under the residual method, if fair value exists for undelivered elements in a multiple-element arrangement, such fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred with the remaining portion of the arrangement consideration generally recognized upon delivery of the perpetual license. The Company

 

F-47


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

allocates the fair value of each element of a perpetual license multiple-element arrangement based upon its fair value as determined by our vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), with any remaining amount allocated to the perpetual license.

For term based license arrangements, the Company sells the software license, deployment professional services, maintenance, and support as a bundle and recognizes the contracted amount ratably over the term of the arrangement. The Company is not able to establish VSOE for the maintenance and support for those licenses as those elements are not sold separately.

Sales and other taxes collected from customers to be remitted to government authorities are reported on a net basis and, therefore, excluded from revenue.

The Company classifies reimbursements received from clients for out-of-pocket expenses as professional services revenue as incurred.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of costs related to hosting the Company’s cloud-based application suite, providing customer support, data communications, salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation of technical operations, support, and professional services personnel; consulting fees from external consultants performing deployment services; allocated overhead, and property and equipment depreciation.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred, and consist primarily of personnel costs including salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation, costs for the development of new software products and substantial enhancements to existing software products.

Advertising Expense

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited) and 2017 (unaudited), advertising expense was approximately $0.4 million, $24,000, and $0.1 million, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset-and-liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of assets and liabilities and net operating loss and credit carryforwards, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established or adjusted when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts expected to be realized.

The Company utilizes a two-step approach to evaluate tax positions. Recognition, step one, requires evaluation of the tax position to determine if based solely on technical merits it is more likely than not (“MLTN”) to be sustained upon examination. The MLTN standard is met when the likelihood of occurrence is greater than 50%. Measurement, step two, is addressed only if step one is satisfied. In

 

F-48


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

step two, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis, which is MLTN to be realized upon ultimate settlement with tax authorities. If a position does not meet the MLTN threshold for recognition in step one, no benefit is recorded until the first subsequent period in which the MLTN standard is met, the issue is resolved with the tax authority, or the statute of limitation expires. Positions previously recognized are derecognized when the Company subsequently determines that the position no longer is MLTN to be sustained.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net profit (loss) and other gains and losses affecting equity that under U.S. GAAP are excluded from net profit (loss). For the Company, such items consist of foreign currency translation adjustments.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company measures its equity-based awards made to employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Equity-based compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period using the straight-line method and is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest. As such, the Company’s stock-based compensation is reduced for the estimated forfeitures at the date of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Commitments and Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount within a range of loss can be reasonably estimated. When no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount, the Company accrues for the minimum amount within the range. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred. No liabilities for loss contingencies were accrued as of December 31, 2016 or March 31, 2017 (unaudited).

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

ASU 2016-09 Stock Compensation – Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting

In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-09 (“ASU 2016-09”), Improvements to Employee Share Based Payment Accounting, simplifying several aspects of the accounting for employee share based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, accounting for forfeitures, and classification of excess tax benefits on the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows. The standard is effective for the Company for its fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2018; however, early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the overall impact ASU 2016-09 will have on the consolidated financial statements and has decided not to early adopt.

ASU 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842)

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”), on lease accounting. Among its provisions, the standard requires lessees to recognize right of use assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheets for operating leases, and also requires additional qualitative and

 

F-49


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

quantitative disclosures about lease arrangements. The standard is effective for the Company for its fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2020 and will be applied on a modified retrospective basis, with the option to elect certain practical expedients. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact ASU 2016-02 will have on the consolidated financial statements and has decided not to early adopt.

ASU 2015-11 Income Taxes (Topic 740)

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (“ASU 2015-17”), which requires entities with a classified balance sheet to present all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent. The standard is effective for the Company for its fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact ASU 2015-17 will have on the consolidated financial statements and has decided not to early adopt.

ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). The new standard provides principles for recognizing revenue for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers with the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard also requires significantly expanded disclosures about revenue recognition. The FASB subsequently delayed the effective date of the standard by one year and as a result, the standard is now effective for the Company for fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2019 using either of two methods: (i) retrospective to each prior reporting period presented with the option to elect certain practical expedients as defined within the guidance; or (ii) retrospective with the cumulative effect of initially applying the guidance recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures as defined per the guidance. Early adoption as of the original effective date is permitted. The Company has not yet selected a transition method nor has it determined the effect of this standard on the consolidated financial statements.

In April 2016 and May 2016, the FASB issued guidance which amends certain other aspects of the ASU 2014-09. The amendments include the identification of performance obligations and the licensing implementation guidance (ASU 2016-10) and the collectability of revenue, presentation of sales tax and other similar taxes collected from customers, contracts containing noncash considerations, and contract modifications and completed contracts at transition (ASU 2016-12). In December 2016, the FASB amended ASU 2014-09 to make minor corrections and minor improvements to the guidance that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost. The effective date and transition provisions in these amendments are aligned with the requirements of ASU 2014-09.

ASU 2016-08 Revenue from Contracts with Customers – Principal versus Agent

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers – Principal versus Agent Considerations Reporting (“ASU 2016-08”). The core principle of the guidance in Revenue from Contracts with Customers in ASU 2014-09 is not changed by the amendments in ASU 2016-08. The amendments clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. Per ASU 2016-08, when another party is involved in providing goods or services to a customer, an entity is required to determine whether the nature of its promise is to provide the specified good or service itself (principal) or to arrange for that good or service to be provided by the other party (agent). When an entity that is a principal satisfies a performance obligation, the entity

 

F-50


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

recognizes revenue in the gross amount of consideration to which it expects to be entitled in exchange for the specified good or service transferred to the customer. When an entity that is an agent satisfies a performance obligation, the entity recognizes revenue in the amount of any fee or commission to which it expects to be entitled. The effective date and transition requirements for ASU 2016-08 are the same as the effective date and transition requirements for ASU 2014-09. The Company is in the process of selecting a transition method and determining the effect of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2014-15 Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”), which provides guidance about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The adoption of ASU 2014-15 during the year ended December 31, 2016 did not impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2016-13 Financial Statements – Credit Losses

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (“ASU 2016-13”). Under this guidance, a company will be required to use a new forward-looking “expected loss” model for trade and other receivables that generally will result in the earlier recognition of allowances for losses. The amendments in ASU 2016-13 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and requires a modified-retrospective approach to adoption. Early adoption is permitted in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is evaluating the potential effects the adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. The Company has decided not to early adopt.

ASU 2016-15 Statement of Cash Flows (adoption Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”). The areas affected by ASU 2016-15 are debt prepayment and debt extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies (including bank-owned life insurance policies), distributions received from equity method investees, beneficial interests in securitization transactions, and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. Specifically, under this guidance, cash payments for debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs will be classified as cash outflows for financing activities. The amendments in ASU 2016-15 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The amendments in ASU 2016-15 will be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. The adoption of ASU 2016-15 is not expected to materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company has decided not to early adopt.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(3) Balance Sheet Detail

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands) as of:

 

    

December 31,

    March 31,  
     2016     2017  
          

(unaudited)

 

Computer and office equipment

   $ 378     $
408
 

Software

     400      
415
 

Furniture and fixtures

     281      
266
 

Leasehold improvements

     45      
45
 

Vehicles

     24      
25
 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,128      
1,159
 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (824    
(906

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 304     $
253
 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $0.2 million, $42,000, and $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited) and 2017 (unaudited), respectively, and is included in operating expenses and cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands) as of:

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017  
           

(unaudited)

 

Prepaid insurance

   $ 164      $ 180  

Prepaid rent

     25        25  

Unbilled reimbursable expenses

     19        11  

Other prepaid expenses

     212        179  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 420      $ 395  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands) as of:

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017  
            (unaudited)  

Accrued commissions

   $ 745      $ 402  

Accrued professional services

     690        1,128  

Accrued bonus

     481        555  

Accrued vacation

     316        384  

Deferred rent

     56        53  

Other accrued compensation costs

     62        109  

Accrued sales tax

     26        23  

Other accrued expenses

     189        127  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 2,565      $ 2,781  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(4) Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

Conversion Rights

Holders of Preferred Stock have a right to convert to common stock at any time. The number of converted shares is determined by dividing the original issue price by the applicable conversion price. The initial conversion price is the original issue price of $0.33 per share, at a conversion rate of 1-for-1, but is subject to adjustment for certain dilutive issuances, splits and combinations.

Each share of preferred stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid, nonassessable shares of common stock at the then effective Conversion Rate specified for such shares of preferred stock (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of the Company’s common stock, provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are in excess of $20.0 million or (ii) upon the receipt by the Company of a written request for such conversion from the holders of a majority of the preferred stock then outstanding, or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in any such request.

As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017 (unaudited), the Company has reserved sufficient shares of common stock for issuance upon conversion of the preferred stock.

Asset Transfer or Acquisition Rights

In the event the Company is a part to an acquisition or asset transfer, defined as either (i) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation, entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger, or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such event hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity, (ii) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that an acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for the bona fide equity financing purposes in which (a) all of the cash is received by the Company or (b) a portion of such equity financing is used directly or indirectly, to redeem or otherwise repurchase capital stock of the Company, provided that, in such case, the holders of a majority of preferred stock have elected to participate in such redemption or repurchase, or (iii) a sale, lease, or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the holders of preferred stock shall be entitled to receive the greater of (i) the amount of cash, securities, or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a liquidation event or (ii) the amount of cash, securities, or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a liquidation event with respect to such shares if such shares had been converted to common stock immediately prior to such acquisition of asset transfer.

Dividends

The preferred stock does not have any dividend rights.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any liquidation (includes a change in control), dissolution, or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, each stockholder of preferred stock shall be entitled to

 

F-53


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets or surplus funds to the holders of common stock, an amount per share up to the original issue price of $0.33, in addition to all declared but unpaid dividends. If the full amount is not available for distribution, amounts shall be paid out in proportion to the aggregate preferential amounts owed. After the distributions described above have been paid in full, the remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed ratably among the holders of preferred stock and common stock with the shares of preferred stock being treated as if they had been converted to shares of common stock at the applicable conversion rate stock in proportion to the full preferential amounts that they would be entitled to receive.

Voting Rights

Each holder of preferred stock shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to 10 multiplied by the number of shares of common stock into which such holder’s shares of preferred stock could then be converted and, except as otherwise required by law, shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the common stock.

In addition the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred stock shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions; (i) any amendment, alteration, or appeal of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company, (ii) any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of common and preferred stock, (iii) any authorization or designation of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company, (iv) any redemption, repurchase, payment or declaration of dividend, (v) acquisitions of common stock, and (vi) any agreement by the Company of its stockholders regarding an asset transfer or acquisition.

Redemption

The preferred stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017 (unaudited), there were 243,263 shares of the Company’s stock issued and outstanding. The Company has authorized 40,000,000 shares of common stock at a par value of $0.001 per share.

(5) Equity Based Compensation

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

In January 2012, the Company adopted the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”) under which employees, directors, and consultants may be granted various forms of incentive compensation at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the Company’s 2012 Plan is 10,000,000, inclusive of an authorized increase of 5,000,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance under the 2012 Plan by the Board of Directors in 2016. The 2012 plan expires in January 2022.

The Company allows employees the opportunity to early exercise their stock options prior to vesting. The Company has the right to repurchase unvested shares upon termination of employment at the lower of the fair market value on the termination date and the original exercise price per share. As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017 (unaudited), there were no early exercises.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Pursuant to the 2012 Stock Plan the Company’s Board of Directors may grant incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards to employees, consultants and directors. The exercise price of options granted under the 2012 Stock Plan must at least be equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, except that with respect to any participant with incentive stock options who, at the time of the grant of such option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, the per share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the fair value per share on the date of grant.

The vesting term of stock options is determined by the Board of Directors. However, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to an employee, who, at the time the option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, the vesting term of the incentive stock option shall be five years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as determined by the Board of Directors.

The contractual life for each option granted is 10 years from the grant date.

Summary of Stock Option Activity

The Company’s stock option activity is as follows:

 

           Options Outstanding  
     Options
Available
    Number of
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Option
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
               (in thousands)  

Balance—December 31, 2015

     739,673       4,103,742     $ 0.25        7.35      $ 905  

Authorized

     5,000,000                            

Granted

     (2,264,280     2,264,280       0.40               154  

Exercised

           (86,678     0.16               27  

Forfeited

     955,782       (955,782     0.22                
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Balance—December 31, 2016

     4,431,175       5,325,562       0.32        7.46        789  
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Granted

     (130,000     130,000       0.47                
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Forfeited

     15,484       (15,484     0.34               13  
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Balance—March 31, 2017

     4,316,659       5,440,078       0.33        7.28        787  
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Options vested and exercisable—December 31, 2016

       2,735,623       0.27        6.92        549  
    

 

 

         

Options vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2016

       5,325,562       0.32        7.46        789  
    

 

 

         

Options vested and exercisable—March 31, 2017

       3,004,477       0.28        7.01        564  
    

 

 

         

Options vested and expected to vest—March 31, 2017

       5,440,078       0.33        7.28        787  
    

 

 

         

 

F-55


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2016 and during the three months ended March 31, 2017 (unaudited) was $0.17 and $0.20, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2016 was $27,000. No options were exercised during the three months ended March 31, 2017 (unaudited).

Equity-based compensation expense was $0.2 million, $43,000 and $31,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited) and 2017 (unaudited), respectively, and is included in cost of revenue and operating expenses across relevant line items in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate equity-based compensation remaining to be amortized to expense was $1.3 million. The Company expects this equity-based compensation balance to be amortized over a weighted average term of 3.1 years. As of March 31, 2017, the aggregate equity-based compensation remaining to be amortized to expense was $1.0 million (unaudited). The Company expects this equity-based compensation balance to be amortized over a weighted average term of 2.9 years (unaudited).

Summary of Black Scholes Assumptions

The Company estimated the fair value of each option using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of employee stock options is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards. The fair value of employee stock options was estimated using the assumptions below. Each of these inputs is subjective and its determination generally requires significant judgment.

 

     Year Ended      Three Months Ended  
     December 31,      March 31,  
     2016      2017  
            (unaudited)  

Volatility

     43.2%        42.5%  

Expected term (in years)

     6        6  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.59%        2.10%  

Dividend yield

             

Expected term . The Company used the simplified method to determine the expected term, which is calculated as the average of the time to vesting and the contractual life of the options.

Expected volatility . Since the Company does not have a trading history for its common stock, the expected volatility was derived from the average historical volatilities of publicly traded companies within a similar industry that are considered to be comparable to the Company’s business over a period approximately equal to the expected term for employees’ options.

Risk-free interest rate . The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield with a maturity equal to the expected term of the option in effect at the time of grant.

Dividend yield . The Company has never paid dividends on its common stock. Therefore, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

(6) Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company periodically leases facilities and software under noncancelable capital and operating leases. The terms of the facilities lease agreements provide for rental payments on a

 

F-56


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

graduated basis, and accordingly, the Company recognizes related rent expense on a straight-line basis over the entire lease term, and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.

As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017 (unaudited), the Company had capital lease agreements with a lender to purchase software. The lease agreements provide the Company the ability to finance its software purchases over a three-year period. Software licenses purchased under capital lease agreements was $0.2 million as of December 31, 2016 (unaudited) and March 31, 2017 (unaudited). Accumulated depreciation for these licenses was $0.2 million as of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017 (unaudited).

As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017 (unaudited), the Company leased office space in San Jose, California, Dallas, Texas, and Chennai, India with various expiration dates through 2019. In August 2016, the Company entered into a new lease agreement to rent office space in India, the lease has a 3-year term and expires on July 2019. In March 2017, the Company amended the existing lease in Dallas to extend the term for an additional 3 months. In addition, in March 2017, the Company entered into a new lease for additional space in Dallas for six months.

Future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2016 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
 

2017

   $ 62     $ 387  

2018

           364  

2019

           171  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     62     $   922  
    

 

 

 

Less amount representing interest

     (1  
  

 

 

   

Present value of net minimum capital lease payments

   $   61    
  

 

 

   

There was no material change as of March 31, 2017 to future minimum lease payment obligations.

Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 and three months ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited) and 2017 (unaudited) was $0.2 million, $0.1 million, and $0.1 million, respectively.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is subject to various claims and legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of its business activities. In the opinion of the Company, although the outcome of any legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, the ultimate liability of the Company, if any, in connection with this and other legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or operations.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

(7) Income Taxes

The following table presents the profit (loss) before income taxes for domestic and foreign operations (in thousands):

 

Domestic

   $ (5,527

Foreign

     148  
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   $ (5,379
  

 

 

 
  

The provision for income taxes was as follows (in thousands):

 

Current

  

Federal

   $ 26  

State

     9  

Foreign

     29  
  

 

 

 
     64  
  

 

 

 

Deferred

  

Federal

      

State

      

Foreign

      
  

 

 

 
      
  

 

 

 

Total tax expense

   $ 64  
  

 

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2016 are presented below (in thousands):

 

Deferred tax assets:

  

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 3,051  

Tax credit carryforwards

     916  

Deferred revenue

     1,000  

Accruals and other

     348  

Stock based compensation

     188  

Depreciation

     64  
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     5,567  
  

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (5,567
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $  
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $7.1 million, which will begin to expire in 2033. In addition, the Company had federal tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.8 million that will begin to expire in 2031. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $6.5 million that will begin to expire in 2023. In addition, the Company had state tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.7 million that will begin to expire in 2033. All of the federal and state net operating

 

F-58


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

losses may be subject to change of ownership limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. An annual loss limitation may result in the expiration or reduced utilization of the net operating losses and tax credits.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company maintained a full valuation allowance on its net deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was determined in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, which requires an assessment of both positive and negative evidence when determining whether it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets are recoverable. Such assessment is required on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. The Company’s history of cumulative losses, along with expected future U.S. losses, required that a full valuation allowance be recorded against all net deferred tax assets. The Company intends to maintain a full valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets until sufficient positive evidence exists to support reversal of the valuation allowance.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had not identified any unrecognized tax benefits. As the Company has a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets, any unrecognized tax benefits would reduce the deferred tax assets and the valuation allowance in the same amount. The Company does not expect the amount of unrecognized tax benefits to materially change in the next twelve months. Accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recorded as income tax expenses. The Company did not have such interest, penalties, or tax benefits during the year ended December 31, 2016.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States, Alabama, California, Colorado, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, North Carolina, and Texas. All tax years (2009 to 2016) remain subject to examination for U.S. federal and state purposes. All net operating losses and tax credits generated to date are subject to adjustment for U.S. federal and state purposes. The Company is not currently under examination in federal or state jurisdictions.

For the three months ended March 31, 2017 (unaudited), the tax provision was inconsequential.

(8) Employee Benefit Plan

The Company has a defined-contribution employee benefit plan pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan was effective as of November 1, 2016. Under the plan, qualified employees may elect to defer a portion of their annual compensation, up to certain statutory limits established annually by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company does not match employee contributions to the plan.

(9) Related Parties

As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017 (unaudited), there was an employee advance of $64,000 outstanding to a founder of the Company. In 2017, the employee advance was settled in the form of compensation expense.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(10) Subsequent Events

In February 2017, the Company leased a home to be used for business purposes that is owned by one of its founders. The lease term is one year and rental payments were $42,000.

On May 31, 2017, the Company was acquired by Zuora, Inc. (“Zuora”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Zuora. Under the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, Zuora will pay the Company $34.2 million in cash and 9,685,222 million shares of common stock, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units in exchange for all outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock, and post-acquisition employment agreements for individual employees.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through December 22, 2017 and March 16, 2018 which are the dates the respective audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On May 31, 2017, the Company acquired Leeyo. Under the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, the Company agreed to pay $29.2 million in cash and 2,307,782 shares of common stock, for total consideration of approximately $35.2 million, in exchange for all outstanding shares of Leeyo stock. The purpose of the acquisition was to enhance the Company’s position as a leading provider of software products aimed at automating the quote to cash business operations cycle. The acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination under U.S. GAAP and ASC 805: Business Combinations.

The total cash portion of the consideration, which is considered to be purchase consideration, consists of two separate payments: $16.7 million was paid out in the second fiscal quarter of 2018 and $12.6 million will be paid out by May 31, 2018.

In connection with the acquisition the Company also issued 2,307,782 shares of Zuora common stock to former stockholders of Leeyo. This stock portion of the acquisition had a fair value upon issuance of approximately $6.0 million and was issued upon the close of the transaction in the second quarter of fiscal 2018. A portion of the purchase price totaling $3.0 million and an additional 726,387 shares, was placed into escrow for indemnification obligations relating to potential breach of representations and warranties of the sellers and any amounts remaining in escrow after satisfaction of any resolved claims, will be released from escrow on the one-year anniversary of the acquisition. Acquisition-related costs incurred by the Company of approximately $0.8 million were expensed as incurred and are included in operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss.

Under the terms of the acquisition, the Company agreed to pay cash of $3.1 million to certain former Leeyo employees, $2.5 million was paid upon closing and was expensed on the acquisition date. The remaining $0.6 million will be disbursed to the employees upon the 12 and 24-month anniversaries of the acquisition, contingent upon continued employment with the Company. These payments are being recognized to expense over the service period in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

Under the terms of the acquisition, the Company also agreed to pay additional cash of $1.9 million to certain Leeyo employees who held vested stock options on the acquisition date, contingent upon continued employment with the Company. This payment was made in December 2017 and was recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the service period in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

In connection with the Leeyo acquisition, the Company issued 5,664,826 shares of restricted common stock with a total grant date fair value of $14.6 million, which shares have service-based vesting requirements and are therefore excluded from the purchase consideration. These restricted shares of common stock will vest monthly over three years following the acquisition date.

In connection with the Leeyo acquisition, the Company also issued 1,712,614 RSUs with a total fair value of $4.4 million, which have service-based vesting requirements and are therefore also excluded from the purchase consideration. 439,114 of these RSUs vest over three years with a cliff vest in May 2018. The remaining 1,273,500 RSUs will vest over four years with a cliff-vest in May 2018.

For purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of comprehensive loss for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2018, the Company has assumed that the Leeyo acquisition occurred on February 1, 2017. As a result, these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial

 

F-61


Table of Contents

statements for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2018 were derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2018 and Leeyo’s unaudited consolidated financial statements for the period of February 1, 2017 through May 31, 2017.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are not necessarily an indication of the results that would have been achieved had the acquisition been consummated as of the dates indicated or that may be achieved in the future. Furthermore, no effect has been given in these financial statements for synergistic benefits or cost savings that may be realized through the combination of the Company and Leeyo or costs that may be incurred in integrating the two companies. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this prospectus.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    Historical     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Notes     Pro Forma  
    Zuora, Inc.
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2018
    Leeyo
Software, Inc.
February 1, 2017 thru

May 31, 2017
       

Revenue

  $ 167,926     $ 15,413     $       $ 183,339  

Cost of revenue

    79,906       6,767       671       (A     87,344  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross profit

    88,020       8,646       (671       95,995  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating expenses

    134,298       7,403       806       (B )(C)      142,507  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (46,278     1,243       (1,477       (46,512

Other income (expense) and benefit (provision for) income taxes

    (877     (7     (275     (D     (1,159
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss

    (47,155     1,236       (1,752       (47,671
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss:

         

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    960       (19             941  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

  $ (46,195   $ 1,217     $ (1,752     $ (46,730
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (0.89         (E   $ (0.90
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

Shares used in computing net loss per common share, basic and diluted

    53,099           (E     53,099  
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of comprehensive loss is based on the historical financial information of the Company and Leeyo after giving effect to the acquisition of Leeyo by the Company using the purchase method of accounting and applying the assumptions and adjustments described in the accompanying notes. The statement combines the historical results for the Company and Leeyo for the period presented, as if the acquisition had occurred as of February 1, 2017.

2. Pro Forma Adjustments

The following pro forma adjustments are included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of comprehensive loss:

 

  (A) Reflects estimated amortization of purchased technologies and identifiable intangible assets of $0.7 million for the period of February 1, 2017 through May 31, 2017.

 

  (B) Reflects additional stock-based compensation expense associated with the restricted common stock and RSUs of approximately $1.6 million for the period of February 1, 2017 through May 31, 2017.

 

  (C) Reflects a reduction of approximately $0.8 million in acquisition-related expenses.

 

  (D) Reflects interest expense on the additional financing necessary to complete the transaction as if the draw had taken place on February 1, 2017 of $0.2 million for the period of February 1, 2017 through May 31, 2017.

 

  (E) Reflects the issuance of 2,307,782 shares of common stock on May 31, 2017 associated with the acquisition.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

LOGO

THE WORLD. SUBSCRIBED. We believe that one day every company will join the Subscription Economy and it is our sole mission to help them succeed.


Table of Contents

LOGO

Powering subscription businesses From z, to a. zuora


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses to be paid by us, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with the sale of the shares of our Class A common stock being registered hereby. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 12,450  

FINRA filing fee

     15,500  

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     *  

Printing and engraving

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Road show expenses

     *  

Blue sky fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *  

Miscellaneous expenses

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *  
  

 

 

 

 

* To be provided by amendment.

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the DGCL are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

As permitted by the DGCL, the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect following the completion of this offering contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except liability for the following:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    under Section 174 of the DGCL (regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases); or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

As permitted by the DGCL, the Registrant’s restated bylaws that will be in effect following the completion of this offering provide that:

 

    the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to very limited exceptions;

 

    the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the DGCL;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
    the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to very limited exceptions; and

 

    the rights conferred in the restated bylaws are not exclusive.

Prior to this offering, the Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its current directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director, executive officer, or employee of the Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought. Reference is also made to the underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, which provides for the indemnification of executive officers, directors, and controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities. The indemnification provisions in the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

The Registrant has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for its directors and officers.

Certain of the Registrant’s directors are also indemnified by their employers with regard to their service on the Registrant’s board of directors.

In addition, the underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

 

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since December 1, 2014 and through March 15, 2018, the Registrant has issued and sold the following securities:

 

  1. Since December 1, 2014 and through March 15, 2018, the Registrant granted options to employees, directors, consultants, and other service providers to purchase an aggregate of 34,627,096 shares of Class B common stock under its 2006 Stock Plan, or 2006 Plan, or 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2015 Plan, with per share exercise prices ranging from $1.54 to $3.97, and has issued 12,479,864 shares of Class B common stock upon exercise of stock options under its 2006 Plan or 2015 Plan. These shares were issued pursuant to an exemption under Rule 701.

 

  2. In February and March 2015, the Registrant issued restricted stock awards to certain consultants and other services providers to purchase 70,000 shares of Class B common stock under its 2006 Plan at a purchase price of $1.65. These shares were issued pursuant to an exemption under Rule 701.

 

  3. In 2015 and 2016, the Registrant issued 525,168 shares of Class B common stock to 12 accredited investors upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of Class B common stock, with per share exercise prices ranging from $0.01 to $0.03. These shares were issued pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

  4.

In May 2017, in connection with its acquisition of Leeyo Software, Inc., or Leeyo, the Registrant issued 2,307,782 shares of Class B common stock as consideration to 12 accredited investors and 4,517,019 shares of restricted common stock as consideration to

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  two accredited investors. These shares were issued pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

  5. In August 2017, the Registrant issued RSUs to certain employees settleable for 1,712,614 shares of Class B common stock under its 2015 Plan in connection with its acquisition of Leeyo. These shares were issued pursuant to an exemption under Rule 701.

 

  6. In October 2017, the Registrant issued restricted stock awards to certain employees to purchase 1,147,807 shares of Class B common stock under its 2015 Plan at a purchase price of $0.0001 per share in connection with its acquisition of Leeyo. These shares were issued pursuant to an exemption under Rule 701.

 

  7. In January and February 2015, the Registrant sold and issued 30,268,734 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock to 49 accredited investors at a purchase price of $3.7993 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $115.0 million. Registrant’s Series F convertible preferred stock are convertible into an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock. These shares were issued pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder).

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Title

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 9, 2017, by and among the Registrant, Laser Acquisition Sub Corp., Leeyo Software, Inc., and Doug Skeen, as Indemnifying Parties’ Agent.
3.1*    Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended to date and as currently in effect.
3.2    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of this offering.
3.3    Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended to date and as currently in effect.
3.4    Form of Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon completion of this offering.
4.1    Form of Registrant’s Class A common stock certificate.
4.2    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain security holders of the Registrant, dated January 16, 2015.
5.1*    Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Title

10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2    2006 Stock Plan and forms of award agreements.
10.3    2015 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements.
10.4    2018 Equity Incentive Plan, to be effective on the date immediately prior to the effective date of this registration statement, and forms of award agreements.
10.5    2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to be effective on the effective date of this registration statement, and form of subscription agreement.
10.6    Offer Letter, dated March 6, 2018, between Tien Tzuo and the Registrant.
10.7    Offer Letter, dated March 6, 2018, between Brent R. Cromley, Jr. and the Registrant.
10.8    Offer Letter, dated March 6, 2018, between Marc Diouane and the Registrant.
10.9    Offer Letter, dated January 7, 2016, between Kenneth Goldman and the Registrant.
10.10    Offer Letter, dated May 8, 2017, between Magdalena Yesil and the Registrant.
10.11    Form of Change in Control and Severance Agreement.
10.12    Sublease Agreement by and between the Registrant and Survey Monkey, Inc., dated October 18, 2016.
10.13    Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 14, 2017, by and among Silicon Valley Bank, the Registrant, Zuora Services, LLC, and Leeyo Software, Inc.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1*    Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2    Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.3    Consent of KPMG LLP, independent auditor.
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on page II-6).

 

* To be filed by amendment.

(b) Financial Statement Schedule.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the information is included in the Registrant’s consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to provisions described in Item 14 above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act

 

II-4


Table of Contents

and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Mateo, State of California, on March 16, 2018.

 

ZUORA, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Tien Tzuo

 

Tien Tzuo

Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Tien Tzuo and Tyler Sloat, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, proxies, and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, proxies and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact, proxies, and agents, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated:

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Tien Tzuo

Tien Tzuo

   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   March 16, 2018

/s/ Tyler Sloat

Tyler Sloat

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 16, 2018

/s/ Peter Fenton

Peter Fenton

   Director   March 16, 2018

/s/ Kenneth A. Goldman

Kenneth A. Goldman

   Director   March 16, 2018

/s/ Timothy Haley

Timothy Haley

   Director   March 16, 2018

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Jason Pressman

Jason Pressman

   Director   March 16, 2018

/s/ Michelangelo Volpi

Michelangelo Volpi

   Director   March 16, 2018

/s/ Magdalena Yesil

Magdalena Yesil

   Director   March 16, 2018

 

II-7

Exhibit 2.1

A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF M ERGER

B Y A ND A MONG

Z UORA , I NC .,

L ASER A CQUISITION S UB C ORP .,

L EEYO S OFTWARE , I NC .

A ND

D OUG S KEEN , AS I NDEMNIFYING P ARTIES ’ A GENT

M AY 9, 2017

 

*** Schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit will be furnished supplementally to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request; provided, however, that Zuora, Inc. may request confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, for any schedule or exhibit so furnished.


A RTICLE I T HE M ERGER

     2  

1.1

  Certain Definitions      2  

1.2

  The Merger      10  

1.3

  Closing      10  

1.4

  Closing Deliveries      10  

1.5

  Effective Time      12  

1.6

  Effect of the Merger      12  

1.7

  Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws      12  

1.8

  Directors and Officers      12  

1.9

  Effect on Company Capital Stock and Company Options      13  

1.10

  Payment and Exchange Procedures      15  

1.11

  Tax Consequences      17  

1.12

  Exemption from Registration      17  

1.13

  Withholding Rights      18  

1.14

  Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action      18  

A RTICLE II R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE C OMPANY AND ITS S UBSIDIARIES

     18  

2.1

  Organization, Good Standing, Corporate Power and Qualification      18  

2.2

  Capitalization      19  

2.3

  Subsidiaries      20  

2.4

  Due Authorization; Noncontravention      20  

2.5

  Governmental Consents      21  

2.6

  Litigation      21  

2.7

  Restrictions on Business Activities      22  

2.8

  Intellectual Property      22  

2.9

  Confidential Information and Privacy      26  

2.10

  Compliance with Law; Permits      27  

2.11

  Title to Property and Assets      27  

2.12

  Company Financial Statements      27  

2.13

  Changes      28  

2.14

  No Finder’s Fees; Transaction Expenses      29  

2.15

  Insurance      29  

2.16

  Tax Returns and Payments      29  

2.17

  Material Agreements      31  

2.18

  Certificate; Bylaws; Minute Books; Books and Records      33  

2.19

  Employee Matters      33  

2.20

  Environmental and Safety Laws      35  

2.21

  Anti-Corruption Law      36  

2.22

  Customers      36  

2.23

  Executive Officers      36  

2.24

  Non-Reliance on Acquiror Estimates, Projections, Forecasts, and Business Plans      36  

2.25

  Disclaimer of Other Representations and Warranties      37  

A RTICLE III R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF A CQUIROR AND M ERGER S UB

     37  

3.1

  Organization and Standing      37  

3.2

  Capitalization      37  

3.3

  Due Authorization; Noncontravention      38  

3.4

  Valid Issuance      38  

3.5

  Governmental Consents      38  

3.6

  Prior Sub Operations      39  

3.7

  Information Statement; Stockholder Notice      39  

3.8

  Cash Resources      39  

3.9

  Acquiror Financial Statements      39  

 

i


3.10

  Litigation      39  

3.11

  Non-Reliance on Company Estimates, Projections, Forecasts, and Business Plans      39  

A RTICLE IV C ONDUCT P RIOR TO THE E FFECTIVE T IME

     40  

4.1

  Conduct of the Business; Notices      40  

4.2

  Restrictions on Conduct of the Business      41  

A RTICLE V A DDITIONAL A GREEMENTS

     44  

5.1

  Board Recommendation, Stockholder Approval and Stockholder Notice      44  

5.2

  No Solicitation      45  

5.3

  Confidentiality; Public Disclosure      46  

5.4

  Reasonable Best Efforts      47  

5.5

  Third-Party Consents; Notices      47  

5.6

  Litigation      48  

5.7

  Access to Information      48  

5.8

  Spreadsheet      49  

5.9

  Expenses      49  

5.10

  Employees      49  

5.11

  Termination of Benefit Plans      50  

5.12

  Acquiror RSUs      50  

5.13

  Certain Closing Certificates and Documents      50  

5.14

  Tax Matters      50  

5.15

  Indemnification of Company Directors and Officers      52  

5.16

  280G Stockholder Approval      52  

A RTICLE VI C ONDITIONS TO THE M ERGER

     53  

6.1

  Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Merger      53  

6.2

  Additional Conditions to Obligations of the Company      53  

6.3

  Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Acquiror      54  

A RTICLE VII T ERMINATION , A MENDMENT AND W AIVER

     55  

7.1

  Termination      55  

7.2

  Effect of Termination      56  

7.3

  Amendment      56  

7.4

  Extension; Waiver      57  

A RTICLE VIII E SCROW F UND AND I NDEMNIFICATION

     57  

8.1

  Escrow Fund      57  

8.2

  Indemnification      57  

8.3

  Indemnifiable Damage Threshold; Other Limitations      58  

8.4

  Priority; Limitations; Valuation of Stock Escrow      60  

8.5

  Period for Claims; Other Limitations      60  

8.6

  Claims      61  

8.7

  Resolution of Objections to Claims      61  

8.8

  Indemnifying Parties’ Agent      62  

8.9

  Third-Party Claims      64  

8.10

  Sole and Exclusive Remedy      64  

A RTICLE IX G ENERAL P ROVISIONS

     65  

9.1

  Survival of Representations and Warranties and Covenants      65  

9.2

  Notices      65  

9.3

  Interpretation      66  

9.4

  Counterparts      66  

9.5

  Entire Agreement; Nonassignability; Parties in Interest      67  

9.6

  Assignment      67  

9.7

  Severability      67  

9.8

  Remedies Cumulative      67  

 

ii


9.9

  Governing Law      67  

9.10

  Rules of Construction      68  

9.11

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      69  

9.12

  Attorney-Client Privilege      69  

 

iii


E XHIBITS AND S CHEDULES

 

E XHIBITS    
Exhibit A   -   Form of Stockholder Agreement
Exhibit B   -   Form of Company Stockholder Consent
Exhibit C-1     -     Terms and Conditions of Acquiror Restricted Shares
Exhibit C-2   -   Terms and Conditions of Acquiror RSUs
Exhibit D   -   Certificate of Merger
Exhibit E   -   Form of Escrow Agreement
Exhibit F   -   Form of FIRPTA Notice
Exhibit G   -   Form of FIRPTA Notification Letter
Exhibit H   -   Form of Stock Restriction Agreement
Exhibit I   -   Form of Investment Representation Letter
Exhibit J   -   Form of Vested Option Cancellation Agreement
S CHEDULES
Schedule 1.0     Key Employees
Schedule 2     Contractors
Schedule 5.5(e)     Domain Names
Schedule 5.5(f)     Trademarks
Schedule 5.12(a)     Equity Bonus Grants
Schedule 5.12(b)     Retention Equity Grants

 

iv


A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF M ERGER

This A GREEMENT A ND P LAN O F M ERGER (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of May 10, 2017 (the “ Agreement Date ”), by and among Zuora, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Acquiror ”), Laser Acquisition Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Acquiror (“ Merger Sub ”), Leeyo Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and Doug Skeen in his capacity as Indemnifying Parties’ Agent.

R ECITALS

A. The Board of Directors of each of the Company, Merger Sub, and Acquiror have determined that it would be advisable and in the best interests of their respective companies and the security holders of their respective companies that (i) Merger Sub merge with and into the Company in a statutory reverse-triangular merger (the “ Merger ”), with the Company to survive the Merger, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and, in furtherance thereof, have approved the Merger, this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

B. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement and as a material inducement to the willingness of Acquiror to enter into this Agreement, holders of (i) at least 95% of the outstanding Company Capital Stock, and (ii) at least 50% of the outstanding Company Common Stock (the “ Requisite Stockholders ”) have delivered a stockholder agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Stockholder Agreement ”), and immediately following the execution of this Agreement, will deliver a written consent in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Company Stockholder Consent ”), which, among other things, approves the Merger and adopts this Agreement.

C. Pursuant to the Merger, among other things, the issued and outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock shall be converted into the right to receive cash and shares of Acquiror Common Stock, and all Company Options shall be, or shall have been, cancelled, as set forth in Section  1.9(c) herein.

D. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement and as a material inducement to the willingness of Acquiror to enter into this Agreement, certain of the employees of the Company (or its Subsidiaries) set forth on Schedule 1.0 (the “ Key Employees ”) are executing offer letters with Acquiror (each an “ Offer Letter ”).

E. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement and as a material inducement to the willingness of Acquiror to enter into this Agreement, Jagan Reddy and Karthik Ramamoorthy are entering into non-competition agreements with Acquiror (each a “ Non-Competition Agreement ”).

I. The Company, Merger Sub and Acquiror desire to make certain representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements in connection with the Merger as set forth herein.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


ARTICLE I

T HE M ERGER

1.1 Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below. Unless indicated otherwise, all mathematical calculations contemplated hereby shall be rounded to nearest tenth.

Acquiror Common Stock ” means the common stock of Acquiror, par value of $0.0001 per share.

Acquiror Restricted Shares ” means restricted stock of Acquiror, the terms and conditions of which are set forth on Exhibit C-1 .

Acquiror RSUs ” means restricted stock units of Acquiror, the terms and conditions of which are set forth on Exhibit C-2 .

Acquisition Proposal ” means, with respect to the Company, any agreement, offer, proposal or bona fide indication of interest (other than this Agreement or any other offer, proposal or indication of interest by Acquiror), or any public announcement of intention to enter into any such agreement or of (or intention to make) any offer, proposal or bona fide indication of interest, relating to, or involving: (i) any acquisition or purchase from the Company, or from the Company Stockholders, by any Person or Persons of more than a 10% interest in the total outstanding voting securities of the Company or any tender offer or exchange offer that if consummated would result in any Person or Persons beneficially owning 10% or more of the total outstanding voting securities of the Company or any merger, consolidation, business combination or similar transaction involving the Company, (ii) any sale, lease, mortgage, pledge, exchange, transfer, license (other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice), acquisition, or disposition of more than 10% of the assets of the Company in any single transaction or series of related transactions, (iii) any liquidation, dissolution, recapitalization or other significant corporate reorganization of the Company, or any extraordinary dividend, whether of cash or other property or (iv) any other transaction outside of the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice the consummation of which would impede, interfere with, prevent or delay, or would reasonably be expected to impede, interfere with, prevent or delay, the consummation of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Anti-Corruption Law ” means any Applicable Law relating to anti-bribery or anti-corruption (governmental or commercial), including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and any other Legal Requirement that prohibits the corrupt payment, offer, promise or authorization of the payment or transfer of anything of value (including gifts or entertainment), directly or indirectly, to any Person, including any Government Official.

Applicable Exceptions ” mean (i) applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and (ii) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

Business ” means the design, research, development, manufacture, operation, production, marketing, sale, servicing, or the provision of any product or service that relates to financial software and solutions for revenue cycle and/or billing automation, including revenue recognition calculation and automation, analytics, forecasting, reporting and management as well as commission expense allocation. For clarity, the term “including” is meant to indicate a subset of activities relating to financial software and solutions for revenue cycle and/or billing automation.

 

2


Business Day ” means a day (A) other than Saturday or Sunday and (B) on which commercial banks are open for business in San Francisco, California.

Cash Amount ” means $30,000,000, plus (A) the amount, if any, by which Net Working Capital as of immediately prior to the Closing is greater than $1,221,000, minus (B) the amount, if any, by which Net Working Capital as of immediately prior to the Closing is less than $1,221,000, minus (C) the Cash Liquidation Preference Amount, minus (D) all Company Debt as of immediately prior to the Closing Date, plus (E) Company Cash as of immediately prior to the Closing Date, minus (F) the Expense Fund, minus (G) the Transaction Expenses, minus (H) the Option Cancellation Amount.

Cash Escrow ” means $3,000,000 in cash.

Cash Liquidation Preference Amount ” means $4,950,000.

Cash Per Share Amount ” means the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Cash Amount by (B) the number of shares of Company Capital Stock.

Cash Per Share Liquidation Preference Amount ” means the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Cash Liquidation Preference Amount by (B) the number of shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock.

Cash Pro Rata Share ” means for each Company Indemnifying Party, the quotient, as set forth as a percentage in the Spreadsheet, obtained by dividing (A) for each such Company Indemnifying Party, the amount of cash payable to such Company Indemnifying Party pursuant to Section  1.9(a)-(b) , by (B) the aggregate amount of cash payable to all Company Indemnifying Parties pursuant to Section  1.9(a)-(b) .

CCC ” means the California Corporations Code.

Code ” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

Company Capital Stock ” means all shares of Company Common Stock and Company Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Company Cash ” means the aggregate amount of all cash and cash equivalents of the Company and its Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP, net of (i) any outstanding checks, wires, and bank overdrafts of the Company or its Subsidiaries and (ii) any restricted cash, including amounts subject to restrictions or limitations on use, amounts held in escrow, or amounts in excess of US$200,000 held in non-U.S. countries.

Company Closing Financial Certificate ” means a certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company dated as of the Closing Date, certifying, as of the Closing, the amount of (i) Net Working Capital (including (A) the Company’s balance sheet as of the Closing prepared on a consistent basis with the Company Balance Sheet, (B) an itemized list of each category of asset included in the Company’s consolidated current assets, (C) an itemized list of each category of liability of the Company’s consolidated total current liabilities), (ii) any Transaction Expenses that are incurred but unpaid, (D) Company Cash and (E) Company Debt and (iii) any amounts payable to the Company (whether for accounts receivable or otherwise) by Avaya, Inc (the “ Avaya Receivables ”).

 

3


Company Common Stock ” means all shares of Common Stock, par value of $0.001 per share, of the Company issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Company Debt ” means indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries for money borrowed, including any prepayment or other penalties payable in connection with the repayment of such Company Debt at the Closing means, without duplication: (i) all obligations (including the principal amount thereof or, if applicable, the accreted amount thereof and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest thereon) of the Company, whether or not represented by bonds, debentures, notes or other securities (whether or not convertible into any other security), for the repayment of money borrowed, whether owing to banks, financial institutions, on equipment leases or otherwise, (ii) all deferred indebtedness of the Company for the payment of the purchase price of property or assets purchased by the Company (other than accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (iii) all obligations of the Company to pay rent or other payment amounts under a lease which is required to be classified as a capital lease or a liability on the face of a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, (iv) all outstanding reimbursement obligations of the Company with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of the Company, (v) all obligations of the Company under any interest rate swap agreement, forward rate agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement or other financial agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of limiting or managing interest rate risks, (vi) all obligations secured by any Encumbrance existing on property owned by the Company, whether or not indebtedness secured thereby will have been assumed, (vii) all premiums, penalties, fees, expenses, breakage costs and change of control payments required to be paid or offered in respect of any of the foregoing on prepayment (regardless if any of such are actually paid), as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or in connection with any lender consent and (viii) all guaranties, endorsements, assumptions and other contingent obligations of the Company in respect of, or to purchase or to otherwise acquire, any of the obligations and other matters of the kind described in any of the clauses (i) through (vii) appertaining to third parties.

Company Option Plan ” means the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

Company Optionholders ” means the holders of Company Options.

Company Options ” means options (other than warrants) to purchase shares of Company Common Stock.

Company Securityholders ” means, collectively, the Company Stockholders and the Company Optionholders.

Company Series A Preferred Stock ” means all shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Company Stockholders ” means the holders of Company Capital Stock.

Confidentiality Agreement ” means, collectively, the obligations with respect to confidentiality as set forth in that certain Mutual Non-Disclosure Agreement between the parties and dated September 29, 2016 and that certain Exclusivity Agreement between the parties and dated April 4, 2017, as amended.

 

4


Contract ” means any written or oral legally binding contract, agreement, instrument, commitment or undertaking of any nature (including leases, licenses, mortgages, notes, guarantees, sublicenses, subcontracts, letters of intent and purchase orders) as of the Agreement Date.

Data Protection Legislation ” means all Legal Requirements concerning the protection and/or processing of Personal Data including but not limited to the EC Data Protection Directive (Directive 95/46/EC) and all applicable member state implementing legislation, and “processing”, “data controller” and “data subject” shall have the meanings given in such Directive.

Deemed Stock Value ” means $4.13 per share of Acquiror Common Stock, as may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section  1.9(j) . Such Deemed Stock Value is solely for purposes of determining Acquiror’s rights to indemnification under this Agreement, and shall not be treated by any of the parties as reflecting the fair market value of the Acquiror Common Stock for any Tax purposes.

Delaware Law ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Dissenting Shares ” shall mean any shares of Company Capital Stock that are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and in respect of which appraisal or dissenters’ rights shall have been perfected in accordance with Delaware Law or the CCC in connection with the Merger.

Encumbrances ” means any lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, mortgage, security interest, encumbrance, claim or restriction of any nature.

Equity Bonus Grants ” means 448,940 Acquiror RSUs.

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, any capital stock of, or other ownership, membership, partnership, joint venture or equity interest in, such Person or any indebtedness, securities, options, warrants, call, subscription or other rights or entitlements of, or granted by, such Person or any of its Affiliates that are convertible into, or are exercisable or exchangeable for, or giving any Person any right or entitlement to acquire any such capital stock or other ownership, partnership, joint venture or equity interest, in all cases, whether vested or unvested.

Escrowed Consideration ” means the Cash Escrow and the Stock Escrow.

Fraud ” means fraud involving a knowing and intentional misrepresentation of a fact, or concealment of a fact, made or concealed with the intent to deceive (as opposed to any fraud claim based on constructive knowledge, negligent misrepresentation or a similar theory) under Delaware law.

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

Government Official ” means (i) any official, employee, agent or representative of, or any Person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of, any Governmental Entity, (ii) any political party, political party official or candidate for political office, (iii) any official, employee, agent or representative of, or any Person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of, a company, business, enterprise or other entity owned, in whole or in part, or controlled by any Governmental Entity or (iv) any official, employee, agent or representative of, or any Person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of, a public international organization.

 

5


Governmental Entity ” means any supranational, national, state, municipal, local or foreign government, any court, tribunal, arbitrator, administrative agency, commission or other governmental official, authority or instrumentality, in each case whether domestic or foreign, any stock exchange or similar self-regulatory organization or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, Taxing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority.

Holdback Amount ” means $14,450,250 in cash; provided , that the Holdback Amount shall be increased to reflect any amounts actually paid to the Company by Avaya, Inc. in satisfaction of its obligations to pay the Avaya Receivables following the Closing Date and prior to release of the Holdback Amount pursuant to Section  1.10 .

Holdback Pro Rata Share ” means for each Company Stockholder and each holder of Vested Company Options, the quotient, as set forth as a percentage in the Spreadsheet, obtained by dividing (A) for each such holder, the amount of cash payable to such holder pursuant to Section  1.9(a)- (c) by (B) the aggregate amount of cash payable to all Company Stockholders and all holders of Vested Company Options pursuant to Section  1.9(a)-(c) .

knowledge ” means, (a) in the case of the Company, the actual knowledge or deemed knowledge (as described immediately below) of Jagan Reddy, Karthik Ramamoorthy, David Tauber and Michael Compton (collectively referred to herein as the “ Company Representatives ”). Any Person will have “deemed knowledge” of a particular fact, circumstance, event or other matter in question if knowledge of such fact, circumstance, event or other matter in question would be obtained from reasonable inquiries of such Company Representative’s books, records, and email accounts, or from reasonable inquiries of the employees of the Company who are reasonably likely to have knowledge of such fact, circumstance, event or other matter in question, and (b) in the case of Acquiror, the actual knowledge or deemed knowledge of Tien Tzou, Tyler Sloat or Jennifer Pileggi.

Legal Requirements ” means any federal, state, foreign, local, municipal or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, regulation, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Entity and any orders, writs, injunctions, awards, judgments and decrees applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary or to any of their respective assets, properties or businesses.

Management Bonuses means those certain bonuses, the aggregate value of which shall not exceed $2,452,865, paid or payable by the Company pursuant to the management bonus plan adopted by the Company in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Management Bonus Plan ”).

Management Bonus Holdback means $549,750.00.

Material Adverse Effect with respect to any Person means any change, event, violation, inaccuracy, circumstance or effect (each, an “ Effect ”) that, individually or taken together with all other Effects, and regardless of whether or not such Effect constitutes an inaccuracy in the representations or warranties made by, or a breach of the covenants, agreements or obligations of, such Person herein, (i) is, or is reasonably likely to, be or become, materially adverse in relation to the financial condition, assets (including intangible assets) (taken as a whole), or liabilities (taken as a whole) or capitalization of such Person and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except to the extent that any such Effect directly results from: (A) changes in general economic conditions (provided that such changes do not affect such Person disproportionately as compared to such Person’s competitors); (B) changes affecting the industry generally in which such Person operates (provided that such changes do not affect such Person disproportionately as compared to such Person’s competitors); (C) changes in GAAP or any Legal Requirements after the date hereof (provided that such changes do not affect such Person

 

6


disproportionately as compared to such Person’s competitors); (D) any act of terrorism, war, calamity or act of God (provided that such changes do not affect such Person disproportionately as compared to such Person’s competitors); (E) any failure, in and of itself, of the Company and its Subsidiaries to meet any published or internally prepared projections, budgets, plans or forecasts of revenues, earnings or other financial performance measures or operating statistics (it being understood that the facts and circumstances underlying any such failure that are not otherwise excluded from the definition of a “Material Adverse Effect” may be considered in determining whether there has been a Material Adverse Effect); (F) any action taken or failed to be taken pursuant to or in accordance with the requirements this Agreement or at the written request of, or consented to in writing by, the Acquiror, in the case of an Effect on the Company, or the Company, in the case of an Effect on Acquiror; or (G) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, or the public announcement or other publicity with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

Net Working Capital ” means (i) the Company’s consolidated total current assets as of the Closing (as defined by and determined in accordance with GAAP as applied in the Company Balance Sheet, if and to the extent in accordance with GAAP) less (ii) Company’s consolidated total current liabilities as of the Closing (as defined by and determined in accordance with GAAP as applied in the Company Balance Sheet, if and to the extent in accordance with GAAP), including as liabilities (without duplication) the Special Wages Amount. For purposes of calculating Net Working Capital, (I) the Company’s consolidated total current liabilities (a) shall not include (i) any Company Debt (whether or not such Company Debt would be treated as a current liability under GAAP), (ii) any Transaction Expenses, (iii) any deferred revenue and (b) shall include all liabilities for Pre-Closing Taxes (whether or not then due and payable and excluding deferred Tax liabilities), and (II) the Company’s consolidated total current assets shall not include Company Cash, any amounts payable to the Company (whether for accounts receivable or otherwise) by Avaya, Inc., cash held in non-U.S. countries, or deferred tax assets.

Ordinary Contracts ” means commercial agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, the principal purpose of which is unrelated to Tax.

Person ” means any natural person, company, corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, trust, proprietorship, joint venture, business organization or Governmental Entity.

Personal Data ” means a natural person’s name, street address, telephone number, e-mail address, photograph, social security number, driver’s license number, passport number, or customer or account number, or any other piece of information that identifies a natural person, or is otherwise considered personally identifiable information or personal data under applicable law, whether from that information alone or from a combination of that information with any other information which is in the possession of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

Pre-Closing Taxes ” means any Taxes of the Company or its Subsidiary for a Pre-Closing Tax Period and any Transaction-Related Employer Taxes.

Pre-Closing Tax Period ” means any Taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date and that portion of any Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date.

Retention Equity Grants ” means the grant of an aggregate of 1,160,500 Acquiror RSUs and 1,260,807 Acquiror Restricted Shares.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

7


Special Wages Amount ” means, without duplication (i) the amount of any wage, bonus, commission, vacation pay, accrued overtime or other employment-related benefit of the Company that is unpaid as of the Closing, (ii) (A) the maximum amount arising from any performance-based compensation arrangement (including under any commission plans or policies) which is unpaid and in effect as of Closing and for which amounts may become due or owing promptly following the Closing in respect of performance or achievements occurring on or prior to Closing and (B) any costs to terminate such performance-based compensation arrangements as of the Closing, (iii) any severance cost for service providers who will not continue in service after the Closing, and (iv) any employment, payroll Taxes or other Taxes arising in connection with the Closing under (i) through (iii) of the definition or any other payment required pursuant to, or arising as a result of, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, whether or not such liabilities for Taxes would be then due and payable or accrued under GAAP.

Stock Amount ” means the aggregate of (A) 7,263,923 shares of Acquiror Common Stock, minus (B) the Equity Bonus Grants minus (C) the Stock Liquidation Preference Amount.

Stock Escrow ” means 726,393 shares of Acquiror Common Stock.

Stock Liquidation Preference Amount ” means 1,198,547 shares of Acquiror Common Stock.

Stock Per Share Amount ” means the quotient obtained by dividing (A) Stock Amount by (B) the number of shares of Company Capital Stock.

Stock Per Share Liquidation Preference Amount ” means the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Stock Liquidation Preference Amount by (B) the number of shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock.

Stock Pro Rata Share ” means for each Company Indemnifying Party, the quotient, as set forth as a percentage in the Spreadsheet, obtained by dividing (A) the number of shares of Acquiror Common Stock payable to such Company Indemnifying Party pursuant to Section  1.9(a)-(b) by (B) the aggregate amount of Acquiror Common Stock payable to all Company Indemnifying Parties pursuant to Section  1.9(a)-(b) .

Straddle Period ” means any Taxable period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date. For purposes of this Agreement, in the case of any Straddle Period, (A) the amount of any Taxes, measured by income, gross receipts, payments, sales, or payroll of the Company for the portion of such Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date shall be determined based on an interim closing of the books as of the close of business on the Closing Date, and (B) the amount of other Taxes of the Company for the portion of such Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date shall be deemed to be the amount of such other Tax for the entire Taxable period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the Taxable period ending on Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in such Straddle Period. For the avoidance of doubt, any Taxes of the Company and its Subsidiaries that have been paid or otherwise remitted to the applicable Tax Authority before the Closing Date by the Company, its Subsidiaries, or the Company Securityholders, as the case may be, with respect to any Straddle Period shall be taken into account in determining the liability for Taxes of the Company for the Pre-Closing Tax Period.

 

8


Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other Person of which the Company, either alone or together with one or more Subsidiaries or by one or more other Subsidiaries (i) directly or indirectly owns or purports to own, beneficially or of record securities or other interest representing more than 50% of the outstanding equity, voting power, or financial interests of such Person, or (ii) is entitled, by Contract or otherwise, to elect, appoint or designate directors constituting a majority of the members of such Person’s board of directors or other governing body.

Tax ” (and, with correlative meaning, “ Taxes ” and “ Taxable ”) means any net income, alternative or add-on minimum tax, gross income, estimated, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, capital stock, profits, license, registration, withholding, payroll, social security (or equivalent), employment, unemployment, disability, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property (real, tangible or intangible), environmental or windfall profit tax, custom duty or other tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest or any penalty, addition to tax or additional amount (whether disputed or not) imposed by any Governmental Entity responsible for the imposition of any such tax (domestic or foreign) (each, a “ Tax Authority ”), (B) any liability for the payment of any amount of the type described in clause (A) of this sentence as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidate, combined, unitary or aggregate group for any Taxable period, and (C) any liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (A) or (B) of this sentence as a result of being a transferee of or successor to any Person or as a result of any express or implied obligation to assume such Taxes or to indemnify any other Persons.

Tax Return ” means any return, statement, report or form (including estimated Tax returns and reports, withholding Tax returns and reports, any schedule or attachment, and information returns and reports) filed or required to be filed with respect to Taxes.

Transaction-Related Employer Payroll Taxes ” means the employer portion of payroll Taxes associated with any compensatory payments (including but not limited to any payments in respect of Vested Company Options and any portion of the Management Bonus) to be paid promptly following the Closing Date.

Transaction Expenses ” means all third-party fees and expenses outstanding as of the Effective Time by the Company in connection with the potential sale of the Company, the Merger, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, whether or not billed or accrued and whether or not subject to any contingencies (including the Tail Insurance Coverage, the Management Bonuses, any fees and expenses of legal counsel and accountants, the maximum amount of fees and expenses payable to financial advisors, investment bankers and brokers of the Company and any such fees incurred by Company Stockholders or Company employees if paid or to be paid for by the Company; provided , however, the Management Bonus portion of Transaction Expenses will be credited by the value of the Management Bonus Holdback.

Total Acquiror Equity ” means the Stock Amount plus the Stock Liquidation Preference Amount.

Total Cash ” means the Cash Amount plus the Cash Liquidation Preference Amount plus the Option Cancellation Amount.

Unaccredited Investor ” means any Person that is not an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

Unvested Company Options ” means Company Options that are outstanding and unvested as of immediately prior to the Closing Date.

Vested Company Options ” means Company Options that are outstanding and vested as of immediately prior to the Closing Date.

 

9


Willful Breach ” means a breach of this Agreement that is the consequence of an act or omission by a party with the knowledge that the taking of such act or failure to take such action would be a breach of this Agreement.

Other capitalized terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement and not defined in this Section  1.1 shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in this Agreement.

1.2 The Merger . At the Effective Time (as such term is defined in Section  1.5 ), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Certificate of Merger in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Certificate of Merger ”) and the applicable provisions of Delaware Law, Merger Sub shall merge with and into the Company, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub shall cease and the Company shall continue as the surviving corporation and shall become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Acquiror. The Company, as the surviving corporation after the Merger, is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “ Surviving Corporation .”

1.3 Closing . The closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Fenwick & West LLP, Silicon Valley Center, 801 California Street, Mountain View, California, or at such other location as the parties hereto agree, at (i) 10:00 a.m. local time on a date to be agreed by Acquiror and the Company, which date shall be no later than the fifth Business Day following the date on which all of the conditions set forth in Article VI have been satisfied or waived (other than those conditions that, by their terms, are intended to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of those conditions) or (ii) such other time as Acquiror and the Company agree. The date on which the Closing occurs is sometimes referred to herein as the “ Closing Date .”

1.4 Closing Deliveries .

(a) Acquiror Deliveries . At or prior to the Closing, Acquiror shall deliver:

(i) to the Company, (A) a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, executed on behalf of Acquiror by a duly authorized officer of Acquiror to the effect that each of the conditions set forth in Section  6.2(a) has been satisfied; and (B) a counterpart to the Escrow and Paying Agent Agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “ Escrow Agreement ”), dated as of the Closing Date and executed by Acquiror and the Escrow Agent; and

(ii) to the Paying Agent, the Preferred Closing Consideration and the Common Closing Consideration.

(b) The Company shall deliver to Acquiror, at or prior to the Closing, each of the following:

(i) a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, executed on behalf of the Company by a duly authorized officer of the Company to the effect that each of the conditions set forth in Section  6.3(a) has been satisfied;

(ii) a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date and executed on behalf of the Company by its Secretary, certifying the Company’s (A) certificate of incorporation, (B) bylaws, (C) board resolutions approving the Merger and adopting this Agreement, and (D) stockholder resolutions and the Company Stockholder Consents from the Requisite Stockholders approving the Merger and adopting this Agreement;

 

10


(iii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror of (A) the resignation of each of the directors and each of the officers of the Company and of each Subsidiary in office immediately prior to the Closing as directors and/or officers, as applicable, of the Company and of each such Subsidiary, effective no later than immediately prior to the Effective Time, and (B) the appointment of new officers and directors of the Company and of each Subsidiary which appointments are to become effective at the Effective Time;

(iv) a certificate from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the State of California dated within five (5) days prior to the Closing Date, and certifying that the Company is in good standing;

(v) the Company Closing Financial Certificate;

(vi) FIRPTA documentation, including (A) a notice to the Internal Revenue Service, in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2), in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F , dated as of the Closing Date and executed by the Company, together with written authorization for Acquiror to deliver such notice form to the Internal Revenue Service on behalf of the Company after the Closing, and (B) a FIRPTA Notification Letter, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , dated as of the Closing Date and executed by the Company;

(vii) evidence satisfactory to Acquiror of the termination of service with the Company of each Designated Employee and each independent contractor (other than those listed on Schedule 2), consultant and/or advisory board member of the Company;

(viii) copies of executed Offer Letters contemplated by Section  6.3(h)(ii) ;

(ix) evidence of inventor assignments in favor of the Company for all inventors named in U.S. Patent Application No. 15/003,593, recorded with the USPTO in a form reasonably acceptable to Acquiror;

(x) a contractor agreement executed by each of the Company contractors set forth on Schedule 2 (the “ Specified Contractors ”);

(xi) a counterpart to the Non-Competition Agreements, executed by each of the Key Employees;

(xii) a stock restriction agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (“ Stock Restriction Agreement ”) executed by each Company Stockholder who is also a Continuing Employee;

(xiii) an investment representation letter in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (the “ Investment Representation Letter ”), executed by each holder of Company Capital Stock;

(xiv) a counterpart to the Escrow Agreement, executed by the Company and the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent;

(xv) the Spreadsheet completed to include all of the information specified in Section  5.8 and a certificate executed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying that such Spreadsheet is true, correct and complete;

 

11


(xvi) a Parachute Payment Waiver, (“ Parachute Payment Waiver ”), from each Person who the Company reasonably believes is, with respect to the Company, a “disqualified individual” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder), as determined immediately prior to the initiation of the requisite stockholder approval procedure under, and who might otherwise have, receive or have the right or entitlement to receive a parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code, pursuant to which each such Person shall agree to waive any and all right or entitlement to the accelerated vesting, payments, benefits, options and stock to the extent the value thereof exceeds 2.99 times such Person’s base amount determined in accordance with Section 280G of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the requisite stockholder approval of such accelerated vesting, payments, benefits, options and stock is obtained;

(xvii) the Company shall have solicited a Company Stockholder approval in a manner which satisfies all applicable requirements of Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder; and

(xviii) Acquiror shall have received from each third party who is owed Transaction Expenses a written instrument executed by each such party and setting forth the bill for aggregate unpaid fees and expenses incurred by the Company as of the Closing, as well as applicable wiring instructions.

1.5 Effective Time . At the Closing, Merger Sub and the Company shall cause the Certificate of Merger to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, in accordance with the relevant provisions of Delaware Law (the time of acceptance by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of such filing or such later time as may be agreed to by Acquiror and the Company in writing (and set forth in the Certificate of Merger) being referred to herein as the “ Effective Time ”).

1.6 Effect of the Merger . At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided in this Agreement, the Certificate of Merger and the applicable provisions of Delaware Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time, all the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company and Merger Sub shall vest in the Company, and all debts, liabilities and duties of the Company and Merger Sub shall become debts, liabilities and duties of the Company.

1.7 Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws . At the Effective Time, (i) the certificate of incorporation of the Company shall be amended in its entirety to read as set forth in the Certificate of Merger, until thereafter amended as provided by Delaware Law, and (ii) the bylaws of the Company shall be amended in their entirety to read as the bylaws of Merger Sub, until thereafter amended as provided by Delaware Law, the certificate of incorporation of the Company and such bylaws.

1.8 Directors and Officers . At the Effective Time, (i) the members of the board of directors of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be appointed as the members of the Company Board immediately after the Effective Time until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified, and (ii) the officers of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be appointed as the officers of the Company immediately after the Effective Time until their respective successors are duly appointed. At the Effective Time, Acquiror shall appoint the directors and officers to the Company’s India Subsidiary.

 

12


1.9 Effect on Company Capital Stock and Company Options .

(a) Company Series A Preferred Stock . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Effective Time each share of Company Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by Company Stockholders (other than holders of Dissenting Shares) (the “ Series A Holders ”), will be, by virtue of the Merger, canceled, extinguished and converted into the right to receive: (i) an amount payable in cash equal to the Cash Per Share Liquidation Preference Amount, (ii) an amount payable in cash equal to the Cash Per Share Amount, (iii) an amount payable in shares of Acquiror Common Stock equal to the Stock Per Share Liquidation Preference Amount, and (iv) an amount payable in shares of Acquiror Common Stock equal to the Stock Per Share Amount. Subject to Section  1.10(e) and Section  8.4(a) , the foregoing amounts shall be paid pursuant to Section  1.10(a)(i)-(ii) . The number of shares of Acquiror Common Stock each Series A Holder is entitled to receive for the shares of Company Series A Stock held by such Series A Holder (including with respect to any shares of Acquiror Company Stock placed in the Escrow Fund) shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. The amount of cash each Series A Holder is entitled to receive for the shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock held by such Series A Holder (including with respect to any cash placed in the Escrow Fund) shall be rounded down to the nearest cent.

(b) Company Common Stock . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Effective Time each share of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by the Company Stockholders (other than holders of Dissenting Shares) (the “ Common Holders ”), will be, by virtue of the Merger, canceled, extinguished and converted into the right to receive: (i) an amount payable in cash equal to the Cash Per Share Amount and (ii) an amount payable in shares of Acquiror Common Stock equal to the Stock Per Share Amount. Subject to Section  1.10(e) and Section  8.4(a) , the foregoing amounts shall be paid pursuant to Section  1.10(a)(iii)-(iv) . The number of shares of Acquiror Common Stock each Common Holder is entitled to receive for the shares of Company Common Stock held by such Common Holder (including with respect to any shares of Acquiror Company Stock placed in the Escrow Fund) shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. The amount of cash each Common Holder is entitled to receive for the shares of Company Common Stock held by such Common Holder (including with respect to any cash placed in the Escrow Fund) shall be rounded down to the nearest cent.

(c) Company Options . No Company Options will be assumed by Acquiror in connection with the Merger.

(i) Each Vested Company Option that remains unexercised immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be cancelled immediately prior to the Effective Time in consideration of the right to receive an amount payable in cash equal to (x) (A) the number of shares of Company Common Stock underlying such Vested Company Option multiplied by (B) the Cash Per Share Amount, and then (C) subtracting from such product the aggregate exercise price of such Vested Company Option plus (y) (A) the number of shares of Company Common Stock underlying such Vested Company Option multiplied by (B) the Stock Per Share Amount, with such product then multiplied by (C) the Deemed Stock Value ((x) and (y) together, the “ Option Cancellation Amount ”).

(ii) Each Unvested Option will be cancelled without consideration therefor.

(iii) For each holder of a Vested Company Option, such holder’s receipt of the consideration set forth in this Section  1.9(c) shall be subject to such holder’s execution of an Option Cancellation Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J.

(d) Maximum Merger Consideration . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement and other than as a result of the Equity Bonus Grants and the Retention Equity Grants issued pursuant to Section  5.12 hereof, in no event shall the aggregate consideration paid or distributed by Acquiror hereunder to the Company Securityholders in the Merger exceed the Total Cash and the Total Acquiror Equity (together, the “ Merger Consideration ”).

 

13


(e) Capital Stock of Merger Sub . Each share of capital stock of Merger Sub that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will, by virtue of the Merger and without further action on the part of the sole stockholder of Merger Sub, be converted into and become one share of Company Common Stock (and the shares of the Company into which the shares of Merger Sub capital stock are so converted shall be the only shares of the Company’s capital stock that are issued and outstanding immediately after the Effective Time). Each certificate evidencing ownership of shares of Merger Sub capital stock will evidence ownership of such shares of Company Common Stock.

(f) Treatment of Company Common Stock Owned by the Company . At the Effective Time, all shares of Company Common Stock that are owned by the Company as treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be canceled and extinguished without any conversion thereof.

(g) Appraisal and Dissenters’ Rights . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any Dissenting Shares shall not be converted into the right to receive the consideration provided for in Sections 1.9(a) - (b) , but shall instead be converted into the right to receive such consideration as may be determined to be due with respect to any such Dissenting Shares pursuant to Delaware Law or the CCC. Each holder of Dissenting Shares who, pursuant to the provisions of Delaware Law or the CCC, becomes entitled to payment thereunder for such shares shall receive payment therefor in accordance with Delaware Law or the CCC (but only after the value therefor shall have been agreed upon or finally determined pursuant to such provisions). If, after the Effective Time, any Dissenting Shares shall lose their status as Dissenting Shares, then any such shares shall immediately be converted into the right to receive the consideration payable pursuant to Sections 1.9(a) - (b) , as applicable in respect of such shares as if such shares never had been Dissenting Shares, and Acquiror shall issue and deliver to the holder thereof, at (or as promptly as reasonably practicable after) the applicable time or times specified in Section  1.10(a) , following the satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section  1.10(a) , the amount of cash to which such holder would be entitled in respect thereof under this Section  1.9 as if such shares never had been Dissenting Shares. The Company or the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent shall give Acquiror (i) prompt notice of any demands for appraisal or purchase received by the Company or the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent, as applicable, withdrawals of such demands, and any other instruments served pursuant to Delaware Law or the CCC and received by the Company and (ii) the right to consult with the Company or the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent, as applicable, in any negotiations or proceedings with respect to demands for appraisal or purchase under Delaware Law or the CCC. The Company (prior to the Effective Time) or the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent (after the Effective Time), as applicable, shall not, except with the prior written consent of Acquiror (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or as otherwise required under Delaware Law or the CCC, voluntarily make any payment or offer to make any payment with respect to, or settle or offer to settle, any claim or demand in respect of any Dissenting Shares. Subject to Section  8.2 , the payout of consideration under this Agreement to the stockholders of the Company (other than to holders of Dissenting Shares who shall be treated as provided in this Section  1.9(g) and under Delaware Law or the CCC) shall not be affected by the exercise or potential exercise of appraisal rights or dissenters’ rights under Delaware Law or the CCC by any other stockholder of the Company.

(h) Rights Not Transferable . The rights of the Company Stockholders as of immediately prior to the Effective Time are personal to each such Company Stockholder and shall not be transferable for any reason otherwise than by operation of law, will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any attempted transfer of such right by any holder thereof (otherwise than as permitted by the immediately preceding sentence) shall be null and void.

 

14


(i) Fractional Shares . The number of shares of Acquiror Common Stock into which a Company Securityholder’s shares of Company Capital Stock are converted pursuant to this Article I shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares of Acquiror Common Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares of Acquiror Common Stock to which any Company Securityholder would otherwise be entitled (after aggregating, for each particular stock certificate representing Company Capital Stock, all fractional shares of Acquiror Common Stock to be received by such holder), such Company Securityholder shall receive from Acquiror an amount in cash (rounded to the nearest whole cent) equal to the product of (i) such fraction and (ii) the Deemed Stock Value.

(j) Adjustments . Subject to Section  8.4(b) , in the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend (including any dividend or distribution of securities convertible into capital stock), reorganization, reclassification, combination, recapitalization or other like change with respect to the Acquiror Common Stock occurring after the Agreement Date and prior to the Closing Date, all references herein to specified numbers of shares, and all calculations provided for that are based upon numbers of shares (or deemed price per share therefor) affected thereby, shall be equitably adjusted to the extent necessary to provide the parties with the same economic effect as contemplated by this Agreement prior to such stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, reorganization, reclassification, combination, recapitalization or other like change.

1.10 Payment and Exchange Procedures .

(a) Surrender of Certificates . It is acknowledged that the Acquiror will within five (5) Business Days of the Closing, cause to be mailed or otherwise delivered to each holder of record of a certificate or certificates (the “ Certificates ”) which immediately prior to the Effective Time represented outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock that are to be converted into the right to receive a portion of the merger consideration payable hereunder (i) a letter of transmittal (which shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates shall pass, only upon receipt of the Certificates by the Acquiror, and shall be in such form and have such other provisions as Acquiror may reasonably specify) and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Certificates in exchange for the consideration owing to such Company Stockholder in respect thereof (together, the “ Stockholder Deliverables ”). Upon surrender of a Certificate for cancellation to Wilmington Trust, N.A. (the “ Paying Agent ”), together with such letter of transmittal, duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto and, subject to receipt of an Investment Representation Letter and a Stockholder Agreement, in each case if not executed and delivered to Acquiror prior to the Closing, the holder of such Certificate shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor of the amounts such Company Stockholder is entitled to receive at the Closing pursuant to Section  1.9(a) or Section  1.9(b) as follows:

(i) Closing Consideration Payable to Holders of Company Series A Preferred Stock . As soon as reasonably practicable after the date of delivery to the Paying Agent of the Stockholder Deliverables, the delivering holder shall be entitled to receive, (A) the amount of cash and (B) the number of shares of Acquiror Common Stock that such holder has the right to receive pursuant to Section  1.9(a) , less (x) such holder’s Holdback Pro Rata Share of the Holdback Amount and (y) such holder’s Stock Pro Rata Share of the Stock Escrow (such amount, the “ Preferred Closing Consideration ”).

(ii) Holdback Consideration Payable to Holders of Company Series A Preferred Stock . As soon as reasonably practicable following the one-year anniversary of the Closing Date, subject to reduction pursuant to Section  8.4(a) , the Paying Agent shall deliver to each recipient of Preferred Closing Consideration such holder’s Holdback Pro Rata Share of the Holdback Amount less such holder’s Cash Pro Rata Share of the Cash Escrow.

 

15


(iii) Closing Consideration Payable to Holders of Company Common Stock . As soon as reasonably practicable after the date of delivery to the Paying Agent of the Stockholder Deliverables, the delivering holder shall be entitled to receive, (A) the amount of cash and (B) the number of shares of Acquiror Common Stock that such holder has the right to receive pursuant to Section  1.9(b) , less (x) such holder’s Holdback Pro Rata Share of the Holdback Amount and (y) such holder’s Stock Pro Rata Share of the Stock Escrow (such amount, the “ Common Closing Consideration ”).

(iv) Holdback Consideration Payable to Holders of Company Common Stock . As soon as reasonably practicable following the one-year anniversary of the Closing Date, subject to reduction pursuant to Section  8.4(a) , the Paying Agent shall deliver to each recipient of Common Closing Consideration such holder’s Holdback Pro Rata Share of the Holdback Amount less such holder’s Cash Pro Rata Share of the Cash Escrow.

Until surrendered in accordance with this Section  1.10(a) , each Certificate will be deemed from and after the Effective Time, for all corporate purposes, to evidence the ownership of the right to the cash, and/or the number of full shares of Acquiror Common Stock, and/or Acquiror Common Stock into which such shares of Company Capital Stock shall have been so converted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and as reflected in the Spreadsheet.

In the event that Acquiror fails to distribute the Holdback Amount on a timely basis in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent shall be reimbursed by Acquiror for reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent with respect to the collection of the Holdback Amount.

(b) Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . In the event any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, Acquiror shall issue in exchange for such Certificate, following the making of an affidavit of that fact by the record holder thereof, such consideration as may be required pursuant to Section  1.9 in respect of such Certificate; provided , however , that Acquiror may, in its good faith discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the record holder of such Certificate to deliver a bond in such customary sum or execute an indemnification agreement as Acquiror may reasonably direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against Acquiror, the Company, and/or the Surviving Corporation, and/or any of their respective representatives or agents with respect to such Certificate.

(c) No Further Ownership Rights in the Company Capital Stock . All consideration paid or payable following the surrender for exchange of shares of Company Capital Stock in accordance with the terms hereof shall be so paid or payable in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of Company Capital Stock, and there shall be no further registration of transfers on the records of the Company of shares of Company Capital Stock which were issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, any Certificate is presented to the Company or the Surviving Corporation for any reason, such Certificate shall be canceled and exchanged as provided in this Article I .

(d) Surrender of Options . Acquiror shall, following the Closing Date, promptly cause the lesser of (A) 50% of the aggregate Option Cancellation Amount payable to holders of Vested Company Options and (B) the aggregate Option Cancellation Amount payable to holders of Vested Company Options minus the aggregate Holdback Amount payable to holders of Vested Company Options to be paid through Acquiror’s or the Surviving Corporation’s payroll system in accordance with standard payroll practices, and subject to any required withholding for applicable Taxes; provided that such payment to such holder of Vested Company Options shall be made only if such holder of Vested Company Options shall have delivered a duly executed Option Cancellation Agreement prior to the Closing. No later than December 31, 2017, Acquiror shall cause any Option Cancellation Amount payable to holders of Vested Company Options who are employed by the Company on such date, less amounts previously paid pursuant to this Section  1.10(d) , to be paid through Acquiror’s or the Surviving Corporation’s payroll system in accordance with standard payroll practices, and subject to any required withholding for applicable Taxes.

 

16


(e) Deposits with Escrow Agent .

(i) Stock Escrow . Within ten Business Days of the Closing Date, Acquiror shall cause the Stock Escrow to be deposited with the Escrow Agent, with individual certificates in the name of each Company Stockholder evidencing the shares of Stock Escrow allocated to each Company Stockholder in the Spreadsheet.

(ii) Cash Escrow . Within ten Business Days of the one-year anniversary of the Closing Date (or in the case of the earlier release of a portion of the Holdback Amount pursuant to Section  1.10(d) , within ten Business Days of such release), Acquiror shall cause the Cash Escrow (less the value of any amount of cash already paid to the Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section  8.4(a) ) to be deposited with the Escrow Agent.

(iii) The Cash Escrow and Stock Escrow shall constitute partial security for the indemnification obligations of such Company Indemnifying Parties pursuant to Article VIII , and shall be held in and distributed in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement. Until such time as the Stock Escrow is released to the Company Indemnifying Parties, such Company Indemnifying Parties shall not have any rights with respect to the Stock Escrow attributable to such Company Indemnifying Party (including, without limitation, the right to vote such shares and the right to be paid dividends with respect such shares). Neither the Cash Escrow nor the Stock Escrow (including any portion thereof) nor any beneficial interest therein may be pledged, subjected to any Encumbrance, sold, assigned or transferred by any Company Indemnifying Party or be taken or reached by any legal or equitable process in satisfaction of any debt or other Liability of any Company Indemnifying Party, in each case prior to the distribution of the Cash Escrow or the Stock Escrow to any Company Indemnifying Party, except that each Company Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to assign such Company Indemnifying Party’s rights to such Company Indemnifying Party’s Cash Pro Rata Share and Stock Pro Rata Share of the Escrow Fund by will, by the laws of intestacy or by other operation of law

(f) Management Bonus Holdback Amount . Within ten Business Days of the one-year anniversary of the Closing Date, Acquiror shall release the Management Bonus Holdback Amount to participants in the Management Bonus Plan in accordance with terms and conditions of the Management Bonus Plan.

1.11 Tax Consequences . It is intended by the parties hereto that the Merger shall constitute a taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, Acquiror makes no representations or warranties to the Company or to any holder of Company Capital Stock or Company Options as to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Merger. The Company acknowledges that the Company and the holders of Company Capital Stock and Company Options are relying solely on their own Tax advisors in connection with this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions and agreements contemplated hereby. Each of the parties hereto agrees to report the Merger for federal and state income tax purposes as a taxable transaction, to the extent permitted by law.

1.12 Exemption from Registration . The parties acknowledge that the shares of Acquiror Common Stock to be issued in connection with the Merger are not registered under the Securities Act on the ground that the exchange provided for in this Agreement and the issuance hereunder is exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2), Regulation S, and/or Regulation D, and

 

17


in reliance on the Investment Representation Letters. The certificates issued by Acquiror with respect to the shares of Acquiror Common Stock issued hereunder shall be legended to the effect described above and shall include such additional legends as necessary to comply with applicable U.S. federal securities laws, state blue sky securities laws and such other restrictions as shall be set forth in the Investment Representation Letter, if applicable.

1.13 Withholding Rights . Acquiror, the Company, the Company’s India Subsidiary, the Surviving Corporation and the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise deliverable under this Agreement, and from any other payments otherwise required pursuant to this Agreement, to any holder of any shares of Company Capital Stock or Company Options such amounts as Acquiror, the Company, the Company’s India subsidiary, the Surviving Corporation or the Escrow Agent is required to deduct and withhold with respect to any such deliveries and payments under the Code or any provision of applicable Tax law. To the extent that amounts are so deducted or withheld and timely paid over to the appropriate Tax Authority, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been delivered and paid to such holders in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

1.14 Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action . If, at any time after the Effective Time any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest the Surviving Corporation with full right, title and interest in, to and under, and/or possession of, all assets, property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company, the officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation are fully authorized in the name and on behalf of the Company or otherwise, to take all lawful action necessary or desirable to accomplish such purpose or acts, so long as such action is not inconsistent with this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE C OMPANY AND ITS S UBSIDIARIES

Subject to the disclosures set forth in the disclosure schedule of the Company delivered to Acquiror concurrently with the parties’ execution of this Agreement (the “ Company Disclosure Letter ”) (each of which disclosures (i) in order to be effective as an exception to the representations and warranties contained in any Section of this Article II , shall (a) clearly indicate such Section and, if applicable, the Subsection of this Article II to which such disclosure relates or (b) upon a reading thereof without any independent knowledge of the subject matter thereof, reasonably apparently apply to such Section; and (ii) shall in any event also be deemed to be representations and warranties made by the Company to Acquiror under this Article II ), the Company represents and warrants to Acquiror as follows:

2.1 Organization, Good Standing, Corporate Power and Qualification . Each of the Company and each Subsidiary is duly incorporated and organized, and is validly existing in good standing, under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and all other agreements required to be entered into and performed by the Company and its Subsidiaries under this Agreement (the “ Company Related Agreements ”), to own and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as currently conducted. Each of the Company and each Subsidiary is duly qualified and is authorized to transact business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the failure so to qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

18


2.2 Capitalization .

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists solely of (i) 40,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock and (ii) 30,000,000 shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock. As of the Agreement Date, a total of 436,380 shares of Company Common Stock and 30,000,000 shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding. There are no other issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company and no outstanding commitments or Contracts to issue any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company other than pursuant to the exercise of outstanding Company Options under the Company Option Plan.

(b) As of the Agreement Date, the Company has reserved 10,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock for issuance to employees, non-employee directors, advisors, and consultants pursuant to the Company Option Plan, of which 5,091,275 shares are subject to outstanding and unexercised Company Options prior to giving effect to Section  1.9(c) herein.

(c) All issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock and all Company Options were issued in all material respects in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and all requirements set forth in applicable Contracts. The outstanding shares of Company Common Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and the issuances thereof have been approved by all requisite stockholder action.

(d) Schedule 2.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter accurately sets forth, with respect to each Company Option that is outstanding as of the date of this Agreement: (i) the name of the holder of such Company Option; (ii) the total number of shares of Company Common Stock that are subject to such Company Option and the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Company Option is immediately exercisable; (iii) the date on which such Company Option was granted and the term of such Option; (iv) the vesting schedule for such Company Option (including the extent to which it will become accelerated as a result of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, whether alone or in connection with any other event); and (v) the exercise price per share of Company Common Stock purchasable under such Company Option. No Company Option shall be subject to any accelerated vesting in connection with the Merger, except as specifically set forth in Schedule 2.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter. Each grant of a Company Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such option was by its terms to be effective. Each grant of a Company Option has been authorized by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents. Each award agreement governing the grant of a Company Option was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto and is in full force and effect. Each grant of a Company Option was made, in all material respects, in accordance with the terms of the Company Option Plan and all applicable Legal Requirements. The grant of each such Company Option was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements of the Company. The Company has made available an accurate and complete copy of the Company Option Plan, each form of agreement used thereunder and each individual agreement evidencing a Company Option materially differing from the form from which it is based and each Contract pursuant to which any Company Option is outstanding. No Company Options have terms or provisions that differ from or are inconsistent in any material respect with such form agreements. As of the Closing, no individual who held a Company Option at any time prior to the Closing will have any rights with respect to such Company Option. The treatment of the Company Options in this Agreement is permitted under the Company Option Plan, all Contracts applicable to such Options and all Legal Requirements. As of the Effective Time: (A) no holder of a Vested Company Option will have any rights with respect to such Vested Company Option other than the right to receive cash in respect thereof as contemplated by Section  5.13 ; and (B) no holder of an Unvested Company Option will have any rights with respect to such Unvested Company Option.

 

19


(e) As of immediately prior to the Closing, there are no outstanding options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights), proxy or stockholder agreements or agreement for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any shares of Company Common Stock or any securities convertible into or ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of the Company Common Stock. Except for granted Company Options set forth on Schedule 2.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company has not made any promises or agreements to grant equity incentives to any officer, employee, director, advisor or consultant of the Company. The Company has no liability for dividends accrued or declared but unpaid. To the Company’s knowledge, no Company Stockholder has entered into any agreement with respect to the voting of equity securities of Company that will not terminate by its terms as of the Effective Time.

(f) The rights preferences and privileges of the Company Capital Stock are as set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 11, 2012 (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) and as provided by applicable Legal Requirements and the amounts payable to the Company Stockholders pursuant to Section  1.9(a) hereunder, including with regard to Company Options, are in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Company Option Plan.

(g) Part 2.2(g) of the Disclosure Schedule identifies: (i) each Person with an offer letter or other Contract that contemplates a grant of a Company Option or other equity award to purchase shares of Company Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or who has otherwise been promised options or other securities of the Company, except for Company Options that have been granted, or other securities have been issued, prior to the date of this Agreement (each, a “Specified Person”); and (ii) the number, type and terms of any such Company Options, equity awards or other securities of the Company promised to such Person.

2.3 Subsidiaries . Schedule 2.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a true, correct and complete list of each Subsidiary. Other than as set forth on Schedule 2.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company is the owner of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary, free and clear of all Encumbrances, and all such shares are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and are not subject to any preemptive right or right of first refusal created by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or other equivalent organizational or governing documents, as applicable, of such Subsidiary or any Contract to which such Subsidiary is a party or by which it is bound. The Company does not directly or indirectly own any equity or similar interest in, or any interest convertible or exchangeable or exercisable for, any equity or similar interest in, any Person, other than the Subsidiaries listed in Schedule 2.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter.

2.4 Due Authorization; Noncontravention .

(a) Subject to obtaining the Company Stockholder Approval, the Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Company Related Agreements and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Company Related Agreements, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly authorized and approved by the Company Board. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject only to the effect, if any, of the Applicable Exceptions. The Company Board, by resolutions duly adopted (and not thereafter modified or rescinded) by the unanimous vote of the Company Board, has

 

20


approved and adopted this Agreement and approved the Merger, determined that this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Merger and this Agreement are advisable and in the best interests of the Company and the Company Stockholders, and directed that the adoption of this Agreement be submitted to the Company Stockholders for consideration and recommended that all of the Company Stockholders adopt this Agreement. The affirmative votes of (i) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock and Company Series A Preferred Stock (voting together as a single voting class on an as-converted to Company Common Stock basis), and (ii) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate voting class) are the only votes of the holders of the Company Capital Stock necessary to adopt this Agreement and approve the Merger (the “ Company Stockholder Approval ”). The delivery of the Company Stockholder Consent by the Requisite Stockholders constitutes all of the votes necessary for the Company Stockholder Approval and the Company Stockholder Approval has been obtained.

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Company Related Agreements by the Company does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Company will not, (i) result in the creation of any Encumbrance on any of the material properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary or to the knowledge of the Company, any of the shares of Company Capital Stock pursuant to a Contract to which the Company is a party or (ii) conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or loss of any benefit under, or require any consent, approval or waiver from any Person pursuant to, (A) any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or other equivalent organizational or governing documents of the Company or any Subsidiary, in each case as amended to date, (B) any Company Material Agreements (except where such conflict, violation, default, right of termination, cancellation, acceleration, loss of benefit or failure to obtain such consent, approval or waiver would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company) or (C) any Legal Requirements applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective material properties or assets.

2.5 Governmental Consents . Except for the filing of the Certificate of Merger, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company or any Subsidiary in order to enable the Company to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Company Related Agreements, except for such qualifications or filings under applicable securities laws as may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. All such qualifications and filings will, in the case of qualifications, be effective on the Closing and will, in the case of filings, be made within the time prescribed by law.

2.6 Litigation . There is no private or governmental action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or investigation (“ Action ”) pending, or, to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened, against the Company or any Subsidiary, or to its knowledge, pending or currently threatened against its activities or its properties, or any of their respective directors, officers or employees (in their capacities as such or relating to their employment, services or relationship with the Company), before any court or governmental agency. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party or to its knowledge subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Company or any Subsidiary currently pending or which the Company or any Subsidiary has, within the last three (3) years, threatened in writing to initiate.

 

21


2.7 Restrictions on Business Activities . There is no Contract to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or judgment, injunction, order or decree binding upon the Company or any Subsidiary which has or would reasonably be expected to have, whether before or after consummation of the Merger, the effect of prohibiting or impairing any current business practice of the Company or any Subsidiary, any acquisition of property by the Company or any Subsidiary or the conduct of business by the Company or any Subsidiary.

2.8 Intellectual Property .

(a) As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated

below:

(i) “ Intellectual Property Rights ” means any and all of the following and all rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith throughout the world: patents, and patent applications and all reissues, divisions, re-examinations, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof and equivalent or similar rights in inventions and discoveries anywhere in the world, inventions (whether or not patentable), trade secrets, confidential or proprietary information and know how, trade names, trade dress, logos, trademarks, service marks, trademark and service mark registrations, trademark and service mark applications and any and all goodwill associated with and symbolized by the foregoing items, Internet domain names and URLs, copyrights, and works of authorship and technology any and all instantiations or embodiments of the foregoing in any form and embodied in any media.

(ii) “ Company Owned Intellectual Property ” means any and all Intellectual Property Rights that are owned or purported to be owned by the Company or any Subsidiary.

(iii) “ Company Intellectual Property ” means any and all Company Owned Intellectual Property and any and all Third Party Intellectual Property that is licensed to the Company or any Subsidiary.

(iv) “ Third Party Intellectual Property ” means any and all Intellectual Property Rights owned by a third party.

(v) “ Company Products ” means all (x) products or services produced, marketed, licensed, sold, distributed or performed by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary and (y) all products or services currently under development by the Company or any Subsidiary which are planned for release within the first six (6) months after the Closing Date.

(vi) “ Company Source Code ” means, collectively, any software source code or database specifications or designs, or any material proprietary information or algorithm contained in or relating to any software source code or database specifications or designs, of any Company Owned Intellectual Property or Company Products.

(vii) “ Company Intellectual Property Agreements ” means any Contract governing any Company Intellectual Property to which Company or any Subsidiary is a party to or bound by, except for Contracts for Third Party Intellectual Property that (A) is generally, commercially available software and (i) is not material to the Company or any Subsidiary; (ii) has not been modified or customized for the Company or any Subsidiary; and (iii) is licensed for an annual fee under $25,000 (or equivalent amount in any other currency) or (B) are Open Source Materials.

(viii) “ Open Source Materials ” means software or other material that is distributed as “free software”, “open source software” (as defined by the Open Source Initiative at www.opensource.org ) or under a similar licensing or distribution terms (including but not limited to the GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), Mozilla Public License (MPL), BSD licenses, the Artistic License, the Netscape Public License, the Sun Community Source License (SCSL) the Sun Industry Standards License (SISL) and the Apache License).

 

22


(b) Status . Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has full title and ownership of, or is duly licensed under or otherwise authorized to use, all Intellectual Property Rights necessary to enable it to carry on its business, free and clear of any Encumbrances (other than non-exclusive licenses granted in the ordinary course of business), and without any conflict with or infringement upon the rights of others. The Company Intellectual Property is sufficient for the conduct of the business of the Company as presently conducted. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has transferred ownership of, or agreed to transfer ownership of, any Intellectual Property Rights to any third party. Each of the Company and each Subsidiary have taken all steps required by Legal Requirements to prosecute, maintain, and preserve its legal rights and ownership interests in all Company Owned Intellectual Property.

(c) Company Owned Intellectual Property . Schedule 2.8(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter lists: (i) all Company Owned Intellectual Property for which registrations have been obtained or registration applications have been filed, including all patents and patent applications, and registrations and applications for trademarks, copyrights, and domain names and the jurisdictions in which it has been issued or registered or in which any application for such issuance and registration has been filed, or in which any other filing or recordation has been made; (ii) all actions that are required to be taken by the Company or any Subsidiary within 120 days of the Agreement Date with respect to such Intellectual Property Rights in order to avoid prejudice to, impairment or abandonment of such Intellectual Property Rights.

(d) Founders . All rights in, to and under all Intellectual Property Rights created by the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s founders for or on behalf or in contemplation of the Company or any Subsidiary (i) prior to the inception of the Company or any Subsidiary or (ii) prior to their commencement of employment with the Company or any Subsidiary have been assigned to the Company or any Subsidiary, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any reason to believe that any such Person is unwilling to provide the Company or any Subsidiary, the Surviving Corporation or Acquiror with such cooperation as may reasonably be required to complete and prosecute all appropriate U.S. and foreign patent and copyright filings related thereto.

(e) No Governmental Assistance . At no time during the conception of or reduction to practice of any of the Company Owned Intellectual Property was any developer, inventor or other contributor to such patents operating under any grants from any Governmental Entity or agency or private source, performing research sponsored by any Governmental Entity or agency or private source or subject to any Offer Letter or invention assignment or nondisclosure agreement or other obligation with any third party that could adversely affect the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s rights in such Company Owned Intellectual Property.

(f) Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement . Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has secured from all current and former consultants, advisors, employees and independent contractors who independently or jointly contributed to or participated in the conception, reduction to practice, creation or development of any Company Owned Intellectual Property for the Company and its Subsidiaries (each an “ Author ”), exclusive ownership of, all of the Authors’ Intellectual Property Rights in such contribution that the Company or any Subsidiary does not already own by operation of law and has obtained the waiver of all non-assignable rights. No Author has retained any rights, licenses, claims or interest whatsoever with respect to any Company Owned Intellectual Property developed by the Author for the Company or any Subsidiary. Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Company and each Subsidiary have obtained written and enforceable proprietary information and invention disclosure and Intellectual Property Rights assignments from all current and former Authors, and no such Authors have excluded from such assignments any Intellectual Property Rights related to the Business or used in any Company Products. Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has made available to Acquiror copies of all such forms currently and historically used by the Company and any Subsidiary.

 

23


(g) No Violation . No current or former employee, consultant, advisor or independent contractor of the Company is in violation of any term or covenant of any Contract relating to employment, invention disclosure, invention assignment, non-disclosure or non-competition or any other Contract with any other party by virtue of such employee’s, consultant’s, advisor’s or independent contractor’s being employed by, or performing services for, the Company or any Subsidiary or using trade secrets or proprietary information of others without permission. No Author has developed any technology, software or other copyrightable, patentable or otherwise proprietary work for the Company and each Subsidiary that is subject to any agreement under which such employee, consultant, advisor or independent contractor has assigned or otherwise granted to any third party any rights (including Intellectual Property Rights) in or to such technology, software or other copyrightable, patentable or otherwise proprietary work.

(h) Non-Infringement . To the knowledge of the Company, there is no unauthorized use, unauthorized disclosure, infringement or misappropriation of any Company Owned Intellectual Property, by any third party. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has brought any action, suit or proceeding for infringement or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property Right. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is infringing, misappropriating or violating the Intellectual Property Rights of any third party. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has infringed, misappropriated or violated or, by conducting its business as presently proposed will infringe, misappropriate or violate, any Intellectual Property Rights of any other Person or entity, or has been sued in any action, suit or proceeding or received any written communications alleging that the Company or any Subsidiary has violated or, by conducting its business as presently proposed, would violate any Intellectual Property Rights of any other Person or entity. No Company Owned Intellectual Property or Company Product is subject to any proceeding, order, judgment, settlement agreement, stipulation or right that restricts in any manner the use, transfer, or licensing thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary, or which may affect the validity, use or enforceability of any such Company Owned Intellectual Property.

(i) Licenses; Agreements . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has granted any options, licenses or agreements of any kind relating to any Company Owned Intellectual Property outside of normal nonexclusive end use terms of service or licenses entered into by users of the Company Products in the ordinary course, nor is the Company or any Subsidiary bound by or a party to any option, license or agreement of any kind with respect to any of the Company Owned Intellectual Property outside of normal nonexclusive end user terms of service or licenses entered into by users of Company Products in the ordinary course. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated to pay any royalties or other payments to third parties with respect to the marketing, sale, distribution, manufacture, license or use of any Company Owned Intellectual Property or any other property or rights.

(j) Other Intellectual Property Agreements . With respect to the Company Intellectual Property Agreements:

(i) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is (and will not be as a result of the execution and delivery or effectiveness of this Agreement or the performance of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement), in breach of any Company Intellectual Property Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in the modification, cancellation, termination, suspension of, or acceleration of any payments with respect to any material Company Intellectual Property Agreements, or give any non-Company party to any Company Intellectual Property Agreement the right to do any of the foregoing;

 

24


(ii) At the Closing, the Surviving Corporation (as wholly-owned by Acquiror) will be permitted to exercise all of the Company’s and any Subsidiary’s rights under the Company Intellectual Property Agreements to the same extent the Company or any Subsidiary would have been able, had the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not occurred and without the payment of any additional amounts or consideration other than ongoing fees, royalties or payments which the Company or any Subsidiary would otherwise be required to pay;

(iii) To the Company’s knowledge, there are no disputes regarding the scope of any Company Intellectual Property Agreements, or performance under any Company Intellectual Property Agreements including with respect to any payments to be made or received by the Company or any Subsidiary thereunder;

(iv) No Company Intellectual Property Agreement requires the Company or any Subsidiary to include any Third Party Intellectual Property in any Company Product or obtain any Person’s approval of any Company Product at any stage of development, licensing, distribution or sale of that Company Product;

(v) None of the Company Intellectual Property Agreements grants any third party exclusive rights to or under any Company Intellectual Property;

(vi) None of the Company Intellectual Property Agreements grants any third party the right to sublicense any Company Intellectual Property;

(vii) Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has obtained written, perpetual, non-terminable by such third party (other than for cause) licenses (sufficient for the conduct of the Company’s business) to all Third Party Intellectual Property that is incorporated into, integrated or bundled by the Company or any Subsidiary with any of the Company Products that are licensed to third parties on a perpetual, nonterminable basis;

(viii) No third party that has licensed Intellectual Property Rights to the Company or any Subsidiary has ownership or license rights to improvements or derivative works made by the Company or any Subsidiary in the Third Party Intellectual Property that has been licensed to the Company or any Subsidiary.

(k) No Conflict . Neither this Agreement, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or the assignment to Acquiror and/or the Surviving Corporation by operation of law or otherwise of any Contracts to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party, will result in: (i) Acquiror or any of its Affiliates granting to any third party any right to or with respect to any Intellectual Property Rights owned by, or licensed to Acquiror or any of its Affiliates, (ii) Acquiror or any of its Affiliates, being bound by or subject to, any exclusivity obligations, non-compete or other restriction on the operation or scope of their respective businesses, or (iii) Acquiror or any of its Affiliates being obligated to pay any royalties or other material amounts to any third party in excess of those payable by any of them, respectively, in the absence of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

(l) Source Code . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has disclosed, delivered or licensed to any Person or agreed or obligated itself to disclose, deliver or license to any Person, or permitted the disclosure or delivery to any escrow agent or other Person of, any Company Source Code, other than disclosures to employees and consultants involved in the development of Company Products.

 

25


No event has occurred, and no circumstance or condition exists, that (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) will, or would reasonably be expected to, result in the disclosure, delivery or license by the Company or any Subsidiary of any Company Source Code, other than disclosures to employees and consultants involved in the development of Company Products. Without limiting the foregoing, neither the execution of this Agreement nor any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will result in a release from escrow or other delivery to a third party of any Company Source Code. The software used in the provision of any Company Product: (i) has reasonably documented source code enabling a reasonably skilled software developer to understand, modify, compile and otherwise utilize the related technology without reference to other sources of information; (ii) is complete and no other material computer hardware, software, system, or other information technology is needed in order to carry on the business of Company; (iii) is free from known material defects or deficiencies, known material errors in design, and operating defects; (iv) does not require a material upgrade or replacement within the 12-month period after the Closing Date and none are planned; and (v) to the knowledge of the Company, does not contain any disabling mechanisms or protection features which are designed to disrupt, disable, harm or otherwise impede in any manner the operation of, or provide unauthorized access to, a computer system or network or other device on which Company Product software is stored or installed or damage or destroy any data or file without the user’s consent.

(m) Open Source Software . Schedule 2.8(m) of the Company Disclosure Letter lists all Open Source Materials used by the Company in any way, and describes the manner in which such Open Source Materials were used (such description shall include whether (and, if so, how) the Open Source Materials were modified and/or distributed by the Company or any Subsidiary). Each of the Company and each Subsidiary are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all licenses for the Open Source Materials. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has (i) incorporated Open Source Materials into, or combined Open Source Materials with, the Company Owned Intellectual Property or Company Products; (ii) distributed Open Source Materials in conjunction with any Company Owned Intellectual Property or Company Products; or (iii) used Open Source Materials, in such a way that, with respect to (i), (ii), or (iii), creates, or purports to create obligations for the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to any Company Owned Intellectual Property or grant, or purport to grant, to any third party, any rights or immunities under any Company Owned Intellectual Property (including using any Open Source Materials that require, as a condition of use, modification and/or distribution of such Open Source Materials that other software incorporated into, derived from or distributed with such Open Source Materials be (A) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (B) be licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, or (C) be redistributable at no charge).

2.9 Confidential Information and Privacy .

(a) Confidential Information . Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has taken commercially reasonable steps designed to protect and preserve the confidentiality of all confidential or non-public information of the Company and each Subsidiary or provided by any third party to the Company or any Subsidiary (“ Confidential Information ”). Each of the Company and each Subsidiary have implemented and maintain a reasonable security plan consistent with industry practices of companies offering similar services. To the Company’s knowledge, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has experienced any breach of security or otherwise unauthorized access by third parties to the Confidential Information, including personally identifiable information in the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s possession, custody or control.

(b) Privacy . Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has complied in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations including but not limited to Data Protection Legislation (solely if such Data Protection Legislation is applicable to the Company’s operations as presently conducted), and its respective internal privacy policies relating to the processing, use, collection, storage,

 

26


disclosure and transfer of any Personal Data and/or any personally identifiable information collected by the Company or any Subsidiary or by third parties having authorized access to the records of the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company and its Subsidiaries have each complied with all relevant requests from the data subjects for access to data held by it in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, including but not limited to all Data Protection Legislation (solely if such Data Protection Legislation is applicable to the Company’s operations as presently conducted) relating to privacy and/or data protection and with the Company’s and its Subsidiaries privacy policies. Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries has received any written complaint, notice or allegation from any applicable data protection or privacy regulator in any jurisdiction, a data controller or a data subject alleging non-compliance with any Data Protection Legislation or requiring the Company or its Subsidiaries to change or delete any data or prohibiting the transfer of any data to a third party jurisdiction. No individual has claimed or has the right to claim compensation from the Company or its Subsidiaries under any Data Protection Legislation, including for unauthorized or erroneous processing or loss or unauthorized disclosure of data.

2.10 Compliance with Law; Permits . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation or default of any provisions of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, both as amended to date, and, to the Company’s knowledge, each of the Company and each Subsidiary is in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements, in any case where such violation or default would have a material and adverse impact on the Company. Each of the Company and each Subsidiary have all material franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted by it. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any written notice of any violation of any such statute, law, regulation or order which cannot be remedied prior to the Closing.

2.11 Title to Property and Assets . Each of the Company and each Subsidiary owns its properties and assets (other than Intellectual Property) free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for statutory liens for the payment of current taxes that are not yet delinquent and liens, encumbrances and security interests which arise in the ordinary course of business, and Encumbrances which do not affect the use or ownership of properties and assets of the Company and each Subsidiary in any material respect. With respect to the property and assets it leases, each of the Company and each Subsidiary is in material compliance with all such leases. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary owns any real property.

2.12 Company Financial Statements .

(a) Attached as Schedule 2.12(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter are the Company’s consolidated unaudited balance sheet, and statement of operations and cash flows of the Company, as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 and the Company’s consolidated unaudited balance sheet, and statement of operations and cash flows of the Company as of March 31, 2017 and for the three-month period then ended, being referred to herein as the “ Company Balance Sheet ” and the date of the Company Balance Sheet being referred to herein as the “ Company Balance Sheet Date ” (all such financial statements being collectively referred to herein as the “ Company Financial Statements ”). Such Company Financial Statements (a) are in accordance with the books and records of the Company,

(b) present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and each Subsidiary at the date or dates therein indicated and the results of operations for the period or periods therein specified (subject, in the case of unaudited interim period financial statements, to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments), and (c) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except, as to the unaudited Company Financial Statements, for the omission of notes thereto.

 

27


(b) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any liabilities of any nature required to be reflected in financial statements in accordance with GAAP, other than (i) those set forth or adequately provided for in the Company Balance Sheet or otherwise included in the Company Financial Statements, (ii) those incurred in the conduct of the Company’s business since the Company Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course, consistent with past practice, which are of the type that ordinarily recur and, individually or in the aggregate, are not material in nature or amount, and (iii) those incurred by the Company in connection with the execution of this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any off balance sheet liability of any nature to, or any financial interest in, any third party or entities, the purpose or effect of which is to defer, postpone, reduce or otherwise avoid or adjust the recording of debt expenses incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary.

(c) Neither the Company, any Subsidiary, nor to the Company’s knowledge, any current or former employee, advisor, consultant or director of the Company, has identified or been made aware of any Fraud, whether or not material, that involves the Company’s management or other current or former employees, consultants, advisors or directors of the Company who have a role in the preparation of financial statements or the internal accounting controls utilized by the Company, or any claim or allegation regarding any of the foregoing.

2.13 Changes . Between January 1, 2017 and the Agreement Date:

(a) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has declared or paid any dividends, or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any Company Common Stock;

(b) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has incurred any indebtedness for money borrowed or incurred any other liabilities individually in excess of $50,000 or in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate (or equivalent amounts in any other currency);

(c) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has made any loans, guarantees or advances to any Person, other than ordinary advances for expenses;

(d) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of any material assets or rights other than non-exclusive licenses in the ordinary course of its business;

(e) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has entered into any transactions with any of its officers, directors or employees or any entity controlled by any of such individuals;

(f) there has not been any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, materially and adversely affecting the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results, prospects or business of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(g) there has not been any waiver by the Company or any Subsidiary of a valuable right or of a material debt owed to it;

(h) there has not been any material change or amendment to a Company Material Agreement, except for changes or amendments which are expressly provided for in this Agreement and the Company Related Agreements;

(i) there has not been any material change in any compensation or benefits arrangement or agreement with any employee, officer, director or stockholder of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

28


(j) there has not been any resignation or termination of employment of any officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has knowledge of any impending resignation or termination of employment of any such officer or key employee;

(k) there has not been any change in any tax election or method of tax accounting, or any settlement or final determination of any material tax audit, claim, investigation, litigation or other proceeding or assessment;

(l) there has not occurred any event or events that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or any Subsidiary; and

(m) there has not been any arrangement or commitment by the Company, any Subsidiary or any other Person acting on its behalf to do any of the things described in this Section  2.13 .

2.14 No Finder’s Fees; Transaction Expenses . Other than the Transaction Expenses set forth in the Company Closing Financial Certificate and in respect of which payoff letters have been received under Section  11.4(b)(xvii) , neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is or will be obligated for any finder’s or broker’s fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.15 Insurance . Schedule 2.15 of the Company Disclosure Letter lists all insurance policies (by policy number, insurer, location of property insured, annual premium, expiration date, and amount and scope of coverage) held by the Company and each Subsidiary, copies of which have been made available to Acquiror. There is no claim pending under any of such policies or bonds as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. All premiums due and payable under all such policies and bonds have been timely paid and each of the Company and each Subsidiary is otherwise in compliance with the terms of such policies and bonds. All such policies and bonds remain in full force and effect, and the Company has no knowledge of any threatened termination of, or material premium increase with respect to, any of such policies.

2.16 Tax Returns and Payments .

(a) Each of the Company and each Subsidiary have timely filed all income and other material Tax Returns required by law. All such Tax Returns are true and complete in all material respects. Each of the Company and each Subsidiary have paid all material Taxes and other assessments due except to the extent reflected on the Company Financial Statements as an accrual or reserve for Taxes(excluding any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income). Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any liability for any Tax to be imposed upon it as the Closing Date that is not adequately provided for in the Company Financial Statements or otherwise reflected on Section 2.12(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter and not included in the calculation of Net Working Capital. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries currently is the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return which has not yet been filed (other than extensions granted automatically under applicable law). No written claim has ever been made by a Tax Authority in a jurisdiction where the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does not file Tax Returns that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. There are no liens for Taxes (other than Taxes not yet due and payable) upon any of the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. To the knowledge of the Company, no foreign, federal, state, or local tax audits or administrative or judicial Tax proceedings are pending or being conducted with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received from any foreign, federal, state, or local taxing authority (including jurisdictions where Company or its Subsidiaries have not filed Tax Returns) any (i) written notice indicating an intent to open an audit or

 

29


other review, (ii) written request for information related to Tax matters, or (iii) written notice of deficiency or proposed adjustment for any amount of Tax proposed, asserted, or assessed by any Tax Authority against Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or any predecessor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (A) has been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return (other than a group the common parent of which was Company) (or any analogous combined, consolidated or unitary group defined under state, local, or foreign income Tax legal requirements) or (B) has any liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than Company or any of its Subsidiaries) under Reg. §1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise (excluding, in each case, Ordinary Contracts). Neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has distributed stock of another Person, or has had its stock distributed by another person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Code §355 or Code §361. Neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any Tax allocation or sharing agreement (other than Ordinary Contracts). The Company and its Subsidiaries are in material compliance with all applicable U.S. federal, state, and foreign transfer pricing laws and regulations (including material documentation requirement) and the prices for all intercompany transactions between the Company and its Subsidiary satisfy the “arm’s length standard” of Section 482 of the Code and any corresponding or similar provision of foreign Tax law. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, Taxable income for any Taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (i) change in method of accounting for a Taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date, (iii) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date outside the ordinary course of business or (iv) any deferred intercompany transactions within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-13 (or any comparable or similar provision). Except as would not be reasonably expected to result in Taxes in any Pre-Closing Period, none of the Tax attributes (including net operating loss carry forwards and general business Tax credits) of either the Company or any Subsidiary is limited under Section 382 of the Code or any comparable or similar provision of state, local, or foreign Tax law. Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has in its possession official foreign government receipt for any Taxes paid by it to any foreign Tax Authority. The Company for itself and for the Subsidiaries has made available to Acquiror all documentation relating to any applicable Tax Holidays or incentives. The Company and the Subsidiaries are in compliance with the requirements for any applicable Tax holidays or incentive and none of the Tax Holidays or incentive will be jeopardized by the transaction contemplated in this Agreement.

(b) There is no agreement, plan, arrangement or other Contract covering any current or former employee or other service provider of the Company or any Subsidiary or to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any Subsidiary is bound that, considered individually or considered collectively with any other such agreements, plans, arrangements or other Contracts, will, or could reasonably be expected to, as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby (whether alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events), give rise directly or indirectly to the payment of any amount that could reasonably be expected to be non-deductible under Section 162 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law) or characterized as an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law). Schedule 2.16(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter lists each Person who the Company reasonably believes is, with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary, a “disqualified individual” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder), as determined as of the Agreement Date.

(c) Schedule 2.16(c) to the Company Disclosure Letter lists all “nonqualified deferred compensation plans” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party. Each such nonqualified deferred compensation plan (within the meaning of

 

30


Section 409A of the Code) to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party has been operated in material compliance with the requirements of paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) of Section 409A(a). No event has occurred that would be treated by Section 409A(b) as a transfer of property for purposes of Section 83 of the Code.

(d) The exercise price of each Company Option is at least equal to the fair market value of the Company Common Stock on the date each such Company Option was granted.

(e) Neither the Company, any Subsidiary nor the Acquiror has incurred or will incur any liability or obligation to withhold or report taxes under Section 409A of the Code with respect to any Company Options or any amounts deemed to be compensation subject to the penalty taxes under Section 409A of the Code.

(f) To the extent applicable, a valid election under Section 83(b) of the Code was timely made in connection with any issuance of any shares of Company Common Stock issued by the Company that were eligible for such an election. The Company has delivered to Acquiror true and complete copies of all election statements under Section 83(b) of the Code that are in the Company’s possession with respect to any Unvested Company Shares issued by the Company or any Subsidiary to any of their respective employees, non-employee directors, consultants and other service providers.

(g) Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has complied in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements relating to the payment and withholding, and has complied in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements relating to reporting, of Taxes (including withholding of Taxes pursuant to Section 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code or similar provisions under any foreign law) and has, within the time and in the manner prescribed by law, withheld from employee wages or consulting compensation and paid over to the proper Tax Authorities when due (or is properly holding for such timely payment) all amounts required to be so withheld and paid over under all applicable Legal Requirements, including federal and state income Taxes, Federal excise taxes, Federal Insurance Contribution Act, Medicare, Federal Unemployment Tax Act, relevant state income and employment Tax withholding laws.

2.17 Material Agreements .

(a) Schedule 2.17(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter contains a complete list of each of the following Contracts (other than with respect to those Company Employee Plans set forth on Schedule 2.19(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter) to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or is bound that are in effect on the Agreement Date (collectively, the “ Company Material Agreements ”):

(i) any Contract between the Company or any Subsidiary, on the one hand, and any of their respective officers, directors, or employees, on the other hand (other than at-will employment Contracts that may be terminated without Liability to the Company relating to services as an officer, director or employee thereof);

(ii) any Contract providing for payments by or to the Company or any Subsidiary in the one year period prior to the Agreement Date (or in any twelve (12) month period following the Agreement Date) in excess of $100,000 per annum (or equivalent amounts in any other currency, determined as of the Agreement Date);

(iii) any Company Intellectual Property Agreements;

 

31


(iv) any Contract containing indemnification obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary to any officer, director, employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(v) any Contract pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary acquired or sold any business or entity, or substantially all of the assets of a business or entity, whether by way of merger, acquisition of stock or assets, consolidation, or other business combination, or any Contract relating to merger, acquisition, consolidation of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(vi) any Contract (A) pursuant to which any other party is granted exclusive rights or “most favored party” rights of any type or scope with respect to any of the Company Products, Company Intellectual Property, or the Company’s business activities, (B) containing any non-competition covenants or other restrictions relating to the Company Products or Company Intellectual Property or the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s business activities, or (C) that limits the freedom of the Company or any Subsidiary to engage or participate, or compete with any other Person, in any line of business, market or geographic area, or to make use of any Company Owned Intellectual Property, or

(vii) any Contract providing for the development of any software, technology or Intellectual Property Rights, independently or jointly, either by or for the Company or any Subsidiary (other than employee invention assignment agreements and consulting agreements with Authors on the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s standard form of agreement, copies of which have been made available to Acquiror);

(viii) all licenses, sublicenses and other Contracts relating to the hosting of any Company website;

(ix) any Contract creating any partnership or joint venture or that involves any sharing of revenues, profits, losses, costs or liabilities with other Persons;

(x) any Contracts relating to the membership of, or participation by, the Company or any Subsidiary in any industry standards group or association;

(xi) any settlement agreement with respect to any Action;

(xii) any confidentiality, secrecy or non-disclosure Contract other than (A) the Confidentiality Agreement or (B) any such Contract entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; and

(xiii) any Contract pursuant to which rights of any third party are triggered or become exercisable, or under which any other consequence, result or effect arises, in each case, which would be material to the operations of the Company, as a result of the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of the Merger.

(b) No Breach . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has breached, nor does the Company nor any Subsidiary have any knowledge of any claim or threat that the Company or any Subsidiary has breached, any term or condition of any Company Material Agreement. Each Company Material Agreement is in full force and effect, subject to the Applicable Exceptions, and, to the Company’s knowledge, no other party to such Company Material Agreement is in default thereunder. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any written notice from any customer concerning a dispute involving the Company Products.

 

32


2.18 Certificate; Bylaws; Minute Books; Books and Records . The certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company and each Subsidiary (or other equivalent organizational or governing documents any Subsidiary) are in the form previously made available to Acquiror. The minute books of the Company and each Subsidiary, as made available to Acquiror, contain, in all material respects, an accurate summary of all meetings and complete and true copies of all consents of directors and stockholders since the time of incorporation. The legal and financial books and records of the Company and each Subsidiary, as made available to Acquiror: (a) are in all material respects true, complete and correct and (b) have been maintained in accordance with the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s business practices on a basis consistent with prior years.

2.19 Employee Matters .

(a) Schedule 2.19(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter lists, with respect to the Company and each Subsidiary (i) all “employee benefit plans” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), (ii) each loan to an employee, (iii) all stock option, stock purchase, phantom stock, stock appreciation right, supplemental retirement, severance, sabbatical, medical, dental, vision care, disability, employee relocation, cafeteria benefit (Section 125 of the Code), dependent care (Section 129 of the Code), life insurance or accident insurance plans, programs or arrangements, (iv) all bonus, pension, profit sharing, savings, severance, redundancy, retirement, deferred compensation or incentive plans, programs or arrangements, whether contractual, discretionary or based on customary practice (including as a result of the Merger), (v) all employment or executive compensation or severance agreements, written or otherwise, as to which unsatisfied obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary remain for the benefit of, or relating to, any present or former employee, consultant, advisor or non-employee director of the Company (all of the foregoing described in clauses (i) through (v), collectively, the “ Company Employee Plans ”).

(b) Any Company Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has either obtained from the Internal Revenue Service a favorable determination, opinion, notification or advisory letter as to its qualified status under the Code, including all amendments to the Code effected by the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and subsequent legislation, or has applied (or has time remaining in which to apply) to the Internal Revenue Service for such a letter prior to the expiration of the requisite period under applicable Treasury Regulations or Internal Revenue Service pronouncements in which to apply for such letter and to make any amendments necessary to obtain a favorable determination or has been established under a standardized prototype plan for which an Internal Revenue Service opinion letter has been obtained by the plan sponsor and is valid as to the adopting employer. The Company does not sponsor or maintain any self-funded employee benefit group health plan, including any such plan to which a stop-loss policy applies.

(c) None of the Company Employee Plans promises or provides retiree medical or other retiree welfare benefits to any person other than as required under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”) or similar U.S., state or foreign law. No Company Employee Plan is covered by, and the Company has not incurred nor expects to incur any liability under Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. Each Company Employee Plan, other than a Company Employee Plan described in Subsection (a)(ii) or (v) above, can be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued after the Effective Time in accordance with its terms, without liability to Acquiror, the Surviving Corporation (other than ordinary administrative expenses typically incurred in a termination event).

 

33


(d) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary currently maintains, sponsors, participates in or contributes to, nor has ever maintained, established, sponsored, participated in, or contributed to, any pension plan (within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA) that is subject to Part 3 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code.

(e) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to, nor has made any contribution to or otherwise incurred any obligation under, any “multiemployer plan” as such term is defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA or any “multiple employer plan” as such term is defined in Section 413(c) of the Code.

(f) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has collective bargaining agreements with any of its employees. There is no labor union organizing activity pending or threatened with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary. To the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company nor any Subsidiary, nor any consultant or advisor with whom the Company or any Subsidiary has contracted, is in violation of any term of any employment contract, proprietary information agreement or any other agreement relating to the right of any such individual to be employed by, or to contract with, the Company or any Subsidiary; and to the Company’s knowledge the continued employment by the Company or any Subsidiary of its respective present employees, and the performance of the Company’s and each Subsidiary’s contracts with its independent contractors, will not result in any such violation. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice alleging that any such violation has occurred.

(g) Other than as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, none of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the Merger or any other transaction contemplated hereby or any termination of employment or service or any other event in connection therewith or subsequent thereto will, individually or together or with the occurrence of some other event, (i) result in any payment (including severance, unemployment compensation, golden parachute, bonus or otherwise) becoming due to any current or former employee, director or independent contractor, (ii) materially increase or otherwise enhance any benefits otherwise payable by the Company or any Subsidiary to any current or former employee, director or independent contractor, (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits, except as required under Section 411(d)(3) of the Code, (iv) increase the amount of compensation due to any current or former employee, director or independent contractor or (v) result in the forgiveness in whole or in part of any outstanding loans made by the Company or any Subsidiary to any current or former employee, director or independent contractor.

(h) Each of the Company and each Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with all currently applicable Legal Requirements respecting employment, discrimination in employment, terms and conditions of employment, worker classification (including the proper classification of workers as independent contractors, consultants and advisors), wages, hours and occupational safety and health and employment practices, including the Immigration Reform and Control Act, and is not engaged in any unfair labor practice.

(i) The employment of the employees of each of the Company and each Subsidiary in the United States is “at-will” (except for non-United States employees of the Company or any Subsidiary located in a jurisdiction that does not recognize the “at-will” employment concept and which are set forth on Schedule 2.19(i)(A)) and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any obligation to provide any particular form or period of notice prior to terminating the employment of any of their respective employees, except as set forth on Schedule 2.19(i)(B) of the Company Disclosure Letter. All subsisting contracts of employment and all agreements referred to in sub clauses (k) and (l) below for workers based outside the United States to which the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party are terminable by it on three months’ notice or less without compensation (other than as may be required pursuant to relevant legislation). As of the Agreement Date, the Company has not given notice of termination or received notice of resignation from any worker who receives or is entitled to receive

 

34


remuneration in excess of $50,000 per annum. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has a present intention to terminate the employment of any officer, key employee or group of employees. Each current employee and independent contractor of the Company is lawfully authorized to work in the jurisdiction in which he or she is employed or provides services according to applicable immigration laws.

(j) Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has provided to Acquiror a true, correct and complete list of the names, positions and rates of compensation of all officers, directors, and employees of the Company and each Subsidiary, showing each such person’s name, position, base annual remuneration, status as exempt/non-exempt, target bonuses or commission pay opportunities for 2017 (whether contractual, customary or discretionary) by reference to his own performance or the performance of the whole or any part of the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and benefits including any fringe benefits for the current fiscal year and the most recently completed fiscal year. No proposal, assurance or commitment by the Company or its Subsidiaries has been communicated to any Person regarding any change to their terms of employment or working conditions or regarding the continuance, introduction, increase or improvement of any benefit any no negotiations have commenced for any such matter.

(k) Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has provided to Acquiror a true, correct and complete list of all of its consultants, advisors and independent contractors and for each the initial date of the engagement and whether the engagement has been terminated by written notice by either party.

(l) Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has made available to Acquiror true, correct and complete copies of each of the following: all forms of offer letters; all forms of severance agreements; all forms of services agreements; all forms of confidentiality, non-competition or inventions agreements between current and former employees/consultants and the Company or any Subsidiary; the most current management organization chart(s); and each written employment practice or policy operated in relation to any Company or Subsidiary workers or any group of them (whether contractual, customary or discretionary). The Company and to the Company’s knowledge, the Company’s employees, have no liability with regard to elections pursuant to Section 431 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pension) Act of 2003.

(m) Each Company Employee Plan complies, in both form and operation, in all material respects, with its terms, ERISA, if applicable and the Code, if applicable, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no condition exists or event has occurred with respect to any such plan which would result in the incurrence by the Company, any Subsidiary or Acquiror of any liability, fine or penalty .

2.20 Environmental and Safety Laws. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation in any material respect of any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and to its knowledge, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing statute, law or regulation. No Hazardous Materials (as defined below) are used or have been used, stored, or disposed of by the Company or any Subsidiary or, to the Company’s knowledge, by any other Person on any property owned, leased or used by the Company or any Subsidiary. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean (a) materials which are listed or otherwise defined as “hazardous” or “toxic” under any applicable local, state, federal and/or foreign laws and regulations that govern the existence and/or remedy of contamination on property, the protection of the environment from contamination, the control of hazardous wastes, or other activities involving hazardous substances, including building materials, or (b) any petroleum products or nuclear materials.

 

35


2.21 Anti-Corruption Law .

(a) Neither the Company nor any of its directors, employees, agents or representatives (in each case, acting in their capacities as such) has, since the inception of the Company, directly or indirectly through its representatives or any Person authorized to act on its behalf (including any distributor, agent, sales intermediary or other third party), (i) violated any Anti-Corruption Law or (ii) offered, given, promised to give or authorized the giving of money or anything of value, to any Government Official or to any other Person: (A) for the purpose of (I) corruptly or improperly influencing any act or decision of any Government Official in their official capacity, (II) inducing any Government Official to do or omit to do any act in violation of their lawful duties, (III) securing any improper advantage or (IV) inducing any Government Official to use his or her respective influence with a Governmental Entity to affect any act or decision of such Governmental Entity in order to, in each case of clauses (I) through (IV), assist the Company in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any Person or (B) in a manner that would constitute or have the purpose or effect of public or commercial bribery, acceptance of, or acquiescence in, extortion, kickbacks or other unlawful or improper means of obtaining business or any improper advantage.

(b) Neither the Company nor any of its directors or employees (acting in their capacities as such) has been convicted of violating any Anti-Corruption Law or subjected to any investigation or proceeding by a Governmental Entity for potential corruption, Fraud or violation of any Anti-Corruption Law.

2.22 Customers . The Company does not have any outstanding material disputes concerning any Company Products with any customer or distributor who, for the year ended December 31, 2016 or the three months ended March 31, 2017, was one of the ten largest sources of revenues for the Company, based on amounts paid or payable with respect to such periods (each, a “ Significant Customer ”), and, to the knowledge of the Company, there is no material dissatisfaction on the part of any Significant Customer with respect to any Company Products. Each Significant Customer is listed on Schedule 2.22 of the Company Disclosure Letter. The Company has not received any information from any Significant Customer that such Significant Customer shall not continue as a customer of the Company (or the Surviving Corporation or Acquiror) after the Closing or that such Significant Customer intends to terminate or materially modify existing Contracts with the Company (or the Surviving Corporation or Acquirer). The Company has not had any Company Products returned by a purchaser thereof except for normal warranty returns consistent with past history that would not result in a reversal of any revenue by the Company.

2.23 Executive Officers . No executive officer of the Company or any Subsidiary (i) has been convicted in a criminal proceeding or is a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding minor traffic violations) or (ii) is or has been subject to any judgment or order of, the subject of any pending civil or administrative action by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any self-regulatory organization.

2.24 Non-Reliance on Acquiror Estimates, Projections, Forecasts, and Business Plans . In connection with the due diligence investigation of Acquiror and Merger Sub by the Company and its representatives, the Company and its respective representatives have or may have received from Acquiror and Merger Sub and their respective representatives certain estimates, projections, forecasts and other forward-looking information, as well as certain business plan information, regarding the Acquiror and its business and operations. The Company hereby acknowledges that there are uncertainties inherent in attempting to make such estimates, projections, forecasts and other forward-looking statements, as well as in such business plans, with which the Company is familiar, that the Company is taking full responsibility for making its own evaluation of the adequacy and accuracy of all estimates, projections, forecasts and other forward-looking information, as well as such business plans, so furnished to it and its representatives (including the reasonableness of the assumptions underlying such estimates, projections,

 

36


forecasts, forward-looking information or business plans), and that neither Acquiror, Merger Sub nor any of their representatives makes any representations or warranties to the Company and will have no liability to the Company, the Stockholders of the Company or their representatives with respect to the above described information and matters, in each case, except in the case of Fraud by or on behalf of Acquiror or Merger Sub.

2.25 Disclaimer of Other Representations and Warranties . Except as set forth in this Article II , neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or other representatives make any representations or warranties to Acquiror or Merger Sub.

ARTICLE III

R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF A CQUIROR AND M ERGER S UB

Subject to the disclosures set forth in the disclosure schedule of the Acquiror delivered to the Company concurrently with the parties’ execution of this Agreement, (each of which disclosures (i) in order to be effective as an exception to the representations and warranties contained in any Section of this Article III , shall (a) clearly indicate such Section and, if applicable, the Subsection of this Article III to which such disclosure relates or (b) upon a reading thereof without any independent knowledge of the subject matter thereof, reasonably apparently apply to such Section; and (ii) shall in any event also be deemed to be representations and warranties made by Acquiror and Merger Sub to the Company under this Article III ), Acquiror and Merger Sub represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

3.1 Organization and Standing . Each of Acquiror and Merger Sub is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware. Each of Acquiror and Merger Sub has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and all other agreements required to be entered into and performed by Acquiror and Merger Sub under this Agreement (the “ Acquiror Related Agreements ”), to own and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as currently conducted and, in the case of Acquiror only, to issue the shares of Acquiror Common Stock issuable to Company Stockholders hereunder. Each of Acquiror and Merger Sub is duly qualified and is authorized to transact business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the failure so to qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror or Merger Sub.

3.2 Capitalization . As of the date hereof:

(a) The authorized capital stock of Acquiror consists solely of (i) 214,000,000 shares of Acquiror Common Stock, 50,896,410 of which are issued and outstanding, and (ii) 123,968,054 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), consisting of 21,724,591 shares designated as “Series A Preferred Stock”, all of which are issued and outstanding, 23,965,489 shares designated as “Series B Preferred Stock”, all of which are issued and outstanding, 16,102,021 shares designated as “Series C Preferred Stock”, all which are issued and outstanding, 15,422,973 shares designated as “Series D Preferred Stock”, all of which are issued and outstanding, 16,484,246 shares designated as “Series E Preferred Stock,” all of which are issued and outstanding and 30,268,734 shares designated as “Series F Preferred Stock,” all of which are issued and outstanding. The rights, preferences and privileges of the Acquiror Preferred Stock are as stated in the Acquiror’s sixth amended and restated certificate of incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 16, 2015 (the “ Acquiror Certificate ”) and as provided by applicable Legal Requirements.

 

37


(b) The Acquiror has reserved 23,604,199 shares of Acquiror Common Stock for issuance to employees, non-employee directors, advisors, and consultants pursuant to the Acquiror’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, of which 15,546,818 shares are subject to outstanding and unexercised options (the “ Acquiror Options ”). An additional 11,682,776 shares are subject to outstanding and unexercised options issued pursuant to the Acquiror’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.

(c) The outstanding shares of the capital stock of Acquiror (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable; (ii) have been approved by all requisite stockholder action; and (iii) were issued in material compliance with all applicable state and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities. Except as set forth in this Section  3.2 , Acquiror has no other outstanding securities or obligations to issue any subscription, warrant, option, convertible security or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire securities of Acquiror.

3.3 Due Authorization; Noncontravention .

(a) Acquiror and Merger Sub each has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Acquiror Related Agreements and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Acquiror Related Agreements, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly authorized by Acquiror’s and Merger Sub’s respective board of directors, and as required, approved by the stockholders of Acquiror. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Acquiror and Merger Sub and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Acquiror and Merger Sub, enforceable against Acquiror and Merger Sub in accordance with its terms, subject only to the effect, if any, of the Applicable Exceptions.

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Acquiror Related Agreements by Acquiror and Merger Sub does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by Acquiror and Merger Sub will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or loss of any benefit under, or require any consent, approval or waiver from any Person pursuant to, (i) any provision of the Acquiror Certificate or the bylaws or other equivalent organizational or governing documents of the Acquiror, in each case as amended to date, (ii) any material Contract of Acquiror (except where such conflict, violation, default, right of termination, cancellation, acceleration, loss of benefit or failure to obtain such consent, approval or waiver would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror) or (iii) any Legal Requirements applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective material properties or assets

3.4 Valid Issuance . The Acquiror Common Stock issued at Closing or placed into the Escrow Fund at Closing, when issued as provided in this Agreement, will be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and will be free of restrictions on transfer, other than restrictions under this Agreement, the Stockholder Agreements, the Investment Representation Letters, the Acquiror Certificate, the Stock Restriction Agreements, Acquiror’s bylaws and under applicable securities laws.

3.5 Governmental Consents . Except for the filing of the Certificate of Merger, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Acquiror or Merger Sub in order to enable Acquiror or Merger Sub to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Acquiror Related Agreements, except for such qualifications or filings under applicable securities laws as may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. All such qualifications and filings will, in the case of qualifications, be effective on the Closing and will, in the case of filings, be made within the time prescribed by law.

 

38


3.6 Prior Sub Operations . Merger Sub is wholly owned directly by Acquiror, was formed solely for the purpose of effecting the Merger and has not engaged in any business activities or conducted any operations other than in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

3.7 Information Statement; Stockholder Notice . None of the information supplied or to be supplied by Acquiror for inclusion in any information statement for the Company Securityholders, the Stockholder Notice or supplement thereto will contain, as of the date or the mailing of such document, any untrue statement of a material fact, or will omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

3.8 Cash Resources . Acquiror has sufficient cash resources to pay the portion of the consideration to be paid to Company Securityholders in exchange for their shares of Company Capital Stock pursuant to the terms hereof.

3.9 Acquiror Financial Statements .

(a) Attached as Schedule 3.9(a) of the Acquiror Disclosure Letter are the Acquiror’s consolidated unaudited balance sheet, and statement of operations and cash flows of the Acquiror, as of January 31, 2017 (“ Acquiror Financial Statements ” and the date of the Acquiror Financial Statements being referred to herein as the “ Acquiror Financial Statement Date ”) Such Acquiror Financial Statements (i) are in accordance with the books and records of the Acquiror, (ii) present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the Acquiror and its subsidiaries at the date or dates therein indicated and the results of operations for the period or periods therein specified, and (iii) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except for the omission of notes thereto.

3.10 Litigation . There is no Action pending, or, to the Acquiror’s knowledge, currently threatened, against the Acquiror or any of its subsidiaries, or to its knowledge, pending or currently threatened against its activities or its properties, or any of their respective directors, officers or employees (in their capacities as such or relating to their employment, services or relationship with the Acquiror), before any court or governmental agency.

3.11 Non-Reliance on Company Estimates, Projections, Forecasts, and Business Plans . In connection with the due diligence investigation of the Company by Acquiror and Merger Sub and their respective representatives, Acquiror, Merger Sub and their respective representatives have received from the Company and its representatives certain estimates, projections, forecasts and other forward-looking information, as well as certain business plan information, regarding the Company and its business and operations. Acquiror and Merger Sub hereby acknowledge that there are uncertainties inherent in attempting to make such estimates, projections, forecasts and other forward-looking statements, as well as in such business plans, with which Acquiror and Merger Sub are familiar, that Acquiror and Merger Sub are taking full responsibility for making their own evaluation of the adequacy and accuracy of all estimates, projections, forecasts and other forward-looking information, as well as such business plans, so furnished to them (including the reasonableness of the assumptions underlying such estimates, projections, forecasts, forward-looking information or business plans), and that neither the Company nor any of its representatives makes any representations or warranties to Acquiror and Merger Sub and will have no liability to Acquiror, Merger Sub or their respective representatives with respect to the above described information and matters, in each case, except in the case of Fraud by or on behalf of the Company, or as set forth in the express representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement or pursuant to the rights and remedies set forth herein as a result of any inaccuracy in any such representations or warranties.

 

39


3.12 Disclaimer of Other Representations and Warranties . Except as set forth in this Article III , neither Acquiror or Merger Sub nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or other representatives make any representations or warranties to the Company.

ARTICLE IV

C ONDUCT P RIOR TO THE E FFECTIVE T IME

4.1 Conduct of the Business; Notices . Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement (or as consented to in writing by Acquiror), during the period from the Agreement Date and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement and the Effective Time, the Company shall:

(a) conduct the Business solely in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and in compliance with applicable Legal Requirements;

(b) (i) pay and perform all of its undisputed debts and other obligations (including Taxes) when due, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts consistent with past practice and policies to collect accounts receivable when due and not extend credit outside of the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (iii) sell the Company Products consistent with past practice as to discounting, license, service and maintenance terms, incentive programs and revenue recognition and other terms and (iv) use its commercially reasonable efforts consistent with past practice and policies to preserve intact its present business organizations, keep available the services of its present officers and key employees and preserve its relationships with customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees, and others having business dealings with it, to the end that its goodwill and ongoing businesses shall be unimpaired at the Closing;

(c) use commercially reasonable efforts to assure that each of its Contracts (other than with Acquiror) entered into after the Agreement Date will not require the procurement of any consent, waiver or novation or provide for any change in the obligations of any party thereto in connection with, or terminate as a result of the consummation of, the transactions contemplated hereby, and shall give reasonable advance notice to Acquiror prior to allowing any Company Material Agreement or right thereunder to lapse or terminate by its terms;

(d) maintain each of its leased premises in accordance with the terms of the applicable lease;

(e) promptly notify Acquiror of any notice or other communication from any Person alleging that the consent of such Person is or may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

(f) promptly notify Acquiror of any notice or other communication from any Governmental Entity (i) relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) indicating that a Company authorization has been or is about to be revoked or (iii) indicating that a Company authorization is required in any jurisdiction in which such Company authorization has not been obtained, which revocation or failure to obtain has had or would reasonably be expected to be material to Acquiror (following the Effective Time) or the Company;

(g) promptly after the Company becomes aware of such fact, notify Acquiror of any inaccuracy in any representation or warranty or breach of any covenant of the Company herein; and

 

40


(h) to the extent not otherwise required by this Section  4.1 , promptly notify Acquiror of any change, occurrence or event not in the ordinary course of business, or of any change, occurrence or event that, individually or in the aggregate with any other changes, occurrences and events, would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the Company or cause any of the conditions to the Closing set forth in Article VI not to be satisfied.

4.2 Restrictions on Conduct of the Business . Without limiting the generality or effect of the Section  4.1 , except as expressly set forth on Schedule 4.2 of the Company Disclosure Letter, during the period from the Agreement Date and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement and the Effective Time, the Company shall not do, cause or permit any of the following (except to the extent expressly provided otherwise herein or as consented to in writing by Acquiror):

(a) Charter Documents . Cause, propose or permit any amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or equivalent organizational or governing documents;

(b) Merger, Reorganization . Merge or consolidate itself with any other Person or adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, consolidation, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization;

(c) Dividends; Changes in Capital Stock . Declare or pay any dividends on or make any other distributions (whether in cash, stock or other property) in respect of any of its Equity Interests, or split, combine or reclassify any of its Equity Interests or issue or authorize the issuance of any Equity Interests or other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for its Equity Interests, or repurchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of its Equity Interests except for Permitted Issuances;

(d) Company Material Agreements . (i) Enter into, amend or modify any (A) Contract that would (if entered into, amended or modified prior to the Agreement Date) constitute a Company Material Agreement, (B) other material Contract or (C) Contract requiring a novation or consent in connection with the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) violate, terminate, amend or modify (including by entering into a new Contract with such party or otherwise) or waive any of the terms of any of its Company Material Agreements or of the Stockholder Agreement, (iii) enter into any perpetual software transactions (regardless of payment structure) or other customer contracts with multiple years paid up front, or (iv) enter into, amend, modify or terminate any Contract or waive, release or assign any rights or claims thereunder, which if so entered into, modified, amended, terminated, waived, released or assigned would be reasonably like to (A) adversely affect the Company (or, following consummation of the Merger, Acquiror or any of its Affiliates) in any material respect, (B) impair the ability of the Company or the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or the Stockholder Agreement or (C) prevent or materially delay or impair the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby; provided that this Section  4.2(d) shall not require the Company to seek or obtain Acquiror’s consent in order to set or change the prices at which the Company sells products or provides services to current end users in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(e) Issuance of Equity Interests . Issue, deliver, grant or sell or authorize or propose the issuance, delivery, grant or sale of, or purchase or propose the purchase of, any Equity Interests, or enter into or authorize or propose to enter into any Contracts of any character obligating it to issue any Equity Interests, other than: (i) the issuance of shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of Company Options that are outstanding as of the Agreement Date, (ii) the issuance of Company Common Stock upon conversion of Company Series A Preferred Stock outstanding on the Agreement Date and (iii) the repurchase of any shares of Company Capital Stock from former employees, non-employee directors and consultants in accordance with Contracts providing for the repurchase of shares in connection with any termination of service (clauses (i)-(iii), “ Permitted Issuances ”);

 

41


(f) Employees; Consultants; Independent Contractors . Other than as set forth on Schedule 4.2(f) of the Company Disclosure Letter, or as consented to in writing by Acquiror (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned): (i) hire, or offer to hire, any additional officers or other management-level employees or other employee with projected annual cash compensation in excess of $125,000, or any consultants or independent contractors, (ii) terminate the employment, change the title, office or position, or materially reduce the responsibilities of any employee of the Company other than for cause, (iii) enter into, amend or extend the term of any current employment or consulting agreement with, or Company Option held by, any officer, employee, consultant or independent contractor, (iv) enter into any Contract with a labor union or collective bargaining agreement (unless required by applicable Legal Requirements) or (v) add any new members to the Board;

(g) Loans and Investments . Make any loans or advances (other than routine expense advances to employees of the Company consistent with past practice) to, or any investments in or capital contributions to, any Person, or forgive or discharge in whole or in part any outstanding loans or advances, or prepay any Company Debt;

(h) Intellectual Property . Transfer or license from any Person any rights to any Intellectual Property, or transfer or license to any Person any rights to any Company Intellectual Property, or transfer or provide a copy of any Company Source Code to any Person (including any current or former employee or consultant of the Company or any contractor or commercial partner of the Company) (other than providing access to Company Source Code to current employees and consultants of the Company involved in the development of the Company Products on a need to know basis in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice);

(i) Patents . Take any action regarding a patent, patent application or other Intellectual Property right, other than filing continuations for existing patent applications or completing or renewing registrations of existing patents, domain names, trademarks or service marks in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(j) Dispositions . Sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose or permit to lapse of any of its tangible or intangible assets, other than sales and nonexclusive licenses of Company Products in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or enter into any Contract with respect to the foregoing;

(k) Indebtedness . Incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or guarantee any such indebtedness;

(l) Payment of Obligations . Pay, discharge or satisfy (i) any liability to any Person who is an officer, director or stockholder of the Company (other than compensation due for services as an officer or director) or (ii) any claim or liability arising other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction of liabilities reflected or reserved against in the Financial Statements and Transaction Expenses, or defer payment of any accounts payable other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or give any discount, accommodation or other concession other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, in order to accelerate or induce the collection of any receivable;

(m) Capital Expenditures . Make any capital expenditures, capital additions or capital improvements in excess of $25,000 individually or $100,000 in the aggregate;

 

42


(n) Insurance . Materially change the amount of, or terminate, any insurance coverage;

(o) Termination or Waiver . Cancel, release or waive any material claims or rights held by the Company;

(p) Employee Benefit Plans; Pay Increases . (i) Adopt or amend any employee or compensation benefit plan, including any stock issuance or stock option plan, or amend any compensation, benefit, entitlement, grant or award provided or made under any such plan, except in each case as required under ERISA, applicable Legal Requirements or as necessary to maintain the qualified status of such plan under the Code, (ii) materially amend any deferred compensation plan within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, except to the extent necessary to meet the requirements of such Section or Notice, (iii) pay any special bonus or special remuneration to any employee or non-employee director or consultant or (iv) increase, individually or in the aggregate, the cash-based salaries, wage rates or fees of its employees or consultants (other than as disclosed to Acquiror and are set forth on Schedule 4.2(p) of the Company Disclosure Letter);

(q) Severance Arrangements . Grant or pay, or enter into any Contract providing for the granting of any severance, retention or termination pay, or the acceleration of vesting or other benefits, to any Person (other than payments or acceleration that have been disclosed to Acquiror and are set forth on Schedule 4.2(q) of the Company Disclosure Letter);

(r) (r) Lawsuits; Settlements . (i) Commence a lawsuit other than (A) for the routine collection of bills, (B) in such cases where the Company in good faith determines that failure to commence suit would result in the material impairment of a valuable aspect of its business (provided that the Company consults with Acquiror prior to the filing of such a suit) or (C) for a breach of this Agreement or (ii) settle or agree to settle any pending or threatened lawsuit or other dispute;

(s) Acquisitions . Acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a substantial portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets that are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company or the Business, or enter into any Contract with respect to a joint venture, strategic alliance or partnership;

(t) Taxes . Make or change any election in respect of Taxes, adopt or change any accounting method in respect of Taxes, file any material Tax Returns without the consent of Acquiror prior to filing, file any amendment to a federal, state, or foreign income Tax Return or any other material Tax Return, enter into any Tax sharing or similar agreement or closing agreement (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, Ordinary Contracts), assume any liability for the Taxes of any other Person (whether by Contract or otherwise, excluding in each case Ordinary Contracts), settle any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes, consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes or the payment of any Tax, or take any other similar action relating to the filing of any Tax Return, if such action would have the effect of increasing the Tax liability of Acquiror or its Affiliates for any period ending after the Closing Date or decreasing any Tax attribute of the Company existing on the Closing Date;

(u) Accounting . (i) Change accounting methods or practices (including any change in depreciation or amortization policies) or revalue any of its assets (including writing down the value of inventory or writing off notes or accounts receivable otherwise than in the ordinary course of business), except in each case as required by changes in GAAP as concurred with its independent accountants and after notice to Acquiror or (ii) accelerate the collection of or discount any accounts receivable, delay the payment of accounts payable or defer expenses, reduce inventories or otherwise increase cash on hand, except in the ordinary course of business;

 

43


(v) Real Property . Enter into any agreement for the purchase, sale or lease of any real property;

(w) Encumbrances . Place or allow the creation of any Encumbrance on any of its properties;

(x) Warranties, Discounts . Materially change the manner in which it provides warranties, discounts or credits to customers;

(y) Interested Party Transactions . Enter into any Contract that, if entered prior to the Agreement Date, would be required to be listed on Schedule 2.17(a)(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter;

(z) Subsidiaries . Take any action that would result in the Company having one or more Subsidiaries; and

(aa) Other . Take or agree in writing or otherwise to take, any of the actions described in clauses (a) through (z) in this Section  4.2 , or any action that would reasonably be expected to make any of the Company’s representations or warranties contained herein untrue or incorrect (such that the condition set forth in the first sentence of Section  6.3(a) would not be satisfied) or prevent the Company from performing or cause the Company not to perform one or more covenants, agreements or obligations required hereunder to be performed by the Company (such that the condition set forth in the second sentence of Section  6.3(a) would not be satisfied).

ARTICLE V

A DDITIONAL A GREEMENTS

5.1 Board Recommendation, Stockholder Approval and Stockholder Notice .

(a) The Board shall unanimously recommend that the Company Stockholders vote in favor of the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the principal terms of the Merger, and neither the Board nor any committee thereof shall withhold, withdraw, amend or modify, or propose or resolve to withhold, withdraw, amend or modify in a manner adverse to Acquiror, the unanimous recommendation of the Board that the Company Stockholders vote in favor of the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the principal terms of the Merger.

(b) The Company shall take all reasonable action necessary in accordance with this Agreement, Delaware Law, the CCC, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws to obtain approval for this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby by the Requisite Stockholders (the “ Requisite Stockholder Approval ”). The Company’s obligation to obtain the Requisite Stockholder Approval pursuant to this Section  5.1 shall not be limited or otherwise affected by the commencement, disclosure, announcement or submission to the Company of any Acquisition Proposal or the withholding, withdrawal, amendment or modification by the Board of its unanimous recommendation to the Company Stockholders in favor of the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the principal terms of the Merger. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Company Stockholder Consent executed by each Company Stockholder and to cause each such Company Stockholder to execute or join the Stockholder Agreement.

 

44


(c) Promptly (and in any case within two Business Days) after the Company obtains the Requisite Stockholder Approval, the Company shall prepare, with the cooperation of Acquiror, and mail to each Company Stockholder other than the Requisite Stockholders, a notice (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Stockholder Notice ”) comprising (i) the notice contemplated by Section 228(e) of Delaware Law of the taking of a corporate action without a meeting by less than a unanimous written consent, (ii) the notice contemplated by Section 262(d)(2) of Delaware Law, together with a copy of Section 262 of Delaware Law (iii) the notice contemplated by Chapter 13 of the CCC, together with a copy of Sections 1300-1304 of the CCC and (iv) an information statement to the Company Stockholders in connection with the solicitation of their signatures to the Company Stockholder Consent, the Stockholder Agreement and an Investment Representation Letter. The Stockholder Notice shall include (x) a statement to the effect that the Board had unanimously recommended that the Company Stockholders vote in favor of the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the principal terms of the Merger and (y) such other information as Acquiror and the Company may agree is required or advisable under applicable Legal Requirements to be included therein. Prior to its mailing, the Stockholder Notice shall have been approved by Acquiror (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and, following its mailing, no amendment or supplement to the Stockholder Notice shall be made by the Company without the approval of Acquiror. Each of Acquiror and the Company agrees to provide promptly to the other such information concerning its business, financial statements and affairs as, in the reasonable judgment of Acquiror or its counsel, may be required or advisable to be included under Delaware Law or the CCC in the Stockholder Notice or in any amendment or supplement thereto, and Acquiror and the Company agree to cause their respective representatives to cooperate in the preparation of the Stockholder Notice and any amendment or supplement thereto.

(d) As promptly as practicable after the Agreement Date, Acquiror shall prepare and make such filings as are required under applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Company shall assist Acquiror as may be reasonably necessary to comply with such state securities or “blue sky” laws.

5.2 No Solicitation .

(a) During the period from the Agreement Date and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement and the Effective Time, the Company will not, and the Company will not authorize or permit any of its representatives to, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit, initiate, seek, entertain, knowingly encourage, facilitate, support or induce the making, submission or announcement of any inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer that constitutes, or could reasonably be expected to lead to, an Acquisition Proposal, (ii) enter into, participate in, maintain or continue any communications (except solely to provide written notice as to the existence of these provisions) or negotiations regarding, or deliver or make available to any Person any non-public information with respect to, or take any other action regarding, any inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer that constitutes, or could reasonably be expected to lead to, an Acquisition Proposal, (iii) agree to, accept, approve, endorse or recommend (or publicly propose or announce any intention or desire to agree to, accept, approve, endorse or recommend) any Acquisition Proposal, (iv) enter into any letter of intent or any other Contract contemplating or otherwise relating to, or that could reasonably be expected to lead to, any Acquisition Proposal, (v) submit any Acquisition Proposal to the vote of any holders of Company Capital Stock or (vi) enter into any other transaction or series of transactions not in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, the consummation of which would impede, interfere with, prevent or delay, or would reasonably be expected to impede, interfere with, prevent or delay, the consummation of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby. The Company will, and will cause its representatives to, (A) immediately cease and cause to be terminated any and all existing activities, discussions or negotiations with any Persons conducted prior to or on the Agreement Date with respect to any Acquisition Proposal

 

45


and (B) promptly revoke or withdraw access of any Person (other than Acquiror and its representatives) to any data room (virtual or actual) containing any non-public information with respect to the Company in connection with an Acquisition Proposal and request from each Person (other than Acquiror and its representatives) the prompt return or destruction of all non-public information with respect to the Company previously provided to such Person in connection with an Acquisition Proposal. If any of the Company’s representatives, whether in his, her or its capacity as such or in any other capacity, takes any action that the Company is obligated pursuant to this Section  5.2 not to authorize or permit such Representative to take, then the Company shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to have breached this Section  5.2 .

(b) The Company shall as soon as reasonably practicable (but in any event, within 24 hours) notify Acquiror orally and in writing after receipt by the Company (or, to the knowledge of the Company, by any of the Company’s representatives), of (i) any Acquisition Proposal, (ii) any inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer that constitutes, or would reasonably be expected to lead to, an Acquisition Proposal, (iii) any other notice that any Person is considering making an Acquisition Proposal or (iv) any request for non-public information relating to the Company or for access to any of the properties, books or records of the Company by any Person or Persons other than Acquiror and its representatives. Such notice shall describe (A) the material terms and conditions of such Acquisition Proposal, inquiry, expression of interest, proposal, offer, notice or request and (B) the identity of the Person or Persons making any such Acquisition Proposal, inquiry, expression of interest, proposal, offer, notice or request. The Company shall keep Acquiror fully informed of the status and details of, and any modification to, any such inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer and any correspondence or communications related thereto and shall provide to Acquiror a true, correct and complete copy of such inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer and any amendments, correspondence and communications related thereto, if it is in writing, or a reasonable written summary thereof, if it is not in writing. The Company shall provide Acquiror with 48 hours prior notice (or such lesser prior notice as is provided to the members of the Board) of any meeting of the Board at which the Board is reasonably expected to discuss any Acquisition Proposal.

5.3 Confidentiality; Public Disclosure .

(a) The parties hereto acknowledge that the Confidentiality Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. Each party hereto agrees that it and its representatives shall hold the terms of this Agreement, and the fact of this Agreement’s existence, in strict confidence. At no time shall any party hereto disclose any of the terms of this Agreement (including the economic terms) or any non-public information about a party hereto to any other Person without the prior written consent of the party hereto about which such non-public information relates, except as reasonably necessary for the Company to obtain the Company Stockholder Approval and the Requisite Stockholder Approval and the other consents and approvals of the Company Stockholders and other third parties contemplated by this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, (i) a party hereto shall be permitted to disclose any and all terms to its financial, tax and legal advisors (each of whom is subject to a similar obligation of confidentiality), and to any Governmental Entity or administrative agency to the extent necessary or advisable in compliance with applicable Legal Requirements and (ii) the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent shall be permitted to disclose such information to the Company Indemnifying Parties in connection with performing his duties hereunder. The Indemnifying Parties’ Agent hereby agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement to the same extent as though the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent were a party thereto. With respect to the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent, as used in the Confidentiality Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” shall also include information relating to the Merger or this Agreement received by the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent after the Closing or relating to the period after the Closing.

 

46


(b) The Company shall not issue any press release or other public communications relating to the terms of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or use Acquiror’s name or refer to Acquiror directly or indirectly in connection with Acquiror’s relationship with the Company in any media interview, advertisement, news release, press release or professional or trade publication, or in any print media, whether or not in response to an inquiry, without the prior written approval of Acquiror, unless required by applicable Legal Requirements (in which event a satisfactory opinion of counsel to that effect shall be first delivered to Acquiror prior to any such disclosure) and except as reasonably necessary for the Company to obtain the Requisite Stockholder Approval and the other consents and approvals of the Company Stockholders and other third parties contemplated by this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Confidentiality Agreement, Acquiror may make such public communications regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby as Acquiror may determine is reasonably appropriate, and the Company Securityholders may disclose terms of this Agreement to their respective member, stockholders, partners and equity owners, to the extent required to effect the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise contractually required.

5.4 Reasonable Best Efforts . Each of the parties hereto agrees to use its reasonable best efforts, and to cooperate with each other party hereto, to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, appropriate or desirable to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby, including the satisfaction of the respective conditions set forth in Article VI , and including to execute and deliver such other instruments and do and perform such other acts and things as may be necessary or reasonably desirable for effecting completely the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

5.5 Third-Party Consents; Notices ; Further Actions .

(a) Following consultation with Acquiror, the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain prior to the Closing, and deliver to Acquiror at or prior to the Closing, any Contract listed or described on Schedule 2.4(b)(ii)(B) of the Company Disclosure Letter (or that would have been required to be listed or described on Schedule 2.4(b)(ii)(B) if entered into prior to the Agreement Date).

(b) The Company shall give all notices and other information required to be given to the employees of the Company, any collective bargaining unit representing any group of employees of the Company, and any applicable Governmental Entity under the WARN Act, the National Labor Relations Act, as amended, the Code, COBRA and other applicable Legal Requirements in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain prior to the Closing, and deliver to Acquiror at or prior to the Closing, an amendment to the Assignment of Copyright from Ariel Software Solutions under the Consulting Services Agreement executed on October 26, 2016 consisting of an addendum explicitly documenting that all the Developments (as defined in that agreement) performed by the Contractor to date are assigned to the Parent on a perpetual, worldwide and royalty free basis and that the Contractor waives its rights under Section 19(4) of the Copyright Act, 1957.

(d) The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain prior to the Closing, and deliver to Acquiror at or prior to the Closing, evidence sufficient to Acquiror of proper stamps for the Assignment of Copyright from Ariel Software Solutions under the Consulting Services Agreement executed on October 26, 2016 and the Master Services Agreement between Leeyo Software Private Ltd. and the Company.

 

47


(e) The Company will update the registration information for the domain names set forth on Schedule 5.5(e) to reflect the Company as the owner thereof and provide evidence reasonably acceptable to Acquiror.

(f) The Company will update the registration information for the trademarks set forth on Schedule 5.5(f) to reflect the Company’s current address and provide evidence reasonably acceptable to Acquiror.

5.6 Litigation . The Company shall (a) notify Acquiror in writing promptly after learning of any Action initiated by or against it, or known by the Company to be threatened against the Company, or any of its directors, officers or employees or the Company Stockholders in their capacity as such (a “ New Litigation Claim ”), (b) notify Acquiror of ongoing material developments in any New Litigation Claim and (c) consult in good faith with Acquiror regarding the conduct of the defense of any New Litigation Claim.

5.7 Access to Information .

(a) During the period from the Agreement Date and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement and the Effective Time, (i) the Company shall afford Acquiror and its representatives reasonable access during business hours to (A) the Company’s properties, personnel, books, Contracts and records and (B) all other information concerning the business, properties and personnel of the Company as Acquiror may reasonably request and (ii) the Company shall provide to Acquiror and its representatives true, correct and complete copies of the Company’s (A) internal financial statements, (B) Tax Returns, Tax elections and all other records and workpapers relating to Taxes for periods beginning after January 1, 2013, (C) a schedule of any deferred intercompany gain or loss with respect to transactions to which the Company has been a party and (D) receipts for any Taxes paid to foreign Tax Authorities for periods beginning after January 1, 2013. Nothing in this Section  5.7 will require the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to disclose any information to Acquiror if such disclosure would, on the advice of counsel (i) jeopardize any attorney-client or other legal privilege or (ii) contravene any applicable Legal Requirement, fiduciary duty or Contract entered into prior to the Agreement Date (including any confidentiality agreement to which the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective Affiliates is a party); provided , however , that the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to establish a process that (through use of steps such as targeted redactions, joint defense agreements, provision of information to counsel to review and summarize for Acquiror or use of a “clean room” environment for analysis and review of information by joint integration teams in coordination with counsel and the Company) will provide Acquiror with timely access to the fullest extent possible to the substance of the information described in this Section  5.7(a) in a manner that allows the Company to comply with applicable Legal Requirements, fiduciary duties and its confidentiality obligations to third parties or preserve the Company’s attorney-client privilege, as the case may be.

(b) Subject to compliance with applicable Legal Requirements, from the Agreement Date until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement and the Closing, the Company shall confer from time to time as requested by Acquiror with one or more representatives of Acquiror to discuss any material changes or developments in the operational matters of the Company and the general status of the ongoing operations of the Company.

(c) No information or knowledge obtained by Acquiror during the pendency of the transactions contemplated hereby in any investigation pursuant to this Section  5.7 shall affect or be deemed to modify any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement, obligation or condition set forth herein.

 

48


(d) Within five days following the Agreement Date, the Company shall deliver to Acquiror one or more DVDs or other digital media evidencing the documents that were made available, which shall indicate, for each document, the date that such document was first uploaded to the data room.

5.8 Spreadsheet . The Company shall prepare and deliver to Acquiror, in accordance with Section  5.13 , a spreadsheet (the “ Spreadsheet ”) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror, which spreadsheet shall be dated as of the Closing Date and shall set forth all of the following information: (a) the names of all Company Stockholders and the Company Optionholders, and their respective addresses and, if available, tax identification numbers; (b) the number and kind of shares of Company Capital Stock held by, or subject to Company Options held by, such Persons and, in the case of outstanding shares, the respective certificate numbers and vesting status; (c) the calculation of the Cash Per Share Liquidation Preference Amount, the Stock Per Share Liquidation Preference Amount, the Cash Per Share Amount, and the Stock Per Share Amount; (d) the number of shares of Acquiror Common Stock and cash to be allocated to each Company Stockholder pursuant to Section  1.9(a)-(b) hereof; (e) the cash to be allocated to each holder of Vested Company Options pursuant to Section  1.9(c)  (f) for each share of Company Capital Stock whether (A) to the knowledge of the Company, it was subject to a valid and timely Section 83(b) election to the extent it was subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture upon issuance and (B) it was the result of an early exercise of an incentive stock option; (g) the number of shares of Acquiror Common Stock and cash to be placed into the Escrow Fund, in the aggregate and on behalf of each Company Indemnifying Party; (h) each Company Indemnifying Party’s Cash Pro Rata Share and Stock Pro Rata Share of the Escrow Fund (expressed as a percentage and based on the interest in the Escrow Fund for each such Company Indemnifying Party compared to all Company Indemnifying Parties); and (i) for each holder of Company Capital Stock and Vested Company Options, the Holdback Pro Rata Share of the Holdback Amount (expressed as a percentage and based on each such holder’s interest in the Holdback Amount).

5.9 Expenses . Whether or not the Merger is consummated, except as otherwise set forth herein, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein (including Transaction Expenses) shall be paid by the party incurring such expense.

5.10 Employees .

(a) With respect to any employee of the Company who receives and accepts in writing an offer of continued employment from Acquiror or the Surviving Corporation and is employed by the Company as of the Effective Time (the “ Continuing Employees ”), the Company shall assist Acquiror with its efforts to enter into an such letter and, if required by Acquiror, a confidential information and assignment agreement with such employee prior to the Closing Date. With respect to matters described in this Section  5.10 , the Company will consult with Acquiror (and will consider in good faith the advice of Acquiror) prior to sending any notices or other communication materials to its employees. Effective no later than immediately prior to the Closing (or at such other time designated by Acquiror), the Company shall terminate the employment of each of those Company employees who (i) have not received an offer of continued employment with Acquiror or the Surviving Corporation prior to the Closing Date or (ii) have declined an offer of continued employment with Acquiror or the Surviving Corporation prior to the Closing Date (collectively, the “ Designated Employees ”), and the Company shall require such Designated Employees to execute a separation agreement as a condition to the receipt of any severance paid by the Company, and shall cause all Unvested Company Options held by such Designated Employees to be terminated in accordance with their terms at the time of such termination.

 

49


(b) Acquiror shall, or shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, for a period ending on the date that is 12 months following the Effective Time provide for at least the same level of base salary or base hourly wage levels, if applicable, that were provided to such Continuing Employees immediately prior to the Effective Time.

(c) The Company shall ensure that there shall be no outstanding securities, commitments or agreements of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time that purport to obligate the Company to issue any shares of Company Capital Stock or Company Options under any circumstances other than Permitted Issuances.

5.11 Termination of Benefit Plans . Effective as of the day immediately preceding the Closing Date, the Company shall terminate all Company Employee Plans that are “employee benefit plans” within the meaning of ERISA, including any Company Employee Plans intended to include a Section 401(k) arrangement (unless Acquiror provides written notice to the Company no later than three Business Days prior to the Closing Date that such 401(k) plans shall not be terminated). The Company shall provide Acquiror with evidence that such Company Employee Plan(s) and the Company Option Plan have been terminated (effective no later than the day immediately preceding the Closing Date) pursuant to resolutions of the Board or any applicable committee thereof. The form and substance of such resolutions shall be subject to review and approval by Acquiror. The Company also shall take such other actions in furtherance of terminating such Company Employee 401(k) Plan(s) as Acquiror may reasonably require. In the event that termination of the Company’s 401(k) Plan would reasonably be anticipated to trigger liquidation charges, surrender charges or other fees then the Company shall take such actions as are necessary to reasonably estimate the amount of such charges and/or fees and provide such estimate in writing to Acquiror.

5.12 Acquiror RSUs and Acquiror Restricted Shares . Following the Closing Date, in accordance with Acquiror’s standard equity award policies, (a) each recipient of an Equity Bonus Grant will be awarded the number of Acquiror RSUs set forth on Schedule 5.12(a) , and (b) each recipient of a Retention Equity Grant will be awarded the number of Acquiror RSUs (the Equity Bonus Grant and the Retention Equity Grant of Acquiror RSUs together the “ Employee RSUs ”) or Acquiror Restricted Shares as set forth on Schedule 5.12(b) by the Acquiror’s board of directors. The Employee RSUs and Acquiror Restricted Shares will be subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in Acquiror’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as of the date of this Agreement, in the recipient’s offer letter (to the extent applicable) with Acquiror and in a restricted stock unit agreement or restricted stock purchase agreement to be entered into between the recipients of such Employee RSUs and Acquiror Restricted Shares and Acquiror, the forms of which are attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 and C-2 .

5.13 Certain Closing Certificates and Documents . The Company shall prepare and deliver to Acquiror a draft of each of the Company Closing Financial Certificate and the Spreadsheet not later than five Business Days prior to the Closing Date and a final version of the Company Closing Financial Certificate and the Spreadsheet to Acquiror not later than three Business Days prior to the Closing Date. In the event that Acquiror notifies the Company that there are reasonably apparent errors in the drafts of the Company Closing Financial Certificate and/or the Spreadsheet, Acquiror and the Company shall discuss such errors in good faith and the Company shall correct such errors prior to delivering the final versions of the same in accordance with this Section  5.13 . Without limiting the foregoing or Section  5.8 , the Company shall provide to Acquiror, together with the Company Closing Financial Certificate and the Spreadsheet, such supporting documentation, information and calculations as are reasonably necessary for Acquiror to verify and determine the calculations, amounts and other matters set forth in the Company Closing Financial Certificate and the Spreadsheet.

5.14 Tax Matters . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Section  5.14 and any other provision of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section  5.14 shall control.

 

50


(a) The Acquiror shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed all Tax Returns of the Company and its Subsidiaries due after the Closing Date. The Company Securityholders and Acquiror acknowledge and agree that (i) any Transaction Expenses resulting from the payment or accrual of an amount on or prior to the Closing Date shall be allocated to the period ending on or prior to the Closing Date and no election shall be made under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-76(b)(1)(ii)(B) (or any similar provision of state, local, or non-U.S. applicable Law) to apply the principles of the “next day rule” to such deductions, and (ii) each of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall properly elect on their respective Tax Returns for the Taxable year including the Closing Date under Revenue Procedure 2011-29 to deduct seventy percent (70%) of any eligible Transaction Expenses that are success-based fees within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.263(a)-5(f). The Acquiror shall provide the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent with copies of completed drafts of such income and other material Tax Returns for Taxable Periods ending on or before the Closing Date no later than thirty (30) days prior to the due date for filing thereof (including applicable extensions) for the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent’s review. Acquiror shall not unreasonably refuse to incorporate any comments of the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent on such Pre-Closing Tax Returns.

(b) Acquiror shall provide prompt written notice to the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent of any pending or threatened Tax audit, assessment, examination, litigation or similar proceeding (“ Tax Contests ”) for which it may be indemnified by the other party hereunder; provided that failure to give such notice shall not limit Acquiror’s rights to indemnification unless the Company Securityholders are actually prejudiced thereby. Acquiror shall control any Tax Contest with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries; provided, however, for a Tax Contest which is controlled by Acquiror and relates to a Pre-Closing Tax Period, Acquiror shall keep the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent about the status of such Tax Contest and the Acquiror shall not settle or resolve any such Tax Contest without first consulting with the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent and taking into account his reasonable comments on the proposed settlement or resolution of such Tax Contest.

(c) Each of Acquiror, the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent, the Company Securityholders and the Company shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by any of the others, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns and any Action with respect to Taxes. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon request therefor) the provision of records and information reasonably relevant to any such Action and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. Acquiror, the Company, the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent and the Company Securityholders agree to retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to the Company relating to any Taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until expiration of the statute of limitations of the respective Taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any Tax Authority.

(d) The Company shall cause each Company Securityholder to further agree, upon request, to use their reasonable best efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any Governmental Entity or any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed (including with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby).

(e) All transfer, documentary, sale, use, stamp, registration, and other substantially similar Taxes and fees incurred in connection with this Agreement (collectively, “ Transfer Taxes ”) shall be borne equally one-half by the Acquiror and one-half by the Company Securityholders.

(f) Neither the Acquiror nor the Company or its Subsidiaries shall amend, modify or re-file any Tax Return of the Company or its Subsidiaries previously filed for any Taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, without the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), unless such amendment, modification or refiling of such Tax Return is necessary to cause the Company or its Subsidiary’s Tax reporting positions to be consistent with the requirements of applicable Tax law.

 

51


5.15 Indemnification of Company Directors and Officers .

(a) If the Merger is consummated, then until the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date, Acquiror will cause the Surviving Corporation to fulfill and honor in all respects the obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries to each of their respective present and former directors and officers determined as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (the “ D&O Indemnified Parties ”) pursuant to indemnification agreements with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in effect on the Agreement Date and pursuant to the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other equivalent organizational or governing documents, in each case, in effect on the Agreement Date, with respect to claims arising out of acts or omissions occurring at or prior to the Effective Time that are asserted after the Effective Time.

(b) Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall purchase fully prepaid tail insurance coverage (the “ Tail Insurance Coverage ”) for the D&O Indemnified Parties, which shall (i) provide the D&O Indemnified Parties with coverage for six years following the Closing Date (ii) cover only those Persons who are currently covered by the Company’s existing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy in effect as of the Agreement Date and only for matters occurring at or prior to the Effective Time and (iii) contain coverage terms comparable to those applicable to the current directors and officers liability insurance of the Company. Following the Closing, the Surviving Corporation shall not (and Acquiror shall cause the Surviving Corporation not to) cancel the Tail Insurance Coverage during its term.

(c) This Section  5.15 (i) shall survive the consummation of the Merger, (ii) is intended to benefit each D&O Indemnified Party and their respective heirs, (iii) is in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any such Person may have against Acquiror or the Surviving Corporation first arising after the earlier of the Closing Date and the termination of this Agreement by contract or otherwise; provided , that such recourse shall first be against the Tail Insurance Coverage until it is exhausted, (iv) shall be binding on all successors and assigns of Acquiror and the Surviving Corporation, as applicable, and shall be enforceable by the D&O Indemnified Parties, and (v) shall not be terminated or modified in such a manner as to adversely affect the rights of any D&O Indemnified Party under this Section  5.15 without the written consent of such affected D&O Indemnified Party.

5.16 280G Stockholder Approval . Promptly following the execution of this Agreement, the Company shall submit to the Company Stockholders for approval (in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror), by such number of holders of Company Stockholders as is required by the terms of Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code, any payments and/or benefits that may separately or in the aggregate, constitute “parachute payments” pursuant to Section 280G of the Code (“ Section  280G Payments ”) (which determination shall be made by the Company and shall be subject to review and approval by Acquiror, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), such that such payments and benefits shall not be deemed to be Section 280G Payments, and prior to the Closing, the Company shall deliver to Acquiror notification and documentation reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror that (i) a vote of the holders of Company Capital Stock was solicited in conformance with Section 280G of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder and the requisite stockholder approval was obtained with respect to any payments and/or benefits that were subject to the stockholder vote (the “ 280G Stockholder Approval ”) or (ii) that the 280G Stockholder Approval was not obtained and as a consequence, that such payments and/or benefits shall not be made or provided to the extent they would cause any amounts to constitute Section 280G Payments, pursuant to the Parachute Payment Waivers that were executed by the affected individuals prior to the solicitation of the vote of the holders of Company Capital Stock pursuant to this Section  5.16 .

 

52


5.17 Requisite Amendment for Stock Consideration . If, as of the initially contemplated Closing Date, the condition set forth in Section  6.3(g) has not been satisfied, the parties shall each act in good faith to amend the provisions of this Agreement, including the type and form of consideration offered to Unaccredited Investors, such that the issuance of Acquiror Common Stock contemplated hereunder qualifies for a valid exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act as a valid private placement under Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. If such amendment requires additional approval from the Company Stockholders, the Company shall take commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such approvals.

ARTICLE VI

C ONDITIONS TO THE M ERGER

6.1 Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Merger . The respective obligations of each party hereto to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver in writing at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions:

(a) Company Stockholder Approval . The Company Stockholder Approval shall have been duly and validly obtained.

(b) Illegality . No order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal or regulatory restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Merger shall be in effect, and no action shall have been taken by any Governmental Entity seeking any of the foregoing, and no applicable Legal Requirements or order shall have been enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the Merger that makes the consummation of the Merger illegal.

6.2 Additional Conditions to Obligations of the Company . The obligations of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions (it being understood and agreed that each such condition is solely for the benefit of the Company and may be waived by the Company in writing in its sole discretion without notice or liability to any Person):

(a) Representations, Warranties and Covenants . The representations and warranties made by Acquiror herein shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for such representations and warranties that are qualified by their terms by a reference to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which representations and warranties as so qualified shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Agreement Date and on and as of the Closing Date as though such representations and warranties were made on and as of such dates (except for representations and warranties that address matters only as to a specified date or dates, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct with respect to such specified date or dates); provided, that each of the representations and warranties made by the Company set forth in Section  3.1 , Section  3.2 and Section  3.3 shall be true and correct in all respects (except for such representations and warranties that are qualified by their terms by a reference to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which representations and warranties as so qualified shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Agreement Date and on and as of the Closing Date as though such representations and warranties were made on and as of such dates (except for representations and warranties that address matters only as to a specified date or dates, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct with respect to such specified date or dates). Acquiror shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and obligations herein required to be performed and complied with by Acquiror at or prior to the Closing.

 

53


(b) Receipt of Closing Deliveries . The Company shall have received each of the agreements, instruments, certificates and other documents set forth in Section  1.4(a) .

(c) No Material Adverse Effect . There shall not have occurred a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Acquiror.

6.3 Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Acquiror . The obligations of Acquiror and Merger Sub to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions (it being understood and agreed that each such condition is solely for the benefit of Acquiror and Merger Sub and may be waived by Acquiror (on behalf of itself and/or Merger Sub) in writing in its sole discretion without notice or liability to any Person):

(a) Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Each of the representations and warranties made by the Company herein shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for such representations and warranties that are qualified by their terms by a reference to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which representations and warranties as so qualified shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Agreement Date and on and as of the Closing Date as though such representations and warranties were made on and as of such dates (except for representations and warranties that address matters only as to a specified date or dates, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct with respect to such specified date or dates); provided, that each of the representations and warranties made by the Company set forth in Section  2.1 , Section  2.2 and Section  2.4 shall be true and correct in all respects (except for such representations and warranties that are qualified by their terms by a reference to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which representations and warranties as so qualified shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Agreement Date and on and as of the Closing Date as though such representations and warranties were made on and as of such dates (except for representations and warranties that address matters only as to a specified date or dates, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct with respect to such specified date or dates). The Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and obligations herein required to be performed and complied with by the Company at or prior to the Closing.

(b) Receipt of Closing Deliveries . Acquiror shall have received each of the agreements, instruments, certificates and other documents set forth in Section  1.4(b) .

(c) Injunctions or Restraints on Conduct of Business . No order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal or regulatory restraint or prohibition limiting or restricting Acquiror’s ownership, conduct or operation of the Business following the Closing shall be in effect, and no Action seeking any of the foregoing, or any other injunction, restraint or material damages in connection with the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby or prohibiting or limiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be pending or threatened.

(d) No Actions . No Governmental Entity or other Person shall have commenced or threatened to commence any Action challenging or seeking the recovery of a material amount of damages in connection with the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby or seeking to prohibit or limit the exercise by Acquiror of any material right pertaining to ownership of Equity Interests of the Surviving Corporation.

 

54


(e) No Material Adverse Effect . There shall not have occurred a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company.

(f) No Outstanding Securities . Other than shares of Company Capital Stock, Company Options, no Person has any Equity Interests of the Company, stock appreciation rights, stock units, share schemes, calls or rights, or is party to any Contract of any character to which the Company or a Company Securityholder is a party or by which it or its assets is bound, obligating the Company or such Company Securityholder to issue, deliver, sell, repurchase or redeem, or cause to be issued, delivered, sold, repurchased or redeemed, any Equity Interests of the Company or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of the Company, whether vested or unvested.

(g) Private Placement Exemption . No greater than thirty-five (35) Company Stockholders shall have indicated that they are Unaccredited Investors pursuant to Investment Representation Letters delivered to Acquiror.

(h) Employees .

(i) (A) Each Key Employee shall have signed an Offer Letter, Stock Restriction Agreement and a Non-Competition Agreement, each of which shall continue to be in full force and effect and no action shall have been taken by any such individual to rescind any of such agreements and (B) the employment of each of the Designated Employees shall have been terminated effective no later than immediately prior to the Closing and such Designated Employees shall have executed a release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror.

(ii) No fewer than 75% of the employees of the Company (excluding the Key Employees from the numerator and denominator) who have received offers of employment from Acquiror or the Surviving Corporation shall have remained continuously employed with the Company from the Agreement Date through the Closing and shall become “ Continuing Employees ” pursuant to the execution of an offer of continued employement, which shall continue to be in full force and effect and no action shall have been taken by any such individual to rescind any of such agreement.

(iii) (A) A contractor agreement shall have been duly executed by each Specified Contractor and each such contractor agreement shall be in full force and effect and (B) the Company shall have provided to Acquiror evidence reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror of the termination of service with the Company of each independent contractor, consultant and/or advisory board member of the Company other than the Specified Contractors effective no later than immediately prior to the Closing.

(i) Maximum Dissenting Shares . No more than 1.5% of the Company Capital Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be Dissenting Shares.

(j) Section  280G Matters . The Company shall have delivered to Acquiror the notification and evidence required by Section  5.16 .

ARTICLE VII

T ERMINATION , A MENDMENT AND W AIVER

7.1 Termination . At any time prior to the Closing, this Agreement may be terminated and the Merger abandoned by authorized action taken by the terminating party, whether before or after the Company Stockholder Approval is obtained:

 

55


(a) by mutual written consent duly authorized by the Company Board and the Board of Directors of Acquiror;

(b) by either Acquiror or the Company, by written notice to the other, if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before July 10, 2017 or such other date that Acquiror and the Company may agree upon in writing (the “ Termination Date ”); provided that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section  7.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose breach of any covenant, agreement or obligation hereunder will have been the principal cause of, or shall have directly resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or before the Termination Date;

(c) by either Acquiror or the Company, by written notice to the other, if any order of a Governmental Entity of competent authority preventing the consummation of the Merger shall have become final and non-appealable;

(d) by Acquiror, by written notice to the Company, if (i) there shall have been an inaccuracy in any representation or warranty made by, or a breach of any covenant, agreement or obligation of, the Company herein and such inaccuracy or breach shall not have been cured within five Business Days after receipt by the Company of written notice of such inaccuracy or breach and, if not cured within such period and at or prior to the Closing, such inaccuracy or breach would result in the failure of any of the conditions set forth in Section  6.1 or Section  6.3 to be satisfied ( provided that no such cure period shall be available or applicable to any such breach that by its nature cannot be cured), (ii) there shall have occurred a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company, (iii) the Company shall have breached a material term of Section  5.1 or Section  5.2 or (iv) the Company Stockholder Approval is not obtained or the Stockholder Agreement is not executed by the Requisite Stockholders within twelve (12) hours following the execution of this Agreement ( provided that any termination right under this clause (iv) shall no longer be available once the Company Stockholder Approval is obtained and the Stockholder Agreement is executed by the Requisite Stockholders); or

(e) by the Company, by written notice to Acquiror, if (i) there shall have been an inaccuracy in any representation or warranty made by, or a breach of any covenant, agreement or obligation of, Acquiror herein and such inaccuracy or breach shall not have been cured within five Business Days after receipt by Acquiror of written notice of such inaccuracy or breach and, if not cured within such period and at or prior to the Closing, such breach would result in the failure of any of the conditions set forth in Section  6.1 or Section  6.2 to be satisfied ( provided that no such cure period shall be available or applicable to any such inaccuracy or breach that by its nature cannot be cured) or (ii) there shall have occurred a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Acquiror.

7.2 Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Article VII , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of Acquiror, Merger Sub, the Company or their respective officers, directors, stockholders or Affiliates; provided , however , that (a) the provisions of Section  5.3 (Confidentiality; Public Disclosure), Section  5.9 (Expenses), this Section  7.2 (Effect of Termination), Section  8.8(b) (Indemnifying Parties’ Agent liability), Article IX (General Provisions) (other than Section  9.1 ), related definition provisions referenced in Section  1.1 , and the Confidentiality Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement and (b) nothing herein shall relieve any party hereto from liability in connection with any Willful Breach of such party’s representations, warranties or covenants contained herein.

7.3 Amendment . Subject to the provisions of applicable Legal Requirements, the parties hereto may amend this Agreement by authorized action at any time pursuant to an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties hereto (provided that after such approval, no amendment shall be

 

56


made which by law required further approval by such stockholders without such further stockholder approval). To the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, Acquiror and the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent may cause this Agreement to be amended at any time after the Closing by execution of an instrument in writing signed on behalf of Acquiror and the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent.

7.4 Extension; Waiver . At any time at or prior to the Closing, any party hereto may, to the extent legally allowed, (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to such party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, and (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions for the benefit of such party contained herein. At any time after the Closing, the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent and Acquiror may, to the extent legally allowed, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to such party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto and (iii) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions for the benefit of such Person contained herein. Without limiting the generality or effect of the preceding sentence, no delay in exercising any right under this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of such right, and no waiver of any breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default of the same or any other provision in this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

E SCROW F UND AND I NDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Escrow Fund . The Escrowed Consideration shall be deposited with Wilmington Trust, N.A. as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”) in accordance with Section  1.10 , such deposit, together with any interest that may be earned on the Cash Escrow or any interest or dividends or other income earned on the Stock Escrow, to constitute an escrow fund (the “ Escrow Fund ”), and to be governed by the provisions set forth herein and in the Escrow Agreement. The Escrow Fund shall be available to compensate Acquiror (on behalf of itself or any other Indemnified Party (as such term is defined in Section  8.2 below)) for any Indemnifiable Damages (as such term is defined in Section  8.2 below) pursuant to the indemnification obligations of the Company Stockholders as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (collectively referred to herein as the “ Company Indemnifying Parties ”) for claims made during the Escrow Period. The Company Indemnifying Parties shall not have the right to vote their shares of Stock Escrow, and shall have no rights to dividends and other income received with respect to the Stock Escrow until such time that the Stock Escrow is released to the Company Indemnifying Parties.

8.2 Indemnification . Subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in this Article VIII , from and after the Closing the Company Indemnifying Parties shall severally but not jointly (based on their respective Cash Pro Rata Share and Stock Pro Rata Share) indemnify and hold harmless Acquiror and its officers, directors, agents and employees, and each Person, if any, who controls or may control Acquiror within the meaning of the Securities Act (each of the foregoing being referred to individually as an “ Indemnified Party ” and collectively as “ Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages (not including punitive, special or speculative damages except to the extent specifically awarded to third parties), fees, settlement costs, expenses, including out of pocket costs of investigation and defense and reasonable out of pocket fees and expenses of lawyers, experts and other professionals (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Damages ”) directly or indirectly, whether or not due to a third-party claim, arising out of, resulting from or in connection with (a) any failure of any representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement (as modified by the Company Disclosure Letter) to be true and correct as of the Agreement Date (except in the case of representations and warranties that by their terms speak only as of a specified date or dates, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such date or dates), (b) any failure of any certification, representation or warranty made

 

57


by the Company in any certificate delivered to Acquiror pursuant to any provision of this Agreement to be true and correct as of the date such certificate is delivered to Acquiror (excluding the Company Closing Financial Certificate and the Spreadsheet), (c) any breach of or default in connection with any of the covenants or agreements made by the Company in this Agreement, (d) any inaccuracy in the Company Closing Financial Certificate or the Spreadsheet, (e) any payments or issuances made with respect to Dissenting Shares to the extent that such payments or issuances, in the aggregate, exceed the value of the consideration that otherwise would have been payable or issuable (based on the Deemed Stock Value) pursuant to Section  1.9(a)-(b) upon the exchange of such Dissenting Shares, (f) any matter set forth in Schedule 2.6 of the Company Disclosure Letter or that is or would be an exception to the representations and warranties made in Section  2.6 as of the Agreement Date or the Closing, (g) any Fraud by or on behalf of the Company, (h) any claims by any then-current or former holder or alleged then-current or former holder of any Equity Interests of the Company (including any predecessors), arising out of, resulting from or in connection with (i) this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, including the allocation of the Total Cash, Total Acquiror Equity or the Retention Equity Grants or any portion thereof, (ii) such Person’s status or alleged status as a holder of Equity Interests of the Company (including any predecessors) at any time at or prior to the Closing, whether for breach of fiduciary duty or otherwise, (iii) any Person to the effect that such Person is entitled to any Equity Interest of Acquiror or the Company or any payment in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby other than as specifically set forth on the Spreadsheet (iv) any Person with respect to any Company Option Plan, or (v) any breach or alleged breach of fiduciary duty by a D&O Indemnified Party, (i) any Pre-Closing Taxes not specifically taken into account in the calculation of Net Working Capital, (j) any accounts receivable reflected in the Net Working Capital that are not collected during the Escrow Period, net of any reserves for doubtful accounts with respect to such accounts receivable that are set forth as liabilities in the calculation of Net Working Capital, (k) any matter set forth in Schedule 2.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter or that is or would be an exception to the representations and warranties made in Section  2.1 as of the Agreement Date or the Closing, (l) any matter set forth in Schedule 2.9(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter or that is or would be an exception to the representations and warranties made in Section  2.9(a) as of the Agreement Date or the Closing and (m) any matter set forth in Schedule 2.19(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter or that is or would be an exception to the representations and warranties made in Section  2.19(i) as of the Agreement Date or the Closing. Materiality standards or qualifications in any representation, warranty or covenant shall only be taken into account in determining whether a breach of or default in connection with such representation, warranty or covenant (or failure of any representation or warranty to be true and correct) exists, and shall not be taken into account in determining the amount of any Indemnifiable Damages with respect to such breach, default or failure to be true and correct. Any indemnity payments made under this Agreement shall be treated as purchase price adjustments for federal and state income tax purposes.

8.3 Indemnifiable Damage Threshold; Other Limitations .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Indemnified Party may make a claim in respect of any claim for Indemnifiable Damages arising out of, resulting from or in connection with the matters listed in clauses (a) or (b) of Section  8.2 (other than claims arising out of, resulting from or in connection with any failure of any of the Special Representations) unless and until an Officer’s Certificate (together with any other delivered Officers’ Certificates) describing Indemnifiable Damages in an aggregate amount greater than $450,000 (the “ Basket ”) has been delivered in which case the Indemnified Party may make claims for indemnification and may receive shares of Acquiror Common Stock from the Escrow Fund for all Indemnifiable Damages (including the amount of the Basket). The Basket shall not apply to any other Indemnifiable Damages or claims therefor.

 

58


(b) Subject to Section  8.4(a) , following the Effective Time, recovery for Indemnifiable Damages (and not specific performance or other equitable remedies) arising out of, resulting from or in connection with the matters listed in clauses (a) and (b) of Section  8.2 shall be limited in the aggregate to the amount of the Cash Escrow and the number of shares of Acquiror Common Stock subject to the Stock Escrow (such amounts, the “ Cap ”) (whether or not recovery is from the Escrow Fund); provided , however , that such limitation shall not apply (i) in the case of Fraud by or on behalf of the Company or (ii) any failure of any of the representations and warranties of (A) the Company in Section  2.1 (Organization, Good Standing, Corporate Power and Qualification), Section  2.2 (Capitalization), Section  2.4(a) (Due Authorization; Noncontravention), or Section  2.16 (Tax Returns and Payments), (B) the Company in any certificate delivered to Acquiror pursuant to this Agreement that are within the scope of those covered by the foregoing Sections identified in clause (A) or (C) of any Person that delivered an Investment Representation Letter in such Investment Representation Letter (collectively, the “ Special Representations ”) to be true and correct as aforesaid; provided further that the aggregate liability of the Company Indemnifying Parties for any claim based on a failure of the representations and warranties made by the Company in Section  2.8 (Intellectual Property) (or in any certificate delivered to Acquiror pursuant to this Agreement that are within the scope of those covered by such Section) to be true and correct as aforesaid shall be limited to 25% of the aggregate amount of cash and the aggregate number of shares of Acquiror Common Stock payable and issuable, respectively, to the Company Indemnifying Parties pursuant to Section  1.9 .

(c) In the case of any claims for Indemnifiable Damages arising out of, resulting from or in connection with the failure of any of the Special Representations to be true and correct as aforesaid and for the matters listed in clauses (c) through (m) of Section  8.2 inclusive (collectively, “ Fundamental Claims ”), the aggregate liability of the Company Indemnifying Parties shall be limited to the Total Cash and Total Acquiror Equity; provided that the aggregate liability of the Company Indemnifying Parties for any claim made pursuant to Section  8.2(j) shall be limited, without duplication, to (i) in the event that Net Working Capital is greater than $1,221,000 and the amount by which accounts receivable reflected in the Net Working Capital exceeds the actual value of accounts receivable reflected in the Net Working Capital and that is collected during the Escrow Period by less than 10%, the amount of such excess positive Net Working Capital, and (ii) in all other cases, 90% of the amount by which accounts receivable reflected in the Net Working Capital exceeds the actual value of accounts receivable reflected in the Net Working Capital and that is collected during the Escrow Period; provided further that the aggregate liability of the Company Indemnifying Parties for any claim made pursuant to Section  8.2(k) , Section  8.2(l) or Section  8.2(m) shall be limited to the Cap, and inclusive of recourse for all other matters for which the Cap applies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (subject to the other limitations of this Section  8.3 ), the total liability of a Company Indemnifying Party for any Indemnifiable Damages shall be limited to the aggregate amount of cash and the aggregate number of shares of Acquiror Common Stock payable and issuable, respectively, to such Company Indemnifying Party pursuant to Section  1.9 ; provided , that the foregoing limitations of the aggregate liability of the Company Indemnifying Parties shall not apply in the case of Fraud by or on behalf of the Company or such Company Indemnifying Party, for which recourse shall be uncapped in the case of the Company Indemnifying Party(s) committing such Fraud.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the amounts that an Indemnified Party recovers pursuant to Fundamental Claims shall not reduce the amount that an Indemnified Party may recover with respect to claims that are not Fundamental Claims. By way of illustration and not limitation, assuming there are no other claims for indemnification, compensation or reimbursement, in the event that Indemnifiable Damages resulting from a Fundamental Claim are first satisfied from setoff against the Holdback Amount and/or the Escrow Fund, the maximum amount recoverable by an Indemnified Party pursuant to a subsequent claim that is not a Fundamental Claim shall continue to be the full dollar value of the Cap irrespective of the fact that such Fundamental Claim was satisfied by recovery against the Holdback Amount and/or the Escrow Fund, such that the amount recoverable for such two claims would be the same regardless of the chronological order in which they were made.

 

59


(e) No D&O Indemnified Party who is also a Company Indemnifying Party shall have the right of indemnification or contribution from the Company solely with respect to their respective Cash Pro Rata Share and Stock Pro Rata Share of such Indemnifiable Damages in connection with a claim for Indemnifiable Damages under Section  8.2(h)(v) .

8.4 Priority; Limitations; Valuation of Stock Escrow .

(a) Except in the case of claims arising out of, resulting from or in connection with Fraud by or on behalf of the Company, recovery by an Indemnified Party for Indemnifiable Damages pursuant to this Article VIII shall be satisfied (i) first on a pro rata basis from any then-unpaid Holdback Amount and the Stock Escrow, (ii) second, on a pro rata basis from the Cash Escrow and the Stock Escrow, (iii) third, on a pro rata basis from the Cash Amount and Stock Amount actually paid to each Company Indemnifying Party and (iv) fourth, from any balance up to the portion of the Cash Amount and Stock Amount paid a Company Indemnifying Party (if one portion is depleted in its entirety prior to the other portion); provided , that claims made against the Stock Escrow and the Stock Amount shall be made against vested stock first, and unvested stock next, based on the applicable vesting as of the time at which the amount is released from escrow for the applicable claim. In the case of claims arising out of, resulting from or in connection with Fraud by or on behalf of the Company, recovery by an Indemnified Party for Indemnifiable Damages pursuant to this Article VIII shall be satisfied on a pro rata basis from the Cash Amount and the Stock Amount.

(b) For the purpose of compensating Acquiror (on behalf of itself or any other Indemnified Party) for any Indemnifiable Damages pursuant to this Agreement, each whole share of Acquiror Common Stock (whether held in the Escrow Fund or otherwise) shall be deemed to have a value equal to the Deemed Stock Value (as adjusted to appropriately reflect any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, reorganization, reclassification, combination, recapitalization or other like change with respect to Acquiror Common Stock occurring after the Effective Time).

(c) The amount of any Indemnifiable Damages that are subject to indemnification under this Article VIII shall be calculated net of the amount of any actual recoveries received by an Indemnified Party under any insurance policy or contractual indemnification or contribution provisions; provided , however , that Acquiror shall have no obligation hereunder to seek to obtain or continue to pursue any such recoveries.

8.5 Period for Claims; Other Limitations . The period during which claims for Indemnifiable Damages may be made for the indemnity obligations under this Agreement (the applicable period, the “ Claims Period ”) shall commence at the Closing and terminate on the date that is fifteen (15) months following the Closing Date (the “ Escrow Period ”); provided , however, the Claims Period with respect to the Fundamental Claims shall commence at the Closing and terminate upon the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations with respect to such matter (the applicable time period specified in this proviso being the “ Subsequent Claim Period ”); provided further the Claims Period with respect to any claim made pursuant to Section  8.2(k) , Section  8.2(l) or Section  8.2(m) , shall be the Escrow Period. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, such portion of the Escrow Fund at the conclusion of the Escrow Period as shall be necessary to satisfy any unresolved or unsatisfied claim for Indemnifiable Damages specified in any Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent prior to expiration of the Escrow Period shall remain in the Escrow Fund until such claim for Indemnifiable Damages has been resolved or satisfied.

 

60


8.6 Claims .

(a) On or before the last day of the Escrow Period, Acquiror may deliver to the Escrow Agent and the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent and, following the expiration of the Escrow Period on or before the last day of the Subsequent Claims Period (with respect to Fundamental Claims), Acquiror may deliver to the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent, a certificate signed by any officer of Acquiror (an “ Officer’s Certificate ”):

(i) stating that an Indemnified Party has incurred, paid, reserved or accrued, or reasonably anticipates that it may incur, pay, reserve or accrue, Indemnifiable Damages;

(ii) stating the amount of such Indemnifiable Damages (which, in the case of Indemnifiable Damages not yet incurred, paid, reserved or accrued, may be the maximum amount reasonably anticipated by Acquiror to be incurred, paid, reserved or accrued); and

(iii) specifying in reasonable detail (based upon the information then possessed by Acquiror) the individual items of such Indemnifiable Damages included in the amount so stated and the nature of the claim to which such Indemnifiable Damages are related.

No delay in providing such Officer’s Certificate within the Escrow Period or Subsequent Claims Period shall affect an Indemnified Party’s rights hereunder, unless (and then only to the extent that) the Company Indemnifying Parties are materially prejudiced thereby.

(b) At the time of delivery of any Officer’s Certificate to the Escrow Agent, a duplicate copy of such Officer’s Certificate shall be delivered to the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent by or on behalf of Acquiror (on behalf of itself or any other Indemnified Party) and for a period of thirty (30) days after such delivery to the Escrow Agent of such Officer’s Certificate, the Escrow Agent shall make no payment pursuant to this Section  8.6 unless the Escrow Agent shall have received written authorization from the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent to make such delivery. After the expiration of such 30-day period, the Escrow Agent shall make delivery of the Cash Escrow or Stock Escrow from the Escrow Fund to Acquiror in accordance with this Article VIII ; provided , however , that no such delivery may be made if and to the extent the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent shall object in a written statement to any claim or claims made in the Officer’s Certificate, and such statement shall have been delivered to the Escrow Agent and to Acquiror prior to the expiration of such 30-day period.

8.7 Resolution of Objections to Claims .

(a) If the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent objects in writing to any claim or claims by Acquiror made in any Officer’s Certificate within such 30-day period set forth in Section  8.6(b) , Acquiror and the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent shall attempt in good faith for 45 days after Acquiror’s receipt of such written objection to resolve such objection. If Acquiror and the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent shall so agree, a memorandum setting forth such agreement shall be prepared and signed by both parties and delivered to the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to conclusively rely on any such memorandum and the Escrow Agent shall distribute the Cash Escrow or Stock Escrow from the Escrow Fund in accordance with the terms of such memorandum.

(b) If no such agreement can be reached during the 45-day period for good faith negotiation, but in any event upon the expiration of such 45-day period, either Acquiror or the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent may submit the dispute to mandatory, final and binding arbitration in accordance with Section  9.9 below and the decision of the arbitrator as to the validity and amount of any claim in the relevant Officer’s Certificate shall be nonappealable, binding and conclusive upon the parties to this Agreement and the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to act in accordance with such decision and the Escrow Agent shall distribute cash and/or stock, as applicable, from the Escrow Fund in accordance therewith.

 

61


(c) For purposes of this Section  8.7 , in any arbitration hereunder in which any claim or the amount thereof stated in the Officer’s Certificate is at issue, Acquiror shall be deemed to be the non-prevailing party unless the arbitrator awards Acquiror more than one-half (1/2) of the amount in dispute; otherwise, the Company Indemnifying Parties shall be deemed to be the non-prevailing party. The non-prevailing party to an arbitration shall pay its own expenses, the fees of the arbitrator, the administrative fee of JAMS (“ JAMS ”) and the expenses, including attorneys’ fees and costs, reasonably incurred by the other party to the arbitration.

8.8 Indemnifying Parties’ Agent .

(a) The Company Indemnifying Parties agree that Doug Skeen shall be constituted and appointed as the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Indemnifying Parties’ Agent ” shall mean the agent for and on behalf of the Company Indemnifying Parties to: (i) execute, as the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent, this Agreement and any agreement or instrument entered into or delivered in connection with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) after the Closing, give and receive notices, instructions and communications to or from Acquiror (on behalf of itself of any other Indemnified Party) relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions and other matters contemplated hereby or thereby (except to the extent that this Agreement expressly contemplates that any such notice, instruction or communication shall be given or received by such Company Indemnifying Parties individually); (iii) authorize deliveries to Acquiror of Cash Escrow or Stock Escrow from the Escrow Fund in satisfaction of claims asserted by Acquiror (on behalf of itself or any other Indemnified Party), including by not objecting to such claims; (iv) object to such claims pursuant to Section  8.6 ; (v) consent or agree to, negotiate, enter into, or, if applicable, contest, prosecute or defend, settlements and compromises of, and demand arbitration and comply with orders of courts and awards of arbitrators with respect to, such claims, resolve any such claims, take any actions in connection with the resolution of any dispute relating hereto or to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by arbitration, settlement or otherwise, and take or forego any or all actions permitted or required by any Company Indemnifying Parties or necessary in the judgment of the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent for the accomplishment of the foregoing and all other terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement, (vi) consult with legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts selected by him, solely at the cost and expense of the Company Indemnifying Parties, (vii) consent or agree to any amendment to this Agreement or to waive any terms and conditions of this Agreement providing rights or benefits to the Company Indemnifying Parties (other than with respect to the payment and issuance of the Merger Consideration less the Escrowed Consideration) in accordance with the terms hereof and in the manner provided herein, and (ix) take all actions necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent for the accomplishment of the foregoing, in each case without having to seek or obtain the consent of any Person under any circumstance. The Person serving as the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent may be removed or replaced from time to time, or if such Person resigns from his position as the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent, then a successor may be appointed, by a vote of the Company Indemnifying Parties holding a majority of the interest in the Escrow Fund (the “ Requisite Indemnifying Parties ”). No bond shall be required of the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent, and the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent shall receive no compensation for his services.

 

62


(b) The Indemnifying Parties’ Agent shall not be liable to any Company Indemnifying Parties for any act done or omitted hereunder or under the Escrow Agreement as the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent while acting in good faith (and any act done or omitted pursuant to the advice of counsel or with the consent of the Requisite Indemnifying Parties shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith) and without gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Indemnifying Parties’ Agent shall not have any fiduciary, agency or other duties to the Company Indemnifying Parties, and his only obligations shall be as expressly set forth in this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement. The Indemnifying Parties’ Agent is serving in such capacity solely for purposes of administrative convenience and is not personally liable for any of the obligations of the Company Indemnifying Parties hereunder, and the Indemnified Parties, Acquiror, Merger Sub, the Surviving Corporation, the Company and the Company Indemnifying Parties agree that they will not look to the assets of the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent for the satisfaction of any obligations of the Company and the Company Indemnifying Parties, or any of them. The Indemnifying Parties’ Agent shall be entitled to retain his own counsel and other professional advisors in connection with the acceptance, performance or administration of the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent’s duties hereunder or under the Escrow Agreement or the exercise of any of the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent’s rights hereunder or under the Escrow Agreement, at the expense of the Company Indemnifying Parties. The Company Indemnifying Parties shall severally, based on their pro rata share of the Escrow Fund (their “ Pro Rata Share ”), but not jointly indemnify the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent and hold him harmless from and against any loss, liability, damage, claim, penalty, fine, forfeiture, action, fee, cost or expense (collectively, “ Agent Losses ”) incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent (as determined through final adjudication) and arising out of, resulting from or in connection with the acceptance or administration of his duties hereunder or under the Escrow Agreement, including any out-of-pocket costs and expenses of counsel and experts and their staffs and all expense of document location, duplication and shipment incurred by the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent. If not paid directly to the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent by the Company Indemnifying Parties, such Agent Losses may be recovered by the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent from (i) the Expense Fund and (ii) the portion of the Escrow Fund otherwise distributable to the Company Indemnifying Parties (and not distributed or distributable to an Indemnified Party or subject to a pending indemnification claim of an Indemnified Party) after the date that is fifteen (15) months following the Closing Date pursuant to the terms hereof and of the Escrow Agreement, at the time of distribution, and such recovery will be made from the Company Indemnifying Parties according to their respective Pro Rata Share of such Agent Losses; provided that while this section allows the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent to be paid from the Expense Fund and the Escrow Fund, it does not relieve the Company Indemnifying Parties from their obligation to promptly pay such Agent Losses as they are suffered or incurred, nor does it prevent the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent from seeking any remedies available to him at law or otherwise.

(c) After the Closing, any notice or communication given or received by, and any decision, action, failure to act within a designated period of time, agreement, consent, settlement, resolution or instruction of, the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent that is within the scope of the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent’s authority under Section  8.8(a) shall constitute a notice or communication to or by, or a decision, action, failure to act within a designated period of time, agreement, consent, settlement, resolution or instruction of all the Company Indemnifying Parties and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon each such Company Indemnifying Party; and each Indemnified Party shall be entitled to rely upon any such notice, communication, decision, action, failure to act within a designated period of time, agreement, consent, settlement, resolution or instruction as being a notice or communication to or by, or a decision, action, failure to act within a designated period of time, agreement, consent, settlement, resolution or instruction of each and every such Company Indemnifying Party.

(d) In order to facilitate the resolution of any claims for Indemnifiable Damages arising under this Agreement, Acquiror shall, upon reasonable advance written notice, afford the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent and his representatives reasonable access, during normal business hours, to the books and records of the Acquiror and the Company, to the extent relating to such claims for Indemnifiable Damages.

 

63


(e) Upon the Closing, the Paying Agent will wire to Indemnifying Parties’ Agent $200,000 (the “ Expense Fund ”), which will be used for the purposes of paying directly, or reimbursing the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent for any third party expenses pursuant to this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, and for hourly rate charges of $200 per hour payable to the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent for services rendered on behalf of the Indemnifying Parties, if and to the extent more than twenty (20) hours of such services are rendered prior to the distribution of the Expense Fund. The Company Indemnifying Parties will not receive any interest or earnings on the Expense Fund and irrevocably transfer and assign to the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent any ownership right that they may otherwise have had in any such interest or earnings. The Indemnifying Parties’ Agent will not be liable for any loss of principal of the Expense Fund other than as a result of his gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Indemnifying Parties’ Agent will hold these funds separate from his own funds, will not use these funds for his own personal expenses or any other purposes inconsistent with this Section  8.8 and will not voluntarily make these funds available to his creditors in the event of bankruptcy. Contemporaneous with or as soon as practicable following completion of the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent’s responsibilities hereunder, the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent will deliver the balance of the Expense Fund to the Paying Agent for further distribution to the Company Indemnifying Parties on a Cash Pro Rata Share basis. For tax purposes the Expense Fund will be treated as having been received and voluntarily set aside by the Company Indemnifying Parties at the time of Closing.

8.9 Third-Party Claims . In the event that Acquiror becomes aware of a third-party claim which Acquiror in good faith believes may result in a claim for Indemnifiable Damages by or on behalf of an Indemnified Party, Acquiror shall have the right in its sole discretion to conduct the defense of and to settle or resolve any such claim (and the costs and expenses incurred by Acquiror in connection with such defense, settlement or resolution (including reasonable attorneys’ fees (other than those of in-house legal counsel), other professionals’ and experts’ fees and court or arbitration costs) shall be included in the Indemnifiable Damages for which Acquiror may seek indemnification pursuant to a claim made hereunder; provided that no such costs, expenses or fees shall be Indemnifiable Damages if the underlying third-party claim does not give rise to Indemnifiable Damages). The Indemnifying Parties’ Agent shall have the right to receive copies of all pleadings, notices and communications with respect to the third-party claim to the extent that receipt of such documents does not affect any privilege relating to any Indemnified Party and shall be entitled, at his expense, to participate in, but not to determine or conduct, any defense of the third-party claim or settlement negotiations with respect to the third-party claim. However, except with the consent of the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent in writing (and to the extent by which recourse is limited to Escrow Cash or Escrow Stock, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), no settlement or resolution of any such claim with any third-party claimant shall be determinative of the existence of or amount of Indemnifiable Damages relating to such claim. In the event that the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent has consented to any such settlement or resolution being determinative of the existence of or amount of Indemnifiable Damages relating to such claim, neither the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent nor the Company Indemnifying Parties shall have any power or authority to object under Section  8.7 or any other provision of this Article VIII to the amount of any claim by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party against the Escrow Fund for indemnity with respect to such settlement or resolution.

8.10 Sole and Exclusive Remedy . After the Closing, this Article VIII shall constitute the sole and exclusive remedy after the Closing for the Indemnified Parties with respect to any claim related to or arising from this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (other than remedies available to Acquiror under a Stock Restriction Agreement, Non-Competition Agreement, Investment Representation Letter or Stockholder Agreement, specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies, or with respect to a Company Indemnifying Party, claims against such party for Fraud in which such Company Indemnifying Party participates). It is the express intent of the parties that, if an applicable survival period as contemplated by this Agreement is shorter than the statute of limitations that would

 

64


otherwise apply, then, by contract, the applicable statute of limitations shall be reduced to the survival period contemplated hereby. The parties further acknowledge that the time periods set forth in this Article VIII and Section  9.1 for the assertion of claims under this Agreement are the result of arms’-length negotiation among the parties and that they intend for the time periods to be enforced as agreed by the parties.

ARTICLE IX

G ENERAL P ROVISIONS

9.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties and Covenants . If the Merger is consummated, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement, the Company Disclosure Letter (including any exhibit or schedule to the Company Disclosure Letter), and the other certificates contemplated hereby (and the indemnification obligations of the Company relating thereto) shall survive the Closing and remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation or disclosure made by or on behalf of any of the parties to this Agreement, until 11:59 p.m. Pacific Time on the date that is fifteen (15) months following the Closing Date (the “ Expiration Date ”); provided , however , that the Special Representations and in any certificate delivered to Acquiror regarding the Special Representations (and the indemnification obligations of the Company Indemnifying Parties relating thereto) and otherwise in the case of, will remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation or disclosure made by or on behalf of any of the parties to this Agreement, until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (if later than the expiration of fifteen (15) months following the Closing Date); and provided , further , that no right to indemnification pursuant to Article VIII in respect of any claim that is set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent prior to the expiration of the Claims Period, or with respect to Fundamental Claims, the Subsequent Claims Period, shall be affected by the expiration of such representations and warranties. If the Merger is consummated, the representations and warranties of Acquiror contained in this Agreement and the other certificates contemplated hereby shall survive until 11:59 p.m. Pacific Time on the date that is fifteen (15) months following the Closing Date. If the Merger is consummated, all covenants of the parties shall expire and be of no further force or effect as of the Closing, except to the extent such covenants provide that they are to be performed after the Closing; provided , however , that no right to indemnification pursuant to Article VIII in respect of any claim based upon any breach of a covenant prior to the Closing shall be affected by the expiration of such covenant (subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement).

9.2 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally or by commercial delivery service, or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or sent via facsimile (with confirmation of receipt) to the parties hereto at the following address (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

(i) if to Acquiror, Merger Sub, to:

Zuora, Inc.

3050 South Delaware Street

Suite 301

San Mateo, CA 94403

Telephone No.: (800) 425-1281

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

65


Fenwick & West LLP

801 California Street

Mountain View, CA 94041

Attention: Kris S. Withrow

Facsimile No.: (650) 988-8500

Telephone No.: (650) 335-7683

(ii) if to the Company, to:

Leeyo Software, Inc.

2841 Junction Ave.

#201

San Jose, CA 95134

Telephone No.: (408) 988-5800

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

DLA Piper LLP

2000 University Avenue

East Palo Alto, CA 94303

Attention: Brad Gersich

Facsimile No.: (650) 833-2001

Telephone No.: (650) 833-2074

(iii) If to the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent, to:

Douglas R Skeen

20599 Chanson Way

Reno, NV 89511-9293

Facsimile No.: drskeen@gmail.com

Telephone No.: 949-584-7666

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

DLA Piper LLP

2000 University Avenue

East Palo Alto, CA 94303

Attention: Brad Gersich

Facsimile No.: (650) 833-2001

Telephone No.: (650) 833-2000

9.3 Interpretation . When a reference is made in this Agreement to Articles, Sections or Exhibits, such reference shall be to an Article or Section of, or an Exhibit to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

9.4 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same instrument and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other parties hereto; it being understood that all parties hereto need not sign the same counterpart.

 

66


9.5 Entire Agreement; Nonassignability; Parties in Interest . This Agreement and the documents and instruments and other agreements specifically referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto, including all the exhibits attached hereto, the Schedules, including the Company Disclosure Letter, (a) constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, except for the Confidentiality Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect, and shall survive any termination of this Agreement, in accordance with its terms, (b) are not intended to confer, and shall not be construed as conferring, upon any Person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder (except that Article VI is intended to benefit Indemnified Parties) and (c) shall not be assigned by operation of law or otherwise except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

9.6 Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned or delegated, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any such assignment without such prior written consent shall be null and void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquiror may assign this Agreement and any of its rights, interests or obligations hereunder, in connection with a merger, acquisition, sale or all or substantially all of its assets or other change in control transaction

9.7 Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and shall be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties hereto shall use all reasonable efforts to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that shall achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.

9.8 Remedies Cumulative . Except as otherwise provided herein, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party hereto shall be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party hereto of any one remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other remedy and nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver by any party of any right to specific performance or injunctive relief. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity, and the parties hereby waive the requirement of any posting of a bond in connection with the remedies described herein.

9.9 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law, to the extent within the subject matter thereof, and otherwise by laws of the State of California, without reference to such state’s principles of conflicts of law. Subject to Section  9.9(h) and 9.9(i) below, any dispute hereunder (“ Dispute ”) shall be settled by arbitration in San Mateo County, California, and, except as herein specifically stated, in accordance with the JAMS Streamlined Arbitration Rules and Procedures then in effect (the “ JAMS Rules ”). The arbitration provisions of this Section  9.9 shall govern over any conflicting rules that may now or hereafter be contained in the JAMS Rules. Any judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction over the subject matter thereof. The arbitrator shall have the authority to grant any equitable and legal remedies that would be available in any judicial proceeding instituted to resolve a Dispute.

 

67


(a) Compensation of Arbitrator . Any such arbitration will be conducted before a single arbitrator who will be compensated for his or her services at a rate to be determined by the parties or by JAMS, but based upon reasonable hourly or daily consulting rates for the arbitrator in the event the parties are not able to agree upon his or her rate of compensation.

(b) Selection of Arbitrator . The parties will cooperate with JAMS in promptly selecting from a list of arbitrators who are lawyers familiar with California contract law one (1) arbitrator from the JAMS panel of neutrals; provided , however , that (i) such arbitrator cannot work for a firm then performing services for either party, and (ii) each party will have the opportunity to make such reasonable objection to any of the arbitrators listed as such party may wish. In the event that the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within three (3) Business Days after either party’s issuance of a written demand for arbitration, JAMS will select the arbitrator.

(c) Payment of Costs . The Acquiror and the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent (on behalf of the Company Stockholders) will bear the expense of deposits and advances required by the arbitrator in equal proportions, but either party may advance such amounts, subject to recovery as an addition or offset to any award. The arbitrator will award to the prevailing party, as determined pursuant to Section  8.7(c) , all costs, fees and expenses related to the arbitration, including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants and other professionals incurred by the prevailing party.

(d) Burden of Proof . For any Dispute submitted to arbitration, the burden of proof will be as it would be if the claim were litigated in a judicial proceeding.

(e) Award . Upon the conclusion of any arbitration proceedings hereunder, the arbitrator will render findings of fact and conclusions of law and a written opinion setting forth the basis and reasons for any decision reached and will deliver such documents to each party to this Agreement along with a signed copy of the award.

(f) Terms of Arbitration . The arbitrator chosen in accordance with the provisions of this Section  9.9 will not have the power to alter, amend or otherwise affect the provisions of this Agreement, including the terms of these arbitration provisions.

(g) Confidentiality . At the request of any party, the mediators, arbitrators, attorneys, parties to the mediation or arbitration, witnesses, experts, court reporters, or other persons present at a mediation or arbitration shall agree in writing to maintain the strict confidentiality of the proceedings.

(h) Emergency Relief . A party may apply either to a court of competent jurisdiction, or to an arbitrator if one has been appointed, for prejudgment remedies and emergency relief pending final determination of a claim in accordance with this Section  9.9 . The appointment of an arbitrator does not preclude a party from seeking prejudgment remedies and emergency relief from a court of competent jurisdiction.

(i) Exclusive Remedy . Except as specifically otherwise provided herein, arbitration will be the sole and exclusive remedy of the parties for any Dispute arising out of this Agreement.

9.10 Rules of Construction . The parties hereto have been represented by counsel during the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement and, therefore, hereby waive, with respect to this Agreement, each Schedule and each Exhibit attached hereto, the application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document shall be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.

 

68


9.11 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO IN NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.

9.12 Attorney-Client Privilege . Notwithstanding the Merger, Acquiror and the Company agree that neither the Company nor Acquiror shall have the right to assert the attorney-client privilege as to pre-Closing and post-Closing communications between the Company Indemnifying Parties or the Company (for the Company, only with respect to pre-Closing communications), on one hand, and its counsel, on the other hand, solely to the extent that the privileged communications relate to the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement or any of the ancillary agreements. The parties agree that only the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent, on behalf of the Company Indemnifying Parties, shall be entitled to assert or waive such attorney-client privilege in connection with such communications following the Closing. The files generated and maintained by counsel to the Company as a result of its representation of the Company in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement or any of the ancillary agreements shall be and become the exclusive property of the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent, on behalf of the Company Indemnifying Parties, and shall be segregated from other legal files related to all other elements of its representation of the Company prior to the Closing (which shall become the property of the Surviving Corporation upon consummation of the Closing). The attorney-client privilege may be waived on behalf of the Company Indemnifying Parties only by the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent. All communications other than those described above as exclusively the property of the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent, on behalf of the Company Indemnifying Parties, shall pass to the Surviving Corporation.

[S IGNATURE P AGE N EXT ]

 

69


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Acquiror, Merger Sub, the Company and the Indemnifying Parties’ Agent have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first written above.

 

Z UORA , I NC .
By:  /s/ Tyler Sloat                                                     
Name: Tyler Sloat
Title: Chief Financial Officer
L ASER A CQUISITION C ORP .
By:  /s/ Tyler Sloat                                                     
Name: Tyler Sloat
Title: President
L EEYO S OFTWARE , I NC .
  By:  /s/ Jagan Reddy                                                    
  Name: Jagan Reddy
  Title: CEO
  D OUG S KEEN , AS I NDEMNIFYING P ARTIES ’ A GENT
  By:  /s/ Douglas Skeen                                               
  Name: Douglas Skeen
  Title: Indemnifying Parties Agent

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF M ERGER ]

Exhibit 3.2

ZUORA, INC.

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Zuora, Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies as follows:

1.    The name of this corporation is Zuora, Inc. The date of the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was September 12, 2006.

2.    The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation attached hereto as Exhibit A , which is incorporated herein by this reference, and which restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, as previously amended and/or restated, has been duly adopted by this corporation’s Board of Directors and by the stockholders in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, with the approval of this corporation’s stockholders having been given by written consent without a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this corporation has caused this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and correct.

 

Dated: [●], 2018

 

Zuora, Inc.

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Tien Tzuo

 

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

ZUORA, INC.

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

ARTICLE I: NAME

The name of this corporation is Zuora, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II: AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 3500 South DuPont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

ARTICLE III: PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”).

ARTICLE IV: AUTHORIZED STOCK

1.     Total Authorized .

1.1.     The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation has authority to issue is 1,010,000,000 shares, consisting of three classes: 500,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Class  A Common Stock ”), 500,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Class  B Common Stock ” and together with the Class A Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”), and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).

1.2.     The number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of capital stock representing a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law, and no vote of the holders of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor.

2.     Preferred Stock .

2.1.     The Corporation’s Board of Directors (“ Board of Directors ”) is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by the law of the State of Delaware, by resolution or resolutions adopted from time to time, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and, by filing a certificate of designation pursuant to the


applicable law of the State of Delaware (“ Certificate of Designation ”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the designation, powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights (and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof) of the shares of each such series and to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Certificate of Designation designating a series of Preferred Stock.

2.2.     Except as otherwise expressly provided in any Certificate of Designation designating any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Article IV, (i) any new series of Preferred Stock may be designated, fixed and determined as provided herein by the Board of Directors without approval of the holders of Common Stock or the holders of Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, and (ii) any such new series may have powers, preferences and rights, including, without limitation, voting rights, dividend rights, liquidation rights, redemption rights and conversion rights, senior to, junior to or pari passu with the rights of the Common Stock, the Preferred Stock, or any future class or series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock.

3.     Rights of Class  A Common Stock and Class  B Common Stock .

3.1.      Equal Status . Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or required by applicable law, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall have the same rights and powers, rank equally (including as to dividends and distributions, and upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation), share ratably and be identical in all respects and as to all matters.

3.2.      Voting Rights . Except as otherwise expressly provided by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by law, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall (a) at all times vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation, (b) be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “ Bylaws ”) and (c) be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by applicable law; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock). Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, each holder of Class A Common Stock

 

3


shall have the right to one (1) vote per share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder and each holder of Class B Common Stock shall have the right to ten (10) votes per share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder.

3.3.      Dividends and Distribution Rights . Shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any dividends or distributions as may be declared and paid from time to time by the Board of Directors out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor; provided , however , that in the event a dividend is paid in the form of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (or rights to acquire such shares), then holders of Class A Common Stock shall receive shares of Class A Common Stock (or rights to acquire such shares, as the case may be) and holders of Class B Common Stock shall receive shares of Class B Common Stock (or rights to acquire such shares, as the case may be), with holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock receiving, on a per share basis, an identical number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may pay or make a disparate dividend or distribution per share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (whether in the amount of such dividend or distribution payable per share, the form in which such dividend or distribution is payable, the timing of the payment, or otherwise) if such disparate dividend or distribution is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

3.4.      Subdivisions, Combinations or Reclassifications . Shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may not be subdivided, combined or reclassified unless the shares of the other class are concurrently therewith proportionately subdivided, combined or reclassified in a manner that maintains the same proportionate equity ownership between the holders of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock on the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification; provided , however , that shares of one such class may be subdivided, combined or reclassified in a different or disproportionate manner if such subdivision, combination or reclassification is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

3.5.      Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up . Subject to the preferential or other rights of any holders of Preferred Stock then outstanding, upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will be entitled to receive ratably all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders unless disparate or different treatment of the shares of each such class with respect to distributions upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

3.6.      Merger or Consolidation . In the case of any distribution or payment in respect of the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock upon the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other entity, or in the case of any other transaction having an effect on stockholders substantially similar to that resulting from a merger

 

4


or consolidation, such distribution or payment shall be made ratably on a per share basis among the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock as a single class; provided , however , that shares of one such class may receive different or disproportionate distributions or payments in connection with such merger, consolidation or other transaction if (i) the only difference in the per share distribution to the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock is that any securities distributed to the holder of a share Class B Common Stock have ten times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class A Common Stock, or (ii) such merger, consolidation or other transaction is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

ARTICLE V: CLASS B COMMON STOCK CONVERSION

1.      Optional Conversion . Each share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Before any holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to convert any of such holder’s shares of such Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock, such holder shall deliver an instruction, duly signed and authenticated in accordance with any procedures set forth in the Bylaws or any policies of the Corporation then in effect, at the principal corporate office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Class B Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office of such holder’s election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on conversion thereof are to be registered on the books of the Corporation. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, register on the Corporation’s books ownership of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to which such record holder of Class B Common Stock, or to which the nominee or nominees of such record holder, shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the close of business on the date such notice of the election to convert is received by the Corporation, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock as of such date.

2.      Automatic Conversion . Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, be converted into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock immediately prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) ten (10) years from the Initial Public Offering Closing (as defined below), (ii) the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than five percent (5%) of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock then outstanding or (iii) the date specified by the affirmative vote of the holders of Class B Common Stock representing not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting separately as a single class (each of the events referred to in (i), (ii) and (iii) are referred to herein as an “ Automatic Conversion ”). The Corporation shall provide notice of the Automatic Conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to this Section 2 of Article V to record holders of such shares of Class B Common Stock as soon as practicable following the Automatic Conversion. Such notice shall be provided by any means then permitted by the General Corporation Law; provided ,

 

5


however , that no failure to give such notice nor any defect therein shall affect the validity of the Automatic Conversion. Upon and after the Automatic Conversion, the person registered on the Corporation’s books as the record holder of the shares of Class B Common Stock so converted immediately prior to the Automatic Conversion shall be registered on the Corporation’s books as the record holder of the shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon Automatic Conversion of such shares of Class B Common Stock, without further action on the part of the record holder thereof. Immediately upon the effectiveness of the Automatic Conversion, the rights of the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock as such shall cease, and the holders shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock into which such shares of Class B Common Stock were converted.

3.      Conversion on Transfer . Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, be converted into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock, upon the occurrence of a Transfer (as defined below), other than a Permitted Transfer (as defined below), of such share of Class B Common Stock.

4.      Policies and Procedures . The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures, not in violation of applicable law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, relating to the conversion of shares of the Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock as it may deem necessary or advisable. If the Corporation has reason to believe that a Transfer that is not a Permitted Transfer has occurred, the Corporation may request that the purported transferor furnish affidavits or other evidence to the Corporation as it reasonably deems necessary to determine whether a Transfer that is not a Permitted Transfer has occurred, and if such transferor does not within ten (10) days after the date of such request furnish sufficient (as determined by the Board of Directors) evidence to the Corporation (in the manner provided in the request) to enable the Corporation to determine that no such Transfer has occurred, any such shares of Class B Common Stock, to the extent not previously converted, shall be automatically converted into shares of Class A Common Stock and such conversion shall thereupon be registered on the books and records of the Corporation. In connection with any action of stockholders taken at a meeting, the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be presumptive evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders and the classes of shares held by each such stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.

5.     Definitions .

(a)     “ Convertible Security ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities (other than shares of Class B Common Stock) convertible into or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, either directly or indirectly.

(b)     “ Family Member ” shall mean with respect to any natural person who is a Qualified Stockholder, the spouse, domestic partner, parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings and lineal descendants of siblings of such Qualified Stockholder. Lineal descendants shall include adopted persons, but only so long as they are adopted while a minor.

 

6


(c)     “ IPO Date ” means [●], 2018.

(d)     “ Option ” shall mean rights, options, restricted stock units or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or any Convertible Security.

(e)     “ Parent ” of an entity shall mean any entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity.

(f)     “ Permitted Entity ” shall mean with respect to a Qualified Stockholder: (a) a Permitted Trust solely for the benefit of (1) such Qualified Stockholder, (2) one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder, or (3) any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder; or (b) any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity exclusively owned by (1) such Qualified Stockholder, (2) one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder, or (3) any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder.

(g)     “ Permitted Transfer ” shall mean, and be restricted to, any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock:

(i)     by a Qualified Stockholder to (A) one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder, (B) any Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder, or (C) to such Qualified Stockholder’s revocable living trust, which revocable living trust is itself both a Permitted Trust and a Qualified Stockholder; or

(ii)     by a Permitted Entity of a Qualified Stockholder to (A) such Qualified Stockholder or one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder, or (B) any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder.

(h)     “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean a transferee of shares of Class B Common Stock received in a Permitted Transfer.

(i)     “ Permitted Trust ” shall mean a bona fide trust where each trustee is (i) a Qualified Stockholder, (ii) a Family Member, or (iii) a professional in the business of providing trustee services, including private professional fiduciaries, trust companies and bank trust departments.

(j)     “ Qualified Stockholder ” shall mean: (a) the record holder of a share of Class B Common Stock as of the IPO Date; (b) the initial registered holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the IPO Date pursuant to the exercise or conversion of any Option or Convertible Security that, in each case, was outstanding as of the IPO Date; (c) each natural person who, prior to the IPO Date, Transferred shares of capital stock of the Corporation to a Permitted Entity that is or becomes a Qualified Stockholder; (d) each natural person who Transferred shares of, or equity awards for, Class B Common Stock (including any Option exercisable or Convertible Security exchangeable for or convertible into shares of Class B Common Stock) to a Permitted Entity that is or becomes a Qualified Stockholder; and (e) a Permitted Transferee.

 

7


(k)     “ Transfer ” of a share of Class B Common Stock shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, including, without limitation, a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether there is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership), or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control over such share by proxy or otherwise; provided, however, that the following shall not be considered a “Transfer” within the meaning of this Section 5 of Article V:

(i)     the granting of a revocable proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders;

(ii)     entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) solely with stockholders who are holders of Class B Common Stock that (A) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (B) either has a term not exceeding one (1) year or is terminable by the holder of the shares subject thereto at any time and (C) does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner;

(iii)     entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) pursuant to a written agreement to which the Corporation is a party;

(iv)     the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, however, that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a Transfer unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a Permitted Transfer;

(v)     the fact that, as of the IPO Date or at any time after the IPO Date, the spouse of any holder of Class B Common Stock possesses or obtains an interest in such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock arising solely by reason of the application of the community property laws of any jurisdiction, so long as no other event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that constitutes a Transfer of such shares of Class B Common Stock (including a Transfer by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement or any other court order); or

(vi)     in connection with a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other entity, or in the case of any other transaction having an effect on stockholders substantially similar to that resulting from a merger or consolidation, that has been approved by the Board of Directors, the entering into a support, voting, tender or similar agreement or arrangement (in each case, with or without the grant of a proxy) that has also been approved by the Board of Directors.

 

8


A Transfer shall also be deemed to have occurred with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock beneficially held by (i) an entity that is a Permitted Entity, if there occurs any act or circumstance that causes such entity to no longer be a Permitted Entity or (ii) an entity that is a Qualified Stockholder, if, in either case, there occurs a Transfer on a cumulative basis, from and after the IPO Date, of a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity or any direct or indirect Parent of such entity, other than a Transfer to parties that are, as of the IPO Date, holders of voting securities of any such entity or Parent of such entity.

(l)     “ Voting Control ” shall mean, with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

6.      Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Class B Common Stock are converted into shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to this Article V, the shares of Class B Common Stock so converted shall be retired and shall not be reissued by the Corporation.

7.      Effect of Conversion on Payment of Dividends . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 1, 2 or 3 of this Article V, if the date on which any share of Class B Common Stock is converted into Class A Common Stock pursuant to the provisions of Sections 1, 2 or 3 of this Article V occurs after the record date for the determination of the holders of Class B Common Stock entitled to receive any dividend or distribution to be paid on the shares of Class B Common Stock, the holder of such shares of Class B Common Stock as of such record date will be entitled to receive such dividend or distribution on such payment date; provided , that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to the extent that any such dividend or distribution is payable in shares of Class B Common Stock, such dividend or distribution shall be deemed to have been declared, and shall be payable in, shares of Class A Common Stock and no shares of Class B Common Stock shall be issued in payment thereof.

8.      Reservation . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available, out of its authorized and unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting conversions of shares of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock, such number of duly authorized shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock. If at any time the number of authorized and unissued shares of Class A Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, the Corporation shall promptly take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, including, without limitation, obtaining the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation. All shares of Class A Common Stock which are so issuable shall, when issued, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares. The Corporation shall take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all such shares of Class A Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation.

 

9


ARTICLE VI: AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the term “ Whole Board ” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws; provided , however , that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock issued pursuant to any Certificate of Designation), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws, provided , further , that if two-thirds (2/3) of the Whole Board has approved such adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws, then only the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws.

ARTICLE VII: MATTERS RELATING TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

1.      Director Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided by law. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

2.      Number of Directors . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the total number of directors constituting the Whole Board shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board.

3.      Classified Board . Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the directors shall be divided, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively (the “ Classified Board ”). The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes of the Classified Board, which assignments shall become effective at the same time the Classified Board becomes effective. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors, with the number of directors in each class to be divided as nearly equal as reasonably possible. The initial term of office of the Class I directors shall expire at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Corporation’s initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of

 

10


1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Class A Common Stock to the public (the “ Initial Public Offering Closing ”), the initial term of office of the Class II directors shall expire at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering Closing, and the initial term of office of the Class III directors shall expire at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering Closing. At each annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering Closing, directors elected to succeed those directors of the class whose terms then expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. In the event of any increase or decrease in the authorized number of directors (a) each director then serving as such shall nevertheless continue as a director of the class of which he or she is a member and (b) the newly created or eliminated directorships resulting from such increase or decrease shall be apportioned by the Board of Directors among the three classes of directors so as to ensure that no one class has more than one director more than any other class.

4.      Term and Removal . Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which such director’s term expires and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation given in writing or by any electronic transmission permitted by the Bylaws. Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, no director may be removed from the Board of Directors except for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. In the event of any increase or decrease in the authorized number of directors, (a) each director then serving as such shall nevertheless continue as a director of the class of which he or she is a member and (b) the newly created or eliminated directorships resulting from such increase or decrease shall be apportioned by the Board among the classes of directors so as to ensure that no one class has more than one director more than any other class. To the extent possible, consistent with the foregoing rule, any newly created directorships shall be added to those classes whose terms of office are to expire at the latest dates following such allocation, and any newly eliminated directorships shall be subtracted from those classes whose terms of office are to expire at the earliest dates following such allocation, unless otherwise provided from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

5.      Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors for any cause, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, shall, unless (a) the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders or (b) as otherwise provided by law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which the director has been assigned expires or until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

11


6.      Vote by Ballot . Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII: DIRECTOR LIABILITY

1.      Limitation of Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by law, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Without limiting the effect of the preceding sentence, if the General Corporation Law is hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law, as so amended.

2.      Change in Rights . Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or adoption of such an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE IX: MATTERS RELATING TO STOCKHOLDERS

1.      No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders . Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, no action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and no action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation by written consent.

2.      Special Meeting of Stockholders . Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer the Lead Independent Director (as defined in the Bylaws) or the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, and may not be called by any other person or persons.

3.      Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Business Transacted at Special Meetings . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors of the Corporation and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws. Business transacted at special meetings of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

ARTICLE X: SEVERABILITY

If any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, then such provision shall nonetheless be enforced to the maximum extent possible consistent with such holding and the remaining provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including without limitation, all portions of any section of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, which is not invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall remain in full force and effect.

 

12


ARTICLE XI: AMENDMENT OF RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

1.      General . The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided , however , that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation), and subject to Sections 1 and 2.1 of Article IV, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Section 1 of this Article XI, Sections 1.2 and 2 of Article IV, or Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX, Article X or Article XII (the “ Specified Provisions ”); provided, further, that if two-thirds (2/3) of the Whole Board has approved such amendment or repeal of, or any provision inconsistent with, the Specified Provisions, then only the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, the Specified Provisions.

2.      Changes to or Inconsistent with Section  3 of Article  IV . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation), the affirmative vote of the holders of Class A Common Stock representing at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, voting separately as a single class, and the affirmative vote of the holders of Class B Common Stock representing at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as single classes, shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, Section 3 of Article IV or this Section 2 of this Article XI.

ARTICLE XII: CHOICE OF FORUM

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for: (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation; (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by, or other wrongdoing by, any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders; (c) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws; (d) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws; or (e) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article XII.

 

13

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS OF

ZUORA, INC.

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings . All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President and Chief Executive Officer.

1.2 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors at the time and place to be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

1.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President or the holders of record of not less than 10% of all shares entitled to cast votes at the meeting, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting and shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board may fix. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

1.4 Notice of Meetings . Written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law (meaning here and hereafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation). The notices of all meetings shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

1.5 Voting List . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. This list shall determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

1


1.6 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

1.7 Adjournments . Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Bylaws by the Chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such person, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as Secretary of such meeting, or by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, date, and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

1.8 Voting and Proxies . Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person or may authorize any other person or persons to vote or act for him by written proxy executed by the stockholder or his authorized agent or by a transmission permitted by law and delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. No stockholder may authorize more than one proxy for his shares. Any copy, facsimile transmission or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this Section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

1.9 Action at Meeting . When a quorum is present at any meeting, any election shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election, and all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively on the matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, a majority of each such class present or represented and voting affirmatively or negatively on the matter) shall decide such matter, except when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

All voting, including on the election of directors, but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy, a stock vote shall be taken. Every stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. Every vote

 

2


taken by ballot shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting. The corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The corporation may designate one or more persons as an alternate inspector to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.

1.10 Stockholder Action Without Meeting . Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes which would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of the taking of a corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder, or by a proxy holder or other person authorized to act for a stockholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purpose of this Section 1.10, provided that such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such electronic transmission. The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.

1.11 Meetings by Remote Communication . If authorized by the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

 

3


ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

2.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

2.2 Number and Term of Office . The number of directors shall be five (5) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). All directors shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation or removal of any director.

2.3 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other cause (other than removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

2.4 Resignation . Any director may resign by delivering notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the President, Chairman of the Board or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

2.5 Removal . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any directors, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, by the sole remaining director, or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting or at a special meeting called in accordance with Section 1.3 above. Directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders.

2.6 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

 

4


2.7 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or two or more directors and may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware.

2.8 Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director by (i) giving notice to such director in person or by telephone, electronic transmission or voice message system at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (ii) sending a facsimile, or delivering written notice by hand, to his last known business or home address at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (iii) mailing written notice to his last known business or home address at least three days in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

2.9 Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls or Other Methods of Communication . Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.10 Quorum . A majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors. In the event one or more of the directors shall be disqualified to vote at any meeting, then the required quorum shall be reduced by one for each such director so disqualified; provided, however, that in no case shall less than 1/3 of the number so fixed constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or at a meeting of a committee which authorizes a particular contract or transaction.

2.11 Action at Meeting . At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

2.12 Action by Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

5


2.13 Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, with such lawfully delegated powers and duties as it therefor confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.

2.14 Compensation of Directors . Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

2.15 Nomination of Director Candidates . Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, nominations for the election of Directors may be made by (i) the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or (ii) any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of Directors.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

3.1 Enumeration . The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

3.2 Election . Officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at any other meeting.

3.3 Qualification . No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

6


3.4 Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5 Resignation and Removal . Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

3.6 Chairman of the Board . The Board of Directors may appoint a Chairman of the Board. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to him by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, and, if he is a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

3.7 President . The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of President or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation. The President shall, in the absence of or because of the inability to act of the Chairman of the Board, perform all duties of the Chairman of the Board and preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of stockholders. The President shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. He or she shall have power to sign stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the corporation, other than the Chairman of the Board.

3.8 Vice Presidents . Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President and when so performing shall have at the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

3.9 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the Secretary, including, without limitation, the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to keep a record of the proceedings of all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

 

7


Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

3.10 Chief Financial Officer . Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. In addition, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of chief financial officer, including without limitation, the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to maintain the financial records of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories as authorized, to disburse such funds as authorized, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors accounts of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

3.11 Salaries . Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

3.12 Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

4.1 Issuance of Stock . Unless otherwise voted by the stockholders and subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Certificates of Stock . Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, certifying the number and class of shares owned by him in the corporation. Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

 

8


Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of shareholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

4.3 Transfers . Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board of Directors may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5 Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to express consent (or dissent) to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, concession or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

 

9


A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.2 Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.3 Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a waiver of such notice either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person’s duly authorized attorney, or by electronic transmission or any other method permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice.

5.4 Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations . Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer or President or any officer of the corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or President shall have the power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the corporation, in person or proxy, and may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact to this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders (or with respect to any action of stockholders) of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this corporation and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this corporation may possess by reason of this corporation’s ownership of securities in such other corporation or other organization.

5.5 Evidence of Authority . A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

5.6 Certificate of Incorporation . All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

5.7 Severability . Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

 

10


5.8 Pronouns . All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

5.9 Notices . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by facsimile or other electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or by commercial courier service. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the corporation. The time when such notice shall be deemed to be given shall be the time such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if delivered by hand, facsimile, other electronic transmission or commercial courier service, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails.

5.10 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records . Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the corporation shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the corporation, including reports made to the corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care.

5.11 Time Periods . In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

5.12 Facsimile Signatures . In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

5.13 Annual Report . For so long as the corporation has fewer than 100 holders of record of its shares, the mandatory requirement of an annual report under Section 1501 of the California Corporations Code is hereby expressly waived.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

6.1 By the Board of Directors . Except as is otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present.

 

11


6.2 By the Stockholders . Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders, provided notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

7.1 Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or as a controlling person of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer, or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said Law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided , however , that except as provided in Section 7.2 of this Article VII, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (c) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (d) the proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under an indemnity agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The rights hereunder shall be contract rights and shall include the right to be paid expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided , however , that, unless the Delaware General Corporation Law then so prohibits, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the corporation in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is tendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise.

 

12


7.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 7.1 is not paid in full by the corporation within 90 days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

7.3 Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of related expenses, to any employee or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers of the corporation.

7.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

7.5 Indemnification Contracts . The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any person serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines, greater than, those provided for in this Article VII.

7.6 Insurance . The corporation may maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

7.7 Effect of Amendment . Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VII by the stockholders and the directors of the corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

13


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

OF

ZUORA, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

I, Cheng Zou, the Secretary of Zuora, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certify that the Bylaws to which this Certificate is attached are the Bylaws of the Corporation.

Executed effective on the 12th day of September, 2006.

 

/s/ Cheng Zou

Cheng Zou, Secretary

 

14

Exhibit 3.4

 

 

 

ZUORA, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

RESTATED BYLAWS

As Adopted [●], 2018 and

As Effective [●], 2018

 

 

 


ZUORA, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

RESTATED BYLAWS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I: STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

Section 1.1:

 

Annual Meetings

     1  

Section 1.2:

 

Special Meetings

     1  

Section 1.3:

 

Notice of Meetings

     1  

Section 1.4:

 

Adjournments

     1  

Section 1.5:

 

Quorum

     2  

Section 1.6:

 

Organization

     2  

Section 1.7:

 

Voting; Proxies

     2  

Section 1.8:

 

Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record

     3  

Section 1.9:

 

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

     3  

Section 1.10:

 

Inspectors of Elections

     4  

Section 1.11:

 

Notice of Stockholder Business; Nominations

     5  

ARTICLE II: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     12  

Section 2.1:

 

Number; Qualifications

     12  

Section 2.2:

 

Election; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies

     12  

Section 2.3:

 

Regular Meetings

     12  

Section 2.4:

 

Special Meetings

     12  

Section 2.5:

 

Remote Meetings Permitted

     12  

Section 2.6:

 

Quorum; Vote Required for Action

     13  

Section 2.7:

 

Organization

     13  

Section 2.8:

 

Unanimous Action by Directors in Lieu of a Meeting

     13  

Section 2.9:

 

Powers

     13  

Section 2.10:

 

Compensation of Directors

     13  

Section 2.11:

 

Confidentiality

     13  

ARTICLE III: COMMITTEES

     14  

Section 3.1:

 

Committees

     14  

Section 3.2:

 

Committee Rules

     14  

ARTICLE IV: OFFICERS; CHAIRPERSON; LEAD INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

     14  

Section 4.1:

 

Generally

     14  

Section 4.2:

 

Chief Executive Officer

     15  

Section 4.3:

 

Chairperson of the Board

     15  

Section 4.4:

 

Lead Independent Director

     15  

Section 4.5:

 

President

     15  

Section 4.6:

 

Chief Financial Officer

     16  

Section 4.7:

 

Treasurer

     16  

Section 4.8:

 

Vice President

     16  

Section 4.9:

 

Secretary

     16  

Section 4.10:

 

Delegation of Authority

     16  

Section 4.11:

 

Removal

     16  

 

i


ARTICLE V: STOCK

     17  

Section 5.1:

 

Certificates; Uncertificated Shares

     17  

Section 5.2:

 

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates or Uncertificated Shares

     17  

Section 5.3:

 

Other Regulations

     17  

ARTICLE VI: INDEMNIFICATION

     17  

Section 6.1:

 

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

     17  

Section 6.2:

 

Advance of Expenses

     18  

Section 6.3:

 

Non-Exclusivity of Rights

     18  

Section 6.4:

 

Indemnification Contracts

     18  

Section 6.5:

 

Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit

     18  

Section 6.6:

 

Nature of Rights

     19  

Section 6.7:

 

Insurance

     19  
ARTICLE VII: NOTICES    19  

Section 7.1:

 

Notice

     19  

Section 7.2:

 

Waiver of Notice

     20  
ARTICLE VIII: INTERESTED DIRECTORS    21  

Section 8.1:

 

Interested Directors

     21  

Section 8.2:

 

Quorum

     21  

ARTICLE IX: MISCELLANEOUS

     21  

Section 9.1:

 

Fiscal Year

     21  

Section 9.2:

 

Seal

     21  

Section 9.3:

 

Form of Records

     21  

Section 9.4:

 

Reliance Upon Books and Records

     21  

Section 9.5:

 

Certificate of Incorporation Governs

     22  

Section 9.6:

 

Severability

     22  

Section 9.7:

 

Time Periods

     22  

ARTICLE X: AMENDMENT

     22  

 

ii


ZUORA, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

RESTATED BYLAWS

As Adopted [●], 2018 and

As Effective [●], 2018

ARTICLE I: STOCKHOLDERS

Section  1.1 :      Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Zuora, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) shall each year fix. The meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware as permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”), or by means of remote communication as the Board in its sole discretion may determine. Any proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

Section  1.2 :      Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes shall be called in the manner set forth in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”). The special meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication as the Board in its sole discretion may determine. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section  1.3 :      Notice of Meetings . Notice of all meetings of stockholders shall be given in writing or by electronic transmission in the manner provided by applicable law (including, without limitation, as set forth in Section 7.1.1 of these Bylaws) stating the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting. In the case of a special meeting, such notice shall also set forth the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10), nor more than sixty (60), days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section  1.4 :      Adjournments . The chairperson of the meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another time, date and place (if any). Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, date and place (if any) thereof and the means of remote communication (if any) by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided , however , that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the

 

- 1 -


Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled special or annual meeting of stockholders before it is to be held, regardless of whether any notice or public disclosure with respect to any such meeting has been sent or made pursuant to Section 1.3 hereof or otherwise, in which case notice shall be provided to the stockholders of the new date, time and place, if any, of the meeting as provided in Section 1.3 above.

Section  1.5 :      Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided , however , that where a separate vote by a class or classes or series of stock is required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on such matter, present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on such matter. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or, if directed to be voted on by the chairperson of the meeting, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote who are present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting may adjourn the meeting. Shares of the Corporation’s stock belonging to the Corporation (or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation are held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation), shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any other corporation to vote any shares of the Corporation’s stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity and to count such shares for purposes of determining a quorum. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.

Section  1.6 :      Organization . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by (a) such person as the Board may designate, or (b) in the absence of such a person, the Chairperson of the Board, or (c) in the absence of such person, the Lead Independent Director, or, (d) in the absence of such person, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, or (e) in the absence of such person, the President of the Corporation, or (f) in the absence of such person, by a Vice President. Such person shall be chairperson of the meeting and, subject to Section 1.10 of these Bylaws, shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seems to him or her to be in order. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such person’s absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section  1.7 :      Voting; Proxies . Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Such a proxy may be prepared, transmitted and delivered in any manner permitted by applicable law. Except as may be required in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, rule or regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, every

 

- 2 -


matter other than the election of directors shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock entitled to vote on such matter that are present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and are voted for or against the matter (or if there are two or more classes or series of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each class or series, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock of that class or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting voting for or against such matter).

Section  1.8 :      Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board, then the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section  1.9 :      List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The Secretary shall prepare, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting ( provided , however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth (10th) day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network as permitted by applicable law ( provided that the information required to gain access to the list is provided with the notice of the meeting), or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the meeting is held at a location where stockholders may attend in person, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present at the meeting. If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic

 

- 3 -


network, and the information required to access the list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

Section  1.10 :     Inspectors of Elections .

1.10.1     Applicability . Unless otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation or by the DGCL, the following provisions of this Section 1.10 shall apply only if and when the Corporation has a class of voting stock that is: (a) listed on a national securities exchange; (b) authorized for quotation on an interdealer quotation system of a registered national securities association; or (c) held of record by more than two thousand (2,000) stockholders. In all other cases, observance of the provisions of this Section 1.10 shall be optional, and at the discretion of the Board.

1.10.2     Appointment . The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.

1.10.3     Inspector’s Oath . Each inspector of election, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability.

1.10.4     Duties of Inspectors . At a meeting of stockholders, the inspectors of election shall (a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each share, (b) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period of time a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.

1.10.5     Opening and Closing of Polls . The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced by the chairperson of the meeting at the meeting. No ballot, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise.

1.10.6     Determinations . In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots, the inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with those proxies, any information provided in connection with proxies pursuant to Section 211(a)(2)b.(i) of the DGCL, or in accordance with Sections 211(e) or 212(c)(2) of the DGCL, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation, except that the inspectors may consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers, their nominees or similar persons which represent

 

- 4 -


more votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the stockholder holds of record. If the inspectors consider other reliable information for the limited purpose permitted herein, the inspectors at the time they make their certification of their determinations pursuant to this Section 1.10 shall specify the precise information considered by them, including the person or persons from whom they obtained the information, when the information was obtained, the means by which the information was obtained and the basis for the inspectors’ belief that such information is accurate and reliable.

Section 1.11:     Notice of Stockholder Business; Nominations .

1.11.1     Annual Meeting of Stockholders .

(a)    Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only: (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting (or any supplement thereto), (ii) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Section 1.11 (the “ Record Stockholder ”), who is entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with the notice and other procedures set forth in this Section 1.11 in all applicable respects. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or propose business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (such act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “ Exchange Act ”)), at an annual meeting of stockholders, and such stockholder must fully comply with the notice and other procedures set forth in this Section 1.11 to make such nominations or propose business before an annual meeting.

(b)    For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Record Stockholder pursuant to Section 1.11.1(a) of these Bylaws:

(i)    the Record Stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 1.11;

(ii)    such other business (other than the nomination of persons for election to the Board) must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action;

(iii)    if the Proposing Person (as defined below) has provided the Corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined below), such Proposing Person must, in the case of a proposal other than the nomination of persons for election to the Board, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such Proposing Person to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such Record Stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice; and

 

- 5 -


(iv)    if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this Section 1.11, the Proposing Person proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 1.11.

To be timely, a Record Stockholder’s notice must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the seventy-fifth (75th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred and fifth (105th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (except in the case of the Corporation’s first annual meeting following its initial public offering, for which such notice shall be timely if delivered in the same time period as if such meeting were a special meeting governed by Section 1.11.2 of these Bylaws); provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the Record Stockholder to be timely must be so delivered (A) no earlier than the close of business on the one hundred and fifth (105th) day prior to such annual meeting and (B) no later than the close of business on the later of the seventy-fifth (75th) day prior to such annual meeting or the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for providing the Record Stockholder’s notice. Such Record Stockholder’s notice shall set forth:

(x)    as to each person whom the Record Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director:

(i)      the name, age, business address and residence address of such person;

(ii)    the principal occupation or employment of such nominee;

(iii)    the class, series and number of any shares of stock of the Corporation that are beneficially owned or owned of record by such person or any Associated Person (as defined in Section 1.11.3(c));

(iv)    the date or dates such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition;

(v)    all other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would be otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee, to the public disclosure of information regarding or related to such person provided to the Corporation by such person or otherwise pursuant to this Section 1.11 and to serving as a director if elected); and

(vi)    whether such person meets the independence requirements of the stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s Class A Common Stock is primarily traded.

 

- 6 -


(y)    as to any other business that the Record Stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws, the text of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such Proposing Person, including any anticipated benefit to any Proposing Person therefrom; and

(z)    as to the Proposing Person giving the notice:

(i)     the current name and address of such Proposing Person, including, if applicable, their name and address as they appear on the Corporation’s stock ledger, if different;

(ii)     the class or series and number of shares of stock of the Corporation that are directly or indirectly owned of record or beneficially owned by such Proposing Person, including any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future;

(iii)    whether and the extent to which any derivative interest in the Corporation’s equity securities (including without limitation any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of shares of the Corporation or otherwise, and any cash-settled equity swap, total return swap, synthetic equity position or similar derivative arrangement, as well as any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation) or any short interest in any security of the Corporation (for purposes of this Bylaw a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of the subject security, including through performance-related fees) is held directly or indirectly by or for the benefit of such Proposing Person, including without limitation whether and the extent to which any ongoing hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares) has been made, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to or manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proposing Person with respect to any share of stock of the Corporation;

(iv)     any other material relationship between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation, on the other hand;

 

- 7 -


(v)     any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement with the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement);

(vi)     any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (iv) through (vi) are referred to as “ Disclosable Interests ”). For purposes hereof “Disclosable Interests” shall not include any information with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these Bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner;

(vii)    such Proposing Person’s written consent to the public disclosure of information provided to the Corporation pursuant to this Section 1.11;

(viii)    a complete written description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) (including any knowledge that another person or entity is Acting in Concert (as defined in Section 1.11.3(c)) with such Proposing Person) between or among such Proposing Person, any of its respective affiliates or associates and any other person Acting in Concert with any of the foregoing persons;

(ix)     as to each person whom such Proposing Person proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, any agreement, arrangement or understanding of such person with any other person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director known to such Proposing Person after reasonable inquiry;

(x)     a representation that the Record Stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination;

(xi)     a representation whether such Proposing Person intends (or is part of a group that intends) to deliver a proxy statement or form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the Corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent being a “ Solicitation Notice ”); and

(xii)     any proxy, contract, arrangement, or relationship pursuant to which the Proposing Person has a right to vote, directly or indirectly, any shares of any security of the Corporation.

 

- 8 -


A stockholder providing written notice required by this Section 1.11 will update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the close of business on the fifth (5th) business day prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, the close of business on the fifth (5th) business day prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of the foregoing sentence, such update and supplement will be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting, and in the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of the foregoing sentence, such update and supplement will be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than two (2) business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two (2) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(c)    Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 1.11.1(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased and there is no Public Announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board at least seventy five (75) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (or, if the annual meeting is held more than thirty (30) days before or sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, at least seventy five (75) days prior to such annual meeting), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 1.11 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything in Section 1.11 or any other provision of the Bylaws to the contrary, any person who has been determined by a majority of the Whole Board to have violated Section 2.11 of these Bylaws or a Board Confidentiality Policy (as defined below) while serving as a director of the Corporation in the preceding five (5) years shall be ineligible to be nominated or serve as a member of the Board, absent a prior waiver for such nomination or service approved by two-thirds of the Whole Board.

1.11.2     Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof or (b) provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice of the special meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice and other procedures set forth in this Section 1.11 in all applicable respects. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by Section 1.11.1(b) of these Bylaws shall

 

- 9 -


be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) no earlier than the one hundred fifth (105th) day prior to such special meeting and (ii) no later than the close of business on the later of the seventy-fifth (75th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting.

1.11.3     General .

(a)    Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.11 shall be eligible to be elected at a meeting of stockholders and serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.11. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.11 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance herewith, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.11, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a Qualified Representative of the stockholder (as defined below)) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.

(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein. Nothing in this Section 1.11 shall be deemed to affect any rights of (a) stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (b) the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

(c)    For purposes of this Section 1.11 the following definitions shall apply:

(A)    a person shall be deemed to be “ Acting in Concert ” with another person if such person knowingly acts (whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, arrangement or understanding) in concert with, or toward a common goal relating to the management, governance or control of the Corporation in substantial parallel with, such other person where (1) each person is conscious of the other person’s conduct or intent and this awareness is an element in their decision-making processes and (2) at least one additional factor suggests that such persons intend to act in concert or in substantial parallel, which such additional factors may include, without limitation, exchanging information (whether publicly or privately), attending meetings, conducting discussions or making or soliciting invitations to act in concert or in substantial parallel; provided that a person shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any other person solely as a result of the solicitation or receipt of revocable proxies or consents from such

 

- 10 -


other person in response to a solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 14(a) (or any successor provision) of the Exchange Act by way of a proxy or consent solicitation statement filed on Schedule 14A. A person Acting in Concert with another person shall be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any third party who is also Acting in Concert with such other person;

(B)    “ Associated Person ” shall mean with respect to any subject stockholder or other person (including any proposed nominee) (1) any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such stockholder or other person, (2) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder or other person, (3) any associate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), of such stockholder or other person, and (4) any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control or Acting in Concert with any such Associated Person;

(C)    “ Proposing Person ” shall mean (1) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting or nomination of persons for election to the Board at a stockholder meeting, (2) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting or nomination of persons for election to the Board at a stockholder meeting is made, and (3) any Associated Person on whose behalf the notice of business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting or nomination of persons for election to the Board at a stockholder meeting is made;

(D)    “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

(E)    to be considered a “ Qualified Representative ” of a stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as a proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction thereof, at the annual meeting; provided, however, that if the stockholder is (1) a general or limited partnership, any general partner or person who functions as a general partner of the general or limited partnership or who controls the general or limited partnership shall be deemed a Qualified Representative, (2) a corporation or a limited liability company, any officer or person who functions as the substantial equivalent of an officer of the corporation or limited liability company or any officer, director, general partner or person who functions as an officer, director or general partner of any entity ultimately in control of the corporation or limited liability company shall be deemed a Qualified Representative or (z) a trust, any trustee of such trust shall be deemed a Qualified Representative. The Secretary of the Corporation, or

 

- 11 -


any other person who shall be appointed to serve as secretary of the meeting, may require, on behalf of the Corporation, reasonable and appropriate documentation to verify the status of a person purporting to be a “Qualified Representative” for purposes hereof.

ARTICLE II: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section  2.1 :      Number; Qualifications . The total number of directors constituting the Board (the “ Whole Board ”) shall be fixed from time to time in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Whole Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

Section  2.2 :      Election; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies . Election of directors need not be by written ballot. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the special rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board shall be divided into three classes, designated as Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the Whole Board. Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which such director’s term expires and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Any director may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation at its principal office or to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon delivery unless it is specified to be effective at a later time or upon the happening of an event. Subject to the special rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, directors may be removed only as provided by the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. All vacancies occurring in the Board and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section  2.3 :      Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such places, within or without the State of Delaware, and at such times as the Board may from time to time determine. Notice of regular meetings need not be given if the date, times and places thereof are fixed by resolution of the Board.

Section  2.4 :      Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Lead Independent Director or a majority of the members of the Board then in office and may be held at any time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the person or persons calling the meeting shall fix. Notice of the time, date and place of such meeting shall be given, orally, in writing or by electronic transmission (including electronic mail), by the person or persons calling the meeting to all directors at least four (4) days before the meeting if the notice is mailed, or at least twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if such notice is given by telephone, hand delivery, telegram, telex, mailgram, facsimile, electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section  2.5 :      Remote Meetings Permitted . Members of the Board, or any committee of the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of

 

- 12 -


conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section  2.6 :      Quorum; Vote Required for Action . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time without further notice thereof. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation, or required by law, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.

Section  2.7 :      Organization . Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by (a) the Chairperson of the Board, or (b) in the absence of such person, the Lead Independent Director, or (c) in such person’s absence, by the Chief Executive Officer, or (d) in such person’s absence, by a chairperson chosen by the Board at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such person’s absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section  2.8 :      Unanimous Action by Directors in Lieu of a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as applicable. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section  2.9 :      Powers . Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.

Section  2.10 :      Compensation of Directors . Members of the Board, as such, may receive, pursuant to a resolution of the Board, fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including without limitation their services as members of committees of the Board.

Section  2.11 :      Confidentiality .      Each director shall maintain the confidentiality of, and shall not share with any third party person or entity (including third parties that originally sponsored, nominated or designated such director (the “ Sponsoring Party ”)), any non-public information learned in their capacities as directors, including communications among Board members in their capacities as directors. The Board may adopt a board confidentiality policy further implementing and interpreting this bylaw (a “ Board Confidentiality Policy ”). All directors are required to comply with this bylaw and any such Board Confidentiality Policy unless such director or the Sponsoring Party for such director has entered into a specific written agreement with the Corporation, in either case as approved by the Board, providing otherwise with respect to such confidential information.

 

- 13 -


ARTICLE III: COMMITTEES

Section  3.1 :      Committees . The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting of such committee who are not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving, adopting, or recommending to the stockholders any action or matter (other than the election or removal of members of the Board) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation.

Section  3.2 :      Committee Rules . Each committee shall keep records of its proceedings and make such reports as the Board may from time to time request. Unless the Board otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules, each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these Bylaws. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the resolution of the Board designating the committee, any committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and may delegate to any such subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE IV: OFFICERS; CHAIRPERSON; LEAD INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

Section  4.1 :      Generally . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer (who may be the Chairperson of the Board or the President), a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer and may consist of such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chief Financial Officer, and one or more Vice Presidents, as may from time to time be appointed by the Board. All officers shall be elected by the Board; provided , however , that the Board may empower the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation to appoint any officer other than the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier resignation, death, disqualification or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation at its principal office or to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon delivery unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board and the Board may, in its discretion, leave unfilled, for such period as it may determine, any offices. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of such officer’s predecessor and until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier resignation, death, disqualification or removal.

 

- 14 -


Section  4.2 :      Chief Executive Officer . Subject to the control of the Board and such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board, the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation are:

(a)    to act as the general manager and, subject to the control of the Board, to have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation;

(b)    subject to Section 1.6 of these Bylaws, to preside at all meetings of the stockholders;

(c)    subject to Section 1.2 of these Bylaws, to call special meetings of the stockholders to be held at such times and, subject to the limitations prescribed by law or by these Bylaws, at such places as he or she shall deem proper; and

(d)    to affix the signature of the Corporation to all deeds, conveyances, mortgages, guarantees, leases, obligations, bonds, certificates and other papers and instruments in writing which have been authorized by the Board or which, in the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer, should be executed on behalf of the Corporation; to sign certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation (if any); and, subject to the direction of the Board, to have general charge of the property of the Corporation and to supervise and control all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation.

The person holding the office of President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board shall designate another officer to be the Chief Executive Officer.

Section  4.3 :      Chairperson of the Board . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.7 of these Bylaws, the Chairperson of the Board shall have the power to preside at all meetings of the Board and shall have such other powers and duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

Section  4.4 :      Lead Independent Director . The Board may, in its discretion, elect a lead independent director from among its members that are Independent Directors (as defined below) (such director, the “ Lead Independent Director ”). He or she shall preside at all meetings at which the Chairperson of the Board is not present and shall exercise such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board or as prescribed by these Bylaws. For purposes of these Bylaws, “ Independent Director ” has the meaning ascribed to such term under the rules of the exchange upon which the Corporation’s Class A Common Stock is primarily traded.

Section  4.5 :      President . The person holding the office of Chief Executive Officer shall be the President of the Corporation unless the Board shall have designated one individual as the President and a different individual as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board, and subject to the supervisory

 

- 15 -


powers of the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President), and subject to such supervisory powers and authority as may be given by the Board to the Chairperson of the Board, and/or to any other officer, the President shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and the general supervision and direction of all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (other than the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President) and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of President or that are delegated to the President by the Board.

Section  4.6 :      Chief Financial Officer . The person holding the office of Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the Corporation unless the Board shall have designated another officer as the Treasurer of the Corporation. Subject to the direction of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer, or as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

Section  4.7 :      Treasurer . The person holding the office of Treasurer shall have custody of all monies and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Treasurer, or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

Section  4.8 :      Vice President . Each Vice President shall have all such powers and duties as are commonly incident to the office of Vice President or that are delegated to him or her by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. A Vice President may be designated by the Board to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer or President in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s or President’s absence or disability.

Section  4.9 :      Secretary . The Secretary shall issue or cause to be issued all authorized notices for, and shall keep, or cause to be kept, minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board. The Secretary shall have charge of the corporate minute books and similar records and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Secretary, or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

Section  4.10 :      Delegation of Authority . The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer of the Corporation to any other officers or agents of the Corporation, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section  4.11 :      Removal . Any officer of the Corporation shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board; provided that if the Board has empowered the Chief Executive Officer to appoint any officer of the Corporation, then such officer may also be removed by the Chief Executive Officer. Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation.

 

- 16 -


ARTICLE V: STOCK

Section  5.1 :      Certificates; Uncertificated Shares . The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares; provided , however , that the resolution of the Board that the shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation (or the transfer agent or registrar, as the case may be). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be certificated shares. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation, by the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section  5.2 :      Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates or Uncertificated Shares . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the Corporation and/or to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it, against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

Section  5.3 :      Other Regulations . Subject to applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws, the issue, transfer, conversion and registration of shares represented by certificates and of uncertificated shares shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board may establish.

ARTICLE VI: INDEMNIFICATION

Section  6.1 :      Indemnification of Officers and Directors . Each person who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, legislative or any other type whatsoever (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that such person (or a person of whom such person is the legal representative), is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (for purposes of this Article VI, an “ Indemnitee ”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law

 

- 17 -


permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith, provided such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. Such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of such Indemnitees’ heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to Section 6.5 of these Bylaws, the Corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee seeking indemnity in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board or such indemnification is authorized by an agreement approved by the Board.

Section  6.2 :      Advance of Expenses . The Corporation shall pay all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided , however , that if the DGCL then so requires, the advancement of such expenses shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise.

Section  6.3 :      Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote or consent of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Additionally, nothing in this Article VI shall limit the ability of the Corporation, in its discretion, to indemnify or advance expenses to persons whom the Corporation is not obligated to indemnify or advance expenses pursuant to this Article VI.

Section  6.4 :      Indemnification Contracts . The Board is authorized to cause the Corporation to enter into indemnification contracts with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing indemnification or advancement rights to such person. Such rights may be greater than those provided in this Article VI.

Section  6.5:      Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . The following shall apply to the extent not in conflict with any indemnification contract provided for in Section 6.4 of these Bylaws.

6.5.1     Right to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 6.1 or 6.2 of these Bylaws is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In any

 

- 18 -


suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard of conduct which makes it permissible under the DGCL (or other applicable law) for the Corporation to indemnify the Indemnitee for the amount claimed.

6.5.2     Effect of Determination . Neither the absence of a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.

6.5.3     Burden of Proof . In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VI, or otherwise, shall be on the Corporation.

Section  6.6 :      Nature of Rights . The rights conferred upon Indemnitees in this Article VI shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VI that adversely affects any right of an Indemnitee or an Indemnitee’s successors shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any right or protection conferred on a person pursuant to this Article VI with respect to any Proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

Section  6.7 :      Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

ARTICLE VII: NOTICES

Section  7.1 :     Notice .

7.1.1     Form and Delivery . Except as otherwise specifically required in these Bylaws (including, without limitation, Section 7.1.2 of these Bylaws) or by applicable law, all notices required to be given pursuant to these Bylaws shall be in writing and may (a) in every instance in connection with any delivery to a member of the Board, be effectively given by hand delivery (including use of a delivery service), by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid, or by sending such notice by overnight express courier, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission and (b) be effectively delivered to a stockholder when given by hand delivery, by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid or, if specifically consented to by

 

- 19 -


the stockholder as described in Section 7.1.2 of these Bylaws, by sending such notice by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission. Any such notice shall be addressed to the person to whom notice is to be given at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall be deemed given (a) in the case of hand delivery, when received by the person to whom notice is to be given or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, (b) in the case of delivery by mail, upon deposit in the mail, (c) in the case of delivery by overnight express courier, when dispatched, and (d) in the case of delivery via facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission, at the time provided in Section 7.1.2 of these Bylaws.

7.1.2     Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given in accordance with Section 232 of the DGCL. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (a) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (b) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided , however , the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given pursuant to this Section 7.1.2 shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of such posting and the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

7.1.3     Affidavit of Giving Notice . An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given in writing or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

Section  7.2 :      Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any waiver of notice.

 

- 20 -


ARTICLE VIII: INTERESTED DIRECTORS

Section  8.1 :      Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its members of the Board or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are members of the board of directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (b) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.

Section  8.2 :      Quorum . Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IX: MISCELLANEOUS

Section  9.1 :      Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board.

Section  9.2 :      Seal . The Board may provide for a corporate seal, which may have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board.

Section  9.3 :      Form of Records . Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be kept on or by means of, or be in the form of any other information storage device or method, electronic or otherwise, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to any provision of the DGCL.

Section  9.4 :      Reliance Upon Books and Records . A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books and records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

- 21 -


Section  9.5 :      Certificate of Incorporation Governs . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall govern.

Section  9.6 :      Severability . If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, then such provision shall nonetheless be enforced to the maximum extent possible consistent with such holding and the remaining provisions of these Bylaws (including without limitation, all portions of any section of these Bylaws containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation, that are not themselves invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation) shall remain in full force and effect.

Section  9.7 :      Time Periods . In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

ARTICLE X: AMENDMENT

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bylaws, any alteration, amendment or repeal of these Bylaws, and any adoption of new Bylaws, shall require the approval of the Board or the stockholders of the Corporation as expressly provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

 

 

- 22 -


CERTIFICATION OF RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

ZUORA, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

I, Jennifer Pileggi, certify that I am Secretary of Zuora, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), that I am duly authorized to make and deliver this certification, that the attached Bylaws are a true and complete copy of the Restated Bylaws of the Corporation in effect as of the date of this certificate.

Dated: [●], 2018

 

 

Jennifer Pileggi
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

THIS CERTIFIES THAT is the owner of CUSIP DATED COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF Zuora, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. CLASS A COMMON STOCK PAR VALUE $0.0001 CLASS A COMMON STOCK SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS Certificate Number Shares . ZUORA, INC. INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME President Secretary By AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE DATE STATE IN CO RPORAT ED ZUORA, INC. ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS# XXXXXX XX X DD-MMM-YYYY 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Alexander David Sample Mr. Sample Mr. Sample 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 0 00000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 00 0000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000 000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 0000 00 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 00000 0 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 Shares 000000 S ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE & MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE ZQ00000000 Certificate Numbers 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 Total Transaction Num/No. 123456 Denom. 123456 Total 1234567 MR A SAMPLE DESIGNATION (IF ANY) ADD 1 ADD 2 ADD 3 ADD 4 PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004 CUSIP XXXXXX XX X Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX Insurance Value 1,000,000.00 Number of Shares 123456 DTC 12345678 123456789012345 THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CITIES DESIGNATED BY THE TRANSFER AGENT, AVAILABLE ONLINE AT www.computershare.com


LOGO

ZUORA, INC. THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ............................................Custodian ................................................ (Cust) (Minor) TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act......................................................... (State) JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT - ............................................Custodian (until age ................................) and not as tenants in common (Cust) .............................under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act ................... (Minor) (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE For value received, ____________________________hereby sell, assign and transfer unto (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the Class A Common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated: __________________________________________20__________________ Signature: ____________________________________________________________ Signature: ____________________________________________________________ Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever. Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. The IRS requires that the named transfer agent (“we”) report the cost basis of certain shares or units acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares or units are covered by the legislation, and you requested to sell or transfer the shares or units using a specific cost basis calculation method, then we have processed as you requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, then we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis. If you do not keep in contact with the issuer or do not have any activity in your account for the time period specified by state law, your property may become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state.

Exhibit 4.2

ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

January 16, 2015


ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of January 16, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and among Zuora, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the investors listed on Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the “ Holders ” or the “ Investors ” and singularly, a “ Holder ” or “ Investor ”) and the holders of Common Stock listed on Exhibit B hereto (each a “ Common Holder ” and collectively, the “ Common Holders ”).

RECITALS

A. Certain of the Investors are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock, pursuant to a Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Series F Agreement ”).

B. Certain of the Investors are holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock and/or Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series D Preferred Stock and/or Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Prior Investors ”).

C. The Prior Investors and the Company are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated August 15, 2013 (the “ Prior Agreement ”).

D. The parties to the Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and accept the rights and covenants hereof in lieu of their rights and covenants under the Prior Agreement; and

E. In order to induce certain of the Investors to enter into the Series F Agreement and invest funds in the Company pursuant thereto, the Company, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of Series E Preferred Stock and the Common Holders desire to enter into this Agreement with the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock.

Therefore, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

1.1 “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any individual or entity, an individual or entity that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such individual or entity, including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member, manager, member, officer or director of such entity or any venture capital or other investment fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, shares the same management or advisory company with, or is otherwise affiliated with such individual or entity.

1.2 “ Board ” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

1


1.3 “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

1.4 “ Equity Securities ” means (i) Common Stock, rights, options or warrants to purchase Common Stock, (ii) any security other than Common Stock having voting rights in the election of the Board, other than rights contingent upon a failure to pay dividends, or (iii) any security convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing.

1.5 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.6 “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as is in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC (as defined below) which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC (as defined below).

1.7 “ Holder ” means any Investor that holds Registrable Securities or securities convertible into Registrable Securities or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities to whom rights under Section 2 have been duly assigned in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.

1.8 “ Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock.

1.9 “ Register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by the preparation and filing of a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement.

1.10 “ Registrable Securities ” means: (i) any and all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) any shares of Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, in exchange for, or in replacement of, such shares of Common Stock described in clause (i); provided, however , that particular shares of any of the foregoing shall cease to be Registrable Securities once they have been sold in any public offering or transferred by the Holder in a transaction in which its rights under this Agreement are not assigned in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

1.11 “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares of Common Stock which are Registrable Securities and (i) are then issued and outstanding or (ii) are then issuable pursuant to the exercise or conversion of options, warrants or convertible securities.

1.12 “ Restated Certificate ” means the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time.

1.13 “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2


1.14 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1.15 “ Wellington ” means Wellington Management Company LLP.

1.16 “ Wellington Investors ” means the Investors advised by Wellington as of the date hereof.

2. Registration Rights .

2.1 Demand Registration .

(a) Request by Holders . If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) four (4) years from the date of this Agreement or (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction) a written request from the Holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis (the “ Initiating Holders ”), that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate public offering price of not less than $10,000,000, then the Company shall, within ten (10) business days of the receipt of such written request, give written notice of such request (“ Demand Notice ”) to all Holders and, as soon as practicable, file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of this Section 2.

(b) Underwriting . If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, then they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1(a) and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. The underwriters will be selected by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced as required by the underwriters and allocated among the Holders on a pro rata basis according to the number of Registrable Securities held by each

 

3


Holder requesting registration (including the Initiating Holders); provided, however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded and withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) Exceptions to Registration Obligations . The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 2.1: (i) during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two (2) such registrations; or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.3. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1 until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration and forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 2.6.

(d) Deferral of Registration . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days following receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12)-month period; provided, further , that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period (other than a registration relating solely to the issuance of securities by the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar benefit plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction, or a registration in which the only stock being registered is stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered).

(e) Other Company Shares . If the managing underwriters have not limited the Registrable Securities to be underwritten, the Company may include securities for its own account or for the account of others in such registration if the managing underwriters so agree and if the number of Registrable Securities which would otherwise have been included in such registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited.

2.2 Company Registration .

(a) Notice to Holders . If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock in connection with the public offering of such stock (other than a registration relating solely to the issuance of securities by the Company

 

4


pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar benefit plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction, or a registration in which the only stock being registered is stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered), the Company shall promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(c), use all reasonable efforts to cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6.

(c) Underwriting . If a registration of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.2 is for an underwritten offering, then the Company shall so advise the Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten, then the managing underwriters may exclude shares (including Registrable Securities) from the registration and the underwriting, and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company, and second, to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Securities in such registration statement on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder; provided, however , that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the initial public offering, in which event all Registrable Securities may be excluded. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration which would reduce the number of shares that may be included by selling Holders without the written consent of not less than a majority in interest of the selling Holders. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the managing underwriters. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, corporation or venture capital or other investment fund, the partners or members, retired partners or members or stockholders or an affiliated venture capital or other investment fund of such Holder, the estates and immediate family members of any of the foregoing persons and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single Holder, and any pro rata reduction with respect to such Holder shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such Holder.

 

5


2.3 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 or a successor form and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, then the Company shall:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration and the Holder’s or Holders’ request therefor, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) as soon as practicable, use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holders joining in such request as are specified in a request given to the Company within fifteen (15) days after the S-3 Notice is given; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3:

(i) if Form S-3 is not then available for such offering by the Holders;

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to and requesting inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $2,000,000;

(iii) if the Company furnishes to the Holders a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good-faith judgment of the Board, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders under this Section 2.3; provided, however , that the Company shall not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; provided, further , that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period (other than a registration relating solely to the issuance of securities by the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar benefit plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction, or a registration in which the only stock being registered is stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered);

(iv) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.3; or

(v) during the period ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of a registration effected under Section 2.2 hereof.

 

6


(c) Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as demands for registration effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

(d) If the registration is for an underwritten offering, the provisions of Section 2.1(b) hereof shall apply to such registration.

2.4 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to one hundred twenty (120) days;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the selling Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by them that are included in such registration;

(d) use commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such states or other jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriters of such offering (it being understood and agreed that, as a condition to the Company’s obligations under this clause (e), each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement);

(f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

 

7


(g) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(h) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration; and

(i) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such registration statement.

2.5 Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 hereof that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to timely effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

2.6 Expenses . All expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions and stock transfer taxes) incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3, including, without limitation, registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders, selected by the Holders, shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1; provided, however , that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the withdrawing Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change at such time as they otherwise had knowledge of such change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 2.1.

2.7 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

 

8


2.8 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 hereof:

(a)   By the Company . To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, legal counsel, accountants and investment advisers for each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (each a “ Violation ”):

(i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto;

(ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or

(iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal or state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any federal or state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement;

and the Company shall reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer or director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them, as incurred, in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage liability or action; provided, however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such expense, loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, partner, member, officer or director, underwriter or controlling person expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person.

(b) By Selling Holders . To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who have signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, members, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may

 

9


become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation arises out of or is based on actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder shall reimburse the Company and such other persons for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such expense, loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further , that the total amounts payable in indemnity by a Holder under this Section 2.8(b) in respect of any Violation shall not exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder in the registered offering out of which such Violation arises except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Notice . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof, and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 to the extent of such prejudice, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d) Contribution . In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8; then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the

 

10


indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the Violation that resulted in such expense, loss, claim, damage or liability as well as other equitable considerations. The relative fault of such parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case, (A) no such Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds from the sale of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement including amounts paid pursuant to 2.8(b), and (B) no individual or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any individual or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further, that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b), exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Survival . Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

2.9 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep adequate current public information regarding the Company available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after it shall be so subject), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of

 

11


the Company and (iii) such other reports and documents of the Company as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act).

2.10 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriters, during the period commencing on the effective date of the registration statement relating to the Company’s initial public offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriters (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (l80) days or such greater period as necessary to permit the underwriters to comply with FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4), such greater period not to exceed thirty (30) days after such one hundred eighty (180) day period) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10 shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement or the sale of any shares purchased in the Company’s initial public offering (other than any issuer-directed shares purchased in such offering by an officer or director) or in the open market following the initial public offering, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock are subject to the same restrictions. The underwriters in connection with the offering are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.10 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriters in the offering that are consistent with this Section 2.10 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. If any of the obligations described in this Section 2.10 are waived or terminated with respect to any of the securities of any such Holder, officer, director or greater than one-percent stockholder (in any such case, the “ Released Securities ”), the foregoing provisions shall be waived or terminated, as applicable, to the same extent and with respect to the same percentage of securities of each Holder as the percentage of Released Securities represent with respect to the securities held by the applicable Holder, officer, director or greater than one-percent stockholder, subject to agreed-upon customary carve-outs to be set forth in such agreements with the underwriters.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

2.11 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned to a transferee or assignee in connection with any transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities by the Holder, provided that (i) such transfer or assignment may otherwise be effected in accordance with

 

12


applicable securities laws, (ii) such transferee or assignee acquires at least five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Registrable Securities as adjusted for stock splits or, if less, all of the Registrable Securities held by the Holder, (iii) written notice is promptly given to the Company and (iv) such transferee or assignee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. The foregoing five hundred thousand (500,000) share limitation as adjusted for stock splits shall not apply, however, to transfers or assignments by a Holder to (a) a partner, member or stockholder of a Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, respectively, (b) a retired partner or member of such partnership or limited liability company who retires after the date hereof, (c) the estate of any such partner, member or stockholder, (d) an Affiliate of any such partnership, limited liability company or corporation, (e) any spouse, parent, child or sibling of such partner, member or stockholder or of the Holder, including in-laws and persons related by adoption, or (f) any domestic partner of such partner, member or stockholder or of the Holder who is covered under an applicable domestic relations statute or (g) an Affiliate of the Holder, provided that all such transferees or assignees agree in writing to appoint a single representative as their attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Section 2.

2.12 Termination of Registration Rights . The Company’s obligations pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 shall terminate (i) three (3) years after the closing date of the Company’s first firmly underwritten public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to a Registration Statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act pursuant to which all outstanding Preferred Stock converts into Common Stock (the “ IPO ”) or (ii) as to any Holder, at such time following the IPO, as all Registrable Securities that such Holder holds or has the right to acquire may immediately be sold in any three-month period without registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act and without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information required under Rule 144(c)(1).

2.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that provides such holder or prospective holder with registration rights with respect to such securities unless (i) such other registration rights are subordinate to the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder and the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included in a given registration, (ii) the holders of such rights are subject to market standoff obligations no more favorable to such persons than those contained herein and (iii) holders of such rights have no ability to demand a registration.

2.14 Founders’ Registration Rights . The Common Holders shall be entitled to include shares in any registration under Section 2.2 as fully as if they were Holders and as if all shares of Common Stock of the Company held by or issuable to them constituted Registrable Securities, so long as (i) the inclusion of such shares will not diminish the number of Registrable Securities included by the Holders or the number of securities included by the Company in such registration and (ii) each of the Common Holders participating in the registration agrees to be subject to the other provisions of this Section 2 as if he were a Holder.

 

13


3. Rights to Purchase Additional Stock .

3.1 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms of this Section 3 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any Equity Securities, the Company shall give (A) each Investor holding at least (i) 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits or the like) and/or (ii) 2,637,479 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits or the like) and/or (iii) 2,632,063 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and (B) each Wellington Investor (each, a “ Major Investor ”) the right to purchase such Major Investor’s pro rata share (or any part thereof) of such Equity Securities, on the same terms as the Company is willing to sell such Equity Securities to any other person. Each Major Investor’s pro rata share of the Equity Securities shall be equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Registrable Securities owned by such Major Investor, to (b) a number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the sum of (1) the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding plus (2) the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company into which all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock of the Company are then convertible plus (3) the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company reserved for issuance under any stock purchase and stock option plans of the Company and outstanding warrants. Each Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion its rights of first refusal set forth in this Section 3 among itself and its Affiliates in any such proportions it deems appropriate in its sole discretion.

3.2 Notice; Exercise of Right . Prior to any sale or issuance by the Company of any Equity Securities, the Company shall give notice to each Major Investor of its intention to sell and issue such Equity Securities, setting forth the terms under which it proposes to make such sale (the “ Offer Notice ”). Within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Offer Notice, each Major Investor shall notify the Company whether such Major Investor desires to purchase its pro rata share, or any part thereof, of the Equity Securities so offered. At the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly give notice to each Major Investor that elects to purchase all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise, specifying the number of additional shares that are available to the Fully Exercising Investors (“ Additional Shares ”). During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the Additional Shares which is equal to the proportion that the Registrable Securities held by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Registrable Securities then held by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such Additional Shares. If a Major Investor notifies the Company of its desire to purchase any of the Equity Securities offered by the Company, the closing of the sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given or, if later, the closing date for the proposed sale of such Equity Securities to third parties.

3.3 Permitted Sales . With respect to any Equity Securities that are not subscribed for by the Major Investors after the end of the ten (10) day period specified in Section 3.2, the Company may, during a period of ninety (90) days following the end of such period, offer and sell such Equity Securities to other persons upon terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the notice to the Major Investors. In the event the Company has not entered into a definitive agreement for the sale of the Equity Securities within said ninety (90) day period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days after the consummation thereof, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities without first offering such securities to the Major Investors pursuant to this Section 3.

 

14


3.4 Exceptions . The right of first offer contained in this Section 3 shall not apply to issuances by the Company of securities which are exempt from the definition of Additional Shares of Common Stock (as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate).

3.5 Termination . The right of first offer contained in this Section 3 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect immediately prior to the closing of (i) the IPO, or (ii) a transaction that is deemed to be a Liquidation Event (as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate) pursuant to which the Investors receive cash and/or marketable securities (a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ”).

4. Information and Observer Rights .

4.1 Financial Statements and Reports . The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor who is not a competitor of the Company (as determined in good faith by the Board):

(a) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such year, consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year which shall be in reasonable detail and set forth in each case in comparative form the figures from the Company’s previous fiscal year (if any) and its annual budget, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) and audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally-recognized standing selected by the Board;

(b) as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of each such quarterly period and unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such period, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, except that they may not contain all of the footnotes that are required by GAAP, and subject to changes resulting from customary year-end audit adjustments;

(c) as soon as practicable after the end of each month and in any event within thirty (30) days, a balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows prepared in accordance with GAAP for such preceding month except that they may not contain all of the footnotes that are required by GAAP, and subject to changes resulting from customary year-end audit adjustments;

(d) within ninety (90) days following the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, approved by the Board and prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows for such months, and as soon as prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

 

15


(e) within thirty (30) days following the end of each calendar year, a detailed capitalization table, on a fully-diluted basis, setting forth all authorized and all issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company, showing all legally and beneficially owned securities on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis, together with details of any unissued, unexercised or unvested options or warrants, and detailing any share transfers since the delivery of the previous share capitalization table, if any; and

(f) such other financial information of the Company as the Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 4.1 to provide any information (i) that it reasonably considers in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form reasonably acceptable to the Company) or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company.

4.2 Inspection Rights . The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 4.2 to provide access to any information (i) that it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form reasonably acceptable to the Company) or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

4.3 Confidentiality . Each Investor, severally and not jointly, agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Section 4 unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 4.3 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, investor or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor (or any employee or representative of any of the foregoing) (each of the foregoing Persons, a “ Permitted Disclosee ”) in the ordinary course of business, but only if such Investor informs such Permitted Disclosee that such information is

 

16


confidential and directs such Permitted Disclosee to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iii) pursuant to the order or requirement of a court, administrative agency or other governmental agency (but only if such Investor (x) provides prompt notice of such court order or requirement to the Company to enable the Company to seek a protective order or otherwise prevent or restrict such disclosure and (y) takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure).

4.4 Board Observer Rights .

(a) For so long as Cheng Zou continues to be employed by the Company and is not otherwise serving on the Board, the Company shall permit Mr. Zou to attend all meetings of the Board and committees thereof in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall provide such Mr. Zou, concurrently with the members of the Board, with copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to such members; provided, however, that Mr. Zou agrees to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided, further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information or to exclude Mr. Zou from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Company believes that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information or for other similar reasons.

(b) For so long as Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC is a Major Investor in the Company and does not otherwise have a representative on the Board, the Company shall permit Abhishek Agrawal to attend all meetings of the Board and committees thereof in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall provide such Mr. Agrawal, concurrently with the members of the Board, with copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to such members; provided, however, that Mr. Agrawal agrees to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided, further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information or to exclude Mr. Agrawal from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Company believes that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information or for other similar reasons.

(c) For so long as Next World Equity LLC is a Major Investor in the Company and does not otherwise have a representative on the Board, the Company shall permit Craig Hanson to attend all meetings of the Board and committees thereof in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall provide such Mr. Hanson, concurrently with the members of the Board, with copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to such members; provided, however, that Mr. Hanson agrees to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided, further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information or to exclude Mr. Hanson from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Company believes that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information or for other similar reasons.

 

17


(d) For so long as the Wellington Investors collectively own 10% of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock purchased by the Wellington Investors in the aggregate, the Company shall permit Michael Carmen (or another designee reasonably acceptable to the Board) to attend all meetings of the Board and committees thereof in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall provide Mr. Carmen (or such other designee), concurrently with the members of the Board, with copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to such members; provided, however, that Mr. Carmen (or such other designee) agrees to hold in confidence and trust all information so provided; and provided, further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information or to exclude Mr. Carmen from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Company believes that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information or for other similar reasons.

4.5 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements . The Company shall require all employees and consultants with access to confidential information to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement or a Consulting Agreement, as applicable, in substantially the forms approved by the Board.

4.6 Employee Agreements . Unless approved by the Board (including at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the Preferred Directors (as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate)), all future employees of the Company who shall purchase, or receive options to purchase, shares of the Company’s Common Stock following the date hereof shall be required to execute stock purchase or option agreements providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four-year period with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or services, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months thereafter and (ii) a lockup agreement in connection with the Company’s initial public offering in substantially similar form as set forth in Section 2.10 hereof. The Company shall retain a right of first refusal on transfers until the Company’s initial public offering and the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost.

4.7 Termination . The rights of any Investor set forth in this Section 4 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect immediately prior to the earlier of (i) the IPO, (ii) such time as the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (iii) a Deemed Liquidation Event; provided, however, that the rights of any Investor set forth in Sections 4.1 through 4.3 shall not terminate upon a Deemed Liquidation Event unless the proceeds payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event are solely in the form of cash and/or marketable securities.

5. Other Covenants of the Company .

5.1 Insurance . Except as otherwise decided in accordance with policies adopted by the Board, the Company will keep any of its assets that are of an insurable character insured by financially sound and reputable insurers against loss or damage by fire and other risks customarily insured against by companies in the Company’s line of business, and the Company will maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance against other hazards and risks and liability to persons and property to the extent and in the manner customary for companies in similar businesses similarly situated. In addition, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain Directors and Officers liability insurance from a financially sound and reputable insurer in such amount and on such terms as determined by the Board, and with an aggregate amount of at least $1,000,000.

 

18


5.2 Termination . The covenants of the Company set forth in this Section 5 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect immediately prior to the earlier of (i) the IPO, (ii) such time as the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (iii) a Deemed Liquidation Event.

6. Miscellaneous .

6.1 Notices . Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally, by facsimile when receipt is electronically confirmed, one business day after delivery to a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, or otherwise upon receipt, addressed (i) if to Investor, only at the address set forth below such Investor’s name on Exhibit A , and (ii) if to the Company, at the address set forth below:

Zuora, Inc.

1051 East Hillsdale Blvd., Suite 600

Foster City, CA 94404

Fax: (650) 292-1781

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

with a copy to:

Fenwick & West LLP

801 California Street

Mountain View, CA 94041

Fax: (650) 938-5200

Attn: Ted Wang, Esq.

Any party hereto may, by ten (10) days’ prior notice so given, change its address for future notices hereunder.

6.2 Successors and Assigns . Each Investor agrees that it may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder unless such rights and obligations are assigned by such Investor to (i) an individual or entity to which Registrable Securities are transferred by such Investor pursuant to Section 2.11 and (ii) with respect to the right of first offer set forth in Section 3, to another Major Investor or an Affiliate of the Investor, and, in each case, such assignee shall be deemed an “Investor” for purposes of this Agreement, provided that any such assignee shall receive such assigned rights subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.

 

19


6.3 Amendments and Waivers . Any provision of this Agreement (other than Sections 3, 4.1, and 4.2) may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived, either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively, only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis; provided, however, that in the event that such amendment or waiver materially and adversely affects the obligations or rights of an Investor in a different manner than the other Investors, such amendment or waiver shall also require the written consent of such Investor (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 3 with respect to a particular transaction shall not be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if certain Investors nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction unless all Investors are given the opportunity to purchase the same proportional amount of the shares that they would otherwise have been entitled to purchase under Section 3.1 and 3.2), provided further, that if an amendment or waiver materially and adversely affects the Common Holders in a manner that is different from its effect on the Investors, then such amendment or waiver shall require the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by the Common Holders who are then employed by the Company, and provided further, that Section 2.10 may not be amended in a manner that adversely affects the Investors without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock. Sections 3, 4.1 and 4.2 may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived, either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively, only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Major Investors; provided, however, that Sections 4.1 and 4.2 may not be amended in a manner that adversely affects the Major Investors without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence (but subject to the proviso at the end of such sentence), Section 4.1(a) may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived, either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively, only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Major Investors (which consent shall include Index Ventures Growth II (Jersey), L.P.). Section 4.7 may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived, either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively, only with the written consent of the Company and (i) the holders of a at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis and (ii) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock. The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment or waiver. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.3 shall be binding upon each Investor, each Common Holder, each permitted successor or assignee of such Investor or Common Holder and the Company.

6.4 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with all the exhibits hereto, constitutes and contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, agreements, understandings, duties or obligations between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

6.5 Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

20


6.6 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

6.7 Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of the nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default therefore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any Holder, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.8 Captions . The captions to sections of this Agreement have been inserted for identification and reference purposes only and shall not be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

6.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

6.10 Costs and Attorneys’ Fees . Except as provided in Section 6.13 hereof, in the event that any action, suit or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereunder, the prevailing party shall recover all of such party’s costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions there from.

6.11 Adjustments for Recapitalization Events . Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a specific dollar amount per share, then, upon the occurrence of any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split or similar recapitalization event affecting such shares, the specific number of shares or dollar amount so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the effect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock of such recapitalization event.

6.12 Aggregation of Stock . For the purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement, the holdings of any individual or entity who is an Affiliate of such individual or entity shall be aggregated together with the holdings of such individual or entity.

6.13 Arbitration . The parties agree first to negotiate in good faith to resolve any disputes arising out of or relating to or affecting the subject matter of this Agreement. Any dispute arising out of or relating to or affecting the subject matter of this Agreement not resolved by negotiation shall be settled by binding arbitration in Santa Clara County, California before the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) under the JAMS Rules of Practice and Procedure. The arbitrator shall be a former judge of a court of California. Discovery and

 

21


other procedural matters shall be governed as though the proceeding were an arbitration. Any judgment upon the award may be confirmed and entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be required to, in all determinations, apply California law without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the arbitrator shall apply the substantive law of the state of incorporation of the Company, where applicable. The arbitrator is afforded the jurisdiction to order any provisional remedies, including, without limitation, injunctive relief. The arbitrator may award the prevailing party the costs of arbitration, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses. The arbitrator’s award shall be in writing and shall state the reasons for the award. The parties stipulate that a JAMS employee may be appointed as a judge pro tempore of the Superior Court of Santa Clara County if required to carry out the terms of this provision. Arbitration shall be the sole and exclusive means to resolve any dispute.

6.14 Additional Investors . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series F Agreement, as may be amended from time to time, any purchaser of such shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “Investor” and a “Holder” hereunder.

6.15 Amendment of Prior Agreement . The Prior Agreement is hereby amended and superseded in its entirety and restated herein. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the parties required for an amendment pursuant to Section 6.3 of the Prior Agreement. Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement, including all notice requirements, are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety by the provisions hereof and shall have no further force or effect.

6.16 Waiver of Right of First Refusal . Pursuant to Section 6.3 of the Prior Agreement, the undersigned Prior Investors hereby collectively waive the rights of first offer and related notice rights granted to the Prior Investors pursuant to Section 3 of the Prior Agreement with respect to the sale by the Company of Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series F Agreement.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

Company:
ZUORA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Tien Tzuo

  Tien Tzuo
  Chief Executive Officer
Common Holders:

/s/ K.V. Rao

K.V. Rao

/s/ Cheng Zou

Cheng Zou

/s/ Tien Tzuo

Tien Tzuo
70 Thirty Trust
By:  

/s/ Tien Tzuo

Name:  

Tien Tzuo

Its:  

Trustee

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:
Alpha Opportunities Fund
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

Alpha Opportunities Trust
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

Anchor Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

Global Multi-Strategy Fund
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:
Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

Hartford Capital Appreciation HLS Fund
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

Hartford Global Capital Appreciation Fund
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

Hartford Growth Opportunities HLS Fund
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:
Hartford Small Company HLS Fund
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

John Hancock Funds II Small Cap Growth Fund
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

John Hancock Pension Plan
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:
John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust Small Cap Growth Trust
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

MassMutual Select Small Cap Growth Equity Fund
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

Mid Cap Growth Portfolio
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

Mid Cap Stock Fund
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:
Mid Cap Stock Trust
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

MML Small Cap Growth Equity Fund

By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

Northeast Utilities Service Company Master Trust
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

Optimum Small-Mid Cap Growth Fund
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:
The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

The Hartford Small Company Fund
By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:
GREYLOCK XIII LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: Greylock XIII GP LLC, its General Partner
By:     /s/ Donald A. Sullivan                    

  Donald A. Sullivan

Title: Administrative Partner
GREYLOCK XIII-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: Greylock XIII GP LLC, its General Partner
By:      /s/ Donald A. Sullivan                     

  Donald A. Sullivan

Title: Administrative Partner
GREYLOCK XIII PRINCIPALS LLC
By: Greylock Management Corporation, Sole Member
By:      /s/ Donald A. Sullivan                    

  Donald A. Sullivan

Title: Vice President and Treasurer

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:

 

DAVID A. DUFFIELD TRUST
By: /s/ David A. Duffield                            
Name: David A. Duffield
Title: Trustee

 

Address:   
  

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:

 

H. BARTON CO-INVEST FUND II, LLC
By: /s/ Harris Barton                                      
Name: Harris Barton
Title: Managing Member

 

Address:   

H. Barton Co-Invest Fund II, LLC

c/o KLH & Associates

   135 Main Street, 9 th Floor
   San Francisco, CA 94105

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:

NEXT WORLD EQUITY LLC

Executed by the undersigned as an authorized signatory of Next World Capital Partners LLC, the Managing Member of Next World Equity LLC

 

/s/ Craig Hanson

Craig Hanson
Managing Member—Next World Capital Partners LLC

Address:

 

836 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94133

Attn: Craig Hanson

Fax: (415) 358-8233

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:

INDEX VENTURES GROWTH II PARALLEL ENTREPRENEUR FUND (JERSEY), L.P.

By: its Managing General Partner:

Index Venture Growth Associates II Limited

/s/ Nigel Greenwood                                             

Nigel Greenwood

Director

Address:

No 1 Seaton Place

St Helier

Jersey JE4 8YJ

Channel Islands

Attention: Danielle Cox

Fax + 44 (0) 1534 605605

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:
INDEX VENTURES GROWTH II (JERSEY), L.P.
By: its Managing General Partner:
Index Venture Growth Associates II Limited

/s/ Nigel Greenwood

Nigel Greenwood

 

Director

 

Address:
No 1 Seaton Place
St Helier
Jersey JE4 8YJ
Channel Islands
Attention: Danielle Cox
Fax+ 44 (0) 1534 605605

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:

Yucca (Jersey) SLP

By: Elan Employee Benefit Services Limited as Authorised Signatory of

Yucca (Jersey) SLP in its capacity as Administrator of the Index Co Investment Scheme

 

/s/ [signature illegible]

  
Authorised Signatory - Elian Employee Benefit Services Limited   

Address:

c/o Elian Employee Benefit Services Limited

44 Esplanade

St Helier

Jersey JE4 9WG

Channel Islands

Facsimile +44 (0) 1534 504444

Attention: Sarah Earles

With copies to:

Index Venture Management S.A.

2 rue de Jargonnant

1207 Geneva

Switzerland

Fax: +41 22 737 0099

Attention: Andre Dubois

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:

BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.

as nominee for

Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P.

Benchmark Founders’ Fund V, L.P.

Benchmark Founders’ Fund V-A, L.P

Benchmark Founders’ Fund V-B, L.P.

and related individuals

By: Benchmark Capital Management Co. V, L.L.C., its general partner

 

By:  

/s/ [signature illegible]

  Managing Member

 

Address:    2965 Woodside Road
   Woodside, CA 94062

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:
SHASTA VENTURES II, L.P.
By:  

Shasta Ventures II GP, LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Jason Pressman

 

Jason Pressman

Managing Director

 

Address:   2440 Sand Hill Road, Suite 300
      Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:
By:  

/s/ [signature illegible]

Name:   The Marc R. Benioff Revocable
  Trust U/A/D 12/3/2004

 

Address:  

c/o Howson & Simon LLP

101 Ygnacio Valley Road, #310

Walnut Creek, CA 94596

Attn: Robert Bradley

 


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:

 

Tenaya Capital V, LP

 

By: Tenaya Capital V GP, LP, its General Partner

By: Tenaya Capital V GP, LLC, its General Partner

 

By:  

/s/ Dave Markland

  Dave Markland
 

Attorney-In-Fact

 

Tenaya Capital V-P, LP

 

By: Tenaya Capital V GP, LP, its General Partner

By: Tenaya Capital V GP, LLC, its General Partner

 

By:  

/s/ Dave Markland

  Dave Markland
  Attorney-In-Fact

 

Address:    3280 Alpine Road
   Portola Valley, CA 94028

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:
Redpoint Omega, L.P., by its General Partner
        Redpoint Omega, LLC
Redpoint Omega Associates, LLC, as nominee
By:  

/s/ [signature illegible]

  Managing Director

 

Address:   

3000 Sand Hill Road

Building 2, Suite 290

   Menlo Park, CA. 94025

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:
BlackRock Science and Technology Trust

By: BlackRock Advisors, LLC

Its: Investment Advisor

By:  

/s/ Thomas P. Callan

Name:   Thomas Callan
Title:   Managing Director

 

BlackRock Science  & Technology Opportunities Portfolio, a series of BlackRock Funds II

 

By: BlackRock Advisors, LLC

its: Investment Advisor

 

By:  

/s/ Thomas P. Callan

Name:   Thomas Callan
Title:   Managing Director

 

c/o BlackRock Advisers, LLC

Fundamental Active Equity - Global Opportunities Health & Sciences Team

400 Howard Street

San Francisco, CA 94105
Attn: Tony Kim

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

c/o BlackRock, Inc.

Office of the General Counsel

40 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022
Attn: David Maryles and Vincent Taurassi

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:

 

BlackRock U.S. Opportunities Portfolio, a series of BlackRock Funds

 

By: BlackRock Advisors, LLC
Its: Investment Advisor
By:  

/s/ Thomas P. Callan

Name:   Thomas Callan
Title:   Managing Director

 

BlackRock Global Funds - U.S. Small & MidCap Opportunities Fund

 

By: BlackRock Investment Management, LLC
Its: Investment Advisor
By:  

/s/ Thomas P. Callan

Name:   Thomas Callan
Title:   Managing Director

 

c/o BlackRock Advisers, LLC

Fundamental Active Equity - Global Opportunities Health & Sciences Team

400 Howard Street

San Francisco, CA 94105
Attn: Tony Kim

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

c/o BlackRock, Inc.

Office of the General Counsel

40 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022
Attn: David Maryles and Vincent Taurassi

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:
BlackRock U.S. Opportunities Fund

By: BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.

Its: Investment Advisor

By:  

/s/ Thomas P. Callan

Name:   Thomas Callan
Title:   Managing Director

 

c/o BlackRock Advisers, LLC

Fundamental Active Equity - Global Opportunities Health & Sciences Team

400 Howard Street

San Francisco, CA 94105
Attn: Tony Kim

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

c/o BlackRock, Inc.

Office of the General Counsel

40 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022
Attn: David Maryles and Vincent Taurassi

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:
Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC
By: Vulcan Capital Growth Equity Management LLC, its Manager
By: Cougar Investment Holdings LLC, its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ William C. Benack

Name:   William C. Benack
Title:   Vice President

 

Address:   

505 Fifth Avenue South, Suite 900

Seattle, WA 98104

   Attn: Abhishek Agrawal, Managing Director

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:  
Northgate Venture Growth III, L.P.
By: NCD Management VII, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Tommy Vardell

Name:   Tommy Vardell
Title:   Managing Member

 

Address:   

649 San Ramon Valley Blvd.

Danville, CA 94526

 

NCD SWIB, L.P.

 

By: NCD Management VII L.L.C., its General Partner

 

By:  

/s/ Tommy Vardell

Name:   Tommy Vardell
Title:   Managing Member

 

Address:  

649 San Ramon Valley Blvd.

Danville, CA 94526

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:

 

PASSPORT SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES MASTER FUND, LP

 

/s/ Joanne Poile

Name: Joanne Poile

Title: Chief Operating Officer

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO ZUORA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Investor:
PI INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Rajesh Ramaiah

Name:   Rajesh Ramaiah
Title:   Director

 

Address:  

455 N Whisman Road, Suite 100

Mountain View, CA 94043

 

[ZUORA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


Exhibit A

INVESTORS

 

Name and Address

  

No. of Registrable Securities

Benchmark Capital Partners V., L.P.

2965 Woodside Road

Woodside, CA 94062

  

Series A Shares:

Series B Shares:

Series C Shares:

Series D Shares:

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

12,546,393

3,201,782

2,576,324

1,070,297

989,055

131,603

Shasta Ventures II, L.P.

2440 Sand Hill Road, Suite 300

Menlo Park, CA 94025

  

Series B Shares:

Series C Shares:

Series D Shares:

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

10,385,046

2,449,832

1,412,792

989,055

131,603

The Marc R. Benioff Revocable Trust U/A/D

12/3/2004

c/o Howson & Simon LLP

101 Ygnacio Valley Road, #310

Walnut Creek, CA 94596

Attn: Robert Bradley

  

Series A Shares:

Series B Shares:

Series D Shares:

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

3,342,245

934,359

428,118

461,559

815,939

The Joseph Family Trust

  

Series A Shares:

Series B Shares:

Series C Shares:

  

177,584

45,319

31,840

Thomas Hale

  

Series A Shares:

Series B Shares:

Series C Shares:

  

171,206

43,691

30,700

Tien Tzuo

  

Series A Shares:

Series B Shares:

  

3,063,956

834,195

The Brian & Diane Weisman Family

Trust U/A/D 10/31/01

  

Series A Shares:

Series B Shares:

  

841,410

214,724


Name and Address

  

No. of Registrable Securities

David Schellhase    Series A Shares:    672,459
   Series B Shares:    171,608
Sumit Guha    Series A Shares:    168,003
   Series B Shares:    31,976
Jeffrey Yoshimura    Series A Shares:    83,946
   Series B Shares:    21,423
   Series C Shares:    15,050
The Coffman Family Trust dated    Series A Shares:    84,029
November 21, 2001    Series B Shares:    21,444
Vamsi Kakarla    Series A Shares:    84,043
   Series B Shares:    23,495
   Series C Shares:    15,360
Jian Shen    Series A Shares:    135,541
YuQing Zu    Series A Shares:    178,949
Joseph Bishop    Series A Shares:    174,827
Susan Seebold    Series B Shares:    47,931
   Series C Shares:    1,288
Tenaya Capital V L.P.    Series B Shares:    6,198,025
3280 Alpine Road    Series C Shares:    1,737,782
Portola Valley, CA 94028    Series D Shares:    872,466
   Series E Shares:    645,941
   Series F Shares:    103,138


Name and Address

  

No. of Registrable Securities

Tenaya Capital V-P L.P.

3280 Alpine Road

Portola Valley, CA 94028

  

Series B Shares:

Series C Shares:

Series D Shares:

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

1,710,587

479,614

240,642

178,272

28,465

Richard Ferrell

  

Series B Shares:

Series C Shares:

  

79,884

11,400

Redpoint Omega LP

3000 Sand Hill Road, Bldg 2, Ste 290

Menlo Park, CA 94025

  

Series C Shares:

Series D Shares:

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

8,292,900

1,915,189

641,237

767,904

Redpoint Omega Associates, LLC

3000 Sand Hill Road, Bldg 2, Ste 290

Menlo Park, CA 94025

  

Series C Shares:

Series D Shares:

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

234,503

54,157

18,133

21,715

Magdalena Yesil

   Series C Shares:    64,408

Webb Investment Network

P.O. Box 1060

Los Gatos, CA 95031

  

Series C Shares:

  

80,510

Jeff Jordan

   Series C Shares:    16,102

Israel Ganot

   Series C Shares:    16,102

Matt Carey

   Series C Shares:    16,102

Montgomery Kersten 2010 Trust

   Series C Shares:    16,102


Name and Address

  

No. of Registrable Securities

Andre Haddad

   Series C Shares:    16,102

Index Ventures Growth II (Jersey), L.P.

No. 1 Seaton Place

St. Helier

Jersey JE4 8YJ

Channel Islands

Attention: Danielle Cox

  

Series D Shares:

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

6,249,037

962,448

1,126,990

Index Ventures Growth II Parallel

Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey), L.P.

No. 1 Seaton Place

St. Helier

Jersey JE4 8YJ

Channel Islands

Attention: Danielle Cox

  

Series D Shares:

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

92,474

14,242

16,642

Yuccca (Jersey) SLP

Ogier House

The Esplanade

St. Helier

Jersey JE4 9WG

Channel Islands

Facsimile +44 (0) 1534 504444

Attention: Phil Gaudin

  

Series D Shares:

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

80,272

12,364

14,476

With copies to:

Index Venture Management S.A.

2 rue de Jargonnant

1207 Geneva

Switzerland

Fax: +41 22 737 0099

Attention: Andre Dubois

     

Greylock XIII Limited Partnership

2550 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

  

Series D Shares:

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

2,384,781

249,760

422,254

Greylock XIII-A Limited Partnership

2550 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

  

Series D Shares:

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

214,701

22,486

38,015


Name and Address

  

No. of Registrable Securities

Greylock XIII Principals LLC

2550 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

  

Series D Shares:

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

76,258

7,987

13,502

Steven Lurie

   Series D Shares:    10,702

David A. Duffield Trust

  

Series D Shares:

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

214,058

82,422

52,641

H. Barton Co-Invest Fund, LLC

c/o KLH & Associates

125 Main Street, 9 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94105

  

Series D Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

107,029

65,801

Next World Equity LLC

836 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94133

Attn: Craig Hanson

Fax: (415) 358-8233

  

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

3,956,219

631,695

Northgate Venture Growth III, L.P.

649 San Ramon Valley Blvd.

Danville, CA 94526

  

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

1,130,348

180,484

NCD SWIB, L.P.

649 San Ramon Valley Blvd.

Danville, CA 94526

  

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

1,177,446

188,004

Vulcan Capital Growth Equity LLC

505 Fifth Avenue South, Suite 900

Seattle, WA 98104

Attn: Abhishek Agrawal, Managing Director

  

Series E Shares:

Series F Shares:

  

4,945,272

789,619

Alpha Opportunities Fund

c/o Wellington Management Company LLP

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699

  

Series F Shares:

  

237,163


Name and Address

  

No. of Registrable Securities

Alpha Opportunities Trust

   Series F Shares:    99,899
c/o Wellington Management Company LLP      

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     
Boston, Massachusetts 02210      
Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699      
Global Multi-Strategy Fund    Series F Shares:    40,988
c/o Wellington Management Company LLP      

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     
Boston, Massachusetts 02210      
Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699      
Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman)    Series F Shares:    3,948,096
L.P.      
c/o Wellington Management Company LLP      

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     
Boston, Massachusetts 02210      
Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699      
Hartford Capital Appreciation HLS Fund    Series F Shares:    293,655
c/o Wellington Management Company LLP      

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     
Boston, Massachusetts 02210      
Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699      
Hartford Global Capital Appreciation Fund    Series F Shares:    160,709
c/o Wellington Management Company LLP      

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     
Boston, Massachusetts 02210      
Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699      


Name and Address

  

No. of Registrable Securities

Hartford Growth Opportunities HLS Fund    Series F Shares:    1,160,072
c/o Wellington Management Company LLP      

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     
Boston, Massachusetts 02210      
Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699      
Hartford Small Company HLS Fund    Series F Shares:    1,026,132
c/o Wellington Management Company LLP      

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     
Boston, Massachusetts 02210      
Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699      
Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.    Series F Shares:    2,443,068
c/o Wellington Management Company LLP      

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     
Boston, Massachusetts 02210      
Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699      
John Hancock Funds II Small Cap Growth    Series F Shares:    192,994
Fund      
c/o Wellington Management Company LLP      

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     
Boston, Massachusetts 02210      
Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699      
John Hancock Pension Plan    Series F Shares:    44,032
c/o Wellington Management Company LLP      

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     
Boston, Massachusetts 02210      
Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699      


Name and Address

  

No. of Registrable Securities

John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust

   Series F Shares:    403,708

Small Cap Growth Trust

     

c/o Wellington Management Company LLP

     

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

     

Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699

     

MassMutual Select Small Cap Growth

   Series F Shares:    194,983

Equity Fund

     

c/o Wellington Management Company LLP

     

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

     

Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699

     

Mid Cap Stock Fund

   Series F Shares:    1,403,516

c/o Wellington Management Company LLP

     

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

     

Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699

     

Mid Cap Stock Trust

   Series F Shares:    715,736

c/o Wellington Management Company LLP

     

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

     

Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699

     

MML Small Cap Growth Equity Fund

   Series F Shares:    69,937

c/o Wellington Management Company LLP

     

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

     

Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699

     


Name and Address

  

No. of Registrable Securities

Northeast Utilities Service Company Master

  

Series F Shares:

  

62,641

Trust

     

c/o Wellington Management Company LLP

     

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

     

Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699

     

Optimum Small-Mid Cap Growth Fund

  

Series F Shares:

  

209,844

c/o Wellington Management Company LLP

     

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

     

Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699

     

The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund

  

Series F Shares:

  

306,876

c/o Wellington Management Company LLP

     

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

     

Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699

     

The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund

  

Series F Shares:

  

3,194,823

c/o Wellington Management Company LLP

     

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

     

Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699

     

The Hartford Small Company Fund

  

Series F Shares:

  

658,164

c/o Wellington Management Company LLP

     

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

     

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

     

Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699

     


Name and Address

  

No. of Registrable Securities

BlackRock Science and Technology Trust

   Series F Shares:    1,025,063

c/o BlackRock Advisers, LLC

     

Fundamental Active Equity - Global

     

Opportunities Health & Sciences Team

400 Howard Street

     

San Francisco, CA 94105

     

Attn: Tony Kim

     

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

     

c/o BlackRock, Inc.

     

Office of the General Counsel

40 East 52nd Street

     

New York, NY 10022

     

Attn: David Maryles and Vincent Taurassi

     

BlackRock Science & Technology

   Series F Shares:    265,000

Opportunities Portfolio, a series of

     

BlackRock Funds II

     

(Same as above)

     

BlackRock U.S. Opportunities Portfolio, a

   Series F Shares:    985,000

series of BlackRock Funds

     

(Same as above)

     

BlackRock Global Funds - U.S. Small &

   Series F Shares:    282,000

MidCap Opportunities Fund

     

(Same as above)

     

BlackRock U.S. Opportunities Fund

   Series F Shares:    75,000

(Same as above)

     

Passport Special Opportunities Master Fund, LP

   Series F Shares:    1,316,031

PI International Holdings LLC

   Series F Shares:    3,145,323

455 N. Whisman Road, Suite 100

     

Mountain View, California 94043

     


Exhibit B

COMMON HOLDERS

 

Name and Address

  

Number of Shares Held

K.V. Rao    4,740,800
Cheng Zou    6,438,400
Tien Tzuo    11,246,133

70 Thirty Trust

  

Exhibit 10.1

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

This Indemnity Agreement, dated as of             , 20     is made by and between Zuora, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                     , a director, officer or key employee of the Company or one of the Company’s subsidiaries or other service provider who satisfies the definition of Indemnifiable Person set forth below (the “ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A.    The Company is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to serve as representatives of corporations unless they are protected by comprehensive liability insurance and indemnification, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting from their service to such corporations, and due to the fact that the exposure frequently bears no relationship to the compensation of such representatives;

B.    The members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) have concluded that to retain and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve as representatives of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and to encourage such individuals to take the business risks necessary for the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, it is necessary for the Company to contractually indemnify certain of its representatives and the representatives of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and to assume for itself maximum liability for Expenses and Other Liabilities in connection with claims against such representatives in connection with their service to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates;

C.    Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ Section  145 ”), empowers the Company to indemnify by agreement its officers, directors, employees and agents, and persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, trusts or other enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided thereby is not exclusive; and

D.    The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a representative of the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company free from undue concern about inappropriate claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1.      Definitions .

(a)      Affiliate . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” of the Company means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other


enterprise in respect of which Indemnitee is or was or will be serving as a director, officer, trustee, manager, member, partner, employee, agent, attorney, consultant, member of the entity’s governing body (whether constituted as a board of directors, board of managers, general partner or otherwise), fiduciary, or in any other similar capacity at the request, election or direction of the Company, and including, but not limited to, any employee benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.

(b)      Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” means (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a Subsidiary or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or Subsidiary, is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding capital stock (provided, however, that following the consummation of a firmly underwritten initial public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of the Company’s capital stock, a person’s becoming the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding capital stock shall not be a Change in Control if such person has become such owner by becoming the Beneficial Owner of shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock) or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the outstanding capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into capital stock of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the capital stock of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(c)      Expenses . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Expenses ” means all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, and other out-of-pocket costs), paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of, or being a witness in, a Proceeding, or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, Section 145 or otherwise; provided, however, that Expenses shall not include any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.

(d)      Indemnifiable Event . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Indemnifiable Event ” means any event or occurrence related to Indemnitee’s service for the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person (as defined below), or by reason of anything done or not done, or any act or omission, by Indemnitee in any such capacity.

 

2


(e)      Indemnifiable Person . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Indemnifiable Person ” means any person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, manager, member, partner, employee, attorney, consultant, member of an entity’s governing body (whether constituted as a board of directors, board of managers, general partner or otherwise) or other agent or fiduciary of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.

(f)      Independent Counsel . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Independent Counsel ” means legal counsel that has not performed services for the Company or Indemnitee in the five years preceding the time in question and that would not, under applicable standards of professional conduct, have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee.

(g)      Independent Director . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Independent Director ” means a member of the Board who is not a party to the Proceeding for which a claim is made under this Agreement.

(h)      Other Liabilities . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Other Liabilities ” means any and all liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA (or other benefit plan related) excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement and all interest, taxes, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such judgments, fines, ERISA (or other benefit plan related) excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid in settlement).

(i)      Proceeding . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, legislative or any other type whatsoever, preliminary, informal or formal, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution and including any appeal of any of the foregoing.

(j)      Subsidiary . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Subsidiary ” means any entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.

2.      Agreement to Serve . The Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an Indemnifiable Person in the capacity or capacities in which Indemnitee currently serves the Company as an Indemnifiable Person, and any additional capacity in which Indemnitee may agree to serve, until such time as Indemnitee’s service in a particular capacity shall end according to the terms of an agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, governing law, or otherwise. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment or other form of service for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company by Indemnitee.

3.      Mandatory Indemnification .

(a)      Agreement to Indemnify . In the event Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party to or witness in or is threatened to be made a party to or witness in any Proceeding by reason of an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in connection with (including in preparation for) such Proceeding to the fullest extent not prohibited by the provisions of the Company’s Bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”), as the same may be

 

3


amended from time to time (but only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the Bylaws or the DGCL permitted prior to the adoption of such amendment).

(b)      Exception for Amounts Covered by Insurance and Other Sources . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses or Other Liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such have been paid directly to Indemnitee (or paid directly to a third party on Indemnitee’s behalf) by any directors and officers, or other type, of insurance maintained by the Company [or pursuant to other indemnity arrangements with third parties] 1 .

(c)      [Company Obligations Primary . The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have rights to indemnification for Expenses and Other Liabilities provided by [name of VC or other sponsoring organization (“ Other Indemnitor ”)]. The Company agrees with Indemnitee that the Company is the indemnitor of first resort of Indemnitee with respect to matters for which indemnification is provided under this Agreement and that the Company will be obligated to make all payments due to or for the benefit of Indemnitee under this Agreement without regard to any rights that Indemnitee may have against the Other Indemnitor. The Company hereby waives any equitable rights to contribution or indemnification from the Other Indemnitor in respect of any amounts paid to Indemnitee hereunder. The Company further agrees that no reimbursement of Other Liabilities or payment of Expenses by the Other Indemnitor to or for the benefit of Indemnitee shall affect the obligations of the Company hereunder, and that the Company shall be obligated to repay the Other Indemnitor for all amounts so paid or reimbursed to the extent that the Company has an obligation to indemnify Indemnitee for such Expenses or Other Liabilities hereunder.] 2

4.      Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses or Other Liabilities but not entitled, however, to indemnification for the total amount of such Expenses or Other Liabilities, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for such total amount except as to the portion thereof for which indemnification is prohibited by the provisions of the Company’s Bylaws or the DGCL. In any review or Proceeding to determine the extent of indemnification, the Company shall bear the burden to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, the lack of a successful resolution of a particular claim, issue or matter and which amounts sought in indemnity are allocable to claims, issues or matters which were not successfully resolved.

5.      Liability Insurance . So long as Indemnitee shall continue to serve the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed Proceeding as a result of an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect for the benefit of Indemnitee as an insured (i) liability insurance issued by one or more reputable insurers and having the policy amount and deductible deemed appropriate by the Board and providing in all respects coverage at least comparable to and in the same amount as that provided to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and (ii) any replacement or substitute policies issued by one or more reputable insurers providing in all respects coverage at least comparable to and in the same amount as that being provided to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance or other arrangements shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or of Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly

 

1   Bracketed language to be removed for directors affiliated with a venture capital fund.
2  

Only to be inserted for directors affiliated with a venture capital fund.

 

4


provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any such insurance or other arrangement.

6.      Mandatory Advancement of Expenses . If requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with (including in preparation for) a Proceeding related to an Indemnifiable Event. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced if, and only if and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Bylaws or the DGCL, and no additional form of undertaking with respect to such obligation to repay shall be required. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee or directly to a third party designated by Indemnitee within thirty (30) days following delivery of a written request therefor by Indemnitee to the Company. Indemnitee’s undertaking to repay any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee hereunder shall be unsecured and shall not be subject to the accrual or payment of any interest thereon. In the event that Indemnitee’s request for the advancement of expenses shall be accompanied by an affidavit of counsel to Indemnitee to the effect that such counsel has reviewed such Expenses and that such Expenses are reasonable in such counsel’s view, then such expenses shall be deemed reasonable in the absence of clear and convincing evidence to the contrary.

7.      Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures .

(a)      Notification . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if Indemnitee believes that indemnification or advancement of Expenses with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof. However, a failure so to notify the Company promptly following Indemnitee’s receipt of such notice shall not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee except to the extent that the Company is materially prejudiced in its defense of such Proceeding as a result of such failure.

(b)      Insurance and Other Matters . If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of the commencement of a Proceeding pursuant to Section 7(a) above, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the issuers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such insurance policies.

(c)      Assumption of Defense . In the event the Company shall be obligated to advance the Expenses for any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company, if deemed appropriate by the Company, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding as provided herein. Such defense by the Company may include the representation of two or more parties by one attorney or law firm as permitted under the ethical rules and legal requirements related to joint representations. Following delivery of written notice to Indemnitee of the Company’s election to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the approval by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) of counsel designated by the Company and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees and expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. If (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have notified the Board in writing that Indemnitee has reasonably concluded that there is likely to be a conflict of interest between

 

5


the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or (C) the Company fails to employ counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be subject to indemnification and/or advancement pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Nothing herein shall prevent Indemnitee from employing counsel for any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense.

(d)      Settlement . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred subsequent to the date of this Agreement, the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall enter into a settlement of any Proceeding that might result in the imposition of any Expense, Other Liability, penalty, limitation or detriment on Indemnitee, whether indemnifiable under this Agreement or otherwise, without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold consent from any settlement of any Proceeding. The Company shall promptly notify Indemnitee upon the Company’s receipt of an offer to settle, or if the Company makes an offer to settle, any Proceeding, and provide Indemnitee with a reasonable amount of time to consider such settlement, in the case of any such settlement for which the consent of Indemnitee would be required hereunder. The Company shall not, on its own behalf, settle any part of any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party with respect to other parties (including the Company) without the written consent of Indemnitee if any portion of the settlement is to be funded from insurance proceeds unless approved by a majority of the Independent Directors, provided that this sentence shall cease to be of any force and effect if it has been determined in accordance with this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder with respect to such Proceeding or if the Company’s obligations hereunder to Indemnitee with respect to such Proceeding have been fully discharged.

8.      Determination of Right to Indemnification .

(a)      Success on the Merits or Otherwise . To the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding referred to in Section 3(a) above or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter described therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

(b)      Indemnification in Other Situations . In the event that Section 8(a) is inapplicable, the Company shall also indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee has not failed to meet the applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.

(c)      Forum . Indemnitee shall be entitled to select the forum in which determination of whether or not Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct shall be decided, and such election will be made from among the following:

a.     Those members of the Board who are Independent Directors even though less than a quorum;

 

6


b.     A committee of Independent Directors designated by a majority vote of Independent Directors, even though less than a quorum; or

c.     Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, which approval may not be unreasonably withheld, which counsel shall make such determination in a written opinion.

If Indemnitee is an officer or a director of the Company at the time that Indemnitee is selecting the forum, then Indemnitee shall not select Independent Counsel as such forum unless there are no Independent Directors or unless the Independent Directors agree to the selection of Independent Counsel as the forum.

The selected forum shall be referred to herein as the “Reviewing Party”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following any Change in Control subsequent to the date of this Agreement, the Reviewing Party shall be Independent Counsel selected in the manner provided in c. above.

(d)     As soon as practicable, and in no event later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of written notice of Indemnitee’s choice of forum pursuant to Section 8(c) above, the Company and Indemnitee shall each submit to the Reviewing Party such information as they believe is appropriate for the Reviewing Party to consider. The Reviewing Party shall arrive at its decision within a reasonable period of time following the receipt of all such information from the Company and Indemnitee, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the receipt of all such information, provided that the time by which the Reviewing Party must reach a decision may be extended by mutual agreement of the Company and Indemnitee. All Expenses associated with the process set forth in this Section 8(d), including but not limited to the Expenses of the Reviewing Party, shall be paid by the Company.

(e)      Delaware Court of Chancery . Notwithstanding a final determination by any Reviewing Party that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification with respect to a specific Proceeding, Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Court of Chancery, for the purpose of enforcing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement.

(f)      Expenses . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or Proceeding under this Section 8 involving Indemnitee and against all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any other Proceeding between the Company and Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds that each of the material claims of Indemnitee in any such Proceeding was frivolous or made in bad faith.

(g)      Determination of “Good Faith” . For purposes of any determination of whether Indemnitee acted in “good faith”, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if in taking or failing to take the action in question Indemnitee relied on the records or books of account of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, including financial statements, or on information, opinions, reports or statements provided to Indemnitee by the officers or other employees of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Company or a

 

7


Subsidiary or Affiliate, or by any other person (including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors) as to matters Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate. In connection with any determination as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, or to advancement of expenses, the Reviewing Party or court shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, that Indemnitee is not so entitled. The provisions of this Section 8(g) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failures to act, of any other person serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification hereunder.

9.      Exceptions . Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding,

(a)      Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except (1) with respect to Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement, any other statute or law, as permitted under Section 145, or otherwise, (2) where the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding, or (3) with respect to Proceedings brought to discharge Indemnitee’s fiduciary responsibilities, whether under ERISA or otherwise, but such indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board finds it to be appropriate; or

(b)      Actions Based on Federal Statutes Regarding Profit Recovery and Return of Bonus Payments . The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee on account of (i) any suit in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of l934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); or

(c)      Unlawful Indemnification . The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee for Other Liabilities if such indemnification is prohibited by law as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final adjudication not subject to further appeal.

 

8


10.      Non-exclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to acts or omissions in his or her official capacity and to acts or omissions in another capacity while serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee.

11.      Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

12.      Supersession, Modification and Waiver . This Agreement supersedes any prior indemnification agreement between the Indemnitee and the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates. If the Company and Indemnitee have previously entered into an indemnification agreement providing for the indemnification of Indemnitee by the Company, parties entry into this Agreement shall be deemed to amend and restate such prior agreement to read in its entirety as, and be superseded by, this Agreement. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) and except as expressly provided herein, no such waiver shall constitute a continuing waiver.

13.      Successors and Assigns . The terms of this Agreement shall bind, and shall inure to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

14.      Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (i) if delivered by hand and a receipt is provided by the party to whom such communication is delivered, (ii) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the signing by the recipient of an acknowledgement of receipt form accompanying delivery through the U.S. mail, (iii) personal service by a process server, or (iv) delivery to the recipient’s address by overnight delivery (e.g., FedEx, UPS or DHL) or other commercial delivery service. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or as subsequently modified by written notice complying with the provisions of this Section 14. Delivery of communications to the Company with respect to this Agreement shall be sent to the attention of the Company’s General Counsel.

15.      No Presumptions . For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law or otherwise. In addition, neither the failure of the Company or a Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Company or a Reviewing Party that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of Proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination by exercising Indemnitee’s rights under Section 8(e) of this Agreement shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has failed to meet any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief or is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law or otherwise.

 

9


16.      Survival of Rights . The rights conferred on Indemnitee by this Agreement shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased to serve the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

17.      Subrogation and Contribution . (a) [Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement,] 3 in the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(b) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

18.      Specific Performance, Etc. The parties recognize that if any provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, Indemnitee shall be entitled, if Indemnitee so elects, to institute Proceedings, either in law or at equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.

19.      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

20.      Headings . The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction or interpretation thereof.

21.      Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely with Delaware.

22.      Consent to Jurisdiction . The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any Proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

 

3   Only to be inserted for directors affiliated with a venture capital fund.

 

10


The parties hereto have entered into this Indemnity Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

  ZUORA, INC.:
  By:                                                               
  Its:                                                                
  INDEMNITEE:
                                                                    
Address:                                                                     
                                                                    

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.2

ZUORA, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN


ZUORA, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

1 . E STABLISHMENT , P URPOSE AND T ERM OF P LAN .

1.1 Establishment. The Zuora, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the “Plan ) is hereby established effective as of September 28, 2006.

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Company intends that the Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code (including any amendments or replacements of such section), and the Plan shall be so construed.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Board; provided, however, that all Awards shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the stockholders of the Company.

2. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

2.1 Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) Award means an Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

(b) Award Agreement means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award granted to the Participant.

(c) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, Board also means such Committee(s).

(d) Cause means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined with respect to an Award by the Participant’s Award Agreement or written contract of employment or service, any of the following: (i) the Participant’s theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the Participant’s material failure to abide by a Participating Company’s code of conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct); (iii) the Participant’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a Participating Company (including, without limitation, the


Participant’s improper use or disclosure of a Participating Company’s confidential or proprietary information); (iv) any intentional act by the Participant which has a material detrimental effect on a Participating Company’s reputation or business; (v) the Participant’s repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (vi) any material breach by the Participant of any employment or service agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vii) the Participant’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the Participant’s ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.

(e) Change in Control means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined with respect to an Award by the Participant’s Award Agreement or written contract of employment or service, the occurrence of any of the following:

(i) an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a Transaction ) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(t)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the Transferee ), as the case may be; or

(ii) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(f) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(g) Committee means the compensation committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

(h) Company means Zuora, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

 

2


(i) Consultant means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

(j) Director means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.

(k) Disability means the inability of the Participant, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Participant’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Participant.

(l) Employee means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the terms of the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.

(m) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq SmallCap Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

 

3


(ii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse, and subject to the applicable requirements, if any, of Section 409A of the Code and Section 260.140.50 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.

(o) Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(p) Insider means an Officer, a Director of the Company or other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(q) Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(r) Officer means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

(s) Option means a right granted under Section 6 to purchase Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(t) Ownership Change Event means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

(u) Parent Corporation means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(v) Participant means any eligible person who has been granted one or more Awards.

(w) Participating Company means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

(x) Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, all entities collectively which are then Participating Companies.

 

4


(y) Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(z) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aa) Service means a Participant’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. A Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Participant renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Service. Furthermore, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Participant takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company. However, if any such leave taken by a Participant exceeds ninety (90) days, then on the ninety-first (91st) day following the commencement of such leave the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated, unless the Participant’s right to return to Service is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Participant’s Award Agreement. Except as otherwise provided by the Board, in its discretion, the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Participant performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Participant’s Service has terminated and the effective date of and reason for such termination.

(bb) Stock means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(cc) Stock Purchase Right means a right granted under Section 7 to purchase Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(dd) Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(ee) Ten Percent Stockholder means a person who, at the time an Award is granted to such person, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power (as defined in Section 194.5 of the California Corporations Code) of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

5


3 . A DMINISTRATION .

3.1 Administration by the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Award shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Award.

3.2 Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

3.3 Powers of the Board. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Award;

(b) to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Award (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Award, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Award, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Award or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Award or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Award, (vi) the effect of the Participant’s termination of Service on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Award or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(e) to approve one or more forms of Award Agreement;

(f) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Award or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;

(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Award or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following a Participant’s termination of Service;

(h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Awards; and

 

6


(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Award as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

3.4 Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

3.5 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

4 . S HARES S UBJECT TO P LAN .

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be Four Hundred Four-Four Thousand Four Hundred Forty-Five (444,445) which shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Award for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Award subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Participant’s exercise or purchase price, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Award or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any such time as the offer and sale of securities pursuant to the Plan is subject to compliance with Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations ( Section  260.140.45 ), the total number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Awards (together with options outstanding under any other stock plan of the Company) and the total number of shares provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) (or such other higher percentage limitation as may be approved by the stockholders of the Company pursuant to Section 260.140.45) of the then outstanding shares of the Company as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45.

 

7


4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Awards, in the ISO Share Limit set forth in Section 5.3(a), and in the exercise or purchase price per share of any outstanding Awards in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Awards are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares ), the Committee may unilaterally amend the outstanding Awards to provide that such Awards are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise or purchase price per share of, the outstanding Awards shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Committee, in its discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the exercise price per share shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the exercise price of any Award be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Award. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

5 . E LIGIBILITY AND O PTION L IMITATIONS .

5.1 Persons Eligible for Awards. Awards may be granted only to Employees, Consultants and Directors.

5.2 Participation in Plan. Awards are granted solely at the discretion of the Board. Eligible persons may be granted more than one Award. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Award, or, having been granted an Award, to be granted an additional Award.

5.3 Incentive Stock Option Limitations.

(a) Maximum Number of Shares Issuable Pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. Subject to Section 4.1 and adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed Four Hundred Forty-Four Thousand Four Hundred Forty-Five (444,445) shares (the ISO Share Limit ) . The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to all Awards other than Incentive Stock Options shall be the number of shares determined in accordance with Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2.

 

8


(b) Persons Eligible. An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a person who, on the effective date of grant, is an Employee. Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee upon the condition that such person become an Employee shall be deemed granted effective on the date such person commences Service as an Employee, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with Section 6.1.

(c) Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.

6 . T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF O PTIONS .

Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option and (b) no Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

9


6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, and (c) with the exception of an Option granted to an Officer, a Director or a Consultant, no Option shall become exercisable at a rate less than twenty percent (20%) per year over a period of five (5) years from the effective date of grant of such Option, subject to the Participant’s continued Service. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash or by check or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than the exercise price, (iii) by delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a Cashless Exercise ), (iv) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (v) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by approval of or by amendment to the standard forms of Award Agreement described in Section 8, or by other means, grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months (and were not used for another Option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

 

10


(ii) Cashless Exercise. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.

6.4 Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided by this Plan and unless a longer exercise period is provided by the Board in the grant of an Option and set forth in the Award Agreement, an Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section and thereafter shall terminate:

(i) Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option (the Option Expiration Date ).

(ii) Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(iii) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.

(iv) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

11


(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination for Cause, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.4(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 11 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

6.5 Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Participant, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Participant, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

7. T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF S TOCK P URCHASE R IGHTS .

Stock Purchase Rights shall be evidenced by Award Agreements, specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

7.1 Purchase Price. The purchase price under each Stock Purchase Right shall be established by the Board; provided, however, that (a) the purchase price per share shall be at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock either on the effective date of grant of the Stock Purchase Right or on the date on which the purchase is consummated and (b) the purchase price per share under a Stock Purchase Right granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall be at least one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock either on the effective date of grant of the Stock Purchase Right or on the date on which the purchase is consummated.

7.2 Purchase Period. A Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable within a period established by the Board, which shall in no event exceed thirty (30) days from the effective date of the grant of the Stock Purchase Right.

7.3 Payment of Purchase Price. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the purchase price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Stock Purchase Right shall be made (a) in cash or by check or cash equivalent, (b) in the form of the Participant’s past service rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the aggregate purchase price of the shares being acquired, (c) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (d) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by adoption of or by amendment to the standard form of Award Agreement described in Section 8, or by other means, grant Stock Purchase Rights which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the purchase price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

 

12


7.4 Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Shares issued pursuant to any Stock Purchase Right may or may not be made subject to vesting conditioned upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria (the Vesting Conditions ) as shall be established by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. During any period (the Restriction Period ) in which shares acquired pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right remain subject to Vesting Conditions, such shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event or as provided in Section 7.5. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

7.5 Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Board in the grant of a Stock Purchase Right and set forth in the Award Agreement, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then the Company shall have the option to repurchase for the purchase price paid by the Participant any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service; provided, however, that with the exception of shares acquired pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right by an Officer, a Director or a Consultant, the Company’s repurchase option must lapse at the rate of at least twenty percent (20%) of the shares per year over the period of five (5) years from the effective date of grant of the Stock Purchase Right (without regard to the date on which the Stock Purchase Right was exercised) and the repurchase option must be exercised, if at all, for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares within ninety (90) days following the Participant’s termination of Service. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

7.6 Nontransferability of Stock Purchase Rights. Rights to acquire shares of Stock pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

8. S TANDARD F ORMS OF A WARD A GREEMENTS .

8.1 Award Agreements. Each Award shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the appropriate form of Award Agreement approved by the Board and as amended from time to time. No Award or purported Award shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Award Agreement. Any Award Agreement may consist of an appropriate form of Notice of Grant and a form of Agreement incorporated therein by reference, or such other form or forms, including electronic media, as the Committee may approve from time to time.

8.2 Authority to Vary Terms. The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Award Agreement either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Award or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Award Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

13


9. C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

9.1 Effect of Change in Control on Awards.

(a) Accelerated Vesting . The Board may, in its sole discretion, provide in any Award Agreement or, in the event of a Change in Control, may take such actions as it deems appropriate to provide for the acceleration of the exercisability and vesting in connection with such Change in Control of any or all outstanding Awards and shares acquired upon the exercise thereof upon such conditions, including termination of the Participant’s Service prior to, upon, or following such Change in Control, and to such extent as the Board shall determine.

(b) Assumption or Substitution of Awards. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror ) , may, without the consent of any Participant, either assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control or substitute for each or any such outstanding Award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, an Award shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each share of Stock subject to the Award, to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. Any Award or portions thereof which are neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Award prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Award Agreement evidencing such Award except as otherwise provided in such Award Agreement.

(c) Cash-Out of Awards. The Board may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of any Participant, determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each or any Award outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control shall be canceled in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested share (and each unvested share, if so determined by the Board) of Stock subject to such canceled Award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or

 

14


(iii) other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control over the exercise price per share under such Award (the Spread ). In the event such determination is made by the Board, the Spread (reduced by applicable withholding taxes, if any) shall be paid to Participants in respect of their canceled Awards as soon as practicable following the date of the Change in Control and in respect of the unvested portion of their canceled Awards in accordance with the vesting schedule applicable to such Awards as in effect prior to the Change in Control.

9.2 Federal Excise Tax Under Section  4999 of the Code.

(a) Excess Parachute Payment . In the event that any acceleration of vesting pursuant to an Award and any other payment or benefit received or to be received by a Participant would subject the Participant to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such acceleration of vesting, payment or benefit as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, the Participant may elect, in his or her sole discretion, to reduce the amount of any acceleration of vesting called for under the Award in order to avoid such characterization.

(b) Determination by Independent Accountants. To aid the Participant in making any election called for under Section 9.2(a), no later than the date of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to result in an “excess parachute payment” to the Participant as described in Section 9.2(a), the Company shall request a determination in writing by independent public accountants selected by the Company (the Accountants ). As soon as practicable thereafter, the Accountants shall determine and report to the Company and the Participant the amount of such acceleration of vesting, payments and benefits which would produce the greatest after-tax benefit to the Participant. For the purposes of such determination, the Accountants may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Participant shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make their required determination. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Accountants may reasonably charge in connection with their services contemplated by this Section 9.2(b).

10. T AX W ITHHOLDING .

10.1 Tax Withholding in General. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any and all payments made under the Plan, or to require the Participant, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise of an Option, to make adequate provision for, the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to an Award or the shares acquired pursuant thereto. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to an Award Agreement until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Participant.

 

15


10.2 Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable to a Participant upon the exercise of an Award, or to accept from the Participant the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

11 . C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECURITIES L AW .

The grant of Awards and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Awards shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. Awards may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Award may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Award be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Award or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Award may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of any Award, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

12. A MENDMENT OR T ERMINATION OF P LAN .

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule, including the rules of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Award unless expressly provided by the Board. Except as provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of any participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the Plan, including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code.

 

16


13. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

13.1 Repurchase Rights. Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Award is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

13.2 Provision of Information. At least annually, copies of the Company’s balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Participant and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Award. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information. Furthermore, the Company shall deliver to each Participant such disclosures as are required in accordance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

13.3 Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director. No person, even though eligible pursuant to Section 5, shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant. Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall confer on any Participant a right to remain an Employee, Consultant or Director or interfere with or limit in any way any right of a Participating Company to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time. To the extent that an Employee of a Participating Company other than the Company receives an Award under the Plan, that Award shall in no event be understood or interpreted to mean that the Company is the Employee’s employer or that the Employee has an employment relationship with the Company.

13.4 Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4.2 or another provision of the Plan.

13.5 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise or settlement of any Award.

13.6 Retirement and Welfare Plans. Neither Awards made under this Plan nor shares of Stock or cash paid pursuant to such Awards shall be included as “compensation” for purposes of computing the benefits payable to any Participant under any Participating Company’s retirement plans (both qualified and non-qualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing such benefits.

 

17


13.7 Severability . If any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

13.8 No Constraint on Corporate Action . Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to: (a) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s or another Participating Company’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets; or (b) limit the right or power of the Company or another Participating Company to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

13.9 Choice of Law . Except to the extent governed by applicable federal law, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to its conflict of law rules.

13.10 Stockholder Approval . The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the Authorized Shares ) shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote within twelve (12) months before or after the date of adoption thereof by the Board. Awards granted prior to security holder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the security holders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of security holder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.

 

 

18


PLAN HISTORY


EXHIBIT B

ZUORA, INC.

STANDARD FORM OF

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION


ZUORA, INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

The Participant has been granted an option (the “ Option ) to purchase certain shares of Stock of Zuora, Inc. pursuant to the Zuora, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the Plan ), as follows:

 

Participant:                                   
Date of Grant:                                   
Number of Option Shares:                                   
Exercise Price:    $                              
Initial Vesting Date:    The date one (1) year after [vesting commencement date]
Option Expiration Date:    The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant
Tax Status of Option:                                         Stock Option. (Enter “Incentive” or “Nonstatutory.” If blank, this Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.)   
Vested Shares:    Except as provided in the Stock Option Agreement, the number of Vested Shares (disregarding any resulting fractional share) as of any date is determined by multiplying the Number of Option Shares by the Vested Ratio determined as of such date as follows:   
         

Vested Ratio

   Prior to Initial Vesting Date   

0

  

On Initial Vesting Date, provided the Participant’s Service has not terminated prior to such date

 

Plus

   1/4
   For each additional full month of the Participant’s continuous Service from Initial Vesting Date until the Vested Ratio equals 1/1, an additional    1/48

By their signatures below, the Company and the Participant agree that the Option is governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. The Participant acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions.

The Company has set the Option’s exercise price at an amount that the Company believes to be the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant in good faith compliance with the valuation requirements of section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the Code ) . However, the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) could assert that the stock had a higher fair market value on the date of grant and, therefore, the Option constitutes deferred compensation subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. By signing below the Participant agrees that the Company, its directors, officers and shareholders shall not be held liable for any tax, cost or penalty incurred should the IRS assert that the Option constitutes deferred compensation subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code.

 

ZUORA, INC.     PARTICIPANT
By:  

 

   
     

 

Signature

Its:  

 

   

 

      Date
     

 

Address: 1754 Technology Drive, Suite 242

                San Jose, CA 95110

   

Address

 

ATTACHMENTS: 2006 Stock Plan, as amended to the Date of Grant; Stock Option Agreement and Exercise Notice


THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

ZUORA, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Zuora, Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Grant Notice ) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) is attached an option (the Option ) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Zuora, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the Plan ), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement or the Plan.

1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

1


2. T AX C ONSEQUENCES .

2.1 Tax Status of Option . This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Grant Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option . If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

 

2


3. A DMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

4. E XERCISE OF THE O PTION .

4.1 Right to Exercise . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.

4.2 Method of Exercise . Exercise of the Option shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the Exercise Notice ) in a form authorized by the Company. An electronic Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Option shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, which shall be signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6 and must be accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such electronic or written Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

4.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized . Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash or by check or cash equivalent, (ii) if permitted by the Company, by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b), or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.

 

3


(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months or such other period, if any, required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. A Cashless Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve, or terminate any such program or procedure, including with respect to the Participant notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

4.4 Tax Withholding . At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Participant.

4.5 Certificate Registration . Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to

 

4


the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

5. N ONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE O PTION .

During the lifetime of the Participant, the Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

6. T ERMINATION OF THE O PTION .

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7. E FFECT OF T ERMINATION OF S ERVICE .

7.1 Option Exercisability. The Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period as determined below and thereafter shall terminate.

(a) Disability . If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

5


(b) Death . If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(c) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.

(d) Other Termination of Service . If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination for Cause, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Participant is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

8. E FFECT OF C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror ), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or any portion thereof or substitute for the Option or any portion thereof a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Option shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each share of Stock subject to the Option, to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

 

6


9. A DJUSTMENTS FOR C HANGES IN C APITAL S TRUCTURE .

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and kind of shares subject to the Option, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Option. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number and the Exercise Price shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10. R IGHTS AS A S TOCKHOLDER , D IRECTOR , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

11. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL .

11.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 11.7 and Section 16 below, in the event the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the Transfer Shares ) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the Right of First Refusal ).

 

7


11.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Participant shall deliver written notice (the Transfer Notice ) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the Proposed Transferee ) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Participant proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Participant shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Participant and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Participant and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

11.3 Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Participant in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Participant written notice of the Participant’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11, and the Participant shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 11. The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

11.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Participant of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Participant or issued by a person other than the Participant with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Participant shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

 

8


11.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.4 above, the Participant may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Participant and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Participant, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Participant with the procedure described in this Section 11.

11.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.

11.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

11.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiror assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A public market shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

 

9


12. S TOCK D ISTRIBUTIONS S UBJECT TO O PTION A GREEMENT .

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

13. N OTICE OF S ALES U PON D ISQUALIFYING D ISPOSITION .

The Participant shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

14. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

14.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

 

10


14.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, INCLUDING A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

14.3 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO ). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [ INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE ]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

15. L OCK -U P A GREEMENT .

The Participant hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Participant shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Participant hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

16. R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER OF S HARES .

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

 

11


17. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

17.1 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Option Agreement.

17.2 Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

17.3 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing. Except as provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of any participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the Plan or Award Agreement, including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code.

17.4 Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan, or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by the Participating Company, or, upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery . The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s shareholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

 

12


(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 17.4(a) of this Option Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 17.4(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.4(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.4(a).

17.5 Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, together with any employment, service or other agreement with the Participant and a Participating Company referring to the Option, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

17.6 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

17.7 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

13


☐ Incentive Stock Option

  

Participant:                                                                            

☐ Nonstatutory Stock Option

  
  

            Date:                                                                          

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Zuora, Inc.

1754 Technology Drive, Suite 242

San Jose, CA 95110

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option . I was granted an option (the Option ) to purchase shares of the common stock (the Shares ) of Zuora, Inc. (the Company ) pursuant to the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (the Plan ), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Grant Notice ) and my Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) as follows:

 

Date of Grant:                                     
Number of Option Shares:                                     
Exercise Price per Share:    $                                 

2. Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares, all of which are Vested Shares, in accordance with the Grant Notice and the Option Agreement:

 

Total Shares Purchased:                                     
Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)    $                                 

3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

☐ Cash:                    $                          
☐ Check:    $                                          
☐ Tender of Company Stock:    Contact Plan Administrator

4. Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

☐ Cash:                    $                          
☐ Check:    $                                          

 

1


5. Participant Information .

 

My address is:                                                                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                                                                                             
My Social Security Number is:                                                                                                                                          

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Grant.

7. Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, and the Plan, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

8. Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Grant Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

(Signature)

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

 

ZUORA, INC.

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

2


THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

ZUORA, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Zuora, Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Grant Notice ) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) is attached an option (the Option ) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Zuora, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the Plan ), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement or the Plan.

1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

1


2. T AX C ONSEQUENCES .

2.1 Tax Status of Option . This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Grant Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option . If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

 

2


3. A DMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

4. E XERCISE OF THE O PTION .

4.1 Right to Exercise . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.

4.2 Method of Exercise . Exercise of the Option shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the Exercise Notice ) in a form authorized by the Company. An electronic Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Option shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, which shall be signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6 and must be accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such electronic or written Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

4.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized . Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash or by check or cash equivalent, (ii) if permitted by the Company, by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b), or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.

 

3


(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months or such other period, if any, required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. A Cashless Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve, or terminate any such program or procedure, including with respect to the Participant notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

4.4 Tax Withholding . At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Participant.

4.5 Certificate Registration . Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to

 

4


the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

5. N ONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE O PTION .

During the lifetime of the Participant, the Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

6. T ERMINATION OF THE O PTION .

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7. E FFECT OF T ERMINATION OF S ERVICE .

7.1 Option Exercisability. The Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period as determined below and thereafter shall terminate.

(a) Disability . If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

5


(b) Death . If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(c) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.

(d) Other Termination of Service . If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination for Cause, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Participant is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

8. E FFECT OF C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror ), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or any portion thereof or substitute for the Option or any portion thereof a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Option shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each share of Stock subject to the Option, to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

 

6


9. A DJUSTMENTS FOR C HANGES IN C APITAL S TRUCTURE .

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and kind of shares subject to the Option, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Option. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number and the Exercise Price shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10. R IGHTS AS A S TOCKHOLDER , D IRECTOR , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

11. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL .

11.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 11.7 and Section 16 below, in the event the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the Transfer Shares ) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the Right of First Refusal ).

 

7


11.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Participant shall deliver written notice (the Transfer Notice ) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the Proposed Transferee ) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Participant proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Participant shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Participant and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Participant and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

11.3 Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Participant in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Participant written notice of the Participant’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11, and the Participant shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 11. The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

11.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Participant of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Participant or issued by a person other than the Participant with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Participant shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

 

8


11.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.4 above, the Participant may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Participant and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Participant, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Participant with the procedure described in this Section 11.

11.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.

11.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

11.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiror assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A public market shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

 

9


12. S TOCK D ISTRIBUTIONS S UBJECT TO O PTION A GREEMENT .

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

13. N OTICE OF S ALES U PON D ISQUALIFYING D ISPOSITION .

The Participant shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

14. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

14.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

 

10


14.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, INCLUDING A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDERS PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

14.3 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO ). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [ INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE ]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

15. L OCK -U P A GREEMENT .

The Participant hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Participant shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Participant hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

16. R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER OF S HARES .

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

 

11


17. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

17.1 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Option Agreement.

17.2 Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

17.3 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing. Except as provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of any participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the Plan or Award Agreement, including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code.

17.4 Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan, or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by the Participating Company, or, upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery . The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s shareholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

 

12


(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 17.4(a) of this Option Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 17.4(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.4(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.4(a).

17.5 Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, together with any employment, service or other agreement with the Participant and a Participating Company referring to the Option, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

17.6 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

17.7 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

17.8 Authorization to Release Necessary Personal Information. Participant hereby authorizes and directs Participant’s employer to collect, use and transfer in electronic or other form, any personal information (the “ Data ”) regarding Participant’s employment, the nature and amount of Participant’s compensation and the fact and conditions of Participant’s participation in the Plan (including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security number (or any other social or national identification number), salary, nationality, job title, number of shares of Stock held and the details of all stock units or any other entitlement to Stock awarded, cancelled, exercised, vested,

 

13


unvested or outstanding) for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that the Data may be transferred to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, including any requisite transfer to a broker or other third party assisting with the exercise of this Option under the Plan or with whom shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be deposited. Participant acknowledges that recipients of the Data may be located in different countries, and those countries may have data privacy laws and protections different from those in the country of Participant’s residence. Furthermore, Participant acknowledges and understands that the transfer of the Data to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or to any third parties is necessary for Participant’s participation in the Plan.

17.9 Annex . Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, the Option shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in any Annex to the Plan for the Participant’s country of residence. Moreover, if the Participant relocates to the U.S. or one of the countries included in the Annexes to the Plan, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to the Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan. The Annex constitutes part of this Agreement, and in the event that a term of this Option Agreement and the Annex conflict, the Annex shall control.

17.10 Imposition of Other Requirements. The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any shares acquired pursuant to the Option under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan. The Participant agrees to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing. Furthermore, the Participant acknowledges that the laws of the country in which he or she is working at the time of grant, vesting and exercise of the Option or the sale of shares of Stock received pursuant to this Agreement (including any rules or regulations governing securities, foreign exchange, tax, labor, or other matters) may subject the Participant to additional procedural or regulatory requirements that the Participant is and will be solely responsible for and must fulfill.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

14


☐ Incentive Stock Option    Participant:                                                                  
☐ Nonstatutory Stock Option   
                   Date:                                                            

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Zuora, Inc.

1754 Technology Drive, Suite 242

San Jose, CA 95110

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option . I was granted an option (the Option ) to purchase shares of the common stock (the Shares ) of Zuora, Inc. (the Company ) pursuant to the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (the Plan ), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Grant Notice ) and my Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) as follows:

 

            Date of Grant:                                                             
            Number of Option Shares:                                                             
            Exercise Price per Share:    $                                                        

2. Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares, all of which are Vested Shares, in accordance with the Grant Notice and the Option Agreement:

 

            Total Shares Purchased:                                                             
            Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)    $                                                        

3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

            ☐ Cash:                                             $                                          
            ☐ Check:                $                                                  
            ☐ Tender of Company Stock:                Contact Plan Administrator

4. Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

            ☐ Cash:                                             $                                          
            ☐ Check:                $                                                  

 

1


5. Participant Information .

 

            My address is:                                                                                                                                                                               
            My Social Security Number is:                                                                                                                                                    

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Grant.

7. Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, and the Plan, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

8. Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Grant Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

    Very truly yours,

                                                                                        

    (Signature)

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

 

ZUORA, INC.
By:                                                                            
Title:                                                                         
Dated:                                                                        

 

2


ZUORA, INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

(Early Exercise)

The Participant has been granted an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase certain shares of Stock of Zuora, Inc. pursuant to the Zuora, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), as follows:

 

Participant:                                             
Date of Grant:                                             
Number of Option Shares:                                             
Exercise Price:    $                                       
Initial Vesting Date:    The date one (1) year after [vesting commencement date]
Option Expiration Date:    The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant
Tax Status of Option:    ________________ Stock Option. (Enter “Incentive” or “Nonstatutory.” If blank, this Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.)
Vested Shares:    Except as provided in the Stock Option Agreement, the number of Vested Shares (disregarding any resulting fractional share) as of any date is determined by multiplying the Number of Option Shares by the “ Vested Ratio ” determined as of such date as follows:

 

     Vested Ratio
Prior to Initial Vesting Date    0
On Initial Vesting Date, provided the Participant’s Service has not terminated prior to such date    1/4
Plus   
For each additional full month of the Participant’s continuous Service from Initial Vesting Date until the Vested Ratio equals 1/1, an additional    1/48

By their signatures below, the Company and the Participant agree that the Option is governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. The Participant acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions.

The Company has set the Option’s exercise price at an amount that the Company believes to be the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant in good faith compliance with the valuation requirements of section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”). However, the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) could assert that the stock had a higher fair market value on the date of grant and, therefore, the Option constitutes deferred compensation subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. By signing below the Participant agrees that the Company, its directors, officers and shareholders shall not be held liable for any tax, cost or penalty incurred should the IRS assert that the Option constitutes deferred compensation subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code.

 

ZUORA, INC.       PARTICIPANT
By:                                                                                                                                                            
        Signature
Its:                                                                                                                                                            
        Date
Address:   3400 Bridge Parkway, Suite 101                                                                                
                  Redwood City, CA 94065      

Address

                                                                          

 

ATTACHMENTS:    2006 Stock Plan, as amended to the Date of Grant; Stock Option Agreement and Exercise Notice; 83(b) Election; Assignment Separate from Certificate

 

2


THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

ZUORA, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Early Exercise)

Zuora, Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “ Grant Notice ”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) is attached an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Zuora, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement or the Plan.

 

  1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION .

1.1. Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2. Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.


  2. TAX CONSEQUENCES .

2.1. Tax Status of Option . This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Grant Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option . If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option . If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2. ISO Fair Market Value Limitation . If the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option , then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

 

2


2.3. Election under Section  83(b) of the Code. The Participant understands that Section 83 of the Code taxes as ordinary income the difference between the amount paid for the shares and the fair market value of the shares as of the date any restrictions on the shares lapse. In this context, “restriction” means the right of the Company to buy back the shares pursuant to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option contained in Section 15 of this Option Agreement. The Participant understands that he may elect to be taxed at the time the shares are purchased rather than when and as the Unvested Share Repurchase Option expires by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the IRS no later than thirty (30) days after the date of purchase. Even if the fair market value of the shares equals the amount paid for the shares, the election must be made to avoid adverse tax consequences in the future. The form for making this election is included as an attachment to the Grant Notice or may be requested from the Company. The Participant understands that failure to make this filing timely will result in the recognition of ordinary income by the Participant as the Unvested Share Repurchase Option lapses on the difference between the purchase price and the fair market value of the shares at the time such restrictions lapse.

(a) Notice to Company . The Participant will notify the Company in writing if the Participant files an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. The Company intends, in the event it does not receive from the Participant evidence of such filing, to claim a tax deduction for any amount which would otherwise be taxable to the Participant in the absence of such an election.

(b) Consultation with Tax Advisors . The Participant understands that he or she should consult with his or her tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the IRS an election under Section 83(b) of the Code. Failure to file an election under Section 83(b), if appropriate, may result in adverse tax consequences to the Participant. The Participant acknowledges that he or she has been advised to consult with a tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to the Participant of the purchase of shares hereunder. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED NO LATER THAN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH PARTICIPANT PURCHASES THE SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS PARTICIPANT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

 

  3. ADMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 

3


  4. EXERCISE OF THE OPTION .

4.1. Right to Exercise . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable at any time after the Date of Grant set forth in the Grant Notice and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6), subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11 and the Company’s Unvested Share Repurchase Option set forth in Section 15. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.

4.2. Method of Exercise . Exercise of the Option shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the “ Exercise Notice ”) in a form authorized by the Company. An electronic Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Option shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, which shall be signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6 and must be accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such electronic or written Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

4.3. Payment of Exercise Price .

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized . Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash or by check or cash equivalent, (ii) if permitted by the Company, by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b), or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration .

(i) Tender of Stock . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months or such other period, if any, required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

 

4


(ii) Cashless Exercise . A “ Cashless Exercise ” means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve, or terminate any such program or procedure, including with respect to the Participant notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

4.4. Tax Withholding . At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Participant.

4.5. Certificate Registration . Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

4.6. Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any

 

5


liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7. Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

 

  5. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION .

During the lifetime of the Participant, the Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

  6. TERMINATION OF THE OPTION .

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

 

  7. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE .

7.1. Option Exercisability . The Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period as determined below and thereafter shall terminate.

(a) Disability . If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death . If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service.

 

6


(c) Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.

(d) Other Termination of Service . If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2. Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination for Cause, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Participant is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

  8. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL .

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “ Acquiror ”), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or any portion thereof or substitute for the Option or any portion thereof a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Option shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each share of Stock subject to the Option, to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

 

7


  9. ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE .

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and kind of shares subject to the Option, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Option. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number and the Exercise Price shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

  10. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER, DIRECTOR, EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT .

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

  11. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL .

11.1. Grant of Right of First Refusal . Unvested Shares may not be sold or otherwise transferred by the Participant without the Company’s prior written consent. Except as provided in Section 11.7 and Section 16 below, in the event the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the “ Transfer Shares ”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

8


11.2. Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Participant shall deliver written notice (the “Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “Proposed Transferee ”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Participant proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Participant shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Participant and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Participant and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

11.3. Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Participant in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Participant written notice of the Participant’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11, and the Participant shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 11. The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

11.4. Exercise of Right of First Refusal . If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Participant of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Participant or issued by a person other than the Participant with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Participant shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

 

9


11.5. Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.4 above, the Participant may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Participant and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Participant, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Participant with the procedure described in this Section 11.

11.6. Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer and the Company’s Unvested Share Repurchase Option in Section 15 of this Option Agreement. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.

11.7. Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

11.8. Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.9. Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiror assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “ public market ” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

 

10


  12. STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO OPTION AGREEMENT .

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

 

  13. NOTICE OF SALES UPON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION .

The Participant shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option , the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

14. LEGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

14.1. “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

 

11


14.2. “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, INCLUDING A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDERS PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

14.3. “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE] . SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

 

  15. UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE RIGHT.

15.1. Grant of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . In the event the Participant’s Service is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, or, if the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired pursuant to this Option Agreement, attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) any Unvested Shares, as defined in Section 15.2 below, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 15 (the “ Unvested Share Repurchase Option ”).

15.2. Unvested Shares Defined . The “ Unvested Shares ” shall mean, on any given date, the number of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option which exceed the Vested Shares determined as of such date.

 

12


15.3. Exercise of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company may exercise the Unvested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to the Participant within sixty (60) days after (a) termination of the Participant’s Service or (b) the Company has received notice of the attempted disposition of Unvested Shares. If the Company fails to give notice within such sixty (60) day period, the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate unless the Company and the Participant have extended the time for the exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Unvested Share Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, for all of the Unvested Shares, except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree.

15.4. Payment for Shares and Return of Shares to Company . The purchase price per share being repurchased by the Company shall be an amount equal to the Participant’s original cost per share, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9 of this Option Agreement (the “ Repurchase Price ”). The Company shall pay the aggregate Repurchase Price to the Participant in cash within thirty (30) days after the date of the written notice to the Participant of the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any purchase money indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company for the shares shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. The shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company by the Participant at the same time as the delivery of the Repurchase Price to the Participant.

15.5. Assignment of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company shall have the right to assign the Unvested Share Repurchase Option at any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

15.6. Ownership Change Event . Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and included in the terms “Stock” and “Unvested Shares” for all purposes of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event. While the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same after such Ownership Change Event, the Repurchase Price per Unvested Share upon exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option following such Ownership Change Event shall be adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

  16. LOCK-UP AGREEMENT .

The Participant hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Participant shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Participant hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

 

13


  17. ESCROW .

17.1. Appointment of Agent. To ensure that shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option will be available for repurchase, the Participant and the Company hereby appoint the Secretary of the Company, or any other person designated by the Company, as their agent and as attorney-in-fact for the Participant (the “ Agent ”) to hold any and all Unvested Shares and to sell, assign and transfer to the Company any such Unvested Shares repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Participant understands that appointment of the Agent is a material inducement to make this Option Agreement and that such appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable. The Agent shall not be personally liable for any act the Agent may do or omit to do hereunder as escrow agent, agent for the Company, or attorney in fact for the Participant while acting in good faith and in the exercise of the Agent’s own good judgment, and any act done or omitted by the Agent pursuant to the advice of the Agent’s own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith. The Agent may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purporting to be genuine and may resign at any time.

17.2. Establishment of Escrow . The Participant authorizes the Company to deposit with the Agent each certificate evidencing the shares acquired pursuant to this Option Agreement and an Assignment Separate from Certificate with respect to the shares duly endorsed (with date and number of shares blank) in the form attached to this Option Agreement, to be held by the Agent under the terms and conditions of this Section 4 (the “ Escrow ”). Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event or a change described in Section 9 of this Option Agreement in the character or amount of any outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Participant is entitled by reason of his or her ownership of the shares that remain, following such Ownership Change Event or change described in Section 9 of the Stock Agreement, subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall be immediately subject to the Escrow to the same extent as the shares immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the Escrow.

17.3. Delivery of Shares to Participant . The Escrow shall continue with respect to any shares for so long as such shares remain subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. Upon termination of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with respect to shares, the Company shall so notify the Agent and direct the Agent to deliver such number of shares to the Participant. As soon as practicable after receipt of such notice, the Agent shall cause to be delivered to the Participant the shares specified by such notice, and the Escrow shall terminate with respect to such shares.

 

14


17.4. Notices and Payments . In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to the Participant shall be given to the Agent, and any payment required to be given to the Participant shall be given to the Agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the Agent shall deliver the shares and any other property which the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Participant.

 

18. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES .

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

 

19. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .

19.1. Further Instruments . The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Option Agreement.

19.2. Binding Effect . Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

19.3. Termination or Amendment . The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing. Except as provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Option Agreement to the contrary, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of any participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the Plan or Award Agreement, including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code.

 

15


19.4. Delivery of Documents and Notices . Any document relating to participation in the Plan, or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by the Participating Company, or, upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery . The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s shareholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery . The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 19.4(a) of this Option Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 19.4(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 19.4(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 19.4(a).

19.5. Integrated Agreement . The Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, together with any employment, service or other agreement with the Participant and a Participating Company referring to the Option, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

16


19.6. Applicable Law . This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

19.7. Counterparts . The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

17


☐       Incentive Stock Option

   Participant:                                       

☐       Nonstatutory Stock Option

   Date:                                       

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Zuora, Inc.

1754 Technology Drive, Suite 242

San Jose, CA 95110

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option . I was granted an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of the common stock (the “ Shares ”) of Zuora, Inc. (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “ Grant Notice ”) and my Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

  

Number of Option Shares:

  
  

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

   $                           
  

 

 

 

2. Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares, all of which are Vested Shares, in accordance with the Grant Notice and the Option Agreement:

 

Total Shares Purchased:

  
  

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)

   $                           
  

 

 

 

3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

☐       Cash:

   $                                   

☐       Check:

   $                                   

☐       Tender of Company Stock:

     Contact Plan Administrator  

4. Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

☐       Cash:

   $                                   
  

 

 

 

☐       Check:

   $                                   
  

 

 

 


5. Participant Information .

My address is:                                                                                                            

 

                                                                                                                                   

My Social Number is:                                                                                               

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Grant.

7. Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, and the Plan, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

8. Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Grant Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

 

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.
ZUORA, INC.
By:                                                                   
Title:                                                                
Dated:

 

2


ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

The undersigned Taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the property described below at the time of transfer over the amount paid for such property, as compensation for services in the calculation of: (a) regular gross income; (b) alternative minimum taxable income or (c) disqualifying disposition gross income, as the case may be.

 

1. TAXPAYER’S NAME:

TAXPAYER’S ADDRESS:     

SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:______________________________________________    

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows: _______ shares of Common Stock of Zuora, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) which were transferred upon exercise of an option by Company, which is Taxpayer’s employer or the corporation for whom the Taxpayer performs services.

 

3. The date on which the shares were transferred pursuant to the exercise of the option was ____________________, _____ and this election is made for calendar year _____.

 

4. The shares received upon exercise of the option are subject to the following restrictions: The Company may repurchase all or a portion of the shares at the Taxpayer’s original purchase price under certain conditions at the time of Taxpayer’s termination of employment or services.

 

5. The fair market value of the shares (without regard to restrictions other than restrictions which by their terms will never lapse) was $_____ per share at the time of exercise of the option.

 

6. The amount paid for such shares upon exercise of the option was $_____ per share.

 

7. The Taxpayer has submitted a copy of this statement to the Company.

THIS ELECTION MUST BE FILED WITH THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE (“IRS”), AT THE OFFICE WHERE THE TAXPAYER FILES ANNUAL INCOME TAX RETURNS, WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF TRANSFER OF THE SHARES, AND MUST ALSO BE FILED WITH THE TAXPAYER’S INCOME TAX RETURNS FOR THE CALENDAR YEAR. THE ELECTION CANNOT BE REVOKED WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE IRS.

Dated:     

Taxpayer’s Signature

 

3


ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto                                                          

___________________________________________________ (_________________) shares of the Capital Stock of Zuora, Inc. standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No. __________________ herewith and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ________________________________ Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of said corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                                                       

 

 

Signature

 

Print Name

Instructions : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its Company Unvested Share Repurchase Right set forth in the Option Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Participant.

 

4


EXHIBIT D

ZUORA, INC.

STANDARD FORM OF

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK PURCHASE RIGHT


ZUORA, INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK PURCHASE RIGHT

The Participant has been granted a right to purchase (the Purchase Right ) certain shares of Stock of Zuora, Inc. pursuant to the Zuora, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the Plan ), as follows:

 

Participant:                                                      
Date of Grant:                                                      
Total Number of Shares:                                                      
Purchase Price:    $                                                 
Expiration Date:                                                       (Not later than 30 days after Date of Grant)
Initial Vesting Date:    The date one (1) year after [vesting commencement date]
Vested Shares:    Except as provided in the Stock Purchase Agreement, the number of Vested Shares (disregarding any resulting fractional share) as of any date is determined by multiplying the Total Number of Shares by the Vested Ratio determined as of such date as follows:
         

Vested Ratio

   Prior to Initial Vesting Date    0
   On Initial Vesting Date, provided the Participant’s Service has not terminated prior to such date    1/4
   Plus   
   For each additional full month of the Participant’s continuous Service from Initial Vesting Date until the Vested Ratio equals 1/1, an additional    1/48

By their signatures below, the Company and the Participant agree that the Purchase Right and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof are governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Purchase Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. The Participant acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Stock Purchase Agreement, represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Purchase Right subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

ZUORA, INC.    PARTICIPANT
By:                                                                                                       

 

   Signature
Its:                                                                                                       

Address: 1754 Technology Drive, Suite 242

               San Jose, CA 95110

  

 

Date

 

Address

 

 

ATTACHMENTS:    2006 Stock Plan, as amended to the Date of Grant; Stock Purchase Agreement, Exercise Notice, Assignment Separate from Certificate and form of Section 83(b) Election

 


EXHIBIT E

ZUORA, INC.

STANDARD FORM OF

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

ZUORA, INC.

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Zuora, Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Purchase Right (the Grant Notice ) to which this Stock Purchase Agreement (the Agreement ”) is attached a Purchase Right consisting of a right to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Agreement. The Purchase Right has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Zuora, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the Plan ), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the Purchase Right subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Agreement or the Plan.

1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.


2. T AX M ATTERS .

2.1 Election under Section  83(b) of the Code. The Participant understands that Section 83 of the Code taxes as ordinary income the difference between the amount paid for the shares and the fair market value of the shares as of the date any restrictions on the shares lapse. In this context, “restriction” means the right of the Company to buy back the shares pursuant to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option contained in Section 7 of this Agreement. The Participant understands that he may elect to be taxed at the time the shares are purchased rather than when and as the Unvested Share Repurchase Option expires by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the IRS no later than thirty (30) days after the date of purchase. Even if the fair market value of the shares equals the amount paid for the shares, the election must be made to avoid adverse tax consequences in the future. The form for making this election is included as an attachment to the Grant Notice or may be requested from the Company. The Participant understands that failure to make this filing timely will result in the recognition of ordinary income by the Participant as the Unvested Share Repurchase Option lapses on the difference between the purchase price and the fair market value of the shares at the time such restrictions lapse.

2.2 Notice to Company. The Participant will notify the Company in writing if the Participant files an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. The Company intends, in the event it does not receive from the Participant evidence of such filing, to claim a tax deduction for any amount which would otherwise be taxable to the Participant in the absence of such an election.

2.3 Consultation with Tax Advisors. The Participant understands that he or she should consult with his or her tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the IRS an election under Section 83(b) of the Code. Failure to file an election under Section 83(b), if appropriate, may result in adverse tax consequences to the Participant. The Participant acknowledges that he or she has been advised to consult with a tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to the Participant of the purchase of shares hereunder. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED NO LATER THAN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH PARTICIPANT PURCHASES THE SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS PARTICIPANT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

3. A DMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in this Agreement. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 

2


4. E XERCISE OF P URCHASE R IGHT .

4.1 Exercise of Purchase Right. Provided that the Participant’s Service has not terminated (except as provided by Section 6), the Purchase Right shall be exercisable on and after the Date of Grant and prior to the Expiration Date in an amount not to exceed the Total Number of Shares, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Sections 7 and 8.

4.2 Method of Exercise of Purchase Right. Exercise of the Purchase Right shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the Exercise Notice ) in a form authorized by the Company. An electronic Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Purchase Right shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, which shall be signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Purchase Right, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Purchase Right is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the Expiration Date and must be accompanied by (a) full payment of the aggregate Purchase Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased and (b) an executed copy, if required herein, of the then current form of escrow agreement referenced below. The Purchase Right shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice, the aggregate Purchase Price, and, if required by the Company, such executed agreements.

4.3 Payment of Purchase Price. Payment of the aggregate Purchase Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Purchase Right is being exercised shall be made in cash or by check or cash equivalent.

4.4 Tax Withholding. At the time the Purchase Right is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Purchase Right, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired, or (ii) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to this Agreement until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Participant.

 

3


4.5 Certificate Registration. The certificate for the shares of Stock purchased shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

4.6 Restrictions on Sale and Issuance of Shares. The sale and issuance of shares of Stock shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Purchase Right may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Purchase Right may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Purchase Right be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Right or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Right may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Purchase Right shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Purchase Right, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Purchase Right.

5. V ESTING OF S HARES .

Shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement shall become Vested Shares as provided in the Grant Notice. For purposes of determining the number of Vested Shares following an Ownership Change Event, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the Ownership Change Event.

6. N ONTRANSFERABILITY OF P URCHASE R IGHT .

During the lifetime of the Participant, the Purchase Right shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Purchase Right shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Purchase Right may be exercised prior to the Expiration Date by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

4


7. U NVESTED S HARE R EPURCHASE O PTION .

7.1 Grant of Unvested Share Repurchase Option. In the event the Participant’s Service is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, or, if the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement, attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) any Unvested Shares, as defined in Section 7.2 below (the Unvested Shares ”), the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7 (the Unvested Share Repurchase Option ).

7.2 Unvested Shares Defined. The Unvested Shares shall mean, on any given date, the number of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Purchase Right which exceed the Vested Shares determined as of such date.

7.3 Exercise of Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Company may exercise the Unvested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to the Participant within sixty (60) days after (a) termination of the Participant’s Service or (b) the Company has received notice of the attempted disposition of Unvested Shares. If the Company fails to give notice within such sixty (60) day period, the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate unless the Company and the Participant have extended the time for the exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Unvested Share Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, for all of the Unvested Shares, except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree.

7.4 Payment for Shares and Return of Shares to Company. The purchase price per share being repurchased by the Company shall be an amount equal to the Participant’s original cost per share, as adjusted pursuant to Section 11 (the “ Repurchase Price ”). The Company shall pay the aggregate Repurchase Price to the Participant in cash within thirty (30) days after the date of the written notice to the Participant of the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any purchase money indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company for the shares shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. The shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company by the Participant at the same time as the delivery of the Repurchase Price to the Participant.

7.5 Assignment of Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Company shall have the right to assign the Unvested Share Repurchase Option at any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

7.6 Ownership Change Event. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and included in the terms “Stock” and “Unvested Shares” for all purposes of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event. While the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same after such Ownership Change Event, the Repurchase Price per Unvested Share upon exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option following such Ownership Change Event shall be adjusted as appropriate.

 

5


8. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL .

8.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 8.7 and Section 13 below, in the event the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Purchase Right proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the Transfer Shares ”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any shareholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8 (the Right of First Refusal ”).

8.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Participant shall deliver written notice (the Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the Proposed Transferee ) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Participant proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Participant shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Participant and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Participant and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

8.3 Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Participant in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Participant written notice of the Participant’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 8, and the Participant shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 8. The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

8.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Participant of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Participant or issued by a person other than the Participant with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Participant shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer

 

6


Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

8.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 8.4 above, the Participant may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Participant and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Participant, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Participant with the procedure described in this Section 8.

8.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this Section 6 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Purchase Right shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 8 are met.

8.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Purchase Right if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 8.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

8.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

8.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiror assumes the

 

7


Company’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A public market shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

9. E SCROW .

9.1 Appointment of Agent. To ensure that shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option will be available for repurchase, the Participant and the Company hereby appoint the Secretary of the Company, or any other person designated by the Company, as their agent and as attorney-in-fact for the Participant (the Agent ”) to hold any and all Unvested Shares and to sell, assign and transfer to the Company any such Unvested Shares repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Participant understands that appointment of the Agent is a material inducement to make this Agreement and that such appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable. The Agent shall not be personally liable for any act the Agent may do or omit to do hereunder as escrow agent, agent for the Company, or attorney in fact for the Participant while acting in good faith and in the exercise of the Agent’s own good judgment, and any act done or omitted by the Agent pursuant to the advice of the Agent’s own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith. The Agent may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purporting to be genuine and may resign at any time.

9.2 Establishment of Escrow. The Participant authorizes the Company to deposit with the Agent each certificate evidencing the shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement and an Assignment Separate from Certificate with respect to the shares duly endorsed (with date and number of shares blank) in the form attached to the Grant Notice, to be held by the Agent under the terms and conditions of this Section 9 (the Escrow ). Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event or a change, as described in Section 11, in the character or amount of any outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Participant is entitled by reason of his or her ownership of the shares that remain, following such Ownership Change Event or change described in Section 11, subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall be immediately subject to the Escrow to the same extent as the shares immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the Escrow.

9.3 Delivery of Shares to Participant. The Escrow shall continue with respect to any shares for so long as such shares remain subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. Upon termination of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with respect to shares, the Company shall so notify the Agent and direct the Agent to deliver such number of shares to the Participant. As soon as practicable after receipt of such notice, the Agent shall cause to be delivered to the Participant the shares specified by such notice, and the Escrow shall terminate with respect to such shares.

 

8


9.4 Notices and Payments. In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to the Participant shall be given to the Agent, and any payment required to be given to the Participant shall be given to the Agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the Agent shall deliver the shares and any other property which the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Participant.

10. E FFECT OF C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror ”), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under the Purchase Right or substitute for the Purchase Right a substantially equivalent purchase right for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Purchase Right shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Purchase Right confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to the Purchase Right immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Purchase Right, for each share of Stock subject to the Purchase Right, to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. The Purchase Right shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control to the extent that the Purchase Right is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Purchase Right prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

11. A DJUSTMENTS FOR C HANGES IN C APITAL S TRUCTURE .

Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the shareholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number, purchase price and class of shares of stock or other property subject to this Agreement, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Agreement. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number and the purchase price shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which Participant is entitled by reason of

 

9


his ownership of shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement will be immediately subject to the provisions of this Agreement on the same basis as all shares originally purchased hereunder. For purposes of Sections 7 and 8 hereof, while the total price payable to exercise the rights provided in such sections will remain the same after each such event, the price payable per share to exercise such rights will be appropriately adjusted.

12. R IGHTS AS A S HAREHOLDER , D IRECTOR , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the Purchase Right until the date of the issuance of the shares for which the Purchase Right has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 11. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

13. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

13.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

13.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND REPURCHASE OPTIONS IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

 

10


14. L OCK -U P A GREEMENT .

The Participant hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Participant shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Participant hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

15. R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER OF S HARES .

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Purchase Right may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Agreement and, except pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, until the date on which such shares become Vested Shares, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

16. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

16.1 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

16.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

16.3 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or this Agreement at any time; provided, however, that no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Participant’s rights under this Agreement without the consent of the Participant, unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation. No amendment or addition to this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing. Except as provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or

 

11


termination of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of any participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the Plan or Award Agreement, including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code.

16.4 Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan, or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by the Participating Company, or, upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s shareholder, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 16.4(a) of this Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 16.4(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 16.4(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 16.4(a).

 

12


16.5 Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan, together with any employment, service or other agreement with the Participant and a Participating Company referring to this Agreement, constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Purchase Right and shall remain in full force and effect.

16.6 Applicable Law. The Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

16.7 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

13


Participant:                                         

Date:                                     

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK PURCHASE RIGHT

Zuora, Inc.

1754 Technology Drive, Suite 242

San Jose, CA 95110

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Stock Purchase Right . I was granted a right to purchase (the Purchase Right ”) shares of the common stock (the Shares ) of Zuora, Inc. (the Company ) pursuant to the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (the Plan ”), my Notice of Grant of Stock Purchase Right (the Grant Notice ”) and my Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

                                       

Total Number of Shares:

                                       

Purchase Price per Share:

   $                                     

2. Exercise of Purchase Right . I hereby elect to exercise my Purchase Right for the following number of Shares:

 

Vested Shares:

                                       

Unvested Shares:

                                       

Total Shares Purchased:

                                       

Total Purchase Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)

   $                                   

3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total purchase price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Agreement:

 

☐ Cash:

   $                                   

☐ Check:

   $                                     

4. Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with my purchase of the Shares. I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

 

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)  

☐ Cash:

   $                                   

☐ Check:

   $                                     

5. Participant Information .

My address is:                                                                                                                                    

 

My Social Security Number is:                                                                                                        

 

1


6. Binding Effect. I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement, including the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. If required by the Company, I agree to deposit the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, along with a blank stock assignment separate from certificate executed by me, with an escrow agent designated by the Company, to be held pursuant to the Company’s standard Joint Escrow Instructions.

7. Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ”), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

8. Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code. I understand and acknowledge that if I am exercising the Purchase Right to purchase Unvested Shares (i.e., shares that remain subject to the Company’s Unvested Share Repurchase Option), that I should consult with my tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which I purchase the Shares. I acknowledge that I have been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Purchase Right regarding the tax consequences to me of exercising the Purchase Right. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH I PURCHASE SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS MY SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF I REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON MY BEHALF.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Grant Notice and my Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

 

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.
ZUORA, INC.
By:  

 

Title:  

 

Dated:  

 

 

2


ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              (                          ) shares of the Capital Stock of Zuora, Inc. standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.                                  herewith and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                  Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of said corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                                                                  

 

 

Signature

 

Print Name

Instructions : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its Company Reacquisition Right set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Participant.


SAMPLE

Internal Revenue Service

                                                 

                                                 

[IRS Service Center

where Form 1040 is Filed]

Re:    Section 83(b) Election

Dear Sir or Madam:

The following information is submitted pursuant to section 1.83-2 of the Treasury Regulations in connection with this election by the undersigned under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

1. The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the taxpayer are:

 

Name:

     

Address:

     
   

Social Security Number:                                                                  

 

 

2. The following is a description of each item of property with respect to which the election is made:

                          shares of common stock of Zuora, Inc. (the “Shares”), purchased from Zuora, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to a stock purchase right.

 

3. The property was transferred to the undersigned on:

Stock purchase right exercise date:                                                                                       

The taxable year for which the election is made is:

Calendar Year                             

 

4. The nature of the restriction to which the property is subject:

The Shares are subject to repurchase by the Company or its assignee upon the occurrence of certain events. This repurchase right lapses with regard to a portion of the Shares based upon the continued performance of services by the taxpayer over time.


5. The following is the fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse) of each property with respect to which the election is made:

$                           (              Shares at $              per share).

The property was transferred to the taxpayer pursuant to the exercise of a stock purchase right.

 

6. The following is the amount paid for the property:

$                           (              Shares at $              per share).

 

7. A copy of this election has been furnished to the Company, the corporation for which the services were performed by the undersigned.

Please acknowledge receipt of this election by date or received-stamping the enclosed copy of this letter and returning it to the undersigned. A self-addressed stamped envelope is provided for your convenience.

 

Very truly yours,    
      Date:                                                                                         

Enclosures

cc: Zuora, Inc.

   

Exhibit 10.3

Z UORA , I NC .

2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

As Adopted on May 28, 2015

1. PURPOSE . The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries by offering eligible persons an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through the grant of Awards covering Shares. Capitalized terms not defined in the text are defined in Section 14 hereof. Although this Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701, grants may be made pursuant to this Plan that do not qualify for exemption under Rule 701 or Section 25102(o). Any requirement of this Plan that is required in law only because of Section 25102(o) need not apply if the Committee so provides.

2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN .

2.1 Number of Shares Available . Subject to Sections 2.2 and 11 hereof, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan will be 2,000,000 Shares plus (a) any authorized shares not issued or subject to outstanding grants under the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Prior Plan ”) on the Effective Date (as defined in Section 13.1 hereof), representing 5,576,787 Shares; (b) shares that are subject to issuance under the Prior Plan but cease to be subject to an award for any reason other than exercise of an option after the Effective Date; and (c) shares that were issued under the Prior Plan which are repurchased or reacquired by the Company or which are forfeited or used to pay withholding obligations or pay the exercise price of an Option. Subject to Sections 2.2 and 11 hereof, Shares subject to Awards that are cancelled, forfeited, settled in cash, used to pay withholding obligations or pay the exercise price of an Option or that expire by their terms at any time will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with other Awards. In the event that Shares previously issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company pursuant to a forfeiture provision, right of first refusal, or repurchase by the Company, such Shares shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan. At all times the Company will reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as will be required to satisfy the requirements of all Awards granted and outstanding under this Plan. In no event shall the total number of Shares issued (counting each reissuance of a Share that was previously issued and then forfeited or repurchased by the Company as a separate issuance) under the Plan upon exercise of ISOs exceed 42,000,000 Shares (adjusted in proportion to any adjustments under Section 2.2 hereof) over the term of the Plan (the “ ISO Limit ”); provided , however , that if the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan is increased (such Shares being referred to as “ Increase Shares ”), the ISO Limit shall be automatically increased by an amount equal to the product of (a) two (2) multiplied by (b) the number of Increase Shares.

2.2 Adjustment of Shares . In the event that the number of outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or other change in the capital structure of the Company affecting Shares without consideration, then in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan, (b) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options and SARs, and (c) the Purchase Prices of and/or number of Shares subject to other outstanding Awards will (to the extent appropriate) be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and compliance with applicable securities laws; provided , however , that fractions of a Share will not be issued but will either be paid in cash at the Fair Market Value of such fraction of a Share or will be rounded down to the nearest whole Share, as determined by the Committee.

 

1


3. PLAN FOR BENEFIT OF SERVICE PROVIDERS

3.1 Eligibility . The Committee will have the authority to select persons to receive Awards. ISOs (as defined in Section 4 hereof) may be granted only to employees (including officers and directors who are also employees) of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. NQSOs (as defined in Section 4 hereof) and all other types of Awards may be granted to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company; provided such consultants render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction when Rule 701 is to apply to the Award granted for such services. A person may be granted more than one Award under this Plan.

3.2 No Obligation to Employ . Nothing in this Plan or any Award granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

4. OPTIONS . The Committee may grant Options to eligible persons described in Section 3 hereof and will determine whether such Options will be Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of the Code (“ ISOs ”) or Nonqualified Stock Options (“ NQSOs ”), the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following.

4.1 Form of Option Grant . Each Option granted under this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement which will expressly identify the Option as an ISO or an NQSO (“ Stock Option Agreement ”), and will be in such form and contain such provisions (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee may from time to time approve, and which will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

4.2 Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, unless a later date is otherwise specified by the Committee. The Stock Option Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.

4.3 Exercise Period . Options may be exercisable within the time or upon the events determined by the Committee in the Award Agreement and may be awarded as immediately exercisable but subject to repurchase pursuant to Section 10 hereof or may be exercisable within the times or upon the events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement governing such Option; provided , however , that (a) no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted; and (b) no ISO granted to a person who directly or by attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary (“ Ten Percent Stockholder ”) wi ll be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the ISO is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines.

 

2


4.4 Exercise Price . The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value per Share unless expressly determined in writing by the Committee on the Option’s date of grant; provided that the Exercise Price of an ISO granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder will not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. Payment for the Shares purchased must be made in accordance with Section 8 hereof.

4.5 Method of Exercise . Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company of a written stock option exercise agreement (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) in a form approved by the Committee (which need not be the same for each Participant). The Exercise Agreement will state (a) the number of Shares being purchased, (b) the restrictions imposed on the Shares purchased under such Exercise Agreement, if any, and (c) such representations and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws. Each Participant’s Exercise Agreement may be modified by (i) agreement of Participant and the Company or (ii) substitution by the Company, upon becoming a public company, in order to add the payment terms set forth in Section 8.1 that apply to a public company and such other terms as shall be necessary or advisable in order to exercise a public company option. Upon exercise of an Option, Participant shall execute and deliver to the Company the Exercise Agreement then in effect, together with payment in full of the Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased and payment of any applicable taxes. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 2.2 of the Plan. Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

4.6 Termination . Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Sections 11 and 13.3 hereof and notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Stock Option Agreement, exercise of an Option will always be subject to the following terms and conditions.

4.6.1 Other than Death or Disability or for Cause . If the Participant is Terminated for any reason other than death, Disability or for Cause, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options only to the extent that such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such Options must be exercised by the Participant, if at all, as to all or some of the Vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within three (3) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than thirty (30) days, or within such longer time period after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond three (3) months after the date Participant ceases to be an employee deemed to be an NQSO) but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the Options.

4.6.2 Death or Disability . If the Participant is Terminated because of Participant’s death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than for Cause), then Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares by Participant on the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such options must be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee), if at all, as to all or some of the Vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than six (6) months, or within such longer time period, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond (a) three (3) months after the date Participant ceases to be an employee when the Termination is for any reason other than the Participant’s death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, or (b) twelve (12) months after the date Participant ceases to be an employee when the Termination is for Participant’s disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, deemed to be an NQSO) but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.

 

3


4.6.3 For Cause . If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options, but not to an extent greater than such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date and Participant’s Options shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.

4.7 Limitations on Exercise . The Committee may specify a reasonable minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not prevent Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.

4.8 Limitations on ISOs . The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Shares with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under this Plan or under any other incentive stock option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) will not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). If the Fair Market Value of Shares on the date of grant with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), then the Options for the first One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) worth of Shares to become exercisable in such calendar year will be ISOs and the Options for the amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) that become exercisable in that calendar year will be NQSOs. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date (as defined in Section 13.1 hereof) to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to ISOs, then such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.

4.9 Modification, Extension or Renewal . The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted. Any outstanding ISO that is modified, extended, renewed or otherwise altered will be treated in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code. Subject to Section 4.10 hereof, the Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of Participants by a written notice to them; provided , however , that the Exercise Price may not be reduced below the minimum Exercise Price that would be permitted under Section 4.4 hereof for Options granted on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price.

4.10 No Disqualification . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, no term of this Plan relating to ISOs will be interpreted, amended or altered, nor will any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify this Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the Participant, to disqualify any Participant’s ISO under Section 422 of the Code.

5. RESTRICTED STOCK . A Restricted Stock Award is an offer by the Company to sell to an eligible person Shares that are subject to certain specified restrictions. The Committee will determine to whom an offer will be made, the number of Shares the person may purchase, the Purchase Price, the restrictions to which the Shares will be subject, and all other terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to the following terms and conditions.

 

4


5.1 Form of Restricted Stock Award . All purchases under a Restricted Stock Award made pursuant to this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement (“ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ”) that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan. The Restricted Stock Award will be accepted by the Participant’s execution and delivery of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and full payment for the Shares to the Company within thirty (30) days from the date the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is delivered to the person. If such person does not execute and deliver the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement along with full payment for the Shares to the Company within such thirty (30) days, then the offer will terminate, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

5.2 Purchase Price . The Purchase Price of Shares sold pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award will be determined by the Committee on the date the Restricted Stock Award is granted or at the time the purchase is consummated. Payment of the Purchase Price must be made in accordance with Section 8 hereof.

5.3 Dividends and Other Distributions . Participants holding Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Committee provides otherwise at the time of award. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

5.4 Restrictions . Restricted Stock Awards may be subject to the restrictions set forth in Sections 9 and 10 hereof or, with respect to a Restricted Stock Award to which Section 25102(o) is to apply, such other restrictions not inconsistent with Section 25102(o).

6. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS .

6.1 Awards of Restricted Stock Units . A Restricted Stock Unit (“ RSU ”) is an Award covering a number of Shares that may be settled in cash, or by issuance of those Shares at a date in the future. No Purchase Price shall apply to an RSU settled in Shares. All grants of Restricted Stock Units will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

6.2 Form and Timing of Settlement . To the extent permissible under applicable law, the Committee may permit a Participant to defer payment under a RSU to a date or dates after the RSU is earned, provided that the terms of the RSU and any deferral satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (or any successor) and any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder. Payment may be made in the form of cash or whole Shares or a combination thereof, all as the Committee determines.

7. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS .

7.1 Awards of SARs . Stock Appreciation Rights (“ SARs ”) may be settled in cash, or Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock or RSUs), having a value equal to the value determined by multiplying the difference between the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price and the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is being settled. All grants of SARs made pursuant to this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

 

5


7.2 Exercise Period and Expiration Date . A SAR will be exercisable within the times or upon the occurrence of events determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement governing such SAR. The Award Agreement shall set forth the Expiration Date; provided that no SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date the SAR is granted.

7.3 Exercise Price . The Committee will determine the Exercise Price of the SAR when the SAR is granted, and which may not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and may be settled in cash or in Shares.

7.4 Termination . Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Sections 11 and 13.1 hereof and notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Award Agreement, exercise of SARs will always be subject to the following terms and conditions.

7.4.1 Other than Death or Disability or for Cause . If the Participant is Terminated for any reason other than death, Disability or for Cause, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s SARs only to the extent that such SARs are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. SARs must be exercised by the Participant, if at all, as to all or some of the Vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within three (3) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than thirty (30) days, or within such longer time period after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee) but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the SARs.

7.4.2 Death or Disability . If the Participant is Terminated because of Participant’s death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than for Cause), then Participant’s SARs may be exercised only to the extent that such SARs are exercisable as to Vested Shares by Participant on the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such SARs must be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee), if at all, as to all or some of the Vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than six (6) months, or within such longer time period after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee) but in any event no later than the expiration date of the SARs.

7.4.3 For Cause . If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participant’s SARs, but not to an extent greater than such SARs are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date and Participant’s SARs shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.

8. PAYMENT FOR PURCHASES AND EXERCISES .

8.1 Payment in General . Payment for Shares acquired pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash (by check) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law:

(a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to the Participant;

(b) by surrender of shares of the Company that are clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests and: (i) for which the Company has received “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares) or (ii) that were obtained by Participant in the public market;

 

6


(c) by tender of a full recourse promissory note having such terms as may be approved by the Committee and bearing interest at a rate sufficient to avoid imputation of income under Sections 483 and 1274 of the Code; provided , however , that Participants who are not employees or directors of the Company will not be entitled to purchase Shares with a promissory note unless the note is adequately secured by collateral other than the Shares; provided , further , that the portion of the Exercise Price or Purchase Price, as the case may be, equal to the par value (if any) of the Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration permitted by the laws under which the Company is then incorporated or organized;

(d) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Participant from the Company for services rendered;

(e) by participating in a formal cashless exercise program implemented by the Committee in connection with the Plan;

(f) subject to compliance with applicable law, provided that a public market for the Company’s Common Stock exists, by exercising through a “same day sale” commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Award and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay the total Exercise Price or Purchase Price, and whereby the broker-dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price or Purchase Price directly to the Company; or

(g) by any combination of the foregoing or any other method of payment approved by the Committee.

8.2 Withholding Taxes.

8.2.1 Withholding Generally . Whenever Shares are to be issued in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable tax withholding requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. Whenever, under this Plan, payments in satisfaction of Awards are to be made in cash by the Company, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable tax withholding requirements.

8.2.2 Stock Withholding . When, under applicable tax laws, a Participant incurs tax liability in connection with the exercise or vesting of any Award that is subject to tax withholding and the Participant is obligated to pay the Company the amount required to be withheld, the Committee may in its sole discretion allow the Participant to satisfy the minimum tax withholding obligation by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued up to the minimum number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined that is not more than the minimum amount to be withheld; or to arrange a mandatory “sell to cover” on Participant’s behalf (without further authorization) but in no event will the Company withhold Shares or “sell to cover” if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. Any elections to have Shares withheld or sold for this purpose will be made in accordance with the requirements established by the Committee for such elections and be in writing in a form acceptable to the Committee.

 

7


9. RESTRICTIONS ON AWARDS .

9.1 Transferability . Except as permitted by the Committee, Awards granted under this Plan, and any interest therein, will not be transferable or assignable by Participant, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, with respect to NQSOs, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the NQSOs are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor), or by gift to “family member” as that term is defined in Rule 701, in all cases conditioned on the transferee agreeing in writing to be bound by the same transfer restrictions, and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process. For the avoidance of doubt, the prohibition against assignment and transfer applies to a stock option and, prior to exercise, the shares to be issued on exercise of a stock option, and pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall be understood to include, without limitation, a prohibition against any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (in each case, as defined in Rule 16a-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act). During the lifetime of the Participant an Award will be exercisable only by the Participant or Participant’s legal representative and any elections with respect to an Award may be made only by the Participant or Participant’s legal representative. The terms of an Option shall be binding upon the executor, administrator, successors and assigns of the Participant who is a party thereto. Any transfers in violation of the foregoing shall be void.

9.2 Securities Law and Other Regulatory Compliance . Although this Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, grants may be made pursuant to this Plan that do not qualify for exemption under Rule 701 or Section 25102(o). Any requirement of this Plan which is required in law only because of Section 25102(o) need not apply with respect to a particular Award to which Section 25102(o) will not apply. An Award will not be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable, and/or (b) compliance with any exemption, completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the exemption, registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure so do.

9.3 Exchange and Buyout of Awards . The Committee may, at any time or from time to time, authorize the Company, with the consent of the respective Participants, to issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards. Without prior stockholder approval the Committee may reprice Options or SARs (and where such repricing is a reduction in the Exercise Price of outstanding Options or SARs, the consent of the affected Participants is not required provided written notice is provided to them). The Committee may at any time buy from a Participant an Award previously granted with payment in cash, Shares (including Restricted Stock) or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee and the Participant may agree.

10. RESTRICTIONS ON SHARES .

10.1 Privileges of Stock Ownership . No Participant will have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until such Shares are issued to the Participant. After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a stockholder and have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares; provided , that if such Shares are Restricted Stock, then any new,

 

8


additional or different securities the Participant may become entitled to receive with respect to such Shares by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split or any other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company will be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock. The Participant will have no right to retain such stock dividends or stock distributions with respect to Unvested Shares that are repurchased as described in this Section 10.

10.2 Rights of First Refusal and Repurchase . At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) in the Award Agreement (a) a right of first refusal to purchase all Shares that a Participant (or a subsequent transferee) may propose to transfer to a third party, provided that such right of first refusal terminates upon the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act and (b) a right to repurchase Unvested Shares held by a Participant for cash and/or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness owed to the Company by the Participant following such Participant’s Termination at any time.

10.3 Escrow; Pledge of Shares . To enforce any restrictions on a Participant’s Shares, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated. The Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificate. Any Participant who is permitted to execute a promissory note as partial or full consideration for the purchase of Shares under this Plan will be required to pledge and deposit with the Company all or part of the Shares so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of Participant’s obligation to the Company under the promissory note; provided , however , that the Committee may require or accept other or additional forms of collateral to secure the payment of such obligation and, in any event, the Company will have full recourse against the Participant under the promissory note notwithstanding any pledge of the Participant’s Shares or other collateral. In connection with any pledge of the Shares, Participant will be required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the Committee will from time to time approve. The Shares purchased with the promissory note may be released from the pledge on a pro rata basis as the promissory note is paid.

10.4 Securities Law Restrictions . All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted.

11. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS .

11.1 Acquisitions or Other Combinations . In the event that the Company is subject to an Acquisition or Other Combination, outstanding Awards acquired under the Plan shall be subject to the agreement evidencing the Acquisition or Other Combination, which need not treat all outstanding Awards in an identical manner. Such agreement, without the Participant’s consent, shall provide for one or more of the following with respect to all outstanding Awards as of the effective date of such Acquisition or Other Combination:

(a) The continuation of such outstanding Awards by the Company (if the Company is the successor entity).

 

9


(b) The assumption of outstanding Awards by the successor or acquiring entity (if any) in such Acquisition or Other Combination (or by any of its Parents, if any), which assumption, will be binding on all Participants; provided that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option or stock appreciation right, or any award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) and Section 409A of the Code. For the purposes of this Section 11, an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Acquisition or Other Combination, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Acquisition or Other Combination, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Acquisition or Other Combination by holders of Shares for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Acquisition or Other Combination is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Committee may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Acquisition or Other Combination.

(c) The substitution by the successor or acquiring entity in such Acquisition or Other Combination (or by any of its Parents, if any) of equivalent awards with substantially the same terms for such outstanding Awards (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option or stock appreciation right, or any award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code).

(d) The settlement of the full value of such outstanding Award (whether or not then vested or exercisable) in cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the successor entity (or its Parent, if any) with a Fair Market Value equal to the required amount, followed by the cancellation of such Awards; provided however, that such Award may be cancelled without consideration if such Award has no value, as determined by the Committee, in its discretion. Subject to Section 409A of the Code, such payment may be made in installments and may be deferred until the date or dates when the Award would have become exercisable or vested. Such payment may be subject to vesting based on the Participant’s continued service, provided that without the Participant’s consent, the vesting schedule shall not be less favorable to the Participant than the schedule under which the Award would have become vested or exercisable. For purposes of this Section 11.1(d), the Fair Market Value of any security shall be determined without regard to any vesting conditions that may apply to such security.

(e) The cancellation of outstanding Awards in exchange for no consideration.

(f) The cancellation of vested Options and payment to the Optionee of the difference between the per share consideration payable to holders of Common Stock in the Acquisition or Other Combination and the Exercise Price Per Share on the vested Options.

(g) The termination of early exercise rights so that outstanding Awards may only be exercised for Vested Shares after the Acquisition or Other Combination.

Immediately following an Acquisition or Other Combination, outstanding Awards shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent such Awards, have been continued, assumed or substituted, as described in Sections 11.1(a), (b) and/or (c). In addition, the Company retains the right to suspend exercise of Awards during a limited period of time preceding the Acquisition or Other Combination if administratively necessary to facilitate the closing of the Acquisition or Other Combination. To the extent provided by the Committee, any assumed Awards or payments in respect of Awards shall be subject to the same indemnification, escrow, holdback , earn-out or similar arrangements set forth in the definitive agreement in connection with an Acquisition or Other Combination as are applicable to holders of Common Stock generally.

 

10


11.2 Assumption of Awards by the Company . The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another entity, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other entity or otherwise, by either (a) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other entity’s award or (b) assuming and/or converting such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other entity had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another entity, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option or stock appreciation right, or any award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option or SAR rather than assuming an existing option or stock appreciation right, such new Option or SAR may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

12. ADMINISTRATION .

12.1 Committee Authority . This Plan will be administered by the Committee or the Board if no Committee is created by the Board. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and carry out this Plan. Without limitation, the Committee will have the authority to:

(a) construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;

(b) prescribe, amend, expand, modify and rescind or terminate rules and regulations relating to this Plan;

(c) approve persons to receive Awards;

(d) determine the form and terms of Awards;

(e) determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards granted under this Plan;

(f) determine the Fair Market Value in good faith and interpret the applicable provisions of this Plan and the definition of Fair Market Value in connection with circumstances that impact the Fair Market Value, if necessary;

(g) determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under this Plan or awards under any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

(h) grant waivers of any conditions of this Plan or any Award;

(i) determine the terms of vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards to be granted pursuant to this Plan;

 

11


(j) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award, any Award Agreement, any Exercise Agreement or any Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement;

(k) determine whether an Award has been earned;

(l) extend the vesting period beyond a Participant’s Termination Date;

(m) adopt rules and/or procedures (including the adoption of any subplan under this Plan) relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate requirements of local law and procedures outside of the United States;

(n) delegate any of the foregoing to a subcommittee consisting of one or more executive officers pursuant to a specific delegation as may otherwise be permitted by applicable law;

(o) change the vesting schedule of Awards under the Plan prospectively in the event that the Participant’s service status changes between full and part time status in accordance with Company policies relating to work schedules and vesting of awards; and

(p) make all other determinations necessary or advisable in connection with the administration of this Plan.

12.2 Committee Composition and Discretion . The Board may delegate full administrative authority over the Plan and Awards to a Committee consisting of at least one member of the Board (or such greater number as may then be required by applicable law). Unless in contravention of any express terms of this Plan or Award, any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award will be made in its sole discretion either (a) at the time of grant of the Award, or (b) subject to Section 4.9 hereof, at any later time. Any such determination will be final and binding on the Company and on all persons having an interest in any Award under this Plan. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant an Award under this Plan, provided that each such officer is a member of the Board.

12.3 Nonexclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board, the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and other equity awards otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

12.4 Governing Law . This Plan and all agreements hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws.

13. EFFECTIVENESS, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN .

13.1 Adoption and Stockholder Approval . This Plan will become effective on the date that it is adopted by the Board (the “ Effective Date ”) . This Plan will be approved by the stockholders of the Company (excluding Shares issued pursuant to this Plan), consistent with applicable laws, within twelve (12) months before or after the Effective Date. Upon the Effective Date, the Board may grant Awards pursuant to this Plan; provided , however , that: (a) no Option or SAR may be exercised

 

12


prior to initial stockholder approval of this Plan; (b) no Option or SAR granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board shall be exercised prior to the time such increase has been approved by the stockholders of the Company; (c) in the event that initial stockholder approval is not obtained within the time period provided herein, all Awards for which only the exemption from California’s securities qualification requirements provided by Section 25102(o) can apply shall be canceled, any Shares issued pursuant to any such Award shall be canceled and any purchase of such Shares issued hereunder shall be rescinded; and (d) Awards (to which only the exemption from California’s securities qualification requirements provided by Section 25102(o) can apply) granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board which increase is not approved by stockholders within the time then required under Section 25102(o) shall be canceled, any Shares issued pursuant to any such Awards shall be canceled, and any purchase of Shares subject to any such Award shall be rescinded.

13.2 Term of Plan . Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will automatically terminate ten (10) years after the later of (i) the Effective Date, or (ii) the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 2 that was approved by stockholders.

13.3 Amendment or Termination of Plan . Subject to Section 4.9 hereof, the Board may at any time (a) terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including without limitation amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan and (b) terminate any and all outstanding Options or SARs upon a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, followed by the payment of creditors and the distribution of any remaining funds to the Company’s stockholders; provided , however , that the Board will not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, amend this Plan in any manner that requires such stockholder approval pursuant to Section 25102(o) or pursuant to the Code or the regulations promulgated under the Code as such provisions apply to ISO plans. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Award previously granted under the Plan.

14. DEFINITIONS . For all purposes of this Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings.

Acquisition ,” for purposes of Section 11, means:

(a) any consolidation or merger in which the Company is a constituent entity or is a party in which the voting stock and other voting securities of the Company that are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such consolidation or merger represent, or are converted into, securities of the surviving entity of such consolidation or merger (or of any Parent of such surviving entity) that, immediately after the consummation of such consolidation or merger, together possess less than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of all voting securities of such surviving entity (or of any of its Parents, if any) that are outstanding immediately after the consummation of such consolidation or merger;

(b) a sale or other transfer by the holders thereof of outstanding voting stock and/or other voting securities of the Company possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company, whether in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, pursuant to an agreement or agreements to which the Company is a party and that has been approved by the Board, and pursuant to which such outstanding voting securities are sold or transferred to a single person or entity, to one or more persons or entities who are Affiliates of each other, or to one or more persons or entities acting in concert; or

 

13


(c) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Company and/or any Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company, of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (or, if substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by one or more Subsidiaries, the sale or disposition (whether by consolidation, merger, conversion or otherwise) of such Subsidiaries of the Company), except where such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition is made to the Company or one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of the Company (an “ Acquisition by Sale of Assets ”) .

Affiliate ” of a specified person means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified (where, for purposes of this definition, the term “ control ” (including the terms controlling, controlled by and under common control with ) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Award ” means any award pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Plan, including any Option, Restricted Stock Unit, Stock Appreciation Right or Restricted Stock Award.

Award Agreement means, with respect to each Award, the signed written or electronic agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award as approved by the Committee. For purposes of the Plan, the Award Agreement may be executed via written or electronic means.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause ” means Termination because of (a) Participant’s unauthorized misuse of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company’s trade secrets or proprietary information, (b) Participant’s conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, (c) Participant’s committing an act of fraud against the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or (d) Participant’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his or her duties that has had or will have a material adverse effect on the Company or Parent or Subsidiary of the Company’ reputation or business.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee ” means the committee created and appointed by the Board to administer this Plan, or if no committee is created and appointed, the Board.

Company ” means Zuora, Inc., or any successor corporation.

Disability ” means that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exercise Price means the price per Share at which a holder of an Option may purchase Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.

 

14


Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock determined as follows:

(a) if such Common Stock is then publicly traded on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal ;

(b) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is not listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported by The Wall Street Journa l (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by any newspaper or other source as the Committee may determine); or

(c) if none of the foregoing is applicable to the valuation in question, by the Committee in good faith.

Option ” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan.

Other Combination for purposes of Section 11 means any (a) consolidation or merger in which the Company is a constituent entity and is not the surviving entity of such consolidation or merger or (b) any conversion of the Company into another form of entity; provided that such consolidation, merger or conversion does not constitute an Acquisition.

Parent ” of a specified entity means, any entity that, either directly or indirectly, owns or controls such specified entity, where for this purpose, “control” means the ownership of stock, securities or other interests that possess at least a majority of the voting power of such specified entity (including indirect ownership or control of such stock, securities or other interests).

Participant ” means a person who receives an Award under this Plan.

Plan ” means this 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

Purchase Price means the price at which a Participant may purchase Restricted Stock pursuant to this Plan.

Restricted Stock means Shares purchased pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award under this Plan.

Restricted Stock Award means an award of Shares pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

Restricted Stock Unit or “ RSU ” means an award made pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

Rule 701 means Rule 701 et seq. promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Section 25102(o) ” means Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

15


Shares ” means shares of the Company’s Common Stock reserved for issuance under this Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2.2 and 11 hereof, and any successor security.

Stock Appreciation Right or “ SAR ” means an award granted pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

Subsidiary ” means any entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain owns stock or other equity securities representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity securities in one of the other entities in such chain.

Termination ” or “ Terminated ” means, for purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has for any reason ceased to provide services as an employee, officer, director or consultant to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Participant will not be deemed to have ceased to provide services while the Participant is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing. In the case of an approved leave of absence, the Committee may make such provisions respecting crediting of service, including suspension of vesting of the Award (including pursuant to a formal policy adopted from time to time by the Company) it may deem appropriate, except that in no event may an Option be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the Stock Option Agreement. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the “ Termination Date ”) .

Unvested Shares means “ Unvested Shares as defined in the Award Agreement for an Award.

Vested Shares means “ Vested Shares as defined in the Award Agreement.

* * * * * * * * * * *

 

16


EARLY EXERCISE FORM

OPTION GRANT NO . «No»

ZUORA, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

The Optionee named below ( “Optionee ”) has been granted an option (this “ Option ”) to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) of ZUORA, INC . (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), on the terms, and subject to the conditions, described below and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit  A , including its annexes (the Stock Option Agreement ).

 

Optionee:    «Optionee»
Maximum Number of Shares Subject to this Option (the “ Shares ”):    «Total_Number_of_Options»
Exercise Price Per Share:    $               per share
Date of Grant:    «Grant_Date»
Vesting Start Date:    «Vesting_Start_Date»
Exercise Schedule:    This Option is immediately exercisable for all of the Shares, subject to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement
Expiration Date:    The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant set forth above, subject to earlier expiration in the event of Termination as provided in Section 3 of the Stock Option Agreement.

Tax Status of Option:

(Check Only One Box):

  

☐ Incentive Stock Option ( To the fullest extent permitted by the Code )

☐ Nonqualified Stock Option.

( If neither box is checked, this Option is a Nonqualified Stock Option ).

Vesting Schedule [EXAMPLE ONLY]: For so long as Optionee continuously provides services to the Company (or any Subsidiary or Parent of the Company) as an employee, officer, director, contractor or consultant, the Shares subject to this Option will vest as follows: (a) prior to the first one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date, none of the Shares will be vested; (b) [ 1/4 th ] of the Shares will be vested on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date; and (c) thereafter, an additional [ 1/48 th ] of the Shares when Optionee completes each month of continuous service following the first one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date.

General; Agreement: By their signatures below, Optionee and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by this Notice of Stock Option Grant (this “ Grant Notice ”) and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. The Plan and the Stock Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan or in the Stock Option Agreement, as applicable. By signing below, Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that Optionee has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their respective terms and conditions. Optionee acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition. Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the Vesting Schedule may change prospectively in the event that Optionee’s service status changes between full and part time status in accordance with Company policies relating to work schedules and vesting of equity awards.

Execution and Delivery: This Grant Notice may be executed and delivered electronically whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of a third party or via email or any other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company. By Optionee’s acceptance hereof (whether written, electronic or otherwise), Optionee agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that in lieu of receiving documents in paper format, Optionee accepts the electronic delivery of any documents that the Company (or any third party the Company may designate), may deliver in connection with this grant (including the Plan, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement, the information described in Rules 701(e)(2), (3), (4) and (5) under the Securities Act (the “ 701 Disclosures ”), account statements, or other communications or information) whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of such third party or via email or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

ZUORA, INC .

 

By /Signature:                                                                                 Optionee Signature:                                                                                
Typed Name:                                                                                  Optionee’s Name: «Optionee»
Title:                                                                                               


EARLY EXERCISE FORM

A TTACHMENT :

Exhibit A – Stock Option Agreement


Exhibit A

Stock Option Agreement


EXHIBIT A

EARLY EXERCISE FORM

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Z UORA , I NC .

2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

This Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the date of grant (the “ Date of Grant ”) set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant attached as the facing page to this Agreement (the “ Grant Notice ”) by and between Zuora, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and the optionee named on the Grant Notice (“ Optionee ”). Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), or in the Grant Notice, as applicable.

1. GRANT OF OPTION . The Company hereby grants to Optionee an option (this “ Option ”) to purchase up to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) set forth in the Grant Notice as the Shares (the “ Shares ”) at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan. If designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Grant Notice, this Option is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option (the “ ISO ”) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), except that if on the Date of Grant Optionee is not subject to U.S. income tax, then this Option shall be a NQSO.

2. EXERCISE PERIOD .

2.1. Exercise Period of Option . Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this Option may be exercised at any time after the Date of Grant. Shares purchased by exercising this Option may be subject to the Repurchase Option as set forth in Section 7 below. This Option will become vested during its term as to portions of the Shares in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, on or after Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option may not be exercised with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date.

2.2. Vesting of Option Shares . Shares with respect to which this Option is vested at a given time pursuant to the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are “ Vested Shares . Shares with respect to which this Option is not vested at a given time pursuant to the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are Unvested Shares .

2.3. Expiration . The Option shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth in the Grant Notice or earlier as provided in Section 3 below.

3. TERMINATION .

3.1. Termination for Any Reason Except Death, Disability or Cause . Except as provided in subsection 3.2 in a case in which Optionee dies within three (3) months after Optionee is Terminated other than for Cause, if Optionee is Terminated for any reason (other than Optionee’s death or Disability or for Cause), then (a) on and after Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option shall expire immediately with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares and may not be exercised with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date and (b) this Option to the extent (and only to the extent) that it is exercisable with respect to Vested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date, may be exercised by Optionee no later than three (3) months after Optionee’s Termination Date (but in no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date).


3.2. Termination Because of Death or Disability . If Optionee is Terminated because of Optionee’s death or Disability (or if Optionee dies within three (3) months of the date of Optionee’s Termination for any reason other than for Cause), then (a) on and after Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option shall expire immediately with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares and may not be exercised with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date and (b) this Option, to the extent (and only to the extent) that it is exercisable with respect to Vested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date, may be exercised by Optionee (or Optionee’s legal representative) no later than twelve (12) months after Optionee’s Termination Date, but in no event later than the Expiration Date. Any exercise of this Option beyond (i) three (3) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an employee when Optionee’s Termination is for any reason other than Optionee’s death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code; or (ii) twelve (12) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an employee when the termination is for Optionee’s disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, is deemed to be an NQSO.

3.3. Termination for Cause . If Optionee is Terminated for Cause, then Optionee may exercise this Option, but only with respect to any Shares that are Vested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date, and this Option shall expire on Optionee’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as may be affirmatively determined by the Committee. On and after Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option shall expire immediately with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares and may not be exercised with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date.

3.4. No Obligation to Employ . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer on Optionee any right to continue in the employ of, or other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to terminate Optionee’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

4. MANNER OF EXERCISE .

4.1. Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement . To exercise this Option, Optionee (or in the case of exercise after Optionee’s death or incapacity, Optionee’s executor, administrator, heir or legatee, as the case may be) must deliver to the Company an executed Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex  A , or in such other form as may be approved by the Committee from time to time (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) and payment for the shares being purchased in accordance with this Agreement. The Exercise Agreement shall set forth, among other things, (i) Optionee’s election to exercise this Option, (ii) the number of Shares being purchased, (iii) any representations, warranties and agreements regarding Optionee’s investment intent and access to information as may be required by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws in connection with any exercise of this Option and (iv) any other agreements required by the Company. If someone other than Optionee exercises this Option, then such person must submit documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company verifying that such person has the legal right to exercise this Option and such person shall be subject to all of the restrictions contained herein as if such person were Optionee.

4.2. Limitations on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised unless such exercise is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, as they are in effect on the date of exercise.

4.3. Payment . The Exercise Agreement shall be accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price for the shares being purchased in cash (by check or wire transfer), or where permitted by law:

(a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to Optionee;


(b) by surrender of shares of the Company that are free and clear of all security interests, pledges, liens, claims or encumbrances and: (i) for which the Company has received “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares) or (ii) that were obtained by Optionee in the public market;

(c) by participating in a formal cashless exercise program implemented by the Committee in connection with the Plan;

(d) provided that a public market for the Common Stock exists, subject to compliance with applicable law, by exercising as set forth below, through a “same day sale” commitment from Optionee and a broker-dealer whereby Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise this Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay the total Exercise Price, and whereby the broker-dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

(e) by any combination of the foregoing or any other method of payment approved by the Committee that constitutes legal consideration for the issuance of Shares.

4.4. Tax Withholding . Prior to the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of the Option, Optionee must pay or provide for any applicable federal, state and local withholding obligations of the Company. If the Committee permits, Optionee may provide for payment of withholding taxes upon exercise of the Option by requesting that the Company retain the minimum number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount of taxes required to be withheld; or to arrange a mandatory “sell to cover” on Participant’s behalf (without further authorization); but in no event will the Company withhold Shares or “sell to cover” if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. In case of stock withholding or a sell to cover, the Company shall issue the net number of Shares to Optionee by deducting the Shares retained from the Shares issuable upon exercise.

4.5. Issuance of Shares . Provided that the Exercise Agreement and payment are in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, the Company shall issue the Shares issuable upon a valid exercise of this Option registered in the name of Optionee, Optionee’s authorized assignee, or Optionee’s legal representative, and shall deliver certificates representing the Shares with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

5. COMPLIANCE  WITH  LAWS  AND  REGULATIONS . The Plan and this Agreement are intended to comply with Section 25102(o) and Rule 701. Any provision of this Agreement that is inconsistent with Section 25102(o) or Rule 701 shall, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Committee, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 25102(o) and/or Rule 701. The exercise of this Option and the issuance and transfer of Shares shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Optionee with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed at the time of such issuance or transfer. Optionee understands that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Shares with the SEC, any state securities commission or any stock exchange to effect such compliance.

6. NONTRANSFERABILITY  OF  OPTION . This Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, with respect to NQSOs, by instrument to a testamentary trust in which the options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or a revocable trust, or by gift to “immediate family” as that term is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e), and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee or in the event of Optionee’s incapacity, by Optionee’s legal representative. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, successors and assigns of Optionee.


7. COMPANY’S REPURCHASE OPTION FOR UNVESTED SHARES . If Optionee is Terminated for any reason, or no reason, including without limitation, Optionee’s death, Disability, voluntary resignation or termination by the Company with or without Cause and Optionee has acquired Unvested Shares by exercising this Option, then the Company and/or its assignee(s) shall have the option to repurchase all or a portion of Optionee’s Unvested Shares (as defined in Section 2.2 of this Agreement) as of the Termination Date on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7 (the “ Repurchase Option ”).

7.1. Termination and Termination Date . In case of any dispute as to whether Optionee is Terminated, the Committee shall have discretion to determine whether Optionee has been Terminated and the effective date of such Termination (the “ Termination Date ”).

7.2. Exercise of Repurchase Option . Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, at any time within ninety (90) days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Company and/or its assignee(s), may elect to repurchase any or all of Optionee’s Unvested Shares by giving Optionee written notice of exercise of the Repurchase Option.

7.3. Calculation of Repurchase Price for Unvested Shares . The Company or its assignee shall have the option to repurchase from Optionee (or from Optionee’s personal representative as the case may be) the Unvested Shares at the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) per Share of such Shares on the Termination Date and (ii) Optionee’s Exercise Price, as such may be proportionately adjusted for any stock split or similar change in the capital structure of the Company as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Plan (the “ Repurchase Price ”).

7.4. Payment of Repurchase Price . The Repurchase Price shall be payable, at the option of the Company or its assignee, by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness owed by Optionee to the Company and/or such assignee, or by any combination thereof. The Repurchase Price shall be paid without interest within the term of the Repurchase Option as described in Section 7.2.

7.5. Right of Termination Unaffected . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) to terminate Optionee’s employment or other relationship with Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without Cause.

8. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER .

8.1. Disposition of Shares . Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall make no disposition of any of the Shares (other than as permitted by this Agreement) unless and until:

(a) Optionee shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and provided a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition;

(b) Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares;

(c) Optionee shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that (i) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or under any applicable state securities laws or (ii) all appropriate actions necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or of any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) or applicable state securities laws have been taken; and


(d) Optionee shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Shares pursuant to the provisions of the regulations promulgated under Section 25102(o), Rule 701 or under any other applicable securities laws or adversely affect the Company’s ability to rely on the exemption(s) from registration under the Securities Act or under any other applicable securities laws for the grant of the Option, the issuance of Shares thereunder or any other issuance of securities under the Plan.

8.2. Restriction on Transfer . Optionee shall not transfer, assign, grant a lien or security interest in, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares which are subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal described below, except as permitted by this Agreement.

8.3. Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in this Agreement must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred Shares are subject to (i) both the Company’s Repurchase Option and the Company’s Right of First Refusal granted hereunder and (ii) the market stand-off provisions of Section 9 below, to the same extent such Shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

9. MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT. Optionee agrees that, subject to any early release provisions that apply pro rata to stockholders of the Company according to their holdings of Common Stock (determined on an as-converted into Common Stock basis), Optionee will not, for a period of up to one hundred eighty (180) days (plus up to an additional thirty five (35) days to the extent reasonably requested by the Company or such underwriter(s) to accommodate regulatory restrictions on the publication or other distribution of research reports or earnings releases by the Company, including NASD and NYSE rules) following the effective date of the registration statement filed with the SEC relating to the initial underwritten sale of Common Stock of the Company to the public under the Securities Act (the “ IPO ”), directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock or securities convertible into Common Stock, except for: (i) transfers of Shares permitted under Section 10.6 hereof so long as such transferee furnishes to the Company and the managing underwriter their written consent to be bound by this Section 9 as a condition precedent to such transfer; and (ii) sales of any securities to be included in the registration statement for the IPO. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section shall only apply to the IPO. The restricted period shall in any event terminate two (2) years after the closing date of the IPO. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the Shares subject to this Section and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of such period. Optionee further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing restrictions on transfer. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not apply to any registration of securities of the Company (a) under an employee benefit plan or (b) in a merger, consolidation, business combination or similar transaction.

10. COMPANY’S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . Unvested Shares may not be sold or otherwise transferred, or pledged by Optionee or made subject to a security interest, pledge or other lien without the Company’s prior written consent, which may be withheld in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion. Before any Vested Shares held by Optionee or any transferee of such Vested Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder” ) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares” ) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal” ).


10.1. Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice” ) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (ii) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee” ); (iii) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the “ Offered Price” ); and (v) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Right of First Refusal at the Offered Price as provided for in this Agreement.

10.2. Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after the date of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as specified below.

10.3. Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift) then the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Committee. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Committee, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

10.4. Payment . Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Shares will be payable, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof. The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

10.5. Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer is consummated within ninety (90) days after the date of the Notice, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (iii) each Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such ninety (90) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

10.6. Exempt Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the following transfers of Vested Shares will be exempt from the Right of First Refusal: (i) the transfer of any or all of the Vested Shares during Optionee’s lifetime by gift or on Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to any member(s) of Optionee’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Optionee and/or member(s) of Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided that each transferee or other recipient agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Vested Shares in the hands of such transferee or other recipient; (ii) any transfer of Vested Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger, statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations or a conversion of the Company into another form of legal entity (except that the Right of First Refusal will continue to apply thereafter to such Vested Shares, in which case the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation or the resulting entity of such conversion shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section unless the agreement of merger


or consolidation or conversion expressly otherwise provides); or (iii) any transfer of Vested Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company. As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family” will mean Optionee’s spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of Optionee or Optionee’s spouse, or the spouse of any of the above or Spousal Equivalent, as defined herein. As used herein, a person is deemed to be a “ Spousal Equivalent” provided the following circumstances are true: (i) irrespective of whether or not Optionee and the Spousal Equivalent are the same sex, they are the sole spousal equivalent of the other for the last twelve (12) months, (ii) they intend to remain so indefinitely, (iii) neither are married to anyone else, (iv) both are at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (v) they are not related by blood to a degree of closeness that which would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they legally reside, (vi) they are jointly responsible for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations, and (vii) they reside together in the same residence for the last twelve (12) months and intend to do so indefinitely.

10.7. Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal will terminate as to all Shares: (i)  on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan); (ii) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations if the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Exchange Act; or (iii) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory conversion of the Company into another form of legal entity if the common equity (or comparable equity security) of entity resulting from such conversion is registered under the Exchange Act.

10.8. Encumbrances on Vested Shares . Optionee may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Vested Shares only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made, agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that: (i) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not adversely affect or impair the Right of First Refusal or the rights of the Company and/or its assignee(s) with respect thereto and will not apply to such Vested Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement will continue to apply to such Vested Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party. Optionee may not grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber, any Unvested Shares.

10.9. Effect of Company Co-Sale Agreement . If Optionee is, or at any time hereafter becomes, a party to or otherwise bound by (i) the Company’s Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of January 16, 2015, by and among the Company and certain stockholders and other investors in the Company, as such agreement may be amended and/or restated from time to time, and/or (ii) any other agreement that is a successor to or replacement of such agreement (collectively, the “ Company Co-Sale Agreement ”), then, in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of Section 9 hereof and/or this Section 10 and any provisions in the Company Co-Sale Agreement granting the Company and/or other security holders of the Company rights of first refusal and/or co-sale rights with respect to any or all of the Shares or imposing market stand-off restrictions, Optionee agrees with the Company that the terms and conditions of the Company Co-Sale Agreement shall apply, govern, supersede and prevail over (and in lieu of) the provisions of Section 9 hereof and/or of this Section 10 (as applicable) so long as the Company Co-Sale Agreement is in effect and Optionee is a party to or bound thereby. If the Company Co-Sale Agreement is no longer in effect or if Optionee is not a party to or bound thereby, then the provisions of this Section 10 shall apply in full force and effect until termination of the Right of First Refusal and the provisions of Section 9 hereof shall apply in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.


11. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER. Optionee shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares unless and until such Shares are issued to Optionee. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Optionee will have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Optionee pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of the Exercise Agreement until such time as Optionee disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal. Upon an exercise of the Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, Optionee will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, other than the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and Optionee will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

12. ESCROW. As security for Optionee’s faithful performance of this Agreement, Optionee agrees, immediately upon receipt of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s) to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Optionee and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Agreement. Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and will not be liable for any act or omission taken by Escrow Holder in good faith reliance on such documents, the advice of counsel or a court order. The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of both the Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal.

13. COMPANY CO-SALE AND VOTING AGREEMENTS . As a material inducement and consideration for the Company to enter into this Agreement, Optionee hereby agrees that if, the Company requests Optionee to enter into and become a party to (a) the Company Co-Sale Agreement (and to subject the Shares to the rights of first refusal held by the Company and other Company investors thereunder and the co-sale rights of other investors thereunder) and/or (b) the Company Voting Agreement (pursuant to which Optionee would agree to vote all shares of Company stock held by Optionee for the election of directors and in favor of certain material transactions), then Optionee will enter into such agreements and execute and deliver signature pages thereto (as requested by the Company) in such capacities as the Company requests, at the time of exercising this Option and as a condition to such exercise or at any later time.

14. RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND STOP-TRANSFER ORDERS .

14.1. Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by state or U.S. Federal securities laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Optionee and the Company, or any agreement between Optionee and any third party (and any other legend(s) that the Company may become obligated to place on the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares under the terms of any agreement to which the Company is or may become bound or obligated):

(a) THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.


(b) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE REPURCHASE OPTION AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, INCLUDING THE REPURCHASE OPTION AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(c) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS (AND POSSIBLY LONGER) AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF CERTAIN PUBLIC OFFERINGS OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

Optionee agrees that if Optionee becomes a party to (i) the Company Co-Sale Agreement or (ii) (A) the Company’s Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of January 16, 2015, among the Company and certain stockholders and other investors in the Company, as such may be amended and/or restated from time to time and/or (B) any other voting agreement that is a successor to or replacement of such Voting Agreement (collectively, the “ Company Voting Agreement ”) then Optionee agrees that the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares shall, in addition, bear any legends required under the Company Co-Sale Agreement and/or the Company Voting Agreement, as applicable.

14.2. Stop-Transfer Instructions . Optionee agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

14.3. Refusal to Transfer . The Company will not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

15. CERTAIN TAX CONSEQUENCES. Set forth below is a brief summary as of the Effective Date of the Plan of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

15.1. Exercise of ISO . If the Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as a tax preference item for federal alternative minimum tax purposes and may subject Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.


15.2. Exercise of Nonqualified Stock Option . If the Option does not qualify as an ISO, there may be a regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is a current or former employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

15.3. Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

(a) Incentive Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an ISO and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Vested Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within the applicable one (1) year or two (2) year period, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates in the year of the disposition) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. To the extent the Shares were exercised prior to vesting coincident with the filing of an 83(b) Election, the amount taxed because of a disqualifying disposition will be based upon the excess, if any, of the fair market value on the date of vesting over the exercise price.

(b) Nonqualified Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an NQSO, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain.

15.4. Section 83(b) Election for Unvested Shares . With respect to Unvested Shares, which are subject to the Repurchase Option, unless an election is filed by Optionee with the Internal Revenue Service (and, if necessary, the proper state taxing authorities), within thirty (30)  days of the purchase of the Unvested Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code (and similar state tax provisions, if applicable) to be taxed currently on any difference between the Exercise Price of the Unvested Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase, there may be a recognition of taxable income (including, where applicable, alternative minimum taxable income) to Optionee, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Unvested Shares at the time they cease to be Unvested Shares, over the Exercise Price of the Unvested Shares.

16. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

16.1. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Company and Optionee.

16.2. Entire Agreement . The Plan, the Grant Notice and the Exercise Agreement are each incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Grant Notice, the Plan and the Exercise Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior undertakings and agreements with respect to such subject matter.

17. NOTICES. Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following: (i) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (ii) at the time an electronic confirmation of receipt is received, if delivery is by email; (iii) at the time of transmission by facsimile, addressed to the other party at its facsimile number specified herein (or hereafter modified by subsequent notice to the parties hereto), with confirmation of receipt made by both telephone and printed confirmation sheet verifying successful


transmission of the facsimile; (iv) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (v) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries. Any notice for delivery outside the United States will be sent by email, facsimile or by express courier. Any notice not delivered personally or by email will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to Optionee at the last known address or facsimile number on the books of the Company, or at such other address or facsimile number as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other parties hereto or, in the case of the Company, to it at its principal place of business. Notices to the Company will be marked “Attention: Chief Financial Officer.” Notices by facsimile shall be machine verified as received.

18. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement including its rights to purchase Shares under both the Right of First Refusal and Repurchase Option. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and Optionee’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

19. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California. If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain fully effective and enforceable.

20. FURTHER ASSURANCES . The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

21. TITLES AND HEADINGS . The titles, captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “sections” and “exhibits” will mean “sections” and “exhibits” to this Agreement.

22. COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

23. SEVERABILITY . If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

* * * * *

Attachments:


Annex A : Form of Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement


EXHIBIT A

EARLY EXERCISE FORM

ANNEX A

FORM OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE AND AGREEMENT


EARLY EXERCISE FORM

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE AND AGREEMENT

ZUORA, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

* NOTE : You must sign this Notice on Page  3 before submitting it to Zuora, Inc. (the “Company”) AND , if requested to do so by the Company, you must also sign the then-current signature pages to the Company’s then-current Company Co-Sale Agreement and Company Voting Agreement (as those terms are defined in the Stock Option Agreement) before submitting this Notice to the Company.

O PTIONEE I NFORMATION : Please provide the following information about yourself (“ Optionee ”) :

 

Name: «Optionee»                                                         Social Security Number:                                                  
Address:                                                                          Employee Number:                                                          
   Email Address:                                                                

O PTION I NFORMATION : Please provide this information on the option being exercised ( the “ Option ):

 

Grant No. «No»   
Date of Grant: «Grant_Date»                                Type of Stock Option:
Option Price per Share: $____                                ☐ Nonqualified (NQSO)
Total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company subject to the Option: «Total_Number_of_Options»                                ☐ Incentive (ISO)

E XERCISE I NFORMATION :

 

Number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which the Option is now being exercised [________________]. (These shares are referred to below as the “ Purchased Shares .”)
Total Exercise Price Being Paid for the Purchased Shares: $____________
Form of payment enclosed [check all that apply] :

☐       

  Check for $____________, payable to “[ ZUORA, INC.].

☐       

  Certificate(s) for ________________ shares of Common Stock of the Company. These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company. [Requires Company consent.]

A GREEMENTS , R EPRESENTATIONS AND A CKNOWLEDGMENTS OF O PTIONEE : By signing this Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement, Optionee hereby agrees with, and represents to, the Company as follows:

 

1. Terms Governing . I acknowledge and agree with the Company that I am acquiring the Purchased Shares by exercise of this Option subject to all other terms and conditions of the Notice of Stock Option Grant and the Stock Option Agreement that govern the Option, including without limitation the terms of the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended (the “ Plan ”).

 

2. Investment Intent; Securities Law Restrictions . I represent and warrant to the Company that I am acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for my account only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” of the Purchased Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). I understand that the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from such registration requirement and that the Purchased Shares must be held by me indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or I obtain an opinion of counsel (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel) that registration is not required. I acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares under the Securities Act or under any other securities law.


EARLY EXERCISE FORM

 

3. Restrictions on Transfer: Rule 144 . I will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder (including Rule 144 under the Securities Act described below “Rule 144”)) or of any other applicable securities laws. I am aware of Rule 144, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions, which include (without limitation) that: (a) certain current public information about the Company is available; (b) the resale occurs only after the holding period required by Rule 144 has been met; (c) the sale occurs through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction;” and (d) the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period does not exceed specified limitations. I understand that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

 

4. Access to Information; Understanding of Risk in Investment . I acknowledge that I have received and had access to such information as I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares and that I had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares. I am aware that my investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. I am able, without impairing my financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of my investment in the Purchased Shares.

 

5. Rights of First Refusal; Repurchase Options; Market Stand-off . I acknowledge that the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal, the Company’s Repurchase Option (with respect to unvested Purchased Shares) and the market stand-off covenants (sometimes referred to as the “lock-up”), all in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and the Stock Option Agreement that govern the Option

 

6. Form of Ownership . I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the form of ownership of the Purchased Shares that is appropriate for me. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust, I agree to sign a Stock Transfer Agreement. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust that is not an eligible revocable trust, I also acknowledge that the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes. As a result, the favorable ISO tax treatment will be unavailable and other unfavorable tax consequences may occur.

 

7. Investigation of Tax Consequences. I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares at this time.

 

8. Other Tax Matters. I agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes my tax liabilities. I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from my options or my other compensation. In particular, I acknowledge that my options (including the Option) are exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code only if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock at the time the option was granted by the Board. Since shares of the Common Stock are not traded on an established


EARLY EXERCISE FORM

 

  securities market, the determination of their fair market value was made by the Board and/or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. I acknowledge that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

 

9. Spouse Consent. I agree to seek the consent of my spouse to the extent required by the Company to enforce the foregoing.

 

10. [Agreement to Enter into Co-Sale and Voting Agreements. Pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement, if requested to do so by the Company, I agree to enter into and execute the then-current Company Co-Sale Agreement and the then-current Company Voting Agreement concurrently with my exercise of the Option or at any other time I am requested to do so by the Company. I acknowledge that by entering into the Company Co-Sale Agreement I will be subjecting the Purchased Shares to the rights of first refusal, co-sale rights and all the other provisions of the Company Co-Sale Agreement and that by entering into the Voting Agreement I will be subjected to voting and other obligations and covenants regarding all Company shares I own and all other provisions of the Company Voting Agreement, in addition to the right of first refusal, repurchase option and market stand-off provisions described above.]

 

11. Tax Withholding . As a condition of exercising this Option, I agree to make adequate provision for foreign, federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the grant, vesting or exercise of this Option, or disposition of the Purchased Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

IMPORTANT NOTE : UNVESTED PURCHASED SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO REPURCHASE BY THE COMPANY. PLEASE CONSULT WITH YOUR TAX ADVISER CONCERNING THE ADVISABILITY OF FILING AN 83(b) ELECTION WITH THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE WHICH MUST BE FILED WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER THE PURCHASE OF SHARES TO BE EFFECTIVE.

A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit 1 for reference. Unless an 83(b) election is timely filed with the Internal Revenue Service (and, if necessary, the proper state taxing authorities), electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (and similar state tax provisions, if applicable) to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the Unvested Purchased Shares and their fair market value on the date of purchase, there may be a recognition of taxable income (including, where applicable, alternative minimum taxable income) to you, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Unvested Purchased Shares at the time they cease to be Unvested Purchased Shares, over the purchase price of the Unvested Purchased Shares.

The undersigned hereby executes and delivers this Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement and agrees to be bound by its terms

 

Signature:

«O PTIONEE »

  D ATE :
                                                                                                                             

Attachments:

Exhibit 1 – Section 83(b) Election Form

[Signature Page to Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement]


EARLY EXERCISE FORM

EXHIBIT 1

SECTION 83(b) ELECTION


ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

The undersigned Taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the property described below at the time of transfer over the amount paid for such property, as compensation for services in the calculation of: (1) regular gross income; (2) alternative minimum taxable income; or (3) disqualifying disposition gross income, as the case may be.

 

1.        TAXPAYER’S NAME:

   «Optionee»                                                                          

           TAXPAYER’S ADDRESS:

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                 

           SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:

                                                                                                 

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows: _______ shares of Common Stock of ZUORA, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) which were transferred upon exercise of an option by Company, which is Taxpayer’s employer or the corporation for whom the Taxpayer performs services.

 

3. The date on which the shares were transferred pursuant to the exercise of the option was ____________________, _____ and this election is made for calendar year _____.

 

4. The shares received upon exercise of the option are subject to the following restrictions: The Company may repurchase all or a portion of the shares at [ the lower of (a)] Taxpayer’s original purchase price per share [ or (b)  the then fair market value per share of the shares ], under certain conditions at the time of Taxpayer’s termination of employment or services.

 

5. The fair market value of the shares (without regard to restrictions other than restrictions which by their terms will never lapse) was $_____ per share x _______ shares = $_______ at the time of exercise of the option.

 

6. The amount paid for such shares upon exercise of the option was $____ per share x ________ shares = $________.

 

7. The Taxpayer has submitted a copy of this statement to the Company.

 

8. The amount to include in gross income is $______________. [The result of the amount reported in Item 5 minus the amount reported in Item 6.]

THIS ELECTION MUST BE FILED WITH THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE (“ IRS ”), AT THE OFFICE WHERE THE TAXPAYER FILES ANNUAL INCOME TAX RETURNS, WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF TRANSFER OF THE SHARES, AND MUST ALSO BE FILED WITH THE TAXPAYER’S INCOME TAX RETURNS FOR THE CALENDAR YEAR. THE ELECTION CANNOT BE REVOKED WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE IRS.

 

Dated:                                                                                                                                                        
   «Optionee»


OPTION GRANT NO . «No»

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Z UORA , I NC .

2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

The Optionee named below ( “Optionee ”) has been granted an option (this “ Option ”) to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) of ZUORA, INC. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”) on the terms, and subject to the conditions, described below and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit  A , including its annexes (the Stock Option Agreement ).

 

Optionee:    «Optionee»

Maximum Number of Shares Subject

to this Option (the “ Shares ”):

   «Total_Number_of_Options»
Exercise Price Per Share:    $____ per share
Date of Grant:    «Grant_Date»
Vesting Start Date:    «Vesting_Start_Date»
Exercise Schedule:    This Option will become exercisable during its term with respect to portions of the Shares in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth below.
Expiration Date:    The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant set forth above, subject to earlier expiration in the event of Termination as provided in Section 3 of the Stock Option Agreement.

Tax Status of Option:

(Check Only One Box):

  

☐ Incentive Stock Option ( To the fullest extent permitted by the Code )

☐ Nonqualified Stock Option.

( If neither box is checked, this Option is a Nonqualified Stock Option ).

Vesting Schedule [EXAMPLE ONLY]: For so long as Optionee continuously provides services to the Company (or any Subsidiary or Parent of the Company) as an employee, officer, director, contractor or consultant, this Option will vest (that is, become exercisable) with respect to the Shares as follows: (a) prior to the first one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date this Option will not be vested or exercisable as to any of the Shares; (b) this Option will become vested and exercisable with respect to [ 1/4 th ] of the Shares on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date; and (c) thereafter, this Option will become vested and exercisable with respect to an additional [ 1/48 th ] of the Shares when Optionee completes each month of continuous service following the first one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date.

General; Agreement: By their signatures below, Optionee and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by this Notice of Stock Option Grant (this “ Grant Notice ”) and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. The Plan and the Stock Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan or in the Stock Option Agreement, as applicable. By signing below, Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that Optionee has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their respective terms and conditions. Optionee acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition. Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the Vesting Schedule may change prospectively in the event that Optionee’s service status changes between full and part time status in accordance with Company policies relating to work schedules and vesting of equity awards.

Execution and Delivery: This Grant Notice may be executed and delivered electronically whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of a third party or via email or any other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company. By Optionee’s acceptance hereof (whether written, electronic or otherwise), Optionee agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that in lieu of receiving documents in paper format, Optionee accepts the electronic delivery of any documents that the Company (or any third party the Company may designate), may deliver in connection with this grant (including the Plan, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement, the information described in Rules 701(e)(2), (3), (4) and (5) under the Securities Act (the “ 701 Disclosures ”), account statements, or other communications or information) whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of such third party or via email or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

 

ZUORA, INC.

  
By /Signature:                                                                                      Optionee Signature:                                                                      
Typed Name:                                                                                         Optionee’s Name:  «Optionee»                                                     


Title:                                                                                  

A TTACHMENT : Exhibit A – Stock Option Agreement


Exhibit A

Stock Option Agreement


EXHIBIT A

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Z UORA , I NC .

2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

This Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the date of grant (the “ Date of Grant ”) set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant attached as the facing page to this Agreement (the “ Grant Notice ”) by and between Zuora, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and the optionee named on the Grant Notice (“ Optionee ”). Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), or in the Grant Notice, as applicable.

1. GRANT OF OPTION . The Company hereby grants to Optionee an option (this “ Option ”) to purchase up to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) set forth in the Grant Notice as the Shares (the “ Shares ”) at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan. If designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Grant Notice, this Option is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option (the “ ISO ”) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), except that if on the Date of Grant Optionee is not subject to U.S. income tax, then this Option shall be a NQSO.

2. EXERCISE PERIOD .

2.1 Exercise Period of Option . This Option is considered to be “vested” with respect to any particular Shares when this Option is exercisable with respect to such Shares. This Option will become vested during its term as to portions of the Shares in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, on or after Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option may not be exercised with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date.

2.2 Vesting of Option Shares . Shares with respect to which this Option is vested and exercisable at a given time pursuant to the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are “ Vested Shares . Shares with respect to which this Option is not vested and exercisable at a given time pursuant to the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are Unvested Shares .

2.3 Expiration . The Option shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth in the Grant Notice or earlier as provided in Section 3 below.

3. TERMINATION .

3.1 Termination for Any Reason Except Death, Disability or Cause . Except as provided in subsection 3.2 in a case in which Optionee dies within three (3) months after Optionee is Terminated other than for Cause, if Optionee is Terminated for any reason (other than Optionee’s death or Disability or for Cause), then (a) on and after Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option shall expire immediately with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares and may not be exercised with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date and (b) this Option to the extent (and only to the extent) that it is exercisable with respect to Vested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date, may be exercised by Optionee no later than three (3) months after Optionee’s Termination Date (but in no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date).


3.2 Termination Because of Death or Disability . If Optionee is Terminated because of Optionee’s death or Disability (or if Optionee dies within three (3) months of the date of Optionee’s Termination for any reason other than for Cause), then (a) on and after Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option shall expire immediately with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares and may not be exercised with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date and (b) this Option, to the extent (and only to the extent) that it is exercisable with respect to Vested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date, may be exercised by Optionee (or Optionee’s legal representative) no later than twelve (12) months after Optionee’s Termination Date, but in no event later than the Expiration Date. Any exercise of this Option beyond (i) three (3) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an employee when Optionee’s Termination is for any reason other than Optionee’s death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code; or (ii) twelve (12) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an employee when the termination is for Optionee’s disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, is deemed to be an NQSO.

3.3 Termination for Cause . If Optionee is Terminated for Cause, then Optionee may exercise this Option, but only with respect to any Shares that are Vested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date, and this Option shall expire on Optionee’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as may be affirmatively determined by the Committee. On and after Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option shall expire immediately with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares and may not be exercised with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date.

3.4 No Obligation to Employ . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer on Optionee any right to continue in the employ of, or other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to terminate Optionee’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

4. MANNER OF EXERCISE .

4.1 Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement . To exercise this Option, Optionee (or in the case of exercise after Optionee’s death or incapacity, Optionee’s executor, administrator, heir or legatee, as the case may be) must deliver to the Company an executed Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex  A , or in such other form as may be approved by the Committee from time to time (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) and payment for the shares being purchased in accordance with this Agreement. The Exercise Agreement shall set forth, among other things, (i) Optionee’s election to exercise this Option, (ii) the number of Shares being purchased, (iii) any representations, warranties and agreements regarding Optionee’s investment intent and access to information as may be required by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws in connection with any exercise of this Option and (iv) any other agreements required by the Company. If someone other than Optionee exercises this Option, then such person must submit documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company verifying that such person has the legal right to exercise this Option and such person shall be subject to all of the restrictions contained herein as if such person were Optionee.

4.2 Limitations on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised unless such exercise is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, as they are in effect on the date of exercise.

4.3 Payment . The Exercise Agreement shall be accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price for the shares being purchased in cash (by check or wire transfer), or where permitted by law:

(a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to Optionee;

(b) by surrender of shares of the Company that are free and clear of all security interests, pledges, liens, claims or encumbrances and: (i) for which the Company has received “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares) or (ii) that were obtained by Optionee in the public market;

 

2


(c) by participating in a formal cashless exercise program implemented by the Committee in connection with the Plan;

(d) provided that a public market for the Common Stock exists and subject to compliance with applicable law, by exercising as set forth below, through a “same day sale” commitment from Optionee and a broker-dealer whereby Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise this Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay the total Exercise Price, and whereby the broker-dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

(e) by any combination of the foregoing or any other method of payment approved by the Committee that constitutes legal consideration for the issuance of Shares.

4.4 Tax Withholding . Prior to the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of the Option, Optionee must pay or provide for any applicable federal, state and local withholding obligations of the Company. If the Committee permits, Optionee may provide for payment of withholding taxes upon exercise of the Option by requesting that the Company retain the minimum number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount of taxes required to be withheld; or to arrange a mandatory “sell to cover” on Participant’s behalf (without further authorization); but in no event will the Company withhold Shares or “sell to cover” if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. In case of stock withholding or a sell to cover, the Company shall issue the net number of Shares to Optionee by deducting the Shares retained from the Shares issuable upon exercise.

4.5 Issuance of Shares . Provided that the Exercise Agreement and payment are in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, the Company shall issue the Shares issuable upon a valid exercise of this Option registered in the name of Optionee, Optionee’s authorized assignee, or Optionee’s legal representative, and shall deliver certificates representing the Shares with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

5. COMPLIANCE  WITH  LAWS  AND  REGULATIONS . The Plan and this Agreement are intended to comply with Section 25102(o) and Rule 701. Any provision of this Agreement that is inconsistent with Section 25102(o) or Rule 701 shall, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Committee, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 25102(o) and/or Rule 701. The exercise of this Option and the issuance and transfer of Shares shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Optionee with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed at the time of such issuance or transfer. Optionee understands that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Shares with the SEC, any state securities commission or any stock exchange to effect such compliance.

6. NONTRANSFERABILITY  OF  OPTION . This Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, with respect to NQSOs, by instrument to a testamentary trust in which the options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or a revocable trust, or by gift to “immediate family” as that term is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e), and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee or in the event of Optionee’s incapacity, by Optionee’s legal representative. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

3


7. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER .

7.1 Disposition of Shares . Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall make no disposition of any of the Shares (other than as permitted by this Agreement) unless and until:

(a) Optionee shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and provided a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition;

(b) Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares;

(c) Optionee shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that (i) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or under any applicable state securities laws or (ii) all appropriate actions necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or of any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) or applicable state securities laws have been taken; and

(d) Optionee shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Shares pursuant to the provisions of the regulations promulgated under Section 25102(o), Rule 701 or under any other applicable securities laws or adversely affect the Company’s ability to rely on the exemption(s) from registration under the Securities Act or under any other applicable securities laws for the grant of the Option, the issuance of Shares thereunder or any other issuance of securities under the Plan.

7.2 Restriction on Transfer . Optionee shall not transfer, assign, grant a lien or security interest in, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares which are subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal described below, except as permitted by this Agreement.

7.3 Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in this Agreement must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred Shares are subject to (i) the Company’s Right of First Refusal granted hereunder and (ii) the market stand-off provisions of Section 8 below, to the same extent such Shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

8. MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT. Optionee agrees that, subject to any early release provisions that apply pro rata to stockholders of the Company according to their holdings of Common Stock (determined on an as-converted into Common Stock basis), Optionee will not, for a period of up to one hundred eighty (180) days (plus up to an additional thirty five (35) days to the extent reasonably requested by the Company or such underwriter(s) to accommodate regulatory restrictions on the publication or other distribution of research reports or earnings releases by the Company, including NASD and NYSE rules) following the effective date of the registration statement filed with the SEC relating to the initial underwritten sale of Common Stock of the Company to the public under the Securities Act (the “ IPO ”), directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock or securities convertible into Common Stock, except for: (i) transfers of Shares permitted under Section 9.6 hereof so long as such transferee furnishes to the Company and the managing underwriter their written consent to be bound by this Section 8 as a condition precedent to such transfer; and (ii) sales of any securities to be included in the registration statement for the IPO. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section shall only apply to the IPO. The restricted period shall in any event terminate two (2) years after the closing date of the IPO. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the Shares subject to this Section and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of such period. Optionee further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing restrictions on transfer. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not apply to any registration of securities of the Company (a) under an employee benefit plan or (b) in a merger, consolidation, business combination or similar transaction.

 

4


9. COMPANY’S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee of such Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder” ) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares” ) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal” ).

9.1 Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice” ) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (ii) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee” ); (iii) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the “ Offered Price” ); and (v) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Right of First Refusal at the Offered Price as provided for in this Agreement.

9.2 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after the date of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as specified below.

9.3 Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift) then the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Committee. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Committee, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

9.4 Payment . Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Shares will be payable, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof. The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

9.5 Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer is consummated within ninety (90) days after the date of the Notice, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (iii) each Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such ninety (90) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

5


9.6 Exempt Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the following transfers of Shares will be exempt from the Right of First Refusal: (i) the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Optionee’s lifetime by gift or on Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to any member(s) of Optionee’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Optionee and/or member(s) of Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided that each transferee or other recipient agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Shares in the hands of such transferee or other recipient; (ii) any transfer of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger, statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations or a conversion of the Company into another form of legal entity (except that the Right of First Refusal will continue to apply thereafter to such Shares, in which case the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation or the resulting entity of such conversion shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section unless the agreement of merger or consolidation or conversion expressly otherwise provides); or (iii) any transfer of Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company. As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family” will mean Optionee’s spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of Optionee or Optionee’s spouse, or the spouse of any of the above or Spousal Equivalent, as defined herein. As used herein, a person is deemed to be a “ Spousal Equivalent” provided the following circumstances are true: (i) irrespective of whether or not Optionee and the Spousal Equivalent are the same sex, they are the sole spousal equivalent of the other for the last twelve (12) months, (ii) they intend to remain so indefinitely, (iii) neither are married to anyone else, (iv) both are at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (v) they are not related by blood to a degree of closeness that which would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they legally reside, (vi) they are jointly responsible for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations, and (vii) they reside together in the same residence for the last twelve (12) months and intend to do so indefinitely.

9.7 Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal will terminate as to all Shares: (i)  on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan); (ii) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations if the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Exchange Act; or (iii) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory conversion of the Company into another form of legal entity if the common equity (or comparable equity security) of entity resulting from such conversion is registered under the Exchange Act.

9.8 Encumbrances on Shares . Optionee may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Shares only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made, agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that: (i) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not adversely affect or impair the Right of First Refusal or the rights of the Company and/or its assignee(s) with respect thereto and will not apply to such Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement will continue to apply to such Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party.

9.9 Effect of Company Co-Sale Agreement . If Optionee is, or at any time hereafter becomes, a party to or otherwise bound by (i) the Company’s Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of January 16, 2015, by and among the Company and certain stockholders and other investors in the Company, as such may be amended and/or restated from time to time, and/or (ii) any other agreement that is a successor to or replacement of such agreement (collectively, the “ Company Co-Sale Agreement ”), then, in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of Section 8 hereof and/or this Section 9 and any provisions in the Company Co-Sale Agreement granting the Company and/or other security holders of the Company rights of first refusal and/or co-sale rights with respect to any or all of the Shares or imposing market stand-off restrictions, Optionee agrees with the Company that the terms and conditions of the Company Co-Sale Agreement

 

6


shall apply, govern, supersede and prevail over (and in lieu of) the provisions of Section 8 hereof and/or of this Section 9 (as applicable) so long as the Company Co-Sale Agreement is in effect and Optionee is a party to or bound thereby. If the Company Co-Sale Agreement is no longer in effect or if Optionee is not a party to or bound thereby, then the provisions of this Section 9 shall apply in full force and effect until termination of the Right of First Refusal and the provisions of Section 8 hereof shall apply in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

10. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER. Optionee shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares unless and until such Shares are issued to Optionee. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Optionee will have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Optionee pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of the Exercise Agreement until such time as Optionee disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Right of First Refusal. Upon an exercise of the Right of First Refusal, Optionee will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, other than the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and Optionee will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

11. ESCROW. As security for Optionee’s faithful performance of this Agreement, Optionee agrees, immediately upon receipt of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s) to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Optionee and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Agreement. Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and will not be liable for any act or omission taken by Escrow Holder in good faith reliance on such documents, the advice of counsel or a court order. The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of the Right of First Refusal.

12. COMPANY CO-SALE AND VOTING AGREEMENTS . As a material inducement and consideration for the Company to enter into this Agreement, Optionee hereby agrees that if, the Company requests Optionee to enter into and become a party to (a) the Company Co-Sale Agreement (and to subject the Shares to the rights of first refusal held by the Company and other Company investors thereunder and the co-sale rights of other investors thereunder) and/or (b) the Company Voting Agreement (pursuant to which Optionee would agree to vote all shares of Company stock held by Optionee for the election of directors and in favor of certain material transactions, then Optionee will enter into such agreements and execute and deliver signature pages thereto (as requested by the Company) in such capacities as the Company requests, at the time of exercising this Option and as a condition to such exercise or at any later time.

13. RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND STOP-TRANSFER ORDERS .

13.1 Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by state or U.S. Federal securities laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Optionee and the Company, or any agreement between Optionee and any third party (and any other legend(s) that the Company may become obligated to place on the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares under the terms of any agreement to which the Company is or may become bound or obligated):

 

7


(a) THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

(b) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(c) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS (AND POSSIBLY LONGER) AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF CERTAIN PUBLIC OFFERINGS OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

Optionee agrees that if Optionee becomes a party to (i) the Company Co-Sale Agreement or (ii) (A) the Company’s Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of January 16, 2015, among the Company and certain stockholders and other investors in the Company, as such may be amended and/or restated from time to time and/or (B) any other voting agreement that is a successor to or replacement of such Voting Agreement (collectively, the “ Company Voting Agreement ”) then Optionee agrees that the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares shall, in addition, bear any legends required under the Company Co-Sale Agreement and/or the Company Voting Agreement, as applicable.

13.2 Stop-Transfer Instructions . Optionee agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

13.3 Refusal to Transfer . The Company will not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

14. CERTAIN TAX CONSEQUENCES. Set forth below is a brief summary as of the Effective Date of the Plan of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

 

8


14.1 Exercise of ISO . If the Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as a tax preference item for federal alternative minimum tax purposes and may subject Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

14.2 Exercise of Nonqualified Stock Option . If the Option does not qualify as an ISO, there may be a regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is a current or former employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

14.3 Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

(a) Incentive Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an ISO and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within the applicable one (1) year or two (2) year period, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates in the year of the disposition) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.

(b) Nonqualified Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an NQSO, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain.

15. GENERAL PROVISIONS

15.1 Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Company and Optionee.

15.2 Entire Agreement . The Plan, the Grant Notice and the Exercise Agreement are each incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Grant Notice, the Plan and the Exercise Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior undertakings and agreements with respect to such subject matter.

16. NOTICES. Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following: (i) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (ii) at the time an electronic confirmation of receipt is received, if delivery is by email; (iii) at the time of transmission by facsimile, addressed to the other party at its facsimile number specified herein (or hereafter modified by subsequent notice to the parties hereto), with confirmation of receipt made by both telephone and printed confirmation sheet verifying successful transmission of the facsimile; (iv) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (v) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries. Any notice for delivery outside the United States will be sent by email, facsimile or by express courier. Any notice not delivered personally or by email will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly

 

9


addressed to Optionee at the last known address or facsimile number on the books of the Company, or at such other address or facsimile number as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other parties hereto or, in the case of the Company, to it at its principal place of business. Notices to the Company will be marked “Attention: Chief Financial Officer.” Notices by facsimile shall be machine verified as received.

17. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement including its rights to purchase Shares under the Right of First Refusal. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and Optionee’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

18. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California. If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain fully effective and enforceable.

19. FURTHER ASSURANCES . The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

20. TITLES AND HEADINGS . The titles, captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “sections” and “exhibits” will mean “sections” and “exhibits” to this Agreement.

21. COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

22. SEVERABILITY . If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

* * * * *

Attachment: Annex A : Form of Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement

 

10


ANNEX A

FORM OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE AND AGREEMENT


STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE AND AGREEMENT

ZUORA, INC.

2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

* NOTE : You must sign this Notice on Page  3 before submitting it to Zuora, Inc. (the “Company”) AND , if requested to do so by the Company, you must also sign the then-current signature pages to the Company’s then-current Company Co-Sale Agreement and Company Voting Agreement (as those terms are defined in the Stock Option Agreement) before submitting this Notice to the Company.

O PTIONEE I NFORMATION : Please provide the following information about yourself (“ Optionee ”) :

 

Name:   

«Optionee»

   Social Security Number:   

 

Address:   

 

   Employee Number:   

 

  

 

   Email Address:   

 

O PTION I NFORMATION : Please provide this information on the option being exercised ( the “ Option ):

 

Grant No. «No»   
Date of Grant: «Grant_Date»    Type of Stock Option:
Option Price per Share: $____    ☐ Nonqualified (NQSO)
Total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company subject to the Option: «Total_Number_of_Options»    ☐ Incentive (ISO)

E XERCISE I NFORMATION :

 

Number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which the Option is now being exercised [                                      ]. (These shares are referred to below as the “ Purchased Shares .”)
Total Exercise Price Being Paid for the Purchased Shares: $                                     
Form of payment enclosed [check all that apply] :

☐       

  Check for $                                  , payable to “ ZUORA, INC.

☐       

  Certificate(s) for                                      shares of Common Stock of the Company. These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company. [Requires Company consent.]

A GREEMENTS , R EPRESENTATIONS AND A CKNOWLEDGMENTS OF O PTIONEE : By signing this Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement, Optionee hereby agrees with, and represents to, the Company as follows:

 

1. Terms Governing . I acknowledge and agree with the Company that I am acquiring the Purchased Shares by exercise of this Option subject to all other terms and conditions of the Notice of Stock Option Grant and the Stock Option Agreement that govern the Option, including without limitation the terms of the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended (the “ Plan ”).

 

2.

Investment Intent; Securities Law Restrictions . I represent and warrant to the Company that I am acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for my account only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” of the Purchased Shares within the meaning of


  the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). I understand that the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from such registration requirement and that the Purchased Shares must be held by me indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or I obtain an opinion of counsel (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel) that registration is not required. I acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares under the Securities Act or under any other securities law.

 

3. Restrictions on Transfer: Rule 144 . I will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder (including Rule 144 under the Securities Act described below “Rule 144”)) or of any other applicable securities laws. I am aware of Rule 144, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions, which include (without limitation) that: (a) certain current public information about the Company is available; (b) the resale occurs only after the holding period required by Rule 144 has been met; (c) the sale occurs through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”; and (d) the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period does not exceed specified limitations. I understand that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

 

4. Access to Information; Understanding of Risk in Investment . I acknowledge that I have received and had access to such information as I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares and that I had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares. I am aware that my investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. I am able, without impairing my financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of my investment in the Purchased Shares.

 

5. Rights of First Refusal; Market Stand-off . I acknowledge that the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal and the market stand-off covenants (sometimes referred to as the “lock-up”), all in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and the Stock Option Agreement that govern the Option.

 

6. Form of Ownership . I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the form of ownership of the Purchased Shares that is appropriate for me. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust, I agree to sign a Stock Transfer Agreement. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust that is not an eligible revocable trust, I also acknowledge that the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes. As a result, the favorable ISO tax treatment will be unavailable and other unfavorable tax consequences may occur.

 

7. Investigation of Tax Consequences. I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares at this time.

 

8. Other Tax Matters. I agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes my tax liabilities. I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from my options or my other compensation. In particular, I acknowledge that my options (including the Option) are exempt from section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code only if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock at the time the option was granted by the Board. Since shares of the Common Stock are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their fair market value was made by the Board and/or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. I acknowledge that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

 

2


9. Spouse Consent. I agree to seek the consent of my spouse to the extent required by the Company to enforce the foregoing.

 

10. Tax Withholding . As a condition of exercising this Option, I agree to make adequate provision for foreign, federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the grant, vesting or exercise of this Option, or disposition of the Purchased Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

The undersigned hereby executes and delivers this Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement and agrees to be bound by its terms.

 

 

S IGNATURE :    

«OPTIONEE»

 

    D ATE :

 

 

 

A CCEPTED BY :

 

Zuora, Inc.

 

By

 

Title
D ATE :
T IME :

 

3


ZUORA, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of September      , 2017 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Zuora, Inc., a Delaware corporation (inclusive of any successor thereof, the “Company”), and                  (“ Purchaser ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”).

1. PURCHASE OF SHARES.

1.1 Agreement to Purchase and Sell Shares . On the Effective Date and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan, Purchaser hereby purchases from the Company, and the Company hereby sells to Purchaser, [                  ] shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Shares ”), at the price of the par value of $0.0001 per share (the “ Purchase Price Per Share ”) for a Total Purchase Price of $[                  ] (the “ Purchase Price”). As used in this Agreement, the term “ Shares ” includes the Shares purchased under this Agreement and all securities received (a) in replacement of the Shares, (b) as a result of stock dividends or stock splits with respect to the Shares, and (c) in replacement of the Shares in a merger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar corporate transaction.

1.2 Payment . Purchaser hereby delivers payment of the Purchase Price as follows (check and complete as appropriate):

 

[X] in cash (by personal check) in the amount of $[                  ], receipt of which is acknowledged by the Company.

 

[    ] by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to Purchaser in the amount of $                                                               .

 

[    ] by the waiver hereby of compensation due or accrued for services rendered in the amount of $                                                       .

 

[    ] by delivery of                      fully-paid, nonassessable and vested shares of the Common Stock of the Company owned by Purchaser free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, valued at the current Fair Market Value of $                      per share (a) for which the Company has received “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of SEC Rule 144, (if purchased by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such vested shares), or (b) that were obtained by Purchaser in the open public market.

2. DELIVERIES.

2.1 Deliveries by the Purchaser . Purchaser hereby delivers to the Company at its principal executive offices: (a) this completed and signed Agreement, and (b) the Purchase Price, paid by delivery of the form of payment specified in Section 1.2.

 

1


2.2 Deliveries by the Company . Upon its receipt of the Purchase Price, payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations, if any, and all the documents to be executed and delivered by Purchaser to the Company as provided herein, the Company will issue a duly executed stock certificate evidencing the Shares in the name of Purchaser with the appropriate legends affixed thereto, to be placed in escrow as provided in Section 7.2 to secure performance of Purchaser’s obligations under Section 6 until expiration or termination of the Company’s Refusal Right (as such term is defined in Sections 6).

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER. Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows.

3.1 Agrees to Terms of the Plan . Purchaser has received a copy of the Plan, has read and understands the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, and agrees to be bound by their terms and conditions.

3.2 Acknowledgment of Tax Risks . Purchaser acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon the purchase and the disposition of the Shares, and that Purchaser has been advised by the Company to consult a tax adviser prior to such purchase or disposition. Purchaser further acknowledges that Purchaser is not relying on the Company or its counsel for tax advice regarding Purchaser’s purchaser or disposition of the Shares or the tax consequences to Purchaser of this Agreement.

3.3 Shares Not Registered or Qualified . Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered with the SEC under the Securities Act, or with any securities regulatory agency administering any state securities laws, and that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the purchase of any Shares is expressly conditioned upon compliance with the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws. Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company to ensure compliance with such laws.

3.4 No Transfer Unless Registered or Exempt; Contractual Restrictions on Transfers . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may not transfer any Shares unless such Shares are registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements are available. Purchaser understands that only the Company may file a registration statement with the SEC and that the Company is under no obligation to do so with respect to the Shares. Purchaser has also been advised that exemptions from registration and qualification may not be available or may not permit Purchaser to transfer all or any of the Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by Purchaser. Purchaser further acknowledges that this Agreement imposes additional restrictions on transfer of the Shares.

3.5 SEC Rule 701 . Shares that are issued pursuant to SEC Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act may become freely tradable by non-affiliates (under limited conditions regarding the method of sale) ninety (90) days after the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC, subject to the lengthier market standoff agreement contained in Section 4 of this Agreement or any other agreement entered into by Purchaser. Affiliates must comply with the provisions (other than the holding period requirements) of Rule 144 which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities. Rule 144 is not presently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six (6) months, and in certain cases one (1) year, after they have been purchased and paid for

 

2


(within the meaning of Rule 144). Purchaser understands that use of a promissory note as payment for the Shares may not be deemed to be “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of Rule 144 unless certain conditions are met and that, accordingly, the Rule 144 holding period of such Shares may not begin to run until such Shares are fully paid for within the meaning of Rule 144. Purchaser understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Purchaser remains an “affiliate” of the Company or if “current public information” about the Company (as defined in Rule 144) is not publicly available.

3.6 Access to Information . Purchaser has had access to all information regarding the Company and its present and prospective business, assets, liabilities and financial condition that Purchaser reasonably considers important in making the decision to purchase the Shares, and Purchaser has had ample opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s representatives concerning such matters and this investment.

3.7 Understanding of Risks . Purchaser is fully aware of: (a) the highly speculative nature of the investment in the Shares; (b) the financial hazards involved; (c) the lack of liquidity of the Shares and the restrictions on transferability of the Shares (e.g., that Purchaser may not be able to sell or dispose of the Shares or use them as collateral for loans); (d) the qualifications and backgrounds of the management of the Company; and (e) the tax consequences of investment in, and disposition of, the Shares.

3.8 Purchase for Own Account for Investment . Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for Purchaser’s own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, a distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act. Purchaser has no present intention of selling or otherwise disposing of all or any portion of the Shares and no one other than Purchaser has any beneficial ownership of any of the Shares.

3.9 No General Solicitation . At no time was Purchaser presented with or solicited by any publicly issued or circulated newspaper, mail, radio, television or other form of general advertising or solicitation in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of the Shares.

3.10 SEC Rule 144 . Purchaser has been advised that SEC Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities, is not presently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six (6) months, and in certain cases one (1) year, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144), subject to the lengthier market standoff agreement contained in Section 4 of this Agreement or any other agreement entered into by Purchaser. Purchaser understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Purchaser remains an “affiliate” of the Company or if “current public information” about the Company (as defined in Rule 144) is not publicly available.

4. MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT. Subject to the provisions of this Section, Purchaser agrees in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities under the Securities Act or other registered public offering that, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any registered public offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or such managing underwriters, as the case may be, for a period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) after the effective date of such registration requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the managing underwriters may specify for employee-stockholders

 

3


generally. The restricted period shall in any event terminate two (2) years after the closing date of the Company’s initial public offering. For purposes of this Section 4, the term “Company” shall include any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company into which the Company merges or consolidates. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the shares subject to this Section and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of such period. Purchaser further agrees that the underwriters of any such registered public offering shall be third party beneficiaries of this Section 4 and agrees to enter into the form of underwriter agreement, and any other agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not apply to any registration of securities of the Company (a) under an employee benefit plan or (b) in a merger, consolidation, business combination or similar transaction.

5. VESTING SCHEDULE.

5.1 Vested and Unvested Shares . Shares that are vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in this Section 5.1 are “ Vested Shares.” Shares that are not vested pursuant to such schedule are “Unvested Shares .”

5.1.1. On the Effective Date, [ ] of the Shares will be Vested Shares and [ ] of the Shares will be Unvested Shares. Provided Purchaser continues to provide services to the Company (or any Subsidiary or Parent of the Company) as an employee, officer, director, contractor or consultant, one thirty-sixth (1/36 th ) of the Shares will vest at the end of each successive full month after the Effective Date.

5.1.2. I f the Purchaser is Terminated by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company other than for Cause or by the Purchaser for Good Reason, death or Disability, then, in each case, subject to Purchaser (or Purchaser’s executor in the event of Purchaser’s death) delivering to the Company a signed release agreement in the form attached to Purchaser’s employment agreement with the Company dated as of May 9, 2017 (the “ Release ”), and Purchaser satisfying all conditions to make the Release effective within sixty (60) days following termination (or such shorter period required by the Company), then the vesting of 100% of the then Unvested Shares will accelerate in full.

5.1.3. As set forth in Section 2.2 of the Plan, the number of the Shares that are Vested Shares or Unvested Shares will be proportionally adjusted to reflect any stock split, reverse stock split or similar change in the capital structure of the Company occurring after the Effective Date.

5.1.4 . Unvested Shares that fail to vest shall terminate without any consideration being due to the Purchaser.

5.4 Right of Termination Unaffected . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) to terminate Purchaser’s employment or other relationship with Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without Cause.

 

4


5.5 Definition of Change in Control, Cause, Good Reason and Disability . For the purposes of the Agreement Change in Control ”, Cause ”, “ Good Reason ” and “ Disability s hall have the meaning as defined in the offer of employment letter between the Company and the Purchaser, dated May 9, 2017.

6. COMPANY’S REFUSAL RIGHT. Unvested Shares shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer and the granting of encumbrances thereon as provided in Section 7 hereof. Before any Vested Shares (as defined in Section 5 hereof) held by Purchaser or any transferee of such Vested Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Refusal Right ”).

6.1 Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (a) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (b) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee of Offered Shares (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (c) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (d) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee (the Offered Price ”); and (e) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Refusal Right at the Offered Price as provided for in this Agreement.

6.2 Exercise of Refusal Right . At any time within thirty (30) days after the date the Notice is effective pursuant to Section 9.2, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as provided in Section 6.3 below.

6.3 Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift), then the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

 

5


6.4 Payment . The purchase price for the Offered Shares will be paid, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof. The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

6.5 Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to such Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (a) such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date the Notice is effective pursuant to Section 9.2, (b) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (c) such Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to such Proposed Transferee within such one hundred twenty (120) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Refusal Right before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

6.6 Exempt Transfers . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following transfers of Vested Shares will be exempt from the Refusal Right: (a) the transfer of any or all of the Vested Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime by gift or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided that each transferee agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Vested Shares in the hands of such transferee; (b) any transfer of Vested Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or entities (except that, subject to Section 6.7, unless the agreement of merger or consolidation expressly otherwise provides, the Refusal Right will continue to apply thereafter to such Vested Shares, in which case the surviving entity of such merger or consolidation shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section); or (c) any transfer of Vested Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company. As used herein, the term “Immediate Family” will mean Purchaser’s spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of Purchaser or Purchaser’s spouse, or the spouse of any of the above or Spousal Equivalent, as defined herein. As used herein, a person is deemed to be a “Spousal Equivalent” provided the following circumstances are true: (i) irrespective of whether or not the Purchaser and the Spousal Equivalent are the same sex, they are the sole spousal equivalent of the other for the last twelve (12) months, (ii) they intend to remain so indefinitely, (iii) neither are married to anyone else, (iv) both are at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (v) they are not related by blood to a degree of closeness that which would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they legally reside, (vi) they are jointly responsible for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations, and (vii) they reside together in the same residence for the last twelve (12) months and intend to do so indefinitely.

6.7 Termination of Refusal Right . The Refusal Right will terminate as to all Shares: (a) on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act or, if expressly approved by the Board as terminating the Refusal Right, under the laws of any other country having substantially the same effect (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan) or (b) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or entities if the common stock of the surviving entity or any direct or indirect parent entity thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

6


7. ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS UPON SHARE OWNERSHIP OR TRANSFER.

7.1 Rights as a Stockholder . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Purchaser will have all of the rights of a Stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Purchaser until such time as Purchaser disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Refusal Right or the lapse of the Shares. Upon an exercise of the Refusal Right, Purchaser will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, other than the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and Purchaser will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

7.2 Escrow . As security for Purchaser’s faithful performance of this Agreement, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s) to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “Escrow Holder”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Purchaser and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Agreement (or to any other person or entity) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Agreement. Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of both the Refusal Right.

7.3 Encumbrances on Shares . Without the Company’s prior written consent given with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, Purchaser may not grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber, any Unvested Shares.

7.4 Restrictions on Transfers . Unvested Shares may not be sold or otherwise transferred by Purchaser without the Company’s prior written consent. Purchaser hereby agrees that Purchaser shall make no disposition of the Shares (other than as permitted by this Agreement) unless and until:

(a) Purchaser shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and provided a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition;

(b) Purchaser shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares, including but not limited to the Refusal Right and the Market Standoff; and

(c) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that (i) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or under any state securities laws, and (ii) all appropriate actions necessary for compliance with the registration and qualification requirements of the Securities Act and any state securities laws, or of any exemption from registration or qualification, available thereunder (including Rule 144) have been taken.

 

7


Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in this Agreement must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred Shares are subject to the Company’s Refusal Right granted hereunder and the market stand-off provisions of Section 4 hereof, to the same extent such Shares would be so subject if retained by the Purchaser.

7.5 Restrictive Legends and Stop-transfer Orders . Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by applicable laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Purchaser and the Company or any agreement between Purchaser and any third party:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON PUBLIC RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AND A MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT, AS SET FORTH IN A RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH PUBLIC SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, AND THE MARKET STANDOFF ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF REPURCHASE AND/OR INDEMNITY AND ESCROW OBLIGATIONS AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT WITH THE COMPANY.

 

8


Purchaser also agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records. The Company will not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

8. TAX MATTERS.

8.1 At the time this Agreement is executed, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, Purchaser hereby agrees to make adequate provision with the Company for, any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance) withholding obligations of the Company, if any, which arise in connection with the vesting of the Shares.

8.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchaser shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the Company to satisfy all or any portion of the Company’s income and payroll tax withholding obligations by deducting from the Shares deliverable to Purchaser a number of whole Shares having a Fair Market Value, as determined in good faith by the Company as of the date on which the tax withholding obligations arise, equal to the amount of such tax withholding obligations determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

8.3 PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT PURCHASER MAY SUFFER ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES AS A RESULT OF PURCHASER’S PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES. PURCHASER REPRESENTS (a)  THAT PURCHASER HAS CONSULTED WITH ANY TAX ADVISER THAT PURCHASER DEEMS ADVISABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES AND (b)  THAT PURCHASER IS NOT RELYING ON THE COMPANY FOR ANY TAX ADVICE. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that Purchaser has been informed that, with respect to Unvested Shares, unless an election is filed by Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service (and, if necessary, the proper state taxing authorities) within 30 days after the purchase of the Shares electing, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (and similar state tax provisions, if applicable), to be taxed currently on any difference between the Purchase Price of the Unvested Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase, there will be a recognition of taxable income to Purchaser, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Unvested Shares, at the time they cease to be Unvested Shares, over the Purchase Price for such Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax advisers Purchaser deems advisable in connection with Purchaser’s purchase of the Shares.

9. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

9.1 Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement, including its rights to purchase Shares under the Refusal Right. Neither Purchaser, nor any of Purchaser’s successors and assigns, may assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the Company. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement will be binding upon Purchaser and Purchaser’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

9


9.2 Notices . Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following: (i) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (ii) at the time an electronic confirmation of receipt is received, if delivery is by email; (iii) at the time of transmission by facsimile, addressed to the other party at its facsimile number specified herein (or hereafter modified by subsequent notice to the parties hereto), with confirmation of receipt made by both telephone and printed confirmation sheet verifying successful transmission of the facsimile; (iv) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (v) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries. Any notice for delivery outside the United States will be sent by email, facsimile or by express courier. Any notice not delivered personally or by email will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to Purchaser at the last known address or facsimile number on the books of the Company, or at such other address or facsimile number as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other parties hereto or, in the case of the Company, to it at its principal place of business. Notices to the Company will be marked “Attention: Chief Financial Officer.” Notices by facsimile shall be machine verified as received.

9.3 Further Assurances . The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

9.4 Entire Agreement . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Agreement, together with all Exhibits hereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, between the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

9.5 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

9.6 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California. If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain fully effective and enforceable.

9.7 Execution . This Agreement may be entered into in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

10


This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and, upon such delivery, the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

[The remainder of this page has intentionally been left blank]

[Signature page follows]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date and year first entered.

 

Very truly yours,
STOCKHOLDER:

 

(Print Name of Stockholder)

 

(Signature)

 

(Print name and title if signing on behalf of an entity)

 

(Print Address)

 

(Print Address)

 

(Print Telephone Number)

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
Z UORA , I NC .
By:  

 

  Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT A-1

ZUORA, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

N OTICE OF R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT A WARD

Terms defined in the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (“ Notice of Grant”).

Name:

Address:

You (“ Participant ”) have been granted an award of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the attached Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (hereinafter “ RSU Agreement ”) under the Plan, as follows:

Total Number of RSUs:

RSU Grant Date:

Vesting Start Date:

 

Expiration Date:

   The earlier to occur of: (a) the date on which settlement of all vested RSUs granted hereunder occurs and (b) the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

Vesting: RSUs that are vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in this vesting schedule are “ Vested RSUs.” RSUs that are not vested pursuant to such schedule are “Unvested RSUs.” On the Vesting Start Date, all of the RSUs will be Unvested RSUs. Provided Participant continues to provide services to the Company (or any Subsidiary or Parent of the Company) as an employee, officer, director, contractor or consultant at all times from the RSU Grant Date until the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date (the “ First Vesting Date”) then on the First Vesting Date, one third (1/3 th ) of the RSUs will vest and thereafter one thirty-sixth (1/36 th ) of the RSUs will vest at the end of each successive full month after the First Vesting Start Date.

Settlement: RSUs that vest shall be settled immediately upon vesting. Settlement means the delivery of the Shares vested under an RSU. Settlement of RSUs shall be in Shares (including, at the election of Participant, net of any tax withholdings), unless at the time of settlement the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that settlement shall, in whole or in part, be in the form of cash. No fractional RSUs or rights for fractional Shares shall be created pursuant to this Notice of Grant.

Participant hereby agrees to make adequate provision with the Company for, any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance) withholding obligations of the Company, if any, which arise in connection with the vesting of the RSUs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the Company to satisfy all federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance) withholding obligations of the Company, if any, which arise in connection with the RSUs by deducting from the Shares or cash otherwise deliverable to the Participant in settlement of the award (referred to herein as the “ Net Share Withholding Election”). The Company shall have no obligation to deliver Shares (or cash) until the tax withholding obligations of the Company have been satisfied by the Participant.

 

- 1 -


Participant understands that his or her employment or consulting relationship with the Company is for an unspecified duration, can be terminated at any time (i.e., is “at-will”), and that nothing in this Notice of Grant, the RSU Agreement or the Plan changes the at-will nature of that relationship. Participant also understands that this Notice of Grant is subject to the terms and conditions of both the RSU Agreement and the Plan, both of which are incorporated herein by reference. Participant has read both the RSU Agreement and the Plan.

By your acceptance hereof (whether written, electronic or otherwise), you agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that in lieu of receiving documents in paper format, you accept the electronic delivery of any documents the Company, or any third party involved in administering the Plan which the Company may designate, may deliver in connection with this grant (including the Plan, the Notice of Grant, this Agreement, the 701 Disclosures, account statements, or other communications or information) whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of such third party or via email or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative on the Notice of Grant, Participant and the Company agree that this RSU is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant and the RSU Agreement.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

  

ZUORA, INC.

 

 

- 2 -


ZUORA, INC.

RSU A GREEMENT UNDER THE

2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

You have been granted Restricted Stock Units (“ RSUs ”) subject to the terms, restrictions and conditions of the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (“Notice of Grant ”) and this Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan and the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award shall have the same defined meanings in this RSU Agreement (the “ Agreement ”).

1. No Stockholder Rights . Unless and until such time as Shares are issued in settlement of Vested RSUs, Participant shall have no ownership of the Shares allocated to the RSUs and shall have no right to dividends or to vote such Shares.

2. Dividend Equivalents . Cash dividends, if any, shall not be credited to Participant.

3. No Transfer . The RSUs and any interest therein shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise the rights of Participant and receive any property distributable with respect to the RSUs upon the death of Participant. Any transferee who receives an interest in the RSU or the underlying Shares upon the death of Participant shall acknowledge in writing that the RSU shall continue to be subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 3.

4. Termination . If Participant is Terminated for any reason, all RSUs for which vesting is no longer possible under the terms of the Notice of Grant and this Agreement shall be forfeited to the Company forthwith, and all rights of Participant to such RSUs shall immediately terminate. In case of any dispute as to whether such Termination has occurred, the Committee shall have sole discretion to determine whether such Termination has occurred and the Termination Date.

5. Acknowledgement . The Company and Participant agree that the RSUs are granted under and governed by the Notice of Grant, this Agreement and by the provisions of the Plan (incorporated herein by reference). Participant: (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of each of the foregoing documents, (ii) represents that Participant has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and (iii) hereby accepts the RSUs subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Plan and the Notice of Grant.

6. Limitations on Transfer of Stock . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Participant shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement except with the Company’s prior written consent and in compliance with the provisions of Article 9 and 10 of the Plan, the Company’s then current Insider Trading Policy, if any, and applicable securities laws. The restrictions on transfer also include a prohibition on any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” by the RSU holder with respect to the RSU itself as well as any shares issuable upon settlement of the RSU prior to the settlement thereof until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

7. Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including the transfer restrictions of Sections 3 and 6, and the transferee shall acknowledge such restrictions in writing. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.


8. Withholding of Tax . When the RSUs are vested and/or settled the fair market value of the Shares is treated as income subject to withholding by the Company for income and employment taxes if Participant is or was an employee of the Company. The Company shall withhold an amount equal to the tax due at vesting and/or settlement from the Participant’s other compensation; provided, that Participant shall have a right to make the Net Share Withholding Election or to timely remit to the Company an amount equal to the tax then due. If the Participant does not timely make the Net Share Withholding Election and does not timely remit to the Company an amount equal to the tax then due, the Company may in its sole discretion withhold a number of Shares with a fair market value (determined on the date the Shares are settled) equal to the minimum amount the Company is then required to withhold for taxes.

9. Code Section  409A . For purposes of this Agreement, a termination of employment will be determined consistent with the rules relating to a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder (“Section  409A”). Notwithstanding anything else provided herein, to the extent any payments provided under this Agreement in connection with Participant’s termination of employment constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and Participant is deemed at the time of such termination of employment to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A, then such payment shall not be made or commence until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the 6-month period measured from Participant’s separation from service from the Company or (ii) the date of Participant’s death following such a separation from service; provided, however, that such deferral shall only be effected to the extent required to avoid adverse tax treatment to Participant including, without limitation, the additional tax for which Participant would otherwise be liable under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) in the absence of such a deferral. The first payment thereof will include a catch-up payment covering the amount that would have otherwise been paid during the period between Participant’s termination of employment and the first payment date but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments (if any) will be payable in accordance with their original schedule. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A, the provision will be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A. To the extent any payment under this Agreement may be classified as a “short-term deferral” within the meaning of Section 409A, such payment shall be deemed a short-term deferral, even if it may also qualify for an exemption from Section 409A under another provision of Section 409A. Payments pursuant to this section are intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

10. U.S. Tax Consequences . Participant acknowledges that there will be tax consequences upon vesting and/or settlement of the RSUs and/or disposition of the Shares, if any, received in connection therewith, and Participant should consult a tax adviser regarding Participant’s tax obligations prior to such settlement or disposition.

11. Compliance with Laws and Regulations . The issuance of Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Participant (including any written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may request of Participant for compliance with Applicable Laws) with all applicable state and federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer. Participant may not be issued any Shares if such issuance would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares.

 

   - 2 -   


12. Legend on Certificates . The certificates representing the Shares issued hereunder shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, this Agreement or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such shares of the Company’s Common Stock are listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

13. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement will be binding upon Participant and Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

14. Entire Agreement; Severability . The Plan and Notice of Grant are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Notice of Grant and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof (including, without limitation, any commitment to make any other form of equity award (such as stock options) that may have been set forth in any employment offer letter or other agreement between the parties). If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain fully effective and enforceable.

15. Market Standoff Agreement . Participant agrees that in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities that, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any public offering of the Company’s securities, Participant will not sell or otherwise dispose of shares of the Company’s Common Stock without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such reasonable period of time after the effective date of such registration as may be requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the underwriters may specify. Participant will enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing.

16. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Participant’s Continuous Service Status, for any reason, with or without cause.

17. Information to Participants . If the Company is relying on an exemption from registration under Section 12(h)-1 of the Exchange Act and such information is required to be provided by such Section 12(h)-1, the Company shall provide the information described in Rules 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) of the Securities Act by a method allowed under Section 12(h)-1 of the Exchange Act in accordance with Section 12(h)-1 of the Exchange Act, provided that Participant agrees to keep the information confidential.

18. Delivery of Documents and Notices . Any document relating to participating in the Plan and/or notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the e-mail address, if any, provided for Participant by the Company or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

   - 3 -   


EXHIBIT A-2

ZUORA, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

N OTICE OF R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT A WARD

Terms defined in the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (“ Notice of Grant”).

Name:

Address:

You (“ Participant ”) have been granted an award of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the attached Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (hereinafter “RSU Agreement ”) under the Plan, as follows:

Total Number of RSUs:

RSU Grant Date:

Vesting Start Date:

 

Expiration Date:

   The earlier to occur of: (a) the date on which settlement of all vested RSUs granted hereunder occurs and (b) the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

Vesting: RSUs that are vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in this vesting schedule are “ Vested RSUs.” RSUs that are not vested pursuant to such schedule are “Unvested RSUs.” On the Vesting Start Date, all of the RSUs will be Unvested RSUs. Provided Participant continues to provide services to the Company (or any Subsidiary or Parent of the Company) as an employee, officer, director, contractor or consultant at all times from the RSU Grant Date until the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date (the “ First Vesting Date”) then on the First Vesting Date, one fourth (1/4 th ) of the RSUs will vest and thereafter one forty-eight (1/48 th ) of the RSUs shall vest at the end of each successive full month after the First Vesting Date.

Settlement: RSUs that vest shall be settled immediately upon vesting. Settlement means the delivery of the Shares vested under an RSU. Settlement of RSUs shall be in Shares (including, at the election of Participant, net of any tax withholdings), unless at the time of settlement the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that settlement shall, in whole or in part, be in the form of cash. No fractional RSUs or rights for fractional Shares shall be created pursuant to this Notice of Grant.

Participant hereby agrees to make adequate provision with the Company for, any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance) withholding obligations of the Company, if any, which arise in connection with the vesting of the RSUs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the Company to satisfy all federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance) withholding obligations of the Company, if any, which arise in connection with the RSUs by deducting from the Shares or cash otherwise deliverable to the Participant in settlement of the award (referred to herein as the “Net Share Withholding Election”). The Company shall have no obligation to deliver Shares (or cash) until the tax withholding obligations of the Company have been satisfied by the Participant.

 

- 1 -


Participant understands that his or her employment or consulting relationship with the Company is for an unspecified duration, can be terminated at any time ( i.e. , is “at-will”), and that nothing in this Notice of Grant, the RSU Agreement or the Plan changes the at-will nature of that relationship. Participant also understands that this Notice of Grant is subject to the terms and conditions of both the RSU Agreement and the Plan, both of which are incorporated herein by reference. Participant has read both the RSU Agreement and the Plan.

By your acceptance hereof (whether written, electronic or otherwise), you agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that in lieu of receiving documents in paper format, you accept the electronic delivery of any documents the Company, or any third party involved in administering the Plan which the Company may designate, may deliver in connection with this grant (including the Plan, the Notice of Grant, this Agreement, the 701 Disclosures, account statements, or other communications or information) whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of such third party or via email or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative on the Notice of Grant, Participant and the Company agree that this RSU is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant and the RSU Agreement.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

  

ZUORA, INC.

 

 

- 2 -


ZUORA, INC.

RSU A GREEMENT UNDER THE

2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

You have been granted Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) subject to the terms, restrictions and conditions of the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (“Notice of Grant”) and this Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan and the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award shall have the same defined meanings in this RSU Agreement (the “Agreement”).

1. No Stockholder Rights . Unless and until such time as Shares are issued in settlement of Vested RSUs, Participant shall have no ownership of the Shares allocated to the RSUs and shall have no right to dividends or to vote such Shares.

2. Dividend Equivalents . Cash dividends, if any, shall not be credited to Participant.

3. No Transfer . The RSUs and any interest therein shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise the rights of Participant and receive any property distributable with respect to the RSUs upon the death of Participant. Any transferee who receives an interest in the RSU or the underlying Shares upon the death of Participant shall acknowledge in writing that the RSU shall continue to be subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 3.

4. Termination . If Participant is Terminated for any reason, all RSUs for which vesting is no longer possible under the terms of the Notice of Grant and this Agreement shall be forfeited to the Company forthwith, and all rights of Participant to such RSUs shall immediately terminate. In case of any dispute as to whether such Termination has occurred, the Committee shall have sole discretion to determine whether such Termination has occurred and the Termination Date.

5. Acknowledgement . The Company and Participant agree that the RSUs are granted under and governed by the Notice of Grant, this Agreement and by the provisions of the Plan (incorporated herein by reference). Participant: (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of each of the foregoing documents, (ii) represents that Participant has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and (iii) hereby accepts the RSUs subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Plan and the Notice of Grant.

6. Limitations on Transfer of Stock . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Participant shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement except with the Company’s prior written consent and in compliance with the provisions of Article 9 and 10 of the Plan, the Company’s then current Insider Trading Policy, if any, and applicable securities laws. The restrictions on transfer also include a prohibition on any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” by the RSU holder with respect to the RSU itself as well as any shares issuable upon settlement of the RSU prior to the settlement thereof until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

7. Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including the transfer restrictions of Sections 3 and 6, and the transferee shall acknowledge such restrictions in writing. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

 

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement      


8. Withholding of Tax . When the RSUs are vested and/or settled the fair market value of the Shares is treated as income subject to withholding by the Company for income and employment taxes if Participant is or was an employee of the Company. The Company shall withhold an amount equal to the tax due at vesting and/or settlement from the Participant’s other compensation; provided, that Participant shall have a right to make the Net Share Withholding Election or to timely remit to the Company an amount equal to the tax then due. If the Participant does not timely make the Net Share Withholding Election and does not timely remit to the Company an amount equal to the tax then due, the Company may in its sole discretion withhold a number of Shares with a fair market value (determined on the date the Shares are settled) equal to the minimum amount the Company is then required to withhold for taxes.

9. Code Section  409A . For purposes of this Agreement, a termination of employment will be determined consistent with the rules relating to a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder (“Section  409A”). Notwithstanding anything else provided herein, to the extent any payments provided under this Agreement in connection with Participant’s termination of employment constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and Participant is deemed at the time of such termination of employment to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A, then such payment shall not be made or commence until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the 6-month period measured from Participant’s separation from service from the Company or (ii) the date of Participant’s death following such a separation from service; provided, however, that such deferral shall only be effected to the extent required to avoid adverse tax treatment to Participant including, without limitation, the additional tax for which Participant would otherwise be liable under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) in the absence of such a deferral. The first payment thereof will include a catch-up payment covering the amount that would have otherwise been paid during the period between Participant’s termination of employment and the first payment date but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments (if any) will be payable in accordance with their original schedule. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A, the provision will be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A. To the extent any payment under this Agreement may be classified as a “short-term deferral” within the meaning of Section 409A, such payment shall be deemed a short-term deferral, even if it may also qualify for an exemption from Section 409A under another provision of Section 409A. Payments pursuant to this section are intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

10. U.S. Tax Consequences . Participant acknowledges that there will be tax consequences upon vesting and/or settlement of the RSUs and/or disposition of the Shares, if any, received in connection therewith, and Participant should consult a tax adviser regarding Participant’s tax obligations prior to such settlement or disposition.

11. Compliance with Laws and Regulations . The issuance of Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Participant (including any written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may request of Participant for compliance with Applicable Laws) with all applicable state and federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer. Participant may not be issued any Shares if such issuance would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares.

 

   - 2 -   


12. Legend on Certificates . The certificates representing the Shares issued hereunder shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, this Agreement or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such shares of the Company’s Common Stock are listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

13. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement will be binding upon Participant and Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

14. Entire Agreement; Severability . The Plan and Notice of Grant are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Notice of Grant and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof (including, without limitation, any commitment to make any other form of equity award (such as stock options) that may have been set forth in any employment offer letter or other agreement between the parties). If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain fully effective and enforceable.

15. Market Standoff Agreement . Participant agrees that in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities that, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any public offering of the Company’s securities, Participant will not sell or otherwise dispose of shares of the Company’s Common Stock without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such reasonable period of time after the effective date of such registration as may be requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the underwriters may specify. Participant will enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing.

16. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Participant’s Continuous Service Status, for any reason, with or without cause.

17. Information to Participants . If the Company is relying on an exemption from registration under Section 12(h)-1 of the Exchange Act and such information is required to be provided by such Section 12(h)-1, the Company shall provide the information described in Rules 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) of the Securities Act by a method allowed under Section 12(h)-1 of the Exchange Act in accordance with Section 12(h)-1 of the Exchange Act, provided that Participant agrees to keep the information confidential.

18. Delivery of Documents and Notices . Any document relating to participating in the Plan and/or notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the e-mail address, if any, provided for Participant by the Company or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

   - 3 -   

Exhibit 10.4

ZUORA, INC.

2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. PURPOSE . The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, and any Parents, Subsidiaries and Affiliates that exist now or in the future, by offering them an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through the grant of Awards. Capitalized terms not defined elsewhere in the text are defined in Section 28.

2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN .

2.1. Number of Shares Available . Subject to Sections 2.6, 21, the automatic increase set forth in Section 2.4 and any other applicable provisions hereof, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan as of the date of adoption of the Plan by the Board, is 10,300,000 Shares, plus (a) any reserved shares not issued or subject to outstanding grants under the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan on the Effective Date (as defined below), (b) shares that are subject to stock options or other awards granted under the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan and the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (collectively, the “ Prior Plans ”) that cease to be subject to such stock options or other awards by forfeiture or otherwise after the Effective Date, (c) shares issued under the Prior Plans before or after the Effective Date pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are, after the Effective Date, forfeited, (d) shares issued under the Prior Plans that are repurchased by the Company at the original issue price and (e) shares that are subject to stock options or other awards under the Prior Plans that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award. Any of the Company’s Class B common stock that become available for grant under this Plan pursuant to Sections 2.1(a)-(e) hereof will be issued as Shares.

2.2. Lapsed, Returned Awards . Shares subject to Awards, and Shares issued under the Plan under any Award, will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with subsequent Awards under this Plan to the extent such Shares: (a) are subject to issuance upon exercise of an Option or SAR granted under this Plan but which cease to be subject to the Option or SAR for any reason other than exercise of the Option or SAR; (b) are subject to Awards granted under this Plan that are forfeited or are repurchased by the Company at the original issue price; (c) are subject to Awards granted under this Plan that otherwise terminate without such Shares being issued; or (d) are surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, Shares that otherwise become available for grant and issuance because of the provisions of this Section 2.2 shall not include Shares subject to Awards that initially became available because of the substitution clause in Section 21.2 hereof.

2.3. Minimum Share Reserve . At all times the Company will reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as will be required to satisfy the requirements of all outstanding Awards granted under this Plan.

2.4. Automatic Share Reserve Increase . The number of Shares available for grant and issuance under the Plan will be increased on February 1 of 2019 through 2028 by the lesser of (a) five (5%) of the shares of all classes of the Company’s common stock and common stock equivalents (including options, restricted stock units, warrants and preferred stock on an as converted basis) outstanding on each January 31 immediately prior to the date of increase or (b) such number of Shares determined by the Board.

 

1


2.5. ISO Limitation . No more than 30,000,000 Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of ISOs (as defined below) under the Plan.

2.6. Adjustment of Shares . If the number of outstanding Shares is changed by a stock dividend, extraordinary dividends or distributions (whether in cash, shares or other property, other than a regular cash dividend) recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, consolidation, reclassification, spin-off or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, without consideration, then (a) the number and class of Shares reserved for issuance and future grant under the Plan set forth in Section 2.1, including shares reserved under sub-clauses (a)-(e) of Section 2.1, (b) the Exercise Prices of and number and class of Shares subject to outstanding Options and SARs, (c) the number and class of Shares subject to other outstanding Awards, (d) the maximum number and class of Shares that may be issued as ISOs set forth in Section 2.5 will be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and in compliance with applicable securities laws; provided that fractions of a Share will not be issued.

If, by reason of an adjustment pursuant to this Section 2.6, a Participant’s Award Agreement or other agreement related to any Award or the Shares subject to such Award covers additional or different shares of stock or securities, then such additional or different shares, and the Award Agreement or such other agreement in respect thereof, will be subject to all of the terms, conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Award or the Shares subject to such Award prior to such adjustment.

3. ELIGIBILITY . ISOs may be granted only to Employees. All other Awards may be granted to Employees, Consultants, Directors and Non-Employee Directors; provided such Consultants, Directors and Non-Employee Directors render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction.

4. ADMINISTRATION .

4.1. Committee Composition; Authority . This Plan will be administered by the Committee or by the Board acting as the Committee. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and carry out this Plan, except, however, the Board will establish the terms for the grant of an Award to Non-Employee Directors. The Committee will have the authority to:

(a) construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;

(b) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan or any Award;

(c) select persons to receive Awards;

(d) determine the form and terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the Exercise Price, the time or times when Awards may vest and be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria) or settled, any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, the method to satisfy tax withholding obligations or any other tax liability legally due and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Committee will determine;

(e) determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards;

 

2


(f) determine the Fair Market Value in good faith and interpret the applicable provisions of this Plan and the definition of Fair Market Value in connection with circumstances that impact the Fair Market Value, if necessary;

(g) determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under this Plan or any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

(h) grant waivers of Plan or Award conditions;

(i) determine the vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards;

(j) correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement;

(k) determine whether an Award has been vested and/or earned;

(l) determine the terms and conditions of any, and to institute any Exchange Program;

(m) reduce or waive any criteria with respect to Performance Factors;

(n) adjust Performance Factors;

(o) adopt terms and conditions, rules and/or procedures (including the adoption of any subplan under this Plan) relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate requirements of local law and procedures outside of the United States;

(p) exercise discretion with respect to Performance Awards;

(q) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan; and

(r) delegate any of the foregoing to a subcommittee consisting of one or more executive officers pursuant to a specific delegation as permitted by applicable law, including Section 157(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

4.2. Committee Interpretation and Discretion . Any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award will be made in its sole discretion at the time of grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan or Award, at any later time, and such determination will be final and binding on the Company and all persons having an interest in any Award under the Plan. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of the Plan or any Award Agreement will be submitted by the Participant or Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee will be final and binding on the Company and the Participant. The Committee may delegate to one or more executive officers the authority to review and resolve disputes with respect to Awards held by Participants who are not Insiders, and such resolution will be final and binding on the Company and the Participant.

4.3. Section 16 of the Exchange Act . Awards granted to Participants who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act must be approved by two or more “non-employee directors” (as defined in the regulations promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act).

4.4. Documentation . The Award Agreement for a given Award, the Plan and any other documents may be delivered to, and accepted by, a Participant or any other person in any manner (including electronic distribution or posting) that meets applicable legal requirements.

 

3


4.5. Foreign Award Recipients . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws and practices in other countries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Subsidiaries and Affiliates will be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States or foreign nationals to comply with applicable foreign laws, policies, customs and practices; (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Committee determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications will be attached to this Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications will increase the share limitations contained in Section 2.1 hereof; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards will be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act or any other applicable United States securities law, the Code, or any other applicable United States governing statute or law.

5. OPTIONS . An Option is the right but not the obligation to purchase a Share, subject to certain conditions, if applicable. The Committee may grant Options to eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors and will determine whether such Options will be Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of the Code (“ ISOs ”) or Nonqualified Stock Options (“ NSOs ”), the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may vest and be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following terms of this section.

5.1. Option Grant . Each Option granted under this Plan will identify the Option as an ISO or an NSO. An Option may be, but need not be, awarded upon satisfaction of such Performance Factors during any Performance Period as are set out in advance in the Participant’s individual Award Agreement. If the Option is being earned upon the satisfaction of Performance Factors, then the Committee will: (a) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for each Option; and (b) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure the performance, if any. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to Options that are subject to different performance goals and other criteria.

5.2. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, or a specified future date. The Award Agreement will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.

5.3. Exercise Period . Options may be vested and exercisable within the times or upon the conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement governing such Option; provided , however , that no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted; and provided further that no ISO granted to a person who, at the time the ISO is granted, directly or by attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (“ Ten Percent Stockholder”) will be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the ISO is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines.

5.4. Exercise Price . The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted; provided that: (a) the Exercise Price of an Option will be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant and (b) the Exercise Price of any ISO granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder will not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. Payment for the Shares purchased may be made in accordance with Section 11 and the Award Agreement and in accordance with any procedures established by the Company.

 

4


5.5. Method of Exercise . Any Option granted hereunder will be vested and exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (a) notice of exercise (in such form as the Committee may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option (and/or via electronic execution through the authorized third party administrator), and (b) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Committee and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 2.6 of the Plan. Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

5.6. Termination of Service . If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason except for Cause or the Participant’s death or Disability, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by the Participant on the date Participant’s Service terminates no later than three (3) months after the date Participant’s Service terminates (or such shorter or longer time period as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond three (3) months after the date Participant’s employment terminates deemed to be the exercise of an NSO), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.

(a) Death . If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Participant’s death (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after Participant’s Service terminates other than for Cause or because of the Participant’s Disability), then the Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by the Participant on the date Participant’s Service terminates and must be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative, or authorized assignee, no later than twelve (12) months after the date Participant’s Service terminates (or such shorter time period or longer time period as may be determined by the Committee), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.

(b) Disability . If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Participant’s Disability, then the Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by the Participant on the date Participant’s Service terminates and must be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee) no later than twelve (12) months after the date Participant’s Service terminates (or such shorter or longer time period as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond (a) three (3) months after the date Participant’s employment terminates when the termination of Service is for a Disability that is not a “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, or (b) twelve (12) months after the date Participant’s employment terminates when the termination of Service is for a Disability that is a “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, deemed to be exercise of an NSO), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.

(c) Cause . If the Participant’s Service terminates for Cause, then Participant’s Options will expire on such Participant’s date of termination of Service, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee, but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options. Unless otherwise provided in an employment agreement, Award Agreement or other applicable agreement Cause will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

5


5.7. Limitations on Exercise . The Committee may specify a minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not prevent any Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.

5.8. Limitations on ISOs . With respect to Awards granted as ISOs, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which such ISOs are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as NSOs. For purposes of this Section 5.8, ISOs will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to ISOs, such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.

5.9. Modification, Extension or Renewal . The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted. Any outstanding ISO that is modified, extended, renewed or otherwise altered will be treated in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code. Subject to Section 18 of this Plan, by written notice to affected Participants, the Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of such Participants; provided , however , that the Exercise Price may not be reduced below the Fair Market Value on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price.

5.10. No Disqualification . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, no term of this Plan relating to ISOs will be interpreted, amended or altered, nor will any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify this Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the Participant affected, to disqualify any ISO under Section 422 of the Code.

6. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS . A Restricted Stock Award is an offer by the Company to sell to an eligible Employee, Consultant, or Director Shares that are subject to restrictions (“ Restricted Stock”) . The Committee will determine to whom an offer will be made, the number of Shares the Participant may purchase, the Purchase Price, the restrictions under which the Shares will be subject and all other terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to the Plan.

6.1. Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement . All purchases under a Restricted Stock Award will be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Except as may otherwise be provided in an Award Agreement, a Participant accepts a Restricted Stock Award by signing and delivering to the Company an Award Agreement with full payment of the Purchase Price, within thirty (30) days from the date the Award Agreement was delivered to the Participant. If the Participant does not accept such Award within thirty (30) days, then the offer of such Restricted Stock Award will terminate, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

6.2. Purchase Price . The Purchase Price for a Restricted Stock Award will be determined by the Committee and may be less than Fair Market Value on the date the Restricted Stock Award is granted. Payment of the Purchase Price must be made in accordance with Section 11 of the Plan, and the Award Agreement and in accordance with any procedures established by the Company.

6.3. Terms of Restricted Stock Awards . Restricted Stock Awards will be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose or are required by law. These restrictions may be based on completion of a specified number of years of service with the Company or upon completion of Performance Factors, if any, during any Performance Period as set out in advance in the Participant’s Award Agreement. Prior to the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Committee shall: (a) determine the

 

6


nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for the Restricted Stock Award; (b) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure performance goals, if any; and (c) determine the number of Shares that may be awarded to the Participant. Performance Periods may overlap and a Participant may participate simultaneously with respect to Restricted Stock Awards that are subject to different Performance Periods and having different performance goals and other criteria.

6.4. Termination of Service . Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such date Participant’s Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).

7. STOCK BONUS AWARDS . A Stock Bonus Award is an award to an eligible Employee, Consultant, or Director of Shares for Services to be rendered or for past Services already rendered to the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate. All Stock Bonus Awards shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement. No payment from the Participant will be required for Shares awarded pursuant to a Stock Bonus Award.

7.1. Terms of Stock Bonus Awards . The Committee will determine the number of Shares to be awarded to the Participant under a Stock Bonus Award and any restrictions thereon. These restrictions may be based upon completion of a specified number of years of service with the Company or upon satisfaction of performance goals based on Performance Factors during any Performance Period as set out in advance in the Participant’s Stock Bonus Agreement. Prior to the grant of any Stock Bonus Award the Committee shall: (a) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for the Stock Bonus Award; (b) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure performance goals; and (c) determine the number of Shares that may be awarded to the Participant. Performance Periods may overlap and a Participant may participate simultaneously with respect to Stock Bonus Awards that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria.

7.2. Form of Payment to Participant . Payment may be made in the form of cash, whole Shares, or a combination thereof, based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares earned under a Stock Bonus Award on the date of payment, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.

7.3. Termination of Service . Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such date Participant’s Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).

8. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS . A Stock Appreciation Right (“ SAR ”) is an award to an eligible Employee, Consultant, or Director that may be settled in cash, or Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock), having a value equal to (a) the difference between the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price multiplied by (b) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is being settled (subject to any maximum number of Shares that may be issuable as specified in an Award Agreement). All SARs shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement.

8.1. Terms of SARs . The Committee will determine the terms of each SAR including, without limitation: (a) the number of Shares subject to the SAR; (b) the Exercise Price and the time or times during which the SAR may be settled; (c) the consideration to be distributed on settlement of the SAR; and (d) the effect of the Participant’s termination of Service on each SAR. The Exercise Price of the SAR will be determined by the Committee when the SAR is granted, and may not be less than Fair Market Value. A SAR may be awarded upon satisfaction of Performance Factors, if any, during any Performance Period as are set out in advance in the Participant’s individual Award Agreement. If the SAR is being earned upon the satisfaction of Performance Factors, then the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for each SAR; and (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure the performance, if any. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to SARs that are subject to different Performance Factors and other criteria.

 

7


8.2. Exercise Period and Expiration Date . A SAR will be exercisable within the times or upon the occurrence of events determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement governing such SAR. The SAR Agreement shall set forth the expiration date; provided that no SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the SAR is granted. The Committee may also provide for SARs to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise (including, without limitation, upon the attainment during a Performance Period of performance goals based on Performance Factors), in such number of Shares or percentage of the Shares subject to the SAR as the Committee determines. Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on the date Participant’s Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 5.6 also will apply to SARs.

8.3. Form of Settlement . Upon exercise of a SAR, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying (a) the difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price; times (b) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. At the discretion of the Committee, the payment from the Company for the SAR exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof. The portion of a SAR being settled may be paid currently or on a deferred basis with such interest or dividend equivalent, if any, as the Committee determines, provided that the terms of the SAR and any deferral satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to the extent applicable.

8.4. Termination of Service . Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such date Participant’s Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).

9. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS . A Restricted Stock Unit ( “RSU ”) is an award to an eligible Employee, Consultant, or Director covering a number of Shares that may be settled in cash, or by issuance of those Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock). All RSUs shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement.

9.1. Terms of RSUs . The Committee will determine the terms of an RSU including, without limitation: (a) the number of Shares subject to the RSU; (b) the time or times during which the RSU may be settled; (c) the consideration to be distributed on settlement; and (d) the effect of the Participant’s termination of Service on each RSU; provided that no RSU shall have a term longer than ten (10) years. An RSU may be awarded upon satisfaction of such performance goals based on Performance Factors during any Performance Period as are set out in advance in the Participant’s Award Agreement. If the RSU is being earned upon satisfaction of Performance Factors, then the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for the RSU; (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure the performance, if any; and (z) determine the number of Shares deemed subject to the RSU. Performance Periods may overlap and participants may participate simultaneously with respect to RSUs that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria.

9.2. Form and Timing of Settlement . Payment of earned RSUs shall be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may settle earned RSUs in cash, Shares, or a combination of both. The Committee may also permit a Participant to defer payment under a RSU to a date or dates after the RSU is earned provided that the terms of the RSU and any deferral satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to the extent applicable.

 

8


9.3. Termination of Service . Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such date Participant’s Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).

10. PERFORMANCE AWARDS . A Performance Award is an award to an eligible Employee, Consultant, or Director of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate that is based upon the attainment of performance goals, as established by the Committee, and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee, and may be settled in cash, Shares (which may consist of, without limitation, Restricted Stock), other property, or any combination thereof. Grants of Performance Awards shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement.

10.1. Performance Awards shall include Performance Shares, Performance Units, and cash-based Awards as set forth in Sections 10.1(a), 10.1(b), and 10.1(c) below.

(a) Performance Shares . The Committee may grant Awards of Performance Shares, designate the Participants to whom Performance Shares are to be awarded and determine the number of Performance Shares and the terms and conditions of each such Award.

(b) Performance Units . The Committee may grant Awards of Performance Units, designate the Participants to whom Performance Units are to be awarded and determine the number of Performance Units and the terms and conditions of each such Award.

(c) Cash-Settled Performance Awards . The Committee may grant cash-settled Performance Awards to Participants under the terms of this Plan.

The amount to be paid under any Performance Award may be adjusted on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion.

10.2. Terms of Performance Awards . Performance Awards will be based on the attainment of performance goals using the Performance Factors within this Plan that are established by the Committee for the relevant Performance Period. The Committee will determine, and each Award Agreement shall set forth, the terms of each Performance Award including, without limitation: (a) the amount of any cash bonus, (b) the number of Shares deemed subject to an award of Performance Shares; (c) the Performance Factors and Performance Period that shall determine the time and extent to which each award of Performance Shares shall be settled; (d) the consideration to be distributed on settlement, and (e) the effect of the Participant’s termination of Service on each Performance Award. In establishing Performance Factors and the Performance Period the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period; (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used; and (z) determine the number of Shares deemed subject to the award of Performance Shares. Prior to settlement the Committee shall determine the extent to which Performance Awards have been earned. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to Performance Awards that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria.

10.3. Termination of Service . Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on the date Participant’s Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).

11. PAYMENT FOR SHARE PURCHASES . Payment from a Participant for Shares purchased pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash or by check or, where approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law (and to the extent not otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement):

(a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Participant;

 

9


(b) by surrender of Shares by the Participant that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Award will be exercised or settled;

(c) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Participant for services rendered or to be rendered to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary;

(d) by consideration received by the Company pursuant to a broker-assisted or other form of cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan;

(e) by any combination of the foregoing; or

(f) by any other method of payment as is permitted by applicable law.

12. GRANTS TO NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS .

12.1. No Non-Employee Director may receive Awards under the Plan that, when combined with cash compensation received for service as a Non-Employee Director, exceeds $650,000 in a calendar year, increased to $900,000 in the calendar year of his or her initial services as a Non-Employee Director. Grant date fair value for purposes of Awards to Non-Employee Directors under the Plan will be determined as follows: (a) for Options and SARs, grand date fair value will be calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation methodology on the date of grant of such Option or SAR and (b) for all other Awards other than Options and SARs, grant date fair value will be determined by either (i) calculating the product of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant and the aggregate number of Shares subject to the Award or (ii) calculating the product using an average of the Fair Market Value over a number of trading days and the aggregate number of Shares subject to the Award. Awards granted to an individual while he or she was serving in the capacity as an Employee or while he or she was a Consultant but not a Non-Employee Director will not count for purposes of the limitations set forth in this Section 12.1.

12.2. Eligibility . Awards pursuant to this Section 12 will be granted only to Non-Employee Directors. A Non-Employee Director who is elected or re-elected as a member of the Board will be eligible to receive an Award under this Section 12.

12.3. Vesting, Exercisability and Settlement . Except as set forth in Section 21, Awards will vest, become exercisable and be settled as determined by the Board. With respect to Options and SARs, the exercise price granted to Non-Employee Directors will not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time that such Option or SAR is granted.

13. WITHHOLDING TAXES .

13.1. Withholding Generally . Whenever Shares are to be issued in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan or a tax event occurs, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company, or to the Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable, employing the Participant, an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable U.S. federal, state, local and international tax or any other tax or social insurance liability (the “ Tax-Related Items ”) legally due from the Participant prior to the delivery of Shares pursuant to exercise or settlement of any Award. Whenever payments in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan are to be made in cash, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable withholding obligations for Tax-Related Items. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld and such Shares will be valued based on the value of the actual trade or, if there is none, the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the previous trading day.

 

10


13.2. Stock Withholding . The Committee, or its delegate(s), as permitted by applicable law, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time and to limitations of local law, may require or permit a Participant to satisfy such Tax Related Items legally due from the Participant, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) having the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the Tax-Related Items to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already-owned shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the Tax-Related Items to be withheld or (d) withholding from the proceeds of the sale of otherwise deliverable Shares acquired pursuant to an Award either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company. The Company may withhold or account for these Tax-Related Items by considering applicable statutory withholding rates or other applicable withholding rates, including up to (but not in excess of) the maximum permissible statutory tax rate for the applicable tax jurisdiction, to the extent consistent with applicable laws.

14. TRANSFERABILITY .

14.1. Transfer Generally . Unless determined otherwise by the Committee or pursuant to Section 14.2, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. If the Committee makes an Award transferable, including, without limitation, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Awards are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift or by domestic relations order to a Permitted Transferee, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate. All Awards will be exercisable: (a) during the Participant’s lifetime only by (i) the Participant, or (ii) the Participant’s guardian or legal representative; (b) after the Participant’s death, by the legal representative of the Participant’s heirs or legatees; and (c) in the case of all awards except ISOs, by a Permitted Transferee.

14.2. Award Transfer Program . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee shall have all discretion and authority to determine and implement the terms and conditions of any Award Transfer Program instituted pursuant to this Section 14.2 and shall have the authority to amend the terms of any Award participating, or otherwise eligible to participate in, the Award Transfer Program, including (but not limited to) the authority to (a) amend (including to extend) the expiration date, post-termination exercise period and/or forfeiture conditions of any such Award, (b) amend or remove any provisions of the Award relating to the Award holder’s continued Service to the Company or its Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate (c) amend the permissible payment methods with respect to the exercise or purchase of any such Award, (d) amend the adjustments to be implemented in the event of changes in the capitalization and other similar events with respect to such Award, and (e) make such other changes to the terms of such Award as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate in its sole discretion.

15. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP; RESTRICTIONS ON SHARES .

15.1. Voting and Dividends . No Participant will have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to the Participant, except for any dividend equivalent rights permitted by an applicable Award Agreement ( Dividend Equivalent Rights ) . After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a stockholder and have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares; provided , that if such Shares are Restricted Stock, then any new, additional or different securities the Participant may become entitled to receive with respect to such Shares by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split or any other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company will be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock; provided , further , that the Participant will have no right to such stock dividends or stock distributions with respect to Unvested Shares, and any such dividends or stock distributions will be accrued and paid only at such time, if any, as

 

11


such Unvested Shares become vested Shares. The Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Award that the Participant will be entitled to Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the payment of cash dividends on Shares underlying an Award during the period beginning on the date the Award is granted and ending, with respect to each Share subject to the Award, on the earlier of the date on which the Award is exercised or settled or the date on which it is forfeited provided , that no Dividend Equivalent Right will be paid with respect to the Unvested Shares, and such dividends or stock distributions will be accrued and paid only at such time, if any, as such Unvested Shares become vested Shares. Such Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, will be credited to the Participant in the form of additional whole Shares as of the date of payment of such cash dividends on Shares.

15.2. Restrictions on Shares . At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) a right to repurchase (a “ Right of Repurchase ”) a portion of any or all Unvested Shares held by a Participant following such Participant’s termination of Service at any time within ninety (90) days (or such longer or shorter time determined by the Committee) after the later of the date Participant’s Service terminates and the date the Participant purchases Shares under this Plan, for cash and/or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness, at the Participant’s Purchase Price or Exercise Price, as the case may be.

16. CERTIFICATES . All Shares or other securities whether or not certificated, delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable U.S. federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted and any non-U.S. exchange controls or securities law restrictions to which the Shares are subject.

17. ESCROW; PLEDGE OF SHARES . To enforce any restrictions on a Participant’s Shares, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificates. Any Participant who is permitted to execute a promissory note as partial or full consideration for the purchase of Shares under this Plan will be required to pledge and deposit with the Company all or part of the Shares so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of the Participant’s obligation to the Company under the promissory note; provided , however , that the Committee may require or accept other or additional forms of collateral to secure the payment of such obligation and, in any event, the Company will have full recourse against the Participant under the promissory note notwithstanding any pledge of the Participant’s Shares or other collateral. In connection with any pledge of the Shares, the Participant will be required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the Committee will from time to time approve. The Shares purchased with the promissory note may be released from the pledge on a pro rata basis as the promissory note is paid.

18. REPRICING; EXCHANGE AND BUYOUT OF AWARDS . Without prior stockholder approval the Committee may (a) reprice Options or SARs (and where such repricing is a reduction in the Exercise Price of outstanding Options or SARs, the consent of the affected Participants is not required provided written notice is provided to them, notwithstanding any adverse tax consequences to them arising from the repricing), and (b) with the consent of the respective Participants (unless not required pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Plan), pay cash or issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any, or all, outstanding Awards.

19. SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER REGULATORY COMPLIANCE . An Award will not be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable U.S. and foreign federal and state securities and exchange control laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or

 

12


other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to: (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and/or (b) completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal or foreign law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification or listing requirements of any foreign or state securities laws, exchange control laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure to do so.

20. NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY . Nothing in this Plan or any Award granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time.

21. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS .

21.1. Assumption or Replacement of Awards by Successor . In the event that the Company is subject to a Corporate Transaction, outstanding Awards acquired under the Plan shall be subject to the agreement evidencing the Corporate Transaction, which need not treat all outstanding Awards in an identical manner. Such agreement, without the Participant’s consent, shall provide for one or more of the following with respect to all outstanding Awards as of the effective date of such Corporate Transaction:

(a) The continuation of an outstanding Award by the Company (if the Company is the successor entity).

(b) The assumption of an outstanding Award by the successor or acquiring entity (if any) of such Corporate Transaction (or by its parents, if any), which assumption, will be binding on all selected Participants; provided that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option or stock appreciation right, or any award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code and/or Section 409A of the Code, as applicable.

(c) The substitution by the successor or acquiring entity in such Corporate Transaction (or by its parents, if any) of equivalent awards with substantially the same terms for such outstanding Awards (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option or stock appreciation right, or any award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code and/or Section 409A of the Code, as applicable).

(d) The full or partial acceleration of exercisability or vesting and accelerated expiration of an outstanding Award and lapse of the Company’s right to repurchase or re-acquire shares acquired under an Award or lapse of forfeiture rights with respect to shares acquired under an Award.

(e) The settlement of the full value of such outstanding Award (whether or not then vested or exercisable) in cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the successor entity (or its parent, if any)

 

13


with a Fair Market Value equal to the required amount, followed by the cancellation of such Awards; provided however, that such Award may be cancelled if such Award has no value, as determined by the Committee, in its discretion. Subject to Section 409A of the Code, such payment may be made in installments and may be deferred until the date or dates the Award would have become exercisable or vested. Such payment may be subject to vesting based on the Participant’s continued service, provided that the vesting schedule shall not be less favorable to the Participant than the schedule under which the Award would have become vested or exercisable. For purposes of this Section 21.1(e), the Fair Market Value of any security shall be determined without regard to any vesting conditions that may apply to such security.

(f) The cancellation of outstanding Awards in exchange for no consideration.

The Board shall have full power and authority to assign the Company’s right to repurchase or re-acquire or forfeiture rights to such successor or acquiring corporation. In addition, in the event such successor or acquiring corporation (if any) refuses to assume, convert, replace or substitute Awards, as provided above, pursuant to a Corporate Transaction, the Committee will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that such Award will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and such Award will terminate upon the expiration of such period. Awards need not be treated similarly in a Corporate Transaction.

21.2. Assumption of Awards by the Company . The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either; (a) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other company’s award; or (b) assuming such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other company had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged ( except that the Purchase Price or the Exercise Price, as the case may be, and the number and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise or settlement of any such Award will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option in substitution rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price. Substitute Awards will not reduce the number of Shares authorized for grant under the Plan or authorized for grant to a Participant in a calendar year.

21.3. Non-Employee Directors’ Awards . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, the vesting of all Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors will accelerate and such Awards will become exercisable (as applicable) in full prior to the consummation of such event at such times and on such conditions as the Committee determines.

22. ADOPTION AND STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL . This Plan will be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders, consistent with applicable laws, within twelve (12) months before or after the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

23. TERM OF PLAN/GOVERNING LAW . Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will become effective on the Effective Date and will terminate ten (10) years from the date this Plan is adopted by the Board. This Plan and all Awards granted hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (excluding its conflict of laws rules).

24. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN . The Board may at any time terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including, without limitation, amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan; provided , however , that the Board will not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, amend this Plan in any manner that requires such stockholder approval; provided further , that a Participant’s Award will be governed by the version of

 

14


this Plan then in effect at the time such Award was granted. No termination or amendment of the Plan or any outstanding Award may adversely affect any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant, unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with applicable law, regulation or rule.

25. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN . Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board, the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock awards and bonuses otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

26. INSIDER TRADING POLICY . Each Participant who receives an Award will comply with any policy adopted by the Company from time to time covering transactions in the Company’s securities by Employees, officers and/or directors of the Company, as well as with any applicable insider trading or market abuse laws to which the Participant may be subject.

27. ALL AWARDS SUBJECT TO COMPANY CLAWBACK OR RECOUPMENT POLICY . All Awards, subject to applicable law, shall be subject to clawback or recoupment pursuant to any compensation clawback or recoupment policy adopted by the Board or required by law during the term of Participant’s employment or other service with the Company that is applicable to executive officers, employees, directors or other service providers of the Company, and in addition to any other remedies available under such policy and applicable law, may require the cancellation of outstanding Awards and the recoupment of any gains realized with respect to Awards.

28. DEFINITIONS . As used in this Plan, and except as elsewhere defined herein, the following terms will have the following meanings:

28.1. Affiliate ” means any person or entity that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company, including any general partner, managing member, officer or director of the Company, in each case as of the date on which, or at any time during the period for which, the determination of affiliation is being made. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any person or entity, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of such person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

28.2. Award ” means any award under the Plan, including any Option, Performance, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Stock Bonus or Stock Appreciation Right.

28.3. Award Agreement ” means, with respect to each Award, the written or electronic agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award, and country-specific appendix thereto for grants to non-U.S. Participants, which will be in substantially a form (which need not be the same for each Participant) that the Committee (or in the case of Award agreements that are not used for Insiders, the Committee’s delegate(s)) has from time to time approved, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

28.4. Award Transfer Program ” means any program instituted by the Committee which would permit Participants the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity approved by the Committee.

28.5. Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

15


28.6. Cause ” means (a) Participant’s willful failure substantially to perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or deliberate violation of a Company policy; (b) Participant’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company; (c) unauthorized use or disclosure by Participant of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company; or (d) Participant’s willful breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company. The determination as to whether a Participant is being terminated for Cause will be made by the Company and will be final and binding on the Participant. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate a Participant’s employment or consulting relationship at any time as provided in Section 20 above, and the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any Subsidiary or Parent, as appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing definition of “Cause” may, in part or in whole, be modified or replaced in each individual employment agreement, Award Agreement or other applicable agreement with any Participant.

28.7. Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

28.8. Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or those persons to whom administration of the Plan, or part of the Plan, has been delegated as permitted by law.

28.9. Company ” means Zuora, Inc., or any successor corporation.

28.10. Consultant ” means any natural person, including an advisor or independent contractor, engaged by the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services to such entity.

28.11. Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) any “Person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then-outstanding voting securities; provided, however, that for purposes of this subclause (a) the acquisition of additional securities by any one Person who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the securities of the Company will not be considered a Corporate Transaction; (b) the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; (c) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (d) any other transaction which qualifies as a “corporate transaction” under Section 424(a) of the Code wherein the stockholders of the Company give up all of their equity interest in the Company (except for the acquisition, sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of the Company) or (e) a change in the effective control of the Company that occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by member of the Board whose appointment or election is not endorsed by as majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purpose of this subclause (e), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Corporate Transaction. For purposes of this definition, Persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any amount constituting deferred compensation (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) would become payable under this Plan by reason of a Corporate Transaction, such amount will become payable only if the event constituting a Corporate Transaction would also qualify as a change in ownership or

 

16


effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, each as defined within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and IRS guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

28.12. Director ” means a member of the Board.

28.13. Disability ” means in the case of incentive stock options, total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code and in the case of other Awards, that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

28.14. Dividend Equivalent Right ” means the right of a Participant, granted at the discretion of the Committee or as otherwise provided by the Plan, to receive a credit for the account of such Participant in an amount equal to the cash, stock or other property dividends in amounts equal equivalent to cash, stock or other property dividends for each Share represented by an Award held by such Participant.

28.15. Effective Date ” means the day immediately prior to the date of the underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement that is declared effective by the SEC.

28.16. Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, providing services as an employee to the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

28.17. Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

28.18. Exchange Program ” means a program pursuant to which (a) outstanding Awards are surrendered, cancelled or exchanged for cash, the same type of Award or a different Award (or combination thereof) or (b) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced.

28.19. Exercise Price ” means, with respect to an Option, the price at which a holder may purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of an Option and with respect to a SAR, the price at which the SAR is granted to the holder thereof.

28.20. Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Company’s common stock determined as follows:

(a) if such common stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the common stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable;

(b) if such common stock is publicly traded but is neither listed nor admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable;

(c) in the case of an Option or SAR grant made on the Effective Date, the price per share at which Shares are initially offered for sale to the public by the Company’s underwriters in the initial public offering of Shares pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act; or

 

17


(d) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Board or the Committee in good faith.

28.21. Insider ” means an officer or director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in the Company’s common stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

28.22. IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

28.23. Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

28.24. Option ” means an Award as defined in Section 5 and granted under the Plan.

28.25. Parent ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if each of such corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

28.26. Participant ” means a person who holds an Award under this Plan.

28.27. Performance Award ” means an Award as defined in Section 10 and granted under the Plan.

28.28. “Performance Factors ” means any factors from among objective or subjective measures, either individually, alternatively or in any combination applied to the Participant, the Company, any business unit or Subsidiary, either individually, alternatively, or in any combination.

28.29. Performance Period ” means one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations over which the attainment of one or more Performance Factors will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance Award.

28.30. Performance Share ” means an Award as defined in Section 10 and granted under the Plan.

28.31. Permitted Transferee ” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships) of the Employee, any person sharing the Employee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons (or the Employee) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Employee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Employee) own more than 50% of the voting interests.

28.32. Performance Unit ” means an Award as defined in Section 10 and granted under the Plan.

28.33. Plan ” means this Zuora, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.

28.34. Purchase Price ” means the price to be paid for Shares acquired under the Plan, other than Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option or SAR.

28.35. Restricted Stock Award ” means an Award as defined in Section 6 and granted under the Plan (or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option).

 

18


28.36. Restricted Stock Unit ” means an Award as defined in Section 9 and granted under the Plan.

28.37. SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

28.38. Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

28.39. Service ” means service as an Employee, Consultant, Director or Non-Employee Director, to the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, subject to such further limitations as may be set forth in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement. An Employee will not be deemed to have ceased to provide Service in the case of (a) sick leave, (b) military leave, or (c) any other leave of absence approved by the Company; provided , that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, an Employee will not be deemed to have ceased to provide Service if a formal policy adopted from time to time by the Company and issued and promulgated to employees in writing provides otherwise. In the case of any Employee on an approved leave of absence or a reduction in hours worked (for illustrative purposes only, a change in schedule from that of full-time to part-time), the Committee may make such provisions respecting suspension or modification of vesting of the Award while on leave from the employ of the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate or during such change in working hours as it may deem appropriate, except that in no event may an Award be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In the event of military or other protected leave, if required by applicable laws, vesting will continue for the longest period that vesting continues under any other statutory or Company approved leave of absence and, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave, he or she will be given vesting credit with respect to Awards to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide Service to the Company throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing Service immediately prior to such leave. An Employee will have terminated employment as of the date he or she ceases to provide Service (regardless of whether the termination is in breach of local employment laws or is later found to be invalid) and employment will not be extended by any notice period or garden leave mandated by local law, provided however, that a change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director (or vice versa) will not terminate a Participant’s Service, unless determined by the Committee, in its discretion. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide Service and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide Service.

28.40. Shares ” means shares of the Company’s Class A common stock and the common stock of any successor entity.

28.41. Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award as defined in Section 8 and granted under the Plan.

28.42. Stock Bonus ” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 7 or Section 12 of the Plan.

28.43. Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

28.44. Treasury Regulations ” means regulations promulgated by the United States Treasury Department.

28.45. Unvested Shares ” means Shares that have not yet vested or are subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company (or any successor thereto).

 

19


ZUORA, INC.

2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Zuora, Inc. (the “ Company ”) 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) will have the same meanings in this Notice of Stock Option Grant and the electronic representation of this Notice of Stock Option Grant established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company (this “ Notice ”).

Name :

Address :

You (the “ Participant ”) have been granted an option to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company (the “ Option ”) under the Plan subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice and the Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement ”), including any applicable country-specific provisions in any appendix attached hereto (the “ Appendix ”) which constitutes part of the Option Agreement.

    Grant Number :

    Date of Grant :

    Vesting Commencement Date :

    Exercise Price per Share :

    Total Number of Shares :

 

     Type of Option :                         Non-Qualified Stock Option
                        Incentive Stock Option
     Expiration Date :                  , 20      ; This Option expires earlier if Participant’s Service terminates earlier, as described in the Option Agreement.
     Vesting Schedule :    Subject to the limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement, the Option will vest in accordance with the following schedule: [insert applicable vesting schedule]

By accepting (whether in writing, electronically or otherwise) the Option, Participant acknowledges and agrees to the following:

 

  1) Participant understands that Participant’s employment or consulting relationship or Service with the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary or Affiliate is for an unspecified duration, can be terminated at any time (i. e. , is “at-will”), except where otherwise prohibited by applicable law, and that nothing in this Notice, the Option Agreement or the Plan changes the nature of that relationship. Participant acknowledges that the vesting of the Option pursuant to this Notice is subject to Participant’s continuing Service as an Employee, Director or Consultant. Participant agrees and acknowledges that the Vesting Schedule may change prospectively in the event that Participant’s service status changes between full- and part-time and/or in the event the Participant is on a leave of absence, in accordance with Company policies relating to work schedules and vesting of Awards or as determined by the Committee. Furthermore, the period during which Participant may exercise the Option after termination of Service, if any, will commence on the Termination Date (as defined in the Option Agreement).

 

  2) This grant is made under and governed by the Plan, the Option Agreement and this Notice, and this Notice is subject to the terms and conditions of the Option Agreement and the Plan, both of which are incorporated herein by reference. Participant has read the Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan.

 

  3) Participant has read the Company’s Insider Trading Policy, and agrees to comply with such policy, as it may be amended from time to time, whenever Participant acquires or disposes of the Company’s securities.


  4) By accepting the Option, Participant consents to electronic delivery and participation as set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

PARTICIPANT     ZUORA, INC.
Signature:  

                                                              

    By:  

                                                              

Print Name:  

                                                              

    Its:  

                                                              

 

2


ZUORA, INC.

2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined in this Stock Option Award Agreement (this “ Option Agreement ), any capitalized terms used herein will have the meaning ascribed to them in the Zuora, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

Participant has been granted an option to purchase Shares (the “ Option ”) of Zuora, Inc. (the “ Company ”), subject to the terms, restrictions and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, including any applicable country-specific provisions in the appendix attached hereto (the “ Appendix ”), which constitutes part of this Option Agreement.

1. Vesting Rights . Subject to the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, this Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice. Participant acknowledges that the vesting of the Option pursuant to this Notice and Agreement is subject to Participant’s continuing Service as an Employee, Director or Consultant.

2. Grant of Option . Participant has been granted an Option for the number of Shares set forth in the Notice at the exercise price per Share in U.S. Dollars set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) . In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail. If designated in the Notice as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code. However, if this Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the U.S. $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option (“ NSO ”).

3. Termination Period .

(a) General Rule . If Participant’s Service terminates for any reason except death or Disability, and other than for Cause, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date three (3) months after Participant’s Termination Date (as defined below) (or such shorter time period not less than thirty (30) days or longer time period as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond three (3) months after the date Participant’s Service terminates deemed to be the exercise of an NSO). If Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, this Option will expire upon the date of such termination. The Company determines when Participant’s Service terminates for all purposes under this Option Agreement.

(b) Death; Disability . If Participant dies before Participant’s Service terminates (or Participant dies within three months of Participant’s termination of Service other than for Cause), then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date twelve (12) months after the date of death (or such shorter time period not less than six (6) months or longer time period as may be determined by the Committee, subject to the expiration details in Section 7). If Participant’s Service terminates because of Participant’s Disability, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date twelve (12) months after Participant’s Termination Date (or such shorter time period not less than six (6) months or longer time period as may be determined by the Committee, subject to the expiration details in Section 7).

(c) No Notification of Exercise Periods . Participant is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following Participant’s termination of Service for any reason. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods. In no event shall this Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice.

 

1


(d) Termination . For purposes of this Option, Participant’s Service will be considered terminated (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any) as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company, its Parent or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates ( i.e. , Participant’s period of Service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any) (the “ Termination Date ”). Unless otherwise provided in this Option Agreement or determined by the Company, Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of the Termination Date and Participant’s right to exercise the Option after termination of Service, if any, will be measured from the Termination Date.

In case of any dispute as to whether and when a termination of Service has occurred, the Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether such termination of Service has occurred and the effective date of such termination (including whether Participant may still be considered to be actively providing services while on a leave of absence).

If Participant does not exercise this Option within the termination period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth above, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

4. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. In the event of Participant’s death, Disability, termination for Cause or other cessation of Service, the exercisability of the Option is governed by the applicable provisions of the Plan, the Notice and this Option Agreement. This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in a form specified by the Company (the “ Exercise Notice ”), which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “ Exercised Shares ”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be delivered in person, by mail, via electronic mail or facsimile or by other authorized method to the Secretary of the Company or other person designated by the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together with any applicable Tax-Related Items (as defined in Section 8 below). This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price and payment of any applicable Tax-Related Items. No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless such issuance and exercise complies with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation service upon which the Shares are then listed. Assuming such compliance, for United States income tax purposes the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

(c) Exercise by Another . If another person wants to exercise this Option after it has been transferred to him or her in compliance with this Option Agreement, that person must prove to the Company’s satisfaction that he or she is entitled to exercise this Option. That person must also complete the proper Exercise Notice form (as described above) and pay the Exercise Price (as described below) and any applicable Tax-Related Items (as described below).

 

2


5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) Participant’s personal check (or readily available funds), wire transfer, or a cashier’s check;

(b) certificates for shares of Company stock that Participant owns, along with any forms needed to effect a transfer of those shares to the Company; the value of the shares, determined as of the effective date of the Option exercise, will be applied to the Exercise Price. Instead of surrendering shares of Company stock, Participant may attest to the ownership of those shares on a form provided by the Company and have the same number of shares subtracted from the Option shares issued to Participant. However, Participant may not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, shares of Company stock in payment of the Exercise Price of Participant’s Option if Participant’s action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to this Option for financial reporting purposes;

(c) cashless exercise through irrevocable directions to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell all or part of the Shares covered by this Option and to deliver to the Company from the sale proceeds an amount sufficient to pay the Exercise Price and any applicable Tax-Related Items. The balance of the sale proceeds, if any, will be delivered to Participant. The directions must be given by signing a special notice of exercise form provided by the Company; or

(d) other method authorized by the Company;

provided, however, that the Company may restrict the available methods of payment due to facilitate compliance with applicable law or administration of the Plan. In particular, if Participant is located outside the United States, Participant should review the applicable provisions of the Appendix for any such restrictions that may currently apply.

6. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution or court order and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant or unless otherwise permitted by the Committee on a case-by-case basis. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

7. Term of Option . This Option will in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 5.3 of the Plan applies).

8. Taxes .

(a) Responsibility for Taxes . Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate employing or retaining Participant (the “ Employer ”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant (“ Tax-Related Items ”) is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer, if any. Participant further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of this Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of this Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of this Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction, Participant acknowledges that the Company

 

3


and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction. PARTICIPANT SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER APPROPRIATELY QUALIFIED IN THE COUNTRY OR COUNTRIES IN WHICH PARTICIPANT RESIDES OR IS SUBJECT TO TAXATION BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(b) Withholding . Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant agrees to make arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to fulfill all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy any withholding obligations for Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

 

  (i) withholding from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate; or

 

  (ii) withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired at exercise of this Option either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization and without further consent); or

 

  (iii) withholding Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option, provided the Company only withholds from the amount of Shares necessary to satisfy no more than the maximum statutory withholding amounts;

 

  (iv) Participant’s payment of a cash amount (including by check representing readily available funds or a wire transfer); or

 

  (v) any other arrangement approved by the Committee and permitted under applicable law;

all under such rules as may be established by the Committee and in compliance with the Company’s Insider Trading Policy and 10b5-1 Trading Plan Policy, if applicable; provided however, that if Participant is a Section 16 officer of the Company under the Exchange Act, then the Committee (as constituted in accordance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act) shall establish the method of withholding from alternatives (i)-(v) above, and the Committee shall establish the method prior to the Tax-Related Items withholding event.

Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable statutory withholding rates or other applicable withholding rates, including up to the maximum permissible statutory rate for Participant’s tax jurisdiction(s) in which case Participant will have no entitlement to the equivalent amount in Shares and will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash in accordance with applicable law. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, Participant is deemed to have been issued the full number of Exercised Shares; notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of satisfying the withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items.

Finally, Participant agrees to pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of Participant’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares, if Participant fails to comply with Participant’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

(c) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If Participant is subject to Tax-Related Items in the United States and sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired

 

4


pursuant to an ISO on or before the later of (i) two years after the grant date, or (ii) one year after the exercise date, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized from such early disposition of ISO Shares by payment in cash or out any wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate.

9. Nature of Grant . By accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

(b) the grant of the Option is exceptional, voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

(c) all decisions with respect to future options or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(e) the Option and Participant’s participation in the Plan will not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming or amending an employment or service contract with the Company, the Employer or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company, the Employer or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable, to terminate Participant’s employment or service relationship (if any);

(f) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option, and the income and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(g) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(h) unless otherwise agreed with the Company, the Option and the Shares subject to the Option, and the income and value of same, are not granted as consideration for, or in connection with, the service Participant may provide as a director of a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate;

(i) the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty; if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value; if Participant exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease, even below the Exercise Price;

(j) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages will arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from Participant’s termination of Service (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary or Affiliate or the Employer, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary or Affiliate and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant will be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

 

5


(k) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Option Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any Corporate Transaction affecting the Shares; and

(l) neither the Company, the Employer nor any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate will be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise.

10. No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that he or she should consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

11. Data Privacy . Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Option Agreement and any other Option grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address, email address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, passport number or other identification number (e.g., resident registration number), salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data will be transferred to [[Online administrator] and its affiliated companies (“[Online administrator]”)] or such other stock plan service provider as may be designated by the Company from time to time, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, [Online administrator], or such other stock plan service provider as may be designated by the Company from time to time, and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her employment status or

 

6


service with the Employer will not be affected; the only consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Options or other equity awards to Participant or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

12. Language . If Participant has received this Option Agreement, or any other document related to the Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

13. Appendix . The Option will be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in any appendix to this Option Agreement for Participant’s country. Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Appendix constitutes part of this Option Agreement.

14. Imposition of Other Requirements . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

15. Acknowledgement . The Company and Participant agree that the Option is granted under and governed by the Notice, this Option Agreement and the provisions of the Plan (incorporated herein by reference). Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Plan prospectus, (b) represents that Participant has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and (c) hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Plan and the Notice.

16. Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior discussions between them. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning the purchase of the Shares hereunder are superseded. No adverse modification of, or adverse amendment to, this Option Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Option Agreement, will be effective unless in writing and signed by the parties to this Option Agreement (which writing and signing may be electronic). The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Option Agreement will not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

17. Compliance with Laws and Regulations . The issuance of Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Participant with all applicable state, federal and foreign laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Shares may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer. Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Common Stock with any state, federal or foreign securities commission or to seek approval or clearance from any governmental authority for the issuance or sale of the Shares. Further, Participant agrees that the Company shall have unilateral authority to amend the Plan and this Option Agreement without Participant’s consent to the extent necessary to comply with securities or other laws applicable to issuance of Shares. Finally, the Shares issued pursuant to this Option Agreement shall be endorsed with appropriate legends, if any, determined by the Company.

 

7


18. Severability . If one or more provisions of this Option Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, then (a) such provision will be excluded from this Option Agreement, (b) the balance of this Option Agreement will be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (c) the balance of this Option Agreement will be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

19. Governing Law and Venue . This Option Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto will be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to such state’s conflict of laws rules.

Any and all disputes relating to, concerning or arising from this Option Agreement, or relating to, concerning or arising from the relationship between the parties evidenced by the Plan or this Option Agreement, will be brought and heard exclusively in the United States District Court for the District of Northern California or the Superior Court of California, County of San Mateo. Each of the parties hereby represents and agrees that such party is subject to the personal jurisdiction of said courts; hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts in any legal or equitable proceedings related to, concerning or arising from such dispute, and waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which such party may now or hereafter have that the laying of the venue of any legal or equitable proceedings related to, concerning or arising from such dispute which is brought in such courts is improper or that such proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum.

20. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant . Nothing in this Option Agreement will affect in any manner whatsoever any right or power of the Company, or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, to terminate Participant’s Service, for any reason, with or without Cause.

21. Consent to Electronic Delivery of All Plan Documents and Disclosures . By Participant’s acceptance of the Notice (whether in writing or electronically), Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice and this Option Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, the Notice and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing the Notice and Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, the Notice and this Option Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan, the Notice and this Option Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address. By acceptance of this Option, Participant agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company and consents to the electronic delivery of the Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan, account statements, Plan prospectuses required by the SEC, U.S. financial reports of the Company, and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, annual reports and proxy statements) or other communications or information related to the Option and current or future participation in the Plan. Electronic delivery may include the delivery of a link to the Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other delivery determined at the Company’s discretion. Participant acknowledges that Participant may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost if Participant contacts the Company by telephone, through a postal service or electronic mail to Stock Administration. Participant further acknowledges that Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically if electronic delivery fails; similarly, Participant understands that Participant must provide on request to the Company or any designated third party a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically if electronic delivery fails. Also, Participant understands that Participant’s consent may be revoked or changed, including any change in the electronic mail address to which documents are delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address), at any time by notifying the Company of such revised or revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail to Stock Administration.

 

8


22. Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws . Participant acknowledges that, depending on Participant’s country, Participant may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which may affect Participant’s ability to acquire or sell the Shares or rights to Shares under the Plan during such times as Participant is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in Participant’s country). Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. Participant acknowledges that it is Participant’s responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions and understands that Participant should consult his or her personal legal advisor on such matters. Participant has read the Company’s Insider Trading Policy, and agrees to comply with such policy, as it may be amended from time to time, whenever Participant acquires or disposes of the Company’s securities.

23. Foreign Asset/Account, Exchange Control and Tax Reporting . Participant may be subject to foreign asset/account, exchange control and/or tax reporting requirements as a result of the acquisition, holding and/or transfer of Shares or cash resulting from his or her participation in the Plan,. Participant may be required to report such accounts, assets, the balances therein, the value thereof and/or the transactions related thereto to the applicable authorities in Participant’s country and/or repatriate funds received in connection with the Plan within certain time limits or according to specified procedures. Participant acknowledges that he or she is responsible for ensuring compliance with any applicable foreign asset/account, exchange control and tax reporting requirements and should consult his or her personal legal and tax advisors on such matters.

24. Award Subject to Company Clawback or Recoupment . The Option shall be subject to clawback or recoupment pursuant to any compensation clawback or recoupment policy adopted by the Board or required by law during the term of Participant’s employment or other Service that is applicable to Participant. In addition to any other remedies available under such policy, applicable law may require the cancellation of Participant’s Option (whether vested or unvested) and the recoupment of any gains realized with respect to Participant’s Option.

BY ACCEPTING THIS OPTION, PARTICIPANT AGREES TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE AND IN THE PLAN.

 

9


APPENDIX

ZUORA, INC.

2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

COUNTRY SPECIFIC PROVISIONS FOR EMPLOYEES OUTSIDE THE U.S.

Terms and Conditions

This Appendix includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Option granted to Participant under the Plan if Participant resides and/or works in one of the countries below. This Appendix forms part of the Option Agreement. Any capitalized term used in this Appendix without definition will have the meaning ascribed to it in the Notice, the Option Agreement or the Plan, as applicable.

If Participant is a citizen or resident of a country, or is considered resident of a country, other than the one in which Participant is currently working, or Participant transfers employment and/or residency between countries after the Date of Grant, the Company will, in its sole discretion, determine to what extent the additional terms and conditions included herein will apply to Participant under these circumstances.

Notifications

This Appendix also includes information relating to exchange control, securities laws, foreign asset/account reporting and other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to Participant’s participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, foreign asset/account reporting and other laws. Such laws are complex and change frequently. As a result, Participant should not rely on the information herein as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Participant’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time that Participant exercises the Option, sells Shares acquired under the Plan or takes any other action in connection with the Plan.

In addition, the information is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of any particular result. Accordingly, Participant should seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in Participant’s country may apply to Participant’s situation.

Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident of a country, or is considered resident of a country, other than the one in which Participant is currently working and/or residing, or Participant transfers employment and/or residency after the Date of Grant, the information contained herein may not apply to Participant in the same manner.

 

10


UNITED STATES

There are no country-specific provisions.

 

11


ZUORA, INC.

2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Zuora, Inc. (the “ Company ”) 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) will have the same meanings in this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award and the electronic representation of this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company (this “ Notice ”).

Name:

Address:

You (“ Participant ”) have been granted an award of Restricted Stock Units (“ RSUs ”) under the Plan subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice and the attached Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), including any applicable country-specific provisions in the appendix attached hereto (the “ Appendix ”), which constitutes part of the Agreement.

Grant Number :

Number of RSUs:

Date of Grant:

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

Expiration Date:    The earlier to occur of: (a) the date on which settlement of all RSUs granted hereunder occurs and (b) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant. This RSU expires earlier if Participant’s Service terminates earlier, as described in the Agreement.
Vesting Schedule:    Subject to the limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the Agreement, the RSUs will vest in accordance with the following schedule: [insert applicable vesting schedule]

By accepting (whether in writing, electronically or otherwise) the RSUs, Participant acknowledges and agrees to the following:

 

  1) Participant understands that Participant’s employment or consulting relationship or Service with the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary or Affiliate is for an unspecified duration, can be terminated at any time ( i.e. , is “at-will”), except where otherwise prohibited by applicable law, and that nothing in this Notice, the Agreement or the Plan changes the nature of that relationship. Participant acknowledges that the vesting of the RSUs pursuant to this Notice is subject to Participant’s continuing Service as an Employee, Director or Consultant. Participant agrees and acknowledges that the Vesting Schedule may change prospectively in the event that Participant’s service status changes between full- and part-time and/or in the event the Participant is on a leave of absence, in accordance with Company policies relating to work schedules and vesting of Awards or as determined by the Committee.

 

  2) This grant is made under and governed by the Plan, the Agreement and this Notice, and this Notice is subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement and the Plan, both of which are incorporated herein by reference. Participant has read the Notice, the Agreement and the Plan.


  3) Participant has read the Company’s Insider Trading Policy, and agrees to comply with such policy, as it may be amended from time to time, whenever Participant acquires or disposes of the Company’s securities.

 

  4) By accepting the RSUs, Participant consents to electronic delivery and participation as set forth in the Agreement.

 

PARTICIPANT     ZUORA, INC.
Signature:  

                                                              

    By:  

                                                              

Print Name:  

                                                              

    Its:  

                                                              

 

1


ZUORA, INC.

2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined in this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), any capitalized terms used herein will have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Zuora, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

Participant has been granted Restricted Stock Units (“ RSUs ”) subject to the terms, restrictions and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “ Notice ”) and this Agreement, including any applicable country-specific provisions in the appendix attached hereto (the “ Appendix ”), which constitutes part of this Agreement.

1. Settlement . Settlement of RSUs will be made within 30 days following the applicable date of vesting under the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice. Settlement of RSUs will be in Shares. No fractional RSUs or rights for fractional Shares shall be created pursuant to this Agreement.

2. No Stockholder Rights . Unless and until such time as Shares are issued in settlement of vested RSUs, Participant will have no ownership of the Shares allocated to the RSUs and will have no rights to dividends or to vote such Shares.

3. Dividend Equivalents . Dividends, if any (whether in cash or Shares), will not be credited to Participant.

4. Non-Transferability of RSUs . The RSUs and any interest therein will not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution or court order or unless otherwise permitted by the Committee on a case-by-case basis.

5. Termination . If Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, all unvested RSUs will be forfeited to the Company forthwith, and all rights of Participant to such RSUs will immediately terminate without payment of any consideration to Participant. Participant’s Service will be considered terminated (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any) as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services and Participant’s Service will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s Service would not include a period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any). Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Vesting Schedule may change prospectively in the event Participant’s service status changes between full- and part-time and/or in the event Participant is on a leave of absence, in accordance with Company policies relating to work schedules and vesting of awards or as determined by the Committee. In case of any dispute as to whether and when a termination of Service has occurred, the Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether such termination of Service has occurred and the effective date of such termination (including whether Participant may still be considered to be actively providing services while on a leave of absence).

6. Taxes .

(a) Responsibility for Taxes . Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate employing or retaining Participant (the “ Employer ”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on


account or other tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant (“ Tax-Related Items ) is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer, if any. Participant further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the RSUs, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the RSUs and the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such settlement and the receipt of any dividends, and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the RSUs to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction, Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

(b) Withholding . Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant agrees to make arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to fulfill all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy any withholding obligations for Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

 

  (i) withholding from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate; or

 

  (ii) withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired upon settlement of the RSUs either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization and without further consent); or

 

  (iii) withholding Shares to be issued upon settlement of the RSUs, provided the Company only withholds the amount of Shares necessary to satisfy no more than the maximum statutory withholding amounts;

 

  (iv) Participant’s payment of a cash amount (including by check representing readily available funds or a wire transfer); or

 

  (v) any other arrangement approved by the Committee and permitted under applicable law;

all under such rules as may be established by the Committee and in compliance with the Company’s Insider Trading Policy and 10b5-1 Trading Plan Policy, if applicable; provided however, that if Participant is a Section 16 officer of the Company under the Exchange Act, then the Committee (as constituted in accordance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act) shall establish the method of withholding from alternatives (i)-(v) above, and the Committee shall establish the method prior to the Tax-Related Items withholding event.

If Participant is a Section 16 officer of the Company under the Exchange Act, unless determined otherwise by the Committee in advance of a Tax-Related Items withholding event, the method of withholding for this RSU will be (iii) above.

Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable statutory withholding rates or other applicable withholding rates, including up to the maximum permissible statutory rate for Participant’s tax jurisdiction(s) in which case Participant will have no entitlement to the equivalent amount in Shares and will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash in accordance with applicable law. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items

 

1


is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, Participant is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the vested RSUs, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of satisfying the withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items.

Finally, Participant agrees to pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of Participant’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares, if Participant fails to comply with Participant’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

7. Nature of Grant . By accepting the RSUs, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

(b) the grant of the RSUs is exceptional, voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of RSUs, or benefits in lieu of RSUs, even if RSUs have been granted in the past;

(c) all decisions with respect to future RSUs or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(e) the RSUs and Participant’s participation in the Plan will not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming or amending an employment or service contract with the Company, the Employer or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company, the Employer or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable, to terminate Participant’s employment or service relationship (if any);

(f) the RSUs and the Shares subject to the RSUs, and the income and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(g) the RSUs and the Shares subject to the RSUs, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(h) unless otherwise agreed with the Company, the RSUs and the Shares subject to the RSUs, and the income and value of same, are not granted as consideration for, or in connection with, the service Participant may provide as a director of a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate;

(i) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(j) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages will arise from forfeiture of the RSUs resulting from Participant’s termination of Service (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or the terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration

 

2


of the grant of the RSUs to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary or Affiliate or the Employer, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary or Affiliate and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant will be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

(k) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the RSUs and the benefits evidenced by this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the RSUs or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any Corporate Transaction affecting the Shares; and

(l) neither the Company, the Employer nor any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate will be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the RSUs or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the settlement of the RSUs or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement.

8. No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees he or she should consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

9. Data Privacy . Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other RSU grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address, email address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, passport number or other identification number (e.g., resident registration number), salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all RSUs or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data will be transferred to [Online administrator] and its affiliated companies (“[Online Administrator]”) or such other stock plan service provider as may be designated by the Company from time to time, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, [Online Administrator], or such other stock plan service provider as may be designated by the Company from time to time, and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and

 

3


managing his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her employment status or service with the Employer will not be affected; the only consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant RSUs or other equity awards to Participant or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

10. Language . If Participant has received this Agreement or any other document related to the RSU and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

11. Appendix . The RSUs will be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in any appendix to this Agreement for Participant’s country. Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Appendix constitutes part of this Agreement.

12. Imposition of Other Requirements . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the RSUs and on any Shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

13. Acknowledgement . The Company and Participant agree that the RSUs are granted under and governed by the Notice, this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan (incorporated herein by reference). Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Plan prospectus, (b) represents that Participant has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and (c) hereby accepts the RSUs subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Plan and the Notice.

14. Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement, the Plan and the Notice constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior discussions between them. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning the purchase of the Shares hereunder are superseded. No adverse modification of or adverse amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement (which writing and signing may be electronic). The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement will not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

15. Compliance with Laws and Regulations . The issuance of Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Participant with all applicable state, federal and foreign laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated

 

4


quotation system on which the Company’s Shares may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer. Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Common Stock with any state, federal or foreign securities commission or to seek approval or clearance from any governmental authority for the issuance or sale of the Shares. Further, Participant agrees that the Company shall have unilateral authority to amend the Plan and this RSU Agreement without Participant’s consent to the extent necessary to comply with securities or other laws applicable to issuance of Shares. Finally, the Shares issued pursuant to this RSU Agreement shall be endorsed with appropriate legends, if any, determined by the Company.

16. Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, then (a) such provision will be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of this Agreement will be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (c) the balance of this Agreement will be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

17. Governing Law and Venue . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto will be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to such state’s conflict of laws rules.

Any and all disputes relating to, concerning or arising from this Agreement, or relating to, concerning or arising from the relationship between the parties evidenced by the Plan or this Agreement, will be brought and heard exclusively in the United States District Court for the District of Northern California or the Superior Court of California, County of San Mateo. Each of the parties hereby represents and agrees that such party is subject to the personal jurisdiction of said courts; hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts in any legal or equitable proceedings related to, concerning or arising from such dispute, and waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which such party may now or hereafter have that the laying of the venue of any legal or equitable proceedings related to, concerning or arising from such dispute which is brought in such courts is improper or that such proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum.

18. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant . Nothing in this Agreement will affect in any manner whatsoever any right or power of the Company, or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, to terminate Participant’s Service, for any reason, with or without Cause.

19. Consent to Electronic Delivery of All Plan Documents and Disclosures . By Participant’s acceptance of the Notice (whether in writing or electronically), Participant and the Company agree that the RSUs are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, the Notice and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Notice and Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, the Notice and this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan, the Notice and this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in Participant’s residence address. By acceptance of the RSUs, Participant agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company and consents to the electronic delivery of the Notice, this Agreement, the Plan, account statements, Plan prospectuses required by the SEC, U.S. financial reports of the Company, and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, annual reports and proxy statements) or other communications or information related to the RSUs and current or future participation in the Plan. Electronic delivery may include the delivery of a link to the Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other

 

5


delivery determined at the Company’s discretion. Participant acknowledges that Participant may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost if Participant contacts the Company by telephone, through a postal service or electronic mail to Stock Administration. Participant further acknowledges that Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically if electronic delivery fails; similarly, Participant understands that Participant must provide on request to the Company or any designated third party a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically if electronic delivery fails. Also, Participant understands that Participant’s consent may be revoked or changed, including any change in the electronic mail address to which documents are delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address), at any time by notifying the Company of such revised or revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail to Stock Administration.

20. Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws . Participant acknowledges that, depending on Participant’s country, Participant may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which may affect Participant’s ability to acquire or sell the Shares or rights to Shares under the Plan during such times as Participant is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in Participant’s country). Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. Participant acknowledges that it is Participant’s responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions and understands that Participant should consult his or her personal legal advisor on such matters. In addition, Participant acknowledges that he or she read the Company’s Insider Trading Policy, and agrees to comply with such policy, as it may be amended from time to time, whenever Participant acquires or disposes of the Company’s securities.

21. Foreign Asset/Account, Exchange Control and Tax Reporting . Participant may be subject to foreign asset/account, exchange control and/or tax reporting requirements as a result of the acquisition, holding and/or transfer of Shares or cash resulting from his or her participation in the Plan,. Participant may be required to report such accounts, assets, the balances therein, the value thereof and/or the transactions related thereto to the applicable authorities in Participant’s country and/or repatriate funds received in connection with the Plan within certain time limits or according to specified procedures. Participant acknowledges that he or she is responsible for ensuring compliance with any applicable foreign asset/account, exchange control and tax reporting requirements and should consult his or her personal legal and tax advisors on such matters.

22. Code Section 409A . For purposes of this Agreement, a termination of employment will be determined consistent with the rules relating to a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder (“ Section  409A ”) . Notwithstanding anything else provided herein, to the extent any payments provided under this RSU Agreement in connection with Participant’s termination of employment constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and Participant is deemed at the time of such termination of employment to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A, then such payment shall not be made or commence until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from Participant’s separation from service from the Company or (ii) the date of Participant’s death following such a separation from service; provided, however, that such deferral shall only be effected to the extent required to avoid adverse tax treatment to Participant including, without limitation, the additional tax for which Participant would otherwise be liable under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) in the absence of such a deferral. To the extent any payment under this RSU Agreement may be classified as a “short-term deferral” within the meaning of Section 409A, such payment shall be deemed a short-term deferral, even if it may also qualify for an exemption from Section 409A under another provision of Section 409A. Payments pursuant to this section are intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

6


23. Award Subject to Company Clawback or Recoupment . The RSUs shall be subject to clawback or recoupment pursuant to any compensation clawback or recoupment policy adopted by the Board or required by law during the term of Participant’s employment or other Service that is applicable to Participant. In addition to any other remedies available under such policy, applicable law may require the cancellation of Participant’s RSUs (whether vested or unvested) and the recoupment of any gains realized with respect to Participant’s RSUs.

BY ACCEPTING THIS AWARD OF RSUS, PARTICIPANT AGREES TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE AND IN THE PLAN.

 

7


APPENDIX

ZUORA, INC.

2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

COUNTRY SPECIFIC PROVISIONS FOR EMPLOYEES OUTSIDE THE U.S.

Terms and Conditions

This Appendix includes additional terms and conditions that govern the RSUs granted to Participant under the Plan if Participant resides and/or works in one of the countries below. This Appendix forms part of the Agreement. Any capitalized term used in this Appendix without definition will have the meaning ascribed to it in the Notice, the Agreement or the Plan, as applicable.

If Participant is a citizen or resident of a country, or is considered resident of a country, other than the one in which Participant is currently working, or Participant transfers employment and/or residency between countries after the Date of Grant, the Company will, in its sole discretion, determine to what extent the additional terms and conditions included herein will apply to Participant under these circumstances.

Notifications

This Appendix also includes information relating to exchange control, securities laws, foreign asset/account reporting and other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to Participant’s participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, foreign asset/account reporting and other laws. Such laws are complex and change frequently. As a result, Participant should not rely on the information herein as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Participant’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time that Participant vests in the RSUs, sells Shares acquired under the Plan or takes any other action in connection with the Plan.

In addition, the information is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of any particular result. Accordingly, Participant should seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in Participant’s country may apply to Participant’s situation.

Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident of a country, or is considered resident of a country, other than the one in which Participant is currently working and/or residing, or Participant transfers employment and/or residency after the Date of Grant, the information contained herein may not apply to Participant in the same manner.

 

8


UNITED STATES

There are no country-specific provisions.

 

9

Exhibit 10.5

ZUORA, INC.

2018 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1.     PURPOSE. Zuora, Inc. adopted the Plan effective as of the date of the IPO. The purpose of this Plan is to provide eligible employees of the Company and the Participating Corporations with a means of acquiring an equity interest in the Company through payroll deductions, to enhance such employees’ sense of participation in the affairs of the Company. Capitalized terms not defined elsewhere in the text are defined in Section 28.

2.     ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN. The Company proposes to grant rights to purchase Shares of Common Stock to eligible employees of the Company and its Participating Corporations pursuant to this Plan. The Company intends this Plan to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (including any amendments to or replacements of such Section), and this Plan shall be so construed. Any term not expressly defined in this Plan but defined for purposes of Section 423 of the Code shall have the same definition herein. In addition, with regard to offers of options to purchase Shares under the Plan to employees working for a Subsidiary or an Affiliate outside the United States, this Plan authorizes the grant of options that are not intended to meet Section 423 requirements, provided, if necessary under Section 423 of the Code, the other terms and conditions of the Plan are met.

Subject to Section 14, a total of 4,800,000 Shares is reserved for issuance under this Plan. In addition, on each February 1 of each fiscal year, the aggregate number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be increased automatically by the number of Shares equal to one percent (1%) of the shares of all classes of the Company’s common stock and common stock equivalents (including options, restricted stock units, warrants and preferred stock on an as converted basis) on the immediately preceding January 31 (rounded down to the nearest whole share); provided , that the Board or the Committee may in its sole discretion reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. Subject to Section 14, no more than 50,000,000 Shares (after giving effect to the Stock Split) may be issued over the term of this Plan. The number of Shares initially reserved for issuance under this Plan and the maximum number of Shares that may be issued under this Plan shall be subject to adjustments effected in accordance with Section 14.

3.      ADMINISTRATION. The Plan will be administered by the Committee. Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the limitations of Section 423 of the Code or any successor provision in the Code, all questions of interpretation or application of this Plan shall be determined by the Committee and its decisions shall be final and binding upon all Participants. The Committee will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to determine eligibility, to designate the Participating Corporations, to determine when to grant options which are not intended to meet the Code Section 423 requirements and to decide upon any and all claims filed under the Plan. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Committee will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Plan, the Committee may adopt rules, sub-plans, and/or procedures relating to the operation and administration of the Plan designed to comply with local laws, regulations or customs or to achieve tax, securities law or other objectives for eligible employees outside of the United States. The Committee will have the authority to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock (which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes) in accordance with Section 8 below and to interpret Section 8 of the Plan in connection with circumstances that impact the Fair Market Value. Members of the Committee shall receive no compensation for their services in connection with the administration of this Plan, other


than standard fees as established from time to time by the Board for services rendered by Board members serving on Board committees. All expenses incurred in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Company. For purposes of this Plan, the Committee may designate separate offerings under the Plan (the terms of which need not be identical) in which eligible employees of one or more Participating Corporations will participate, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Periods of each such offering are identical.

4.    ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Any employee of the Company or the Participating Corporations is eligible to participate in an Offering Period under this Plan, except that one or more of the following categories of employees may be excluded from coverage under the Plan by the Committee (other than where prohibited by applicable law):

(i) employees who are customarily employed for twenty (20) hours or less per week;

(ii) employees who are customarily employed for five (5) months or less in a calendar year; and

(iii) employees who do not meet any other eligibility requirements that the Committee may choose to impose (within the limits permitted by the Code).

The foregoing notwithstanding, an individual shall not be eligible if his or her participation in the Plan is prohibited by the law of any country that has jurisdiction over him or her, if complying with the laws of the applicable country would cause the Plan to violate Section 423 of the Code, or if he or she is subject to a collective bargaining agreement that does not provide for participation in the Plan.

(b) No employee who, together with any other person whose stock would be attributed to such employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code, owns stock or holds options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or its Parent or Subsidiary or who, as a result of being granted an option under this Plan with respect to such Offering Period, would own stock or hold options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or its Parent or Subsidiary shall be granted an option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan.

5.    OFFERING DATES.

(a) Each Offering Period of this Plan may be of up to twenty-seven (27) months duration and shall commence and end at the times designated by the Committee. Each Offering Period may consist of one or more Purchase Periods during which payroll deductions of Participants are accumulated under this Plan.

(b) The initial Offering Period shall commence on a date selected by the Committee and shall end with the Purchase Date that occurs on a date selected by the Committee which is approximately twenty four months after the commencement of the initial Offering Period, but no more than twenty-seven (27) months after the commencement of the initial Offering period. The initial Offering Period shall consist of four Purchase Periods. Thereafter, a twenty four-month Offering Period shall commence on each June 15 and December 15, with each such Offering Period also consisting of four six-month Purchase Periods, except as otherwise provided by an applicable subplan, or on such other date determined by the Committee. The Committee may at any time establish a different duration for an Offering Period or Purchase Period to be effective after the next scheduled Purchase Date.

 

- 2 -


6.    PARTICIPATION IN THIS PLAN.

(a) Any employee who is an eligible employee determined in accordance with Section 4 immediately prior to the initial Offering Period will be automatically enrolled in the initial Offering Period. With respect to subsequent Offering Periods, any eligible employee determined in accordance with Section 4 will be eligible to participate in this Plan, subject to the requirement of Section 6(b) hereof and the other terms and provisions of this Plan.

(b) With respect to Offering Periods after the initial Offering Period, a Participant may elect to participate in this Plan by submitting an enrollment agreement prior to the commencement of the Offering Period (or such earlier date as the Committee may determine) to which such agreement relates.

(c) Once an employee becomes a Participant in an Offering Period, then such Participant will automatically participate in each subsequent Offering Period commencing immediately following the last day of the prior Offering Period unless the Participant withdraws or is deemed to withdraw from this Plan or terminates further participation in an Offering Period as set forth in Section 11 below. A Participant who is continuing participation pursuant to the preceding sentence is not required to file any additional enrollment agreement in order to continue participation in this Plan; a Participant who is not continuing participation pursuant to the preceding sentence is required to file an enrollment agreement prior to the commencement of the Offering Period (or such earlier date as the Committee may determine) to which such agreement relates.

7.      GRANT OF OPTION ON ENROLLMENT. Becoming a Participant with respect to an Offering Period will constitute the grant (as of the Offering Date) by the Company to such Participant of an option to purchase on the Purchase Date up to that number of Shares determined by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount accumulated in such Participant’s payroll deduction account during such Purchase Period and the denominator of which is the lower of (i) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Offering Date (but in no event less than the par value of a share of the Common Stock), or (ii) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Purchase Date provided , however , that for the Purchase Period within the initial Offering Period the numerator shall be fifteen percent (15%) of the Participant’s compensation for such Purchase Period, or such lower percentage as determined by the Committee prior to the start of the Offering Period, and provided , further , that the number of Shares subject to any option granted pursuant to this Plan shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the maximum number of Shares set by the Committee pursuant to Section 10(b) below with respect to the applicable Purchase Date, or (y) the maximum number of Shares which may be purchased pursuant to Section 10(a) below with respect to the applicable Purchase Date.

8.      PURCHASE PRICE. The Purchase Price per share at which a share of Common Stock will be sold in any Offering Period shall be eighty-five percent (85%) of the lesser of:

(a) The Fair Market Value on the Offering Date; or

(b) The Fair Market Value on the Purchase Date.

 

- 3 -


9.    PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE; PAYROLL DEDUCTION CHANGES; SHARE ISSUANCES.

(a) The Purchase Price shall be accumulated by regular payroll deductions made during each Offering Period, unless the Company determines with respect to categories of Participants outside the United States that contributions may be made in another form due to local legal requirements. The deductions are made as a percentage of the Participant’s compensation in one percent (1%) increments not less than one percent (1%), nor greater than fifteen percent (15%) or such lower limit set by the Committee. Compensation shall mean base salary (or in foreign jurisdictions, equivalent cash compensation); however, the Committee may at any time prior to the beginning of an Offering Period determine that for that and future Offering Periods, Compensation shall mean all W-2 cash compensation, including without limitation base salary or regular hourly wages, bonuses, incentive compensation, commissions, overtime, shift premiums, plus draws against commissions (or in foreign jurisdictions, equivalent cash compensation). For purposes of determining a Participant’s Compensation, any election by such Participant to reduce his or her regular cash remuneration under Sections 125 or 401(k) of the Code (or in foreign jurisdictions, equivalent salary deductions) shall be treated as if the Participant did not make such election. Payroll deductions shall commence on the first payday following the last Purchase Date (with respect to the initial Offering Period, as soon as practicable following the effective date of filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission a securities registration statement for the Plan) and shall continue to the end of the Offering Period unless sooner altered or terminated as provided in this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of any sub-plan may permit matching Shares without the payment of any purchase price.

(b) Except as set forth in Subsection (c) below, a Participant may not decrease the rate of payroll deductions during an Offering Period. A Participant may increase the rate of payroll deductions once with respect to the initial Offering Period only. A Participant may increase or decrease the rate of payroll deductions for any subsequent Offering Period by filing with the Company a new authorization for payroll deductions prior to the beginning of such Offering Period, or such other time period as specified by the Committee.

(c) A Participant may reduce his or her payroll deduction percentage to zero during an Offering Period by filing with the Company a request for cessation of payroll deductions. Such reduction shall be effective beginning no later than the second payroll period after the Company’s receipt of the request and no further payroll deductions will be made for the duration of the Offering Period. Payroll deductions credited to the Participant’s account prior to the effective date of the request shall be used to purchase Shares in accordance with Subsection (e) below, unless the Company permits a Participant to request a refund of accumulated payroll deductions. A reduction of the payroll deduction percentage to zero shall be treated as such Participant’s withdrawal from such Offering Period and the Plan, effective as of the day after the next Purchase Date following the filing date of such request with the Company.

(d) All payroll deductions made for a Participant are credited to his or her account under this Plan and are deposited with the general funds of the Company, except to the extent local legal restrictions outside the United States require segregation of such payroll deductions. No interest accrues on the payroll deductions, except to the extent required due to local legal requirements. All payroll deductions received or held by the Company may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions, except to the extent necessary to comply with local legal requirements outside the United States.

(e) On each Purchase Date, so long as this Plan remains in effect and provided that the Participant has not submitted a signed and completed withdrawal form before that date which notifies

 

- 4 -


the Company that the Participant wishes to withdraw from that Offering Period under this Plan and have all payroll deductions accumulated in the account maintained on behalf of the Participant as of that date returned to the Participant, the Company shall apply the funds then in the Participant’s account to the purchase of whole Shares reserved under the option granted to such Participant with respect to the Offering Period to the extent that such option is exercisable on the Purchase Date. The Purchase Price per share shall be as specified in Section 8 of this Plan. Any fractional share, as calculated under this Subsection (e), shall be rounded down to the next lower whole share, unless the Committee determines with respect to all Participants that any fractional share shall be credited as a fractional share. Any amount remaining in a Participant’s account on a Purchase Date which is less than the amount necessary to purchase a full share of Common Stock shall be returned to the Participant, without interest (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States). In the event that this Plan has been oversubscribed, all funds not used to purchase Shares on the Purchase Date shall be returned to the Participant, without interest (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States). No Common Stock shall be purchased on a Purchase Date on behalf of any employee whose participation in this Plan has terminated prior to such Purchase Date, except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States.

(f) As promptly as practicable after the Purchase Date, the Company shall issue Shares for the Participant’s benefit representing the Shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option.

(g) During a Participant’s lifetime, his or her option to purchase Shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her. The Participant will have no interest or voting right in Shares covered by his or her option until such option has been exercised.

(h) To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, a Participant shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan. The Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable, may withhold, by any method permissible under the applicable law, the amount necessary for the Company or Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable, to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable, any tax deductions or benefits attributable to the sale or early disposition of Shares by a Participant. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

10.    LIMITATIONS ON SHARES TO BE PURCHASED.

(a) Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no Participant shall purchase Common Stock with a Fair Market Value in excess of the following limit:

(i) In the case of Common Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced in the current calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $25,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock that the Participant previously purchased in the current calendar year (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company).

(ii) In the case of Common Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced in the immediately preceding calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $50,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock that the Participant previously purchased (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company) in the current calendar year and in the immediately preceding calendar year.

 

- 5 -


(iii) In the case of Common Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced two calendar years prior, the limit shall be equal to (A) $75,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock that the Participant previously purchased (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company) in the current calendar year and in the two immediately preceding calendar years.

For purposes of this Subsection (a), the Fair Market Value of Common Stock shall be determined in each case as of the beginning of the Offering Period in which such Common Stock is purchased. Employee stock purchase plans not described in Section 423 of the Code shall be disregarded. If a Participant is precluded by this Subsection (a) from purchasing additional Common Stock under the Plan, then his or her employee contributions shall automatically be discontinued and shall automatically resume at the beginning of the earliest Purchase Period that will end in the next calendar year (if he or she then is an eligible employee), provided that when the Company automatically resumes such payroll deductions, the Company must apply the rate in effect immediately prior to such suspension.

(b) In no event shall a Participant be permitted to purchase more than 6,250 Shares on any one Purchase Date or such lesser number as the Committee shall determine. If a lower limit is set under this Subsection (b), then all Participants will be notified of such limit prior to the commencement of the next Offering Period for which it is to be effective.

(c) If the number of Shares to be purchased on a Purchase Date by all Participants exceeds the number of Shares then available for issuance under this Plan, then the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the remaining Shares in as uniform a manner as shall be reasonably practicable and as the Committee shall determine to be equitable. In such event, the Company will give notice of such reduction of the number of Shares to be purchased under a Participant’s option to each Participant affected.

(d) Any payroll deductions accumulated in a Participant’s account that are not used to purchase Shares due to the limitations in this Section 10, and not covered by Section 9(e), shall be returned to the Participant as soon as practicable after the end of the applicable Purchase Period, without interest (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States).

11.    WITHDRAWAL.

(a) Each Participant may withdraw from an Offering Period under this Plan pursuant to a method specified for such purpose by the Company. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time prior to the end of an Offering Period, or such other time period as specified by the Committee.

(b) Upon withdrawal from this Plan, the accumulated payroll deductions shall be returned to the withdrawn Participant, without interest (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States), and his or her interest in this Plan shall terminate. In the event a Participant voluntarily elects to withdraw from this Plan, he or she may not resume his or her participation in this Plan during the same Offering Period, but he or she may participate in any Offering Period under this Plan which commences on a date subsequent to such withdrawal by filing a new authorization for payroll deductions in the same manner as set forth in Section 6 above for initial participation in this Plan

(c) To the extent applicable, if the Fair Market Value on the first day of the current Offering Period in which a participant is enrolled is higher than the Fair Market Value on the first day of any subsequent Offering Period, the Company will automatically enroll such participant in the subsequent Offering Period. Any funds accumulated in a Participant’s account prior to the first day of such subsequent Offering Period will be applied to the purchase of Shares on the Purchase Date immediately prior to the first day of such subsequent Offering Period, if any.

 

- 6 -


12.      TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Termination of a Participant’s employment for any reason, including retirement, death, disability, or the failure of a Participant to remain an eligible employee of the Company or of a Participating Corporation, immediately terminates his or her participation in this Plan. In such event, accumulated payroll deductions credited to the Participant’s account will be returned to him or her or, in the case of his or her death, to his or her legal representative, without interest (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States). For purposes of this Section 12, an employee will not be deemed to have terminated employment or failed to remain in the continuous employ of the Company or of a Participating Corporation in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Company; provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute. The Company will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has terminated employment and the effective date on which the Participant terminated employment, regardless of any notice period or garden leave required under local law.

13.      RETURN OF PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS. In the event a Participant’s interest in this Plan is terminated by withdrawal, termination of employment or otherwise, or in the event this Plan is terminated by the Board, the Company shall deliver to the Participant all accumulated payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account. No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions of a Participant in this Plan (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States).

14.      CAPITAL CHANGES. If the number of outstanding shares is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, without consideration, then the Committee shall adjust the number and class of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share and the number of Shares covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 2 and 10 shall be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and in compliance with the applicable securities laws; provided that fractions of a share will not be issued.

15.      NONASSIGNABILITY. Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive Shares under this Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 22 below) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be void and without effect.

16.      USE OF PARTICIPANT FUNDS AND REPORTS. The Company may use all payroll deductions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be required to segregate Participant payroll deductions (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States). Until Shares are issued, Participants will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor unless otherwise required under local law. Each Participant shall receive promptly after the end of each Purchase Period a report of his or her account setting forth the total payroll deductions accumulated, the number of Shares purchased, the per share price thereof and the remaining cash balance, if any, carried forward to the next Purchase Period or Offering Period, as the case may be.

17.      NOTICE OF DISPOSITION. Each U.S. taxpayer Participant shall notify the Company in writing if the Participant disposes of any of the Shares purchased in any Offering Period pursuant to this Plan if such disposition occurs within two (2) years from the Offering Date or within one (1) year from the Purchase Date on which such Shares were purchased (the “Notice Period”). The Company may,

 

- 7 -


at any time during the Notice Period, place a legend or legends on any certificate representing Shares acquired pursuant to this Plan requesting the Company’s transfer agent to notify the Company of any transfer of the Shares. The obligation of the Participant to provide such notice shall continue notwithstanding the placement of any such legend on the certificates.

18.      NO RIGHTS TO CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT. Neither this Plan nor the grant of any option hereunder shall confer any right on any employee to remain in the employ of the Company or any Participating Corporation, or restrict the right of the Company or any Participating Corporation to terminate such employee’s employment.

19.      EQUAL RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES. All eligible employees granted an option under this Plan that is intended to meet the Code Section 423 requirements shall have equal rights and privileges with respect to this Plan or within any separate offering under the Plan so that this Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 or any successor provision of the Code and the related regulations. Any provision of this Plan which is inconsistent with Section 423 or any successor provision of the Code, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Committee or the Board, shall be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 423. This Section 19 shall take precedence over all other provisions in this Plan.

20.      NOTICES. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with this Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

21.      TERM; STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL. This Plan will become effective on the Effective Date. This Plan shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company, in any manner permitted by applicable corporate law, within twelve (12) months before or after the date this Plan is adopted by the Board. No purchase of Shares that are subject to such stockholder approval before becoming available under this Plan shall occur prior to stockholder approval of such Shares and the Board or Committee may delay any Purchase Date and postpone the commencement of any Offering Period subsequent to such Purchase Date as deemed necessary or desirable to obtain such approval (provided that if a Purchase Date would occur more than twenty-four (24) months after commencement of the Offering Period to which it relates, then such Purchase Date shall not occur and instead such Offering Period shall terminate without the purchase of such Shares and Participants in such Offering Period shall be refunded their contributions without interest). This Plan shall continue until the earlier to occur of (a) termination of this Plan by the Board (which termination may be effected by the Board at any time pursuant to Section 25 below), (b) issuance of all of the Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan, or (c) the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date under the Plan.

22.    DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

(a) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under this Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to a Purchase Date. Such form shall be valid only if it was filed with the Company at the prescribed location before the Participant’s death.

(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice filed with the Company at the prescribed location before the Participant’s death. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under this Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed

 

- 8 -


(to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such cash to the spouse or, if no spouse is known to the Company, then to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

23.     CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES; LIMITATION ON SALE OF SHARES. Shares shall not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed, exchange control restrictions and/or securities law restrictions outside the United States, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. Shares may be held in trust or subject to further restrictions as permitted by any subplan.

24.     APPLICABLE LAW. The Plan shall be governed by the substantive laws (excluding the conflict of laws rules) of the State of Delaware.

25.     AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Committee, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of Shares on the next Purchase Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Committee in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 14). If an Offering Period is terminated prior to its previously-scheduled expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants’ accounts for such Offering Period, which have not been used to purchase Shares, shall be returned to those Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under local laws) as soon as administratively practicable. Further, the Committee will be entitled to change the Purchase Periods and Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld or contributed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the administration of the Plan, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s base salary and other eligible compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Committee determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent with the Plan. Such actions will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participants. However, no amendment shall be made without approval of the stockholders of the Company (obtained in accordance with Section 21 above) within twelve (12) months of the adoption of such amendment (or earlier if required by Section 21) if such amendment would: (a) increase the number of Shares that may be issued under this Plan; or (b) change the designation of the employees (or class of employees) eligible for participation in this Plan. In addition, in the event the Board or Committee determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Board or Committee may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequences including, but not limited to: (i) amending the definition of compensation, including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time; (ii) altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price; (iii) shortening any Offering Period by setting a Purchase Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Committee’s action; (iv) reducing the maximum percentage of compensation a participant may elect to set aside as payroll deductions; and (v) reducing the maximum number of Shares a Participant may purchase during any Offering Period. Such modifications or amendments will not require approval of the stockholders of the Company or the consent of any Participants.

 

- 9 -


26.     CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Offering Period for each outstanding right to purchase Common Stock will be shortened by setting a new Purchase Date and will end on the new Purchase Date. The new Purchase Date shall occur on or prior to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, as determined by the Board or Committee, and the Plan shall terminate on the consummation of the Corporate Transaction.

27.    CODE SECTION 409A; TAX QUALIFICATION.

(a) Options granted under the Plan generally are exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code. However, options granted to U.S. taxpayers which are not intended to meet the Code Section 423 requirements are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under the short-term deferral exception and any ambiguities shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. Subject to Subsection (b), options granted to U.S. taxpayers outside of the Code Section 423 requirements shall be subject to such terms and conditions that will permit such options to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral exception available under Section 409A of the Code, including the requirement that the Shares subject to an option be delivered within the short-term deferral period. Subject to Subsection (b), in the case of a Participant who would otherwise be subject to Section 409A of the Code, to the extent the Committee determines that an option or the exercise, payment, settlement or deferral thereof is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the option shall be granted, exercised, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the option that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Committee with respect thereto.

(b) Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify an option for favorable tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment ( e.g. , under Section 409A of the Code), the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain favorable or avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, including Subsection (a). The Company shall be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants under the Plan.

28.    DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Affiliate ” means (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, controls or is under common control with, the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Committee, whether now or hereafter existing.

(b) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board that consists exclusively or one or more members of the Board appointed by the Board.

 

- 10 -


(e) “ Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock of the Company.

(f) “ Company ” means Zuora, Inc.

(g) “ Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or (ii) the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

(h) “ Effective Date ” means the date on which the Registration Statement covering the initial public offering of the Shares of Common Stock is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

(i) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Common Stock determined as follows:

(1) if such Common Stock is then quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market (collectively, the “ Nasdaq Market ”), its closing price on the Nasdaq Market on the date of determination, or if there are no sales for such date, then the last preceding business day on which there were sales, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board or the Committee deems reliable; or

(2) if such Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board or the Committee deems reliable; or

(3) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is neither quoted on the Nasdaq Market nor listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board or the Committee deems reliable; or

(4) with respect to the initial Offering Period, Fair Market Value on the Offering Date shall be the price at which Shares are offered to the public pursuant to the Registration Statement covering the initial public offering of Shares; and

(5) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Board or the Committee in good faith.

(j) “ IPO ” means the initial public offering of Common Stock.

(k) “ Notice Period ” means within two (2) years from the Offering Date or within one (1) year from the Purchase Date on which such Shares were purchased.

 

- 11 -


(l) “ Offering Date ” means the first business day of each Offering Period. However, for the initial Offering Period the Offering Date shall be the Effective Date.

(m) “ Offering Period ” means a period with respect to which the right to purchase Common Stock may be granted under the Plan, as determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5(a).

(n) “ Parent ” has the same meaning as “parent corporation” in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code.

(o) “ Participant ” means an eligible employee who meets the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4 and who is either automatically enrolled in the initial Offering Period or who elects to participate in this Plan pursuant to Section 6(b).

(p) “ Participating Corporation ” means any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate that the Committee designates from time to time as eligible to participate in this Plan, provided, however, that employees of Affiliates that are designated for participation may be granted only options that do not intend to comply with the Code Section 423 requirements.

(q) “ Plan ” means this Zuora, Inc. 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(r) “ Purchase Date ” means the last business day of each Purchase Period.

(s) “ Purchase Period ” means a period during which contributions may be made toward the purchase of Common Stock under the Plan, as determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5(b).

(t) “ Purchase Price ” means the price at which Participants may purchase Shares under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 8.

(u) “ Shares ” means shares of Common Stock.

(v) “ Subsidiary ” has the same meaning as “subsidiary corporation” in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code.

 

- 12 -


Z UORA , I NC . ( THE “C OMPANY ”)   

I NITIAL O FFERING P ERIOD

2018 E MPLOYEE S TOCK P URCHASE P LAN (“ESPP”)   

 

S ECTION  1:

 

A CTIONS

  

C HECK  D ESIRED  A CTION :                                                            AND  C OMPLETE  S ECTIONS :

 

☐    Confirm / Change Contribution Percentage                        2 + 4 + 7

☐    Opt out                                                                                   2 + 7

S ECTION 2:

 

P ERSONAL D ATA

  

Name:                                                                              

 

Home Address:                                                               

 

                                                                                          

 

Social Security No.

Or Employee ID No.:                                                      

S ECTION 3:

 

E NROLLMENT C ONFIRMED

  

I understand that my enrollment in the ESPP is effective at the beginning of the Offering Period and as a result of that enrollment I am electing to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Company pursuant to the ESPP. I understand that the stock certificate(s) for the shares purchased on my behalf will be issued in street name and deposited directly into my brokerage account. I hereby agree to take all steps, and sign all forms, required to establish an account with the Company’s broker for this purpose.

 

My participation will continue as long as I remain eligible, unless I withdraw from the ESPP by filing a new Enrollment/Change Form with the Company. I understand that I must notify the Company of any disposition of shares purchased under the ESPP.

S ECTION 4:

 

E LECT / C HANGE C ONTRIBUTION P ERCENTAGE

   I understand that my enrollment in the ESPP is effective at the beginning of the Offering Period with a contribution of 0% of my base salary. I hereby authorize the Company to withhold from each of my paychecks such amount as is necessary to equal at the end of the Initial Offering Period     % of my base salary paid during such Offering Period as long as I continue to participate in the ESPP ( the percentage must be a whole number (from 1% up to a maximum of 15% ) . That amount will be applied to the purchase of shares of the Common Stock pursuant to the ESPP.

S ECTION 5:

 

O PT O UT

  

I understand that my enrollment in the ESPP is effective at the beginning of the Offering Period. I hereby withdraw from the ESPP and elect 0% contribution.

 

Note:   No contributions will be deducted from your salary if you elect to opt out of the ESPP. You may enroll in the next new Offering Period .

S ECTION 6:

 

E LECTRONIC D ELIVERY AND A CCEPTANCE

   The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the ESPP by electronic means. I hereby consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agree to participate in the ESPP through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

S ECTION 7:

 

A CKNOWLEDGMENT AND S IGNATURE

  

I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the ESPP Prospectus (which summarizes the major features of the ESPP). I have read the Prospectus and my signature below indicates that I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the ESPP.

 

Signature:                                                                                   Date:                         


Z UORA , I NC . ( THE “C OMPANY ”)    E NROLLMENT /C HANGE F ORM
2018 E MPLOYEE S TOCK P URCHASE P LAN (“ESPP”)   

 

S ECTION  1:

 

A CTIONS

  

C HECK  D ESIRED   A CTION :                                       AND  C OMPLETE  S ECTIONS :

 

☐    Enroll in the ESPP                                            2 + 3 + 4 + 7

☐    Change Contribution Percentage                      2 + 4 + 7

  (for next Offering Period)

☐    Discontinue Contributions                               2 + 5 + 7

S ECTION 2:

 

P ERSONAL  D ATA

  

Name:                                                                            

 

Home Address:                                                              

 

                                                                                        

 

Social Security No. or

Employee ID No.:                                                          

S ECTION 3:

 

E NROLL

  

☐    I hereby elect to participate in the ESPP, effective at the beginning of the next Offering Period. I elect to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Company pursuant to the ESPP. I understand that the stock certificate(s) for the shares purchased on my behalf will be issued in street name and deposited directly into my brokerage account. I hereby agree to take all steps, and sign all forms, required to establish an account with the Company’s broker for this purpose.

 

My participation will continue as long as I remain eligible, unless I withdraw from the ESPP by filing a new Enrollment/Change Form with the Company. I understand that I must notify the Company of any disposition of shares purchased under the ESPP.

S ECTION 4:

 

E LECT /C HANGE C ONTRIBUTION P ERCENTAGE

   I hereby authorize the Company to withhold from each of my paychecks such amount as is necessary to equal at the end of the applicable Offering Period     % of my base salary paid during such Offering Period as long as I continue to participate in the ESPP. The percentage must be a whole number (from 1% up to a maximum of 15%). This change will be effective for the Next Offering Period

S ECTION 5:

 

D ISCONTINUE

C ONTRIBUTIONS

  

☐   I hereby elect to stop my contributions under the ESPP , effective as soon as reasonably practicable after this form is received by the Company.

 

Please ☐-refund all contributions to me in cash, without interest OR ☐- use my contributions to purchase shares on the next Purchase Date. I understand that I cannot resume participation until the start of the next Offering Period and must timely file a new enrollment form to do so.

S ECTION 6:

 

E LECTRONIC D ELIVERY AND A CCEPTANCE

   The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the ESPP by electronic means. I hereby consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agree to participate in the ESPP through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

S ECTION 7:

 

A CKNOWLEDGMENT AND S IGNATURE

  

I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the ESPP Prospectus (which summarizes the major features of the ESPP). I have read the Prospectus and my signature below (or my clicking on the Accept box if this is an electronic form) indicates that I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the ESPP.

 

Signature:                                                                                            Date:                     

Exhibit 10.6

 

LOGO

March 6, 2018

Tien Tzuo

C/O Zuora, Inc.

3050 South Delaware Street

Suite 301

San Mateo, CA 94403

 

Re: Continued Employment with Zuora, Inc.

Dear Tien,

This employment letter confirms your continued employment as Chief Executive Officer with Zuora, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “ Company ” or “ Zuora ”). You will continue to report to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) and will remain a member of the Board.

1. Salary and Variable Compensation . Your annual base salary will be Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000) per year and will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time. The Company currently pays salary on the 15th and last day of each month. You will also be eligible to participate in the executive incentive compensation plan which will provide you with the opportunity to earn variable compensation.

2. Benefits . In addition, you will be eligible to participate in regular health insurance, bonus and other employee benefit plans established by the Company for its employees from time to time. As an executive, you will also be entitled to participate in our “unlimited vacation” policy which allows you to take time off as needed. Except as provided below, the Company reserves the right to change or otherwise modify, in its sole discretion, the preceding terms of employment, as well as any of the terms set forth herein at any time in the future.

3. Confidentiality . As an employee of the Company, you will have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. You acknowledge that you have signed and are bound by the terms of the Company’s standard “Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement.” During the period that you render services to the Company, you agree to not engage in any employment, business or activity that is in any way competitive with the business or proposed business of the Company. You will disclose to the Company in writing any other gainful employment, business or activity that you are currently associated with or participate in that competes with the Company. You will not assist any other person or organization in competing with the Company or in preparing to engage in competition with the business or proposed business of the Company.

Initials LOGO / LOGO


Employment Letter

Page 2

4. Equity . You currently hold Company equity grants. You will be eligible for future discretionary equity grants at the sole discretion of the Company. We also acknowledge that you have entered into a Change in Control and Severance Agreement with the Company.

5. Non-Solicitation . During your employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, you will not directly or indirectly solicit away employees or consultants of the Company for your own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity.

6. At Will Employment . While we look forward to a continued long and profitable relationship, you are an at-will employee of the Company, which means the employment relationship can be terminated by either of us for any reason, at any time, with or without prior notice and with our without cause. Any statements or representations to the contrary (and, indeed, any statements contradicting any provision in this letter) should be regarded by you as ineffective. Further, your participation in any stock option or benefit program is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment for any particular period of time. Any modification or change in your at will employment status may only occur by way of a written employment agreement signed by you and the Board.

7. Arbitration . You and the Company shall submit to mandatory and exclusive binding arbitration of any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or any breach hereof, provided , however , that the parties retain their right to, and shall not be prohibited, limited or in any other way restricted from, seeking or obtaining equitable relief from a court having jurisdiction over the parties. Such arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and conducted through the American Arbitration Association in the State of California, Santa Clara County, before a single neutral arbitrator, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association in effect at that time. The parties hereby waive any rights they may have to have any such claims tried before a judge or jury. The parties may conduct only essential discovery prior to the hearing, as defined by the AAA arbitrator. The arbitrator shall issue a written decision that contains the essential findings and conclusions on which the decision is based. You shall bear only those costs of arbitration you would otherwise bear had you brought a claim covered by this Agreement in court. Judgment upon the determination or award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Magdalena Yesil
Magdalena Yesil
Lead Independent Director

I have read and understood this employment letter and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms as set forth above and further acknowledge that no other commitments were made to me as part of my employment except as specifically set forth herein.

 

/s/ Tien Tzuo     Date signed:   March 9, 2018
Tien Tzuo      

Initials LOGO / LOGO

Exhibit 10.7

 

LOGO

March 6, 2018

Brent Cromley

C/O Zuora, Inc.

3050 South Delaware Street

Suite 301

San Mateo, CA 94403

 

Re: Continued Employment with Zuora, Inc.

Dear Brent,

This employment letter confirms your continued employment as SVP Technology with Zuora, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “ Company ” or “ Zuora ”). You will continue to report to Tien Tzuo, Zuora’s Chief Executive Officer.

1. Salary and Variable Compensation . Your annual base salary will be Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) per year and will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time. The Company currently pays salary on the 15th and last day of each month. You will also be eligible to participate in the executive incentive compensation plan which will provide you with the opportunity to earn variable compensation.

2. Benefits . In addition, you will be eligible to participate in regular health insurance, bonus and other employee benefit plans established by the Company for its employees from time to time. As an executive, you will also be entitled to participate in our “unlimited vacation” policy which allows you to take time off as needed. Except as provided below, the Company reserves the right to change or otherwise modify, in its sole discretion, the preceding terms of employment, as well as any of the terms set forth herein at any time in the future.

3. Confidentiality . As an employee of the Company, you will have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. You acknowledge that you have signed and are bound by the terms of the Company’s standard “Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement.” During the period that you render services to the Company, you agree to not engage in any employment, business or activity that is in any way competitive with the business or proposed business of the Company. You will disclose to the Company in writing any other gainful employment, business or activity that you are currently associated with or participate in that competes with the Company. You will not assist any other person or organization in competing with the Company or in preparing to engage in competition with the business or proposed business of the Company.

Initials LOGO / LOGO


Employment Letter

Page 2

4. Equity . You currently hold Company equity grants. You will be eligible for future discretionary equity grants at the sole discretion of the Company. We also acknowledge that you have entered into a Change in Control and Severance Agreement with the Company.

5. Non-Solicitation . During your employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, you will not directly or indirectly solicit away employees or consultants of the Company for your own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity.

6. At Will Employment . While we look forward to a continued long and profitable relationship, you are an at-will employee of the Company, which means the employment relationship can be terminated by either of us for any reason, at any time, with or without prior notice and with our without cause. Any statements or representations to the contrary (and, indeed, any statements contradicting any provision in this letter) should be regarded by you as ineffective. Further, your participation in any stock option or benefit program is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment for any particular period of time. Any modification or change in your at will employment status may only occur by way of a written employment agreement signed by you and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

7. Arbitration . You and the Company shall submit to mandatory and exclusive binding arbitration of any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or any breach hereof, provided , however , that the parties retain their right to, and shall not be prohibited, limited or in any other way restricted from, seeking or obtaining equitable relief from a court having jurisdiction over the parties. Such arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and conducted through the American Arbitration Association in the State of California, Santa Clara County, before a single neutral arbitrator, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association in effect at that time. The parties hereby waive any rights they may have to have any such claims tried before a judge or jury. The parties may conduct only essential discovery prior to the hearing, as defined by the AAA arbitrator. The arbitrator shall issue a written decision that contains the essential findings and conclusions on which the decision is based.

You shall bear only those costs of arbitration you would otherwise bear had you brought a claim covered by this Agreement in court. Judgment upon the determination or award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Tien Tzuo
Tien Tzuo
Chief Executive Officer

I have read and understood this employment letter and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms as set forth above and further acknowledge that no other commitments were made to me as part of my employment except as specifically set forth herein.

 

/s/ Brent Cromley     Date signed:   March 7, 2018
Brent Cromley      

Initials LOGO / LOGO

Exhibit 10.8

 

LOGO

March 6, 2018

Marc Diouane

C/O Zuora, Inc.

3050 South Delaware Street

Suite 301

San Mateo, CA 94403

 

Re: Continued Employment with Zuora, Inc.

Dear Marc,

This employment letter confirms your continued employment as President with Zuora, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “ Company ” or “ Zuora ”). You will continue to report to Tien Tzuo, Zuora’s Chief Executive Officer.

1. Salary and Variable Compensation . Your annual base salary will be Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000) per year and will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time. The Company currently pays salary on the 15th and last day of each month. You will also be eligible to participate in the executive incentive compensation plan which will provide you with the opportunity to earn variable compensation.

2. Benefits . In addition, you will be eligible to participate in regular health insurance, bonus and other employee benefit plans established by the Company for its employees from time to time. As an executive, you will also be entitled to participate in our “unlimited vacation” policy which allows you to take time off as needed. Except as provided below, the Company reserves the right to change or otherwise modify, in its sole discretion, the preceding terms of employment, as well as any of the terms set forth herein at any time in the future.

3. Confidentiality . As an employee of the Company, you will have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. You acknowledge that you have signed and are bound by the terms of the Company’s standard “Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement.” During the period that you render services to the Company, you agree to not engage in any employment, business or activity that is in any way competitive with the business or proposed business of the Company. You will disclose to the Company in writing any other gainful employment, business or activity that you are currently associated with or participate in that competes with the Company. You will not assist any other person or organization in competing with the Company or in preparing to engage in competition with the business or proposed business of the Company.

Initials LOGO / LOGO


Employment Letter

Page 2

4. Equity . You currently hold Company equity grants. You will be eligible for future discretionary equity grants at the sole discretion of the Company. We also acknowledge that you have entered into a Change in Control and Severance Agreement with the Company.

5. Non-Solicitation . During your employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, you will not directly or indirectly solicit away employees or consultants of the Company for your own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity.

6. At Will Employment . While we look forward to a continued long and profitable relationship, you are an at-will employee of the Company, which means the employment relationship can be terminated by either of us for any reason, at any time, with or without prior notice and with our without cause. Any statements or representations to the contrary (and, indeed, any statements contradicting any provision in this letter) should be regarded by you as ineffective. Further, your participation in any stock option or benefit program is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment for any particular period of time. Any modification or change in your at will employment status may only occur by way of a written employment agreement signed by you and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

7. Arbitration . You and the Company shall submit to mandatory and exclusive binding arbitration of any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or any breach hereof, provided , however , that the parties retain their right to, and shall not be prohibited, limited or in any other way restricted from, seeking or obtaining equitable relief from a court having jurisdiction over the parties. Such arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and conducted through the American Arbitration Association in the State of California, Santa Clara County, before a single neutral arbitrator, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association in effect at that time. The parties hereby waive any rights they may have to have any such claims tried before a judge or jury. The parties may conduct only essential discovery prior to the hearing, as defined by the AAA arbitrator. The arbitrator shall issue a written decision that contains the essential findings and conclusions on which the decision is based. You shall bear only those costs of arbitration you would otherwise bear had you brought a claim covered by this Agreement in court. Judgment upon the determination or award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Tien Tzuo
Tien Tzuo
Chief Executive Officer

I have read and understood this employment letter and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms as set forth above and further acknowledge that no other commitments were made to me as part of my employment except as specifically set forth herein.

 

/s/ Marc Diouane     Date signed:   March 7, 2018
Marc Diouane      

Initials LOGO / LOGO

Exhibit 10.9

January 7, 2016

Kenneth Goldman

[Personal Address]

 

Re: Offer to Serve on Zuora, Inc.’s Board of Directors

Dear Ken:

On behalf of Zuora, Inc. (“Zuora”), I would like to extend an invitation to become a member of Zuora’s Board of Directors and to serve as Chairman of Zuora’s Audit Committee (the “Board”). Your appointment to the Board is contingent upon the requisite approval of Zuora’s stockholders. I am sure that Zuora will benefit from your valuable business wisdom and experience.

The terms and conditions of your directorship with the Board are outlined as follows:

1. Position . Once formally elected to the Board, you will serve as a member of the Board until your resignation, death, or removal by Zuora’s stockholders. You will have a fiduciary obligation to all the stockholders of Zuora, including obligations with respect to maintaining the confidentiality of non-public information. As a member of the Board, you will be expected to advise Zuora and its officers, as needed, and to attend periodic meetings of the Board at Zuora’s headquarters in Foster City, California and such other locations as specified by the Board. We will provide you with an advance schedule of our meetings.

2. Start Date . Your service on the Board is expected to commence on or around February 1, 2016.

3. Equity Compensation . Subject to the approval of the Board, upon the commencement of your service on the Board, you will be granted a non-qualified stock option to purchase five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Zuora’s common stock (the “Option”). The Option will be subject to the terms and conditions of Zuora’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan. The Option shall be immediately exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of Zuora’s common stock, as determined by the Board on the date the Board approves the Option. If you early exercise the Option, you shall receive restricted stock subject to Zuora’s right to repurchase such shares at cost, which right shall lapse on the same vesting schedule as the Option. The Option shall vest at the rate of 6.25% every three months starting from the date of your election to the Board, such that at the end of four years, the Option shall be fully vested. Vesting will, of course, depend on your continued service to Zuora as a member of the Board. The vesting of the Option shall accelerate in full upon the closing of a change of control of Zuora during the period in which you remain on the Board, on such terms as to be defined in the stock option agreement governing the Option. You will be responsible for reporting and paying any current and future taxes that you may incur resulting from the grant, exercise, and sale of the Option.


Kenneth Goldman

January 7, 2016

 

4. Business Expenses . Zuora will reimburse you for your reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses that you incur in connection with your Board service, including in connection with attending Board meetings, provided that you must notify Zuora in advance should you anticipate any expense in excess of $1,000.

5. No Employment Relationship . You agree that this letter, and your service as a director of the Board, does not create any employment relationship with Zuora and that you will not be entitled to participate in any of Zuora’s employee benefit plans, other than as provided in this letter.

6. Indemnity . Zuora will enter into an indemnification agreement with you, in a form to be provided by Zuora. Additionally, Zuora maintains Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance.

7. Conflicts . This offer to join the Board, and your continued service thereon, assumes that your services for Zuora will not, in any way, conflict with any other agreement and/or commitment that you have. If you believe that a conflict might exist, or if one potentially will develop in the future, you shall promptly notify Zuora.

8. Acknowledgement; Modification; Governing Law . To acknowledge and affirm the terms for your service as a member of the Board, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to us. This letter sets forth the terms of your service with Zuora and supersedes any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by Zuora’s Chief Executive Officer and by you. This letter is governed by, and will be construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of California, without reference to principles of conflict of laws or choice of laws.

We are all delighted to confirm by this letter the terms for your service as a member of the Board.

 

Very truly yours,
Zuora, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Tien Tzuo

  Tien Tzuo
  Founder and Chief Executive Officer

 

2


Kenneth Goldman

January 7, 2016

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

I have read and understood this directorship letter and hereby acknowledge, accept, and agree to my appointment as a member of the Board according to the terms as set forth above. I further acknowledge that no other commitments were made to me as part of my directorship offer except as specifically set forth herein.

 

By:  

/s/ Kenneth Goldman

  Kenneth Goldman
 
Date:   1/7/16

 

3

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO

Zuora Inc.

3050 South Delaware Street

Suite 301, San Mateo, CA 94403

May 8, 2017

Magdalena Yesil

[Personal Address]

 

Re: Offer to Serve on Zuora, Inc.’s Board of Directors

Dear Magdalena:

On behalf of Zuora, Inc. (“ Zuora ”), I would like to extend an invitation to become a member of Zuora’s Board of Directors (the “ Board”). Your appointment to the Board is contingent upon the requisite approval of Zuora’s Board of Directors. I am sure that Zuora will benefit from your valuable business wisdom and experience.

The terms and conditions of your directorship with the Board are outlined as follows:

1. Position . Once formally elected to the Board, you will serve as a member of the Board until your resignation, death, or removal by Zuora’s stockholders. You will have a fiduciary obligation to all the stockholders of Zuora, including obligations with respect to maintaining the confidentiality of non-public information. As a member of the Board, you will be expected to advise Zuora and its officers, as needed, and to attend periodic meetings of the Board at Zuora’s headquarters in Foster City, California and such other locations as specified by the Board. We will provide you with an advance schedule of our meetings.

2. Start Date . Your service on the Board is expected to commence on or around May 23, 2017.

3. Equity Compensation . Subject to the approval of the Board, upon the commencement of your service on the Board, you will be granted a non-qualified stock option to purchase Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares of Zuora’s common stock (the “ Option ”). The Option will be subject to the terms and conditions of Zuora’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan. The Option shall be immediately exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of Zuora’s common stock, as determined by the Board on the date the Board approves the Option. If you early exercise the Option, you shall receive restricted stock subject to Zuora’s right to repurchase such shares at cost, which right shall lapse on the same vesting schedule as the Option. The Option shall vest at the rate of 6.25% every three months starting from the date of your election to the Board, such that at the end of four years, the Option shall be fully vested. Vesting will, of course, depend on your continued service to Zuora as a member of the Board. The vesting of the Option shall accelerate in full upon the closing of a change of control of Zuora during the period in which you remain on the Board, on such terms as to be defined in the stock option agreement governing the Option. You will be responsible for reporting and paying any current and future taxes that you may incur resulting from the grant, exercise, and sale of the Option.


Madgalena Yesil

May 8, 2017

 

4. Business Expenses . Zuora will reimburse you for your reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses that you incur in connection with your Board service, including in connection with attending Board meetings, provided that you must notify Zuora in advance should you anticipate any expense in excess of $1,000.

5. No Employment Relationship . You agree that this letter, and your service as a director of the Board, does not create any employment relationship with Zuora and that you will not be entitled to participate in any of Zuora’s employee benefit plans, other than as provided in this letter.

6. Indemnity . Zuora will enter into an indemnification agreement with you, in a form to be provided by Zuora. Additionally, Zuora maintains Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance.

7. Conflicts . This offer to join the Board, and your continued service thereon, assumes that your services for Zuora will not, in any way, conflict with any other agreement and/or commitment that you have. If you believe that a conflict might exist, or if one potentially will develop in the future, you shall promptly notify Zuora.

8. Acknowledgement; Modification; Governing Law . To acknowledge and affirm the terms for your service as a member of the Board, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to us. This letter sets forth the terms of your service with Zuora and supersedes any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by Zuora’s Chief Executive Officer and by you. This letter is governed by, and will be construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of California, without reference to principles of conflict of laws or choice of laws.

We are all delighted to confirm by this letter the terms for your service as a member of the Board.

 

Very truly yours,
Zuora, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Tien Tzuo

  Tien Tzuo
  Founder and Chief Executive Officer

 

2


Madgalena Yesil

May 8, 2017

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

I have read and understood this directorship letter and hereby acknowledge, accept, and agree to my appointment as a member of the Board according to the terms as set forth above. I further acknowledge that no other commitments were made to me as part of my directorship offer except as specifically set forth herein.

 

By:  

/s/ Magdalena Yesil

  Magdalena Yesil
Date:   May 8, 2017

Exhibit 10.11

C HANGE IN C ONTROL AND S EVERANCE A GREEMENT

This Change in Control and Severance Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between                    (the “ Executive ”) and Zuora, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and is effective as of            , 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”).

1.     Agreement.

This Agreement shall terminate on the date the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates for a reason other than a Qualifying Termination or CIC Qualifying Termination; provided, however , if a definitive agreement relating to a Change in Control has been signed by the Company then this Agreement shall remain in effect through the earlier of:

(a)    The date the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates for a reason other than a Qualifying Termination or CIC Qualifying Termination, or

(b)    The date the Company has met all of its obligations under this Agreement following a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company due to a Qualifying Termination or CIC Qualifying Termination.

2.     Qualifying Termination. If the Executive is subject to a Qualifying Termination, then, subject to Sections 4, 8, and 9 below, Executive will be entitled to the following benefits:

(a)     Severance Benefits. The Company shall pay the Executive six (6) months of his or her monthly base salary (at the rate in effect immediately prior to the actions that resulted in the Qualifying Termination). The Executive will receive his or her severance payment in a cash lump-sum which will be made on the first business day occurring after the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Separation, provided that the Release Conditions have been satisfied. If Executive is subject to a Qualifying Termination, no Equity Awards shall accelerate, except as may be provided in an individual equity award agreement between Executive and the Company.

(b)     Continued Employee Benefits . If Executive timely elects continued coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall pay the full amount of Executive’s COBRA premiums on behalf of the Executive for the Executive’s continued coverage under the Company’s health, dental and vision plans, including coverage for the Executive’s eligible dependents, for the six (6)-month period following the Executive’s Separation or, if earlier, until Executive is eligible to be covered under another substantially equivalent medical insurance plan by a subsequent employer; provided that if the Company determines that it cannot provide the payment of COBRA on behalf of the Executive without violating applicable law or incurring additional expense under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will provide Executive, in lieu thereof, a taxable lump sum payment for the balance of the six (6)-month COBRA period, which payment will equal 100% of the applicable COBRA premium for the Executive and any dependents. The number of months of COBRA to be paid, in the event of a cash payment under the preceding sentence, shall be reduced by the number of months of COBRA premiums previously paid by the Company.


3.     CIC Qualifying Termination. If the Executive is subject to a CIC Qualifying Termination, then, subject to Sections 4, 8, and 9 below, Executive will be entitled to the following benefits:

(a)     Severance and Bonus Payments . The Company or its successor shall pay the Executive twelve (12) months of his or her monthly base salary (at the rate in effect immediately prior to the actions that resulted in the Separation). The Executive will receive his or her severance payment in a cash lump-sum which will be made on the first business day occurring after the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Separation, provided that the Release Conditions have been satisfied.

(b)     Equity. Each of Executive’s then outstanding unvested Equity Awards, including awards that would otherwise vest only upon satisfaction of performance criteria, shall accelerate and become vested and exercisable with respect to 100% of the then unvested shares subject to all Equity Awards. “ Equity Awards ” means all options to purchase shares of Company common stock, Restricted Stock Units as well as any and all other stock-based awards granted to the Executive, including but not limited to stock bonus awards, restricted stock or stock appreciation rights. Subject to Section 4, the accelerated vesting described above shall be effective as of the Separation. In the event an Equity Award is subject to performance metrics or factors, then the vesting acceleration provided for herein shall be based on achievement of such performance award “at-target.”

(c)     Continued Employee Benefits . If Executive timely elects continued coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall pay the full amount of Executive’s COBRA premiums on behalf of the Executive for the Executive’s continued coverage under the Company’s health, dental and vision plans, including coverage for the Executive’s eligible dependents, for the twelve (12)-month period following the Executive’s Separation or, if earlier, until Executive is eligible to be covered under another substantially equivalent medical insurance plan by a subsequent employer; provided that if the Company determines that it cannot provide the payment of COBRA on behalf of the Executive without violating applicable law or incurring additional expense under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will provide Executive, in lieu thereof, a taxable lump sum payment for the balance of the twelve (12)-month COBRA period, which payment will equal 100% of the applicable COBRA premium for the Executive and any dependents. The number of months of COBRA to be paid, in any case, shall be reduced by the number of months of COBRA previously paid by the Company.

(d)     Benefits True Up . In the event the Executive terminates pursuant to a Qualifying Termination under Section 2 and that termination is later determined by the Company to qualify as a CIC Qualifying Termination, then the Company shall make a true-up payment to Executive so that the aggregate of all benefits provided to Executive are those in this Section 3. Notwithstanding the timing described in Sections 3(a), 3(b) and 3(c), this true-up payment will occur on the closing of the Change of Control, and any equity awards that would otherwise forfeit upon a Qualifying Termination shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest for three (3) months following such Qualifying Termination to permit the 100% acceleration described in Section 3(b) above.

4.     General Release. Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, the benefits under Section 2 and 3 shall not apply unless the Executive (i) has executed a general release (in a form prescribed by the Company) of all known and unknown claims that he or she may then have against the Company or persons affiliated with the Company and such release has become effective and (ii) has agreed not to prosecute any legal action or other proceeding based upon any of such claims. The release must be in the form prescribed by the Company, without alterations (this document effecting the foregoing, the “ Release ”). The Company will deliver the form of Release to the Executive within thirty (30) days after the Executive’s Separation. The Executive must execute and return the Release within the time period specified in the form, and in all events within sixty (60) days following the termination event described in Section 2 or 3, as applicable.

 

2


5.     Accrued Compensation and Benefits. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2 and 3 above, the Company shall pay Executive’s earned but unpaid base salary and other vested but unpaid cash entitlements for the period through and including the termination of employment, including unused earned vacation pay and unreimbursed documented business expenses incurred by Executive prior to the date of termination (collectively “ Accrued Compensation and Expenses ”). In addition, Executive shall be entitled to any other vested benefits earned by Executive for the period through and including the termination date of Executive’s employment under any other employee benefit plans and arrangements maintained by the Company, in accordance with the terms of such plans and arrangements, except as may be modified herein (collectively “ Accrued Benefits ”). Any Accrued Compensation and Expenses to which the Executive is entitled shall be paid to the Executive in cash as soon as administratively practicable after the termination, and, in any event, no later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the end of the taxable year of the Executive in which the termination occurs or at such earlier time as may be required by applicable law. Any Accrued Benefits to which the Executive is entitled shall be paid to the Executive as provided in the relevant plans and arrangements.

6.     Definitions.

(a)    “ Cause ” means Executive (i) has been convicted of, or has pleaded guilty or nolo contendere to, any felony or to any crime involving moral turpitude, (ii) has engaged in willful misconduct in the performance of his or her duties, (iii) has materially failed or refused to perform the material duties of his or her position with the Company after having received written notice from the Company that such failure or refusal would constitute “Cause” hereunder and not having corrected such failure or refusal to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within thirty (30) days of the Company’s delivery of such written notice of failure or refusal, (iv) has engaged in gross negligence in the performance of his or her duties; (v) has breached the Company’s Employee Nondisclosure, Assignment and Non-Solicitation Agreement, or (vi) has committed any act of fraud, theft, embezzlement, misappropriation of funds, breach of fiduciary duty or other willful act of material dishonesty against the Company that results in economic or reputational harm to the Company.

(b)    “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or (ii) the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; provided that such event in (i) through (iii) (including any series of such events) also qualifies as a “ change in control event ” under Code Section 409A.

(c)    “ CIC Qualifying Termination ” means a Separation (i) within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control or (ii) within three (3) months preceding a Change in Control, but as to part (ii) only if the Separation occurs following a Potential Change in Control, in each case, resulting from (i) the Company terminating the Executive’s employment for any reason other than Cause or (ii) the Executive voluntarily resigning his or her employment for Good Reason. A termination or resignation due to the Executive’s death or disability shall not constitute a CIC Qualifying Termination. A “ Potential Change in Control ” means the date of execution of a definitive agreement for a corporate transaction

 

3


which, if consummated, would constitute the applicable Change in Control. In the case of a termination following a Potential Change in Control and before the consummation of a Change in Control, solely for purposes of benefits under this Agreement, the date of Separation will be deemed the date the Executive’s employment terminated.

(d)    “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e)    “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence of any of the following events or conditions, without Executive’s express written consent (i) a material reduction of the Executive’s primary job duties or level of responsibility (collectively, “Duties”) relative to the Executive’s Duties that were in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; provided, however , that for purposes of this clause, a material reduction in the executive’s Duties will not be deemed to occur (A) if the Company is acquired and made a division or business unit of a larger entity, and following the consummation of the Change of Control the Executive retains substantially similar Duties for such division or business unit of the acquiring corporation, but not for the entire acquiring corporation, or (B) solely because of a change in title; (ii) a ten percent (10%) reduction in then-current annual base salary or annual bonus target (other than an across-the-board salary reduction for all similarly situated executives then employed by the acquirer); or (iii) relocation of executive’s primary work office to an office or location that would increase Executive’s one-way commute to more than fifty (50) miles from Executives current residence. With respect to each of subsection (i), (ii), and (iii) above, Executive must provide notice to the Company of the condition giving rise to “Good Reason” within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of such condition, and the Company will have thirty (30) days following such notice to remedy such condition. Executive must resign Executive’s employment no later than fifteen (15) days following expiration of the Company’s thirty (30) day cure period or written receipt from the Company of its intent not to cure.

(f)    “ Qualifying Termination ” means a Separation that is not a CIC Qualifying Termination, but which results from (i) the Company terminating the Executive’s employment for any reason other than Cause or (ii) the Executive voluntarily resigning his employment for Good Reason. 1 A termination or resignation due to the Executive’s death or disability shall not constitute a Qualifying Termination.

(g)    “ Release Conditions ” means (i) the Company has received the Executive’s executed Release and (ii) any rescission period applicable to the Executive’s executed Release has expired such that the Release is effective.

(h)    “ Separation ” means a “separation from service,” as defined in the regulations under Section 409A of the Code.

7.     Successors.

(a)     Company’s Successors . The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets, by an agreement in substance and form satisfactory to the Executive, to assume this Agreement and to agree expressly to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform it in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets or which becomes bound by this Agreement by operation of law.

 

 

1   (ii) For Chief Executive Officer Only

 

4


(b)     Executive’s Successors . This Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

8.     Golden Parachute Taxes.

(a)     Best After-Tax Result . In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by Executive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise (“ Payments ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this subsection (a), be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, any successor provisions, or any comparable federal, state, local or foreign excise tax (“ Excise Tax ”), then such Payments shall be either (A) provided in full pursuant or (B) provided as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such Payments being subject to the Excise Tax (“ Reduced Amount ”), whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state, local and foreign income, employment and other taxes and the Excise Tax (including, without limitation, any interest or penalties on such taxes), results in the receipt by Executive, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of payments and benefits provided for hereunder or otherwise, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section shall be made by independent tax counsel designated by the Company and reasonably acceptable to Executive (“ Independent Tax Counsel’ ), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required under this Section, Independent Tax Counsel may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code; provided that Independent Tax Counsel shall assume that Executive pays all taxes at the highest marginal rate. The Company and Executive shall furnish to Independent Tax Counsel such information and documents as Independent Tax Counsel may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company shall bear all costs that Independent Tax Counsel may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section. In the event that the above clause (ii)(B) of this Section 8 applies, then based on the information provided to Executive and the Company by Independent Tax Counsel, Executive may, in Executive’s sole discretion and within thirty (30) days of the date on which Executive is provided with the information prepared by Independent Tax Counsel, determine which and how much of the Payments (including the accelerated vesting of equity compensation awards) to be otherwise received by Executive shall be eliminated or reduced (as long as after such determination the value (as calculated by Independent Tax Counsel in accordance with the provisions of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code) of the amounts payable or distributable to Executive equals the Reduced Amount).

9.     Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a)     Section 409A . To the extent (i) any payments to which Executive becomes entitled under this Agreement, or any agreement or plan referenced herein, in connection with Executive’s termination of employment with the Company constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code and (ii) Executive is deemed at the time of such termination of employment to be a “specified” employee under Section 409A of the Code, then such payment or payments shall not be made or commence until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the Executive’s Separation; or (ii) the date of Executive’s death following such Separation; provided, however , that such deferral shall only be effected to the extent required to avoid adverse tax treatment to Executive, including (without limitation) the additional twenty percent (20%) tax for which Executive would otherwise be liable under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code in the absence of such deferral. Upon the expiration of the applicable deferral period, any payments which would have otherwise been made

 

5


during that period (whether in a single sum or in installments) in the absence of this paragraph shall be paid to Executive or Executive’s beneficiary in one lump sum (without interest). Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to the extent any expense reimbursement or the provision of any in-kind benefit under this Agreement (or otherwise referenced herein) is determined to be subject to (and not exempt from) Section 409A of the Code, the amount of any such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or the provision of any in-kind benefit, in one calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in kind benefits to be provided in any other calendar year, in no event shall any expenses be reimbursed after the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive incurred such expenses, and in no event shall any right to reimbursement or the provision of any in-kind benefit be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its exemption or compliance with Section 409A, the provision will be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder are exempt from Section 409A to the maximum permissible extent, and for any payments where such construction is not tenable, that those payments comply with Section 409A to the maximum permissible extent. To the extent any payment under this Agreement may be classified as a “short-term deferral” within the meaning of Section 409A, such payment shall be deemed a short-term deferral, even if it may also qualify for an exemption from Section 409A under another provision of Section 409A. Payments pursuant to this Agreement (or referenced in this Agreement) are intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the regulations under Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the period of time comprising (x) the time to consider and make effective the Release and (y) the time after the expiration or cessation of any cure period or attempt to cure Good Reason, spans two calendar years, then, any payments that constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A will be made in the second calendar year.

(b)     Other Arrangements . This Agreement supersedes any and all cash severance arrangements and vesting acceleration arrangements on change in control under any prior option agreement, restricted stock unit agreement, severance and salary continuation arrangements, programs and plans which were previously offered by the Company to the Executive, including change in control severance arrangements pursuant to an employment agreement or offer letter, and Executive hereby waives Executive’s rights to such other benefits. In no event shall any individual receive cash severance benefits under both this Agreement and any other severance pay or salary continuation program, plan or other arrangement with the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Executive receive benefits under both Sections 2 and Section 3 with respect to Executive’s Separation.

(c)     Dispute Resolution . To ensure rapid and economical resolution of any and all disputes that might arise in connection with this Agreement, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, and causes of action, in law or equity, arising from or relating to this Agreement or its enforcement, performance, breach, or interpretation, will be resolved solely and exclusively by final, binding, and confidential arbitration, by a single arbitrator, in San Francisco County, and conducted by Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) under its then-existing employment rules and procedures. Nothing in this Section 9(c); however, is intended to prevent either party from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration. Each party to an arbitration or litigation hereunder shall be responsible for the payment of its own attorneys’ fees.

(d)     Notice . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or deposited with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. In the case of the Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to him or her at the home address which he or she most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary.

 

6


(e)     Waiver . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(f)     Withholding Taxes . All payments made under this Agreement shall be subject to applicable withholding and income taxes.

(g)     Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(h)     At-Will Employment . Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Executive any right to continue in service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or of the Executive, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her service at any time and for any reason.

(i)     Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California (other than its choice-of-law provisions).

[Signature Page to Change in Control and Severance Agreement Follows]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written. This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

EXECUTIVE     ZUORA, INC.

 

   

 

Name:       By:  
      Title:  
Date:  

                                                                                               

    Date:  

                                                                 

 

[Signature Page to Change in Control and Severance Agreement]

Exhibit 10.12

SUBLEASE

THIS SUBLEASE, dated as of October 18, 2016 (the “Effective Date”), is entered into between SurveyMonkey Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Sublandlord”), and Zuora, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“Subtenant”).

RECITALS

A. Bay Meadows Station 4 Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Master Landlord”) and Sublandlord are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated July 31, 2015, (the “Master Lease”) a redacted copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A . Pursuant to the Master Lease, Master Landlord leases to Sublandlord and Sublandlord leases from Master Landlord approximately One Hundred Ninety Nine Thousand Three Hundred and Thirty Eight (199,338) rentable square feet of office located at Station 4 3050 South Delaware Street, San Mateo, California (the “Premises”). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Sublease shall have the meanings set forth in the Master Lease.

B. Sublandlord desires to sublet a portion of the Premises to Subtenant. The portion is described as the 29,052 square feet of office space described in Exhibit B (“Sublet Portion”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Sublet Portion will not include any portion of or access to the outside roof deck. Subtenant’s share of the Premises is fourteen percent (14%) (“Proportional Share”). Subtenant desires to sublet the Sublet Portion, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Sublease.

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, Sublandlord and Subtenant agree as follows:

1. PREMISES

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Sublease, Sublandlord sublets the Sublet Portion to Subtenant, and Subtenant sublets the Sublet Portion from Sublandlord.

2. TERM

2.1 Term. The term of this Sublease (the “Term”) shall commence on January  1, 2017, or upon such later date as substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements occurs, both subject to Sublandlord obtaining a Certificate of Occupancy or equivalent government approval for occupancy of the Premises (the “Commencement Date”) and shall expire on the last day of the thirty-sixth (36th) full calendar month following the Commencement Date (the “Expiration Date”). The date this Sublease actually terminates is referred to herein as the “Termination Date”. Promptly after the determination of the Commencement Date, Sublandlord and Subtenant shall execute and deliver a commencement letter in a form prepared by Sublandlord (the “Commencement Letter”) in the form attached as Exhibit C . Subtenant’s failure to execute and return the Commencement Letter, or to provide written objection to the statements contained in the Commencement Letter, within 10 days after the date of receipt the Commencement Letter shall be deemed an approval by Subtenant of the statements contained therein.

 

1


2.2 Extension. Subtenant shall have the option to extend (the “Option”) the Term for an additional period of one (1) year (the “Extension Period”) upon all terms and conditions of the Sublease, except that Subtenant shall have no further right to extend the Term, and the Base Rent shall be increased to the amounts provided for herein. The Option may be exercised only by Subtenant giving Sublandlord irrevocable and unconditional written notice thereof no later than nine (9) months before the commencement of the Extension Period; provided, however, only if Sublandlord intends to occupy the Sublet Portion upon expiration of the initial Term of this Sublease, then Sublandlord may nullify Subtenant’s exercise of the Option by written notice given to Subtenant within thirty (30) days of Subtenant’s exercise of the Option. Said exercise shall, at Sublandlord’s election, be null and void if Subtenant is in default under the Sublease at the date of said notice or at any time thereafter and prior to commencement of the Extension Period. If Subtenant shall fail to exercise the Option in accordance with the terms hereof, said Option shall terminate and be null and void. If Sublandlord shall fail to nullify said exercise within the period set forth above, Sublandlord’s nullification right shall terminate and be null and void. Subtenant’s exercise of the Option shall not operate to cure any default by Subtenant of any of the terms or provisions in this Sublease, nor to extinguish or impair any rights or remedies of Sublandlord arising by virtue of such default. If the Sublease or Subtenant’s right to possession of the Sublet Portion shall terminate in any manner whatsoever before Subtenant shall exercise the Option, or before the commencement of the Extension Period, or if Subtenant shall have assigned the Sublease or subleased all or any portion of the Sublet Portion before Subtenant shall have exercised the Option, then immediately upon such termination, sublease or assignment, the Option shall simultaneously terminate and become null and void. If the Term of the Sublease shall terminate for any reason prior to the expiration of the initial Term, then the Option shall become null and void, whether or not it has been previously exercised. Time is of the essence of this provision. The Extension Period shall be upon all the same terms and conditions of the Sublease except the Base Rent for the Extension Period shall increase by two and fifty hundredths percent (2.50%) over Base Rent payable in the last month of the initial Term.

2.3 Early Access. Provided the same does not interfere with completion of the Tenant Improvements, as reasonably determined by Sublandlord, Subtenant may, up to twenty-eight (28) days prior to the Commencement Date, enter the Sublet Portion for the sole and exclusive purpose of installing its furniture, equipment and other personal property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) such entry shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Sublease, provided that Subtenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent, Expenses or the Subtenant TI Cost Reimbursement for any entry or possession during such period before the Commencement Date, except for the cost of services requested by Subtenant (e.g. after hours HVAC service); (ii) Subtenant shall not conduct its business from the Sublet Portion during the period of such entry, (iii) such entry shall be subject to such rules and regulations as Master Landlord and Sublandlord may reasonably promulgate and Subtenant shall ensure that any architect, engineer, designer, contractor and workman

 

2


employed by Subtenant observes such rules, and prior to commencement of any work in the Sublet Portion, makes appropriate arrangements with Sublandlord, particularly with respect to: material and equipment storage; time and place of deliveries; hours of work and coordination of work; power, heating and washroom facilities; scheduling; security; and clean-up; and (iv) any such entry shall be at Subtenant’s risk and Sublandlord shall have no liability for any loss, damage or injury to Subtenant’s personal property, equipment, employees or agents which may be on or about the Sublet Portion during the period of such entry and, except for any injury to Subtenant’s employees or agents to the extent caused the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublandlord, Subtenant hereby releases Sublandlord from any claim with respect thereto from whatever cause.

2.4 Failure to Deliver Possession. If for any reason Sublandlord cannot deliver possession of the Sublet Portion to Subtenant by the Commencement Date, the Commencement Date shall be delayed until the day the Sublet Portion is delivered to Subtenant. If Sublandlord has not delivered to Subtenant the Sublet Portion by January 31, 2017 (subject to extension due to a Force Majeure Event or any delay caused by Subtenant), Subtenant shall, until such time the Sublet Portion is delivered, have the right to terminate this Sublease by delivery to Sublandlord a termination notice, which shall be effective immediately upon receipt by Sublandlord. Upon request by Subtenant, Sublandlord shall keep Subtenant apprised as to the anticipated Commencement Date. Sublandlord shall notify Subtenant via email in writing at least five (5) days prior to delivering the Sublet Portion to Subtenant.

3. CONDITION OF PREMISES.

3.1 As-Is. On the Commencement Date, Sublandlord agrees to deliver, and Subtenant agrees to accept, the Sublet Portion in its “As-Is, Where Is” condition, except that Sublandlord shall deliver the Sublet Portion to Subtenant in good working condition, including, but not limited to the roof/HVAC, electrical, plumbing, elevator and lighting, and with the tenant improvements described in Section 4.3 below substantially completed in all material respects.

3.2 Access Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant with a total of 265 access cards as requested by Subtenant. If a card is lost and/or needs to be replaced or is not returned to Sublandlord upon termination Subtenant shall pay Sublandlord’s actual cost but in any event not to exceed $10.00 per card. Sublandlord will administer issuance and other clerical aspects of the access system as the control is located in space that Sublandlord is occupying. Subtenant will record the recipient of each issued or reissued access card, and will maintain accurate records of such, and share such records with Sublandlord upon request. Subtenant will promptly notify Sublandlord of any lost, stolen, or reissued access card upon having knowledge of such loss. Any security or keycard costs incurred by Subtenant due to requests, action or inaction of Subtenant shall be paid by Subtenant upon demand.

 

3


4. RENT

4.1 Base Rent. Simultaneously with Subtenant’s execution of the Sublease, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord via wire or cashier’s check one (1) month’s Base Rent in the amount of one hundred twenty-nine thousand two hundred eighty-one 40/100 dollars ($129,281.40). Beginning Month Thirteen (13) of the Term, there will be two and fifty hundredths percent (2.50%) annual increases of the Base Rent as set forth in the Rent Schedule herein. If the Commencement Date is not the first of a month, on the Commencement date Subtenant shall pay, via wire of cashier’s check, Base Rent in a pro-rated amount for the partial month between the Commencement Date and the last day of the month. After the Commencement Date, Base Rent shall be paid via wire or via cashier’s check, monthly on the first of the month starting on the first day of the second full month.

Rent Schedule :

 

From

   To      Months      Monthly Rent  

1/1/2017

     12/31/2017        12      $ 129,281.40  

1/1/2018

     12/31/2018        12      $ 132,513.44  

1/1/2019

     12/31/2019        12      $ 135,826.27  

4.2 Additional Rent On the Commencement Date and on the first of each month thereafter Subtenant shall pay its pro-rata share of the estimated Additional Rent charged to Sublandlord by Master Landlord pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Master Lease and those costs charged to Sublandlord by Master Landlord pursuant to Master Lease (collectively “Expenses”) via wire or via cashier’s check. The Sublease will be a triple-net (NNN) lease and the Subtenant will pay its Proportional Share of Expenses (including real property taxes, insurance, and maintenance) as paid by the Sublandlord and outlined by the Master Lease, without exclusion, as set forth in Exhibit D, Estimated Operating Expenses provided by Master Landlord. Subtenant shall also pay its Proportional Share of any third-party lobby staffing (not to exceed two (2) staff members), janitorial, and security access expenses incurred by Subtenant in the operation of the Building (“Additional Expenses”), as estimated and further set forth in Exhibit D. Within thirty (30) days of Sublandlord providing notice to Subtenant of the Subtenant’s pro-rata share of Expenses or other payments which are due under this Sublease, Subtenant shall pay such amounts. Subtenant remains responsible for paying all other amounts due under this Sublease.

4.3 Subtenant Furniture, Cabling, and TI Cost Reimbursement. In addition to Base Rent, Subtenant shall reimburse Sublandlord, for the amortized portion of Sublandlord’s costs of tenant improvements in the Sublet Portion (including furniture and cabling) for the benefit of Subtenant attributable to the initial Term (such amortized amount, collectively the “Subtenant TI Cost Reimbursement”). The Subtenant TI Cost Reimbursement shall be payable in equal monthly installments of twenty-one thousand seven hundred eighty-nine dollars ($21,789.00) (i.e., $0.75 per rentable square foot of the Sublet Portion per month), at the same time and in the same manner as Base Rent. If Subtenant exercises the Option, then Tenant shall continue to pay the Subtenant TI Cost Reimbursement during the Extension Period.

 

4


4.4 Alterations and Surrender. Subtenant will have the right to make non-structural modifications and alterations to the interior of the Sublet Portion with the prior written consent of Sublandlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Sublandlord will inform Subtenant if an alteration must be removed at the Sublease expiration at the time consent for such alteration is granted. Subtenant shall at the end of the Term of this Sublease, surrender to Sublandlord the Sublet Portion and all alterations, additions, fixtures and improvements therein or thereto in the same condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear and damage thereto by fire or other casualty excepted, and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease.

4.5 Sublandlord’s Vendors. Subtenant agrees that to the extent it wishes to use third party services (including but not limited to custodial, food service, landscaping, general supplies, and office equipment maintenance) (collectively, “Vendors”), Subtenant shall engage only fully licensed and approved professionals. In all instances, Subtenant shall contract directly with its Vendors and shall be solely liable for any charges which are incurred by Subtenant. All Vendors with unsupervised access to the Premises will be subject to Sublandlord’s prior written approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Sublandlord will appoint a point person to be Subtenant’s contact person regarding coordination with Vendors. Subtenant further agrees that to the extent that it wishes to use third party services (including but not limited to electrical, mechanical, plumbing, custodial, security, HVAC, and structural services), for Tenant Repairs less than or equal to five thousand dollars ($5,000), Subtenant shall engage only fully licensed and approved professionals, subject to Sublandlord’s prior written approval and in its sole discretion but which shall not be unreasonably withheld , in order to ensure that all systems operate correctly and that the brand new Premises are maintained and returned in a first class condition, normal wear and tear excepted. All Tenant Repairs estimated for more than five thousand dollars ($5,000), Subtenant shall request of Sublandlord, and Sublandlord will engage, only Sublandlord’s approved vendors.

4.6 Payment of Rent. Rent shall be paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord at the address for Sublandlord set forth in Section 15 below (or such other place as Sublandlord may designate in writing) without prior notice or demand therefore. In the event that the Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month or the Termination Date is not the last day of a calendar month, the installment of Rent for such month shall be prorated. All payments shall be made payable to SurveyMonkey Inc. unless otherwise designated in writing by Sublandlord and shall be made by wire or cashier’s check.

4.7 Late Payment of Rent. If any installment of Rent, Additional Rent, Subtenant TI Cost Reimbursement, or any other sum due from Subtenant hereunder shall not be received by Sublandlord within five (5) days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Subtenant, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Sublandlord will incur by reason of late payment by Subtenant.

 

5


4.8 Security Deposit — Letter of Credit. Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord concurrently with its execution of this Lease, as security for the performance of Subtenant’s covenants and obligations under this Sublease, an original irrevocable standby letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) in the amount of Four Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($400,000.00), naming Sublandlord as beneficiary, which Sublandlord may draw upon, without prejudice to any other remedy provided in this Sublease or by law, to cure any default under this Sublease or to satisfy any other loss or damage resulting from Subtenant’s breach under this Sublease. Any such draw on the Letter of Credit shall not constitute a waiver of any other rights of Sublandlord with respect to such default or failure to perform. The Letter of Credit shall be issued by a major commercial bank reasonably acceptable to Sublandlord, have an expiration date not earlier than the sixtieth (60th) day after the Expiration Date (or, in the alternative, have a term of not less than one (1) year and be automatically renewable for an additional one (1) year period unless notice of non-renewal is given by the issuer to Sublandlord not later than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration thereof) and shall provide that Sublandlord may make partial and multiple draws thereunder, up to the face amount thereof. If, at any period while the Letter of Credit is required to be in effect hereunder, the financial condition of the issuing bank materially deteriorates from the financial condition as of the date of Sublandlord’s initial approval of the bank (as evidenced by a material drop in Standard & Poor’s financial services rating for such bank), then Sublandlord may, by written notice to Subtenant, require that Subtenant replace the Letter of Credit with a Letter of Credit issued by a major commercial bank then reasonably acceptable to Sublandlord. In addition, the Letter of Credit shall provide that, in the event of Sublandlord’s assignment or other transfer of its interest in this Sublease, the Letter of Credit shall be freely transferable by Sublandlord, without charge and without recourse, to the assignee or transferee of such interest and the bank shall confirm the same to Sublandlord and such assignee or transferee. The Letter of Credit shall provide for payment to Sublandlord upon the issuer’s receipt of a sight draft from Sublandlord together with a statement by Sublandlord that the requested sum is due and payable from Subtenant to Sublandlord in accordance with the provisions of this Sublease and otherwise be in form and content satisfactory to Sublandlord. If the Letter of Credit has an expiration date earlier than sixty (60) days after the Expiration Date, then throughout the term hereof (including any renewal or extension of the term) Subtenant shall provide evidence of renewal of the Letter of Credit to Sublandlord at least sixty (60) days prior to the date the Letter of Credit expires. If Sublandlord draws on the Letter of Credit pursuant to the terms hereof, Subtenant shall immediately replenish the Letter of Credit or provide Sublandlord with an additional letter of credit conforming to the requirement of this section so that the amount available to Sublandlord from the Letter of Credit provided hereunder is the amount specified above. If Subtenant is not in default at the expiration or termination of this Sublease, within fifteen (15) days thereafter Sublandlord shall return to Subtenant the Letter of Credit then held by Sublandlord, as applicable; provided, however, that in no event shall any such return be construed as an admission by Sublandlord that Subtenant has performed all of its covenants and obligations hereunder. Subtenant hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the benefits and protections of California Civil

 

6


Code Section 1950.7, and, without limitation of the scope of such waiver, acknowledges that Sublandlord may use all or any part of the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof to compensate Sublandlord for damages resulting from termination of this Sublease and the tenancy created hereunder (including, without limitation, damages recoverable under California Civil Code Section 1951.2).

5. USE

Per the Master Lease. Subtenant’s use shall be in compliance with the Master Lease. Sublandlord makes no representations regarding whether Subtenant’s proposed use is a permitted use by the City of San Mateo nor as to whether Landlord has obtained all necessary permits for the Premises.

6. MASTER LEASE

6.1 Subordinate to Master Lease. This Sublease and all of Subtenant’s rights hereunder are and shall remain in all respects subject and subordinate to all of the terms and provisions of the Master Lease. References in the Master Lease to “Tenant” shall be construed as “Subtenant” for purposes of this Sublease as appropriate. This Sublease is contingent upon Master Landlord signing a Master Landlord Consent a form of which is attached hereto and the Master Landlord not exercising any right to recapture that it may have.

6.2 Recapture. If, after the Commencement Date, Master Landlord has a right to recapture under Section 22.5 of the Master Lease and does actually recapture the Premises, then Sublandlord may terminate this Sublease, without liability, upon written notice to Subtenant and upon termination shall promptly return any sums prepaid by Subtenant in Rent or Additional Rent on a pro-rata basis from the date of termination to the Expiration Date. Sublandlord shall immediately give Subtenant written notice of any attempt by the Master Landlord to exercise its right to recapture. Upon receiving such notice, Subtenant will be free to contact the Master Landlord to discuss a direct leasing arrangement within the Premises.

6.3 Master Landlord Consent to Sublease. Sublandlord shall use diligent efforts to obtain Master Landlord’s consent to this Sublease in a form reasonably acceptable to the parties. Subtenant shall cooperate with Sublandlord in obtaining the Master Landlord’s consent and shall timely sign any commercially reasonable assumption agreement required by Master Landlord. If Master Landlord has not consented to this Sublease within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, Subtenant shall be entitled to terminate this Sublease whereupon Sublandlord shall promptly return all sums paid by Subtenant hereunder. Upon Master Landlord’s consent to this Sublease, Subtenant shall reimburse Sublandlord for one-half of any and all review fees that Sublandlord had to pay Master Landlord to review, process and consent to the Sublease, provided that Subtenant’s liability for its share of any such review fees shall not exceed $2,500.

 

7


6.4 Incorporation of Master Lease. Subtenant shall observe and perform the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements of the Master Lease which Sublandlord is required to observe or perform with respect to the Premises as tenant under the Master Lease, except for the covenant of Sublandlord to pay Master Landlord the rent or other charges due under the Master Lease and except as such terms, covenants, conditions and agreements are modified hereby or are inconsistent with the terms of this Sublease. Subtenant shall not do or permit to be done any act which would result in a violation of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Master Lease. Except as otherwise provided in this Sublease or to the extent inconsistent with the terms of this Sublease (in which case the terms of this Sublease shall control), all of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease are hereby incorporated herein by reference (and modified by the terms hereof, if applicable); provided, however, that (a) the term “Landlord” shall be deemed to refer to Sublandlord; (b) the term “Tenant” shall be deemed to refer to “Subtenant”; (c) the phrase “this Lease” shall be deemed to refer to “this Sublease”; (d) the term “Term” shall be deemed to refer to the Term of this Sublease; (e) the term “Premises” shall refer to the Sublet Portion only and (f) the following provisions of the Master Lease shall not be incorporated herein- 1, 2.1, 2.2, 3, 6.1, 6.3, 7.7, 12, 13.1.1, 13.1.2, 13,2, 16.3, 20.1, 20.2, 20.3, 20.4, 20.6, 20.7, 22, 36, 38, 39, 40. 41, 42, 43, 44.7, Exhibit D, Exhibit F, Exhibit H and Exhibit I, provided that Sublandlord shall have no liability for Master Landlord’s failure to comply with the terms of Section 10.2 of the Master Lease except as set forth in Section 6.8 below.

6.5 Consent of Master Landlord and Sublandlord. The consent of Master Landlord and Sublandlord shall be required in connection with any act which requires the consent of Master Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease.

6.6 Improvements. Subtenant shall make no improvements without Sublandlord’s and Master Landlord’s consent which may be withheld in their sole discretion.

6.7 Sublandlord’s Obligations. Sublandlord shall maintain the Master Lease in full force and effect during the entire Term per the terms of the Master Lease. Sublandlord shall pay all rentals, expenses and taxes as provided for in the Master Lease in accordance with its terms, and shall comply with or perform all obligations of the tenant under the Master Lease that Subtenant has not expressly assumed under this Sublease. If Sublandlord elects to sublease additional space in the Premises during the Term, Sublandlord will offer such space to Subtenant, prior to a public offer to sublease, subject to same terms and conditions of this Agreement, including Section 9 hereof, at the then market rate for Rent payable for such space.

6.8 Master Landlord’s Default. If at any time during the Term, Master Landlord shall default or fail to perform any of its obligations under the Master Lease, Sublandlord shall use reasonable efforts to attempt to cause Master Landlord to cure such failure or default. Furthermore, if requested by Subtenant, Sublandlord shall assign its rights under the Master Lease to Subtenant to the extent necessary to permit Subtenant to institute legal proceedings against Master Landlord to obtain the performance of Master Landlord’s obligations under the Master Lease as long as Subtenant holds harmless, defends and indemnifies Sublandlord from any claim or counter claims by Master Landlord.

 

8


6.9 Sublandlord’s Default. Subject to the terms of Section 6.10 below, if at any time during the Term, Sublandlord shall default or fail to perform any of its obligations under the Master Lease or this Sublease, upon written notice from Subtenant, Sublandlord shall immediately cure such failure. For purposes of this Sublease, Sublandlord shall not be deemed to be in default hereunder unless and until Subtenant shall first deliver to Sublandlord ten (10) days’ prior written notice, and Sublandlord shall fail to cure said default within said ten (10) day period, or if it is impractical to cure the default within such 10-day period, Sublandlord shall commence to cure the default within such 10-day period and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion and completes the cure within thirty (30) days in the aggregate. Thereafter, if Sublandlord fails to cure the default, Subtenant shall elect, as its sole and exclusive remedy, to either (a) pursue any and all remedies available to it at law or in equity, provided that in no event shall Subtenant be entitled to receive more than its actual direct damages, or (b) with respect only to matters which require repair within the interior of the Sublet Portion and service and/or impact only the Sublet Portion and are not otherwise structural in nature or part of the Building common systems, exercise self-help and cure any such breach or default on behalf of Sublandlord, in which case Sublandlord shall pay Subtenant for all the actual costs incurred by Subtenant to cure such Sublandlord default (as evidenced by bills and invoices in detail reasonably satisfactory to Sublandlord) within thirty (30) days of written notice to Sublandlord of such amount and delivery of bills and invoices in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to Sublandlord.

6.10 Subtenant’s Rights Upon Master Landlord Termination. Notwithstanding the forgoing, should Master Landlord take action(s) to terminate the Master Lease, Sublandlord agrees that Subtenant shall have the right to terminate this Sublease and negotiate directly with Master Landlord to enter into a lease for the Sublet Portion on the same terms and conditions of this Sublease, or those that are mutually agreeable to Master Landlord and Subtenant (“New Lease”). If a New Lease is negotiated, the Expiration Date of this Sublease shall be accelerated to be the same date as the effective date of the New Lease, thereby terminating this Sublease.

6.11 Sub-Sublease and Assignment. Subtenant will have the right, subject to Master Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s consent on the terms set out in the Master Lease, to sub-sublease or assign any portion of the Sublet Portion and any portion of any space subsequently sub-leased, at any time during the Term.

7. CONDITION

Subtenant accepts the premises in its As-Is condition subject to the terms of Section 3 above. Subtenant acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Sublandlord and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including, but not limited to the electrical, HVAC, and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects and compliance with all laws and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their

 

9


suitability for Subtenant’s intended use, (c) Subtenant has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefore as the same relate to the occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Sublandlord, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Subtenant’s decision to sublease the Premises or/and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Sublandlord, Sublandlord’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Sublease.

8. INSURANCE; INDEMNIFICATION; DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

8.1 Insurance. Subtenant shall carry the insurance required under Section 8.2 of the Master Lease. Subtenant shall: notify landlord within 10 days following receipt of a cancellation notice as a result of nonpayment; maintain the agreed upon minimum insurance requirements throughout the lease term; and, to notify landlord if amount or type of insurance applicable to the premises is materially decreased.

8.2 Indemnity. Except for Sublandlord’s negligent or willful misconduct, Subtenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Sublandlord and Master Landlord and their respective agents, officers, directors and employees, including the Landlord Parties and Tenant Indemnitees, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, (i) the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Subtenant, and (ii) any injury or death of any person or damage to or destruction of property occurring in, on or about the Building or the Project, including the Common Areas and Parking Facilities, to the extent such injury, death or damage is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Subtenant or its employees, agents, customers, visitors, invitees, licensees, contractors, assignees or subtenants. If any action or proceeding is brought against Sublandlord by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Subtenant shall upon notice defend the same at Subtenant’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Sublandlord and Sublandlord shall cooperate with Subtenant in such defense. Subtenant need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

9. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

9.1 Grant of Right of First Offer; Conditions. From and after the Commencement Date, Subtenant shall have a right of first offer, subject to the provisions of this Section (the “Right of First Offer”), with respect to any portion of the Premises (excluding the Sublet Portion and any portion of the Premises currently offered for sublease by Sublandlord on the date hereof) which Sublandlord subsequently desires to sublease (each, an “Offering Space”). Subtenant’s Right of First Offer shall be exercised as follows: at any time after Sublandlord has determined that it will sublease an Offering Space (but prior to subleasing the applicable Offering Space to a third party), Sublandlord shall advise Subtenant in writing (the “Advice”) of the terms

 

10


under which Sublandlord is prepared to lease the Offering Space to Subtenant for the remainder of the Term, which terms shall reflect the then-current Base Rent rate under the Master Lease for the applicable Offering Space, as such Base Rent rate may increase from time to time in accordance with the Master Lease. Subtenant may sublease the applicable Offering Space in its entirety only, under such terms, by delivering written notice of exercise to Sublandlord (the “Notice of Exercise”) within five (5) business days after the date of the Advice, except that Subtenant shall have no such Right of First Offer and Sublandlord need not provide Subtenant with an Advice, if: (i) Subtenant is in default under this Sublease beyond any applicable cure periods at the time that Sublandlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; (ii) the Sublet Portion, or any portion thereof, is sublet at the time Sublandlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; (iii) the Sublease has been assigned prior to the date Sublandlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; (iv) Subtenant is not occupying the Sublet Portion on the date Sublandlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; (v) the Offering Space is not intended for the exclusive use of Subtenant during the Term. Further, any exercise of Subtenant’s Right of First Offer is expressly conditioned upon Master Landlord’s approval of such exercise in accordance with the Master Lease, it being understood that Master Landlord’s failure or refusal to consent to any exercise of Subtenant’s Right of First Offer shall render such exercise null, void and of no force or effect.

9.2 Terms for Offering Space. The term for the Offering Space shall commence upon the commencement date stated in the Advice and thereupon the Offering Space shall be considered a part of the Sublet Portion, provided that all of the terms stated in the Advice shall govern Subtenant’s subleasing of the applicable Offering Space and only to the extent they do not conflict with the Advice, the terms and conditions of the Sublease shall apply to the applicable Offering Space. Subtenant shall pay Additional Rent for the applicable Offering Space in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Advice. The applicable Offering Space (including improvements and personalty, if any) shall be accepted by Subtenant in its condition and as-is configuration existing on the earlier of the date Subtenant takes possession of the applicable Offering Space or as of the date the term for the applicable Offering Space commences, unless the Advice specifies any work to be performed by Sublandlord in the applicable Offering Space, in which case Sublandlord shall perform such work in the Offering Space. If Sublandlord is delayed delivering possession of the applicable Offering Space due to the holdover or unlawful possession of such space by any party, Sublandlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain possession of the space, and the commencement date of the term for the applicable Offering Space shall be postponed until the date Sublandlord delivers possession of the applicable Offering Space to Subtenant free from occupancy by any party

9.3 Termination of Right of First Offer. The rights of Subtenant hereunder with respect to each applicable Offering Space shall terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) Subtenant’s failure to exercise its Right of First Offer within the five (5) business day period provided in Section 9.1 above, (ii) the date Sublandlord would have provided Subtenant an Advice if Subtenant had not been in violation of one or more of the conditions set forth in Section 9.1 above, or (iii) the date nine (9) months prior to the expiration date of the Term.

 

11


9.4 Offering Amendment. If Subtenant exercises its Right of First Offer with respect to an Offering Space, Sublandlord shall prepare an amendment (the “Offering Amendment”) adding such Offering Space to the Sublet Portion on the terms set forth in the Advice and reflecting the changes in the Base Rent, rentable square footage of the Sublet Portion, Subtenant’s Proportional Share and other appropriate terms. A copy of the Offering Amendment shall be sent to Subtenant within a five (5) business days after Sublandlord’s receipt of the Notice of Exercise executed by Subtenant, and Subtenant shall execute and return the Offering Amendment to Sublandlord within five (5) business days thereafter, but an otherwise valid exercise of the Right of First Offer shall be fully effective whether or not the Offering Amendment is executed.

10. REPRESENTATIONS OF SUBLANDLORD

Sublandlord represents to Subtenant that (a) the Master Lease is in full force and effect; (b) the redacted copy of the Master Lease which is attached to this Sublease as Exhibit A is a true, correct and complete copy of the Master Lease; (c) no default exists on the part of Sublandlord, nor has there occurred any event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, could constitute such a default or event of default under the Master Lease; (d) to Sublandlord’s actual knowledge, no default exists on the part of Master Landlord, nor has there occurred any event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, could constitute such a default or event of default under the Master Lease; (e) Sublandlord is the “Tenant” under the Lease, has not assigned or subleased its rights to any other party and has full power and authority to sublease the Premises to Subtenant pursuant to the terms of this Sublease, subject to obtaining the consent of the Master Landlord; and, (f) except for those rights and benefits specifically excluded in this Sublease, and subject to Subtenant’s performance of the terms, conditions and covenants to be performed by Subtenant hereunder, Subtenant shall enjoy the same rights and benefits under the Master Lease that pertain to the Sublet Portion.

11. REMEDIES CUMULATIVE

Each right and remedy of either party under this Sublease or incorporated herein by reference shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy of such party under this Sublease or incorporated herein by reference and now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, by statute or otherwise.

12. QUIET ENJOYMENT

Sublandlord covenants that Subtenant shall, subject to all of the terms of the Master Lease and this Sublease, peaceably have, hold and enjoy the Sublet Portion during the Term without hindrance by Sublandlord.

 

12


13. SIGNAGE

During the Term, Subtenant, at its sole cost and expense and subject to the terms of the Master Lease, shall have the right to place signage as reasonably prescribed by the Sublandlord in the main lobby, third floor elevator lobby, monument directory and such other directories as the parties may agree are appropriate, subject to approval of such signage by Sublandlord, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

14. PARKING

Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant with three (3) parking spots per one thousand (1,000) leased square feet of the Premises, of which 2.75/1000 will be located under the Premises, and .25/1000 will be located on adjacent surface parking lots. Subtenant shall comply with all reasonable parking rules provided by Sublandlord.

15. NOTICES

Every notice which may be or is required to be given under this Sublease or by law shall be in writing and shall be sent either by (a) United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (b) reputable overnight courier, or (c) hand delivery (against confirmation of delivery), and shall be addressed:

 

  (i) if to Subtenant:

Zuora, Inc.

Attn: Legal Department

with a copy to (but shall not constitute Notice):

Terra Law, LLP

50 W. San Fernando Street, Suite 1415

San Jose, CA 95113

Attn: Nicholas P. Petredis

 

  (ii) if to Sublandlord:

Prior to the Commencement Date:

SurveyMonkey Inc.

Attn: Legal Department

101 Lytton Ave

Palo Alto, California 94301

After to the Commencement Date:

At the Premises.

 

13


with a copy to:

Perkins Coie LLP

1120 NW Couch Street

10 th Floor

Portland, OR 97209

Attn: Andrew Solomon

and the same shall be deemed delivered the fifth business day after being deposited in the United States Mail, the business day following delivery to an overnight courier or when delivered by hand. Either party may designate, by similar written notice to the other party, any other address for such purposes.

16. BROKER

Other than Sublandlord’s relationship with David Heiber and Colin Feichtmeir of Cushman & Wakefield and Subtenant’s relationship with Steve Bouret and Ron Himes of Cushman & Wakefield, Subtenant and Sublandlord each represent and warrant that it has not had dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Sublease and neither party knows of any real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Sublease. Sublandlord shall be solely responsible for any payment due to Cushman & Wakefield and Cushman & Wakefield pursuant to the terms of a separate written agreement. Subtenant and Sublandlord shall indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless from and against all liabilities arising from any other claims of brokerage commissions or finder’s fees based on Subtenant’s or Sublandlord’s, as applicable, dealings or contacts with brokers or agents.

17. MISCELLANEOUS

17.1 Governing Law. This Sublease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

17.2 Headings. The section headings in this Sublease are inserted only as a matter of convenience for reference and are not to be given any effect in construing this Sublease.

17.3 Severability. If any of the provisions of this Sublease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Sublease, or the application of such provision or provisions to persons or circumstances other than those as to whom or which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and every provision of this Sublease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

17.4 Attorney’s Fees. If either party shall institute any action or proceeding against the other relating to any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Sublease, or there occurs any default by either party, the unsuccessful party in such action or proceeding shall reimburse the successful party for reasonable attorney’s fees and other costs and expenses incurred therein by the successful party, including fees, costs and expenses incurred in any appellate proceeding.

 

14


17.5 Interpretation. Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge that this Sublease is the result of negotiations between the parties and shall be construed as if prepared by both Sublandlord and Subtenant and each therefore waives the provisions of California Civil Code §1654.

17.6 Successors and Assigns. All of the terms and provisions of this Sublease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

17.7 Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver. Sublandlord has made no representations, warranties or covenants to or with Subtenant with respect to the subject matter of this Sublease except as expressly provided herein and all prior negotiations and agreements relating thereto are merged into this Sublease. This Sublease may not be amended or terminated, in whole or in part, nor may any of the provisions be waived, except by a written instrument executed by all signators unless the same is permitted under the terms and provisions of the Master Lease.

17.8 Authority. Sublandlord and Subtenant each hereby represents and warrants that it has full right, power and authority to enter into this Sublease and that the person executing this Sublease on behalf of Sublandlord and Subtenant, respectively, is duly authorized to do so and upon request written proof of such authority shall be provided.

17.9 Counterparts. This Sublease may be executed in counterparts by electronic signature, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one original of this Sublease.

17.10 Sublandlord Access. Sublandlord and its agents shall have the right to access the Sublet Portion for any commercially reasonable reason related to this Sublease (including, without limitation, to inspect the Sublet Portion or to provide any services required to be performed by Sublandlord hereunder) upon forty-eight (48) hours’ notice to Subtenant, except in the event of an emergency, in which case Sublandlord shall be required to provide only such notice as is practicable under the circumstances.

[Signature page follows]

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublandlord and Subtenant have executed this Sublease as of the day and year first above written.

 

SUBLANDLORD:   SUBTENANT:
SURVEYMONKEY INC. ,   ZUORA, INC. ,
a Delaware corporation   a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ Tim Maly                                                                             By: /s/ Tyler Sloat                                                          
Its: COO/CFO                                                                                Its: CFO                                                                         

 

16


MASTER LANDLORD’S CONSENT

Bay Meadows Station 4 Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Master Landlord”) hereby consents to the foregoing Sublease between SurveyMonkey Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Sublandlord”) and Zuora, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (“Subtenant”) dated                     , 2016 (the “Sublease”). Furthermore, Master Landlord hereby acknowledges that this Sublease complies with Section 22 of the Master Lease and waives any and all recapture rights that it may have pursuant to Section 22 of the Master Lease as a result of this Sublease.

MASTER LANDLORD:

Bay Meadows Station 4 Investors, LLC,

A Delaware limited liability company

 

By:                                                                       
Name:                                                                  
Its:                                                                       
Date:                                                                    

 

17


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE


EXHIBIT B

SUBLET PORTION


LOGO


EXHIBIT C

COMMENCEMENT LETTER


EXHIBIT D

ESTIMATED OPERATING EXPENSES AS PROVIDED BY LANDLORD

Survey Monkey’s Estimated Operating Expenses as provided by the Landlord

 

Expense Category

   Annual Cost/SF      Monthly Cost/SF  

Utilities

   $ 0.77      $ 0.06  

Building Maintenance

   $ 0.51      $ 0.04  

Cleaning / Janitorial

   $ 0.51      $ 0.04  

Repairs & Maintenance

   $ 1.06      $ 0.09  

CAM, Association & Security

   $ 1.72      $ 0.14  

Administrative

   $ 0.77      $ 0.06  

Property Management Fee

   $ 1.00      $ 0.08  

Property Tax

   $ 4.60      $ 0.38  

Property Insurance

   $ 1.63      $ 0.14  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Estimated Operating Expenses*

   $ 12.57      $ 1.05  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

ESTIMATED ADDITIONAL EXPENSES AS PROVIDED BY SUBLANDLORD

SurveyMonkey’s Estimated Additional Expenses as provided by SurveyMonkey

 

Expense Category

   Annual Cost/SF      Monthly Cost/SF  

Utilities and Janitorial

   $ 3.60      $ 0.30  

Third-Party Lobby Staffing

   $ 0.50      $ 0.04  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Estimated Additional Expenses*

   $ 4.10      $ 0.34  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Nothing herein contained shall be construed as diminishing Subtenant’s obligation and covenant to pay Subtenant’s Proportional Share of the amounts set forth herein notwithstanding that Subtenant’s liability with respect thereto may exceed the estimates set forth herein.

 

2


EXHIBIT B

Master Lease

[See Attached]

 

Exhibit B

1


BAY MEADOWS STATION

STATION 4

3050 SOUTH DELAWARE STREET

SAN MATEO, CALIFORNIA

LEASE

by and between

BAY MEADOWS STATION 4 INVESTORS, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

(“Landlord”)

and

SURVEYMONKEY INC.,

a Delaware corporation

(“Tenant”)

dated

July 31, 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page  
1.    PREMISES      1  
2.    DELIVERY, POSSESSION AND LEASE COMMENCEMENT      1  
   2.1    Delivery of Premises      1  
   2.2    Term Commencement Date Letter      2  
3.    TERM      2  
   3.1    Initial Term      2  
   3.2    Early Access      2  
   3.3    Tenant’s Option to Extend      3  
4.    USE      6  
   4.1    General      6  
   4.2    Limitations      6  
   4.3    Compliance with Applicable Laws      6  
   4.4    Hazardous Materials      7  
   4.5    Transportation Demand Management Plan      8  
   4.6    Sustainable Operations      9  
5.    RULES AND REGULATIONS      9  
6.    RENT      9  
   6.1    Base Rent      9  
   6.2    Additional Rent      10  
7.    OPERATING EXPENSES      10  
   7.1    Operating Expenses      10  
   7.2    Operating Expenses Exclusions      13  
   7.3    Method of Allocation of Operating Expenses; Cost Pools      14  
   7.4    Payment of Estimated Operating Expenses      15  
   7.5    Computation of Operating Expense Adjustment      15  
   7.6    Net Lease      16  
   7.7    Review of Landlord’s Books and Records      16  
8.    INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION      17  
   8.1    Landlord’s Insurance      17  
   8.2    Tenant’s Insurance      17  
   8.3    General Insurance Requirements      18  
   8.4    Vendor Insurance      18  
   8.5    Tenant Indemnification      19  
   8.6    Landlord Indemnification      19  
9.    WAIVER OF SUBROGATION      19  

 

i


10.    LANDLORD’S REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE      19  
   10.1    Landlord Obligations      19  
   10.2    Operable Base Building Systems; Warranty      20  
   10.3    Waiver      20  
11.    TENANT’S REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE      20  
12.    ALTERATIONS      21  
   12.1    Landlord’s Approval      21  
   12.2    Minor Alterations      22  
   12.3    Required Documentation      22  
   12.4    Construction of Alterations      22  
   12.5    Completion of Alterations      23  
   12.6    Removal and Restoration      23  
   12.7    Taxes      23  
13.    SIGNS         23  
   13.1    Tenant’s Signage      23  
   13.2    Governmental Approvals      24  
   13.3    Maintenance and Removal      24  
   13.4    Assignment and Subleasing      24  
   13.5    Rights Personal to Original Tenant; Occupancy      24  
14.    ENTRY BY LANDLORD      25  
   14.1    Right of Entry      25  
   14.2    Waiver of Claims      25  
15.    SERVICES AND UTILITIES      25  
   15.1    Services and Utilities Provided by Landlord      25  
   15.2    Controls      26  
   15.3    Utility Charges      27  
   15.4    Services Providers      27  
   15.5    Consumption Data      27  
   15.6    Interruption of Utilities      28  
16.    SECURITY SERVICES AND ACCESS CONTROL      28  
   16.1    Security Services      28  
   16.2    Access      29  
   16.3    Tenant’s Security Equipment      29  
17.    SUBORDINATION AND NON-DISTURBANCE      29  
18.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      30  
19.    ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE      30  
20.    SECURITY DEPOSIT      31  
   20.1    Delivery of Letter of Credit      31  
   20.2    Transfer of Letter of Credit      32  
   20.3    In General      32  
   20.4    Application of Letter of Credit      33  

 

ii


   20.5    Security Deposit      33  
   20.6    Reduction Following Rent Payments      34  
   20.7    Reduction Following Public Offering      34  
21.    LIMITATION OF TENANT’S REMEDIES      35  
22.    ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING      35  
   22.1    Restriction on Transfers      35  
   22.2    Notice of Proposed Transfer; Standards of Approval      35  
   22.3    Transfer Premium      36  
   22.4    Terms of Consent      37  
   22.5    Landlord’s Recapture Right      37  
   22.6    Certain Transfers      38  
   22.7    Permitted Transfers      38  
   22.8    Tenant Remedies      39  
   22.9    Initial Subleasing      39  
23.    AUTHORITY      39  
   23.1    Authority      39  
   23.2    OFAC      39  
24.    CONDEMNATION      40  
   24.1    Condemnation Resulting in Termination      40  
   24.2    Condemnation Not Resulting in Termination      40  
   24.3    Award      40  
   24.4    Waiver of CCP §1265.130      40  
25.    CASUALTY DAMAGE      41  
   25.1    Landlord’s Restoration Obligation      41  
   25.2    Landlord’s Repair Notice      41  
   25.3    Landlord’s Termination Right      41  
   25.4    Tenant’s Termination Rights      42  
   25.5    Tenant’s Restoration Obligations      42  
   25.6    Insurance Proceeds      43  
   25.7    Landlord not Liable for Business Interrupt      43  
   25.8    Rent Abatement      43  
   25.9    Casualty Prior to Completion of Initial Improvements      43  
   25.10    Waiver      43  
   25.11    Tenant Improvements, Alterations and Personal Property      43  
26.    HOLDING OVER      44  
27.    DEFAULT      44  
   27.1    Events of Default      44  
   27.2    Landlord’s Remedies Upon Default      45  
   27.3    Waiver of Forfeiture      46  
   27.4    Late Charge      46  
   27.5    Interest      46  
   27.6    Remedies Cumulative      46  
28.    LIENS         47  

 

iii


29.    TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD    47
30.    RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM TENANT’S COVENANTS    47
31.    WAIVER    47
32.    NOTICES    48
   32.1    Rent    48
   32.2    Other    48
   32.3    Required Notices    48
33.    ATTORNEYS’ FEES    48
34.    SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS    48
35.    FORCE MAJEURE    49
36.    SURRENDER OF PREMISES    49
37.    PARKING    50
   37.1    Parking Rights    50
   37.2    Compliance with Parking Rules    50
   37.3    Waiver of Liability    50
38.    ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT    51
   38.1    License    51
   38.2    Interference    51
   38.3    Roof Repairs    51
   38.4    Rules and Regulations    52
   38.5    Rights Personal to Original Tenant    52
39.    COMMUNICATIONS AND COMPUTER LINES    52
   39.1    Tenant’s Rights    52
   39.2    Landlord’s Rights    52
   39.3    Removal; Line Problems    53
40.    USE OF AND IMPROVEMENT TO ROOF TOP AREA    53
   40.1    Exclusive Use    53
   40.2    Improvements to the Roof Top Area    53
   40.3    Protection of Building    53
   40.4    Use and Maintenance    54
   40.5    Furnishings    54
   40.6    Costs    54
   40.7    Lease Provisions    54
41.    EMERGENCY GENERATOR    55
42.    TENANT’S EXPANSION OPTION    55
   42.1    Grant of Option    55
   42.2    Exercise of Option    55
   42.3    Terms of Lease of Station 5 Premises pursuant to Expansion Option    56

 

iv


   42.4    Conditions to Exercise    56
   42.5    New Lease; Lease Amendment    57
   42.6    Rights Personal to Tenant    57
   42.7    Waiver    57
   42.8    Ownership of Station 5 Building    57
43.    CAFETERIA    57
   43.1    Construction and Use    57
   43.2    Operation    58
   43.3    Costs    59
   43.4    Cafeteria Restoration Work    59
44.    MISCELLANEOUS    59
   44.1    General    59
   44.2    Time    59
   44.3    Choice of Law    59
   44.4    Entire Agreement    59
   44.5    Modification    59
   44.6    Severability    59
   44.7    Recordation    59
   44.8    Examination of Lease    60
   44.9    Accord and Satisfaction    60
   44.10    Easements    60
   44.11    Project Labor Agreement    60
   44.12    Drafting and Determination Presumption    60
   44.13    Exhibits    60
   44.14    No Light, Air or View Easement    60
   44.15    No Third Party Benefit    60
   44.16    Quiet Enjoyment    60
   44.17    Counterparts    61
   44.18    Multiple Parties    61
   44.19    Prorations    61
45.    JURY TRIAL WAIVER; JUDICIAL REFERENCE    61

 

Exhibits:   
Exhibit A    Premises Description
Exhibit A-1    Depiction of Roof Top Area
Exhibit B    Site Plan, Project Description
Exhibit C    Term Commencement Date Letter
Exhibit D    Tenant Improvement Agreement
Exhibit E    Rules and Regulations
Exhibit F    Rooftop Rules and Regulations
Exhibit G    LEED Design/Operational Requirements
Exhibit I    Memorandum of Lease

 

v


INDEX

 

     Page  
Additional Rent      10  
Alterations      21  
Annual Statement      15  
Applicable Interest Rate      46  
Applicable Laws      7  
Arbitration Panel      5  
Bank      31  
Bankruptcy Code      32  
Base Building Systems      20  
Base Rent      10  
Beneficiary      31  
Building Lobby Signage      24  
Building Top Signage      23  
Building’s Subterranean Parking Facility      xii  
Cable Path      51  
Cafeteria      57  
Cafeteria Restoration Work      59  
Casualty      41  
CC&R’s      6  
Common Areas      6  
Comparable Buildings      3  
Comparable Leases      3  
Connections      51  
Contemplated Effective Date      37  
Contemplated Transfer Space      37  
Control      39  
Cost Pools      14  
Deposit      33  
Determination      4  
Equipment      51  
Estimated Operating Expenses      15  
Estimated Restoration Period      41  
Event of Default      44  
Exercise Period      3  
Expansion Exercise Notice      55  
Expansion Option      55  
Expense Claim      15  
Expense Resolution Period      16  
Extension Option      3  
Extension Options      3  
Extension Term      3  
Exterior Signage      23  
fiscal year      61  
Force Majeure Event      49  
Generator      55  
Generator Associated Equipment      55  
Generator Equipment      55  

 

vi


Generator Space      55  
Hazardous Materials      8  
Holidays      xii  
Included Parking Facilities      14  
Independent Arbitrator      5  
Independent CPA      16  
Independent Review      16  
Intention to Transfer Notice      37  
Landlord      1  
Landlord Parties      19  
Landlord Party      19  
Landlord’s Casualty Notice      41  
Landlord’s Records      16  
Landlord’s Restoration Work      41  
LC Expiration Date      31  
LEED      4  
Letter of Credit      31  
Letter of Credit Amount      31  
License      50  
License Area      51  
Line Problems      53  
Lines      52  
Liquid Assets      57  
Losses      19  
Minor Alteration      22  
Net Worth      39  
Notice of Proposed Transfer      35  
OFAC      40  
Offering Notice      55  
Operating Expense Adjustment      15  
Operating Expenses      10  
Original Tenant      5  
Parking Facilities      12  
Parking Garage      x  
Performance LC Reduction Condition      34  
Permitted Assignee      39  
Permitted Transfer      38  
Permitted Transfer Costs      37  
Permitted Transferee      38  
Permitted Use      6  
Prevailing Market Rate      3  
Project Labor Agreement      60  
Public Offering LC Reduction Conditions      35  
Real Property Taxes      11  
Recapture Notice      37  
Recorded Documents      6  
REFEREE SECTIONS      61  
Remediation Cost      8  
Rent      10  

 

vii


Required Energy Disclosures      27  
Roof Repairs      51  
Roof Top Area      53  
Rooftop Equipment      51  
Rules and Regulations      9  
Security Holder      30  
Six Month Period      38  
Station 5 Building      55  
Station 5 Lease      57  
Station 5 Premises      56  
Subject Space      36  
Substantial Completion      43  
Substantially Complete      43  
Superior Interests      29  
TDMP      8  
Tenant      1  
Tenant Indemnitees      19  
Tenant Parties      6  
Tenant Party      6  
Tenant Systems      21  
Tenant’s Security Equipment      29  
Tenant’s Signs      24  
Term      2  
Term Commencement Date Letter      2  
Third Party Hazardous Materials      8  
TMA      8  
Transfer      38  
Transfer Premium      36  
Transferee      35  
Transfers      35  
Utility Cessation Abatement Period      28  
Utility Cessation Event      28  

 

viii


BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

Lease Date:    July 31, 2015
Tenant:   

SurveyMonkey Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

Tenant’s Notice Address:   
Prior To Term Commencement Date:   

101 Lytton Avenue

Palo Alto, California

Attn: Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel

From And After Term Commencement Date:   

Station 4

3050 S. Delaware Street

San Mateo, California

Attn: Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel

   With a copy to:
  

Dan K. Siegel

Jorgenson, Siegel, McClure & Flegel LLP

1100 Alma Street, Suite 210

Menlo Park, California 94025

Tenant Contact:                     Tim Maly    Phone Number:                     
Landlord:   

Bay Meadows Station 4 Investors, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

Landlord’s Notice Address:   

Bay Meadows Station 4 Investors, LLC

c/o Wilson Meany

Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3300

San Francisco, California 94111

Attn: Elizabeth Billante

   With a copy to:
  

Stockbridge Real Estate Funds

Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3300

San Francisco, California 94111

Attn: Stephen Pilch

Landlord’s Rent Remittance Address:   

Bay Meadows Station 4 Investors, LLC

c/o Wilson Meany

Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3330

San Francisco, California 94111

 

ix


Project:    The commercial project to be constructed by Landlord located in San Mateo, California, to be comprised of five (5) office buildings which may include ground floor retail space, a school building, retail space within certain non-commercial buildings, subterranean parking facilities under certain office buildings, a parking garage (the “ Parking Garage ”) and Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 4.1), as depicted on Exhibit B .
Building:    The approximately 211,203 rentable square foot office building to be constructed by Landlord within the Project, having an address of 3050 South Delaware and commonly known as Station 4, as depicted on Exhibit A .
Premises:   

Approximately 199,338 rentable square feet comprised of the 1 st floor lobby and service areas and the entirety of 2 nd , 3 rd and 4 th floors of the Building, as depicted with shading on

Exhibit A .

Delivery Date:    The date that Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant with the Base Building Improvements Substantially Complete (as defined in the Tenant Improvement Agreement), which date is anticipated to be July 1, 2016.
Term Commencement Date    The earlier to occur of (i) January 1, 2017 and (ii) the date Tenant commences business operations in any portion of the Premises, but in no event shall the Term Commencement Date occur sooner than six (6) months after the Delivery Date.
Term:    Approximately 144 months commencing on the Term Commencement Date and, unless terminated earlier in accordance with this Lease, ending on the Expiration Date.
Expiration Date:    The last day of the 144 th full calendar month following the Term Commencement Date.

Base Rent:

 

Period

   Base Monthly
Rent/Sq. Ft.
     Monthly Base
Rent
 

October 1, 2017 to December 31, 2018

     

 

x


Period

   Base Monthly
Rent/Sq. Ft.
     Monthly Base
Rent
 

January 1, 2019 to December 30, 2019

     

January 1, 2020 to December 30, 2020

     

January 1, 2021 to December 30, 2021

     

January 1, 2022 to December 30, 2022

     

January 1, 2023 to December 30, 2023

     

January 1, 2024 to September 30, 2024

     

January 1, 2025 to December 30, 2025

     

January 1, 2026 to December 30, 2026

     

January 1, 2027 to December 30, 2027

     

January 1, 2028 to Expiration Date

     

 

Prepaid Base Rent and Tenant’s

Proportionate Share of Estimated

Operating Expenses:

                           as prepaid Base Rent and Two Hundred Nine Thousand Three Hundred Four and 90/100 Dollars ($209,304.90) as prepaid Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Estimated Operating Expenses.
Security Deposit:                             as more fully described in Paragraph 20 of this Lease and subject to reduction as provided in Paragraph 20.6.
Permitted Use:    General business office use, administrative and other uses incidental thereto to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws and the CC&R’s and consistent with the standards of a first-class office building, as further described in Paragraph 4.1 and as limited in Paragraph 4.2.

 

xi


Parking:    3 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, of which 2.75 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet shall be provided on an exclusive basis in the subterranean parking facilities under the parcel of land upon which the Building is constructed (the “ Building’s Subterranean Parking Facility ”) and the remaining parking spaces shall be provided on an unassigned non-exclusive basis in the surface parking within the Project or the Parking Garage to be constructed.
Tenant’s Proportionate Share:    100%, except with respect to certain Cost Pools for which other tenants of the Building or the Project shall contribute and for which Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be less than 100%, as more fully described in Paragraph 7.3.
Landlord’s Broker:    Newmark Cornish & Carey (Bob Garner, Josh Rowell and Jack Troedson)
Tenant’s Broker:    Cassidy Turley Northern California dba DTZ
Space Plan Allowance:                             subject to the terms of the Tenant Improvement Agreement attached as Exhibit D .
Tenant Improvement Allowance:                             subject to the terms of the Tenant Improvement Agreement.
Business Day:    Monday through Friday of each week, exclusive of New Year’s Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (“ Holidays ”). Landlord may designate additional Holidays that are commonly recognized by other Comparable Buildings.

The foregoing Basic Lease Information is incorporated into and made a part of this Lease. The Lease includes Exhibits A through I, all of which are incorporated herein and made a part of this Lease. Each reference in this Lease to any of the Basic Lease Information shall mean the respective information above and shall be construed to incorporate all of the terms provided under the particular Lease paragraph pertaining to such information. In the event of any conflict between the Basic Lease Information and the Lease, the latter shall control.

 

xii


LEASE

THIS LEASE is made as of the Lease Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information, by and between BAY MEADOWS STATION 4 INVESTORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and SURVEYMONKEY INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called “ Tenant ”).

1. PREMISES

Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth the Premises. All corridors and restroom facilities located on each floor of the Premises shall be considered part of the Premises. The Premises shall be part of the Building to be constructed by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease and part of the Project, as and to the extent constructed by Landlord. On or before the date that is ninety (90) days after the Delivery Date, Landlord shall measure the rentable square feet of the Premises in accordance with the Office Buildings: Methods of Measurement and Calculating Rentable Area (ANSI/BOMA Z65.1 – 2010, Method B), as interpreted by Landlord’s architect. As provided in Paragraph 40.7, the Roof Top Area shall not be included in the calculation of the rentable square feet of the Premises for purposes of the payment of Base Rent or the calculation of percentages or figures based on rentable square footage but shall be included in the term “Premises” for all other purposes. Tenant acknowledges that it has had an opportunity to verify the calculation of the rentable square footage of the area as depicted on the Building Plans (as defined in the Tenant Improvement Agreement ) for the Building. Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Delivery Date, Tenant may, at its election, cause the Premises to be measured by Tenant’s Architect (as defined in the Tenant Improvement Agreement) or another licensed architect reasonably acceptable to Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, in accordance with the method of measurement described in this Paragraph. If Tenant determines that the rentable square footage of the Premises as constructed varies from the rentable square footage of the Premises as depicted on the Building Plans, Tenant may deliver written results of its measurement to Landlord. At such time as the rentable square footage is agreed upon or otherwise resolved, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease memorializing the rentable square footage of the Premises and amending, as necessary, the amount of Base Rent payable by Tenant, the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, and such other amounts and other terms hereof that are affected by the rentable square footage of the Premises. Until the rentable square footage of the Premises is agreed upon or otherwise resolved hereunder, Tenant’s monthly payments of Base Rent shall be calculated on the basis of the approximate rentable square footage set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Within thirty (30) days following such agreement or resolution, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, or Landlord shall pay to Tenant, the amount of any deficiency or excess, as the case may be, in the Base Rent previously paid. Landlord may from time to time remeasure the Premises and/or the Building in accordance with generally accepted remeasurement standards selected by Landlord and adjust Tenant’s Proportionate Share based on such remeasurement; provided, however, that any such remeasurement based on a change in measurement standard only shall not affect the amount of Base Rent payable for the Premises or any allowance applicable to the initial Term based on the rentable square footage of the Premises. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that physical changes may occur from time to time in the Premises or Building, which may result in an adjustment in Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as provided in Paragraph 7.1.

2. DELIVERY, POSSESSION AND LEASE COMMENCEMENT

2.1 Delivery of Premises . Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant upon the date the Base Building Improvements that are required to permit Tenant to enter the Premises for purposes of performing the Tenant Improvement are Substantially Complete (as those terms are defined in the Tenant Improvement Agreement), and Tenant shall accept such delivery of the Premises, without representation or warranty by Landlord, except as expressly provided herein, and with no obligation of

 

1


Landlord to perform any construction or other work of improvement upon the Premises, or contribute to the cost of any of the foregoing, except as expressly set forth in this Lease, including in the Tenant Improvement Agreement. Landlord shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts (without any obligation to engage overtime labor or commence any litigation) to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant with the Base Building Improvements Substantially Complete on or before July 1, 2016. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building, or the Project, the suitability of the Premises for Tenant’s use, the condition, capacity or performance of the Base Building Improvements or the identity of other tenants or potential tenants of the Project.

2.2 Term Commencement Date Letter . Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall promptly execute and return to Landlord a “ Term Commencement Date Letter ” in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C in which Tenant shall agree, among other things, to acceptance of the Premises and to the determination of the Term Commencement Date, in accordance with the terms of this Lease, but Tenant’s failure or refusal to do so shall not negate Tenant’s acceptance of the Premises or affect determination of the Term Commencement Date. Should Tenant fail to execute and return the Term Commencement Date Letter within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request, the information set forth in such letter provided by Landlord shall be conclusively presumed to be agreed and correct.

3. TERM

3.1 Initial Term . The term of this Lease (the “ Term ”) shall commence on the Term Commencement Date and continue in full force and effect for the Term of this Lease as provided in the Basic Lease Information or until this Lease is terminated as otherwise provided herein. If the Term Commencement Date is a date other than the first day of the calendar month, the Term shall be the number of months of the length of Term in addition to the remainder of the calendar month following the Term Commencement Date. This Lease shall be a binding contractual obligation effective upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant, notwithstanding the later commencement of the Term.

3.2 Early Access . Landlord shall allow Tenant access to the Premises prior to the Term Commencement Date for purposes of commencing the construction of an agreed-upon scope of the Tenant Improvements at such time as Landlord determines in good faith that such access by Tenant and the commencement of the construction of such portion of the Tenant Improvements will not unreasonably interfere with or unreasonably delay Landlord’s Substantial Completion of the Base Building Improvements. Although ultimately the completion of the Base Building Improvements is to have priority over the commencement of the Tenant Improvements, it is the parties’ intentions to cooperate and coordinate in good faith such that completion of all of work is optimized. Prior to entering the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 3.2, Tenant shall obtain from Landlord written authorization confirming the date of such entry and the scope of such Tenant Improvement Work to be performed. Tenant’s entry of the Premises and access to such floors shall not interfere with or delay Landlord’s Substantial Completion of the Base Building Improvements. Landlord’s authorization of Tenant’s access to the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 3.2 shall not trigger the Term Commencement Date but shall be pursuant to all of the applicable terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, including, without limitation, Tenant’s insurance obligations contained in Paragraph 8.2 below and Tenant’s indemnity obligations contained in Paragraph 8.5 below, but specifically excluding the obligation to pay Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses for any entry or possession before the Term Commencement Date.

 

2


3.3 Tenant’s Option to Extend .

3.3.1 Extension Options. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant two (2) consecutive options to extend the Term (each, an “ Extension Option ” and collectively, the “ Extension Options ”) for successive periods of five (5) years each (each, an “ Extension Term ”) commencing on the first day following the Expiration Date, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Paragraph; provided, however, that (a) an Extension Option shall be exercised, if at all, only with respect to the entire Premises; (b) the second Extension Option may be exercised only if the first Extension Option has been duly exercised; and (c) if Tenant is in monetary or material non-monetary default beyond applicable notice and cure periods under any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease either at the time Tenant exercises an Extension Option or upon the commencement of the applicable Extension Term, Landlord shall have, in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, the right to terminate such Extension Option and to unilaterally nullify Tenant’s exercise of such Extension Option, in which event this Lease shall expire on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof, and Tenant shall have no further rights under this Lease to renew or extend the Term.

3.3.2 Exercise. Tenant shall exercise an Extension Option, if at all, by giving Landlord unconditional, irrevocable written notice of such election not earlier than 450 days and not later than 360 days prior to the Expiration Date (as the same may have been extended), the time of such exercise being of the essence (the “ Exercise Period ”). Subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 3.3, upon the giving of such notice, this Lease and the Term shall be extended without execution or delivery of any other or further documents, with the same force and effect as if the applicable Extension Term had originally been included in the Term.

3.3.3 Conditions. If Tenant exercises an Extension Option pursuant to Paragraph 3.3.2, all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall continue in full force and effect during the applicable Extension Term, including provisions regarding payment of Additional Rent, which shall remain payable on the terms herein set forth, except that (a) the Base Rent during an Extension Term shall be as determined in accordance with Paragraph 3.3.4, (b) Tenant shall continue to possess and occupy the Premises in their existing condition, “as is,” as of the commencement of such Extension Term, and, subject to and without limiting Landlord’s repair, maintenance and other obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall have no obligation to repair, remodel, improve or alter the Premises, to perform any other construction or other work of improvement upon the Premises, or to provide Tenant with any construction or refurbishing allowance whatsoever, and (c) Tenant shall have no further rights to extend the Term after the expiration of the second Extension Term.

3.3.4 Prevailing Market Rate. The Base Rent payable by Tenant for the Premises during an Extension Term shall be the Prevailing Market Rate (as defined below) for the Premises, valued as of the commencement of such Extension Term, determined in the manner hereinafter provided. As used herein, the term “ Prevailing Market Rate ” shall mean the annual Base Rent that a willing tenant would pay, and that a willing landlord would accept, at arm’s length, for space comparable to the Premises within other comparable first class office buildings having more than two (2) stories located in the area including and bounded by South San Francisco to the north and Sunnyvale to the south (the “ Comparable Buildings ”), based upon binding lease transactions for tenants in Comparable Buildings (“ Comparable Leases ”). Comparable Leases shall include renewal and new non-renewal tenancies, but shall exclude subleases and leases of space subject to another tenant’s expansion rights. Rent rates payable under Comparable Leases shall be adjusted to account for variations between this Lease and the Comparable Leases with respect to: (a) the length of the Extension Term compared to the lease term of the Comparable Leases; (b) the rental structure, including, without limitation, rental rates per rentable square foot (including whether gross or net, and if gross, adjusting for base year or expense stop), additional rental, all other payments and escalations; (c) the size of the Premises compared to the size of

 

3


the premises of the Comparable Leases; (d) the location, floor levels and efficiencies of the floor(s) of the Premises compared to the premises of the Comparable Lease; (e) free rent, moving expenses and other cash payments, allowances or other monetary concessions affecting the rental rate; (f) the age and quality of construction of the Building compared to the Comparable Building; (g) the leasehold improvements and/or allowances, including the amounts thereof in renewal leases, and taking into account, in the case of renewal leases (including this Lease), the value of existing leasehold improvements to the renewal tenant, (h) access and proximity to Caltrain, (i) the amenities available to tenants in the Building compared to amenities available to tenants in Comparable Buildings; (j) the energy efficiencies and environmental elements of the Building compared to Comparable Buildings, including improvements required for the U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (“ LEED ”) certification, (k) the brokerage commissions, (l) the availability of parking, the parking ratio and parking charges, and (m) the relative market rent rates within the geographic area referenced in the definition of Comparable Buildings.

3.3.5 Landlord’s Proposal. Not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after Tenant has given valid notice of exercise of the applicable Extension Option, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a good faith written proposal of the Prevailing Market Rate for the Premises for such Extension Term. At Tenant’s request, Landlord and Tenant shall meet to discuss the basis of Landlord’s proposed Prevailing Market Rate. Within forty five (45) days after receipt of Landlord’s proposal, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing (a) that Tenant accepts Landlord’s proposal or (b) that Tenant elects to submit the determination of Prevailing Market Rate to arbitration in accordance with Paragraph 3.3.6. If Tenant does not give Landlord a timely notice in response to Landlord’s proposal, Landlord’s proposal of Prevailing Market Rate for the applicable Extension Term shall be binding upon Tenant.

3.3.6 Arbitration .

(a) If Tenant timely elects to submit the determination of Prevailing Market Rate to arbitration, Landlord and Tenant shall first negotiate in good faith in an attempt to determine the Prevailing Market Rate for the applicable Extension Term. If Landlord and Tenant are able to agree within thirty (30) days following the delivery of Tenant’s notice to Landlord electing arbitration, then such agreement shall constitute a determination of Prevailing Market Rate for purposes of this Paragraph, and the parties shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease stating the Prevailing Market Rate and the Base Rent for such Extension Term. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on the Prevailing Market Rate within such negotiating period, then within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of such negotiating period, the parties shall meet and concurrently deliver to each other their respective written estimates of Prevailing Market Rate for the applicable Extension Term, supported by the reasons therefor (each, a “ Determination ”). Landlord’s Determination may be more or less than its initial proposal of Prevailing Market Rate. If either party fails to deliver its Determination in a timely manner, then the Prevailing Market Rate shall be the amount specified by the other party. The Prevailing Market Rate shall be determined as set forth below, each party being bound to its Determination and such Determinations establishing the only two choices available to the Arbitration Panel (as hereinafter defined).

(b) Within ten (10) days after the parties exchange Landlord’s and Tenant’s Determinations, the parties shall each appoint an arbitrator who shall be a licensed California real estate broker with at least ten (10) years’ experience in leasing commercial office space in Comparable Building immediately prior to his or her appointment, and be familiar with the rentals then being charged in the Comparable Buildings. The parties may appoint the real estate brokers who assisted them in making their Determinations as their respective arbitrators. If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator, then the Prevailing Market Rate for the Extension Term shall be the Determination of the other party.

 

4


(c) Within twenty (20) days following their appointment, the two arbitrators so selected shall appoint a third, similarly-qualified, independent arbitrator who has not had any prior business relationship with either party (the “ Independent Arbitrator ”). If an Independent Arbitrator has not been so selected by the end of such twenty (20) day period, then either party, on behalf of both, may request such appointment by the local office of the American Arbitration Association or JAMS (or any successor thereto), or in the absence, failure, refusal or inability of such entity to act, then either party may apply to the presiding judge for the San Mateo Superior Court, for the appointment of such an Independent Arbitrator, and the other party shall not raise any question as to the court’s full power and jurisdiction to entertain the application and make the appointment.

(d) Within five (5) days following notification of the identity of the Independent Arbitrator so appointed, Landlord and Tenant shall submit copies of Landlord’s Determination and Tenant’s Determination to the three arbitrators (the “ Arbitration Panel ”). The Arbitration Panel, by majority vote, shall select either Landlord’s Determination or Tenant’s Determination as the Base Rent for the applicable Extension Term, and shall have no right to propose a middle ground or to modify either of the two proposals or the provisions of this Lease. The Arbitration Panel shall attempt to render a decision within fifteen (15) Business Days after appointment. In any case, the Arbitration Panel shall render a decision within forty-five (45) days after appointment.

(e) The decision of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding upon the parties, and may be enforced in accordance with the provisions of California law. In the event of the failure, refusal or inability of any member of the Arbitration Panel to act, a successor shall be appointed in the manner that applied to the selection of the member being replaced.

(f) Each party may submit any written materials to the Arbitration Panel within five (5) Business Days after selection of the Independent Arbitrator. No witnesses or oral testimony (i.e. no hearing) shall be permitted in connection with the Arbitration Panel’s decision unless agreed to by both parties. No ex parte communications shall be permitted between any member of the Arbitration Panel and either Landlord or Tenant following appointment of the Arbitrator Panel until conclusion of the arbitration process. The members of the Arbitration Panel are authorized to walk both the Premises and any space in Comparable Buildings (to the extent access is made available).

(g) Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the arbitrator designated by such party, and one-half of the fees and expenses of the Independent Arbitrator and the expenses incident to the proceedings (excluding attorneys’ fees and similar expenses of the parties which shall be borne separately by each of the parties).

3.3.7 Rent Payment Before Resolution. Until the matter is resolved by agreement between the parties or a decision is rendered in any arbitration commenced pursuant to this Paragraph 3.3, Tenant’s monthly payments of Base Rent shall be in an amount equal to the average of Landlord’s Determination and Tenant’s Determination. Within ten (10) Business Days following the resolution of such dispute by the parties or the decision of the arbitrators, as applicable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, or Landlord shall pay to Tenant, the amount of any deficiency or excess, as the case may be, in the Base Rent previously paid.

3.3.8 Rights Personal to Tenant. Tenant’s right to exercise each of the Extension Options is personal to, and may be exercised only by, SurveyMonkey Inc. (“ Original Tenant ”) and its Permitted Assignee. If Tenant shall assign this Lease (other than to a Permitted Assignee) or sublet more than one (1) floor of the Premises, then immediately upon such assignment or subletting, Tenant’s right to exercise any Extension Option shall simultaneously terminate and be of no further force or effect. If Tenant subleases the Premises and subsequently re-occupies such subleased portion of the Premises such

 

5


that Tenant is occupying at least two (2) floors of the Premises during an Exercise Period, Tenant shall be entitled to exercise the applicable Extension Option notwithstanding the termination of such Extension Options described in the preceding sentence. No assignee (other than a Permitted Assignee) or subtenant shall have any right to exercise the Extension Options granted herein.

4. USE

4.1 General . Tenant shall use the Premises for the permitted use specified in the Basic Lease Information (“ Permitted Use ”) and for no other use or purpose. Uses incidental to a general business office use in the Premises may include (a) storage areas for records, furniture, equipment, and supplies of the type customarily used by office building tenants, (b) kitchen, lunchroom, Cafeteria, vending area, lounge, or break areas, (c) training centers, meetings, and conference rooms, (d) gym, exercise facilities and game rooms, and (e) printing, mail handling, duplicating, reproduction, photographic word processing, data processing, communications, and such other communication technology areas as customarily needed by office building tenants, except as limited by Paragraph 4.2 and provided that such uses described in clauses (a) through (e) are consistent with the usage of a Comparable Building, comply with Applicable Laws, the Recorded Documents (as defined in Paragraph 4.2), the provisions of Paragraph 43 regarding the Cafeteria, and the Rules and Regulations (as defined in Paragraph 5) and do not result in an increase in any costs (including costs of insurance) or liabilities to Landlord, unless Tenant agrees to pay the same. So long as Tenant is occupying the Premises, Tenant and Tenant’s employees, agents, customers, visitors, invitees, licensees, contractors, assignees and subtenants (each a “ Tenant Party ” and collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”) shall have the nonexclusive right to use, in common with other parties occupying the Building or Project, the portions of the Building or Project that are designated from time to time by Landlord for such common use (the “ Common Areas ”), subject to the terms of this Lease and the Rules and Regulations. Landlord reserves the right, without notice or liability to Tenant, and without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction, to alter or modify the Common Areas from time to time, including the location and configuration thereof, and the amenities and facilities which Landlord may determine to provide from time to time, provided that no such alterations or modifications materially and adversely impair Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises or the Project.

4.2 Limitations . Tenant shall not do anything in or about the Premises or the Building that (a) violates any Applicable Laws, any provision of the Recorded Documents, or any of the Rules and Regulations; (b) is prohibited by a standard form of fire insurance policy or that materially increases the rate of fire or other insurance on the Building or any of its contents; (c) unreasonably interferes with or disturbs other occupants of the Building; or (d) constitutes waste or a nuisance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Premises shall not be used for a place of public accommodation under the Americans With Disabilities Act and in no event shall the density of personnel in the Premises exceed one (1) person per 125 rentable square feet of space in the Premises. The provisions of this Paragraph 4.2 are for the benefit of Landlord only and shall not be construed to be for the benefit of any tenant or occupant of the Building. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-compliance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building or Project with any of the above-referenced rules or any other terms or provisions of such tenant’s or occupant’s lease or other contract. As used herein, “ Recorded Documents ” means all easement agreements, cost sharing agreements, covenants, conditions, and restrictions, and all similar agreements affecting the Project, whether now or hereafter recorded against the Project, including the Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, Restrictions and Reservations of Easements for the Delaware Street Properties at Bay Meadows dated January 23, 2013 and recorded January 24, 2013 as Document Number 2013-012341 (the “ CC&R’s ”).

4.3 Compliance with Applicable Laws . Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense strictly comply with all existing or future applicable municipal, state and federal and other governmental statutes, rules, requirements, regulations, laws, codes and ordinances, including zoning ordinances and regulations,

 

6


approvals and conditions to approvals, and all covenants, easements and restrictions within the Recorded Documents governing and relating to (a) the use, occupancy or possession of the Premises, (b) Tenant Systems, (c) the use of the Common Areas, or (d) the use, storage, generation or disposal of Hazardous Materials (hereinafter defined) (collectively “ Applicable Laws ”). Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense obtain any and all licenses or permits necessary for Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense promptly comply with the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in, on, under or about the Project or bring or keep anything which will in any way increase the rate of any insurance upon the Premises, Building or Project or upon any contents therein or cause a cancellation of said insurance or otherwise affect said insurance in any manner. Tenant shall indemnify, defend (by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord), protect and hold Landlord and Landlord Parties harmless from and against any Loss arising out of the failure of Tenant to comply with any Applicable Law. Tenant’s obligations pursuant to the foregoing indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

4.4 Hazardous Materials.

4.4.1 Prohibition Against Hazardous Material. Tenant shall not cause, or allow any of Tenant Parties to cause, any Hazardous Materials (as defined below) to be handled, used, generated, stored, released or disposed of in, on, under or about the Premises, the Building or the Project or surrounding land or environment in violation of any Applicable Laws. Tenant must obtain Landlord’s written consent prior to the introduction of any Hazardous Materials onto the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may handle, store, use and dispose of products containing small quantities of Hazardous Materials for general office purposes (such as toner for copiers) to the extent customary and necessary for the Permitted Use of the Premises, the Hazardous Materials necessary for the operation and maintenance of the Emergency Generator allowed pursuant to Paragraph 41 and the Hazardous Materials necessary for the operation of a Cafeteria pursuant to Paragraph 43; provided that Tenant shall always handle, store, use, and dispose of any such Hazardous Materials in a safe and lawful manner and never allow such Hazardous Materials to contaminate the Premises, Building, or Project or surrounding land or environment. Tenant shall indemnify, defend (by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord), protect and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all Losses directly or indirectly arising out of or related to the use, generation, handling, storage, release, or disposal of Hazardous Materials by Tenant or any of Tenant Parties in, on, under or about the Premises, the Building or the Project or surrounding land or environment (even though the same may be permissible under all Applicable Laws or the provisions of this Lease), which indemnity shall include, without limitation, damages for personal or bodily injury, property damage, damage to the environment or natural resources occurring on or off the Premises, losses attributable to diminution in value or adverse effects on marketability, the cost of any investigation, monitoring, government oversight, repair, removal, remediation, restoration, abatement, and disposal, and the preparation of any closure or other required plans, whether such action is required or necessary prior to or following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Neither the consent by Landlord to the use, generation, storage, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials nor the strict compliance by Tenant with all Applicable Laws pertaining to Hazardous Materials shall excuse Tenant from Tenant’s obligation of indemnification pursuant to this Paragraph 4.4.1. Tenant’s obligations pursuant to the foregoing indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease

4.4.2 Landlord Notification and Inspection. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing of any Hazardous Materials contamination of any portion of the Project of which Tenant becomes aware, whether or not caused by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right at all reasonable times and if Landlord determines in good faith that Tenant may not be in compliance with this Paragraph 4.4 to inspect the Premises and to conduct tests and investigations to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with the foregoing provisions, the costs of all such inspections, tests and investigations to be borne by Tenant.

 

7


4.4.3 Third Party Hazardous Materials. If it is determined that the materials incorporated into the Premises contain Hazardous Materials that are not in compliance with Applicable Law as of the Lease Date, then Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages, but as Tenant’s sole remedy, Landlord, at no cost to Tenant (including as Operating Expenses), shall perform such work or take such other action as may be necessary to remediate the non-compliant condition of the materials.    If any Hazardous Materials are discovered to have been present in the Premises as of the date of this Lease in violation of Applicable Laws, then Landlord, at Landlord’s expense (without pass through as an Operating Expense), shall diligently remove or otherwise remediate such condition, as required by Applicable Laws. Further, in no event shall Tenant be required to clean up, remove or remediate any Hazardous Materials in, on, or about the Premises, that were not brought upon, produced, treated, stored, used, discharged or disposed of by Tenant or Tenant Parties (collectively, “ Third Party Hazardous Materials ”), except to the extent that any hazard posed by such Third Party Hazardous Materials is exacerbated by the negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant Parties. Landlord, at Landlord’s expense (without pass through as an Operating Expense), shall remove or otherwise remediate any Third Party Hazardous Materials, as required by Applicable Laws. In addition, Landlord shall indemnify, protect, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant) and hold harmless Tenant from and against (i) any fine or cost or expense (including reasonable legal expenses and consultants’ fees) (“ Remediation Cost ”) that Tenant may incur as a result of any Remedial Work required of Tenant by a governmental authority resulting from the introduction, production, use, generation, storage, treatment, disposal, discharge, release or other handling or disposition of any Third Party Hazardous Materials, and (ii) any Losses asserted against Tenant or any Tenant Party arising from any injury or death of any person or damage to or destruction of any property occurring as a result of any such Third Party Hazardous Materials; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity obligation shall not apply to any Remediation Cost or Claim to the extent arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of any Tenant Party, or to the extent that any hazard posed by such Third Party Hazardous Materials is exacerbated by, or the cost of the Remedial Work is increased as a result of, the negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant Parties.

4.4.4 Definitions. As used in this Lease, “ Hazardous Materials ” shall include, but not be limited to, hazardous, toxic and radioactive materials and wastes, flammables, explosives or other similar substances, petroleum products or derivatives or any substance subject to regulation by or under any federal, state and local laws and ordinances relating to the protection of the environment including those substances defined as “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” “hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” or other similar designations in any Applicable Law.

4.5 Transportation Demand Management Plan . Tenant shall participate in the Transportation Management Association (“ TMA ”) responsible for implementing and administering the Transportation Demand Management Plan (“ TDMP ”) for the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and comply with those elements of the TDMP that are applicable to the Building or to Tenant’s occupancy and use of the Premises.    Tenant acknowledges that Operating Expenses shall include expenses and assessments related to the TMA and TDMP. Neither this Paragraph nor any other provision of this Lease is intended to or shall create any rights or benefits in any other person, firm, company, governmental entity or the public.

 

8


4.6 Sustainable Operations .

(a) The Building is designed to qualify for LEED certification and shall be operated pursuant to the LEED Design/Operational Requirements and Landlord’s sustainable building practices. Landlord’s sustainability practices address whole-building operations and maintenance issues, including, but not limited to, chemical use, indoor air quality, energy efficiency, water efficiency, recycling programs, exterior maintenance programs, and systems upgrades to meet green building energy, water, indoor air quality, and lighting performance standards. All construction and maintenance methods and procedures, material purchases, and disposal of waste must be in compliance with minimum standards and specifications, in addition to all Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to apply for LEED certification.

(b) Tenant shall use proven energy and carbon reduction measures, including using energy efficient bulbs in task lighting; installing lighting controls; daylighting measures to avoid overlighting interior spaces; closing shades to avoid overheating the space; turning off lights and equipment at the end of the work day; and purchasing ENERGY STAR® qualified equipment, including, but not limited to, lighting, office equipment, commercial and residential quality kitchen equipment, vending and ice machines; and purchasing products certified by the U.S. EPA’s Water Sense® program.

(c) Tenant shall dispose of in an environmentally sustainable manner any equipment, furnishings, or materials no longer needed by Tenant and shall recycle or re-use the same in accordance with Landlord’s sustainability practices. Tenant agrees to report this activity to Landlord in a format determined by Landlord. If Tenant does not comply with Landlord’s sustainability practices, Landlord reserves the right to arrange for such collection at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, utilizing a contractor satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties or damages that may be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Paragraph.

5. RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the building rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “ Rules and Regulations ”) and any other reasonable rules and reasonable regulations and any reasonable modifications or reasonable additions thereto which Landlord may from time to time prescribe in writing for the purpose of maintaining the proper care, cleanliness, safety, traffic flow and general order of the Premises or the Building or the Project. Tenant shall cause Tenant Parties to comply with such Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-compliance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building or Project with any of such Rules and Regulations, any other tenant’s or occupant’s lease or any Applicable Laws; provided, however, that Landlord agrees, to the extent permitted by the terms of Landlord’s leases with other tenants and occupants of the Project, to use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the Rules and Regulations. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the terms and conditions of this Lease, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall control.

6. RENT

6.1 Base Rent . Commencing on the Base Rent Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord and Landlord shall receive, without notice or demand Base Rent as specified in the Basic Lease Information, payable in monthly installments in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month, in lawful money of the United States, without deduction or offset whatsoever, at the Landlord’s Rent Remittance Address specified in the Basic Lease Information or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. At Landlord’s election, and upon written notice to Tenant, all payments required to be made by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (or to such other party as Landlord may from time to time specify in writing) shall be made by Electronic Fund Transfer of immediately available federal funds before 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time, at such place, within the continental United States, as Landlord may from time to time designate to

 

9


Tenant in writing. Base Rent for the first full month due on the Base Rent Commencement Date shall be paid by Tenant upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease. If the obligation for payment of Base Rent commences on a day other than the first day of a month, then Base Rent shall be prorated and the prorated installment shall be paid on the first day of the calendar month next succeeding the Base Rent Commencement Date. The Base Rent payable by Tenant hereunder is subject to adjustment as provided elsewhere in this Lease, as applicable. As used herein, the term “ Base Rent ” shall mean the Base Rent specified in the Basic Lease Information as it may be so adjusted from time to time. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations.

6.2 Additional Rent . All monies other than Base Rent required to be paid by Tenant hereunder, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, as specified in Paragraph 7 of this Lease, charges to be paid by Tenant under Paragraph 15, the interest and late charge described in Paragraphs 26.4 and 26.5, and any monies spent by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 30, shall be considered additional rent (“ Additional Rent ”). Except as otherwise provided herein, all items of Additional Rent shall be paid within 30 days after Landlord’s request for payment. “ Rent ” shall mean Base Rent and Additional Rent.

6.3

7. OPERATING EXPENSES

7.1 Operating Expenses . Commencing on the Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses (defined below) in the manner set forth below. Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses is in addition to the Base Rent required to be paid hereunder. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that if physical changes are made to the Premises or Building or the configuration of either, Landlord may at its discretion reasonably adjust Tenant’s Proportionate Share to reflect the change. Landlord’s determination of Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be conclusive so long as it is reasonably and consistently applied. “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses and costs of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay, because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, repair, preservation, replacement and operation of the Project and its supporting facilities and such additional facilities now and in subsequent years as may be determined by Landlord to be necessary or desirable to the Project (as determined in a reasonable manner) other than those expenses and costs which are specifically

 

10


attributable to Tenant or which are expressly made the financial responsibility of Landlord or specific tenants of the Building or Project pursuant to this Lease. Operating Expenses shall include, but are not limited to, the following:

(a) All real property taxes and assessments, possessory interest taxes, sales taxes, personal property taxes, business or license taxes or fees, gross receipts taxes, service payments in lieu of such taxes or fees, annual or periodic license or use fees, excises, transit charges, traffic management assessments and other impositions, general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind (including fees “in-lieu” of any such tax or assessment) which are now or hereafter assessed, levied, charged, confirmed, or imposed by any public authority upon the Project, its operations or the Rent (or any portion or component thereof), or any tax, assessment or fee imposed in substitution, partially or totally, of any of the above (the “ Real Property Taxes ”). Real Property Taxes shall also include any taxes, assessments, reassessments, or other fees or impositions with respect to the development, leasing, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy of the Project or any portion thereof, including, without limitation, by or for Tenant, and all increases therein or reassessments thereof whether the increases or reassessments result from increased rate and/or valuation (whether upon a transfer of the Project or any portion thereof or any interest therein or for any other reason).

(b) All insurance premiums and costs, including, but not limited to, any deductible amounts, premiums and other costs of insurance incurred by Landlord, including for the insurance coverage set forth in Paragraph 8.1 herein or deemed necessary or advisable in the reasonable judgment of Landlord or required by any Security Holder, all in such amounts as Landlord determines to be appropriate; provided, however, that the amount of any deductible under any earthquake insurance shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the insurable value of the Building and any such deductible expended on improvements that would be properly classified as capital expenditures shall be amortized over the estimated useful life of the improvements constructed or restored with the deductible as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, together with interest on the unamortized balance at a rate per annum equal to five percent (5%) charged at the time such capital improvements.

(c) The costs of repairs (including the replacement of parts and components which are obsolete or cannot be repaired in an economically feasible manner) and general maintenance of the Project, including the systems and equipment of the Project and components thereof.

(d) The costs for electricity, chilled water, air conditioning, water for heating, gas, fuel, steam, heat, lights, sewer service, communications service, power and other energy related utilities required in connection with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Project, including water charges and sewer rents or fees.

(e) The costs of any capital improvements made by Landlord or capital assets acquired by Landlord required under or to comply with any Applicable Laws first enacted or interpreted to be applicable to the Project after the date of this Lease or any insurance requirements, such cost or allocable portion to be amortized over the full useful life thereof determined in accordance with generally acceptable accounting principles, together with interest on the unamortized balance at a rate per annum equal to five percent (5%) charged at the time such capital improvements or capital assets are constructed or acquired.

(f) The costs of any capital improvements made by Landlord or capital assets acquired by Landlord after the Term Commencement Date for the protection of the health and safety of the occupants of the Project, for the replacement of Base Building Systems or components thereof, or that are intended to reduce other Operating Expenses, such cost or allocable portion thereof to be amortized over the full useful life thereof determined in accordance with generally acceptable accounting principles, together with interest on the unamortized balance at a rate per annum equal to five percent (5%).

 

11


(g) The payments under or for any Recorded Document relating to the sharing of costs for the Project.

(h) The costs of maintaining, managing, reporting, commissioning, and recommissioning the Building or any part thereof that was designed and built to be sustainable and conform with the U.S. EPA’s Energy Star® rating system, the LEED rating system and other third party rating systems.

(i) The costs incurred in connection with any government-mandated transportation demand management programs or similar program, including the funding of the TMA.

(j) All rental or acquisition costs of supplies, tools, materials and equipment used in connection with the operation, maintenance, management and repair of the Project.

(k) The costs of security, alarm, engineering, pest control, landscaping, window cleaning, elevator maintenance and other services required for the operation, maintenance, management and repair of the Project.

(l) The cost of janitorial services for the Common Areas.

(m) Salaries, wages, bonuses and other compensation (including hospitalization, medical, surgical, retirement plan, pension plan, union dues, parking privileges, life insurance, including group life insurance, welfare and other fringe benefits, and vacation, holidays and other paid absence benefits) relating to employees of Landlord or its agents engaged in the management, operation, repair, or maintenance of the Project; payroll, social security, workers’ compensation, unemployment and similar taxes with respect to such employees; and the cost of uniforms (including the cleaning, replacement and pressing thereof) provided to such employees;

(n) Property management office rent or rental value management office rent.

(o) The costs of the operation, repair, replacement and maintenance of the parking areas in the Project (“ Parking Facilities ) including the Parking Garage.

(p) Fees and other costs, including consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of contractors and consultants incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Project.

(q) Management fees incurred in connection with the management of the Project.

The above enumeration of services and facilities shall not be deemed to impose an obligation on Landlord to make available or provide such services or facilities except to the extent if any that Landlord has specifically agreed elsewhere in this Lease to make the same available or provide the same. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it shall be responsible for providing adequate security for its use of the Project and that Landlord shall have no obligation or liability with respect thereto, except to the extent if any that Landlord has specifically agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same.

 

12


If the rentable square footage of the Building and/or Project is not fully occupied during any fiscal year of the Term as determined by Landlord, an adjustment shall be made in Landlord’s discretion in computing the Operating Expenses for such year so that Tenant pays an equitable portion of all variable items (e.g., utilities, janitorial services and other component expenses that are affected by variations in occupancy levels) of Operating Expenses, as reasonably determined by Landlord; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord be entitled to collect in excess of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Operating Expenses from all of the tenants in the Building or Project, as the case may be.

7.2 Operating Expenses Exclusions. Operating Expenses shall not include (a) depreciation on the Building; (b) debt service, rental under any ground or underlying lease, or interest, principal, points and fees on any mortgage or other debt instrument encumbering the Building (except that, as provided in Paragraph 7.1 above, Landlord may include interest in the amortization of certain capital expenditures); (c) legal expenses incurred in negotiating leases, collecting rents, evicting tenants or costs incurred in legal proceedings with or against any tenant or to enforce the provisions of any lease, (d) the cost of decorating, improving for tenant occupancy, painting or redecorating portions of the Building to be demised to tenants; (e) advertising expenses relating to vacant space; (f) real estate brokers’ or other leasing commissions; (g) costs for which Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds, other tenants or any other source, and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue claims under existing warranties and/or guaranties or against other responsible third parties to pay such costs; provided, that, the cost of pursuing such claims shall be included in Operating Expenses; (h) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debt loss or rent loss; (i) costs incurred in connection with the operation of the business of the entity constituting Landlord, as distinguished from the costs of operating the Building, including accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee, costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Building; (j) Landlord’s political or charitable contributions; (k) the cost of any “tenant relations” parties, events or promotions; (l) insurance which is not customarily carried by institutional owners of Comparable Buildings; (m) costs to repair or replace the Project resulting from any insured casualty (except commercially reasonable deductibles under Landlord’s insurance policies may be included in Operating Expenses to the extent permitted pursuant to Paragraph 7.1(b)); (n) repairs, alterations, additions, improvements or replacements made to rectify or correct any defect in the design, materials or workmanship of the Project (as opposed to the cost of normal repair, maintenance and replacement expected in light of the specifications of the applicable construction materials and equipment) or to comply with any Applicable Laws in effect as of the Substantial Completion Date (based on the current interpretation thereof by applicable governmental entity(ies) as of the Substantial Completion Date); (o) repairs, alterations, additions, improvements or replacements made to rectify or correct damage caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any of Landlord’s employees, agents, or contractors; (p) salaries, wages, bonuses and other compensation (including hospitalization, medical, surgical, retirement plan, pension plan, union dues, parking privileges, life insurance, including group life insurance, welfare and other fringe benefits, and vacation, holidays and other paid absence benefits) relating to managers, officers, directors, or executives of Landlord that are above the rank of general manager (or similar title); (q) fines, penalties or interest incurred due to violation by Landlord of the terms and conditions of any lease or any Applicable Laws or due to violation by any other tenant in the Project of the terms and conditions of any lease or any Applicable Laws; (r) interest, penalties or other costs arising out of Landlord’s failure to make timely payment of its obligations; (s) costs incurred to test, survey, cleanup, contain, abate, remove, or otherwise remedy Hazardous Materials or mold from the Project (except that Operating Expenses shall include costs incurred in connection with the prudent operation and maintenance of the Building, such as monitoring air quality); (t) costs incurred to correct defective equipment installed in the Project (as opposed to the cost of normal repair, maintenance and replacement expected in light of the specifications of the applicable equipment); (u) acquisition costs of any artwork; (v) Community Facilities District No. 2008-1 (Bay Meadows) assessment; (w) inheritance or estate taxes imposed upon or assessed against the interest of any person in the Project, or taxes

 

13


computed upon the basis of the net income of any owners of any interest in the Project; (x) costs relating to the capital repair or capital replacement of the structural portions of the roof, foundations and exterior walls (except for any capital expenditures expressly included in Operating Expenses); and (y) any construction costs of the Project, Building, and Parking Facilities (including the Parking Garage). Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the management fees for the Project shall not exceed two percent (2%) of the Base Rent. If it shall not be lawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for all or any part of such taxes, the monthly rental payable to Landlord under this Lease shall be revised to net Landlord the same net rental after imposition of any such taxes by Landlord as would have been payable to Landlord prior to the payment of any such taxes.

7.3 Method of Allocation of Operating Expenses; Cost Pools. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Operating Expenses for the Project among different portions or occupants of the Project (the “ Cost Pools ) . Such Cost Pools shall include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants of a particular office building and the retail space tenants of a particular building or of the Project. The Operating Expenses allocated to any Cost Pool shall be allocated and charged to the tenants and occupants within such Cost Pool in an equitable manner, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. The Operating Expenses allocated to each office building shall include all Operating Expenses attributable solely to such office building and a portion of the Project-wide Operating Expenses attributable to the Project as a whole (and not to a particular office building) in accordance with this Paragraph 7.3.

7.3.1 Operating Expenses which relate to a specific office building and not to any other office building in the Project (including without limitation, separately metered electrical costs and repair and maintenance costs of any office building), shall be entirely allocated to such specific office building. Accordingly, the cost of the maintenance and repairs set forth in Paragraph 10.1 with respect to the Building, the premiums and costs for insurance covering the Building, and the Real Property Taxes assessed against the Building and the parcel of land upon which the Building is located shall be entirely allocated to the Building.

7.3.2 If Landlord incurs Operating Expenses for the Building together with one or more other improvements having commercial entitlements in the Project or if Landlord incurs Operating Expenses for the Project as a whole and not to any specific improvement in the Project, whether pursuant to the CC&R’s or other common area agreement, such shared amounts shall be equitably prorated and apportioned between the Building and such other improvements in the Project, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. The Cost Pool for Project-wide Operating Expenses may include costs to maintain, repair and replace the Common Areas (including the landscaping, sprinkler systems, driveways, curbs, sidewalks, lighting, and utilities expenses), the cost of security for the Common Areas, the management of the Common Areas and the premiums and costs of insurance covering the entire Project and shall be allocated based on the rentable square footage of all improvements having commercial entitlements within the Project. As such, allocation of such Cost Pool shall be based on the rentable square footage of the Building as a percentage of the rentable square footage of all of the improvements within the Project having commercial entitlements. Until such time as any improvement having commercial entitlements is constructed, the rentable square footage of such improvement for purposes of the allocation of Project-wide Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be the Entitled Square Footage (as defined in the CC&R’s) of such improvement.

7.3.3 The Parking Facilities included in a Cost Pool for which Tenant shall be allocated a share shall include the Building’s Subterranean Parking Facility and the parking areas within the Parking Garage to the extent Landlord has identified such Parking Facilities as available for use by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 37 (the “ Included Parking Facilities ) . The Cost Pool for the Included Parking Facilities shall include the Real Property Taxes assessed against the Included Parking Facilities,

 

14


the Operating Expenses relating to the operation, management, maintenance, repair, and replacement of the Included Parking Facilities (including the Base Building Systems of such Included Parking Facilities), the utilities expenses for the Included Parking Facilities, and the premiums and costs of insurance covering the Included Parking Facilities and shall be allocated based on parking space allocations.

7.4 Payment of Estimated Operating Expenses. “Estimated Operating Expenses” for any particular year shall mean Landlord’s estimate of the Operating Expenses for such fiscal year made with respect to such fiscal year as hereinafter provided. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to revise its fiscal year and interim accounting periods so long as the periods as so revised are reconciled with prior periods in a reasonable manner. During the last month of each fiscal year during the Term, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of the Estimated Operating Expenses for the ensuing fiscal year. Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Estimated Operating Expenses with installments of Base Rent for the fiscal year to which the Estimated Operating Expenses applies in monthly installments on the first day of each calendar month during such year, in advance. Such payment shall be construed to be Additional Rent for all purposes hereunder. Tenant’s Proportionated Share of the Estimated Operating Expenses for the first full month due on the Term Commencement Date shall be paid by Tenant upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease. If at any time during the course of the fiscal year, Landlord determines that Operating Expenses are projected to vary from the then Estimated Operating Expenses by more than five percent (5%), Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, revise the Estimated Operating Expenses for the balance of such fiscal year, and Tenant’s monthly installments for the remainder of such year shall be adjusted so that by the end of such fiscal year Tenant has paid to Landlord Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the revised Estimated Operating Expenses for such year, such revised installment amounts to be Additional Rent for all purposes hereunder.

7.5 Computation of Operating Expense Adjustment. Operating Expense Adjustment” shall mean the difference between Estimated Operating Expenses and actual Operating Expenses for any fiscal year determined as hereinafter provided. Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of actual Operating Expenses for the fiscal year just ended, accompanied by a computation of Operating Expense Adjustment (the “ Annual Statement ) . Upon written request of Tenant, Landlord shall supply sufficient backup data, as may be reasonably requested by Tenant, to reasonably demonstrate to Tenant the accuracy of such Annual Statement in accordance with the provisions of this Lease. If such Annual Statement shows that Tenant’s payment based upon Estimated Operating Expenses is less than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the difference within twenty (20) days after receipt of such statement, such payment to constitute Additional Rent for all purposes hereunder. If such Annual Statement shows that Tenant’s payments of Estimated Operating Expenses exceed Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, then (provided that Tenant is not in default under this Lease) Landlord shall pay to Tenant the difference within twenty (20) days after delivery of such statement to Tenant. If this Lease has been terminated or the Term hereof has expired prior to the date of such statement, then the Operating Expense Adjustment shall be paid by the appropriate party within twenty (20) days after the date of delivery of the statement. Should this Lease commence or terminate at any time other than the first day of the fiscal year, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Operating Expense Adjustment shall be prorated based on a month of 30 days and the number of calendar months during such fiscal year that this Lease is in effect. Landlord’s failure to provide any notices or statements within the time periods specified in Paragraphs 7.3 or 7.4 shall in no way excuse Tenant from its obligation to pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses. Tenant shall have ninety (90) days after receipt of an Annual Statement to notify Landlord in writing that Tenant disputes the correctness of the Annual Statement (“ Expense Claim ) . If Tenant does not object in writing to an Annual Statement within said ninety (90) day period, such Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant. If Tenant delivers an Expense Claim to Landlord within said ninety (90) day period, the parties shall promptly meet and attempt in good faith to resolve the matters set forth in the Expense

 

15


Claim. If the parties are unable to resolve the matters set forth in the Expense Claim within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Expense Claim (“ Expense Resolution Period”), then Tenant shall have the right to examine Landlord’s Records, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Paragraph 7.7 below. This Paragraph 7.5 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

7.6 Net Lease. This shall be a triple net Lease and Base Rent shall be paid to Landlord absolutely net of all costs and expenses, except as specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease. The provisions for payment of Operating Expenses and the Operating Expense Adjustment are intended to pass on to Tenant and reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses of the nature described in Paragraph 7.1 incurred in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, repair, preservation, replacement and operation of the Project and its supporting facilities and such additional facilities now and in subsequent years as may be determined by Landlord to be necessary or desirable to the Project.

7.7 Review of Landlord’s Books and Records. Provided that Tenant has timely delivered an Expense Claim to Landlord, an Independent CPA (as defined below) shall have the right, at Tenant’s cost and expense, to examine, inspect, and copy the records of Landlord concerning the components of Operating Expenses (“ Landlord’s Records ) for the fiscal year in question that are disputed in the Expense Claim (an “ Independent Review ) . Such examination shall take place upon reasonable prior written notice, at the offices of Landlord’s property manager, during normal business hours, no later than sixty (60) days after expiration of the Expense Resolution Period. Within thirty (30) days after expiration of the Expense Resolution Period, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a list of three (3) independent, certified public accounting firms that are not currently providing, and have not within the three (3) previous years provided, services to Landlord or Tenant. All of the firms shall be nationally or regionally recognized firms and have experience in representing owners of commercial office buildings. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the list of accounting firms from Tenant, Landlord shall choose one of the three (3) firms by written notice to Tenant, which firm is referred to herein as the “ Independent CPA . The Independent CPA shall be compensated on an hourly basis. Landlord’s Records shall be made available to the Independent CPA at a mutually agreed time. The inspection of Landlord’s Records must be completed within three (3) Business Days after such records are made available to the Independent CPA. Tenant agrees to keep, and to cause the Independent CPA to keep, all information obtained by Tenant or the Independent CPA confidential, and Landlord may require all persons inspecting Landlord’s Records to sign a confidentiality agreement prior to making Landlord’s Records available to them. In no event shall Tenant be permitted to examine Landlord’s Records or to dispute any Annual Statement unless Tenant has paid and continues to pay all Rent (including the amount disputed in the Expense Claim) when due. If the Independent Review shows that the payments actually made by Tenant with respect to Operating Expenses for the fiscal year in question exceeded Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses or for such fiscal year, Landlord shall at Landlord’s option either (i) credit the excess amount to the next succeeding installments of estimated Operating Expenses or (ii) pay the excess to Tenant within thirty (30) days after delivery of such statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant. If the Independent Review shows that Operating Expenses included in the Annual Statement for the fiscal year in question exceeded actual Operating Expenses by more than five percent (5%) , then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant for the Independent Review, not to exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000). If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s payments with respect to Operating Expenses for such fiscal year were less than Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses for the fiscal year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of such statement. Landlord shall retain Landlord Records for the greater of (x) two (2) years after the expiration of the applicable fiscal year to which such Landlord Records relate and (y) the resolution of any dispute between Landlord and Tenant regarding Operating Expenses for the applicable fiscal year. This Paragraph 7.6 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

16


8. INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Landlord’s Insurance. All insurance maintained by Landlord shall be for the sole benefit of Landlord and under Landlord’s sole control. Landlord shall keep in force throughout the Term commercial general liability insurance for the Common Areas and all risk or special form coverage insuring the Landlord and the Building, in such amounts and with such deductibles as Landlord determines in its sole discretion from time to time in accordance with sound and reasonable risk management principles. The cost of all such insurance is included in Operating Expenses. Landlord shall not be obligated to insure, and shall have no responsibility whatsoever for any damage to, any furniture, machinery, goods, inventory or supplies, or other personal property or fixtures which Tenant may keep or maintain in the Premises, or the Tenant Improvements or any Alterations made by or for Tenant during the Term.

8.2 Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall procure at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and keep in effect from the date of this Lease and at all times until the end of the Term the following:

8.2.1 Property Insurance. Property insurance at least as broad as the most commonly available Insurance Services Office (ISO) special form causes of loss (“all risk”) policy form CP 10 30 covering all personal property and fixtures of Tenant and all Tenant Improvements and Alterations within the Premises made by or for Tenant, insuring such property for the full replacement value of such property and naming Landlord and the Landlord Parties and any other party reasonably designated by Landlord as loss payee with respect to the leasehold improvements, additions or alterations.

8.2.2 Business Income Insurance and Extra Expenses Coverage. Loss of income insurance and extra expense coverage in amounts as will reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Tenant, or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils, including all rental expenses and other payment obligations of Tenant under this Lease for a period of not less than one year.

8.2.3 Liability Insurance. Commercial general liability insurance (and commercial umbrella insurance, if necessary to provide required limits), at least as broad as the Insurance Services Office (ISO) occurrence policy form CG 00 01, or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage as reasonably approved by Landlord, with limits of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) per occurrence and annual aggregate, covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, broad form property damage and personal and advertising injury and including coverage for, premises and products/completed operations (including the use of owned and non-owned equipment), damage to rented premises, and blanket contractual liability (including tort liability of another party and Tenant’s liability for injury or death to persons and damage to property set forth in Paragraph 8.5 below). Coverage for personal and advertising injury may be carried under Tenant’s cyber/E&O insurance policy.

8.2.4 Automobile Liability. Business automobile liability coverage of all owned, non-owned or hired motor vehicles with coverage at least as broad as the Insurance Services Office (ISO) business automobile coverage form with limits not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage.

8.2.5 Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance. Workers’ compensation insurance as required by any Applicable Law, and employers’ liability insurance in amounts not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each accident for bodily injury by accident; One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) policy limit for bodily injury by disease; and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each employee for bodily injury by disease, and waiver by Tenant’s insurer of any right of subrogation against Landlord and Landlord’s property manager by reason of payment under such coverage.

 

17


8.3 General Insurance Requirements. All policies of liability insurance so obtained and maintained, including any umbrella liability insurance policies, shall (a) be carried in the name of Tenant, (b) name Landlord, any Security Holder and Landlord’s designated agents as additional insureds, pursuant to an endorsement providing coverage at least as broad as ISO form CG 2010 11/85 or equivalent (other than Tenant’s employer’s liability insurance for which such endorsement is not available), (c) be the primary insurance providing coverage for Landlord (any other liability insurance maintained by Landlord to be excess and non-contributing), (d) contain a cross-liability endorsement stating that the rights of insureds shall not be prejudiced by one insured making a claim or commencing an action against another insured, (e) include severability of interest clauses, products-completed operations and coverage of independent contractors, and (f) include a “per location” endorsement or equivalent reasonably acceptable to Landlord so that the general aggregate and other limits apply separately and specifically to the Premises. The insurance requirements in this Paragraph 8 shall not in any way limit, in either scope or amount, the indemnity obligations separately owed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, or the liability of Tenant for nonperformance of its obligations or for loss or damage for which Tenant is responsible hereunder. No endorsement limiting or excluding a required coverage is permitted. Such insurance policies required to be carried by Tenant or duly executed certificates of insurance with respect thereto, shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the date that Tenant occupies the Premises for any reason, and evidence of renewals of such policies shall be delivered to Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to the expiration of each respective policy term. All Tenant’s insurance shall provide that the insurer agrees not to cancel the policy without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant (except in the event of a cancellation as a result of nonpayment, in which event the insurer shall give Tenant at least ten (10) days’ prior notice). Tenant shall notify Landlord within ten (10) days following receipt of any such notice of cancellation or any material modification of any policy of insurance applicable to the Premises required under this Paragraph. If at any time during the Term the amount or coverage of insurance which Tenant is required to carry under Paragraph 8.2 is, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, materially less than the amount or type of insurance coverage typically carried by tenants leasing space in Comparable Buildings which are similar to and operated for similar purposes as the Premises or if Tenant’s use of the Premises should change with or without Landlord’s consent, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to increase the amount or change the types of insurance coverage required under Paragraph 8.2. All insurance policies required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease shall be written by companies rated A- VIII or better in Best’s Insurance Guide and authorized to do business in the state in which the Building is located. Payment of any deductibles shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord on or before the Term Commencement Date, and thereafter at least ten (10) days before the expiration dates of the expired policies, a certificate of insurance providing evidence of the insurance coverage required under this Paragraph 8 or, upon request of Landlord, certified copies of a summary of Tenant’s insurance policies. If Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificates, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option and in addition to Landlord’s other remedies in the Event of a Default by Tenant hereunder, procure the same for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord as Additional Rent.

8.4 Vendor Insurance. In addition to the insurance Tenant is required to carry under this Lease, Landlord may require Tenant’s vendors, service providers and contractors to carry such insurance as Landlord shall reasonably determine to be necessary, and satisfactory evidence of such insurance shall be delivered to Landlord prior to entry into the Building by such vendors, service providers and contractors.

 

18


8.5 Tenant Indemnification. Tenant shall indemnify, defend by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, protect and hold Landlord, Wilson Meany, L.P. and their respective directors, shareholders, investment managers, partners, lenders, members, managers, contractors, affiliates, employees, trustees, principals, beneficiaries, officers, mortgagees and agents (each a Landlord Party and collectively, the Landlord Parties ) harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, costs, loss of rents, liens, damages, injuries or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and court costs, demands, causes of action, or judgments (collectively, Losses ), directly or indirectly arising out of or related to: (a) the use or occupancy or manner of use or occupancy of the Premises (including the Roof Top Area) by Tenant or any Tenant Party; or (b) any injury or death of any person or damage to or destruction of property occurring in the Premises (including the Roof Top Area), from any cause whatsoever; or (c) any injury or death of any person or damage to or destruction of property occurring in, on or about the Building or Project or in the vicinity of the Building or Project, including the Common Areas and Parking Facilities, to the extent such injury, death or damage is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Parties; or (d) Tenant’s use of the roof of the Building pursuant to Paragraph 38; or (e) the installation, use, operation, maintenance, replacement and/or removal of the Generator Equipment or any portion. The foregoing indemnity by Tenant shall not be applicable to claims to the extent arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord for any injury to or death of, or damage to any person or property or business loss in or about the Premises, Building or Project by or from any cause whatsoever (other than Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct) and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, whether caused by water leakage of any character from the roof, walls, basement or other portion of the Premises, Building or Project, or caused by gas, fire, oil or electricity in, on or about the Premises, Building or Project, acts of God or of third parties, or any matter outside of the reasonable control of Landlord. The provisions of this Paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

8.6 Landlord Indemnification. Landlord shall indemnify, defend by counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant, protect and hold Tenant and its directors, shareholders, investment managers, partners, lenders, members, managers, contractors, affiliates, employees, trustees, principals, beneficiaries, officers, mortgagees and agents (collectively “ Tenant Indemnitees ) harmless from and against any and all Losses incurred by Tenant Indemnitees to the extent caused by (a) the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any other Landlord Party and not covered by the insurance required to be carried by Tenant hereunder or (b) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any other Landlord Party.

9. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and release any and all rights of recovery against the other party, including officers, employees, agents and authorized representatives (whether in contract or tort) of such other party, that arise or result from any and all loss of or damage to any property of the waiving party located within or constituting part of the Building, including the Premises, to the extent of amounts payable under a standard ISO Commercial Property insurance policy, or such additional property coverage as the waiving party may carry (with a commercially reasonable deductible), whether or not the party suffering the loss or damage actually carries any insurance, recovers under any insurance or self-insures the loss or damage. Each party shall have their property insurance policies issued in such form as to waive any right of subrogation as might otherwise exist. This mutual waiver is in addition to any other waiver or release contained in this Lease.

10. LANDLORD’S REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

10.1 Landlord Obligations. Subject to reimbursement as an Operating Expense to the extent permitted under Paragraph 7, Landlord shall maintain in first class condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted each of the following (a) the structural and non-structural portions of the roof of the

 

19


Building, including the roof coverings; (b) the foundations, columns, footings, load-bearing walls, sub-flooring, and all pipes and conduits to the point of entry into the Building; (c) the exterior walls of the Building, including, without limitation, any painting, sealing, patching and waterproofing of such walls and the repairing, resealing, cleaning and replacing of the exterior windows, (d) the Base Building Systems; (e) the elevators and (f) the pavement, landscaping, sprinkler systems, sidewalks, driveways, curbs, and lighting systems in the Common Areas (including the Parking Facilities). The term “exterior walls” as used herein shall not include windows, glass or plate glass, doors, special store fronts or office entries. Any damage caused by or repairs necessitated by any negligence or act of Tenant or Tenant Parties may be repaired by Landlord at Landlord’s option and Tenant’s expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such repair or maintenance is necessary due to the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party, Tenant shall pay the cost of such work. Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice of any defect or need of repairs in such components of the Building for which Landlord is responsible, after which Landlord shall have a reasonable opportunity and the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times to repair same. Landlord’s liability with respect to any defects, repairs, or maintenance for which Landlord is responsible under any of the provisions of this Lease shall be limited to the cost of such repairs or maintenance, and there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Project or to fixtures, appurtenances or equipment in the Building.

10.2 Operable Base Building Systems; Warranty. Landlord shall deliver the Premises with the Building’s heating, ventilating and air conditioning system and equipment, the plumbing, sewer, drainage, electrical, fire protection, elevator, life safety and security systems and equipment and other mechanical, electrical and communications systems and equipment (collectively, the “ Base Building Systems ), the structural elements of the Premises and the foundation of the Building in good working order and repair. If, during the one (1) year period following the Delivery Date, it is determined that any of the Base Building Systems are not in good working order and repair, then Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages, but Landlord, at no cost to Tenant (including as Operating Expenses), shall take such other action as may be necessary to place the applicable Building System in the good working condition; provided, however, that if Tenant does not give Landlord written notice of any deficiency of any of the Base Building Systems within one (1) year after the Delivery Date , Landlord shall not be responsible for correcting such condition pursuant to this Paragraph 10.2 but rather such condition shall be corrected as otherwise provided in the Lease and the cost of performing such correction shall be included in Operating Expenses, to the extent permitted pursuant to Paragraph 7 or performed by Tenant as required under Paragraph 11. Landlord’s warranty hereunder does not cover the cost of normal repair, maintenance or replacement expected in light of the specifications of the applicable construction materials, equipment or system.

10.3 Waiver. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

11. TENANT’S REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

Tenant shall at all times during the Term at Tenant’s expense maintain all parts of the Premises, including the Tenant Improvements and any Alterations, in a first class, good, clean and secure condition and promptly make all necessary repairs and replacements, as determined by Landlord, with materials and workmanship of the same character, kind and quality as the original, including, without limitation, the following: (a) interior glass, windows, plate glass, window frames, window casements (including the repairing, resealing, cleaning and replacing of windows); (b) interior doors, door frames and door closers; (c) interior lighting (including, without limitation, light bulbs and ballasts); (d) interior demising walls

 

20


and partitions (including painting and wall coverings), (e) all Tenant Systems; and (f) all Lines (defined in Paragraph 39.1). Tenant shall be responsible for providing janitorial service to the standards of Comparable Buildings in the Comparable Area. As used herein, “ Tenant Systems means all of the following, to the extent the same are installed by or on behalf of Tenant, and exclusively serve the Premises and are located in (or on the roof of) the Building: all heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, plumbing, sewer, drainage, electrical, fire/life-safety, security and other systems and equipment, including all electrical facilities, equipment and appliances, including lighting fixtures, lamps, fans, exhaust equipment or systems, and electrical motors, whenever and by whomever installed or paid for. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant, at its expense, shall (i) keep the Tenant Systems in as good working order and condition as exists upon its installation (or, if later, on the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises), subject to normal wear and tear and damage resulting from Casualty; (ii) maintain in effect, with a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord, a contract for the maintenance and repair of the Tenant Systems (which contract shall require the contractor, at least once every three (3) months (unless the manufacturer’s specifications as to a particular component recommend inspections less frequently than quarterly in which case inspections shall be at least once a year), to (x) inspect such Tenant Systems and provide to Tenant a report of any defective conditions, together with any recommendations for maintenance, repair or parts-replacement, all in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, and (y) replace filters, oil and lubricate machinery, replace parts, adjust drive belts, change oil and perform other preventive maintenance, including annual maintenance of duct work and interior unit drains, and annual caulking of sheet metal and re-caulking of jacks and vents; (iii) follow all reasonable recommendations of such contractor; and (iv) promptly provide to Landlord a copy of such contract and each report issued thereunder. If access to the roof of the Building is required in order to perform any of Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 11, such access shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 38 and the Rooftop Work Rules and Regulations. In addition, Tenant shall, at its expense, promptly repair any damage to the Premises, the Building or the Project resulting from or caused by any negligence or act of Tenant or Tenant Parties.

12. ALTERATIONS.

12.1 Landlord’s Approval. Tenant shall not make, or allow to be made, any alterations, physical additions, improvements or partitions, including without limitation the attachment of any fixtures or equipment, in, about or to the Premises (“ Alterations ”) without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld with respect to proposed Alterations which: (i) comply with all Applicable Laws; (ii) are, in Landlord’s opinion, compatible with the Building or the Project and the Base Building Systems , and will not cause the Building or Project or Base Building Systems to be required to be modified to comply with any Applicable Laws (including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act); and (iii) will not materially interfere with the use and occupancy of any other portion of the Building or Project by any other tenant or its invitees. Specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to approve all plans and specifications for the proposed Alterations, construction means and methods, all appropriate permits and licenses, any contractor or subcontractor to be employed on the work of Alterations, and the time for performance of such work, and may impose rules and regulations for contractors and subcontractors performing such work. Landlord may, in its sole discretion, specify engineers, general contractors, subcontractors, and architects to perform work affecting the Base Building Systems. Tenant shall also supply to Landlord any documents and information reasonably requested by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s consideration of a request for approval hereunder. No review or consent by Landlord of or to any proposed Alteration or additional work shall constitute a waiver of Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 12, nor constitute any warranty or representation that the same complies with all applicable Laws, for which Tenant shall at all times be solely responsible. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all out-of-pocket, reasonable costs which Landlord may incur in connection with granting approval to Tenant for any such Alterations, including any costs or expenses which Landlord may incur in electing to have

 

21


outside architects and engineers review said plans and specifications. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord a fee for its review of plans and its management and supervision of the progress of the work in an amount equal to 3% of the cost of any Alterations (other than for Minor Alterations). The Tenant Improvements constructed pursuant to the Tenant Improvement Agreement shall not be deemed to be Alterations hereunder.

12.2 Minor Alterations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any Minor Alterations (as defined below), provided that Tenant shall provide Landlord at least ten (10) days’ notice prior to commencing such Minor Alterations, and such Minor Alterations shall otherwise comply with the provisions of this Paragraph 12. As used herein, a “ Minor Alteration is any Alteration that satisfies all of the following criteria: (a) is not visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building; (b) will not affect the Base Building Systems or structural portions of the Building (including exterior walls and shear walls); and (c) does not cost more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per project.

12.3 Required Documentation. Subsequent to obtaining Landlord’s consent and prior to commencement of the Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord any building or other permit required by Applicable Laws in connection with the Alterations. In addition, Tenant shall require its general contractor to carry and maintain the following insurance at no expense to Landlord, and Tenant shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence thereof prior to the commencement of construction: (i) commercial general liability insurance with limits of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage, including personal injury and death, and contractor’s protective liability, and products and completed operations coverage; (ii) comprehensive automobile liability insurance with a policy limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each accident for bodily injury and property damage, providing coverage at least as broad as the Insurance Services Office (ISO) business auto coverage form covering automobile liability, code 1 “any auto”, and insuring against all loss in connection with the ownership, maintenance and operation of automotive equipment that is owned, hired or non-owned; (iii) workers’ compensation insurance as required by any Applicable Law, and employers’ liability insurance in amounts not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each accident for bodily injury by accident, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) aggregate disease coverage and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each employee for bodily injury by disease; and (iv) except in the case of Minor Alterations, and unless Tenant carries such coverage itself, “builder’s risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the Alterations, it being understood and agreed that the Alterations (which, for purposes of this Paragraph 12.3, shall exclude the Tenant Improvements) shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 8.2 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. The contractor’s commercial general insurance policy shall be endorsed to add Landlord as an additional insured with respect to liability arising out of work performed by or for Tenant’s general contractor, to specify that such insurance is primary and that any insurance or self-insurance maintained by Landlord shall not contribute with it, and to provide that coverage shall not be terminated, cancelled or materially modified except after thirty (30) days prior written notice has been given to Landlord.

12.4 Construction of Alterations. Tenant shall cause all Alterations to be accomplished in a first-class, good and workmanlike manner, and to comply with all Applicable Laws and Paragraph 26 hereof. Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole expense, perform any additional work required under Applicable Laws due to the Alterations hereunder. All Alterations shall be made in accordance with the plans and specifications approved in writing by Landlord and shall be designed and diligently constructed in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all Applicable Laws. Tenant shall cause any Alterations to be made in such a manner and at such times so that any such work shall not unreasonably disrupt or unreasonably interfere with the use or occupancy of other tenants or occupants of the Project.

 

22


12.5 Completion of Alterations. Promptly following completion of any Alterations (excluding Alterations that do not require a building permit), Tenant shall (a) furnish to Landlord “as built” plans therefor, and (b) cause a timely notice of completion to be recorded in the Office of the Recorder of the County of San Mateo in accordance with Civil Code Section 3093 or any successor statute. All trash which may accumulate in connection with Tenant’s construction activities shall be removed by Tenant or its contractor at reasonable intervals at no expense to Landlord from the Premises and the Building.

12.6 Removal and Restoration. By written notice to Tenant either before, or at the time of, Landlord’s approval of any Alterations (or, as to Minor Alteration, within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s request for Landlord’s determination), Landlord may require Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense, to remove such Alterations prior to the Expiration Date or any earlier termination of this Lease, to restore the Premises to substantially their configuration and condition before the Alterations were made, and to repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal. If Landlord does not deliver such removal notice to Tenant within the time period specified herein, then Tenant shall not be required to remove such Alterations. The removal, restoration and repair work described above shall be performed and paid for in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 36.

12.7 Taxes. In addition to and wholly apart from Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay prior to delinquency any taxes or governmental service fees, possessory interest taxes, fees or charges in lieu of any such taxes, capital levies, or other charges imposed upon, levied with respect to or assessed against its fixtures or personal property, on the value of Alterations within the Premises, and on Tenant’s interest pursuant to this Lease, or any increase in any of the foregoing based on such Alterations. To the extent that any such taxes are not separately assessed or billed to Tenant, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof as invoiced to Tenant by Landlord.

13. SIGNS

13.1 Tenant’s Signage.

13.1.1 Exterior Signage. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 13, if Landlord installs any exterior signage identifying tenants of the Building on the Building or within the parcel upon which the Building is located (commonly referred to as Station 4 Block) (the “ Exterior Signage ), Tenant shall have the right to install, at its sole cost and expense, a sign identifying Tenant on the Exterior Signage, provided that (a) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior approval of the name, logo, material, typeface, graphic format, proportions, precise location, size, content, design, and method of attachment of such signage, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and (b) such signage shall comply with the Building’s standard signage program and all Applicable Laws. Landlord hereby approves the name “SurveyMonkey” and Tenant’s current logo for use in the Exterior Signage.

13.1.2 Building Top Signage. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 13, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install two (2) backlit, Building top signs identifying Tenant on the east and west sides of the Building (“ Building Top Signage ) to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws and in a location designated by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to approve the name, logo, material, typeface, graphic format, proportions, precise location, size, content, design of the Building Top Signage, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord hereby approves the name “SurveyMonkey” and Tenant’s current logo for use in the Building Top Signage. Tenant’s right to install the Building Top Signage pursuant to this Paragraph 13.1.2 is in addition to and separate from Tenant’s right to install

 

23


Exterior Signage pursuant to Paragraph 13.1.1. Landlord shall also have the right to reasonably approve the location of all penetrations and runs, cabling installations, and means of affixing or mounting the Building Top Signage to the Building. Any electrical power required for the Building Top Signage shall be charged to Tenant. Tenant shall pay all federal, state and local taxes applicable to the Building Top Signage. Tenant assumes all liability and risks relating to damage to the Building Top Signage from any cause whatsoever, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Any access to the Roof by Tenant shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 38 and Rooftop Work Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit F.

13.1.3 Building Lobby Signage. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 13, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install tenant-identification signage on an interior wall in the lobby located on the first floor of the Building in a location mutually agreeable to Landlord and Tenant (“ Building Lobby Signage ) . Landlord shall have the right to approve the name, logo, material, typeface, graphic format, proportions, precise location, size, content, design of the Building Lobby Signage, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord hereby approves the name “SurveyMonkey” and Tenant’s current logo for use in the Building Lobby Signage.

13.2 Governmental Approvals. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall be responsible for obtaining all required permits and approvals for each of Tenant’s Exterior Signage, Building Top Signage and Building Lobby Signage (collectively, “ Tenant’s Signs ) . Tenant’s Signs must comply with all Applicable Laws. Landlord, at no cost to Landlord, shall cooperate with Tenant to obtain all required permits and approvals for Tenant’s Signs. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Signs, Landlord has made no representations or warranties to Tenant with respect to the probability of obtaining such permits and approvals, nor the availability or location of the Building Top Signage, and the failure of Tenant to obtain such permits and approvals shall not delay the Term Commencement Date or release Tenant from any obligations under this Lease.

13.3 Maintenance and Removal. Any Tenant’s Sign, once approved by Landlord, shall be installed and removed only in strict compliance with Landlord’s approval and Applicable Laws, at Tenant’s expense, using a contractor first approved by Landlord to install same. Tenant, at its sole expense, shall maintain Tenant’s Signs in good condition and repair during the Term. Landlord may remove any signs (not first approved in writing by Landlord), advertisements, banners, placards or pictures so placed by Tenant on or within the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or the Project and charge to Tenant the cost of such removal, together with any costs incurred by Landlord to repair any damage caused thereby, including any cost incurred to restore the surface upon which such sign was so affixed to its original condition. Prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s Signs, repair any damage caused thereby, and restore the surface upon which the sign was affixed to its original condition, all to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

13.4 Assignment and Subleasing. The right to install Building Top Signage and Building Lobby Signage granted in this Paragraph 13 shall not be assigned or subleased separate from a Transfer of the Lease and then only if permitted pursuant to Paragraph 13.5.

13.5 Rights Personal to Original Tenant; Occupancy. Tenant’s right to install Tenant’s Signs is personal to the Original Tenant and its Permitted Assignee under this Lease. No assignee (other than a Permitted Assignee) or subtenant (other than as described below) shall have any right to install any Tenant’s Signs. In addition, if at any time Tenant occupies less than one (1) full floor of the Premises, Tenant’s rights to install any Tenant’s Signs shall be suspended until such time as Tenant re-occupies at least one (1) full floor of the Premises. If Tenant enters into a sublease for the entire Premises for the

 

24


entire remaining term of the Lease which sublease is approved by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 22, such subtenant shall be permitted to install Tenant Signs subject to Landlord’s approval of such subtenant’s name, logo, material, typeface, graphic format, proportions, precise location, size, content, design of Tenant’s Signs in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Paragraph 13.1 and otherwise in compliance with the other provisions of Paragraph 13.

14. ENTRY BY LANDLORD

14.1 Right of Entry. After reasonable notice of at least forty eight (48) hours, except in emergencies where no such notice shall be required, Landlord and Landlord’s agents and representatives, shall have the right to enter the Premises to inspect the same, to clean, to perform such work as may be permitted or required hereunder, to make repairs, improvements or alterations to the Premises, Building or Project or to other tenant spaces therein, to deal with emergencies, to post such notices as may be permitted or required by law to prevent the perfection of liens against Landlord’s interest in the Project or to exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants, purchasers, encumbrancers or to others, or for any other purpose as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable; provided, however, that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s business operations. Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon and about the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes or special security areas (designated in advance), and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem necessary or proper to open said doors in an emergency, in order to obtain entry to any portion of the Premises, and any entry to the Premises or portions thereof obtained by Landlord by any of said means, or otherwise, shall not be construed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises or any portions thereof. At any time within twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the Term or following any earlier termination of this Lease or agreement to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to erect on the Premises, Building and/or Project a suitable sign indicating that the Premises are available for lease.

14.2 Waiver of Claims. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord, in connection with Landlord’s activities under this Paragraph 14, may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Project, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the Common Areas, or perform work to the Building and/or within the Project, which work may create noise, dust, vibration, odors or leave debris in the Project. Landlord shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises in performing activities under this Paragraph 14, but Tenant hereby agrees that such activities shall not: constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant; entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent; make Landlord liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business; or entitle Tenant to any compensation or damages for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements, or for any inconvenience or annoyance resulting from such activities.

15. SERVICES AND UTILITIES

15.1 Services and Utilities Provided by Landlord. Provided Tenant shall not be in default hereunder, and subject to the provisions elsewhere herein contained and to the Rules and Regulations, Landlord shall furnish to the Premises, (a) water for lavatory and drinking purposes and electricity, heat and air conditioning as provided by the Base Building Systems, and (b) elevator service, which shall mean service either by nonattended automatic elevators or elevators with attendants, or both, at the option of Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has reviewed and accepts the water, electricity, heat and air conditioning and other utilities and services being supplied or furnished to the Premises as described in Schedule 1 of the Tenant Improvement Agreement and the LEED Design/Operational Requirements set forth in Exhibit G , as being sufficient for use of the Premises for reasonable and normal office use

 

25


and suitable for the Permitted Use and for Tenant’s intended operations in the Premises. Tenant agrees to keep and cause to be kept closed all window covering when necessary because of the sun’s position, and Tenant also agrees at all times to cooperate fully with Landlord and to abide by all of the regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of electrical, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems. Wherever heat-generating machines, excess lighting or equipment are used in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system, Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary air conditioning units in the Premises and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and the cost of operation and maintenance thereof, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord.

15.2 Controls . Tenant shall not without written consent of Landlord use any apparatus, equipment or device in the Premises, including without limitation, computers, electronic data processing machines, copying machines, and other machines, using excess lighting or using electric current, water, or any other resource in excess of or which will in any way increase the amount of electricity, water, or any other resource being furnished or supplied for the use of the Premises as described in Schedule 1 of the Tenant Improvement Agreements, the Building Plans and the LEED Design/Operational Requirements for reasonable and normal office use, in each case as of the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises and as determined by Landlord, or which will require additions or alterations to or interfere with the Building power distribution systems; nor connect with electric current, except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises or water pipes, any apparatus, equipment or device for the purpose of using electrical current, water, or any other resource. If Tenant shall require water or electric current or any other resource in excess of that being furnished or supplied for the use of the Premises as described in Schedule 1 of the Tenant Improvement Agreements, the Building Plans and the LEED Design/Operational Requirements, Tenant shall first procure the written consent of Landlord which Landlord may refuse, to the use thereof, and Landlord may cause a special meter to be installed in the Premises so as to measure the amount of water, electric current or other resource consumed for any such other use. Tenant shall pay directly to Landlord upon demand as an addition to and separate from payment of Operating Expenses the cost of all such additional resources, energy, utility service and meters (and of installation, maintenance and repair thereof and of any additional circuits or other equipment necessary to furnish such additional resources, energy, utility or service). Following receipt of Tenant’s request to do so, Landlord shall use good faith efforts to restore any service specifically to be provided under Paragraph 15 that becomes unavailable and which is in Landlord’s reasonable control to restore; provided, however, that Landlord shall in no case be liable for any damages directly or indirectly resulting from nor shall the Rent or any monies owed Landlord under this Lease herein reserved be abated (except as provided in Paragraph 15.6) by reason of: (a) the installation, use or interruption of use of any equipment used in connection with the furnishing of any such utilities or services, or any change in the character or means of supplying or providing any such utilities or services or any supplier thereof; (b) the failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any such utilities or services when such failure or delay is caused by Force Majeure Events, or otherwise or because of any interruption of service due to Tenant’s use of water, electric current or other resource in excess of that being supplied or furnished for the use of the Premises as of the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises; (c) the inadequacy, limitation, curtailment, rationing or restriction on use of water, electricity, gas or any other form of energy or any other service or utility whatsoever serving the Premises or Project, whether by Applicable Law or otherwise; or (d) the partial or total unavailability of any such utilities or services to the Premises or the Building or the diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, whether by Law or otherwise; or (e) any interruption in Tenant’s business operations as a result of any such occurrence; nor shall any such occurrence constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant or a breach of an implied warranty by Landlord. Landlord shall further have no obligation to protect or preserve any apparatus, equipment or device installed by Tenant in the Premises, including without limitation by providing additional or after-hours heating or air conditioning. Landlord shall be entitled to cooperate voluntarily and in a reasonable manner with the efforts of national, state or local governmental agencies or utility suppliers in reducing

 

26


energy or other resource consumption. The obligation to make services available hereunder shall be subject to the limitations of any such voluntary, reasonable program. In addition, Landlord reserves the right to change the supplier or provider of any such utility or service from time to time. Tenant shall have no right to contract with or otherwise obtain any electrical or other such service for or with respect to the Premises or Tenant’s operations therein from any supplier or provider of any such service. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and any supplier or provider of such services designated by Landlord from time to time to facilitate the delivery of such services to Tenant at the Premises and to the Building and Project, including without limitation allowing Landlord and Landlord’s suppliers or providers, and their respective agents and contractors, reasonable access to the Premises for the purpose of installing, maintaining, repairing, replacing or upgrading such service or any equipment or machinery associated therewith.

15.3 Utility Charges. Tenant shall pay, upon demand, for all utilities furnished to the Premises, or if not separately billed to or metered to Tenant, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of all charges jointly serving the Project in accordance with Paragraph 7. All sums payable under this Paragraph 15 shall constitute Additional Rent hereunder.

15.4 Services Providers. Tenant may contract separately with providers of telecommunications or cellular products, systems or services for the Premises, provided, however, that any such provider is subject to Landlord’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Even though such products, systems or services may be installed or provided by such providers in the Building, in consideration for Landlord’s permitting such providers to provide such services to Tenant, Tenant agrees that Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall in no event be liable to Tenant or any Tenant Party for any damages of any nature whatsoever arising out of or relating to the products, systems or services provided by such providers (or any failure, interruption, defect in or loss of the same) or any acts or omissions of such providers in connection with the same or any interference in Tenant’s business caused thereby. Tenant waives and releases all rights and remedies against Landlord and the Landlord Parties that are inconsistent with the foregoing.

15.5 Consumption Data. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is subject to the requirements of California’s Nonresidential Building Energy Use Disclosure Program, as more particularly specified in California Public Resources Code Sections 25402.10 et seq . and regulations adopted pursuant thereto. All disclosures, whether made pursuant to the foregoing statute and regulations or other Applicable Laws now existing or hereafter adopted, are collectively referred to herein as “ Required Energy Disclosures . Tenant acknowledges that future Required Energy Disclosures made during the Term of this Lease (and for at least one year thereafter) will be based, in part, on Tenant’s energy usage within the Building, records of which are required to be maintained, and transmitted to the ENERGY STAR® Portfolio Manager system, by electric and gas utilities companies. Tenant hereby authorizes (and agrees that Landlord shall have the authority to authorize) any electric or gas utility company providing service to the Building to disclose, from time to time, so much of the data collected and maintained by it regarding Tenant’s energy consumption data as may be necessary to cause the Building to participate in the ENERGY STAR® Portfolio Manager system and similar programs. Tenant further authorizes Landlord to disclose information concerning energy use by Tenant, either individually or in combination with the energy use of other tenants, as applicable, in connection with any Required Energy Disclosures (including data relating to carbon dioxide emissions associated with the operation of the Building), whenever Landlord determines, in good faith, that such disclosure is reasonably necessary to comply with Applicable Laws. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after request by Landlord, provide consumption data in a form reasonably required by Landlord for (a) any utility billed directly to Tenant or any subtenant or licensee of Tenant; and (b) any submetered or separately metered utility supplied to the Premises, which Landlord is not responsible for reading. Further, if Tenant utilizes separate service providers from those of Landlord, Tenant hereby consents to Landlord obtaining the consumption data directly from such service providers and, within ten (10) days after written request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to

 

27


\Landlord and the service providers such written releases as the service providers may request evidencing Tenant’s consent to deliver the consumption data to Landlord. If Tenant fails to deliver any release or to provide any information requested hereunder within said ten (10) day period, then Landlord may charge Tenant the sum of One Hundred Dollars ($100) per day for each day after expiration of said ten (10) day period until such release or consumption data is delivered to Landlord, in addition to any other rights or remedies afforded to Landlord for a default pursuant to Paragraph 27 of this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to notify Tenant of the making of Required Energy Disclosures; provided, however, that to the extent disclosure to Tenant is required by Applicable Laws, such disclosure may be satisfied by making Required Energy Disclosures available for review by Tenant in the Building management office. Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any Losses arising out of, resulting from, or otherwise relating to the making of any Required Energy Disclosures

15.6 Interruption of Utilities. There shall be no abatement of rent and Landlord shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever, for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair, in cooperation with governmental request or directions, or any other cause whatsoever, unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents or contractors. Any interruption or discontinuance of service shall not, except as otherwise provided by Applicable Laws, be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, or any part thereof, nor shall it render Landlord liable to Tenant for any injury, loss or damage by abatement of rent or otherwise, nor shall it relieve Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any material portion thereof as a consequence of a cessation of utilities (i) not caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party and either within the reasonable control of Landlord to correct or covered by rental interruption insurance then carried by Landlord or (ii) caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s employees, agents or contractors (each, a “ Utility Cessation Event ”), then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such Utility Cessation Event, and if such Utility Cessation Event continues for more than five (5) consecutive Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice (“ Utility Cessation Abatement Period ”), then the Base Rent and Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses shall be abated after expiration of the Utility Cessation Abatement Period and continuing for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any material portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable square footage of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable square footage of the Premises.

16. SECURITY SERVICES AND ACCESS CONTROL

16.1 Security Services. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to adopt such policies, procedures and programs as it shall, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, deem necessary or appropriate for the security of the Project taking into consideration policies, procedures and programs adopted for Comparable Buildings and the character of the surrounding community. Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord in the enforcement of, and shall comply with, the policies, procedures and programs reasonably adopted by Landlord insofar as the same pertain to Tenant or any Tenant Parties. Tenant acknowledges that the safety and security devices, services and programs provided by Landlord from time to time, if any, may not prevent theft or other criminal acts, or insure the safety of persons or property, and Tenant expressly assumes the risk that any safety device, service or program may not be effective or may malfunction or be circumvented. Except to the extent damages are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Landlord shall not be liable in any manner to Tenant or any other Tenant Parties for any acts (including criminal acts) of others, or for any direct, indirect, or consequential damages, or any injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, or other loss or damage, bodily injury or death, related to any

 

28


malfunction, circumvention or other failure of any security services which Landlord may provide pursuant to this Paragraph 16.1, or for the failure of any of the foregoing security services to prevent bodily injury, death, or property damage, or loss, or to apprehend any person suspected of causing such injury, death, damage or loss.

16.2 Access. Tenant shall have access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days a week. Tenant assumes responsibility for controlling access to the Premises and may install its own security system pursuant to Paragraph 16.3, provided that Landlord shall at all times have access to the Premises in the event of an emergency and as necessary to provide the services and perform the obligations of Landlord under this Lease.

16.3 Tenant’s Security Equipment. Tenant shall have the right to (a) institute such security measures entirely within the Premises as it may determine in its sole discretion, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and at no cost to Landlord , (b) install key-card systems to the Premises from the internal stairwells of the Common Areas adjacent to the Premises, and (c) install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, security fencing and/or other measures to secure the Building’s Subterranean Parking Facility, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval of such fencing and other measures (collectively, “ Tenant’s Security Equipment ”), subject to all Applicable Laws, fire rating requirements and any so-called “fail safe open” requirements. The use of the internal stairwells pursuant to this Paragraph 16.3 shall not impair any existing approvals concerning the existing use and construction of the stairwells. At Tenant’s sole cost, Tenant shall be permitted to tie Tenant’s Security Equipment into the Base Building Systems if requested by Tenant provided that (i) Tenant’s Security Equipment is compatible with the Base Building Systems and (ii) Tenant’s Security System does not materially and adversely interfere with the Base Building Systems. Landlord must have the ability, at all times, to access the stairwells and to activate any such Tenant Security Equipment; provided, however, that, except in the event of an emergency, Landlord shall not deactivate Tenant’s Security System, whether in connection with inspection, maintenance or repair of the Building’s fire/life safety system or otherwise, without providing reasonable prior notice to Tenant. Tenant shall keep and maintain any Tenant’s Security Equipment in good working order, condition and repair throughout the Term. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any credit against Rent (including Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses) or to any exclusions from Operating Expenses in the determination of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses. as a result of Tenant’s election to provide security measures or equipment to its Premises. Prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, upon written request by Landlord, remove the Tenant’s Security Equipment and associated wiring and repair any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by such removal. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s use of the stairwell and the installation, operation and maintenance of the Tenant’s Security Equipment shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith. For the sake of clarity, the waiver of liability with respect to the stairwell in the preceding sentence is limited to Tenant’s use of the stairwell and does not extend to Landlord’s obligation to construct the stairwell in accordance with the Building Plans and all Applicable Laws.

17. SUBORDINATION AND NON-DISTURBANCE

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Paragraph 17, this Lease shall be and is hereby declared to be subject and subordinate at all times to: (a) all ground leases or underlying leases which may now exist or hereafter be executed affecting the Premises and/or the land upon which the Building and Project are situated, or both; and (b) any mortgage or deed of trust which may now exist or be placed upon the Building, the Project and/or the land upon which the Building or the Project are situated, or said ground leases or underlying leases, or Landlord’s interest or estate in any of said items which is specified as security (such leases, mortgages and deeds of trust are referred to herein, collectively, as “ Superior Interests ”), and all advances made upon the security of such mortgages or deeds of trust, all without the

 

29


necessity of any further instrument executed or delivered by or on the part of Tenant for the purpose of effectuating such subordination, unless the holder of any such Superior Interest (each, a Security Holder ) requires in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Upon any termination or foreclosure (or any delivery of a deed in lieu of foreclosure) of any Superior Interest, Tenant, upon request, shall attorn to the Security Holder or foreclosure sale purchaser or any successor thereto and shall recognize such party as the lessor hereunder provided such Security Holder, purchaser or successor thereto accepts all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease and agrees not to disturb Tenant’s occupancy so long as there is no Event of Default hereunder. Tenant agrees with Security Holder that if Security Holder or any foreclosure sale purchaser or successor thereto shall succeed to the interest of Landlord under this Lease, such Security Holder, purchaser or any successor thereto shall not be (i) liable for any action or omission of any Landlord under this Lease arising prior to such Security Holder, purchaser or successor acquiring title to and possession of the Premises, or (ii) subject to any offsets, defenses or counterclaims which Tenant might have against any prior Landlord, or (iii) bound by any Rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to any prior Landlord, or (iv) bound by any modification or amendment of this Lease not consented to by such Security Holder, purchaser or any successor thereto. Within ten (10) Business Days after request by Landlord, Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver commercially reasonable instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease to any such Superior Interest, and such attornment, as may be required by Landlord or by the Security Holder of such Superior Interest. Landlord, Tenant and the existing Security Holder shall enter into a Subordination, Non Disturbance and Attornment Agreement substantially in the Security Holder’s form as previously presented to Tenant with modifications mutually acceptable to Landlord, Tenant and the Security Holder.

18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

If at any time Tenant is not a publicly traded company, at Landlord’s request from time to time, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request therefor a copy, certified by an officer of Tenant as being a true and correct copy, of Tenant’s most recent audited financial statement. In addition, upon Landlord’s reasonable request, Tenant will provide Landlord within ten (10) days after request therefor, copies of Tenant’s most recent unaudited financial statements reflecting Tenant’s financial situation (including without limitation balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, and changes in financial condition). Tenant agrees to deliver to any lender, prospective lender, purchaser or prospective purchaser designated by Landlord such financial statements of Tenant as may be reasonably requested by such lender or purchaser. Landlord shall not use any financial information required to be provided by Tenant under this Paragraph 19 for any purpose other than in connection with the ownership, financing, leasing and sale of the Project and Landlord shall only disclose such information to (a) its investors, lenders and employees having a need to know that information to accomplish the permitted purposes and (b) prospective lenders and prospective purchasers and their respective investors, lenders and employees having a need to know that information to accomplish the permitted purposes and provided that any such recipient agrees to protect that information in accordance with the foregoing and with at least the same degree of care recipient uses to protect its own confidential information of like importance. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to obtain one or more credit reports on Tenant at any time, and shall execute such further authorizations as Landlord may reasonably require in order to obtain a credit report.

19. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Tenant agrees from time to time, within ten (10) days after request of Landlord, to deliver to Landlord, or Landlord’s designee, an estoppel certificate stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, that this Lease has not been modified (or stating all modifications, written or oral, to this Lease), the date to which Rent has been paid, the unexpired portion of this Lease, that there are no current defaults by Landlord or Tenant under this Lease (or specifying any such defaults), that the leasehold estate granted by

 

30


this Lease is the sole interest of Tenant in the Premises and/or the land at which the Premises are situated, and such other matters pertaining to this Lease as may be reasonably requested by Landlord or any mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser or prospective purchaser of the Building or Project or any interest therein. Failure by Tenant to execute and deliver such certificate shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and acknowledgment by Tenant that the statements included are true and correct without exception. Tenant agrees that if Tenant fails to execute and deliver such certificate within such ten (10) day period, Landlord may execute and deliver such certificate on Tenant’s behalf and that such certificate shall be binding on Tenant. Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Paragraph may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser or prospective purchaser of the Building or Project or any interest therein. The parties agree that Tenant’s obligation to furnish such estoppel certificates in a timely fashion is a material inducement for Landlord’s execution of this Lease, and shall be an Event of Default if Tenant fails to fully comply or makes any material misstatement in any such certificate. Landlord shall provide a similar estoppel certificate within ten (10) days after request of Tenant.

20. SECURITY DEPOSIT

20.1 Delivery of Letter of Credit . Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer (or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it may suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, an irrevocable and unconditional negotiable standby letter of credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”) in an amount of (the “ Letter of Credit Amount ”), payable upon presentation to an operating retail branch located in the San Francisco Bay Area, running in favor of Landlord and issued by a solvent, nationally recognized bank with assets in excess of Forty Billion Dollars ($40,000,000,000) and with a long term rating from Standard and Poor’s Professional Rating Service of A or a comparable rating from Moody’s Professional Rating Service or higher, under the supervision of the Superintendent of Banks of the State of California. The Letter of Credit shall (a) be “callable” at sight, irrevocable and unconditional, (b) be maintained in effect, whether through renewal (pursuant to a so-called “evergreen provision”) or extension, for the period from the Lease Date, until the date (the “ LC Expiration Date ”) that is sixty (60) days after the Expiration Date, and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a new Letter of Credit, certificate of renewal or extension amendment at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, (c) be fully transferrable by Landlord, its successors and assigns, (d) be payable to Landlord, Security Holder or their assignees (the “ Beneficiary ”); (e) require that any draw on the Letter of Credit shall be made only upon receipt by the issuer of a letter signed by a purported authorized representative of the Beneficiary certifying that the Beneficiary is entitled to draw on the Letter of Credit pursuant to this Lease; (f) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings; and (g) be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (2007-Rev) or International Chamber of Commerce Publication #600. In addition to the foregoing, the form and terms of the Letter of Credit and the bank issuing the same (the “ Bank ”) shall be acceptable to Landlord and Security Holder, in their respective sole discretion. If Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that the Bank which issued the Letter of Credit has become financially unacceptable because the above requirements are not met or the Bank has filed bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings or is placed into a receivership or conservatorship, or the financial condition of the Bank has changed in any other materially adverse way, then Tenant shall have thirty (30) days to provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements of this Paragraph 20. If Tenant does not so provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit within such thirty (30) day period, then Beneficiary shall have the right to draw upon the then current Letter of Credit. In addition to Beneficiary’s rights to draw upon the Letter of Credit as otherwise described in this Paragraph 20, Beneficiary shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the

 

31


Letter of Credit if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (i) an Event of Default of Tenant has occurred; (ii) an event has occurred which, with the passage of time or giving of notice or both, would constitute an Event of Default of Tenant where Landlord is prevented from, or delayed in, giving such notice because of a bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding; (iii) this Lease is terminated by Landlord due to an Event of Default by Tenant; (iv) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, Bankruptcy Code ”), (v) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (vi) the Bank has notified Landlord that the Letter of Credit will not be renewed or extended through the LC Expiration Date and Tenant has not provided a replacement Letter of Credit that satisfies the requirements of this Paragraph 20 within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit will be honored by the Bank regardless of whether Tenant disputes Landlord’s right to draw upon the Letter of Credit. Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s fees in connection with the issuance of any Letter of Credit, certificate of renewal or extension amendment.

20.2 Transfer of Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit shall provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the Letter of Credit to another party, person or entity. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor arising after such transfer, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said Letter of Credit to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the Letter of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith.

20.3 In General. If for any reason the amount of the Letter of Credit becomes less than the Letter of Credit Amount, Tenant shall, within ten (10) Business Days thereafter, either provide Landlord with a cash security deposit equal to such difference or provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement letter of credit in the total Letter of Credit Amount or an amendment to the existing Letter of Credit to increase the Letter of Credit Amount by the deficiency), and any such additional (or replacement) letter of credit or letter of credit amendments shall comply with all of the provisions of this Paragraph 20, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Paragraph 20.1 above, the same shall constitute an incurable default by Tenant under this Lease (without the need for any additional notice and/or cure period). Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Letter of Credit expires earlier than the LC Expiration Date, Landlord will accept a renewal thereof (such renewal letter of credit to be in effect and delivered to Landlord, as applicable, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit), which shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided through the LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion. However, if the Letter of Credit is not timely renewed, or if Tenant fails to maintain the Letter of Credit in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Paragraph 20, Beneficiary shall have the right to present the Letter of Credit to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph 20, and the proceeds of the Letter of Credit may be applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due (subject to applicable notice and cure periods) and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this

 

32


Lease (subject to applicable notice and cure periods), including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. Any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of Landlord and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets. Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of the Letter of Credit received by Landlord and not applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due or used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord (or reasonably estimated by Landlord that it will suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease (including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code); provided, however, that if prior to the LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the unused Letter of Credit proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.

20.4 Application of Letter of Credit. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of any breach or default on the part of Tenant under this Lease. If Tenant shall breach any provision of this Lease or otherwise be in default hereunder, in each case beyond applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, to cure any breach or default of Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s breach or default, including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any Applicable Laws, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and the use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw upon the Letter of Credit. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (a) the Letter of Credit constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (b) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, and (c) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the Letter of Credit and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

20.5 Security Deposit. Any proceeds drawn under the Letter of Credit and not applied as set forth above shall be held by Landlord as a security deposit (the “ Deposit ”). No trust relationship is created herein between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Deposit, and Landlord shall not be required to keep the Deposit separate from its general accounts. The Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the provisions of this Lease to be performed or observed by Tenant. If Tenant fails to pay any Rent, or otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to), and without prejudice to any other remedy available to Landlord, use, apply or retain all or any portion of the Deposit for the payment of any Rent in default or for the payment of any other sum to which Landlord may become obligated by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer thereby,

 

33


including, without limitation, prospective damages and damages recoverable pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.2. Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, or any similar or successor laws now or hereinafter in effect, that restrict Landlord’s use or application of the Deposit, or that provide specific time periods for return of the Deposit. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant expressly agrees that if Landlord terminates this Lease due to an Event of Default or if Tenant terminates this Lease in a bankruptcy proceeding, Landlord shall be entitled to hold the Deposit until the amount of damages recoverable pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.2 is finally determined. If Landlord uses or applies all or any portion of the Deposit as provided above, Tenant shall within ten (10) days after demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Deposit to the full amount thereof, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall, at Landlord’s option, be an Event of Default under this Lease. At any time that Landlord is holding proceeds of the Letter of Credit pursuant to this Paragraph 20.5, Tenant may deposit a Letter of Credit that complies with all requirements of this Paragraph 20, in which event Landlord shall return the Deposit to Tenant within ten (10) days after receipt of the Letter of Credit. If Tenant performs all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, the Deposit, or so much thereof as has not previously been applied by Landlord, shall be returned, without payment of interest or other increment for its use, to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within ninety (90) days following the later of the expiration of the Lease Term or Tenant’s vacation and surrender of the Premises in accordance with the requirements of this Lease. Landlord’s return of the Deposit or any part thereof shall not be construed as an admission that Tenant has performed all of its obligations under this Lease. Upon termination of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, if Landlord transfers the Deposit (or the amount of the Deposit remaining after any permitted deductions) to Landlord’s successor in interest, and thereafter notifies Tenant of such transfer and the name and address of the transferee, then Landlord shall be relieved of any further liability with respect to the Deposit.

20.6 Reduction Following Rent Payments . Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, the Letter of Credit Amount shall be reduced in accordance with the following schedule, provided that Tenant delivers to Landlord a replacement or amended Letter of Credit satisfying each and all of the requirements set forth in this Paragraph 20 and provided, however, that in no event shall any such reduction be permitted hereunder if a monetary Event of Default shall have occurred during the twelve (12) month period preceding any LC Reduction Date (the “ Performance LC Reduction Condition ”):

 

LC Reduction Date

   Amount of
Reduction
     Adjusted Letter of
Credit Amount
 

1st day of 25 th full calendar month of the Term

     

1st day of 49 th full calendar month of the Term

     

1st day of 73 rd full calendar month of the Term

     

If the Performance LC Reduction Condition is satisfied, and provided that Tenant tenders the replacement or amended Letter of Credit to Landlord in the form required herein, Landlord shall exchange the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord for the replacement Letter of Credit tendered by Tenant or accept and acknowledge the amendment to the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, as applicable.

20.7 Reduction Following Public Offering . If (a) before or after the second (2nd) anniversary of Term Commencement Date, the stock of Tenant has been issued in a public offering and is sold on a public stock exchange at a net price which equates to a market capitalization of at least Five Billion Dollars ($5,000,000,000), (b) the second (2nd) anniversary of the Term Commencement Date has occurred, and (c) no monetary Event of Default has occurred during the twelve (12) month period

 

34


preceding such public offering or the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, whichever date is later (the “ Public Offering LC Reduction Conditions ”), then the Letter of Credit Amount shall be reduced to if the Public Offering LC Reduction Conditions are satisfied, and provided that Tenant tenders the replacement or amended Letter of Credit to Landlord satisfying each and all of the requirements set forth in this Paragraph 20, Landlord shall exchange the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord for the replacement Letter of Credit tendered by Tenant or accept and acknowledge the amendment to the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, as applicable. If, following the satisfaction of the Public Offering LC Reduction Condition, Tenant maintains four (4) consecutive quarters during which its market capitalization is at least Five Billion Dollars ($5,000,000,000), then the Letter of Credit Amount shall be reduced to zero and eliminated as a requirement hereunder.

21. LIMITATION OF TENANT’S REMEDIES

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE, THE LIABILITY OF LANDLORD (AND OF ANY SUCCESSOR LANDLORD) SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE LESSER OF (A) THE INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN THE BUILDING AND PARCEL OF LAND ON WHICH THE BUILDING IS LOCATED, OR (B) THE EQUITY INTEREST LANDLORD WOULD HAVE IN THE BUILDING AND PARCEL OF LAND ON WHICH THE BUILDING IS LOCATED IF THE SAME WERE ENCUMBERED BY THIRD PARTY DEBT IN AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO 70% OF THE VALUE OF THE PROPERTY. TENANT SHALL LOOK SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE BUILDING AND SUCH PARCEL OF LAND FOR THE RECOVERY OF ANY JUDGMENT OR AWARD AGAINST LANDLORD OR ANY LANDLORD PARTY. NEITHER LANDLORD NOR ANY LANDLORD PARTY SHALL BE PERSONALLY LIABLE FOR ANY JUDGMENT OR DEFICIENCY, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY LANDLORD PARTY BE LIABLE TO TENANT FOR ANY LOST PROFIT, DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF BUSINESS OR ANY FORM OF SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE. BEFORE FILING SUIT FOR AN ALLEGED DEFAULT BY LANDLORD, TENANT SHALL GIVE LANDLORD AND ANY MORTGAGEE(S) OF LANDLORD WHOM TENANT HAS BEEN NOTIFIED HOLD MORTGAGES NOTICE AND REASONABLE TIME TO CURE THE ALLEGED DEFAULT. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TENANT HAVE THE RIGHT TO OFFSET AGAINST OR RECOUP RENT OR OTHER PAYMENTS DUE AND TO BECOME DUE TO LANDLORD HEREUNDER EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPHS 15.6, 24.1 AND 25.8 OF THIS LEASE, WHICH RENT AND OTHER PAYMENTS SHALL BE ABSOLUTELY DUE AND PAYABLE HEREUNDER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS HEREOF.

22. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

22.1 Restriction on Transfers . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, conditioned or delayed beyond fifteen (15) Business Days following Landlord’s receipt of a Notice of Proposed Transfer pursuant to Paragraph 22.2 below: (a) assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, by operation of law or otherwise; (b) sublet the Premises or any part thereof; or (c) permit the use of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and its employees (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “ Transfers ” and any Person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “ Transferee ”).

22.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer; Standards of Approval . If Tenant shall desire Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing (“ Notice of Proposed Transfer ”). Any such Notice of Proposed Transfer shall include: (a) the proposed effective date which

 

35


shall not be less than thirty (30) days after the date of Tenant’s Notice of Proposed Transfer, (b) the portion of the Premises to be Transferred (herein called the “ Subject Space ”), (c) the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, a copy of all documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, and an estimated calculation of the Transfer Premium (as defined in Paragraph 22.3 below) in connection with such Transfer, (d) financial statements of the proposed Transferee for the three (3) year period immediately preceding the Notice of Proposed Transfer (or, if the proposed Transferee has been in existence for less than three (3) years, for such shorter period as may be applicable) certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof and any other information reasonably necessary to enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility (including, without limitation, bank references and contacts at other of Tenant’s funding sources) of the proposed Transferee, and a description of the nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space, and (e) such other information as Landlord may reasonably require. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its approval or disapproval of a proposed Transfer within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt of the Notice of Proposed Transfer (including the information required above). Without limiting the grounds on which it may be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to a proposed Transfer, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may reasonably withhold its consent in the following instances: (i) if there exists an Event of Default by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease; (ii) if the Transferee is a governmental or quasi-governmental agency, foreign or domestic; (iii) if the Transferee is an existing tenant in the Project, unless Landlord does not have space currently or coming available in the Project comparable to the Premises (or that portion being subleased) in size, location and floor level that will satisfy the existing tenant’s facility needs or except as described in Paragraph 22.9; (iv) if Tenant has not demonstrated to Landlord’s satisfaction that the Transferee is financially responsible with sufficient Net Worth (as defined in Paragraph 22.7 below) to meet the financial and other obligations of this Lease; (v) if, in Landlord’s sole judgment, the Transferee’s business, use and/or occupancy of the Premises would (A) violate any of the terms of this Lease or the lease of any other tenant in the Project, (B) not be comparable to and compatible with the types of use by other tenants in the Project, (C) require any Alterations which would materially reduce the value of the existing leasehold improvements in the Premises, or (D) result in material increased density per floor or require increased services by Landlord; (vi) in the case of a sublease, it would result in more than three (3) occupancies on a floor; (vii) in the case of a sublease, if the rent payable by the Transferee is less than the then prevailing rate being charged by Landlord for the lease of space in the Project currently or coming available that is comparable to the Premises (or that portion being subleased) in size, location and floor level that will satisfy the proposed Transferee’s facility needs or except as described in Paragraph 22.9; or (viii) if the Transferee has received a bona fide written proposal from Landlord (or had received a bona fide written proposal from Landlord during the six (6) month period immediately preceding the date of the Notice of Proposed Transfer and the negotiations of such proposal have not been terminated by either party) to lease space in the Project, unless Landlord does not have space currently or coming available in the Project comparable to the Premises (or that portion being subleased) in size, location and floor level that will satisfy the proposed Transferee’s facility needs or except as described in Paragraph 22.9. Any Transfer made without complying with this Paragraph shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and/or shall constitute an Event of Default under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord shall grant consent, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord, any reasonable out-of-pocket legal fees incurred by Landlord in connection with any proposed Transfer.

22.3 Transfer Premium . If Landlord consents to a Transfer (and does not exercise any recapture right pursuant to Paragraph 22.5), as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Premium derived by Tenant from such Transfer. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean the rent, additional rent or other consideration paid or to be paid by such Transferee for the Transfer (including, but not limited to, payments in excess of fair market value for Tenant’s assets, trade fixtures, equipment and other tangible personal property, but excluding any intangible property) in excess of the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease (on a

 

36


monthly basis during the Term, and on a per rentable square foot basis, if less than all of the Premises is transferred), calculated after deducting Permitted Transfer Costs. As used herein, “ Permitted Transfer Costs ” means the actual costs incurred and paid by Tenant for (a) any leasing commissions (not to exceed commissions typically paid in the San Mateo office market at the time of such Transfer), (b) improvements allowances provided to the Transferee, and (c) reasonable legal fees and expenses paid in connection with documenting, reviewing and approving the Transfer, reasonably incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer. If Tenant shall enter into multiple Transfers, the Transfer Premium payable to Landlord shall be calculated independently with respect to each Transfer. The Transfer Premium due Landlord hereunder shall be paid within fifteen (15) days after Tenant receives any Transfer Premium from the Transferee. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to review the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof.    The parties acknowledge that no Transfer Premium shall be payable in connection with a Transfer to a Permitted Transferee.

22.4 Terms of Consent . If Landlord consents to a Transfer (and does not exercise any recapture right pursuant to Paragraph 22.5): (a) the terms and conditions of this Lease, including among other things, Tenant’s liability for the Subject Space, and Rent with respect thereto, shall in no way be deemed to have been released, waived or modified, (b) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or the Transferee, (c) no Transferee (other than a Permitted Transferee) shall succeed to any rights provided in this Lease or any amendment hereto to extend the Term, expand the Premises, or lease additional space unless expressly permitted hereunder; (d) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord promptly after execution, an executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer, and (e) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer. Each Transferee under an assignment of this Lease, other than Landlord, must expressly assume all of the provisions, covenants and conditions of this Lease on the part of Tenant thereafter to be kept and performed. No subtenant shall have the right to further Transfer its interest in the Subject Space, except in accordance with this Paragraph 22.

22.5 Landlord’s Recapture Right . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 22, in the event that Tenant contemplates a Transfer, Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “ Intention to Transfer Notice ”) of such contemplated Transfer (whether or not the contemplated Transferee or the terms of such contemplated Transfer have been determined); provided, however, that Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall have no obligation to deliver an Intention to Transfer Notice hereunder, and Landlord shall have no right to recapture space with respect to (A) a Transfer of up to the entirety of two (2) full floors (except any such Transfer for rentable square footage that when combined with the rentable square footage of any prior Transfer would exceed the equivalent of two (2) full floors) for less than substantially the remainder of the Term, or (B) a Permitted Transfer. The Intention to Transfer Notice shall specify the portion of and amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which Tenant intends to Transfer (the “ Contemplated Transfer Space ”), the contemplated date of commencement of the Contemplated Transfer (the “ Contemplated Effective Date ”), and the contemplated length of the term of such contemplated Transfer, and shall specify that such Intention to Transfer Notice is delivered to Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 22.5 in order to allow Landlord to elect to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space for the remainder of the Lease Term. Thereafter, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant (the “ Recapture Notice ”) within thirty (30) days after receipt of any Intention to Transfer Notice, to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space. Tenant shall have fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt of the Recapture Notice to withdraw the Contemplated Transfer Space which triggered the Recapture Notice. Should the Contemplated Transfer Space be withdrawn, no recapture shall occur and Tenant shall remain in possession. Any recapture

 

37


under this Paragraph 22.5 shall cancel and terminate (or suspend if not for the remainder of the Lease Term) this Lease with respect to the Contemplated Transfer Space as of the Contemplated Effective Date. In the event of a recapture by Landlord, (i) Landlord shall install, on a commercially reasonable basis, any corridor and/or demising wall which is required as a result of a recapture by Landlord pursuant to the terms hereof, (ii) the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises; and (iii) this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner, to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space under this Paragraph 22.5, then, subject to the other terms of this Paragraph 22, for a period of six (6) months (the “ Six Month Period ”) commencing on the last day of such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not have any right to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space with respect to any Transfer made during the Six Month Period; provided however, that any such Transfer shall be subject to the remaining terms of this Paragraph 22. If such a Transfer is not so consummated within the Six Month Period (or if a Transfer is so consummated, then upon the expiration of the term of any Transfer of such Contemplated Transfer Space consummated within such Six Month Period), Tenant shall again be required to submit a new Intention to Transfer Notice to Landlord with respect any contemplated Transfer, as provided above in this Paragraph 22.5.

22.6 Certain Transfers . For purposes of this Lease, but subject to the provisions of Paragraph 22.7 below, the term “ Transfer ” shall also include (a) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of a general partner or fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or a transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership interests, or the dissolution of the partnership; (b) if Tenant is a limited liability company, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the members, or a transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the membership interests, or the dissolution of the limited liability company; and (c) if Tenant is a corporation, the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, or the sale or other transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares of Tenant (other than transfers to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), or the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) or more of Tenant’s net assets. No issuance of stock of Tenant in a public offering or sale on a public stock exchange of Tenant’s stock shall be deemed to be a “Transfer” for purposes of this Lease or subject to the terms and conditions of this Paragraph 22.

22.7 Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 22, as long as no Event of Default by Tenant has then occurred and is continuing, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet any portion of the Premises (hereinafter collectively referred to as a “ Permitted Transfer ”) to (a) an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which is Controlled by, Controls, or is under common Control with, Tenant), (b) any successor entity to Tenant by way of merger, consolidation or other non-bankruptcy corporate reorganization, (c) an entity which acquires multiple assets of Tenant, or (d) an entity acquiring and continuing Tenant’s business operations at or from the Premises (a “ Permitted Transferee ”); provided that (i) at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Transfer (or ten (10) Business Days after the Transfer if prior notice of such Transfer is prevented by Applicable Laws or confidentiality restrictions), Tenant notifies Landlord of such Transfer, and supplies Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such Transfer or Permitted Transferee, including, but not limited to, copies of the sublease or instrument of assignment and copies of documents establishing to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord that the transaction in question is one permitted under this Paragraph 22.7, (ii) at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Transfer (or ten (10) Business Days after the Transfer if prior notice of such Transfer is prevented by Applicable Laws or confidentiality restrictions), Tenant furnishes Landlord with a written document executed by the proposed Permitted Transferee in which, in the case of an assignment, such entity assumes all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease thereafter to be performed, and, in the case of a sublease, such entity agrees

 

38


to sublease the Subject Space subject to this Lease, (iii) other than in the case of a sublease of a portion of the Premises to an affiliate, the affiliate or successor entity must have a net worth (computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, except that intangible assets such as goodwill, patents, copyrights, and trademarks shall be excluded in the calculation (“ Net Worth ”)) at the time of the Transfer that is at least equal to the Net Worth of Tenant immediately prior to such Transfer, and (iv) any such proposed Transfer is not, whether in a single transaction or in a series of transactions, entered into as a subterfuge to evade the obligations and restrictions relating to Transfers set forth in this Paragraph 22.7. “ Control ,” as used in this Paragraph 22.7, shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Permitted Assignee ” shall mean a Permitted Transferee to whom Tenant assigns all of its right, title and interest in and to this Lease, and which assumes all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

22.8 Tenant Remedies . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed its consent under this Paragraph 22 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Paragraph 22, Tenant’s remedies shall be declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought, and/or an action for compensatory monetary damages, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right provided under California Civil Code Section 1995.310 or other Applicable Laws to terminate this Lease.

22.9 Initial Subleasing . Landlord acknowledges that Tenant may not occupy the entirety of the Premises upon the Term Commencement Date and that Tenant desires the ability to initially sublease a portion of the Premises with less restrictive approval conditions than those set forth in Paragraph 22.2. With respect to the initial subleasing only of that portion of the Premises not occupied by Tenant upon the Term Commencement Date, the grounds set forth in clauses (iii), (vii) and (viii) of Paragraph 22.2 on which it may be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to a proposed Transfer shall not be applicable to (a) any sublease of the Premises for any portion of the Premises that is up to two (2) full floors of the Premises on any floors and for a term (including any options to extend the term) up to five (5) years or (b) any two (2) subleases of the Premises each for any portion of the Premises that is up to one (1) full floor of the Premises on any floor and for a term (including any options to extend the term) up to five (5) years. Any one or more subleases to the same Transferee or an entity which is Controlled by, Controls or is under common Control with such Transferee shall be treated as a single sublease for purposes of determining the applicability of the foregoing provision. Upon the initial subleasing of any portion of the Premises, the provisions of this Paragraph 22.9 shall not be applicable to such subleased premises upon any further subleasing of such subleased premises without regard to the term of the initial sublease (namely, if such initial term is up to five (5) years) and without regard to any early termination of such sublease. It is the intention of Landlord and Tenant that the provisions of this Paragraph 22.9 apply only to initial subleasing of any portion of the Premises.

23. AUTHORITY

23.1 Authority . Landlord represents and warrants that it has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all of Landlord’s obligations hereunder and that all persons signing this Lease on its behalf are authorized to do. Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and to perform all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, and that all persons signing this Lease on its behalf are authorized to do so.

23.2 OFAC . Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant, nor any persons or entities holding any legal or beneficial interest whatsoever in Tenant, are (i) the target of any sanctions program that is established by Executive Order of the President or published by the Office of Foreign

 

39


Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”); (ii) designated by the President or OFAC pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. § 5, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06, the Patriot Act (to the extent renewed or in effect), Public Law 107-56, Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) or any Executive Order of the President issued pursuant to such statutes; or (iii) named on the following list that is published by OFAC: “List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.” If the foregoing representation is untrue at any time during the Term, a default shall be deemed to have occurred, for which Tenant shall have five (5) Business Days to cure.

24. CONDEMNATION

24.1 Condemnation Resulting in Termination . If the whole or any substantial part of the Premises should be taken or condemned for any public use under any Applicable Law, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof, and the taking would prevent or materially interfere with the Permitted Use of the Premises, either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease at its option. If any material portion of the Building or Project is taken or condemned for any public use under any Applicable Law, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof, Landlord may terminate this Lease at its option. In either of such events, the Rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease, effective when the physical taking of said Premises shall have occurred.

24.2 Condemnation Not Resulting in Termination . If a portion of the Project of which the Premises are a part should be taken or condemned for any public use under any Applicable Law, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof, and the taking prevents or materially interferes with the Permitted Use of the Premises, and this Lease is not terminated as provided in Paragraph 24.1 above, the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired portion of this Lease shall be reduced, beginning on the date when the physical taking shall have occurred, to such amount as may be fair and reasonable under all of the circumstances, but only after giving Landlord credit for all sums received or to be received by Tenant by the condemning authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph, if the temporary use or occupancy of any part of the Premises shall be taken or appropriated under power of eminent domain during the Term, this Lease shall be and remain unaffected by such taking or appropriation and Tenant shall continue to pay in full all Rent payable hereunder by Tenant during the Term; in the event of any such temporary appropriation or taking, Tenant shall be entitled to receive that portion of any award which represents compensation for the use of or occupancy of the Premises during the unexpired Term.

24.3 Award . Landlord shall be entitled to (and Tenant shall assign to Landlord) any and all payment, income, rent, award or any interest therein whatsoever which may be paid or made in connection with such taking or conveyance and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or otherwise for any sums paid by virtue of such proceedings, whether or not attributable to the value of any unexpired portion of this Lease, except as expressly provided in this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any compensation specifically and separately awarded Tenant for Tenant’s personal property and moving costs, shall be and remain the property of Tenant.

24.4 Waiver of CCP §1265.130 . Each party waives the provisions of California Civil Code Procedure Section 1265.130 allowing either party to petition the superior court to terminate this Lease as a result of a partial taking.

 

40


25. CASUALTY DAMAGE

25.1 Landlord’s Restoration Obligation . If any portion of the Building shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty (collectively, “ Casualty ”), Tenant shall give immediate written notice thereof to Landlord. Unless this Lease is terminated as provided in Paragraph 25.3 or Paragraph 25.3, Landlord shall, to the extent that insurance proceeds are available to Landlord therefor, proceed to repair and restore the damage (“ Landlord’s Restoration Work ”), with reasonable diligence and promptness, given the nature of the damage to be repaired, to substantially the same condition existing prior to the Casualty except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other Applicable Laws and subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustments, compliance with zoning laws, building codes, and other Applicable Laws and Force Majeure Events. Landlord’s Restoration Work does not include repair and restoration of the Tenant Improvements or subsequent Alterations made by Tenant or repair and restoration to Tenant’s equipment, furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures or personal property. Unless this Lease is terminated as provided in Paragraph 25.3 or Paragraph 25.4, if and to the extent that any damaged Tenant Improvements or Alterations must be removed in order for Landlord to effect Landlord’s Restoration Work or to eliminate any hazard or nuisance resulting from such damaged Tenant Improvements or Alterations, then, after Landlord gives Tenant access for that purpose, Tenant shall proceed with reasonable diligence, given the nature of the work, to remove such damaged Tenant Improvements or Alterations in accordance with Applicable Laws, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustments and Force Majeure Events.

25.2 Landlord’s Repair Notice . Landlord, as soon as reasonably possible but in any event within sixty (60) days after the date of the Casualty, shall deliver a written notice to Tenant (“ Landlord’s Casualty Notice ”) indicating Landlord’s election (a) to perform Landlord’s Restoration Work, including Landlord’s good faith estimate (which shall be based on Landlord’s consultation with a qualified, independent, experienced and reputable architect and/or general contractor experienced in similar types of Landlord’s Restoration Work) of the number of days (assuming no unusual delays in the receipt of insurance proceeds, no overtime or other premiums, and no Force Majeure Event) measured from the date of the Casualty that will be required for Landlord to substantially complete Landlord’s Restoration Work (the “ Estimated Restoration Period ”) or (b) to terminate this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 25.3 as of the date specified in Landlord’s Casualty Notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice, unless Tenant exercised its right to terminate this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 25.4.

25.3 Landlord’s Termination Right . In the event of any of the following circumstances, Landlord may elect either to terminate this Lease or to perform Landlord’s Restoration Work, as more particularly described in Paragraph 25.1:

(a) If Landlord’s Restoration Work cannot, in Landlord’s good faith estimate (as determined in accordance with Paragraph 25.2), be completed within one (1) year following the date of the Casualty (assuming no unusual delays in the receipt of insurance proceeds, no overtime or other premiums, and no Force Majeure Event), or

(b) If the Casualty occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term; provided, however, that Landlord may not terminate this Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 25.3(b) if Tenant, at the time of such damage, has the right to extend the Term pursuant to Paragraph 3.3, and Tenant exercises such Extension Option not later than the earlier to occur of (i) the last day of the then applicable Exercise Period set forth in Paragraph 3.3.2 or (b) thirty (30) days following the delivery to Tenant of Landlord’s Casualty Notice, or

 

41


(c) If the Casualty is not covered by the insurance Landlord is required to carry under this Lease or any insurance Landlord actually carries and the cost of Landlord’s Restoration Work will exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (exclusive of any deductible); provided, however, that Landlord may not terminate this Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 25.3(c), if (a) Tenant agrees, within fifteen (15) days after its receipt of Landlord’s Casualty Notice, to fund the amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) and (b) within fifteen (15) days thereafter, Tenant shall promptly deposit the excess in a construction trust account set up by Landlord in a financial or other institution selected by Landlord (subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval), in which event Landlord shall proceed with Landlord’s Restoration Work as if the Casualty had been insured. Landlord’s withdrawals from the trust account shall be proportionate and concurrent to Landlord’s schedule of payments to its contractors and paid in payment of such contractor’s bills, or

(d) If insurance proceeds sufficient to complete Landlord’s Restoration Work are not available due to the exercise of legal rights of any Security Holder to collect such proceeds, or

(e) If because of Applicable Laws Landlord’s Restoration Work cannot be completed except in a substantially different structural or architectural form than existed before the Casualty.

25.4 Tenant’s Termination Rights . In the event of any Casualty and if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease or is not entitled to terminate this Lease as provided above, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease upon the occurrence of any of the following circumstances, in which event Tenant must make such election to terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice of such election not later than thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Casualty Notice:

(a) Landlord’s good faith estimate of the Estimated Restoration Period required to complete Landlord’s Restoration Work as set forth in Landlord’s Casualty Notice is greater than one (1) year from the date of the Casualty, or

(b) The Casualty occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term.

The effective date of any given termination shall be specified in Tenant’s termination notice, and shall not be earlier than the date of such notice or later than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice.

25.5 Tenant’s Restoration Obligations . Unless this Lease is terminated as provided in Paragraph 25.3 or Paragraph 25.4, in the event of a Casualty, Tenant shall, to the extent that insurance proceeds are available to Tenant therefor (or would have been available to Tenant had Tenant carried the insurance required to be carried pursuant to this Lease and complied with the terms of such insurance policies), restore the Tenant Improvements to substantially the same condition existing prior to the Casualty except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other Applicable Laws. Tenant shall otherwise have no duty or obligation to restore any of the Alterations or Tenant’s equipment, furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures or personal property therein, it being agreed that, subject to the preceding sentence, Tenant shall be permitted to restore the Premises to a condition different from that existing prior to the Casualty. Tenant shall proceed with reasonable diligence, given the nature of the work, to effect such restoration in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with applicable Laws, subject to Force Majeure Events. If this Lease is terminated as provided in Paragraph 25.3 or Paragraph 25.4, Tenant, no later than the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, shall remove the damaged Tenant Improvements, Alterations and Tenant’s equipment, furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures or personal property unless the Building is to be razed and/or demolished, in which case Tenant shall have no obligation to remove any such improvements or personal property.

 

42


25.6 Insurance Proceeds . In the event of any damage to the Premises or the Building (or any equipment, furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures or personal property therein) from any Casualty, Landlord shall be entitled to the full proceeds of any insurance coverage carried by Landlord in connection with such loss or damage, and Tenant shall be entitled to the full proceeds of any insurance coverage carried by Tenant in connection with such loss or damage; provided, however, in the event Tenant shall exercise any right to terminate this Lease as a result of a Casualty in accordance with Paragraph 25.4, Tenant shall have the obligation to remit to Landlord, from (and to the extent of) the proceeds of any of Tenant’s insurance covering same, an amount equal to the unamortized cost of the Tenant Improvements (or other allowances afforded Tenant by Landlord hereunder with respect to construction of improvements to any portion of the damaged Premises) if Landlord advises Tenant that Landlord intends in good faith to restore the Building to substantially the condition and substantially the same use existing prior to such loss or damage.

25.7 Landlord not Liable for Business Interrupt . Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not be liable for any loss of business, inconvenience or annoyance arising from any repair, restoration or rehabilitation of any portion of the Premises or the Building as a result of any damage from a Casualty; provided that the foregoing shall not be deemed to excuse or otherwise modify Landlord’s continuing obligation to perform Landlord’s Restoration Work, all as and to the extent otherwise provided in this Paragraph 25.

25.8 Rent Abatement . If Landlord or Tenant does not elect to terminate this Lease under Paragraph 25.3 or Paragraph 25.4, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect provided that Tenant shall be entitled to a reduction of Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses in proportion that the areas of the Premises rendered untenantable bears to the total rentable area of the Premises during the period beginning with the date such rentable area becomes untenantable and Tenant ceases to use such rentable area for the normal conduct of its business and ending five (5) Business Days after Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Restoration Work. For purposes of this Paragraph 25, the term “ Substantial Completion ” or “ Substantially Complete ” shall have the same meaning as provided in the Tenant Improvement Agreement with respect to Substantial Completion of the Base Building Improvements.

25.9 Casualty Prior to Completion of Initial Improvements . The terms and provisions of this Paragraph 25 shall apply to any damage to the Building caused as a result of a Casualty, regardless of whether such damage occurs prior to or after the Term Commencement Date.

25.10 Waiver . This Paragraph 25 shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy in the event of damage or destruction to the Premises or the Building. As a material inducement to Landlord entering into this Lease, Tenant hereby waives any rights it may have under Sections 1932, 1933(4), 1941 or 1942 of the Civil Code of California with respect to any destruction of the Premises, Landlord’s obligation for tenantability of the Premises and Tenant’s right to make repairs and deduct the expenses of such repairs, or under any similar law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

25.11 Tenant Improvements, Alterations and Personal Property . In the event of any damage or destruction of the Premises or the Building, under no circumstances shall Landlord be required to repair any injury or damage to, or make any repairs to or replacements of, Tenant Improvements, Alterations or Tenant’s equipment, furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures or personal property.

 

43


26. HOLDING OVER

Any holding over after the expiration or other termination of this Lease with the written consent of Landlord delivered to Tenant shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to month at the Base Rent in effect on the date of such expiration or termination on the terms, covenants and conditions herein specified so far as applicable. Any holding over after the expiration or other termination of this Lease without the written consent of Landlord shall be construed to be a tenancy at sufferance on all the terms set forth herein, except that Base Rent shall be an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent payable by Tenant immediately prior to such holding over. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration or termination of this Lease shall not constitute a consent by Landlord to any such tenancy from month to month or result in any other tenancy or any renewal of the term hereof. Tenant acknowledges that if Tenant holds over without Landlord’s consent, such holding over may compromise or otherwise affect Landlord’s ability to enter into new leases with prospective tenants regarding the Premises. Therefore, if Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease, then, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all Losses resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom. The provisions of this Paragraph are in addition to, and do not affect, Landlord’s right to reentry or other rights hereunder or provided by law.

27. DEFAULT

27.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following events (each and “ Event of Default ”) shall constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant:

27.1.1 Abandonment . Abandonment or vacation of the Premises for a continuous period in excess of five (5) days. Tenant waives any right to notice Tenant may have under Section 1951.3 of the Civil Code of the State of California, the terms of this Paragraph 27.1 being deemed such notice to Tenant as required by said Section 1951.3.

27.1.2 Nonpayment of Rent . Tenant fails to pay any Base Rent or any Additional Rent as and when such rent becomes due and payable and such failure is not cured within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord that said amount was not paid when due, provided that if Tenant has previously received two (2) or more notices from Landlord during the immediately preceding twelve (12) months period stating that Tenant failed to pay any Base Rent or Additional Rent required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease when due, then Landlord shall not be required to deliver any notice to Tenant and a default shall immediately occur upon any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under the Lease when due.

27.1.3 Hazardous Materials . Tenant fails to perform or breaches any agreement or covenant to be performed or observed by Tenant under Paragraph 4.4 above and such failure or breach continues for more than ten (10) days after Landlord gives written notice thereof to Tenant; provided, however, that if, by the nature of such agreement or covenant, such failure or breach cannot reasonably be cured within such period of ten (10) days, an Event of Default shall not exist as long as Tenant commences the curing of such failure or breach within such period of ten (10) days and, having so commenced, thereafter prosecutes such cure with diligence and dispatch to completion as soon as may be reasonably practicable thereafter.

27.1.4 Estoppel and Financial Statements . Tenant fails to deliver the financial statements or the estoppel certificate to Landlord or a Landlord’s mortgagee or beneficiary under a deed of trust, as the case may be, within the time periods required by Paragraph 18 and Paragraph 19.

 

44


27.1.5 Other Covenants . Tenant fails to perform or breaches any agreement or covenant of this Lease to be performed or observed by Tenant (except for those described in clauses (1) through (4) above) as and when performance or observance is due and such failure or breach continues for more than thirty (30) days after Landlord gives written notice thereof to Tenant; provided, however, that if, by the nature of such agreement or covenant, such failure or breach cannot reasonably be cured within such period of thirty (30) days, an Event of Default shall not exist as long as Tenant commences with due diligence and dispatch the curing of such failure or breach within twenty (20) days after Landlord gives written notice thereof to Tenant and, having so commenced, thereafter prosecutes such cure with diligence and dispatch to completion as soon as may be reasonably practicable thereafter.

27.1.6 Bankruptcy . Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease (or, if Tenant is a partnership or consists of more than one person or entity, any partner of the partnership or such other person or entity) (i) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency or other debtors’ relief law of any jurisdiction, (ii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to such person or entity or with respect to any substantial part of their respective property, or (iv) takes action for the purpose of any of the foregoing; or

27.1.7 Receivership . Without consent by Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease (or, if Tenant is a partnership or consists of more than one person or entity, any partner of the partnership or such other person or entity), a court or government authority enters an order, and such order is not vacated within sixty (60) days, (i) appointing a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to such person or entity or with respect to any substantial part of their respective property, or (ii) constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency or other debtors’ relief law of any jurisdiction, or (iii) ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of such person or entity; or

27.1.8 Attachment . This Lease or any estate of Tenant hereunder is levied upon under any attachment or execution and such attachment or execution is not vacated within sixty (60) days.

27.2 Landlord’s Remedies Upon Default .

27.2.1 Termination . If an Event of Default occurs, Landlord shall have the right at any time to give a written termination notice to Tenant and, on the date specified in such notice, Tenant’s right to possession shall terminate and this Lease shall terminate. Upon such termination, Landlord shall have the right to recover from Tenant:

(a) The worth at the time of award of all unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination;

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which all unpaid Rental which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided;

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which all unpaid Rental for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; and

(d) All other amounts necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom.

 

45


The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above shall be computed by allowing interest at the Applicable Interest Rate. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in clause (c) above shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). For purposes of computing the amount of Rental hereunder that would have accrued after the time of award, the amounts of Tenant’s obligations to pay increases in Operating Expenses shall be projected based upon the average rate of increase, if any, in such items from the Term Commencement Date through the time of award.

27.2.2 Continuation after Default . Even though an Event of Default may have occurred, this Lease shall continue in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession under Paragraph 27.2.1 hereof. Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (“Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations”), or any successor code section. Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord may enforce all of Landlord’s rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover Rent as it becomes due. Acts of maintenance, preservation or efforts to lease the Premises or the appointment of a receiver under application of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or other entry by Landlord upon the Premises shall not constitute an election to terminate Tenant’s right to possession.

27.3 Waiver of Forfeiture . Tenant hereby waives California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1179, California Civil Code Section 3275, and all such similar laws now or hereinafter enacted which would entitle Tenant to seek relief against forfeiture in connection with any termination of this Lease, provided that this waiver shall not be effective with respect to the first (but only the first) non-monetary Event of Default that results in the termination of this Lease.

27.4 Late Charge . In addition to its other remedies, Landlord shall have the right without notice or demand to add to the amount of any payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, and which is not paid and received by Landlord on or before the first day of each calendar month, an amount equal to an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the delinquent amount, or $150.00, whichever amount is greater, for each month or portion thereof that the delinquency remains outstanding to compensate Landlord for the loss of the use of the amount not paid and the administrative costs caused by the delinquency, the parties agreeing that Landlord’s damage by virtue of such delinquencies would be extremely difficult and impracticable to compute and the amount stated herein represents a reasonable estimate thereof. Any waiver by Landlord of any late charges or failure to claim the same shall not constitute a waiver of other late charges or any other remedies available to Landlord.

27.5 Interest . Interest shall accrue on all sums not paid when due hereunder at the lesser of (a) the maximum interest rate per year allowed by Applicable Laws, or (b) a rate equal to the sum of two (2) percentage points over the publicly announced reference rate charged on such due date by the San Francisco Main Office of Wells Fargo (or if Wells Fargo. ceases to exist, the largest bank then headquartered in the State of California) (“ Applicable Interest Rate ”) from the due date until paid.

27.6 Remedies Cumulative . All of Landlord’s rights, privileges and elections or remedies are cumulative and not alternative, to the extent permitted by law and except as otherwise provided herein.

 

46


28. LIENS

Tenant shall at all times keep the Premises and the Project free from liens arising out of or related to work or services performed, materials or supplies furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant or in connection with work made, suffered or done by or on behalf of Tenant in or on the Premises or Project. If Tenant shall not, within ten (10) days following the imposition of any such lien, cause the same to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right, but not the obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as Landlord shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All sums paid by Landlord on behalf of Tenant and all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therefor shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant on demand with interest at the Applicable Interest Rate as Additional Rent. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices permitted or required by law, or which Landlord shall deem proper, for the protection of Landlord, the Premises, the Project and any other party having an interest therein, from mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens, and Tenant shall give Landlord not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice of the commencement of any work in the Premises or Project which could lawfully give rise to a claim for mechanics’ or materialmen’s liens to permit Landlord to post and record a timely notice of non-responsibility, as Landlord may elect to proceed or as the law may from time to time provide, for which purpose, if Landlord shall so determine, Landlord may enter the Premises. Tenant shall not remove any such notice posted by Landlord without Landlord’s consent, and in any event not before completion of the work which could lawfully give rise to a claim for mechanics’ or materialmen’s liens.

29. TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD

In the event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Building or a foreclosure by any creditor of Landlord, the same shall operate to release Landlord from any liability upon any of the covenants or conditions, express or implied, herein contained in favor of Tenant, to the extent required to be performed after the passing of title to Landlord’s successor-in-interest. In such event, Tenant agrees to look solely to the responsibility of the successor-in-interest of Landlord under this Lease with respect to the performance of the covenants and duties of “Landlord” to be performed after the passing of title to Landlord’s successor-in-interest. This Lease shall not be affected by any such sale and Tenant agrees to attorn to the purchaser or assignee. Landlord’s successor(s)-in-interest shall not have liability to Tenant with respect to the failure to perform any of the obligations of “Landlord,” to the extent required to be performed prior to the date such successor(s)-in-interest became the owner of the Building.

30. RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM TENANT’S COVENANTS

All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement of Rent. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, other than Base Rent, required to be paid by Tenant hereunder or shall fail to perform any other act on Tenant’s part to be performed hereunder, including Tenant’s obligations under Paragraph 11 hereof, and such failure shall continue for fifteen (15) days after notice thereof by Landlord, in addition to the other rights and remedies of Landlord, Landlord may make any such payment and perform any such act on Tenant’s part. In the case of an emergency, no prior notification by Landlord shall be required. Landlord may take such actions without any obligation and without releasing Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations. All sums so paid by Landlord and all incidental costs incurred by Landlord and interest thereon at the Applicable Interest Rate, from the date of payment by Landlord, shall be paid to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent.

31. WAIVER

If either Landlord or Tenant waives the performance of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease, such waiver shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition contained herein, or constitute a course of dealing contrary to the expressed terms of this Lease. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord (including, without limitation,

 

47


through any “lockbox”) shall not constitute a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time Landlord accepted such Rent. Failure by Landlord to enforce any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease for any length of time shall not be deemed to waive or decrease the right of Landlord to insist thereafter upon strict performance by Tenant. Waiver by Landlord of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease may only be made by a written document signed by Landlord, based upon full knowledge of the circumstances.

32. NOTICES

Each provision of this Lease or of any Applicable Laws with reference to sending, mailing, or delivery of any notice or the making of any payment by Landlord or Tenant to the other shall be deemed to be complied with when and if the following steps are taken:

32.1 Rent . All Rent and other payments required to be made by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be payable to Landlord at Landlord’s Remittance Address set forth in the Basic Lease Information, or at such other address as Landlord may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent and any other amounts to Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall not be deemed satisfied until such Rent and other amounts have been actually received by Landlord.

32.2 Other . All notices, demands, consents and approvals which may or are required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing and either personally delivered, sent by commercial overnight courier, mailed, certified or registered, postage prepaid or sent by facsimile with confirmed receipt (and with an original sent by commercial overnight courier), and in each case addressed to the party to be notified at the Notice Address for such party as specified in the Basic Lease Information or to such other place as the party to be notified may from time to time designate by at least fifteen (15) days’ notice to the notifying party. Notices shall be deemed served upon receipt or refusal to accept delivery.

32.3 Required Notices . Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing of any notice of a violation or a potential or alleged violation of any Applicable Law that relates to the Premises or the Project, or of any inquiry, investigation, enforcement or other action that is instituted or threatened by any governmental or regulatory agency against Tenant or any other occupant of the Premises, or any claim that is instituted or threatened by any third party that relates to the Premises or the Project.

33. ATTORNEYS’ FEES

If Landlord places the enforcement of this Lease, or any part thereof, or the collection of any Rent due, or to become due hereunder, or recovery of possession of the Premises in the hands of an attorney, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, whether incurred without trial, at trial, appeal or review. In any action which Landlord or Tenant brings to enforce its respective rights hereunder, the unsuccessful party shall pay all costs incurred by the prevailing party including reasonable attorneys’ fees, to be fixed by the court, and said costs and attorneys’ fees shall be a part of the judgment in said action.

34. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord, its successors and assigns, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Tenant, its successors, and to the extent assignment is approved by Landlord as provided hereunder, Tenant’s assigns.

 

48


35. FORCE MAJEURE

For purposes of this Lease, a “ Force Majeure Event ” means a delay or interruption caused by strikes and lockouts (provided that such strikes and/or lockouts affect all or a material part of the work force available to perform the work or service in question in the Comparable Area (and not, for example, only certain individual companies or firms)), power failure (i.e., a failure by the electric utility company to provide power to the Building, and not a malfunction of the electrical system at the Building, unless such malfunction is the result of a power failure, power surge or like event), governmental restrictions, regulations, controls, actions or inaction, condemnations, riots, insurrections, acts of terrorism, war, fire or other casualty, acts of God, or other reasonably unforeseeable circumstances not within the control of the party or its agents delayed in performing work or doing acts required under the terms of this Lease, but only, in each case, to the extent that such event or occurrence actually so delays such performance of work or other acts required hereunder. If either party is unable to perform or delayed in performing any of its obligations under this Lease to the extent due to a Force Majeure Event, such party shall not be in default under this Lease; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Paragraph 35 shall (a) extend the time at which Tenant is entitled to an abatement of any Rents or to terminate this Lease pursuant to any express abatement or termination right under this Lease except as expressly provided in Paragraph 2, or (b) permit Tenant to holdover in the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease

36. SURRENDER OF PREMISES

Tenant shall, upon expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as existed on the date Tenant originally took possession thereof, including, but not limited to, all interior walls cleaned, all interior painted surfaces repainted in the original color, all holes in walls repaired, all carpets shampooed and cleaned, and all floors cleaned, waxed, and free of any Tenant-introduced marking or painting, all to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord and in compliance with the provisions of Paragraphs 11, 12, and 13. Tenant shall remove all of its debris from the Project. At or before the time of surrender, Tenant shall comply with the terms of Paragraph 12 with respect to the removal of Alterations to the Premises, Paragraph 13 with respect to the removal of Tenant’s Signs, Paragraph 43.4 with respect to the Cafeteria Restoration Work and Section 10 of the Tenant Improvement Agreement with respect to the removal of Tenant Improvements. To the extent any such provisions of the Lease or the Tenant Improvement Agreement require Tenant to remove Alterations, Tenant’s Signs or Tenant Improvements or perform Cafeteria Restoration Work, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall remove such items and perform such repair and restoration work prior to the expiration or upon the earlier termination of this Lease. At Tenant’s option, Tenant may elect to have Landlord perform such work provided that Landlord and Tenant agree upon the costs to perform such removal, repair and restoration work and Tenant pays to Landlord the amount of such costs prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. If the Premises are not so surrendered (or the costs of the removal, repair and restoration work so paid, if applicable) at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, the provisions of Paragraph 26 shall apply. All keys to the Premises or any part thereof shall be surrendered to Landlord upon expiration or sooner termination of the Term. Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to vacating the Premises and shall meet with Landlord for a joint inspection of the Premises at the time of vacating, but nothing contained herein shall be construed as an extension of the Term or as a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant. In the event of Tenant’s failure to give such notice or participate in such joint inspection, Landlord’s inspection at or after Tenant’s vacating the Premises shall conclusively be deemed correct for purposes of determining Tenant’s responsibility for repairs and restoration. Any delay caused by Tenant’s failure to carry out its obligations under this Paragraph 36 beyond the term hereof, shall constitute unlawful and illegal possession of Premises under Paragraph 26 hereof. Any personal property of any kind remaining in the Premises after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease shall become the personal property of Landlord. Tenant hereby relinquishes all right, title and interest in the personal property and agrees that Landlord may

 

49


dispose of the personal property as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1980 et seq. and 1993 et seq. governing the disposal of lost or abandoned property, and releases Landlord and Landlord Parties from any and all Losses, whether now known or unknown, arising out of or relating to disposal of personal property remaining in the Premises after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

37. PARKING

37.1 Parking Rights . So long as Tenant is occupying the Premises, Tenant and Tenant Parties shall have the right to use the number of parking spaces specified in the Basic Lease Information for passenger-size automobiles (a) on an exclusive basis, the spaces located in the Building’s Subterranean Parking Facility and (b) on an unreserved, nonexclusive, first come, first served basis, the remaining number of spaces in the Parking Facilities as identified from time to time by Landlord for use in common by tenants of the Building or the Project. Parking by Tenant and Tenant Parties for up 2.75 spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises shall be included in the Building’s Subterranean Parking Facility. Parking for Tenant and Tenant Parties for the remaining .25 spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises shall initially be provided within the surface parking area on the parcel adjacent to the Building as depicted on Exhibit B . Following construction of the Parking Garage, such remaining .25 spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises shall be relocated from the adjacent surface parking area to the Parking Garage. The parking rights granted under this Paragraph 37 are personal to Tenant and are not transferable except in connection with a Transfer of the Lease. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant’s rights with respect to all parking spaces shall immediately terminate. Tenant and the other Tenant Parties shall not interfere with the rights of Landlord or others entitled to similar use of the Parking Facilities.

37.2 Compliance with Parking Rules . The Parking Facilities shall be subject to the reasonable control and management of Landlord, who may, from time to time, establish, modify and enforce reasonable rules and regulations with respect thereto. If parking spaces are not assigned pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Landlord reserves the right at any time to assign parking spaces, and Tenant shall thereafter be responsible to insure that its officers and employees park in the designated areas. Landlord reserves the right to change, reconfigure, or rearrange the Parking Facility, to reconstruct or repair any portion thereof, and to restrict the use of any Parking Facility and do such other acts in and to such areas as Landlord deems necessary or desirable, without such actions being deemed an eviction of Tenant or a disturbance of Tenant’s use of the Premises, and without Landlord being deemed in default hereunder, provided that (a) Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts (without any obligation to engage overtime labor or commence any litigation) to minimize the extent and duration of any resulting interference with Tenant’s parking rights and (b) any restriction of the use of the Building’s Subterranean Parking Facility shall be in connection with the repair or maintenance thereof. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities with respect to the Parking Facility to a parking operator, in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control and management granted to Landlord. In such event, Landlord may direct Tenant, in writing, to enter into a parking agreement directly with the operator of the Parking Facility.

37.3 Waiver of Liability . Landlord shall not be liable for any damage of any nature to, or any theft of, vehicles, or contents thereof, in or about the Parking Facility, except for Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

50


38. ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT

38.1 License . Subject to the applicable terms and conditions contained in this Lease (including Paragraph 12 and this Paragraph 28), Tenant shall have a license (the “ License ”), at no additional charge to Tenant, to install, operate, maintain and use, during the Lease Term: (a) non-revenue producing solar panels and satellite or wireless communications equipment to serve Tenant’s business in the Premises (collectively, “ Rooftop Equipment ”) on the roof of the Building, in a specific location reasonably designated by Landlord (the “ License Area ”); and (b) connections for the Rooftop Equipment for (i) electrical wiring to the Building’s existing electrical supply and (ii) cable or similar connection necessary to connect the Rooftop Equipment with Tenant’s related equipment located in the Premises. The routes or paths for such wiring and connections shall be through the Building’s existing risers, conduits and shafts, subject to reasonable space limitations and Landlord’s reasonable requirements for use of such areas, and in all events subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval of plans and installation pursuant to other provisions of this Lease, including Paragraph 27 above (such routes or paths are collectively referred to as the “ Cable Path ” and all such electrical and other connections are referred to, collectively, as the “ Connections ”). The Rooftop Equipment and Connections are collectively referred to as the “ Equipment .” All costs associated with the design, fabrication, engineering, permitting, installation, screening, maintenance, repair and removal of the Rooftop Equipment shall be borne solely by Tenant.

38.2 Interference . Without limiting the generality of any other provision hereof, Tenant shall install, maintain and operate the Equipment in a manner so as to not cause any electrical, electromagnetic, radio frequency or other material interference with the use and operation of any: (a) television or radio equipment in or about the Project; (b) transmitting, receiving or master television, telecommunications or microwave antennae equipment currently or hereafter located in any portion of the Project; or (c) radio communication system now or hereafter used or desired to be used by Landlord or any current licensee or tenant of Landlord (and, to the extent commercially reasonable, any future licensee or tenant of Landlord, but only provided that the same does not impair the functionality of Tenant’s Equipment). Upon notice of any such interference, Tenant shall immediately cooperate with Landlord to identify the source of the interference and shall, within twenty-four (24) hours, if requested by Landlord, cease all operations of the Equipment (except for intermittent testing as approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) until the interference has been corrected to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, unless Tenant reasonably establishes prior to the expiration of such twenty-four (24) hour period that the interference is not caused by the Equipment, in which case Tenant may operate its Equipment pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with any tests deemed reasonably necessary to resolve any and all interference as set forth in this Paragraph. If any such interference caused by Tenant has not been corrected within ten (10) days after notice to Tenant, Landlord may (i) require Tenant to remove the specific Equipment causing such interference, or (ii) eliminate the interference at Tenant’s expense. If the equipment of any other party causes interference with the Equipment, Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with such other party to resolve such interference in a mutually acceptable manner.

38.3 Roof Repairs . If Landlord desires to perform roof repairs and/or roof replacements to the Building (the “ Roof Repairs ”), Landlord shall give Tenant at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice of the date Landlord intends to commence such Roof Repairs (except in the event of an emergency, in which event Landlord shall furnish Tenant with reasonable notice in light of the circumstances), along with a description of the work scheduled to be performed, where it is scheduled to be performed on the roof, and an estimate of the time frame required for that performance. Tenant shall, within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of such notice, undertake such measures as it deems suitable to protect the Equipment from interference by Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees, in the course of any Roof Repairs.

 

51


38.4 Rules and Regulations . Without limiting the applicable provisions of this Lease, Tenant’s use of the roof of the Building for the installation, operation, maintenance and use of the Equipment shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Rooftop Work Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit F .

38.5 Rights Personal to Original Tenant . Tenant’s rights under this Paragraph 38 are personal to the Original Tenant (and its Permitted Transferee), and shall not be transferable or assignable, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, whether by operation of law or otherwise, either in connection with an assignment of this Lease (other than to a Permitted Assignee) or a sublease of all or part of the Premises (other than to a Permitted Transferee). Any purported transfer of any license hereunder (other than to a Permitted Transferee) shall be void and a material default under this Lease. If a Transferee of Tenant’s requires Rooftop Equipment for its operations, Landlord shall not unreasonably withholds its consent to the installation of the Rooftop Equipment by such Transferee so long as (a) the Rooftop Equipment required by the Transferee together with all other Rooftop Equipment installed by Tenant are located within the License Area and will not exceed the roof load limitations, (b) there is sufficient Cable Path for the Connections required for the Transferee’s Rooftop Equipment, and (c) Tenant and Transferee comply with all other provisions of this Paragraph 38 and the Rooftop Work Rules and Regulations.

39. COMMUNICATIONS AND COMPUTER LINES

39.1 Tenant’s Rights . Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires, cables and related devices (collectively the “ Lines ”) at the Building in or serving the Premises, provided: (a) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, and use an experienced and qualified contractor approved in writing by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Paragraph 15, (b) any such installation, maintenance, replacement, removal or use shall comply with all Applicable Laws and good work practices, and shall not interfere with the use of any then existing Lines at the Building, (c) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Building, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (d) if Tenant at any time uses any equipment that may create an electromagnetic field exceeding the normal insulation ratings of ordinary twisted pair riser cable or cause radiation higher than normal background radiation, the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be appropriately insulated to prevent such excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, (e) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines, Landlord may require that Tenant remove existing Lines located in or serving the Premises, (f) Tenant’s rights shall be subject to the rights of any regulated telephone company, and (g) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time in violation of any Applicable Laws or represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition (whether such Lines were installed by Tenant or any other party), within five (5) Business Days after notice.

39.2 Landlord’s Rights . Landlord may (but shall not have the obligation to): (a) install new Lines at the Building, (b) create additional space for Lines at the Building, and (c) reasonably direct, monitor and/or supervise the installation, maintenance, replacement and removal of, the allocation and periodic re-allocation of available space (if any) for, and the allocation of excess capacity (if any) on, any Lines now or hereafter installed at the Building by Landlord, Tenant or any other party (but Landlord shall have no right to monitor or control the information transmitted through such Lines). Such rights shall not be in limitation of other rights that may be available to Landlord pursuant to this Lease or by law or otherwise. If Landlord exercises any such rights, Landlord may charge Tenant for the costs attributable to Tenant, or may include those costs and all other costs in Operating Expenses (including without limitation, costs for acquiring and installing Lines and risers to accommodate new Lines and spare Lines, any associated computerized system and software for maintaining records of Line connections, and the fees of any consulting engineers and other experts).

 

52


39.3 Removal; Line Problems . If prior to the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Term Commencement Date this Lease is terminated, Tenant shall remove all Lines installed by or for Tenant within or serving the Premises upon such termination of this Lease, unless Landlord notifies Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior to expiration of this Lease or within ten (10) days after the earlier termination of this Lease that Tenant may leave all or any portion of the Lines in place. Any Lines not required to be removed pursuant to this Paragraph 39.3 shall, at Landlord’s option, become the property of Landlord (without payment by Landlord). If Tenant fails to remove such Lines as required hereunder, or violates any other provision of this Paragraph 39.3, Landlord may, after five (5) Business Days’ written notice to Tenant, remove such Lines or remedy such other violation, at Tenant’s expense (without limiting Landlord’s other remedies available under this Lease or Applicable Laws). Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, grant to any third party a security interest or lien in or on the Lines, and any such security interest or lien granted without Landlord’s written consent shall be null and void. Landlord shall have no liability for damages arising from, and Landlord does not warrant that the Tenant’s use of any Lines will be free from the following (collectively called “ Line Problems ”): (a) any eavesdropping or wire-tapping by unauthorized parties, (b) any failure of any Lines to satisfy Tenant’s requirements, or (c) any shortages, failures, variations, interruptions, disconnections, loss or damage caused by the installation, maintenance, replacement, use or removal of Lines by or for other tenants or occupants at the Building, by any failure of the environmental conditions or the power supply for the Building to conform to any requirements for the Lines or any associated equipment, or any other problems associated with any Lines by any other cause. Under no circumstances shall any Line Problems be deemed an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, render Landlord liable to Tenant for abatement of Rent, or relieve Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. In addition, in no event shall Landlord be liable for damages by reason of loss of profits, business interruption or other consequential damage arising from any Line Problems.

40. USE OF AND IMPROVEMENT TO ROOF TOP AREA

40.1 Exclusive Use . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Paragraph 12 and this Paragraph 40, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to improve the area on the roof of the Building as designated on Exhibit A-1 (the “ Roof Top Area ”) for use as a Roof Top Area. The Roof Top Area shall be used solely for such purpose and only by Tenant and Tenant’s employees and guests, and in no event shall it be open to the public.

40.2 Improvements to the Roof Top Area . Subject to obtaining all governmental permits and approvals, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, may improve the Roof Top Area for use as a roof top deck with improvements and furnishings of a quality consistent with that of Comparable Buildings. The plans and specifications for improvements to the Roof Top Area shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, not to be unreasonably withheld, and Tenant shall comply with the provisions of Article 12 in connection with any Alterations to the Roof Top Area unless the Alterations to the Roof Top Area are included in the Tenant Improvements approved pursuant to the Tenant Improvement Agreement. Except to the extent included in the Base Building Improvements, any improvements to the roof required for use as a deck shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may withhold its approval of any proposed plans that would affect the structural elements of the Building or any warranties relating to Building, including the roof.    Landlord makes no representations or warranties regarding, the likelihood of or conditions to obtaining permits for, or the estimated costs of improving, furnishing or maintaining, the Roof Top Area for use as a deck, and Tenant shall conduct its own investigation with respect to such matters.

40.3 Protection of Building . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, protect the Building from damage, and shall perform all Alterations, installations, repairs and maintenance and use the Roof Top Area in a manner so as to keep in full force and effect any warranties concerning the

 

53


Building. In all cases, Tenant shall use the roofing contractor designated by Landlord to perform any penetration or other work that may affect the integrity of the Building, including the integrity of the roof and the roof warranty. Tenant shall not at any time exceed the maximum load capacity of the Roof Top Area or use or access any portion of the roof not included within the Roof Top Area. Any damage to the Building or any other portions of the Project resulting from Tenant’s Alterations, installation, construction, maintenance, or use of the Roof Top Area, including but not limited to, leakage, water damage or damage to the roof membrane, shall be repaired by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any costs and expenses so incurred by Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written request and copies of invoices therefor. Landlord reserves the right to temporarily deny or restrict access to the Roof Top Area from time to time as is reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of Landlord’s maintenance and repair obligations under this Lease.

40.4 Use and Maintenance. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all Applicable Laws relating to the construction, Alterations, installation, maintenance, operation and use to and of the Roof Top Area and such reasonable rules and regulations as may be promulgated from time to time by Landlord. Tenant agrees not to (a) cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on, or about the Roof Top Area, (b) create any safety hazard, or (c) permit music, noises, odors, lights, or other installations or activities that would unreasonably annoy or interfere with any other occupants of the Project or otherwise be inconsistent with first class office buildings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant expressly agrees not to permit any smoking on the Roof Top Area. Tenant shall be permitted to serve alcoholic beverages on the Roof Top Area so long as Tenant at all times maintains commercially appropriate liquor liability insurance. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall at all times maintain the Roof Top Area and all elements thereof in a first class condition and repair. Tenant shall provide janitorial service for the Roof Top Area to the standards of Comparable Buildings Area and suitable receptacles for collecting trash on the Roof Top Area.

40.5 Furnishings. Landlord shall have reasonable rights of approval and control over all visual and aesthetic elements of the Roof Terrance. Tenant shall not place any planter boxes, space heaters, wind barriers or other similar installations on the Roof Top Area without the prior approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. All furniture and other personal property shall be adequately attached or otherwise installed so as not to create a safety hazard.

40.6 Costs. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days after request for any and all additional or increased costs incurred by Landlord as a result of or in connection with the Roof Top Area, including, but not limited to, additional insurance premiums, additional taxes or assessments, or additional janitorial or trash removal costs.

40.7 Lease Provisions. The term “Premises” shall include the Roof Top Area for all purposes of this Lease (other than the payment of Base Rent and the calculation of percentages and figures based upon the rentable area of the Premises, including Tenant’s Proportionate Share). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall cause the insurance required pursuant to Paragraph 8 to cover its use of the Roof Top Area, Tenant’s use, installation, repair and maintenance of the Roof Top Area shall be in compliance with Paragraph 4.3, and Tenant agrees that the indemnification contained in Paragraph 8 shall apply to the use, installation, repair and maintenance of the Roof Top Area. Tenant assumes all liability and risk related to its use of the Roof Top Area and damage to the Roof Top Area or personal property thereon from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, theft, vandalism or damage by the elements.

 

54


41. EMERGENCY GENERATOR

Tenant shall have the right (but only to the extent permitted by the City of San Mateo and all agencies, governmental and quasi-governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install and operate one (1) emergency electrical generator (each, a “Generator” ) along with all associated equipment, including fuel tanks and any necessary cables (“ Generator Associated Equipment”), to serve the Premises, in areas designated by Landlord (the “ Generator Space”) for the Term of this Lease (the Generator and Generator Associated Equipment are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Generator Equipment”) . The manufacturer, the type, size, and quality of the Generator Equipment, the substance to be stored in the Generator, all safety and monitoring, equipment, the method and manner of installation, and all other matters material to the installation of the Generator Equipment, including, without limitation, all Building penetrations, are subject to Landlord’s prior written approval; provided, however, that all of the Generator Equipment and any modifications thereto or placement thereof shall be (i) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (ii) installed and operated to Landlord’s reasonable specifications and supervision or review, and (iii) installed, maintained, operated and removed in accordance with all Recorded Documents and Applicable Laws. The Generator Equipment shall remain the property of Tenant and Tenant shall remove the Generator Equipment upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Tenant shall restore the Generator Space and any other portion of any Building affected by the Generator Equipment to its original condition, excepting ordinary wear and tear and/or damage or destruction due to Casualty. Tenant may not assign, lease, rent, sublet or otherwise transfer any of its interest in the Generator Space or the Generator Equipment except together with any assignment or sublease of the Premises as more particularly set forth in Paragraph 14. Each of the other provisions of this Lease shall be applicable to the Generator Equipment and the use of the Generator Space by Tenant, including without limitation, Paragraph 4.4 [Hazardous Materials], Paragraph 8[Insurance and Indemnification], 9 [Waiver of Subrogation] and of this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify, defend (by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold harmless Landlord from any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, judgments, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) Landlord may suffer or incur arising out of or related to the installation, use, operation, maintenance, replacement and/or removal of the Generator Equipment or any portion thereof.

42. TENANT’S EXPANSION OPTION

42.1 Grant of Option. If, at any time during the Term hereof the Lease, Landlord elects to construct the building within the Project currently designed to be comprised of approximately 95,000 rentable square feet and having an address of 3150 South Delaware (but which may be redesigned to increase the rentable square footage to up to 265,000 rentable square footage) (the “ Station 5 Building”) as depicted on Exhibit B and make the Station 5 Building available for lease, Tenant shall have a one-time right to expand the Premises by leasing the Station 5 Building in accordance with the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Paragraph 42 (the “ Expansion Option”) .

42.2 Exercise of Option. Landlord will give notice to Tenant (an “ Offering Notice”) setting forth Landlord’s intent to construct the Station 5 Building and to make the Station 5 Building available for lease. The Offering Notice shall include (a) the rentable square footage of the Station 5 Building that Landlord intends to construct, for which rentable square footage Landlord shall have obtained approvals through the Site Plan and Architectural Review process of the City of San Mateo, (b) the six-month time period during which Landlord anticipates completing the base building improvements of the Station 5 Building and delivering possession thereof for completion of tenant improvements, and (c) a copy of the building plans for the Station 5 Building. Tenant shall exercise the Expansion Option, if at all, by giving Landlord unconditional, irrevocable written notice of such election (the “ Expansion Exercise Notice”) no later than thirty (30) days after the date of the Offering Notice, the time of such exercise being of the essence. Tenant’s Expansion Exercise Notice shall set forth the rentable square footage of the Station 5

 

55


Building that Tenant shall lease, which rentable square footage shall be at least fifty percent (50%) of the rentable square footage of the Station 5 Building to be constructed and may be the entirety of the Station 5 Building (such space being referred to as the “Station 5 Premises”); provided, that, if the Station 5 Premises is less than the entirety of the Station 5 Building, the Station 5 Premises shall be comprised of full floors.

42.3 Terms of Lease of Station 5 Premises pursuant to Expansion Option. If Tenant timely and properly delivers the Expansion Exercise Notice, subject to Paragraph 42.4, Landlord and Tenant shall lease the Station 5 Building to Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease (including the terms and conditions of the Tenant Improvement Agreement), provided, however, that (a) the Base Rent (including any rent abatement and tenant allowances) shall be at the Prevailing Market Rate as agreed to by Landlord and Tenant (or, if Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the Prevailing Market Rent within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Expansion Exercise Notice, as determined in accordance with Paragraph 3.3.4 through 3.3.6 based upon binding lease transactions for tenants in Comparable Buildings); (b) the term shall commence on the date that Landlord substantially completes Landlord’s work with respect to the Station 5 Building; (c) the term shall expire no earlier than the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date on which the Station 5 Premises is delivered to Tenant; (d) upon execution of the Station 5 Lease (as defined below), Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the estimated amount of monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Estimated Operating Expenses for the first month of the Station 5 Lease and a security deposit equal to six months of Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Estimated Operating Expenses; and (e) the Station 5 Building shall be constructed pursuant to the building plans provided with the Offering Notice (as may be adjusted to comply with changes in the application and interpretation of Applicable Laws). The lease for Station 5 shall further provide the following: (i) Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant of the date on which Landlord has commenced construction of the Station 5 Building, (ii) if Landlord shall not have commenced construction of the Station 5 Building on or before a date that is 450 days prior to the outside delivery date set forth in the Offering Notice (the “ Outside Construction Commencement Date”), Tenant, as its sole remedy, shall have the right to terminate the lease for the Station 5 Building, which termination right shall be exercised, if at all, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice of commencement of construction; and (iii) if Landlord does not deliver notice of commencement of construction on or prior to the Outside Construction Commencement Date, Tenant, as its sole remedy, shall have the right to terminate the lease for the Station 5 Building, which termination right shall be exercised, if at all, within thirty (30) days after the Outside Construction Commencement Date.

42.4 Conditions to Exercise.

42.4.1 Defaults. If at the time the Expansion Exercise Notice is delivered by Tenant to Landlord, any monetary or material non-monetary Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease exists, Landlord shall have no obligation to recognize the Expansion Exercise Notice as a valid exercise of the Expansion Option. If, after Tenant’s timely and valid exercise of the Expansion Option and prior to the date upon which possession of the Station 5 Premises is to be delivered to Tenant, any monetary or material non-monetary Event of Default by Tenant under the Lease exists, Landlord shall have, in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, the right (but not the obligation) to terminate Tenant’s rights under this Paragraph 42 and, in such event, Landlord shall not be required to deliver possession of the Station 5 Premises to Tenant.

42.4.2 Occupancy. If at any time Tenant occupies less than (a) one (1) full floor during any period preceding the last day of the 39 th full calendar month following the Term Commencement Date, (b) two (2) full floors during the period commencing on the first day of the 40 th calendar month following the Term Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the 63 rd full calendar month, or (c) the entirety of the Premises during the remaining Term, the rights of Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 42 shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect. Upon such termination, Landlord shall not be obligated thereafter to deliver an Offering Notice.

 

56


42.4.3 Minimum Credit Test. If at the time the Expansion Exercise Notice is delivered by Tenant to Landlord, Tenant’s market valuation is less than and its Liquid Assets have a market value of less than, Landlord shall have no obligation to recognize the Expansion Exercise Notice as a valid exercise of the Expansion Option. “ Liquid Assets” shall mean assets in the form of cash, cash equivalents, obligations of (or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by) the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided the full faith and credit of the United States supports such obligation or guarantee), certificates of deposit issued by a commercial bank having net assets of not less than Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000), securities listed and traded on a recognized stock exchange or traded over the counter and listed in the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotations, liquid debt instruments that have a readily ascertainable value and are regularly traded in a recognized financial market and funds available to Tenant pursuant to commercial line(s) of credit from bona fide institutional lender(s).

42.5 New Lease; Lease Amendment. If Tenant leases the Station 5 Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 42, Landlord shall prepare, and Landlord and Tenant shall execute within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s delivery of the Expansion Exercise Notice, (a) a new lease demising the Station 5 Premises on the same terms and conditions of this Lease as modified pursuant to Paragraph 42.3 (for purposes of this Paragraph 42, the “ Station 5 Lease”) .

42.6 Rights Personal to Tenant. Tenant’s right to exercise the Expansion Option is personal to, and may be exercised only by, the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee. No assignee (other than a Permitted Assignee) or subtenant shall have any right to exercise the Expansion Option granted herein.

42.7 Waiver. If Tenant (a) fails to timely deliver the Expansion Exercise Notice or (b) fails to execute and deliver to Landlord the Station 5 Lease within thirty (30) days following receipt thereof by Tenant, then Landlord may lease the Station 5 Building to any third party on terms and conditions Landlord may deem appropriate. Time is of the essence with respect to the provisions of this Paragraph 42.

42.8 Ownership of Station 5 Building. The Station 5 Building is owned by an affiliated entity of Landlord. At such time the construction of the Station 5 Building is to commence, the Station 5 Building may be transferred to a different affiliated entity of Landlord. Such affiliated entities and Landlord are under common Control. Landlord shall cause such affiliated entities to perform all obligations of Landlord under this Paragraph 42 with respect to the leasing of the Station 5 Building.

43. CAFETERIA.

43.1 Construction and Use. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Paragraph 43, Tenant may include a cafeteria (“ Cafeteria ”) in the Premises. The location of the Cafeteria shall be mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, taking into consideration exterior venting requirements. The design and the construction of the Cafeteria shall be performed or contracted by Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Tenant Improvement Agreement if constructed as part of the initial Tenant Improvements or in accordance with the terms and conditions of Paragraph 12 if constructed as Alterations. The Cafeteria shall be available for use solely by Tenant’s employees and guests, and in no event shall it be open to the public. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall obtain and maintain all governmental permits and licenses necessary to operate the Cafeteria and shall comply with all Applicable Laws relating to the maintenance, operation and use thereof and such reasonable rules and regulations as may be promulgated from time to time by Landlord.

 

57


43.2 Operation. Tenant acknowledges that, in the absence of adequate preventive measures, the Cafeteria could create objectionable fumes, vapors or odors, pests, unreasonable noise and other conditions that would cause annoyance to and disruption of the other tenants and occupants of the Project. Accordingly, as a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant agrees as follows:

(a) Tenant shall: (i) furnish, install and maintain ventilation, exhaust and drainage systems satisfactory to Landlord and provide such other exhaust, cleaning or similar systems necessary to prevent any smoke, fumes, vapors, offensive odors or other offensive substances from emanating from the Cafeteria as more fully set forth below; (ii) fireproof all window treatments in the Cafeteria, including, without limitation, draperies and curtains, and submit to Landlord, upon Landlord’s request, current certificates evidencing such fireproofing; and (iii) operate the Cafeteria in a clean and sanitary manner so as to prevent infestation by pests, and, in addition, whenever there shall be evidence of any infestation, employ contractors designated or approved by Landlord to eliminate the infestation.

(b) Tenant shall install grease traps/interceptors located within the Cafeteria as required by Applicable Laws for all food preparation areas having pot sinks or any grease-producing appliances that discharge into the waste system. Tenant shall be responsible for the proper care, cleaning and maintenance of the grease traps located within the Cafeteria and any piping required therefor in accordance with all Applicable Laws. Tenant shall follow all recommendations of Tenant’s grease trap maintenance provider regarding the maintenance of the grease traps, including any recommended chemical treatments and any recommended intervals for the emptying and/or hydrojetting of the grease traps and connecting pipes. Landlord shall have the right to oversee any work performed by such grease trap maintenance provider. Tenant, as Additional Rent, shall be liable for the cost of any maintenance to or repairs of any of the Building pumps and pipes to the extent necessitated by Tenant’s failure to comply with the terms and conditions of this provision or as a result of any grease, garbage or other abnormal disposal through the Building drain system by Tenant. In the event that any obnoxious odor shall escape from the Premises as a result of Tenant’s failure to clean and/or maintain the grease traps within the Premises as required by this Paragraph 43.2, Landlord may require Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to perform such actions as Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, shall deem necessary in order to eliminate such odor.

(c) If, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, objectionable odors are escaping from the Cafeteria into the Project, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to install an additional ventilation system and/or filter or modify an existing ventilation system and/or filter in the Cafeteria. Tenant shall coordinate the installation and operation of any ventilation system and/or filter with Landlord to assure that such ventilation system and/or filter is compatible with the Base Building Systems.

(d) Tenant shall install such filters and shafts as required by Applicable Laws. Tenant shall be responsible for the proper care, cleaning and maintenance of the filters and shafts located within the Cafeteria, or exclusively serving the Cafeteria, in accordance with all Applicable Laws, and shall procure a qualified maintenance contractor approved by Landlord under a commercially reasonable maintenance contract for regular maintenance of such systems. Tenant shall, at its own expense, cause any such filters to be cleaned on a monthly basis and any such shafts on an annual basis. Tenant shall follow all reasonable recommendations of Tenant’s filter and shaft maintenance provider regarding the maintenance of the filter and shafts.

(e) If Tenant shall at any time serve alcoholic beverages in the Cafeteria, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, provide and maintain all licenses and/or permits required by Applicable Laws and shall at all times comply with Applicable Law related to the service of alcoholic beverages. At all times during the Lease Term during which Tenant serves alcoholic beverages of any kind, Tenant, at its expense, shall maintain appropriate liquor liability insurance, which insurance shall be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord. All alcohol served at the Premises shall be consumed within the Premises and Roof Top Area only, and in no event may Tenant serve or permit the consumption of alcohol outside of the Premises.

 

58


43.3 Costs. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days after request for any and all additional or increased costs incurred by Landlord as a result of or in connection with the Cafeteria, including, but not limited to, additional insurance premiums, additional taxes or assessments, or additional janitorial or trash removal costs.

43.4 Cafeteria Restoration Work. Prior to the expiration or upon earlier termination of this Lease, all vents and shafts and other specialized improvements and installations relating to construction of the Cafeteria (including Tenant Improvements constructed pursuant to the Tenant Improvement Agreement) shall be removed and the Premises and any affected Common Areas shall be restored to the condition existing prior to the installation of such improvements (“ Cafeteria Restoration Work”) . The Cafeteria Restoration Work shall be paid for and performed in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 36.

44. MISCELLANEOUS

44.1 General. The term “Tenant” or any pronoun used in place thereof shall indicate and include the masculine or feminine, the singular or plural number, individuals, firms or corporations, and their respective successors, executors, administrators and permitted assigns, according to the context hereof.

44.2 Time. Time is of the essence regarding this Lease and all of its provisions.

44.3 Choice of Law. This Lease shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the State of California.

44.4 Entire Agreement. This Lease, together with its Exhibits, addenda and attachments and the Basic Lease Information, contains all the agreements of the parties hereto and supersedes any previous negotiations. There have been no representations made by the Landlord or understandings made between the parties other than those set forth in this Lease and its Exhibits, addenda and attachments and the Basic Lease Information.

44.5 Modification. This Lease may not be modified except by a written instrument signed by the parties hereto. Tenant accepts the area of the Premises as specified in the Basic Lease Information as the approximate area of the Premises for all purposes under this Lease, and acknowledges and agrees that no other definition of the area (rentable, usable or otherwise) of the Premises shall apply. Tenant shall in no event be entitled to a recalculation of the square footage of the Premises, rentable, usable or otherwise, and no recalculation, if made, irrespective of its purpose, shall reduce Tenant’s obligations under this Lease in any manner, including without limitation the amount of Base Rent payable by Tenant or Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building and of the Project.

44.6 Severability. If, for any reason whatsoever, any of the provisions hereof shall be unenforceable or ineffective, all of the other provisions shall be and remain in full force and effect.

44.7 Recordation. Landlord and Tenant shall execute a short form memorandum hereof in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I and Tenant shall be entitled to record such memorandum.

 

59


44.8 Examination of Lease. Submission of this Lease to Tenant does not constitute an option or offer to lease and this Lease is not effective otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

44.9 Accord and Satisfaction. No payment by Tenant of a lesser amount than the total Rent due nor any endorsement on any check or letter accompanying any check or payment of Rent shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction of full payment of Rent, and Landlord may accept such payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or to pursue other remedies. All offers by or on behalf of Tenant of accord and satisfaction are hereby rejected in advance.

44.10 Easements. Landlord may grant easements on the Project and dedicate for public use portions of the Project without Tenant’s consent; provided that no such grant or dedication shall materially interfere with Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord documents, instruments, maps and plats necessary to effectuate Tenant’s covenants hereunder.

44.11 Project Labor Agreement. The Project is subject to the Project Labor Agreement (as defined below) requiring contractors to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Project Labor Agreement for certain Covered Work as defined therein. In furtherance of the foregoing, contractors and subcontractors of Tenant, prior to commencement of on-site construction by that contractor or subcontractor, shall execute an Agreement to be Bound in the form required by the Project Labor Agreement and provide a copy to Landlord of such executed Agreement to be Bound prior to the commencement of any work. For purposes hereof, the “ Project Labor Agreement” means that certain Project Labor Agreement for Bay Meadows Phase II Project originally entered into on November 16, 2004, as amended. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has provided to Tenant a copy of the Project Labor Agreement.

44.12 Drafting and Determination Presumption. The parties acknowledge that this Lease has been agreed to by both the parties, that both Landlord and Tenant have consulted with attorneys with respect to the terms of this Lease and that no presumption shall be created against Landlord because Landlord drafted this Lease. If Landlord fails to respond to any request for its consent within the time period, if any, specified in this Lease, Landlord shall be deemed to have disapproved such request.

44.13 Exhibits. The Basic Lease Information, and the Exhibits, addenda and attachments attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein by this reference and made a part of this Lease as though fully set forth herein.

44.14 No Light, Air or View Easement. Any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which may be erected on lands adjacent to or in the vicinity of the Building shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord.

44.15 No Third Party Benefit. This Lease is a contract between Landlord and Tenant and nothing herein is intended to create any third party benefit.

44.16 Quiet Enjoyment. Upon payment by Tenant of the Rent, and upon the observance and performance of all of the other covenants, terms and conditions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the term hereby demised without hindrance or interruption by Landlord or any other person or persons lawfully or equitably claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject, nevertheless, to all of the other terms and conditions of this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable for any hindrance, interruption, interference or disturbance by other tenants or third persons, nor shall Tenant be released from any obligations under this Lease because of such hindrance, interruption, interference or disturbance.

 

60


44.17 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

44.18 Multiple Parties. If more than one person or entity is named herein as Tenant, such multiple parties shall have joint and several responsibility to comply with the terms of this Lease.

44.19 Prorations. Any Rent or other amounts payable to Landlord by Tenant hereunder for any fractional month shall be prorated based on a month of 30 days. As used herein, the term “ fiscal year shall mean the calendar year or such other fiscal year as Landlord may deem appropriate.

45. JURY TRIAL WAIVER; JUDICIAL REFERENCE

EACH PARTY HERETO (WHICH INCLUDES ANY ASSIGNEE, SUCCESSOR HEIR OR PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVE OF A PARTY) SHALL NOT SEEK A JURY TRIAL, HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY, AND HEREBY FURTHER WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO VENUE IN THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE BUILDING IS LOCATED, AND AGREES AND CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY UNDER ANY STATUTE, EMERGENCY OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER ANY OF THE FOREGOING IS BASED ON THIS LEASE OR ON TORT LAW. EACH PARTY REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL CONCERNING THE EFFECT OF THIS PARAGRAPH 45. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH 45 SHALL SURVIVE THE EXPIRATION OR EARLIER TERMINATION OF THIS LEASE.

IF THE JURY WAIVER PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH 45 ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, THEN THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS SHALL APPLY. IT IS THE DESIRE AND INTENTION OF THE PARTIES TO AGREE UPON A MECHANISM AND PROCEDURE UNDER WHICH CONTROVERSIES AND DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR RELATED TO THE PREMISES WILL BE RESOLVED IN A PROMPT AND EXPEDITIOUS MANNER. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO ACTIONS FOR UNLAWFUL OR FORCIBLE DETAINER OR WITH RESPECT TO THE PREJUDGMENT REMEDY OF ATTACHMENT, ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER (AND/OR AGAINST ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBSIDIARIES OR AFFILIATED ENTITIES) ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE HEARD AND RESOLVED BY A REFEREE UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, SECTIONS 638 — 645.1, INCLUSIVE (AS SAME MAY BE AMENDED, OR ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO) (THE “REFEREE SECTIONS”) . ANY FEE TO INITIATE THE JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROCEEDINGS AND ALL FEES CHARGED AND COSTS INCURRED BY THE REFEREE SHALL BE PAID BY THE PARTY INITIATING SUCH PROCEDURE (EXCEPT THAT IF A REPORTER IS REQUESTED BY EITHER PARTY, THEN A REPORTER SHALL BE PRESENT AT ALL PROCEEDINGS WHERE REQUESTED AND THE

 

61


FEES OF SUCH REPORTER – EXCEPT FOR COPIES ORDERED BY THE OTHER PARTIES – SHALL BE BORNE BY THE PARTY REQUESTING THE REPORTER); PROVIDED HOWEVER, THAT ALLOCATION OF THE COSTS AND FEES, INCLUDING ANY INITIATION FEE, OF SUCH PROCEEDING SHALL BE ULTIMATELY DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTORNEYS’ FEES PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE. THE VENUE OF THE PROCEEDINGS SHALL BE IN THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED. WITHIN 10 DAYS OF RECEIPT BY ANY PARTY OF A WRITTEN REQUEST TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH 45, THE PARTIES SHALL AGREE UPON A SINGLE REFEREE WHO SHALL TRY ALL ISSUES, WHETHER OF FACT OR LAW, AND

REPORT A FINDING AND JUDGMENT ON SUCH ISSUES AS REQUIRED BY THE REFEREE SECTIONS. IF THE PARTIES ARE UNABLE TO AGREE UPON A REFEREE WITHIN SUCH 10 DAY PERIOD, THEN ANY PARTY MAY THEREAFTER FILE A LAWSUIT IN THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED FOR THE PURPOSE OF APPOINTMENT OF A REFEREE UNDER THE REFEREE SECTIONS. IF THE REFEREE IS APPOINTED BY THE COURT, THE REFEREE SHALL BE A NEUTRAL AND IMPARTIAL RETIRED JUDGE WITH SUBSTANTIAL EXPERIENCE IN THE RELEVANT MATTERS TO BE DETERMINED, FROM JAMS/ENDISPUTE, INC., THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION OR SIMILAR MEDIATION/ARBITRATION ENTITY. THE PROPOSED REFEREE MAY BE CHALLENGED BY ANY PARTY FOR ANY OF THE GROUNDS LISTED IN THE REFEREE SECTIONS. THE REFEREE SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE ALL ISSUES OF FACT AND LAW AND REPORT HIS OR HER DECISION ON SUCH ISSUES, AND TO ISSUE ALL RECOGNIZED REMEDIES AVAILABLE AT LAW OR IN EQUITY FOR ANY CAUSE OF ACTION THAT IS BEFORE THE REFEREE, INCLUDING AN AWARD OF ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS LEASE. THE PARTIES SHALL BE ENTITLED TO CONDUCT ALL DISCOVERY AS PROVIDED IN THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, AND THE REFEREE SHALL OVERSEE DISCOVERY AND MAY ENFORCE ALL DISCOVERY ORDERS IN THE SAME MANNER AS ANY TRIAL COURT JUDGE, WITH RIGHTS TO REGULATE DISCOVERY AND TO ISSUE AND ENFORCE SUBPOENAS, PROTECTIVE ORDERS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS ON DISCOVERY AVAILABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW. THE REFERENCE PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LAW (INCLUDING THE RULES OF EVIDENCE), AND IN ALL REGARDS, THE REFEREE SHALL FOLLOW CALIFORNIA LAW APPLICABLE AT THE TIME OF THE REFERENCE PROCEEDING. THE PARTIES SHALL PROMPTLY AND DILIGENTLY COOPERATE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND THE REFEREE, AND SHALL PERFORM SUCH ACTS AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO OBTAIN A PROMPT AND EXPEDITIOUS RESOLUTION OF THE DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS PARAGRAPH 45. IN THIS REGARD, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE PARTIES AND THE REFEREE SHALL USE BEST EFFORTS TO ENSURE THAT (A) DISCOVERY BE CONDUCTED FOR A PERIOD NO LONGER THAN 6 MONTHS FROM THE DATE THE REFEREE IS APPOINTED, EXCLUDING MOTIONS REGARDING DISCOVERY, AND (B) A TRIAL DATE BE SET WITHIN 9 MONTHS OF THE DATE THE REFEREE IS APPOINTED. IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 644 OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, THE DECISION OF THE REFEREE UPON THE WHOLE ISSUE MUST STAND AS THE DECISION OF THE COURT, AND UPON THE FILING OF THE STATEMENT OF DECISION WITH THE CLERK OF THE COURT, OR WITH THE JUDGE IF THERE IS NO CLERK, JUDGMENT MAY BE ENTERED THEREON IN THE SAME MANNER AS IF THE ACTION HAD BEEN TRIED BY THE COURT. ANY DECISION OF THE REFEREE AND/OR JUDGMENT OR OTHER ORDER ENTERED THEREON SHALL BE APPEALABLE TO THE SAME EXTENT AND IN THE SAME MANNER THAT SUCH DECISION, JUDGMENT, OR ORDER WOULD BE APPEALABLE IF RENDERED BY A JUDGE OF THE SUPERIOR COURT IN WHICH VENUE IS PROPER HEREUNDER. THE REFEREE SHALL IN HIS/HER STATEMENT OF DECISION SET FORTH HIS/HER FINDINGS OF FACT AND CONCLUSIONS OF LAW. THE

 

62


PARTIES INTEND THIS GENERAL REFERENCE AGREEMENT TO BE SPECIFICALLY ENFORCEABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE. NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH 45 SHALL PREJUDICE THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO OBTAIN PROVISIONAL RELIEF OR OTHER EQUITABLE REMEDIES FROM A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION AS SHALL OTHERWISE BE AVAILABLE UNDER THE CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE AND/OR APPLICABLE COURT RULES.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

63


/s/ Terrence E. Fancher

TERRENCE E. FANCHER
PRESIDENT

 

By:                                                                                   
Name:                                                                             
Title:                                                                                
Dated: July 31, 2015

 

64


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the Lease Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information.

 

LANDLORD     TENANT
BAY MEADOWS STATION 4 INVESTORS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company    

SURVEYMONKEY INC.,

a Delware corporation

By:                                                                                                   By:  

/s/ Eleanor Lacey

Name:                                                                                             Name: Eleanor Lacey
Title:                                                                                               Title: VP, GC & Secy
Dated: July 31, 2015     Dated: July 31, 2015

 

64


EXHIBIT A

 

LOGO

 

STATION 4 LOBBY / PARKING FLOOR 1


LOGO

 

STATION 4 PARKING FLOOR 2


LOGO

 

STATION 4 FLOOR 2


LOGO

 

STATION 4 FLOOR 3


LOGO

 

STATION 4 FLOOR 4


LOGO

 

STATION 4 BASEMENT PARKING FLOOR 1


LOGO

 

STATION 4 BASEMENT PARKING FLOOR 2


EXHIBIT A 1

DEPICT ON OF ROOF TOP AREA

LOGO

 


EXHIBIT B

SITE PLAN

 

LOGO


Exhibit C

Term Commencement Date Letter

                             , 20        

 

To:

  

Bay Meadows Station 4 Investors, LLC

  
  

c/o Wilson Meany

  
  

Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3300

  
  

San Francisco, California 94111

  

Re:

   Lease (the “ Lease ”) dated                     , 2015, between Bay Meadows Station 4 Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and                     , a                      (“ Tenant ”), concerning the                      floors of the building located at 3050 South Delaware, San Mateo, California.

Dear                             :

In accordance with the Lease, Tenant accepts possession of the Premises and confirms the following:

 

1. The Term Commencement Date is                     , the Base Rent Commencement Date is                      and the Expiration Date is                     .

 

2. IF APPLICABLE: The schedule of the Base Rent set forth in the Basic Lease Information of the Lease is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted therefor:

[insert rent schedule]

 

3. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

Please acknowledge the foregoing by signing all three (3) counterparts of this letter in the space provided below and returning two (2) fully executed counterparts to my attention. Please note that, pursuant to Paragraph 2 of the Lease, if Tenant fails to execute and return (or, by notice to Landlord, reasonably object to) this letter within five (5) days after receiving it, Tenant shall be deemed to have executed and returned it without exception.

 

Landlord ”:     Agreed and Accepted as of                          ,
      20              .
                                                                  ,      
a                                                   Tenant ”:
By:                                                                                                                                                                      ,
Name:                                                                                                  a                                              
Title:                                                                                                   
      By:                                                                                             
      Name:                                                                                             
      Title:                                                                                             

 

Exhibit C – 1


Exhibit D

Tenant Improvement Agreement

THIS TENANT IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is attached to and forms a part of the Lease dated as of July 31, 2015 (the “ Lease ”), by and between BAY MEADOWS STATION 4 INVESTORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), SURVEYMONKEY INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), pertaining to certain premises located at 3050 South Delaware Street, San Mateo, California. Except where clearly inconsistent or inapplicable, the provisions of the Lease are incorporated into this Agreement, and capitalized terms used without being defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth the respective responsibilities of Landlord and Tenant with respect to (a) Landlord’s completion of the Base Building Improvements (as defined in Section 1.1 below) and (b) the design and construction of all alterations, additions and improvements that Tenant may deem necessary or appropriate to prepare the Premises for initial occupancy by Tenant under the Lease. Such alterations, additions and improvements to the Premises (other than the Base Building Improvements) are referred to in this Agreement as the “ Tenant Improvements ,” and the work of constructing the Tenant Improvements is referred to as the “ Tenant Improvement Work .”

Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Base Building Improvements .

1.1 Base Building Improvements . Landlord, at its cost, shall perform or cause to be performed the base building improvements described in Schedule 1 attached hereto (the “ Base Building Improvements ”) in a good and professional manner and substantially in accordance with the plans and specifications listed on Schedule 2 (the “ Building Plans ”) prepared by HOK (“ Landlord’s Architect ”).

1.2 Modification of Building Plans .

1.2.1 Code Required . Landlord may make revisions to the Building Plans from time to time, including those that may be required by city officials or inspectors to comply with code rulings or interpretations, so long as the Base Building Improvements, when constructed, will be collectively comparable in appearance, design, efficiency, and quality to the improvements described in Schedule 1 .

1.2.2 Tenant Requested . Tenant may notify Landlord in writing, on or before September 15, 2015, if Tenant desires any modifications to (a) the lighting within the interior first floor lobby, (b) the floor finishes of the first floor lobby, (c) the wall finishes of the first and second floor lobby (excluding the glass entry façade), (d) the balcony treatment of the second floor lobby, (e) the interior of the elevator cabs and (f) the finishes and fixtures within the restrooms (“ Proposed Modifications ”). No modifications to the concrete shear wall within the lobby or to the glass curtain wall systems opening from the Building to the plaza will be permitted. Tenant’s notice must be sufficiently detailed to permit Landlord’s architect to timely incorporate any such Proposed Modifications into the Building Plans. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of the Proposed Modifications, provided that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it shall be reasonable to disapprove such Proposed Modifications for the reasons specified in Section 2.2.1 below or if such Proposed Modifications would delay Substantial Completion of the Base Building Improvements or if Tenant requests any materials, finishes, or installations which are not readily available. Landlord shall perform or cause to be performed any Proposed Modifications approved by Landlord pursuant to this Section 1.2.2 as part of the Base

 

Exhibit D, Page 1


Building Improvements pursuant to Section 1.1. If the Proposed Modifications result in any increased costs incurred by Landlord in any of the applicable line items of Landlord’s budgeted costs for components of the lobby. elevators or restrooms, Tenant shall pay such increased costs to Landlord within thirty (30) days after written request for payment, together with reasonable documentation supporting such increased costs. If the Proposed Modifications result in any realized costs savings in any of the applicable line items of Landlord’s budgeted costs for components of the lobby. elevators or restrooms, Landlord shall increase the Additional Lobby Allowance (defined below) in the amount of such cost savings. If Tenant elects not to or fails to provide notice of any Proposed Modification by September 15, 2015 with the detail required pursuant to this Section 1.2.2, Landlord shall cause the lobby and restrooms to be completed in accordance with the Building Plans.

1.2.3 Tenant Lobby Furnishings . Tenant may notify Landlord in writing, on or before September 15, 2015, if Tenant elects to include any of the lobby reception desk, furniture or furnishings within the Tenant Improvements and exclude any of the foregoing items from the Base Building Improvements (“ Tenant Takeover Lobby Furnishings ”). If Tenant elects to provide or construct any Tenant Takeover Lobby Furnishings as part of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall provide an allowance (in addition to the Tenant Improvement Allowance) to fully reimburse Tenant for its costs incurred in connection with the Tenant Takeover Lobby Furnishings in an amount equal to the corresponding costs of such items included in Landlord’s budget for the Base Building Improvements (“ Additional Lobby Allowance ”). Such Tenant Takeover Lobby Furnishings shall be included in the Preliminary Plans and Final Working Drawings, as and to the extent applicable, submitted to Landlord for approval pursuant to Section 2.2 and the disbursement of the Additional Lobby Allowance shall be subject to the same conditions set forth in Section 6.5 with respect to the disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance

1.3 Schedule . Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a reasonably detailed schedule setting forth milestone dates for Substantial Completion of the Base Building Improvements, and shall keep Tenant reasonably apprised of any material changes in said schedule.

1.4 Construction of Base Building Improvements .

1.4.1 Landlord Responsible . Landlord, at its expense, shall construct the Base Building Improvements.

1.4.2 Substantial Completion of the Base Building Improvements . Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Base Building Improvements that are required to permit Tenant to enter the Premises for purposes of performing the Tenant Improvement Work to be Substantially Complete on or before July 1, 2016, subject to Force Majeure Events and Tenant Delays. Tenant shall have the right to reasonably monitor and confirm Landlord’s completion of such Base Building Improvements substantially in conformance with the Building Plans. Landlord will give Tenant at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice of the date on which such Base Building Improvements are anticipated to be Substantially Complete (the “ Substantial Completion Date ”). “ Substantially Complete ” or “ Substantial Completion ” shall mean that (a) the Base Building Improvements that are required to permit Tenant to enter the Premises for purposes of performing the Tenant Improvement have been completed in accordance with the Building Plans, the correction or completion of which items, collectively, will not substantially interfere with Tenant’s ability to commence the Tenant Improvement Work and (b) Tenant is legally permitted to enter the Premises for purposes of performing the Tenant Improvement Work. Landlord and Tenant shall then arrange a mutually convenient time, no later than ten (10) Business Days after the anticipated Substantial Completion Date specified in Landlord’s notice, for Tenant and/or Tenant’s Architect (as defined below) and Landlord and/or Landlord’s Architect to conduct a walk-through inspection of the Base Building Improvements.

 

Exhibit D, Page 2


During the inspection, Landlord’s Architect shall compile a punchlist of items yet to be completed. If Tenant or Tenant’s Architect shall fail to inspect the Base Building Improvements within ten (10) Business Days after the Substantial Completion Date specified in Landlord’s notice, the Base Building Improvements shall be deemed completed and satisfactory in all respects, and the Substantial Completion Date shall be the date set forth in Landlord’s notice. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the remaining Base Building Improvements to have been completed on or before the Term Commencement Date in accordance with the Building Plans, the correction or completion of which items, collectively, will not substantially interfere with Tenant’s ability to occupy the Premises to commence the Tenant Improvement Work

1.4.3 Punchlist Items . Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the punchlist items within sixty (60) days following the inspection or such longer period as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree is appropriate.

1.4.4 Delay in Substantial Completion . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, if the Substantial Completion Date is delayed by reason of Tenant Delay, the Substantial Completion Date shall be the date the Base Building Improvements would have been Substantially Complete absent any Tenant Delay. “ Tenant Delay ” shall mean any delay that Landlord encounters in the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Agreement or the Lease to construct the Base Building Improvements because of any act, neglect, failure or omission of any nature by Tenant, any employees of Tenants, or any of Tenant’s Agents, including, but not limited to (a) delay by Tenant in the submission of information or the giving of authorizations or approvals or the performance of any other obligations of Tenant under this Agreement or the Lease, and (b) any entry onto the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, which delays Substantial Completion of the Base Building Improvements. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any and all additional costs incurred by Landlord arising out of or in any way related to the Tenant Delays and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from and against any and all liability for the delay in the Substantial Completion Date arising out of or in any way related to such Tenant Delays.

1.5 Compliance with Applicable Laws . The Base Building Improvements shall comply in all material respects with all Applicable Laws (as applied and interpreted as of the Lease Date). If any of the Tenant Improvements result in a requirement under Applicable Laws that changes or modifications are required to be made to the Base Building Improvements (“ Legal Compliance Work ”), Landlord agrees to perform such Legal Compliance Work; provided, however, that Tenant shall, within twenty (20) days following receipt of invoices therefor, reimburse Landlord for the costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in performing the Legal Compliance Work, and any delay in the Substantial Completion Date resulting from such Legal Compliance Work shall constitute a Tenant Delay. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to commencing any Legal Compliance Work, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the nature and estimated cost of such work and the impact of performing such Legal Compliance Work on the construction schedule for the Base Building Improvements. Tenant shall have the right, within five (5) Business Days after receipt of Landlord’s notice, to modify Tenant’s plans so as to eliminate the necessity for performance of the Legal Compliance Work; provided, however, that any delay resulting from the investigation and pricing of the Legal Compliance Work shall constitute a Tenant Delay.

2. Design of the Tenant Improvements; Permits .

2.1 Tenant’s Architect and Engineers . Tenant has shall retain an architect (“ Tenant’s Architect ”) to design the Tenant Improvements and prepare the Space Plan, the Preliminary Plans, and Final Working Drawings (each as defined in Section 2.2), which Tenant’s Architect shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall retain such engineers

 

Exhibit D, Page 3


(“ Engineers ”) to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety, sprinkler and code compliance work relating to the Tenant Improvements, which Engineers shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

2.2 Design of the Tenant Improvements .

2.2.1 Space Plan . Tenant or Tenant’s Architect shall prepare a proposed space plan for the Tenant Improvements in the Premises which shall include a layout and designation of all partitioning, intended use for such space and equipment to be contained therein (the “ Space Plan ”) and shall deliver the proposed Space Plan to Landlord with a request for Landlord’s approval. Landlord shall approve or disapprove the Space Plan by written notice given to Tenant within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of the Space Plan. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of the Space Plan, provided that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall be entitled to withhold its consent to the Space Plan if, in Landlord’s good faith judgment, any one or more of the following conditions exist: (a) the proposed Tenant Improvements will adversely affect the exterior appearance of the Building; (b) the proposed Tenant Improvements may impair the structural strength of the Building, affect any of the Base Building Systems or adversely affect the value of the Building; or (c) the proposed Tenant Improvement Work would trigger the necessity under Applicable Laws or otherwise for work to be performed outside the Premises. If Tenant’s proposed interior partitioning or other aspects of the Tenant Improvement Work will, in Landlord’s good faith judgment, require changes or alterations in the Base Building Systems located outside of the Premises, and Landlord approves such changes or alterations, such changes or alterations shall be made at Tenant’s expense. If Landlord disapproves the Space Plan, Landlord shall return the Space Plan to Tenant with a statement of Landlord’s reasons for disapproval, or specifying any required corrections and/or revisions. Landlord shall approve or disapprove of any revisions to the Space Plan by written notice given to Tenant within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such revisions. This procedure shall be repeated until Landlord approves the Space Plan (as so approved, the “ Approved Space Plan ”).

2.2.2 Preliminary Plan . After the Space Plan has been approved by Landlord, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect to prepare and submit for Landlord’s approval preliminary plans showing locations of all proposed improvements, including partitions, cabinetry, equipment, fixtures, telephone and telecommunications facilities, and computer and electronic data facilities and shall specify the location of any proposed structural floor penetrations, the location and extent of floor loading in excess of Building capacity, if any, and the location and description of any special plumbing requirements, any special HVAC requirements, and any special electrical requirements (the “ Preliminary Plans ”). Landlord may request clarification or more specific drawings for special use items not included in the Preliminary Plans. Landlord shall approve or disapprove the Preliminary Plans by written notice given to Tenant within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt of the Preliminary Plans. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of the Preliminary Plans, provided that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall be entitled to withhold its consent to the Preliminary Plans for any of the reasons specified in Section 2.2.1 above, or if in Landlord’s good faith judgment, the Preliminary Plans are inconsistent with, or do not conform to, the Approved Space Plan. If Landlord disapproves the Preliminary Plans, Landlord shall return the Preliminary Plans to Tenant with a statement of Landlord’s reasons for disapproval, or specifying any required corrections and/or revisions. Landlord shall approve or disapprove of any revisions to the Preliminary Plans by written notice given to Tenant within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such revisions. This procedure shall be repeated until Landlord approves the Preliminary Plans (as so approved, the “ Approved Preliminary Plans ”).

 

Exhibit D, Page 4


2.2.3 Final Working Drawings . After the Preliminary Plans have been approved by Landlord, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect and the Engineers to prepare and submit for Landlord’s approval complete and detailed construction plans and specifications, including a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, fire protection, electrical and plumbing working drawings for the Tenant Improvement Work, in a form that is sufficiently complete to permit subcontractors to bid on the work, obtain all required Permits (as defined in Section 3.4, below) and commence construction (the “ Final Working Drawings ”). The Tenant Improvements shall be designed in accordance with the LEED Design/Operational Requirements and the Final Working Drawings shall incorporate the LEED Design/Operational Requirements. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with two (2) hard copies signed by Tenant and one (1) electronic version of such Final Working Drawings. Landlord shall approve or disapprove the Final Working Drawings by giving written notice to Tenant within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt thereof. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of the Final Working Drawings, provided that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall be entitled to withhold its consent to the Final Working Drawings for any of the reasons specified in Section 2.2.1 above, or if in Landlord’s good faith judgment, the Final Working Drawings are inconsistent with, or do not conform to, the Approved Preliminary Plans. If Landlord disapproves the Final Working Drawings, Landlord shall return the Final Working Drawings to Tenant with a statement of Landlord’s reasons for disapproval and/or specifying any required corrections or revisions. Landlord shall approve or disapprove of any such revisions to the Final Working Drawings within seven (7) Business Days after receipt of such revisions. This procedure shall be repeated until Landlord approves the Final Working Drawings (as so approved, the “ Approved TI Construction Drawings ”). Tenant shall include provisions in it Design Professional Agreements (as defined in Section 2.2.4) which expressly allow Landlord to use any and all of the Approved TI Construction Drawings for the Tenant Improvements without any additional cost or payment if the Lease is terminated, subject to Landlord agreeing to indemnify Tenant’s Architect and Engineers in question if Landlord elects to use any of the Approved TI Construction Drawings without retaining Tenant’s Architect or Engineer for the portion of Tenant’s Work covered by the Design Profession Agreement in question.

2.2.4 No Liability . Landlord has previously provided to Tenant a set of the Building Plans. Tenant’s Architect shall be responsible for performing all necessary field measurements and confirming the completeness and accuracy of such drawings. Landlord’s sole interest in reviewing and approving the Space Plan, the Preliminary Plans and Final Working Drawings is to protect the Building and Landlord’s interests, and no such review or approval by Landlord shall be deemed to (a) create any liability of any kind on the part of Landlord, including, but not limited to, liability for design, engineering or fitness for a particular purpose, or (b) constitute a representation on the part of Landlord or any person consulted by Landlord in connection with such review and approval that the Space Plan, the Preliminary Plans or Final Working Drawings are correct or accurate, or are in compliance with any Applicable Laws or the requirements of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring (i) that all elements of the design of the Final Working Drawings comply with Applicable Laws and are otherwise suitable for Tenant’s use of the Premises, and (ii) that no Tenant Improvement impairs any Base Building Systems or Landlord’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Lease, and Landlord’s approval of the Final Working Drawings shall not relieve Tenant from such responsibility. Further, if Landlord incurs any cost as a result of any failure of the Final Working Drawings to comply with Applicable Laws or as a result of any impairment of any Base Building Systems or of Landlord’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Lease resulting from any defect in the Final Working Drawings, then Tenant, upon written notice and request from Landlord, shall, at Landlord’s option, either (1) assign to Landlord any right Tenant may have under the Design Professional Agreements (defined below) to recover such cost from Tenant’s Architect and/or Engineers, as the case may be, or (2) at Tenant’s expense, use reasonable efforts to enforce such right directly against Tenant’s Architect and/or Engineers, as the case may be, for Landlord’s benefit. As used herein, “ Design Professional Agreements ” means the agreements between Tenant and Tenant’s Architect and Engineers pursuant to which the Approved TI Construction Drawings have been or will be prepared.

 

Exhibit D, Page 5


2.2.5 Form of Submittals . All requests, responses, plans, specifications and other materials submitted by Tenant or Landlord to the other pursuant to this Section 2 shall be submitted in both hard copy and reasonably acceptable reproducible, electronic format.

2.2.6 Modifications to Approved TI Construction Drawings . No material changes or modifications to the Approved TI Construction Drawings shall be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord shall have five (5) Business Days to review and notify Tenant of Landlord’s approval or disapproval of such proposed changes or modifications. Landlord will not unreasonably withhold its approval of (a) any request by Tenant to amend or change the Approved TI Construction Drawings, or (b) any change or amendment to the Approved TI Construction Drawings that may be necessary to obtain any Permits or which may be required by city officials or inspectors to comply with code rulings or interpretations (any of the foregoing, a “ Plan Modification ”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, however, Tenant acknowledges that it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold consent to any Plan Modification if any one of the circumstances listed in clauses (a) through (c) of Section 2.2.1 of this Agreement apply. If Landlord disapproves of any Plan Modification, Landlord shall return the same to Tenant with a statement of Landlord’s reasons for disapproval, or specifying any required corrections. This procedure shall be repeated until Landlord approves the Plan Modification.

2.2.7 Landlord’s Review of Plans . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for (or Landlord may deduct from the Tenant Improvement Allowance) any out-of-pocket, reasonable costs incurred by Landlord if review of the Space Plan, the Preliminary Plans, the Final Working Drawing and Plan Modifications requires engagement by Landlord of third party consultants.    

3. Construction of Tenant Improvements .

3.1 Selection of Contractors . Tenant shall retain a licensed general contractor (“ Tenant’s Contractor ”) to perform the Tenant Improvement Work. Tenant’s Contractor shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

3.2 Tenant’s Agents . Tenant’s Contractor, together with all subcontractors, laborers, materialmen and suppliers used by Tenant, are collectively referred to herein as “ Tenant’s Agents .” All Major Subcontractors must be approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. “ Major Subcontractors ” shall mean any contractor (other than Tenant’s Contractor) or subcontractor performing Tenant Improvement Work costing in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate or performing work affecting the Base Building Systems.

3.3 Construction Contracts . Tenant shall furnish Landlord with true and correct copies of all construction contracts between or among Tenant, Tenant’s Contractor and all Major Subcontractors relating to the Tenant Improvements. All such contracts shall expressly provide that (i) the work to be performed thereunder shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, that such work shall comply with the Construction Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Schedule 3 , as may be amended and updated from time to time (“ Construction Rules and Regulations ”), (ii) Tenant’s Contractor shall provide notices to Landlord of any default under the construction contract simultaneously with delivery of such notices to Tenant, and (iii) the Tenant’s Contractor shall warrant for a period of at least one (1) year that the Tenant Improvements will be constructed in accordance with the Approved TI Construction Drawings and Plan Modifications and free from defects in workmanship and materials (such warranty shall include, without additional charge, the repair of any portion of the Building that may be damaged as a result of the removal or replacement of the defective Tenant Improvements), and that said warranty is enforceable by Landlord. Landlord’s review of

 

Exhibit D, Page 6


such contracts shall not relieve Tenant from its obligations under this Agreement nor shall such review be deemed to constitute Landlord’s representation that such contracts comply with the requirements of this Agreement, provided, however, that Landlord shall provide notice to Tenant of any noncompliance of a contract with the terms of this Agreement if discovered by Landlord in the course of its review of such contract. Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord an assignment or other assurances that may be necessary to permit Landlord to directly enforce all warranties under such contracts. Upon engagement of any Tenant’s Agents, Tenant shall promptly cause each of Tenant’s Agents to execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement consenting to such assignment.

3.4 Permits . Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect to promptly submit the Approved TI Construction Drawings to the appropriate authorities to obtain all city, county and state permits, authorizations and approvals (the “ Permits ”) which may be required to allow Tenant’s Contractor to commence and fully complete the construction of the Tenant Improvements described in the Approved TI Construction Drawings. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s Architect shall be responsible for obtaining any Permits or the certificate of occupancy for the Premises, and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant’s responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord will cooperate with Tenant in executing permit applications and performing other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such Permit or certificate of occupancy. Any changes or modifications to the Approved TI Construction Drawings that may be necessary to obtain any such Permits, or which may be required by city officials or inspectors to comply with code rulings or interpretations, shall be prepared by Tenant’s Architect, at Tenant’s expense (provided that to the extent funds are available, such expense may be reimbursed from the Tenant Improvement Allowance), and submitted to Landlord for Landlord’s review and approval as a Plan Modification under Section 2.2.6. The procedure in Section 2.2.5 for approval shall be pursued until Landlord approves the Plan Modification and all Permits have been obtained for the Approved TI Construction Drawings, as so amended.

3.5 Commencement of Work . At least ten (10) days prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, or the delivery of any construction materials to the Premises, whichever is earlier, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a notice specifying the date Tenant will commence construction of the Tenant Improvements, the estimated date of completion of the Tenant Improvements, and the construction schedule for the Tenant Improvements provided by Tenant’s Contractor, setting forth the projected date of completion of such phase of the Tenant Improvements and showing critical time deadlines for construction milestones with respect to each major component or trade. In addition, prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, or the delivery of any construction materials to the Premises, whichever is earlier, Tenant shall submit to Landlord the following: (a) all Permits required to commence construction of the Tenant Improvements; (b) a copy of the executed contracts with Tenant’s Contractor and Major Subcontractors; (c) a detailed breakdown of the schedule of values, by trade, of the final costs that will be or have been incurred, in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work and that form the basis for the amount of the contracts (the “ Final Costs ”); and (d) certificates of all policies of insurance, or original certificates thereof executed by an authorized agent of the insurer or insurers, confirming to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction compliance with the insurance requirements of this Agreement. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with the Tenant Improvement Work, including the costs of the Permitted Allowance Items, to the extent the same exceed the aggregate amount that Landlord is required to disburse for such purpose pursuant to this Agreement.

3.6 Coordination . Prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord and Tenant shall hold monthly meetings at a reasonable time to be agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant regarding the progress of the Base Building Improvements and the progress of the design of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall obtain independent bids or proposals for construction of the Tenant Improvements from at least three (3) general contractors approved by

 

Exhibit D, Page 7


Landlord, unless one of such general contractors is Landlord’s general contractor performing the Base Building Improvements, in which case, only two (2) bids shall be required (one from Landlord’s general contractor and the other from an independent general contractor). Prior to the commencement of construction, Landlord and Tenant shall consult with each other and work together to ensure that both parties are satisfied with the terms of the proposed construction contract, cost estimates, accounting, schedule and logistics for construction of the Tenant Improvements. Following the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall hold weekly meetings at a reasonable time with Tenant’s Architect and Tenant’s Contractor regarding the progress of construction of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord and/or its agents shall receive prior notice of, and shall have the right to attend, all such meetings, and, upon Landlord’s request, certain of Tenant’s Agents shall attend such meetings. In addition, minutes shall be taken at all such meetings, a copy of which minutes shall be promptly delivered to Landlord.

3.7 Performance of Work . The Tenant Improvement Work shall be performed in a good and professional manner and shall conform to the Approved TI Construction Drawings. Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Agents to engage only labor that is harmonious and compatible with other labor working in the Project and in conformance with the terms of the Project Labor Agreement. In the event of any labor disturbance caused by persons employed by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, Tenant shall immediately take all actions necessary to eliminate such disturbance. To the extent any portions of the Building or the Project are damaged by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, Tenant shall cause such damage to be appropriately repaired or restored at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall abide by, and cause all of Tenant’s Agents to abide by, the Construction Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Schedule 3 relating to the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work.

3.8 Indemnity . Tenant’s indemnity of the Landlord Parties as set forth in the Lease shall also apply with respect to any and all Losses related in any way to any act or omission or willful misconduct of Tenant’s Contractor, Major Subcontractors, or other subcontractors, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or in connection with Tenant’s non-payment of any amount arising out of the Tenant Improvements (through no fault of Landlord). Such indemnity by Tenant, as set forth in the Lease, shall also apply with respect to any and all Losses related in any way to Landlord’s performance of any ministerial acts reasonably necessary (a) to permit Tenant to complete the Tenant Improvements, or (b) to enable Tenant to obtain any Permits or certificate of occupancy for the Premises; provided, however, that, with respect to any Landlord Party, Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall be inapplicable to the extent the Losses arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.

3.9 Fees . Landlord will not charge Tenant a supervision, coordination or administrative fee in connection with construction of the Tenant Improvement Work, provided that Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any reasonable, out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in reviewing the Space Plan, the Preliminary Plans, the Final Working Drawings and Plan Modifications, as set forth in Section 2.2.7.    

3.10 No Security Interest . No Tenant Improvements shall be installed upon the Premises pursuant to any agreement by which another party has a security interest or rights to remove or repossess any items constituting Tenant Improvements.

 

Exhibit D, Page 8


4. Tenant’s Insurance .

4.1 Liability, Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability . Tenant’s Agents shall carry (a) commercial general liability insurance with limits of not less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage, including personal injury and death, and contractor’s protective liability, and products and completed operations coverage in an amount not less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) in the aggregate (provided that the above limit may be satisfied by a primary policy and umbrella/excess liability policy so long as the other requirements of this Section 4 are satisfied); (b) commercial automobile liability insurance with a policy limit of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) each accident for bodily injury and property damage, providing coverage at least as broad as the Insurance Services Office (ISO) Business Auto Coverage form covering Automobile Liability, code 1 “any auto,” and insuring against all loss in connection with the ownership, maintenance and operation of automotive equipment that is owned, hired or non-owned; and (c) worker’s compensation with statutory limits and employer’s liability insurance with a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per accident; provided, however, such Ten Million Dollar limits in clauses (a) and (b) above shall be reduced to One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for any subcontractor that is not a Major Subcontractor and to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) for any Major Subcontractor.

4.2 Builder’s Risk . Tenant shall carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance on a “special causes of loss” form in an amount equal to 100% of the replacement cost of the Tenant Improvements (as reasonably approved by Landlord) covering the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Such “Builder’s All Risk” insurance shall insure Landlord and Tenant, as their interests may appear, as well as Tenant’s Agents. Tenant’s Agents shall be responsible for insuring their equipment.    

4.3 Other Coverage . Landlord may require other types of insurance coverage and/or increase the insurance limits set forth above if Landlord determines such increase is required to protect adequately the parties named as insureds or additional insureds under such insurance.

4.4 Insurance Requirements . Certificates for all insurance carried pursuant to this Section 4 shall be delivered to Landlord before the commencement of the Tenant Improvement Work and before Tenant’s Agents’ equipment is moved onto the Project. All insurance required by this Section 4 shall be issued by solvent companies qualified to do business in the State of California, and with an A.M. Best & Company financial strength rating of not less than A and a financial size category of not less than VIII. All such insurance policies (except workers’ compensation insurance) shall (a) provide that Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, any Security Holder, and their respective officers, partners, members and employees and any other person requested by Landlord, is designated as an additional insured with respect to liability arising out of work performed by or for Tenant’s general contractor without limitation as to coverage afforded under such policy pursuant to an endorsement in a form approved by Landlord, and (b) specify that such insurance is primary and that any insurance or self-insurance maintained by Landlord shall not contribute with it. Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Agents to notify Landlord within ten (10) days after general contractor’s knowledge of any cancellation or material modification of any policy of insurance required under this Section 4. Landlord may inspect the original policies of such insurance coverage at any time. If the Tenant Improvements are damaged by any cause during the course of the construction thereof, Tenant shall immediately repair the same at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall maintain all of the foregoing insurance coverage in force throughout the period of construction of the Tenant Improvements and until the Tenant Improvements are fully completed and accepted by Landlord, except for any products and completed operation coverage insurance, which is to be maintained for four (4) years following substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements. All insurance, except workers’ compensation, maintained by Tenant’s Agents shall preclude subrogation claims by the insurer against anyone insured thereunder. The requirements for the foregoing insurance shall not derogate from the provisions for indemnification of Landlord by Tenant under Paragraph 8.5 of the Lease.

 

Exhibit D, Page 9


5. Liens . Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Building free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Should Tenant fail to remove any such lien within ten (10) days after notice to do so from Landlord, Landlord may, in addition to any other remedies, record a bond pursuant to California Civil Code Section 8424 and all costs and obligations incurred by Landlord in so doing shall immediately become due and payable by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent under the Lease. Landlord shall have the right to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices that may be required or permitted by Applicable Laws, or that Landlord may deem to be proper, for the protection of Landlord and the Building from such liens.

6. Allowances .    

6.1 Space Plan Allowance . Landlord agrees to reimburse Tenant for architectural costs incurred in connection with preparation of the Space Plan and two (2) revisions thereof in an amount not to exceed (the “ Space Plan Allowance ”). Tenant may submit invoices to Landlord for payment of the Space Plan Allowance to reimburse Tenant or to pay Tenant’s Architect directly (if so requested by Tenant) for the Space Plan prepared by Tenant’s Architect. Following Landlord’s receipt of such invoices, Landlord shall within thirty (30) days thereafter pay Tenant for the amount requested in such invoice; provided in no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements for the Space Plan in an amount which exceeds the Space Plan Allowance. The Space Plan Allowance shall not be deducted from the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

6.2 Tenant Improvement Allowance . Landlord will contribute to the costs of designing the Tenant Improvements and performing the Tenant Improvement Work, as depicted on the Approved TI Construction Drawings and any approved Plan Modifications, to the extent of the lesser of or (b) the actual cost of Permitted Allowance Items (as hereinafter defined) for the Tenant Improvement Work (the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ”). Tenant shall pay all costs in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance for the design of the Tenant Improvements and performance of the Tenant Improvement Work. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Agreement in an amount which exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance. All costs associated with the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be shared with Landlord on an “open-book” basis promptly upon request. Tenant shall not be entitled to a credit for any unused portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance in the form of a rent credit, rent abatement or otherwise. Notwithstanding Tenant’s election to initially occupy only one (1) floor of the Premises, Tenant shall construct Tenant Improvements to the entirety of the Premises and the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be equitably allocated to Tenant Improvements on each of the floors of the Premises.

6.3 Permitted Allowance Items . The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord only for the payment or reimbursement of the following items and costs (collectively, the “ Permitted Allowance Items ”): (a) costs of preparing the Space Plan, the Preliminary Plans, and the Approved TI Construction Drawings, (b) the cost of obtaining Permits, (c) the documented cost of performing the Tenant Improvement Work, including the cost of procuring, constructing and installing all construction materials, (d) the cost of any change to the Base Building Improvements required by the Approved TI Construction Drawings, including all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith, and (e) the costs and fees related to the management and supervision of the Tenant Improvement Work for Tenant’s benefit. From time to time during the course of construction, Landlord may charge against the Tenant Improvement Allowance any and all Permitted Allowance Items incurred by Landlord, including, without limitation, any increased costs incurred by Landlord as a result of, or in connection with, Plan Modifications or any Tenant Delay. Permitted Allowance Items shall not include furnishings, fixtures, equipment and other personal property, including cabling, switches, servers, routers and similar data and telecommunications equipment costs.

 

Exhibit D, Page 10


6.4 Budget . Before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a detailed breakdown by trade of the costs incurred or that will be incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements and the estimated payment schedule for such costs, which Tenant shall update at least monthly (the most recent such budget, the “ Budget ”).

6.5 Disbursement of Tenant Improvement Allowance . Landlord shall disburse the Tenant Improvement Allowance on a progress payment basis during the construction of the Tenant Improvements, as set forth in this Section 6.5.

6.5.1 Monthly Disbursements . From time to time, if Tenant desires disbursement of any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the fifteenth (15th) day of the month (and not more often than once per month) the following: (a) an Application and Certificate for Payment (AIA Document G702) (“ Application for Payment ”) signed by Tenant’s Architect, together with an updated schedule of values indicating the portion of the Tenant Improvement Work that has been completed and the portion that has not been completed as of the date of the request for payment; (b) an updated Budget setting forth in reasonable detail (i) a computation of the total costs of performing the Tenant Improvements incurred by Tenant during the prior month (including costs related to Plan Modifications) and (ii) the cumulative Tenant Improvement costs incurred through the end of such month; (c) a calculation of the portion of the request for payment due Tenant’s Contractor that is Landlord’s Share (as defined below in this Section 6.5.1); (d) invoices from all of Tenant’s Agents for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises; (e) executed conditional mechanic’s lien releases from Tenant’s Contractor and Tenant’s Agents included in the Application for Payment, together with unconditional mechanic’s lien releases from Tenant’s Contractor and Tenant’s Agents with respect to payments made by Landlord pursuant to Tenant’s prior submission of an Application for Payment, which shall comply with the appropriate provisions of California Civil Code Sections 8132 and 8134; and (f) all other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s lender to support the disbursement. Tenant’s request for payment shall constitute Tenant’s representation to Landlord that, without limiting any warranty or other similar claims that Tenant may have against Tenant’s Contractor or Tenant’s Agents, Tenant has accepted and approved for payment the work furnished and/or materials supplied as set forth in the Application for Payment, and that the amount requested constitutes payment for Permitted Allowance Items that have been incurred by Tenant or are currently owing to Tenant’s Contractor or Tenant’s Agents. Provided that the Lease is then in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default of any of its obligations under the Lease, including this Agreement, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of the foregoing, Landlord shall deliver a check to Tenant made payable to Tenant’s Contractor or as otherwise directed in writing by Tenant, in payment of the lesser of: (i) Landlord’s Share, if applicable, of the Permitted Allowance Items shown in the applicable Application for Payment, after first deducting any amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.2.7 and 6.3 above, and (ii) the balance of any remaining available portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (excluding the Final Retention), provided that Landlord may withhold from such disbursement amounts attributable to work that Landlord reasonably determines does not comply with the Approved TI Construction Drawings, as amended by Plan Modifications approved by Landlord. “ Landlord’s Share ” shall be the proportion that the Tenant Improvement Allowance bears to the estimated total cost of the Tenant Improvements as reflected in the current Budget. For example, if the estimated total cost of the Tenant Improvements in the current Budget is if the estimated total cost of the Tenant Improvements changes during the course of construction due to changes in the scope of the work, increased costs of materials, delays, or any other reason, Landlord’s Share shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the estimated total cost of the Tenant Improvement at the time of each draw request. Landlord’s payment of such amounts shall not be deemed Landlord’s approval

 

Exhibit D, Page 11


or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request. Tenant shall provide in the construction contracts with Tenant’s Contractor and Tenant’s Agents that Landlord and Tenant may withhold from each amount otherwise due Tenant’s Contractor or Tenant’s Agents a five percent (5%) retention (the aggregate amount of such retentions to be known as the “ Final Retention ”) until final completion of the Tenant Improvement Work, and that each Application for Payment shall reflect such five percent (5%) retention.

6.5.2 Final Payment . Provided that the Lease is then in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default of any of its obligations under the Lease, including this Agreement, final payment by means of a check made payable to Tenant’s Contractor or as Tenant shall otherwise direct in writing, shall be delivered by Landlord to Tenant following the latest to occur of the following: (a) Tenant delivers to Landlord invoices from Tenant’s Contractor and each of Tenant’s Agents for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises properly executed mechanics lien releases in compliance with both California Civil Code Section 8136 and Section 8138; (b) Tenant’s Architect delivers to Landlord AIA Form G704, certifying that the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises has been substantially completed; (c) Tenant delivers to Landlord copies of all Permits, licenses, certificates and other governmental authorizations and approvals in connection with, and indicating final approval of, the Tenant Improvement Work, and which will be necessary for the operation of Tenant’s business within the Premises; (d) Tenant delivers a copy of the recorded Notice of Completion and such other items required in the last sentence of Section 9; (e) Tenant delivers HVAC and air balancing reports; (f) Tenant delivers specification cut sheets for all non-Building standard equipment and lighting and manufacturers’ warranties and operating instructions; (g) original stamped building permit inspection cards with all final sign-offs; (h) the final punchlist completed and signed off by Tenant’s Architect; and (i) the satisfaction of any other reasonable requirements or conditions that may be required or imposed by Landlord’s lender with respect to the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

6.5.3 Other Terms . Landlord shall not charge Tenant for use of hoists, freight elevators, access to loading docks, utilities, or temporary HVAC prior to the Term Commencement Date. Landlord shall only be obligated to make disbursements from the Tenant Improvement Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Tenant for Permitted Allowance Items. Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to submit the documents described in Section 6.5.2 above to Landlord as soon as reasonably practicable. If Tenant fails to submit any necessary documentation for disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance on or before the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the Term Commencement Date, Landlord shall have no further obligation to disburse all or any remaining balance of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to Tenant, and Tenant shall conclusively be deemed to have waived any rights to receive the same.

7. Inspection . At all times during construction of the Tenant Improvements and upon completion of the Tenant Improvement Work, Landlord and Landlord’s employees and agents shall have the right to inspect the Tenant Improvements, and to require the correction of any faulty work or any material deviation from the Approved TI Construction Drawings; provided, however, that if Landlord determines that any faulty work or material deviation exists that might adversely affect the structure of the Building or the Base Building Systems, then (a) Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, may take such action (including suspension of construction of the Tenant Improvements) as Landlord reasonably deems necessary to correct such defect, and (b) until such defect is corrected, Landlord may withhold from the disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the estimated cost to correct such defect. Tenant shall not close-up any Tenant Improvements affecting the Base Building Systems until the same have been inspected by Landlord’s agents. No inspection or approval by Landlord of any such work shall constitute an endorsement thereof or any representation as to the adequacy thereof for any purpose or the conformance thereof with any Applicable Laws, and Tenant remain fully responsible and liable therefor.

 

Exhibit D, Page 12


8. Compliance . The Tenant Improvement Work shall comply in all respects with (a) all Applicable Laws; (b) all applicable standards of the American Insurance Association (formerly, the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and the National Electrical Code; and (c) all applicable building material manufacturer’s specifications. Without limiting the foregoing, if, as a result of Tenant’s performance of the Tenant Improvement Work, Landlord becomes required under Applicable Laws to perform any inspection or give any notice relating to the Premises or the Tenant Improvement Work, or to ensure that the Tenant Improvement Work is performed in any particular manner, Tenant shall comply with such requirement on Landlord’s behalf and promptly thereafter provide Landlord with reasonable documentation of such compliance.

9. Deliveries Upon Completion of Construction . Within ten (10) days after completion of the Tenant Improvement Work, Tenant shall cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of San Mateo, in accordance with California Civil Code Section 8182 or any successor statute, and shall furnish a copy thereof to Landlord upon such recordation. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may execute and file the same on behalf of Tenant as Tenant’s agent for such purpose, at Tenant’s expense. Within thirty (30) days after completing the Tenant Improvements: (a) Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect and the Contractor to (i) update the Approved TI Construction Drawings as necessary to reflect all changes made to the Approved TI Construction Drawings during the course of construction, (ii) certify to the best of their knowledge that the updated drawings are true and correct, which certification shall survive the expiration or termination of the Lease, and (iii) deliver to Landlord two (2) hard copies, two (2) CD ROMS in Auto CAD format and an electronic pdf version of such updated drawings; and (b) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord two (2) hard copies and one electronic pdf version of all warranties, guaranties, and operating manuals and information relating to the improvements, equipment, and systems in the Premises.

10. Ownership of Tenant Improvements . The Tenant Improvements (including, but not limited to, all partitioning, window and wall coverings, and plumbing, lighting, electrical, and HVAC fixtures installed by Tenant) shall be deemed, effective upon installation, to be a part of the Premises and the Building and shall be deemed to be the property of Landlord (subject to Tenant’s right to use the same during the Term of the Lease), and shall be surrendered at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, unless Landlord shall have reasonably conditioned its approval of the Final Working Drawings or any Plan Modification pursuant to Section 2.2.1 or 2.2.6, as applicable, on Tenant’s agreement to remove any items thereof. The removal of such items and the restoration and repair work described above shall be paid for and performed in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 36 of the Lease.

11. Representatives .

11.1 Tenant’s Representative . Tenant has designated Steve Kemnitzer ( “Tenant’ s Representative”) as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Agreement, who, until further notice to Landlord, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Agreement. Tenant may change Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than five (5) Business Days advance written notice to Landlord.

11.2 Landlord’s Representative . Landlord has designated Chuck Noll ( “Landlord’ s Representative”) as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Agreement, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Agreement. Landlord may change Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than five (5) Business Days advance written notice to Tenant.

 

Exhibit D, Page 13


12. Books and Records . At its option, Landlord, at any time within twelve (12) months after final disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to Tenant, and upon at least ten (10) Business Days prior written notice to Tenant, may cause an audit to be made of Tenant’s books and records relating to Tenant’s expenditures in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall maintain complete and accurate books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of these expenditures for at least twelve (12) months after final disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to Tenant. Tenant shall make available to Landlord’s auditor at the Premises within ten (10) Business Days following Landlord’s notice requiring the audit, all books and records maintained by Tenant pertaining to the construction and completion of the Tenant Improvements. In addition to all other remedies which Landlord may have pursuant to the Lease, Landlord may recover from Tenant the reasonable cost of its audit if the audit discloses that Tenant falsely reported to Landlord expenditures which were not in fact made or falsely reported a material amount of any expenditure or the aggregate expenditures.

13. Lease Provisions; Conflict . The terms and provisions of the Lease, insofar as they are applicable, in whole or in part, to this Agreement, are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Lease and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to modify in any manner the provisions of Article 2 of the Lease. Any amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be deemed to be Additional Rent under the Lease and, upon any default in the payment of same, Landlord shall have all rights and remedies available to it as provided for in the Lease.

14. Tenant Default . In addition to any other default of Tenant pursuant to the Lease, any of the following shall be deemed to be a material default of Tenant if such failure continues for more than thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord; provided that if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, a default shall not be deemed to have occurred if Tenant promptly commences such cure within said period of thirty (30) days, and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion: (a) Tenant’s failure to perform its material obligations under this Agreement; (b) Tenant’s failure to diligently prosecute the construction of the Tenant Improvements; (c) Tenant’s failure to pay Tenant’s Contractor or other parties involved in the construction of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Construction Contract (or other contract applicable to such party); (d) Tenant’s material default under the Construction Contract or any other contracts in connection with construction of the Tenant Improvements to which Tenant is a party which would allow the Contractor (or the other party to such contract) to either terminate the Construction Contract (or other contract) or cease work; or (e) the cessation of construction of the Tenant Improvements after commencement thereof for reasons other than Force Majeure Events.

15. Disputes; Remedies .

15.1 Generally . Any dispute which shall arise under this Agreement, shall be resolved pursuant to the procedures provided for in this Section 15 (the “ Workletter Dispute Procedures ”). Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the Lease, sums in dispute shall not be payable or credited until such dispute is resolved as herein provided.

15.2 Failure to Resolve; Arbitration . Unless otherwise mutually agreed, if any dispute which is to be governed by the Workletter Dispute Procedures has not been resolved to the mutual satisfaction of both parties within ten (10) Business Days after written notice of the same shall have been provided by one party to the other, then such dispute shall be resolved by arbitration as provided in this Section 15.2:

 

Exhibit D, Page 14


15.2.1 Within seven (7) days after the expiration of the ten (10) business day period described in Section 12.2 above, Landlord and Tenant shall select a mutually acceptable arbitrator (the “ Workletter Qualified Arbitrator ”), who shall be an architect, engineer or general contractor (depending on the nature of the dispute) having at least ten (10) years’ continuous experience in representing (or contracting with) landlords or tenants, or both, in the performance or design of improvements comparable to the Tenant Improvement Work or comparable to the Landlord Work (as the case may be) with respect to first class office buildings in the Comparable Area. If the parties fail to agree on the selection of a Workletter Qualified Arbitrator within such seven (7) day period, then, within a second period of seven (7) days, each party shall select a Workletter Qualified Arbitrator, and within a third period of seven (7) days thereafter, the two appointed Workletter Qualified Arbitrators shall select a third Workletter Qualified Arbitrator and the third Workletter Qualified Arbitrator shall be the arbitrator and shall resolve the subject dispute. If one party shall fail to make such selection within said third seven (7) day period, then the Workletter Qualified Arbitrator chosen by the other party shall be the sole arbitrator. If the two appointed Workletter Qualified Arbitrators shall fail to select a third Workletter Qualified Arbitrator, then the third Workletter Qualified Arbitrator shall be selected by the Director of the San Francisco Chapter of the American Arbitration Association or JAMS (or comparable organization, if the San Francisco Chapter of the American Arbitration Association or JAMS does not then exist).

15.2.2 Once the Workletter Qualified Arbitrator has been selected as provided in Section 12.2.1 above, each of Landlord and Tenant, if it so elects, shall present evidence and materials to such Workletter Qualified Arbitrator, and, as soon thereafter as practicable, but in any case within ten (10) Business Days after such selection, the Workletter Qualified Arbitrator shall deliver its resolution of the dispute in question. Any such decision shall include, if applicable, an express determination of the prevailing party in such dispute, and any costs and/or Tenant Delay in Substantially Completing the Base Building Improvements, if any, resulting from the matter(s) that are the subject of such dispute. Such decision of the Workletter Qualified Arbitrator shall be submitted in writing to, and be final and binding on, each of Landlord and Tenant. If the Workletter Qualified Arbitrator believes that expert advice would materially assist him or her, (s)he may retain one or more qualified persons, including, but not limited to, legal counsel, contractors, architects or engineers, to provide such expert advice. All costs and expenses pertaining to any such arbitration shall be borne as follows: (1) the non-prevailing party in the arbitration (as determined by the Workletter Qualified Arbitrator) shall pay the costs of the Workletter Qualified Arbitrator and of any experts retained by the Workletter Qualified Arbitrator, (2) any fees of any counsel or expert engaged directly by Landlord or Tenant and the fees of any Workletter Qualified Arbitrator engaged to select a third Workletter Qualified Arbitrator shall be borne by the party obtaining such counsel, expert or arbitrator, and (3) if a compromise of any such dispute is reached between the parties, the cost of the arbitration shall be equally divided between the parties.

15.2.3 Any determination by a Workletter Qualified Arbitrator pursuant to this Section 15 shall be deemed an arbitration award, and judgment on the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

16. No Waiver . Neither this Agreement nor any of the provisions contained in this Agreement may be changed or waived, except by a written instrument signed by both parties.

17. Schedules to Agreement. The following schedules are attached hereto and incorporated herein:

Schedule 1     Base Building Improvements

Schedule 2     Building Plans

Schedule 3     Construction Rules and Regulations

 

Exhibit D, Page 15


SCHEDULE 1

BASE BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS

BAY MEADOWS STATION 4

BASE BUILDING DESCRIPTION

3050 S. Delaware Street, San Mateo, California

July 2015

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

 

1.1 The following describes the Base Building configuration for the core and shell construction of the office building known as Bay Meadows Station 4 (“STA 4” or the “Building”). The Building is designed to comply with the 2010 Edition of the California Building Standards Code and California Code of Regulations, Title 24.

 

1.2 STA 4 is one of five Class A office buildings, located in a transit focused development along the CalTrain line directly adjacent to the Hillsdale train station.

 

1.3 The Building is designed with a central entry and core area, serving three efficient floors with consistent materials and color palette designed to a Class A office standard. Parking structures are incorporated within the Building to serve tenant’s employees and visitors. The ground floor has an Active Use zone along the Delaware Street frontage, to provide vital pedestrian movement to potential restaurant, retail, or conference space.

 

1.4 The Base Building shall include all common area facilities, including; main lobby, restrooms, stairs, elevators, shower/locker rooms, automobile and bicycle parking, loading area, electrical, water, gas, telecom and other facilities required to service the entire building. All such rooms/areas to be complete and operational. Distribution of electrical, water, gas and telecom systems out into tenant floor areas are to be part of the Tenant Improvements.

LEED / SUSTAINABILITY

 

2.1 STA4 is being designed to LEED Gold standards and that is the design target for the Building per the USGBC (United States Green Building Council) standards for LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design).    

 

2.2 CalGreen Tier 1 compliance is included.

 

2.3 Sustainable San Mateo compliance is included, where applicable.

 

2.4 Transit Focused. Directly adjacent to the Hillsdale CalTrain Station and SamTrans Station

 

2.5 Bicycle parking. Showers and locker rooms. Located along the San Mateo County North-South Commuter Bike Route.

BUILDING STATISTICS

 

3.1 STA 4 – 3050 S. Delaware    

 

3.2 STA 4 - ±211,203 RSF

 

3.3 Floor-to-Floor heights (NOT clear heights):

Ground Floor (typical): 17’-6”    

Office Floors 2-4 (typical): 12’-6”    

Parking Floors (typical): 9”-6”

 

3.4 Column Spacing: 30’ x 30’

 

Schedule 1 to Exhibit D, Page 1


3.5 Planning Module: 5’

SITE / CIVIL

 

4.1 STA 4 site development to include private streets and walkways to enter the Building from the public right of way exterior plazas with landscaped and hardscaped areas, biofiltration storm drain areas, irrigation, and lighting.

 

4.2 Outdoor bicycle racks to be provided for visitors on the public streets. Secured bike rooms or fenced areas are provided for tenants within the building parking areas with racks installed. Additional bike capacity can be added.

LANDSCAPE

 

5.1 Landscape shall include street trees and planters at the private streets, a hedgerow of trees at the west property line, biofiltration planters, and vine planting for the parking garage green screen structure. Planting shall have low water requirements per the City of San Mateo.

 

5.2 Irrigation system shall be high efficiency/low water usage with control features to inform and enable automatic adjustment of the watering program based on weather and flow criteria.

CORE AND SHELL

 

6.1 Buildings to be fully enclosed and watertight.

 

6.2 Exterior walls to be constructed of terra cotta, metal panels, architectural concrete, glass and aluminum curtain walls and storefront glazing systems.

 

6.3 Windows and glass/aluminum curtain wall systems to utilize high-performance insulated glass.

 

6.4 Roof to be a Class A SBS-Modified Bituminous Membrane Cool-Roof compliant roofing system.

 

6.5 Exterior architectural elements include canopies, green screens, balconies, and colonnades.

 

6.6 Base buildings to be constructed with fully functional elevators and restrooms.

 

6.7 Typical central cores to incorporate elevators, stairs, restrooms, janitor closets and mechanical shafts. Center elevator and stair core construction to be composed of concrete shear walls and function as an integral part of the structural system.

 

6.8 Supplementary cores located in each wing of the Building will include a stair tower, electrical and tel/data closets, plumbing risers and mechanical shafts.

 

6.9 The Building will be served by three elevators, with one “swing” car for passenger/service use.

 

6.10 One building standard tenant identification sign to be provided at the upper floor elevator lobbies. Building standard evacuation signage to be provided at upper floor elevator lobbies and stairs.

 

6.11 Restroom core to include a janitor/storage closet on each floor.

 

6.12 Restroom core to include rated enclosed shafts for exhaust and plumbing systems.

 

6.13 Shower and locker rooms are located on Level PL2 in proximity to bike storage areas. Shower locker rooms to include day-use lockers, dressing area, lavatories, toilets and enclosed shower stalls. Shower locker rooms to be ADA compliant and finished with similar materials as the Building restrooms.

 

6.14 Other spaces that are to be completed as part of the Base Building include the main lobby and parking levels.

 

6.15 The Building trash storage area is located in the loading dock area and is intended to serve the Building only. This area can accommodate multiple trash and recycling containers. A trash management plan has been approved by the City of San Mateo for trash and recycling collection at the Bay Meadows site.

 

 

Schedule 1 to Exhibit D, Page 2


INTERIORS

 

7.1 Main building lobby to be an open two-story lobby with an all glass curtain wall system that opens to the plaza, with an architecturally significant staircase that serves all floors adjacent to the elevators. The finishes will incorporate masonry, stone, concrete, wood, steel and other materials consistent with a Class A office building.

 

7.2 Interior surfaces of the exterior perimeter walls will be exposed glass, concrete or framing and provided with insulation as required to meet Title 24 energy compliance standards for the base building shell. Gypsum wallboard, tape and finish where required to cover framing and insulation is to be part of the Tenant Improvements.

 

7.3 Interior gypsum wallboard or shaft wall at restroom and secondary stairway cores on the Tenant side to be provided unfinished or fire-taped as required. Finish taping, sanding and prep for paint or finish materials to be part of Tenant Improvements. Concrete core walls, shear walls or columns to be provided as unfinished concrete.

 

7.4 No ceilings are to be installed except in restrooms and Building main lobby. Ceilings will not be installed as part of base building improvements.

 

7.5 Window mullions based on a five foot planning module.

 

7.6 Tenant, in its discretion, may install window coverings for exterior windows per Landlord’s specifications.

STRUCTURE

 

8.1 Building is designed to meet current seismic standards per the 2010 edition of the California Building Code.

 

8.2 Building structure to be concrete construction. Structure to be cast-in-place reinforced concrete utilizing concrete shear walls to resist lateral loads.

 

8.3 The foundation system employs a combination of concrete mat slabs, spread footings and grade beams.

 

8.4 Basement floors at parking areas to be reinforced concrete slabs.

 

8.5 Typical elevated floors to be 8” to 10” thick reinforced concrete or post-tensioned slabs. Floor slabs designed for 80psf live loads and 20psf partition loads at office levels, and 40 psf live loads at parking levels.

 

8.6 Floor-to-floor height on first floor to be approximately 17’-6”. Floor-to-floor height on typical office floors to be approximately 12’-6”. Floor-to-floor height on typical parking floors to be approximately 9’-6”.

 

8.7 Columns to be typically approximately 24” square at the basement levels and approximately 24” in diameter at office interior, with approximately 20” diameter at office perimeter, based on a 30’ by 30’ column grid layout.

PARKING

 

9.1 CALgreen Tier 1, 10% Fuel Efficient/Electric Vehicle (FE/LEV) designated parking spaces are to be included in the Building garage. These parking stalls will be allotted within Tenant’s parking ratio.

 

9.2 Mechanical gate arms control access to the garage entries.

 

9.3 Parking ratio: 3.00/1000 rentable square foot with 2.75/1000 within the Building and the remaining within the Project and to be provided with either surface or structured parking.

 

9.4 Electric vehicle recharging stations to be provided at multiple locations and parking levels.

 

Schedule 1 to Exhibit D, Page 3


9.5 Secured bike parking rooms and fenced areas with racks to be provided. Additional bike capacity can be added.

MECHANICAL

 

10.1 Mechanical shafts to be fully enclosed and rated. Ductwork and plumbing to be stubbed out and ready for Tenant Improvements to connect to, for horizontal distribution. Cores and slab penetrations for future VRV (Variable Refrigerant Volume) refrigerant piping provided on each wing of the Building (two riser locations).

 

10.2 Operational heated and cooled ventilation systems to provide conditioned supply air to all occupied floors. Building ventilation system is designated to conform to ASHRAE 62.1.

 

10.3 Mechanical plant designed accommodate the following heat loads; 2.5 watts/rsf convenience power load, 1 watt/rsf for lighting load, and 100 rsf/person occupancy load. Design set points are 74°F for cooling and 70°F for heating plus or minus 2°F.

 

10.4 Vertical distribution of outside air provided from roof to each floor via core air shafts. Dampers for supply and return to be provided at the shafts.

 

10.5 Heating and cooling to be provided and fully distributed in the Building main lobby.

 

10.6 Direct Digital Control (DDC) Building Management System (BMS) to be provided and function to control building systems. System shall be a BACnet open protocol system with multiple local service providers. Controls shall be fully automated energy management system including DDC on the primary systems and digital thermostats. The BMS will schedule, override, monitor, and control cooling and heating equipment, fans and ventilation systems.. The BMS will also schedule, override, monitor and control VRF/VRV fan coil systems provided by Tenant.

 

10.7 Exhaust riser is stubbed-out at central restroom core for Tenant uses like break rooms and copy rooms.

 

10.8 Purchase, installation and distribution of VRV systems serving the Premises to be by Tenant. Roof space for Tenant VRV condensing units is available and allows for expansion of capacity..

 

10.9 Dedicated supply air connections at each floor to provide ventilation air to VRV system.

 

10.10 Electrical and telecom rooms will be provided with local heat  exhaust.

ELECTRICAL and TECHNOLOGY

 

11.1 Fully operational main electric service including a 4000 A, 277/480V, 3Ph. 4W main switchboard to serve Tenant lighting and power loads and base building electrical, mechanical and equipment loads. Loads are calculated as 0.9 watts/sf for lighting, 1 watt/sf for general use receptacles, 6watts/sf for miscellaneous and equipment and 4 watts/sf for HVAC .

 

11.2 The electrical distribution is via two 2000A bus duct risers that will serve one 42circuits 277/480V 3PH, 4W lighting panel and four 42 circuits 120/208V, 3Ph. 4W power panels at each of two electrical rooms per floor.

 

11.3 A Lighting Control Panel (LCP) system is to be provided with lighting relays located in the electrical rooms to control base building illumination.

 

11.4 Emergency power for fire alarm, exit and egress lighting, life/safety and security systems to be provided via battery backup power.

 

11.5 Conduits to be provided from telephone/data MPOE to riser locations at the telecom closets. Four 4” sleeves to be provided at each telecom closet between floors. Pathways will support base building copper and fiber to support base building functions, including BMS, Fire Alarm, and Security as well as Tenant systems and floor-to-floor cable distribution.

 

 

Schedule 1 to Exhibit D, Page 4


11.6 Telecommunications bonding backbone and an insulated conductor to be installed at all tele/data closets, terminated at MPOE and connected to a ground rod and the main power ground bus. Large communication entrance facility and MPOE capable of supporting multiple carriers complete with service entrance duct bank infrastructure. Landlord to provide fiber to MPOE.

 

11.7 The site has infrastructure in place for multiple paths and services into the Building. ATT, Comcast and Astound have facilities in the street. The Building is set up to have scalable, high speed fiber, copper and coax services. Roof top dish/telcom equipment can also be employed, subject to Landlord approval.

PLUMBING

 

12.1 Restroom core to include fully functional and finished men’s and women’s restrooms at each floor. Fixture count to be based on 2010 Plumbing Code pursuant to Landlord’s test-fit. The current restroom count anticipates an occupant load of one per 200/sf on a typical office floor. Finishes include ceramic tile at floors and wet walls, stone lavatory tops, baked enameled partitions, stainless steel accessories, finished ceiling system and lighting. Finishes in restrooms to be equal to or better than 4” x 8” ceramic tile full height at wet wall, 12” x 18” floor tile and tile base. Sink and toilet fixtures to be sensor activated.    

 

12.2 Restroom core to include a janitor/storage closet on each floor.

 

12.3 Restroom core to include enclosed shafts for exhaust and plumbing systems.

 

12.4 Shower and locker rooms located on Level PL2

 

12.5 Hose bibs provided in strategic locations throughout the Building for maintenance and janitorial.

 

12.6 Domestic water will be stubbed out with a valve at each floor at each core location. This piping is exposed at three core locations on each floor to support Tenant Improvements.

 

12.7 Waste and vent lines will be stubbed and capped at each floor at each core location. This piping is exposed at three core locations on each floor to support Tenant Improvements.

 

12.8 Roof drain lines are routed horizontally at office levels 3 and 4 to minimize impact on all floors.

ELEVATORS AND STAIRS

 

13.1 Fire rated stairways serving all occupied floors with two stairways extending to the roof via a roof hatch. Stairway and exiting widths are based on typical office occupancy loads.

 

13.2 Stair No. 1 at the lobby has concrete or stone tile treads for improved acoustics, feature walls, and glass guardrails with architectural handrails.

 

13.3 The secondary stairs to be constructed of steel checkerplate or flat steel treads, risers, and landings and can also be used for inter-floor travel.

 

13.4 Secondary stairways to have exposed concrete, concrete block and drywall walls, Building standard doors and exposed concrete floors within the stairways. Concrete and drywall finishes outside of the stairway at the office interiors to be left unfinished so as to be incorporated into the Tenant Improvement design.

 

13.5 Lighting, fire protection, security/access conduits, signage and other infrastructure systems to be installed as required by code.

 

13.6 Elevators are MRL (machine room less) design with standard hall call and in car control systems

 

13.7 Elevator cabs to be fully finished with Class A building level finishes to complement Building lobby finishes.    

 

13.9 Elevators to include a security interface. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense, shall be permitted to install its own security system which system shall be compatible with Landlord’s elevator card-key system.

 

Schedule 1 to Exhibit D, Page 5


ACOUSTICS

 

14.1 The Building includes sound-rated dual glazing systems with STC 38 for enhanced acoustical performance.

SAFETY AND SECURITY

 

15.1 Fully operational life safety and security systems as set forth in the Building Plans.

 

15.2 Base building is to be fully sprinklered and monitored as required by code for an undivided occupancy with upturned heads typical.

 

15.3 Fire life safety system distribution (smoke detectors, annunciators, sprinkler monitoring devices, horns, strobes, etc.) as required by code for core and common areas.

 

15.4 Building access systems to be provided that will allow for off-hours access at exterior lobby doors, parking areas and elevators. System configurations and expansions to accommodate Tenant requirements to be part of Tenant Improvement scope.

ROOF TOP AREA (Designated on Exhibit A-1)

 

16.1 Elevator access to be provided via the service elevator (Car C) with vestibule as required by code.

 

16.2 Stairs #2 and #3 will be extended to the roof with full landing as required by code. A code compliant egress path to be provided from Roof Top Area to Stair #3.

 

16.3 Roof slab under the Roof Top Area will be redesigned for a live load of 100 PSF and dead load of 50 PSF . ]

 

Schedule 1 to Exhibit D, Page 6


SCHEDULE 2

BUILDING PLANS

Plans prepared by HOK titled Bay Meadows STA 4a Superstructure and Buyout Revisions issued January 30, 2015 through Bulletin #9 dated June 18, 2015

 

 

Schedule 2 to Exhibit D, Page 1


SCHEDULE 3

CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS

All general contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, material men, and their employees and anyone working for or on their behalf, shall be immediately advised of the following construction rules and regulations concerning their proper conduct within the Premises, Building and the Project. It is the general contractor’s responsibility to ensure that its subcontractors and suppliers read and understand these rules and regulations. Ignorance of these rules and regulations is not a waiver of liability or responsibility.

In the event of a conflict between the following rules and regulations and the remainder of the terms of the Lease, including, but not limited to, the terms of the Agreement, the remainder of the terms of the Lease shall control. Capitalized terms have the same meaning as defined in the Lease, including, but not limited to, as defined in the Agreement.

1. No one shall be allowed to endanger the Premises, Building and/or Project, its premises, and/or its occupants in any manner whatsoever. In the event that a situation occurs which threatens the Premises, Building and/or Project, or its occupants in any manner, the contractor, subcontractor, supplier, etc., must take steps to correct the hazardous condition. In the event that the contractor’s personnel fail to correct the hazardous condition, Landlord reserves the right to immediately take steps to correct the situation at the contractor’s expense.

2. No gasoline operated devices, e.g., concrete saws, coring machines, welding machines, etc., shall be permitted within the Premises, Building and/or Project. All work requiring such devices shall be electronically operated.

3. All pressurized gas and oxygen canisters shall be properly restrained and supported to eliminate all potential hazards.

4. All contractors are to use the designated freight elevator for transportation of materials and personnel. No materials, equipment, or personnel are permitted to use the passenger cabs. If for any reason the freight elevator is unavailable, all contractors are to obtain permission from Landlord or security personnel prior to using a passenger elevator. If a contractor or its personnel are found using the passenger elevators, the elevators will immediately be inspected for damage, and all damages, whether a result of the contractor’s use or not, shall be repaired at the contractor’s and/or Tenant’s expense.

5. All material deliveries shall be made through the ground floor to the designated freight elevator and then transported to the particular floor. Deliveries consisting of bulk materials, or deliveries requiring longer than one hour must be scheduled through Landlord. At no time will material be transported through public areas unless specifically authorized by Landlord. Tenant or Tenant’s contractor will pay 100% of the cost of security, elevator operators and other personnel and equipment required to accommodate material deliveries, and to the extent that Landlord incurs any of such costs, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord therefor within ten (10) days of receipt of an invoice from Landlord therefor.

6. Contractor’s personnel shall at all times maintain the highest level of cleanliness. All construction debris shall be removed on a timely basis and shall not be allowed to produce a fire or exiting hazard. In the event that the contractor fails to keep the Premises, Building and/or Project area free of accumulated waste, Landlord reserves the right to enter the affected area and remove the debris at the contractor’s and/or Tenant’s expense. In addition, all public areas, such as corridors, restrooms, janitors’ closets, etc., shall be maintained and kept free of construction debris, dust, etc.

 

 

Schedule 3 to Exhibit D, Page 1


7. Contractors are not permitted to use the restrooms for clean-up. Anyone found using the restroom for cleanup or other similar purposes will be subject to removal from the Project. If a contractor utilizes the janitorial room, it must be kept clean at all times. The janitorial room is the only authorized cleanup area within the Premises. No chemical, paint, drywall compound, or materials of any kind are to be washed down, dumped or disposed of in the janitorial sink or any other plumbing or drain system on the Premises, or within or around the Project.

8. All construction trash and debris shall be removed through the designated freight elevator in appropriate containers which will assure no leakage of trash or liquids. No construction debris will be placed in the Building or Project dumpsters. Each contractor, subcontractor, or service firm shall be responsible for removing its trash and debris from the workplace daily. If a dumpster is rented by the contractor, Landlord must approve where it will be placed. Contractor shall be responsible for keeping the dumpster covered and preventing debris from flying out or leaking out and for keeping the area around the dumpster clean.

9. All work performed in occupied tenant spaces must be cleaned by contractor prior to it leaving the job or at the end of the Business Day. If additional cleanup (initial and/or follow-up) is required, it will be done at the contractor’s and/or Tenant’s expense.

10. Any work involving the Building fire alarm system must be cleared through Landlord prior to the work being started. No adjustments, corrections, or extensions to the fire alarm system will be made without prior approval of Landlord. Any part of the fire alarm system removed from service during construction will be placed back into service at the end of each work day.

11. Contractors are not permitted to enter the fire command center at any time, unless accompanied by Landlord’s designated representative.

12. Stairway doors, electrical room doors, telephone room doors, and janitorial closet doors shall be kept closed at all times. Contractors found blocking the doors open shall be subject to a $250.00 fine.

13. Each contractor is required to provide and make available a fire extinguisher within its work area during construction.

14. Any contractor found guilty of rudeness, use of profanity, or lack of courtesy to a Project tenant, visitor, or employee will be immediately ejected from the Project, and will not be allowed to return.

15. Graffiti or vandalism will be not tolerated. Any contractor caught in the act shall be immediately removed from the Project, and will not be allowed to return. Any expenses associated with the removal or repair resulting from the graffiti or vandalism will be at the contractor’s and/or Tenant’s expense.

16. Tobacco chewing or smoking will be not be permitted anywhere on the Project, including, but not limited to, anywhere in or around the Building.

17. No radios or music players emitting sound that may be heard outside of the Premises will be permitted.

18. Contractors will not be permitted to use any restrooms, except as instructed by Tenant, after consultation with, and prior approval by Landlord; provided, however, that the contractors must keep the restrooms clean and Landlord reserves the right to prohibit a contractor’s use of the previously designated restrooms at any time.

Schedule 3 to Exhibit D, Page 2


19. All work performed in Tenant occupied spaces or public corridors will be done in a manner designed to produce the least amount of disruption to normal occupant operations. Any work involving loud noise or the use of power tools creating a loud noise is to be reported to the Landlord, or its designated representative prior to commencement of the work. Landlord, or its designated representative, at its, or his/her sole discretion, will decide on a case-by-case basis whether the affected work shall take place after hours.

20. To the extent required, the contractor will be required to provide temporary electrical power within its work area for use by its subcontractors. Contractors will not be permitted to run extension cords through public areas or on Tenant occupied floors.

21. The contractor shall be responsible for monitoring energy consumption in its construction area. Landlord will provide normal electrical consumption during business hours, 7 a.m. through 5 p.m., Monday through Friday. All lights and equipment must be turned off at the end of the Business Day. Should the contractor continue to leave lights and equipment on during off-hours, Landlord has the right to bill the contractor and/or Tenant for the excess electrical consumption.

22. Contractor’s personnel will park in designated areas only. Vehicles parked in other areas may be towed without notice at the vehicle owners expense.

23. Landlord reserve the right to have its designated representative inspect work, stop work, and/or have a worker who violates these rules and regulations removed from the job at any time during the contract.

24. Contractors shall not block the freight elevator doors open. A door hold button has been supplied in the freight elevator for temporarily holding the doors open to off-load tools, equipment, and supplies, but only for that purpose. It is not to be used to hold the doors open for quick visits to a floor.

25. The contractor will be required to furnish Landlord with a list of subcontractors prior to commencement of the job. This list will include phone numbers and contacts for each subcontractor.

26. Contractors needing to work on weekends will provide Landlord with a list of contractor and subcontractor companies and personnel scheduled to work. This list should include the number of employees, the company, and the estimated hours those parties will be working.

27. All contractors working after 5 p.m. and on weekends will be required to sign in and out at the security guard station.

28. Rubber or polyurethane wheels are required on all material handling equipment transporting materials across granite, marble or stone surfaces. Wheels are to be cleaned prior to entering the building.

29. No tool belts are to be worn outside the work area.

30. Clothing shall be appropriate for the construction trade involved, i.e. no shorts, sandals, etc. which would be unsafe for the employee. Clothing containing words, symbols or other forms of communication considered offensive or in bad taste by Landlord or its designated representative shall not be allowed on site. Proper safety equipment shall be required as determined by the contractor, i.e., safety glasses, goggles, hard hats, fall restraints, respirators, etc.

Scheule 3 to Exhibit D, Page 3


31. The following general policy shall apply to all work which potentially affects the environment of any tenant at the Project:

32. No work shall be performed at the Premises, Building and/or Project without permission of Landlord or its designated representative, which in any way affects the operation of any Project tenant and their ability to function in quiet and peaceful environment. Nor shall Contractor inhibit other contractors, consultants, or vendors working on the Premises or any other portion of the Project. Nor shall any work be performed in early morning hours, the effects of which (such as odors) linger in the air after 7 a.m. Proper care shall be taken at all times to insure the safety of all furnishings, fixtures and equipment, and in the event of emergency work or work approved by Landlord or its designated representative, the complete safety of Project tenants and Project personnel. All Premises, Building and other Project rules and regulations shall be followed at all times.

33. All permits and licenses necessary for the prosecution of the Tenant Improvement Work shall be secured prior to commencement of the Tenant Improvement Work.

34. Tenant’s contractor shall provide Landlord with keys to all locks installed on or in the work areas within the Premises. Landlord shall be provided full access to such work areas at all times.

35. To the extent provided for in the Lease, including, but not limited to, in the Agreement, all drawings, change orders, subcontractors and materials must be approved by Landlord prior to the start of construction, and any significant changes to approved plans must also be approved in advance by Landlord.

36. Any work which will involve the draining of a sprinkler line or otherwise affect the Building’s sprinkler system must be approved in advance by Landlord, and must be performed after hours. In all instances where this is done, the system may not be left inoperable overnight.

37. All materials that have any potential for hazard (paints, glues, polishes, solvents, etc.) must have their associated MSDS sheets available on-site through the course of the work.

So long as no tenant is in occupancy of the Building, the rules and regulations set forth in paragraphs 4, 5, 19, 20, 21, 26 and 29 shall not be applicable to Tenant’s Agents performing the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that (a) any damage to the passenger elevators caused by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents shall be repaired at Tenant’s expenses and (b) with respect to the rules and regulations in paragraph 21, all lights and equipment shall be turned off at the end of each day.

Schedule 3 to Exhibit D, Page 4


Exhibit E

Rules and Regulations

 

1. Driveways, sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, escalators and stairways shall not be obstructed by tenants or used by tenants for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from their respective premises. The driveways, sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence, in the judgment of Landlord, shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building, the Project and its tenants, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom any tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of such tenant’s business unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. No tenant, and no employees or invitees of any tenant, shall go upon the roof of any Building, except within the License Area for the installation and maintenance of Equipment in accordance with Paragraph 38 of the Lease or within the Roof Top Area (if improved by Tenant for a deck) for use of the deck in accordance with Paragraph 40. No tenant, and no employees or invitees of any tenant shall move any Common Area furniture without Landlord’s consent.

 

2. No sign, placard, banner, picture, name, advertisement or notice, visible from the exterior of the Premises or the Building or the Common Areas of the Building shall be inscribed, painted, affixed, installed or otherwise displayed by Tenant either on its Premises or any part of the Building or Project without the prior written consent of Landlord in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Landlord shall have the right to remove any such sign, placard, banner, picture, name, advertisement, or notice without notice to and at the expense of Tenant, which were installed or displayed in violation of this rule. If Landlord shall have given such consent to Tenant at any time, whether before or after the execution of Tenant’s Lease, such consent shall in no way operate as a waiver or release of any of the provisions hereof or of the Lease, and shall be deemed to relate only to the particular sign, placard, banner, picture, name, advertisement or notice so consented to by Landlord and shall not be construed as dispensing with the necessity of obtaining the specific written consent of Landlord with respect to any other such sign, placard, banner, picture, name, advertisement or notice.

All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by a person or vendor approved by Landlord and shall be removed by Tenant at the time of vacancy at Tenant’s expense.

 

3. The directory of the Building or Project will be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only and Landlord reserves the right to charge for the use thereof and to exclude any other names therefrom.

 

4. No curtains, draperies, blinds, shutters, shades, screens or other coverings, awnings, hangings or decorations shall be attached to, hung or placed in, or used in connection with, any window or door on the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. In any event with the prior written consent of Landlord, all such items shall be installed inboard of Landlord’s standard window covering and shall in no way be visible from the exterior of the Building. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent or of a quality, type, design, and bulb color approved by Landlord. No articles shall be placed or kept on the window sills so as to be visible from the exterior of the Building. No articles shall be placed against glass partitions or doors which Landlord considers unsightly from outside Tenant’s Premises.

Exhibit E – 1


5. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building and the Project, between the hours of 6 p.m. and 8 a.m. and at all hours on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays, all persons who are not tenants or their accompanied guests in the Building. Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it allows to enter the Building or the Project and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.

Landlord and its agents shall not be liable for damages for any error concerning the admission to, or exclusion from, the Building or the Project of any person.

During the continuance of any invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other circumstance rendering such action advisable in Landlord’s opinion, Landlord reserves the right (but shall not be obligated) to prevent access to the Building and the Project during the continuance of that event by any means it considers appropriate for the safety of tenants and protection of the Building, property in the Building and the Project.

 

6. Except with the written consent of Landlord, no person or persons other than those approved by Landlord shall be permitted to enter the Building for the purpose of cleaning the same. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness of its Premises. Landlord shall in no way be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to Tenant’s property by the janitor or any other employee or any other person.

 

7. Tenant shall see that all doors of its Premises are closed and securely locked and must observe strict care and caution that all water faucets or water apparatus, coffee pots or other heat-generating devices are entirely shut off before Tenant or its employees leave the Premises, and that all utilities shall likewise be carefully shut off, so as to prevent waste or damage. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage or injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or Project or by Landlord for noncompliance with this rule. On multiple-tenancy floors, all tenants shall keep the door or doors to the Building corridors closed at all times except for ingress and egress.

 

8. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air-conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord. As more specifically provided in Tenant’s lease of the Premises, Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air-conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air-conditioning, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls other than room thermostats installed for Tenant’s use.

 

9. Landlord will furnish Tenant free of charge with two keys to each door in the Premises. Landlord may make a reasonable charge for any additional keys, and Tenant shall not make or have made additional keys. Tenant shall not alter any lock or access device or install a new or additional lock or access device or bolt on any door of its Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Landlord shall give its consent, Tenant shall in each case furnish Landlord with a key for any such lock. Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord the keys for all doors which have been furnished to Tenant, and in the event of loss of any keys so furnished, shall pay Landlord therefor.

 

10. The restrooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown into them. The expense of any breakage, stoppage, or damage resulting from violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused the breakage, stoppage, or damage.

Exhibit E – 2


11. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building or the Project any kerosene, gasoline, or inflammable or combustible fluid or material.

 

12. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept in its Premises any foul or noxious gas or substance. Tenant shall not allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein, nor shall any animals or birds be brought or kept in or about the Premises, the Building, or the Project.

 

13. No cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant in the Premises other than in the Cafeteria or on the Roof Top Area to the extent permitted under the Lease and in accordance with Applicable Law. Tenant may use Underwriters’ Laboratory (UL) approved equipment, refrigerators and microwave ovens in the Premises for the preparation of coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, storing and heating food for tenants and their employees shall be permitted in accordance with the Lease and Applicable Laws.

 

14. Except with the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not sell, or permit the sale, at retail, of newspapers, magazines, periodicals, theater tickets or any other goods or merchandise in or on the Premises, nor shall Tenant carry on, or permit or allow any employee or other person to carry on, the business of stenography, typewriting or any similar business in or from the Premises for the service or accommodation of occupants of any other portion of the Building, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise or for manufacturing of any kind, or the business of a public barber shop, beauty parlor, nor shall the Premises be used for any illegal, improper, immoral or objectionable purpose, or any business or activity other than that specifically provided for in such Tenant’s Lease. Tenant shall not accept hairstyling, barbering, shoeshine, nail, massage or similar services in the Premises or Common Areas except as authorized by Landlord.

 

15. If Tenant requires telegraphic, telephonic, telecommunications, data processing, burglar alarm or similar services, it shall first obtain, and comply with, Landlord’s instructions in their installation. The cost of purchasing, installation and maintenance of such services shall be borne solely by Tenant.

 

16. Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how telephone, telegraph and electrical wires are to be introduced or installed. No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the prior written consent of Landlord. The location of burglar alarms, telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord.

 

17. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, satellite dish, loudspeaker or any other device on the exterior walls or the roof of the Building, without Landlord’s consent. Tenant shall not interfere with radio or television broadcasting or reception from or in the Building, the Project or elsewhere.

 

18. Tenant shall not mark, or drive nails, screws or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s consent. Tenant may install nails and screws in areas of the Premises that have been identified for those purposes to Landlord by Tenant at the time those walls or partitions were installed in the Premises. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or any other floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of its Premises in any manner except as approved in writing by Landlord. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or the removal of any floor covering shall be borne by the tenant by whom, or by whose contractors, employees or invitees, the damage shall have been caused.

Exhibit E – 3


19. No furniture, freight, equipment, materials, supplies, packages, merchandise or other property will be received in the Building or carried up or down the elevators except between such hours and in such elevators as shall be designated by Landlord.

Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of its Premises which exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry or which is allowed by law. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes, furniture or other heavy equipment brought into the Building. Safes or other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on wood strips of such thickness as determined by Landlord to be necessary to properly distribute the weight thereof. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe, equipment or property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining any such safe, equipment or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any space therein to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or to any tenants in the Building shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration. The persons employed to move such equipment in or out of the Building must be acceptable to Landlord.

 

20. Tenant shall not install, maintain or operate upon its Premises any vending machine without the written consent of Landlord.

 

21. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public areas of the Project either by Tenant or others, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards or such other material handling equipment as Landlord may approve. Tenants using hand trucks shall be required to use the freight elevator, or such elevator as Landlord shall designate. No other vehicles of any kind shall be brought by Tenant into or kept in or about its Premises.

 

22. Each tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. Tenant shall not place in the trash boxes or receptacles any personal trash or any material that may not or cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the city, without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes and at such times as Landlord shall designate. If the Building has implemented a building-wide recycling program for tenants, Tenant shall use good faith efforts to participate in said program.

 

23. Canvassing, soliciting, distribution of handbills or any other written material and peddling in the Building and the Project are prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same. No tenant shall make room-to-room solicitation of business from other tenants in the Building or the Project, without the written consent of Landlord.

 

24. Landlord shall have the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to any tenant, to change the name and address of the Building and the Project.

Exhibit E – 4


25. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in Landlord’s judgment, is under the influence of alcohol or drugs or who commits any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

 

26. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

 

27. Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting its Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

 

28. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon appropriate application at the office of the Building by an authorized individual. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord, and no employees of Landlord will admit any person (tenant or otherwise) to any office without specific instructions from Landlord.

 

29. No smoking of any kind shall be permitted anywhere within the Building, including, without limitation, the Premises and those areas immediately adjacent to the entrances and exits to the Building, or any other area as Landlord elects. Smoking in the Project is only permitted in smoking areas identified by Landlord, which may be relocated from time to time.

 

30. Reserved.

 

31. Tenant shall not swap or exchange building keys or cardkeys with other employees or tenants in the Building or the Project.

 

32. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing Rules and Regulations by Tenant’s employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.

 

33. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify, alter or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of any lease of any premises in the Project.

 

34. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant or tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all tenants of the Building.

 

35. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for safety and security, for care and cleanliness of the Building and the Project and for the preservation of good order therein. Tenant agrees to abide by all such Rules and Regulations herein stated and any additional rules and regulations which are adopted.

Rules and Regulations - Parking

 

A. Landlord reserves the right to designate the use of the parking spaces on the Project. Tenant or Tenant’s guests shall park between designated parking lines only, and shall not occupy two parking spaces with one car. Parking spaces shall be for passenger vehicles only; no boats, trucks, trailers, recreational vehicles or other types of vehicles may be parked in the parking areas (except that trucks may be loaded and unloaded in designated loading areas). Vehicles in

Exhibit E – 5


violation of the above shall be subject to tow-away, at vehicle owner’s expense. Vehicles parked on the Project overnight without prior written consent of the Landlord shall be deemed abandoned and shall be subject to tow-away at vehicle owner’s expense; provided, however, that overnight parking by Tenant and Tenant Parties in the Building’s Subterranean Parking Facility shall be permitted (a) to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (b) at the sole risk of Tenant and (c) provided that Landlord shall not be liable for any damage of any nature to, or theft of, such vehicles or contents thereof. No tenant of the Building shall park in visitor or reserved parking areas. Any tenant found parking in such designated visitor or reserved parking areas or unauthorized areas shall be subject to tow-away at vehicle owner’s expense. The parking areas shall not be used to provide car wash, oil changes, detailing, automotive repair or other services unless otherwise approved or furnished by Landlord. Tenant will from time to time, upon the request of Landlord, supply Landlord with a list of license plate numbers of vehicles owned or operated by its employees or agents.

 

B. Cars must be parked entirely within painted stall lines.

 

C. All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

 

D. All posted speed limits for the parking areas shall be observed. If no speed limit is posted for an area, the speed limit shall be five (5) miles per hour.

 

E. Parking is prohibited:

 

  (i) in areas not striped for parking;

 

  (ii) in aisles;

 

  (iii) where “no parking” signs are posted;

 

  (iv) on ramps;

 

  (v) in cross hatched areas; and

 

  (vi) in such other areas as may be designated by Landlord.

 

F. Handicap and visitor stalls shall be used only by handicapped persons or visitors, as applicable.

 

G. Parking stickers or any other device or form of identification supplied by Landlord from time to time (if any) shall remain the property of Landlord. Such parking identification device must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the parking identification device may not be obliterated. Devices are not transferable and any device may not be obliterated. Devices are not transferable and any device in possession of any unauthorized holder will be void. There will be a replacement charge payable by the parker and such parker’s appropriate tenant equal to the amount posted from time to time by Landlord for loss of any magnetic parking card or any parking sticker.

 

H. Every parker is required to park and lock his or her own car. All responsibility for damage to cars or persons is assumed by the parker.

Exhibit E – 6


I. Loss or theft of parking identification devices must be reported to Landlord, and a report of such loss or theft must be filed by the parker at that time. Any parking identification devices reported lost or stolen found on any unauthorized car will be confiscated and the illegal holder will be subject to prosecution. Lost or stolen devices found by the parker must be reported to Landlord immediately to avoid confusion.

 

J. Parking spaces are for the express purpose of parking one automobile per space. Washing, waxing, cleaning, or servicing of any vehicle by the parker and/or such person’s agents is prohibited. The parking areas shall not be used for overnight or other storage for vehicles of any type.

 

K. Landlord reserves the right to refuse the issuance of parking identification or access devices to any tenant and/or such tenant’s employees, agents, visitors or representatives who willfully refuse to comply with the Parking Rules and Regulations and/or all applicable Laws.

 

L. Tenant shall acquaint its employees, agents, visitors or representatives with the Parking Rules and Regulations, as they may be in effect from time to time.

 

M. Reserved.

 

N. A reasonable replacement charge shall be paid to replace a lost card and an amount may be charged as the replacement fee if a parker has a card replaced more than once.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]]

Exhibit E – 7


Exhibit F

Rooftop Rules and Regulations

The capitalized terms used without being defined in this Exhibit F shall have the meanings given them in the Lease. The provisions of this Exhibit govern the installation of the Equipment and Building Top Signage and shall prevail over any inconsistent or conflicting provisions of the Lease. The provisions of this Exhibit are not applicable to the improvements and use of the Roof Top Area which are governed by the terms of Paragraph 40 of the Lease.

1. Roof Area. Tenant shall accept the License Area and Cable Path in their condition and “as-built” configuration existing on the Term Commencement Date. Landlord has made no representations or promise as to the suitability or effectiveness of any part of the roof for Tenant’s proposed use, or as to any Applicable Laws relating to Tenant’s proposed use, or as to the condition of (or alteration or improvement of) the License Area or the Cable Path.

2. Rooftop Installation Work. Installation of the Equipment (“ Rooftop Installation Work”) must be performed in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all Applicable Laws, and shall be subject to: (a) obtaining Landlord’s prior written approval of plans and specifications, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to disapprove any Equipment if it exceeds roof load limitations, or if it exceeds the height of the roof parapet; (b) obtaining Landlord’s prior written approval of Tenant’s contractor for the Rooftop Installation Work, and such contractor must provide evidence of insurance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord prior to commencing work in or about the Building; and (c) all additional requirements under the Lease that apply to Alterations by Tenant. In addition, Landlord may impose screening or other requirements to minimize the visibility of the Equipment. The plans and specifications for the Equipment shall include the design, size and features thereof and mounting structure, floor and power load requirements, cabling installations, the means of affixing or mounting the Equipment, and the means of connecting the Equipment to the Building’s electrical system and to the interior of the Premises. The giving of any approval by Landlord shall not eliminate any of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, including Tenant’s obligation to obtain all required permits and to comply with all Applicable Laws. The failure of Tenant to obtain such permits or any other governmental approvals relating to the Equipment shall not release Tenant from any of its obligations under the Lease. Tenant shall pay to Landlord all of Landlord’s actual out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with the review and approval of the plans and specifications within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor.

3. General Requirements. In addition to the applicable provisions of the Lease, Tenant’s use of the roof of the Building for installation, maintenance and repair of the Equipment is subject to the following general requirements:

(a) Tenant shall provide Landlord with reasonable advance notice prior to commencing installation of the Equipment or other work on or to the Equipment from time to time, and agrees to afford Landlord the opportunity to be present for all such work, provided that only subsequent notice within a reasonable time shall be required in the case of an emergency that presents an immediate danger. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of any Landlord representative being present for the performance of such work within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor.

(b) After the initial installation of any Equipment, Tenant shall not make any alteration, addition or improvement thereto, without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written approval; and any such alterations, additions or improvements shall be subject to all the conditions and restrictions that apply to the original Equipment, including the requirement that Tenant furnish Landlord with detailed plans and specifications relating to the proposed alterations, additions or improvements.

Exhibit F – 1


(c) Landlord shall allow Tenant full access to the roof for the purposes of installation, maintenance and repair of the Equipment during Building Standard Hours upon Tenant’s reasonable advance request, subject to reasonable rules and restrictions of Landlord.

(d) Tenant, at its expense, shall at all times keep the Equipment in good order, condition and repair, and the Equipment location and the areas immediately surrounding same neat and clean. With respect to all operations relating to the Equipment, Tenant shall conduct its business and control other Tenant Parties in such manner as not to create any nuisance, or interfere with, annoy or disturb Landlord in its operation of the Building.

4. Services. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of supplying electricity to the Equipment, including electricity usage, installation, maintenance and repair of any Connections and of any separate meter required by Landlord. Electric usage shall be determined, at Landlord’s option, either (a) by meter installed by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, or (b) by Landlord’s reasonable estimate based upon the quantity of use by Tenant, the manufacturer’s specifications for electrical usage of the Equipment and any other relevant factors. Tenant shall pay Landlord monthly, within thirty (30) days after being billed therefor, for all electricity used by Tenant or any Tenant Parties in connection with the operation of the Equipment.

5. Roof Damage. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, protect the roof from damage, and shall perform all installations, repairs and maintenance and use the roof in a manner so as to keep in full force and effect any warranty concerning the roof. In all cases, Tenant shall use the roofing contractor designated by Landlord to perform any roof penetration or other work that may affect the integrity of the roof or the roof warranty. Any damage to the roof or any other portion of the Building resulting from Tenant’s installation, operation, use, maintenance or removal of the Equipment, including leakage, water damage or damage to the roof membrane, shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any costs and expenses so incurred by Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written request and copies of invoices therefor.

6. Compliance With Applicable Laws. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall comply with all Applicable Laws and Recorded Documents relating to the installation, maintenance, operation, use and removal of the Equipment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for obtaining, any building permits, and any licenses or permits which may be required by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Equipment or the Building and shall provide copies of the same to Landlord. If necessary, Landlord agrees reasonably to cooperate with Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to obtain any appropriate licenses or permits.

7. Radio Frequency Emitting Equipment. To the extent Tenant is operating radio frequency (RF) emitting equipment on the roof of or inside the Building, Tenant shall cooperate generally with Landlord and other carriers such that the Building’s rooftop shall be and remain in compliance with all rules and regulations of the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration ( “OSHA” ) and the FCC relating to guidelines for human exposure to radio frequency or electromagnetic emission levels, as may be issued from time to time, including the rules and regulations adopted in FCC document OET 65 (which rules and regulations have also been adopted by OSHA). If Landlord in its reasonable judgment believes that the Equipment, either by itself or in conjunction with other equipment in or on the Building, may exceed permitted emission levels, then Tenant shall (a) promptly upon Landlord’s written request, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, deliver to Landlord a reasonably acceptable certification or survey report

Exhibit F – 2


demonstrating that the Building’s rooftop is in compliance with all applicable FCC and OSHA rules and regulations (a “ Rooftop Survey”), and (b) to the extent Tenant’s equipment or the operation thereof directly or indirectly causes the Building’s rooftop (or any Section thereof) not to be in compliance with such rules and regulations, promptly remedy any such non-compliance in accordance with Landlord’s reasonable directions and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If Tenant (i) relocates or makes any change to the Equipment or (ii) makes any change to any equipment or operation thereof that directly or indirectly affects the operation of the Equipment, Landlord may, at its option, require that a new Rooftop Survey be conducted at Tenant’s sole cost and expense by a firm approved by Landlord in its reasonable discretion.

8. Temporary Removal; Relocation. Tenant, at its sole expense, shall remove or relocate the Equipment on a temporary basis and upon ten (10) days’ written notice from Landlord at any time Landlord reasonably determines such removal or relocation is reasonably necessary or appropriate for the expeditious repair, replacement, alteration, improvement or additions to or of the roof or any area of the Cable Path, or to access any such areas for Project needs. In addition, Landlord reserves the right to require that the Equipment be permanently relocated on not less than forty five (45) days’ prior written notice, to another location on the roof as Landlord shall reasonably designate.

9. Termination; Equipment As Property of Tenant. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall immediately cease using the License Area and Cable Path and shall, at its own cost and expense, remove the Equipment and restore the License Area and areas affected by the cabling installations to the condition in which they were found prior to the installation of the Equipment, reasonable wear and tear excepted. The Equipment shall be considered personal property of Tenant; provided, however, if Tenant fails to remove the Equipment within thirty (30) days following the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, it shall be deemed abandoned and may be claimed by Landlord or removed and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense.

10. Landlord Exculpation. Without limiting the provisions of Section 16.1 of the Lease, Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting from theft or damage the Equipment and any other tools or equipment that Tenant may use in connection with the installation, operation, use, repair, maintenance or removal of the Equipment, assumes all risk of theft, loss or damage, and waives all Claims with respect thereto against Landlord and the other Landlord Parties, including any Claims caused by any active or passive act, omission or neglect of any Landlord Party or by any act or omission for which liability without fault or strict liability may be imposed, except only, with respect to any Landlord Party, to the extent such injury, death or damage is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of such Landlord Party and not covered by the insurance required to be carried by Tenant under the Lease or except to the extent such limitation on liability is prohibited by Applicable Laws. Further, in no event shall Landlord or any Landlord Parties be liable under any circumstances for any consequential or punitive damages or for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, resulting from damage to or any failure or interruption of use of the Equipment, however occurring.

11. Insurance. Tenant shall cause the insurance policies required to be maintained pursuant to Paragraph 8 of the Lease to cover the Equipment and any Claims arising in connection with the presence, use, operation, installation, repair, maintenance, or removal of the Equipment.

Exhibit F – 3


Exhibit G

LEED Design/Operational Requirements

 

Mechanical Systems

Item 1

   The variable refrigerant flow system referenced in the Core and Shell Design Documents for the Building’s HVAC heating and cooling is to be incorporated into the Tenant Improvement design and construction documents. As a minimum, the Tenant Improvements are to provide VRF heat pump condensing units with heat recovery outdoors and fan coil units indoors. Tenant may also utilize the system with VRF heat exchangers to employ radiant systems or chilled beam system using the VRF technology.

Item 2

   Tenant shall install a mechanical system that shall comply with sections 4 through 7 of ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality. Tenant installed mechanical system shall supply 30% more than the required amount of outside ventilation air per ASHRAE 62.1.

Item 3

   Supply air systems to have filtration media with a MERV rating of 13 or better.

Item 4

   Mechanical equipment shall use zero CFC-based refrigerants.

Item 5

   Systems to accommodate CO2 sensors. Sensors are to integrate with the BAS or DDC system and generate an alarm with the building automation system when the conditions vary by 10% or more from the design value.

Item 6

   Outdoor airflow measuring devices to be installed for all mechanical ventilation systems where 20% or more of the design airflow serves non-densely occupied spaces. Outdoor airflow measurement devices must be capable of measuring outside airflow within 15% (plus or minus) at the design minimum indoor air rate. The outdoor airflow monitoring equipment is to be programmed to generate an alarm when the conditions vary by 10% or more from the design value.

Item 7

   IF hazardous gases or chemicals are present or used, Tenant is to design the space to be sufficiently exhausted to create negative pressure with respect to adjacent spaces when the doors to the room are closed. For each of these spaces, self-closing doors and deck to deck partitions or a hard lid ceiling are to be provided. The exhaust rate shall be at least 0.5 CFM/SQFT with no air recirculation. The pressure differential with the

 

Exhibit G – 1


   surrounding spaces shall be designed to be at least 5 Pa (0.002 inches of water) on average and 1 Pa (0.004 inches of water) at minimum when the doors to the room are closed. The above is only a LEED standard. Code or governing jurisdictional requirements for the use and storage of Hazardous Materials to prevail.

Item 8

   Tenant mechanical systems shall comply with ASHRAE Standard 55.
Lighting Systems

Item 9

   Average light power densities are to be designed to the lesser of 1) 30% below ASHRAE 90.1-2007 or 2) less than or equal to the prescriptive requirements of California Title 24, Part 6-2013

Item 10

   Continuously dimming daylighting controls are to be provided at areas beneath skylights and at the glazed perimeter of the building in order to comply with sections 130.1(d) and 140.6(d) of California Title 24, Part 6-2013.
Water Efficiency

Item 11

   Tenant installed plumbing fixtures to meet or exceed the following flow and flush rates.
  

•  Water Closet: 1.28/1.1 gallons per flush (Dual Flush Fixture)

  

•  Urinal: 0.125 gallons per flush

  

•  Lavatory Metering: 0.35 gallons per minute with 12 second duration

  

•  Kitchen Sink: 1.5 gallons per minute

  

•  Shower: 1.75 gallons per minute

Recycling and House Keeping Standards

Item 12

   Tenant to comply with recycling requirements for products containing mercury described in the Universal Waste Guidelines. Any fluorescent or high pressure sodium lamps must meet the limits outlined below:

 

Exhibit G – 2


Fluorescent Lamp

  

Criteria

T-8 Eight-foot    Maximum 10 mg mercury
T-8 Four-foot or shorter    Maximum 3.5 mg mercury
T-8 U-Bent    Maximum 6 mg mercury
T-5 Linear    Maximum 2.5 mg mercury
T-5 Circular    Maximum 9 mg mercury
Compact fluorescent, non-integral ballast    Maximum 3.5 mg mercury
Compact fluorescent, integral ballast    Maximum 3.5 mg mercury Energy Star ® qualified

High Pressure Sodium Lamp

  

Criteria

Up to 400-watt    Maximum 10 mg mercury
Above 400-watt    Maximum 32 mg mercury

 

Item 13    Janitorial products, equipment, standards and policies will adhere to the requirements outlined in the Bay Meadows Green Cleaning Policy.
Item 14    Pest Control products, equipment, standards and policies will adhere to the requirements outlined in the Bay Meadows Integrated Pest Management Plan.

 

Exhibit G – 3


EXHIBIT H

 

 

Exhibit H – 1


EXHIBIT I

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

RECORDING REQUESTED BY

AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:

Dan K. Siegel

Jorgenson, Siegel, McClure & Flegel LLP

1100 Alma Street, Suite 210

Menlo Park, California 94025

 

 

(Space above this line for Recorder’s use)

D.T.T. = $0; Term of Lease is less than 35 years

APN:                                           

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

THIS MEMORANDUM OF LEASE (this “ Memorandum ”) is made as of July 31, 2015, by and between BAY MEADOWS STATION 4 INVESTORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and SURVEYMONKEY INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 31, 2015 (the “ Lease ”) whereby Tenant leased from Landlord certain premises located in the City of Santa Mateo, County of San Mateo , State of California, consisting of certain premises (the “ Premises ”) within the building commonly known as Station 4 of Bay Meadows Station and have an address of

3050 S. Delaware Street (the “ Building ”), which Building is located on the parcel of land more particularly described on Exhibit A ; and

WHEREAS , Landlord and Tenant desire to evidence the Lease in the official records maintained by the Office of the County Recorder for the County of San Mateo, State of California by this Memorandum.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and sufficient consideration acknowledged in the Lease, Landlord has demised, leased and let unto Tenant the Premises, as follows:

Section 1. Defined Terms . Initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Lease.

Section 2. Term . The Term of the Lease shall begin on the earlier of January 1, 2017 and the date Tenant commences business operations in any portion of the Premises(but in no event sooner than the six months after the date Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant) and shall terminate on the last day of the 144 th full calendar month following such date. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, Tenant has two (2) consecutive Extension Options to extend the Term of the Lease for five (5) years each.

 

Exhibit I – 1


Section 3. Expansion Option . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, Tenant has rights of first offer to lease additional space within a building to be constructed within Bay Meadows Station having an address of 3150 S. Delaware by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord during the Term of the Lease.

Section 4. Lease Incorporation; Purpose of Memorandum . This Memorandum is subject to all conditions, terms and provisions of the Lease, which agreement is hereby adopted and made a part hereof by reference to the same, in the same manner as if all the provisions thereof were set forth herein in full. This Memorandum has been executed for the purpose of recordation in order to give notice of all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Lease, and is not intended, and shall not be construed, to define, limit, or modify the Lease. This Memorandum is not a complete summary of the Lease, nor shall any provisions of this Memorandum be used in interpreting the provisions of the Lease.

Section 5. Conflict . In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and this Memorandum, the Lease shall prevail. Reference should be made to the Lease for a more detailed description of all matters contained in this Memorandum.

Section 6. Exhibit and Recitals . The exhibit attached to and referred to in this Memorandum is hereby incorporated by reference. The recitals are incorporated herein by reference as matters of contract and not mere recital.

Section 7. Counterparts . This Memorandum may be executed in as many counterparts as may be deemed necessary and convenient, and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Memorandum effective as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD      TENANT
BAY MEADOWS STATION 4 INVESTORS,      SURVEYMONKEY INC. ,
LLC , a Delaware limited liability company      a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

     By:   

 

Name:  

 

     Name:   

 

Title:  

 

     Title:   

 

 

Exhibit I – 2


By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Exhibit I – 3


EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

Lot 1, Block 17, as shown on that Final Map entitled “Bay Meadows Phase II, No. 4”, as said map was filed for record on March 20, 2013, in Book 139 of Maps, at Pages 11-24, San Mateo County Records.

Exhibit I – 4


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

State of California                                 )

County of                                               )

On                                 , before me,                                                      , Notary Public, personally appeared                                                              , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized
capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature                                                                   (Seal)

Exhibit I – 5


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

 

State of California                                 )

County of                                               )

On                                         , before me,                                                          , Notary Public, personally appeared                                                                  , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature                                                      (Seal)

Exhibit I – 6

Exhibit 10.13

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of June 14, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”) between (a)  SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“ Bank ”), (b) ZUORA, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Zuora ”) and ZUORA SERVICES, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Services ”; Zuora and Services are referred to herein, each and together, jointly and severally, as “ Initial Borrower ”), and (c) immediately following the consummation of the Acquisition, LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Leeyo ”; Initial Borrower and, immediately following the consummation of the Acquisition, Leeyo, are referred to herein, each and together, jointly and severally, as “ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, (i) accounting terms and (ii) calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.2 Revolving Line.

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.3 Term Loan.

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Effective Date, Bank shall make a term loan advance to Borrower in the amount of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000). Thereafter, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon Borrower’s request, during the Draw Period, Bank shall make one (1) additional term loan advance available to Borrower in the original principal of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) (each such advance under this Section 2.3(a) is referred to herein as a “ Term Loan Advance ” and, collectively, as the “ Term Loan Advances ”). After repayment, no Term Loan Advance (or any portion thereof) may be reborrowed.

(b) Repayment . Commencing on the first Payment Date following the Effective Date, and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest, in arrears, on the principal amount of the Term Loan Advances at the rate set forth in Section 2.5(a)(ii). Commencing on the first Payment Date following the expiration of the Draw Period, and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall repay the Term Loan Advances in (i) thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest as set forth above. All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Term Loan Advances, and all other outstanding Obligations with respect to the Term Loan Advances, are due and payable in full on the Term Loan Maturity Date.


(c) Permitted Prepayment . Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term Loan Advances, provided Borrower (i) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Term Loan Advances at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) the outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term Loan Advances, (B) the Final Payment, and (C) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable with respect to the Term Loan Advances, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(d) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Term Loan Advances are accelerated by Bank following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (i) all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term Loan Advances, (ii) the Final Payment, and (iii) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable with respect to the Term Loan Advances, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

2.4 Reserved.

2.5 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest Rate .

(i) Advances . Subject to Section 2.5(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.5(d) below.

(ii) Term Loan Advances . Subject to Section 2.5(b), the principal amount outstanding under each Term Loan Advance shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one percent (1.00%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.5(d) below.

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percent (5.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”). Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.5(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Payment; Interest Computation . Interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

 

2


2.6 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000), payable on the Effective Date;

(b) Anniversary Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable anniversary fee of Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) per year (the “ Anniversary Fee ”) is earned as of twelve months from the Effective Date and is due and payable on the earlier to occur of (i) each anniversary of the Effective Date, (ii) the termination of this Agreement, or (iii) the occurrence of an Event of Default;

(c) Final Payment . The Final Payment, when due hereunder;

(d) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement, which fees for the documentation and negotiation of this Agreement shall not exceed $30,000 as of the Effective Date) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

(e) Fees Fully Earned . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.6 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.7(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.6.

2.7 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

(c) Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

2.8 Withholding. Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to Bank, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

3


3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) the Operating Documents and long-form good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(c) a secretary’s certificate of Borrower with respect to such Borrower’s Operating Documents, incumbency, specimen signatures and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(d) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(e) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may reasonably request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(f) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(g) Intellectual Property search results and completed exhibits to the IP Agreement;

(h) a landlord’s consent in favor of Bank for 3050 South Delaware Street, Suite 301, San Mateo, California by the landlord thereof, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

(i) a legal opinion (authority, enforceability and perfection) of Borrower’s counsel dated as of the Effective Date together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(j) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements with respect to Zuroa and Services required by Section 6.7 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank;

(k) evidence satisfactory to Bank that (i) the Acquisition has been consummated in accordance with applicable law and the Acquisition Agreement, (ii) all conditions to the consummation of the Acquisition set forth in the Acquisition Agreement have been satisfied, and (iii) Bank has received a fully executed Acquisition Agreement certified by a Responsible Officer to be a true and complete copy of the Acquisition Agreement; and

(l) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.6 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) timely receipt of (i) the Credit Extension request and any materials and documents required by Section 3.4 and (ii) with respect to the request for Term Loan Advances, an executed Payment/Advance Form and any materials and documents required by Section 3.4;

 

4


(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the proposed Credit Extension and/or of the Payment/Advance Form, as applicable, and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date or time period shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date or with respect to such time period, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects, taking into account updates thereof subsequent to the Effective Date to the extent permitted by notice to Bank by one or more specific provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date or time period shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date or with respect to such time period; and

(c) Bank determines to its satisfaction that there has not been any material impairment in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations, nor any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Bank.

If any event, condition, circumstances or other factor (collectively, “ Circumstances ”) exists or does not exist whose existence or non-existence serves as justification under Section 3.1 or this Section 3.2 for Bank’s refusal to make a requested Credit Extension, the existence or non-existence or such Circumstances shall not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8 unless it independently constitutes an Event of Default pursuant to another provision of this Agreement.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing.

(a) Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Such notice shall be made by Borrower through Bank’s online banking program, provided, however, if Borrower is not utilizing Bank’s online banking program, then such notice shall be in a written format reasonably acceptable to Bank that is executed by an Authorized Signer. Bank shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Board has approved that such Authorized Signer may provide such notices and request Advances. In connection with any such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail or through Bank’s online banking program such reports and information, including without limitation, sales journals, cash receipts journals, accounts receivable aging reports, as Bank may request in its reasonable discretion. Bank shall credit proceeds of an Advance to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

(b) Term Loan Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Term Loan Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Term Loan Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail by 12:00 noon Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Term Loan Advance. Such notice shall be made by Borrower through Bank’s online banking program, provided, however, if Borrower is not utilizing Bank’s online banking program, then such notice shall be in a written format reasonably acceptable to Bank that is executed by an Authorized Signer. Bank shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Board has approved that such Authorized Signer may provide such notices and request Term Loan Advances. In connection with such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail or through Bank’s online banking program a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by an Authorized Signer together with such other reports and information, as Bank may request in its reasonable discretion. Bank shall credit proceeds of any Term Loan Advance to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Term Loan Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or without instructions if the Term Loan Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

 

5


3.5 Post-Closing Requirements .

(a) Within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a bailee’s waiver in favor of Bank for (i) 2972 Stender Way, Santa Clara, CA and (ii) 7135 S. Decatur Boulevard, Las Vegas, NV, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto; and

(b) Within forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date, Borrower shall deliver to Bank evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements for Leeyo required by Section 6.7 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank.

4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 12.1, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred five percent (105%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred ten percent (110%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank’s discretion.

 

6


5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority. Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower entitled “Perfection Certificate” (the “ Perfection Certificate ”). Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect), or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral. Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith and which Borrower has taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b). The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is, to Borrower’s knowledge, valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

7


Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Reserved.

5.4 Litigation. There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency. The fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower’s liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except (a) to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, (b) for such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions disclosed in the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Effective Date, or (c) if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000).

To the extent Borrower defers payment of any contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien.” Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could reasonably be expected to result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower in excess of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) and except as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Effective Date. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

8


5.10 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely to fund or reimburse a portion of the purchase price in connection with the Acquisition, to fund the Holdback Amount (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) as and when due pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement, as working capital, and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Until such time as all Obligations are satisfied in full and Bank has no further obligation to make Credit Extensions to Borrower, Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, where the failure to so comply would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Provide Bank with the following:

(a) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”); provided , however , upon the occurrence of a Qualified Initial Public Offering, such financial statements shall be delivered to Bank quarterly, within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower; provided , further , that if such financial statements are filed with the SEC and available to the public, Borrower shall not be required to deliver such financial statements to Bank;

(b) within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement; provided , however , upon the occurrence of a Qualified Initial Public Offering, such Compliance Certificate shall be delivered to Bank quarterly, within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower;

 

9


(c) within thirty (30) days after the later to occur of (i) the end of each fiscal year of Borrower or (ii) approval by the Board, but in any event not later than March 31 st of each fiscal year, and contemporaneously with any updates or amendments thereto, annual financial projections (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, on a quarterly basis) for such fiscal year, in each case as approved by the Board, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections;

(d) as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion (provided that such opinion may contain a “going concern” qualification typical for venture-backed companies similar to Borrower) on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; provided , however , upon the occurrence of a Qualified Initial Public Offering, if such financial statements have been filed with the SEC and available to the public, Borrower shall not be required to deliver such financial statements to Bank;

(e) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower and/or any Guarantor with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the internet at Borrower’s website address;

(f) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(g) prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more; and

(h) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding Borrower or compliance with the terms of any Loan Documents as reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Reserved.

6.4 Reserved.

6.5 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof and taxes with respect to which the amount does not exceed the limitations set forth in Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.6 Access to Collateral; Books and Records. At reasonable times, on one (1) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s Books. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall reasonably determine is necessary. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be conducted at Borrower’s expense and the charge therefor shall be One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to or reschedules the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies) Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

 

10


6.7 Insurance.

(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as the sole lender loss payee. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.

(b) Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

(c) At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.7 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank twenty (20) days prior written notice (ten (10) days for non-payment of premium) before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.8 Accounts.

(a) Maintain its and all of its Subsidiaries’ primary Deposit Accounts and primary Securities Accounts established in the United States with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates. Such Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts of Borrower located in the United States maintained with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates shall represent at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the dollar value of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ accounts at all financial institutions. Any Guarantor shall maintain all depository, operating and securities/investment accounts established in the United States with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates.

(b) In addition to and without limiting the restrictions in (a), Borrower shall provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes, and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

6.9 Financial Covenant. Maintain at all times, to be certified to Bank in each Compliance Certificate, an Adjusted Quick Ratio of not less than 1.10 to 1.00.

6.10 Protection and Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Use all commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of Intellectual Property material to the operation of Borrower’s business; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

 

11


(b) If Borrower (i) obtains any Patent, registered Trademark, registered Copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (ii) applies for any Patent or the registration of any Trademark, then Borrower shall promptly provide written notice thereof to Bank and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in such property. If Borrower decides to register any Copyrights or mask works in the United States Copyright Office, Borrower shall: (x) provide Bank with at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice of Borrower’s intent to register such Copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (y) execute an intellectual property security agreement and such other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in the Copyrights or mask works intended to be registered with the United States Copyright Office; and (z) record such intellectual property security agreement with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the Copyright or mask work application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Borrower shall promptly provide to Bank copies of all applications that it files for Patents or for the registration of Trademarks, Copyrights or mask works, together with evidence of the recording of the intellectual property security agreement required for Bank to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in such property.

(c) Provide written notice to Bank within fifteen (15) days after entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such commercially reasonable steps as Bank requests to attempt to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.11 Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower. All Confidential Information obtained by Bank during or as a result of such activities shall be governed by Section 12.9.

6.12 Online Banking. Utilize Bank’s online banking platform for all matters requested by Bank which shall include, without limitation (and without request by Bank for the following matters), requesting approval for exceptions, requesting Credit Extensions, and uploading financial statements and other reports required to be delivered by this Agreement (including, without limitation, those described in Section 6.2 of this Agreement).

6.13 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding and without limiting the negative covenants contained in Sections 7.3 and 7.7 hereof, at the time that Borrower or any Guarantor forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Effective Date, Borrower and such Guarantor shall (a) cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to this Agreement to become a co-borrower hereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank; provided , that with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, in the event that Borrower and Bank mutually agree that (i) the grant of a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the assets of any such Foreign Subsidiary, (ii) the guaranty of the Obligations of the Borrower by any such Foreign Subsidiary and/or (iii) the pledge by Borrower of a perfected security interest in one hundred percent (100%) of the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of each Foreign Subsidiary, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse tax effect on the Borrower, then the Borrower shall only be required to grant and pledge to Bank a perfected security interest in up to sixty-five percent (65%) of the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of such Foreign Subsidiary; and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, including one or more opinions of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.13 shall be a Loan Document.

 

12


6.14 Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out, fully-depreciated or obsolete Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) consisting of the sale or issuance of any stock of Borrower permitted under Section 7.2 of this Agreement; (e) consisting of Borrower’s use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of its business for the payment of ordinary course business expenses in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (f) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and (g) other Transfers in an amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in any fiscal year.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Control, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve, other than the liquidation or dissolution of a Subsidiary acquired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, provided that the assets of such Subsidiary are transferred to a Borrower prior to such liquidation or dissolution; (c) fail to provide notice to Bank of any Key Person departing from or ceasing to be employed by Borrower within five (5) days after such Key Person’s departure from Borrower; or (d) permit or suffer any Change in Control.

Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary), except for (a) the Acquisition of Leeyo on the Effective Date and (b) Permitted Acquisitions. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

13


7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock, provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (i) sales of equity securities in bona fide venture financing transactions, (ii) transactions of the type described in and permitted pursuant to Sections 7.5, 7.7 and 7.9, (iii) commercially reasonable and customary compensation arrangements approved by the Board, and (iv) other transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business or as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date or the Term Loan Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

14


8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 6.10, 6.12, 6.13, or 6.14 or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within fifteen (15) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any fifteen (15) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency. (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and is not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements. There is, under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000); or (b) any breach or default by Borrower or Guarantor, the result of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s business;

8.7 Judgments; Penalties. One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within fifteen (15) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

 

15


8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt. Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or any applicable subordination or intercreditor agreement;

8.10 Guaranty. (a) Any guaranty of any Obligations terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect; (b) any Guarantor does not perform any obligation or covenant under any guaranty of the Obligations; (c) any circumstance described in Sections 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, or 8.8 of this Agreement occurs with respect to any Guarantor, (d) the death, liquidation, winding up, or termination of existence of any Guarantor; or (e) (i) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the collateral provided by Guarantor or in the value of such collateral or (ii) a material adverse change in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations occurs with respect to any Guarantor; or

8.11 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could reasonably be expected to result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) causes, or could reasonably be expected to cause, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction.

8.12 Discontinuance of Event of Default . After the occurrence of an Event of Default, in the event that Borrower believes that such specific Event of Default has been waived by Bank, Borrower may request that Bank confirm in writing to Borrower that Bank has waived such specific Event of Default and that Bank will not seek to enforce any remedies based on such waived specific Event of Default. Bank shall make such decision in its sole and absolute discretion.

9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least (A) one hundred five percent (105%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars remaining undrawn, and (B) one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency remaining undrawn (plus, in each case, all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit, provided that Bank shall promptly return to Borrower each such cash deposit when the related Letter of Credit terminates without being drawn upon;

 

16


(d) terminate any FX Contracts;

(e) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds. Borrower shall collect all payments in trust for Bank and, if requested by Bank, immediately deliver the payments to Bank in the form received from the Account Debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable following the occurrence of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks, payment instruments, or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) demand, collect, sue, and give releases to any Account Debtor for monies due, settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, and compromise, prosecute, or defend any action, claim, case, or proceeding about any Collateral (including filing a claim or voting a claim in any bankruptcy case in Bank’s or Borrower’s name, as Bank chooses); (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, or other claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and the Loan Documents have been terminated. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and the Loan Documents have been terminated.

 

17


9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds. Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver. Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

9.8 Borrower Liability. Any Borrower may, acting singly, request Credit Extensions hereunder. Each Borrower hereby appoints each other as agent for the other for all purposes hereunder, including with respect to requesting Credit Extensions hereunder. Each Borrower hereunder shall be jointly and severally obligated to repay all Credit Extensions made hereunder, regardless of which Borrower actually receives said Credit Extension, as if each Borrower hereunder directly received all Credit Extensions. Each Borrower waives (a) any suretyship defenses available to it under the Code or any other applicable law, and (b) any right to require Bank to: (i) proceed against any Borrower or any other person; (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security; or (iii) pursue any other remedy. Bank may exercise or not exercise any right or remedy it has against any Borrower or any security it holds (including the right to foreclose by judicial or non-judicial sale) without affecting any Borrower’s liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or other related document, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating Borrower to the rights of Bank under this Agreement) to seek contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Section 9.8 shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this Section 9.8, such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Bank and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Bank for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

 

18


10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:    c/o Zuora, Inc.
   3050 South Delaware Street, Suite 301
   San Mateo, CA 94403
   Attn: Paolo Battaglini
If to Bank:    Silicon Valley Bank
   555 Mission Street
   San Francisco, CA 94105
   Attn: Sean Thompson
with a copy to:    Riemer & Braunstein LLP
   3 Center Plaza
   Boston, MA 02108
   Attn: Charles W. Stavros, Esq.
   Fax: (617) 880-3456

11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, New York law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in New York, New York; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

 

19


This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Termination Prior to Maturity Date; Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations have been paid in full in cash and Bank has no commitment to make any Credit Extensions under this Agreement. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date and the Term Loan Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

12.2 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided , however , prior to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the consent of Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless such assignment is to an Affiliate of Bank; provided, further, that Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless if objects thereto by written notice to Bank within ten (10) Business Days after having received notice thereof.

12.3 Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.5 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.6 Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration. No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be

 

20


limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “ Bank Entities ”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision prior to disclosure thereof or such prospective transferee or purchaser shall have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use confidential information for the development of databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Reserved.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Right of Setoff. Borrower hereby grants to Bank a Lien and a right of setoff as security for all Obligations to Bank, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Bank or any entity under the control of Bank (including a subsidiary of Bank) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Bank may setoff the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or Obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE BANK TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER, ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

12.13 Captions. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.14 Construction of Agreement. The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

 

21


12.15 Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.16 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

13 DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account ” is any “ account ” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor ” is any “ account debtor ” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Acquisition ” means (a) the acquisition by Zuora of Leeyo pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement, and (b) after the Effective Date, the purchase or other acquisition (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) by Borrower of all or substantially all of the assets, stock or other equity interests of a Person.

Acquisition Agreement ” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of May 10, 2017 between Zuora, Laser Acquisition Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned Subsidiary of Zuora, Leeyo, and Doug Skeen, as agent.

Adjusted Quick Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Quick Assets, divided by (b) the sum of (i) Current Liabilities minus (ii) Deferred Revenue.

Advance ” or “ Advances ” means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line.

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Anniversary Fee ” is defined in Section 2.6(a)

Authorized Signer ” is any individual listed in Borrower’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including making (and executing if applicable) any Credit Extension request, on behalf of Borrower.

Availability Amount ” is (a) the Revolving Line minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

22


Bank Entities ” is defined in Section 12.9.

Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower or any Guarantor.

Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).

Bank Services Agreement ” is defined in the definition of Bank Services.

Board ” is Borrower’s board of directors.

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Resolutions ” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions adopted by such Person’s board of directors (and, if required under the terms of such Person’s Operating Documents, stockholders) and delivered by such Person to Bank approving the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, together with a certificate executed by its secretary on behalf of such Person certifying (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) that set forth as a part of or attached as an exhibit to such certificate is a true, correct, and complete copy of the resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the name(s) of the Person(s) authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including making (and executing if applicable) any Credit Extension request, on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signature(s) of such Person(s), and (d) that Bank may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Bank a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate.

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed, except that if any determination of a “Business Day” shall relate to an FX Contract, the term “Business Day” shall mean a day on which dealings are carried on in the country of settlement of the Foreign Currency.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having a rating of at least “investment grade” or “A” by Moody’s or any successor rating agency; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds permitted by Borrower’s investment policy in effect as of the Effective Date.

Change in Control ” means (a) at any time, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means of warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of forty-nine (49%) or more of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of

 

23


the material terms of the transaction; (b) during any period of twelve (12)  consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body; or (c) at any time, Borrower shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of each class of outstanding capital stock of each Subsidiary of such Borrower free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by this Agreement); provided , that Borrower may own less than one hundred percent (100%) of each class of outstanding equity interest of any Subsidiary to the extent necessary for such Subsidiary to comply with applicable ownership laws of its jurisdiction of formation and/or operation.

Circumstances ” is defined in Section 3.2.

Claims ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of New York; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

24


Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension ” is any Advance, Letter of Credit, FX Contract, amount utilized for cash management services, Term Loan Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Current Liabilities ” are all Obligations of Borrower to Bank, plus, without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.5(b).

Deferred Revenue ” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

Deposit Account ” is any “ deposit account ” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account ” is the account number ending [    ] (last three digits) maintained by Borrower with Bank (provided, however, if no such account number is included, then the Designated Deposit Account shall be any deposit account of Borrower maintained with Bank as chosen by Bank).

Dollars ,” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “$” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

Draw Period ” is the period of time commencing on the Effective Date through the earlier to occur of (a) the first anniversary of the Effective Date and (b) the occurrence of an Event of Default.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Equipment ” is all “ equipment ” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Final Payment ” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Term Loan Maturity Date, or (b) the acceleration of the Term Loan Advances, or (c) the prepayment of the Term Loan Advances in full pursuant to Section 2.6(c), equal to the original aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan Advances made by Bank multiplied by the Final Payment Percentage.

 

25


Final Payment Percentage ” is one and one-half of one percent (1.50%).

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Business Day ” is any day when (a) Bank’s Foreign Exchange Department is conducting its normal business and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by Borrower is available to Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign Currency.

FX Contract ” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Guarantor ” is any Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Bank.

Guaranty ” is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Initial Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

26


Intellectual Property ” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how and operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Inventory ” is all “ inventory ” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

IP Agreement ” is that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of the Effective Date, as may be amended, modified or restated from time to time.

Key Person ” is Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer, who is Tien Tzuo as of the Effective Date.

Leeyo ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Letter of Credit ” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the IP Agreement, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any Guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or financial condition of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(c).

 

27


Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, the Anniversary Fee, the Final Payment, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to Bank Services and interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents.

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment/Advance Form ” is that certain form in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Payment Date ” is (a) with respect to Term Loan Advances, the first (1st) calendar day of each month and (b) with respect to Advances, the last calendar day of each month.

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Acquisition ” or “ Permitted Acquisitions ” is any Acquisition by Borrower (other than the Acquisition of Leeyo), provided that each of the following shall be applicable to each such Acquisition:

(a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Acquisition;

(b) the entity or assets acquired in such Acquisition are in the same or similar line of business as Borrower is in as of the Effective Date or reasonably related thereto;

(c) the target of such Acquisition, if such acquisition is a stock acquisition, shall be an entity organized under the laws of any State in the United States and shall have a principal place in the United States;

(d) if the Acquisition includes a merger of Borrower, Borrower shall remain a surviving entity after giving effect to such Acquisition;

(e) Borrower shall provide Bank with written notice of the proposed Acquisition at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition, and not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition, copies of the acquisition agreement and all other material documents relative to the proposed Acquisition (or if such acquisition agreement and other material documents are not in final form, drafts of such acquisition agreement and other material documents; provided , that Borrower shall deliver final forms of such acquisition agreement and other material documents promptly upon completion);

(f) the total consideration, including cash and the value of any non-cash consideration for all such Acquisitions, does not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate in any twelve (12) month period and shall be approved by the Board;

(g) after giving effect to the consummation of such Acquisition, on a pro forma twelve (12) month basis, Borrower shall be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.9;

(h) the Acquisition shall not constitute an Unfriendly Acquisition; and

(i) the entity or assets acquired in such Acquisition shall not be subject to any Lien other than (x) the first-priority Liens granted in favor of Bank, if applicable and (y) Permitted Liens.

 

28


Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date which is shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(g) without duplication of Investments permitted pursuant to clause (g) of the definition of Permitted Investments, intercompany payables or “cost-plus arrangements” between Borrower and its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

(h) unsecured Indebtedness of Borrower arising from corporate credit cards and merchant services agreement incurred in the ordinary course of business in an amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000);

(i) Indebtedness under letters of credit with a financial institution other than Bank to secure real property leases in an amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000); and

(j) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (g) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date which are shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts (but only to the extent that Borrower is permitted to maintain such accounts pursuant to Section 6.8 of this Agreement) in which Bank has a first priority perfected security interest;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments consisting of the creation of a Subsidiary for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction permitted by Section 7.3 of this Agreement, which is otherwise a Permitted Investment;

(g) Investments (i) without duplication of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to clause (g) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, by Borrower in Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices not to exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate in any calendar month, and (ii) by Subsidiaries that are not a Borrower in other Subsidiaries that are not a Borrower or in Borrower;

 

29


(h) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by the Board;

(i) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; and

(k) joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology, or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date which are shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on Borrower’s Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding at any time, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(h) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

 

30


(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7; and

(j) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that (i) Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts (ii) such accounts are permitted to be maintained pursuant to Section 6.8 of this Agreement.

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prime Rate ” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement; and provided further that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors); provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Qualified Initial Public Offering ” means the Borrower’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in which Borrower raises net proceeds of at least Seventy Five Million Dollars ($75,000,000).

Quick Assets ” is, on any date of determination, the sum of (a) Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ unrestricted and unencumbered (other than the Lien in favor of Bank) cash and Cash Equivalents plus (b) Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ net billed accounts receivable determined according to GAAP ( provided , however , for purposes of the calculation of this definition, the net billed accounts receivable of such Subsidiaries shall not constitute more than fifteen percent (15%) of Borrower’s consolidated net billed accounts receivable).

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance, and Controller of Borrower.

Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to Intellectual Property which is material to the conduct of Borrower’s business where Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could reasonably be expected to interfere with Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

Revolving Line ” is an aggregate principal amount equal to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is June 14, 2019.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

 

31


Securities Account ” is any “ securities account ” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Services ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower or Guarantor.

Term Loan Advance ” and “ Term Loan Advances ” are each defined in Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement.

Term Loan Maturity Date ” is the earlier to occur of (a) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default or (b) four (4) years after the Effective Date.

Total Liabilities ” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, but excluding all Subordinated Debt.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

Unfriendly Acquisition ” is any Acquisition that has not, at the time of the first public announcement of an offer relating thereto, been approved by the board of directors (or other legally governing body) of the Person to be acquired.

Zuora ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

[Signature page follows.]

 

32


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
ZUORA, INC.
By /s/ Tyler Sloat                                                     
Name: Tyler Sloat
Title: Chief Financial Officer
LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC.
By  /s/ Jagan Balasundaram                                    
Name: Jagan Balasundaram
Title: Chief Executive Officer, President
ZUORA SERVICES, LLC
By /s/ Tyler Sloat                                                     
Name: Tyler Sloat
Title: Chief Executive Officer, President
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By  /s/ Sean Thompson                                             
Name: Sean Thompson
Title: VP

[Signature page to Loan and Security Agreement]

 


EXHIBIT A—COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles, Intellectual Property, commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (a) with respect to stock in Foreign Subsidiaries, more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter, (b) Governmental Approvals issued by or from any governmental or regulatory authority if granting a security interest or Lien thereon is prohibited or would expose Borrower to the risk of termination, revocation or any similar result with respect to such Governmental Approval, (c) any interest of Borrower as a lessee or sublessee under a real property lease or an Equipment lease if Borrower is prohibited by the terms of such lease from granting a security interest in such lease or under which such an assignment or Lien would cause a default to occur under such lease (but only to the extent that such prohibition is enforceable under all applicable laws including, without limitation, the Code), or (d) rights held under a license that are not assignable by their terms without the consent of the licensor thereof (but only to the extent such restriction on assignment is enforceable under applicable law); provided, however, that upon termination of any such prohibition referred to in this section, such interest shall immediately become Collateral without any action by Borrower or Bank.


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:                                                                          
FROM:    ZUORA, INC., LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC., and   
   ZUORA SERVICES, LLC   

The undersigned authorized officer of Zuora, Inc., Leeyo Software, Inc., and Zuora Services, LLC (each and together, jointly and severally, “ Borrower ”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “ Agreement ”), (1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                         with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided , however , that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided , further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement, and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenants

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with
Compliance Certificate
  

Monthly within 30 days (45 days after

the end of each quarter following a Qualified Initial Public Offering, but Borrower is not required to directly

furnish them to Bank if they are publicly filed with the SEC)

   Yes     No
Annual financial statements (CPA Audited)    FYE within 180 days (not required to be delivered to Bank following a Qualified Public Offering if filed with the SEC and available to the public    Yes     No
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K   

Within 5 days after filing with

SEC, but Borrower is not required to directly furnish them to Bank if they are publicly filed with the SEC

   Yes     No     N/A
Board approved projections    30 days after the later of (i) FYE or (ii) Board approval, and as amended/updated    Yes     No
The following Intellectual Property was registered after the Effective Date (if no registrations, state “None”)

 

Financial Covenant

   Required      Actual      Complies  

Minimum Adjusted Quick Ratio

     1.10:1.00             :1.00        Yes     No  

The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.


The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

ZUORA, INC.

LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC.

ZUORA SERVICES, LLC

 

By:                                                                                            

Name:                                                                                      

Title:                                                                                        

 

BANK USE ONLY

 

Received by:                                                                               

                         AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

Date:                                                                                            

 

Verified:                                                                                      

                         AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

Date:                                                                                            

 

Compliance Status:    Yes    No


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

 

I. Adjusted Quick Ratio (Section 6.9)

 

Required:    Maintain at all times, to be certified to Bank in each Compliance Certificate, an Adjusted Quick Ratio of not less than 1.10 to 1.00.
Actual:   

 

A.

   Aggregate value of the unrestricted and unencumbered cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrower and its Subsidiaries    $               

B.

   Aggregate value of the net billed accounts receivable of Borrower and its Subsidiaries ( provided , however , for purposes of the calculation hereof, the net billed accounts receivable of such Subsidiaries shall not constitute more than fifteen percent (15%) of Borrower’s consolidated net billed accounts receivable)    $               

C.

  

Quick Assets (the sum of lines A and B)

   $               

D.

  

Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank

   $               

E.

   Without duplication of Line D, the aggregate value of liabilities of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including all Indebtedness) that matures within one (1) year (excluding all Subordinated Debt)    $               

F.

  

Current Liabilities (the sum of lines D and E)

   $               

G.

  

Deferred Revenue

   $               

H.

  

Line F minus line G

   $               

I.

  

Adjusted Quick Ratio (line C divided by line H)

     :1.00  

Is line I equal to or greater than 1.10 to 1:00?

 

         No, not in compliance

            Yes, in compliance


EXHIBIT C

LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

D EADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS N OON P ACIFIC T IME

 

Fax To:

  

Date:                                                                    

 

L OAN P AYMENT :

  

ZUORA, INC., LEEYO SOFTWARE, INC., and ZUORA SERVICES, LLC

 

From Account #          To Account #     
      (Deposit Account #)              (Loan Account #)
Principal $               and/or Interest $     
Authorized Signature:                                                    Phone Number:                                                  
Print Name/Title:                                                              

 

L OAN A DVANCE :   
Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

From Account #          To Account #     
      (Loan Account #)              (Deposit Account #)
Amount of Term Loan Advance $                                                              
All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:
Authorized Signature:                                     Phone Number:                                                      
Print Name/Title:                                           

 

O UTGOING W IRE R EQUEST :   
Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.
Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time   
Beneficiary Name:                                                              Amount of Wire: $                                                          
Beneficiary Bank:                                                              Account Number:                                                          
City and State:                                                                  
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:                         Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):                     
   (For International Wire Only)
Intermediary Bank:                                                          Transit (ABA) #:                                                                                           

For Further Credit to:

    

Special Instruction:

    
By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).
Authorized Signature:                                                              2 nd Signature (if required):                                                      
Print Name/Title:                                                                  Print Name/Title:                                                      
Telephone #:                                                              Telephone #:                                                      

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Zuora, Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction

Zuora, Inc.    Delaware, USA
Zuora Services, LLC    Delaware, USA
Zuora UK Limited    England & Wales
Zuora Australia Pty Ltd    Australia
Beijing Zu Rui Technology Limited Company    China
Zuora Japan KK    Japan
Zuora France (Branch Office of Zuora Services, LLC)    France
Zuora Sweden AB    Sweden
Leeyo Software, Inc.    Delaware, USA
Zuora India Private Limited    India

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Zuora, Inc. and subsidiaries:

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

March 16, 2018

Exhibit 23.3

Consent of Independent Auditors’ Report

The Board of Directors

Leeyo Software, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

March 16, 2018